PROPRACBIBLE

Republic of the Philippines
Professional Regulation Commission

Manila
BOARD OF ARCHITECTURE
Board Resolution No. ____
Series of 2004
THE IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS (IRR) OF REPUBLIC ACT NO.

9266, AN ACT PROVIDING FOR A MORE RESPONSIVE AND COMPREHENSIVE
REGULATION FOR THE REGISTRATION, LICENSING AND PRACTICE OF
ARCHITECTURE, REPEALING FOR THE PURPOSE REPUBLIC ACT NO. 545, AS
AMENDED, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS “AN ACT TO REGULATE THE PRACTICE
OF ARCHITECTURE IN THE PHILIPPINES,” AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES
Pursuant to Section 7 (a), Article II and Section 41, Article V of Republic Act No. 9266, known
as “The Architecture Act of 2004”, the Board of Architecture hereby prescribes, adopts, and
promulgates the following Rules and Regulations to carry out the provisions thereof.
RULE I
TITLE, POLICY STATEMENT, DEFINITION OF TERMS, AND SCOPE OF
PRACTICE
SECTION 1: Title
This Rules and Regulations shall be known as “THE RULES AND REGULATIONS
IMPLEMENTING THE PROVISIONS OF REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9266”, otherwise known as
“THE ARCHITECTURE ACT OF 2004”. For brevity, it may be cited as “IRR of the
Architecture Act of 2004”.
SECTION 2. Statement of Policy.
The State recognizes the importance of architects in nation building and development.
Hence, it shall develop and nurture competent, virtuous, productive and well-rounded
professional architects whose standards of practice and service shall be excellent, qualitative,
world-class and globally competitive through inviolable, honest, effective and credible licensure
examinations and through regulatory measures, programs and activities that foster their
professional growth and development.
This “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004” shall be interpreted, construed, and carried
out in the light of the Statement of Policy found in Section 2 of Republic Act No. 9266, as stated
above.
SECTION 3. Definition of Terms.
As used in this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”, in R.A. No. 9266 or other laws,
the following terms shall be defined as follows:
(1) “Architecture” is the art, science or profession of planning, designing and

constructing buildings in their totality taking into account their environment, in accordance with
the principles of utility, strength and beauty;
Page 1 of 24
(2) “Architect” means a person professionally and academically qualified, registered and
licensed under R.A. No. 9266 with a Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification
Card issued by the Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture and the Professional
Regulation Commission, and who is responsible for advocating the fair and sustainable
development, welfare and cultural expression of society’s habitat in terms of space, forms and
historical context;
(a) “Architect-of-record” means the architect registered and licensed under R.A. No.
9266, who is directly and professionally responsible for the total design of the project for the
client and who shall assume the civil liability for the plans, specifications and contract
documents he/she has signed and sealed;
(b) “Architect-in-charge of construction” means an architect registered and licensed

under R.A. No. 9266, who is directly and professionally responsible and liable for the
construction supervision of the project;
(c) “Consulting Architect” means the architect registered and licensed or permitted to
practice under R.A. No. 9266, who is professionally and academically qualified and with
exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;
(3) “General Practice of Architecture” the act of planning and architectural designing,
structural conceptualization, specifying, supervising and giving general administration and
responsible direction to the erection, enlargement or alterations of buildings and building
environments and architectural design in engineering structures or any part thereof; the scientific,
aesthetic and orderly coordination of all the processes which enter into the production of a
complete building or structure performed through the medium of unbiased preliminary studies of
plans, consultations, specifications, conferences, evaluations, investigations, contract documents
and oral advice and directions regardless of whether the persons engaged in such practice are
residents of the Philippines or have their principal office or place of business in this country or
another territory, and regardless of whether such persons are performing one or all these duties,
or whether such duties are performed in person or as the directing head of an office or
organization performing them;
(4) “Scope of the Practice of Architecture” encompasses the provision of professional

services in connection with site, physical and planning and the design, construction, enlargement,
conservation, renovation, remodeling, restoration or alteration of a building or group of
buildings. Services may include, but are not limited to:
(a) planning, architectural designing and structural conceptualization;
(b) consultation, consultancy, giving oral or written advice and directions, conferences,
evaluations, investigations, quality surveys, appraisals and adjustments, architectural and
operational planning, site analysis and other pre-design services;
(c) schematic design, design development, contract documents and construction phases
including professional consultancies;
(d) preparation of preliminary, technical, economic and financial feasibility studies of
plans, models and project promotional services;
(e) preparation of architectural plans, specifications, bill of materials, cost estimates,

general conditions and bidding documents;
(f) construction and project management, giving general management, administration,

supervision, coordination and responsible direction or the planning, architectural designing,
construction, reconstruction, erection, enlargement or demolition, renovation, repair, orderly
removal, remodeling, alteration, preservation or restoration of buildings or structures or complex
buildings, including all their components, sites and environs, intended for private or public use;
Page 2 of 24
(g) the planning, architectural lay-outing and utilization of spaces within and surrounding
such buildings or structures, housing design and community architecture, architectural interiors
and space planning, architectural detailing, architectural lighting, acoustics, architectural lay-
outing of mechanical, electrical, electronic, sanitary, plumbing, communications and other utility
systems, equipment and fixtures;
(h) building programming, building administration, construction arbitration and

architectural conservation and restoration;
(i) all works which relate to the scientific, aesthetic and orderly coordination of all works
and branches of the work, systems and processes necessary for the production of a complete
building or structure, whether for public or private use, in order to enhance or safeguard life,
health and property and the promotion and enrichment of the quality of life, the architectural
design of engineering structures or any part thereof; and
(j) all other works, projects and activities which require the professional competence of
an architect, including teaching of architectural subjects and architectural computer-aided design;
(5) “Structural Conceptualization” means the act of conceiving, choosing and

developing the type, disposition, arrangement and proportioning of the structural elements of an
architectural work giving due consideration to safety, cost-effectiveness, functionality and
aesthetics;
(6) “Architectural Firm” means a sole proprietorship, a partnership or a corporation

registered with the DTI AND/OR SEC and then with the Board of Architecture and PRC;
(7) “Authorship” refers to the author or authors of a set of architectural plans or

specifications who are in charge of their preparation whether made by them personally or under
their immediate supervision;
(8) “Board” refers to the Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture;
(9) “Commission” means the Professional Regulation Commission;
(10) “Service Agreement” means a duly notarized written contract or equivalent public
instrument stipulating the scope of services and guaranteeing compensation of such
services to be rendered by an architect registered and licensed under R.A. No. 9266;
Violation of the Service Agreement is a basis for a civil liability under Art. 1723 of the
Civil Code unless he/she attempts and/or succeeds to interfere or contravene the legal and
professional functions of the Architect-of-Record: the Consulting Architect.
(11) “Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization” means the existing official
national organization of all architects of the Philippines in which all registered Filipino architects
shall be members without prejudice to membership in other voluntary professional associations;
(12) “Continuing Professional Development” refers to a sustaining and progressive

learning process that maintains, enhances, or increases the knowledge and continuing ability of
architects;
(13) “DTI” shall mean the Department of Trade and Industry;
(14) “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission;
(15) “Association” any formal grouping of two or more architects or architectural firms
working in joint venture on a project basis.
Page 3 of 24
(16) “Architectural Company” means a juridical entity that shall be synonymous with an
Architectural Partnership (see definition of Architectural Partnership) registered with the SEC.
(17) “Architecture Corporation” means a group of professionals in architecture and

allied professions, incorporated with Architects for the purpose of delivering professional service
in architecture and allied professions; in case an existing Architectural Corporation does not
comply with the 75% composition requirement, it shall comply and register again with the SEC
and the BOA.
(18) “Architectural Documents” means an architectural drawings, specifications, and

other outputs of an Architect that only an Architect can sign and seal consisting, among others,
of vicinity maps, site development plans, architectural program, perspective drawings,
architectural floor plans, elevations, sections, ceiling plans, schedules, detailed drawings,
technical specifications and cost estimates, and other instruments of service in any form.
(19) “Architectural Interiors” means a detailed planning and design of the

indoor/enclosed areas of any proposed building/structure, including retrofit or renovation work
and which shall cover all architectural and utility aspects, including the architectural lay-outing
of all building engineering systems found therein.
(20) “Architectural Partnership” means a group of two or more Architects duly

registered with the SEC and then with the Board of Architecture.
(21) “Architectural Plans” means a two (2)-dimensional representations reflecting a

proposed development/redevelopment of an enclosed/ semi-enclosed or open area showing
features or elements such as columns, walls, partitions, ceiling, stairs, doors, windows, floors,
roof, room designations, door and window call-outs, the architectural layout of equipment,
furnishings, furniture and the like, specifications callouts, elevation references, drawing
references and the like; the architectural plan is the representation of a lateral section for a
proposed building/ structure (running parallel to the ground) and at a height of from 1.0 – 1.5
meters above the finished floor; the term may also collectively refer to other architectural designs
such as cross/ longitudinal sections, elevations, roof plan, reflected ceiling plan; detailed sections
and elevations showing architectural interiors, detailed architectural designs, door and window
schedules, other architectural finishing schedules and the like.
(22) “Building” means a structure for the purpose and function of habitation and other
uses.
(23) “Certificate of Registration” means a certificate bearing a registration number,

issued to an individual, by the Professional Regulation Commission through the Board of
Architecture, signifying that the individual has successfully passed the Licensure Examination
and is registered to practice his/her profession as Architect.
(24) “Code of Ethical Conduct” means a document which forms part of the Architects’
National Code which contains the norms and principles governing the practice of the profession
of architecture in the highest standards of ethical conduct.
(25) “Consulting Architect” a registered and licensed Architect, who is academically and
professionally qualified, and with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any
branch of architecture; the Consulting Architect assumes no civil liability under Art. 1723 of the
Civil Code unless he/she attempts and/or succeeds to interfere or contravene the legal and
professional functions of the Architect-of-Record; the Consulting Architect assumes the normal
civil liability under the service agreement he/she signs with a Client.
Page 4 of 24
(26) “Contract Documents” are the documents attached to the agreement identified
therein as Contract Documents, including all additions, deletions and modifications incorporated
therein. These generally include the following documents:
a) Special Provisions or conditions

b) General Conditions
c) Drawings
d) Specifications
e) Other Bid Documents
(27) “Copyright (or Copyright Ownership)” shall refer to the intellectual proprietary
rights retained by an Architect over any architectural documents/ work that he/she prepares
unless there is a written stipulation to the contrary, copyright in a work of architecture shall
include the right to control the erection of any building which reproduces the whole or a
substantial part of the work either in its original form or in any form recognizably derived from
the original; however, the copyright in any such work shall not include the right to control the
reconstruction or rehabilitation in the same style as the original of a building to which the
copyright relates.
(28) “CPD Providers” means an entities, agencies, organizations and the like that have
been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of the Professional Regulation
Commission to deliver seminars, lectures, and other continuing professional education modules
for architects, other than the Integrated Accredited Professional Organization of Architects which
is automatically accredited by the Board of Architecture as a CPD Provider.
(29) “Diversified Architectural Experience” a post-baccalaureate, pre-licensure

experience of two (2) years required of a graduate of architecture prior to taking the licensure
examination; consisting of a variation of experiences in the different phases of architectural
service.
(30) “Foreign Architect” means an architect who is not a Filipino citizen nor an Architect
registered and licensed in the Philippines, but who is duly registered and licensed in his/her home
country as an Architect.
(31) “Filipino Counterpart” the local Philippine architect, partnership or corporation that
must work in association with a foreign architect, partnership or corporation, on a project on
Philippine soil.
(32) “Ownership” shall refer to proprietary rights to an architectural work such as plans,
designs and other documents by a person/ juridical entity who commissions the Architect and
whose ownership of an architectural work by such a person/ juridical entity shall only be
confined to the use of the architectural documents for executing /implementing the work
described therein for one (1) or the original project; ownership shall not apply to the use of a part
of or of the entire architectural work/architectural documents to repetitions or to subsequent
projects.
(33) “Planning” refers to physical planning at site, community or urban level by an

Architect.
(34) “Physical Planner” refers to an Architect who specializes in the detailed physical
planning of land or property on which vertical structures such as buildings and/or structures and
horizontal developments such as rights-of-way, open spaces and recreational/ sports/
entertainment/ tourism and related facilities are to be proposed.
Page 5 of 24
(35) “Physical Planning” the detailed physical planning of land or property on which
vertical structures such as buildings, monuments and/or structures and horizontal developments
such as rights-of-way, open spaces and recreational/ sports/ establishments/ tourism and related
facilities are to be proposed.
(36) “Professional” refers to a person whose name and registration/professional license

number is entered in the Professional Regulation Commission registry book and computerized
database as one legally authorized to practice his profession.
(37) “Professional Identification Card” a document bearing the registration number,

date of issuance with an expiry date, due for periodic renewal, duly signed by the Chairperson of
the PRC to a registered Architect upon payment of the annual registration fees for three (3)
years.
(38) “Site Planning” the detailed site development planning of all areas surrounding a
building/structure and/or a group of buildings/structures but only within the property limits of the
land on which such buildings/structures are to be erected.
(39) “Standards of Professional Practice” means a document embodied in the Architects

National Code, which defines all aspects of professional service, prescribes minimum basic fees
and establishes the rights and obligations of both the Architect and the client.
(40) “Sole Proprietorship” means an individual Architect practicing and delivering

architectural services, duly registered with the DTI, BOA and the PRC.
(41) “Specialization” an expertise and special knowledge in the field of architecture

acquired by an Architect through formal education and training or through continuing
professional development and experience, for which the Architect may be engaged as Consulting
Architect.
(42) “Syllabi” the outlines embodying topics and concepts of major subjects prescribed in
specific course of study to serve as basis for test questions in the licensure examinations.
(43) “Technology Transfer” refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of

systematic knowledge for the manufacture of a product, the application of a process, or rendering
of a service including management contracts; and the transfer, assignment or licensing of all
forms of intellectual property rights.
(44) “Urban Design” physical and systemic design undertaken by an Architect on a

community and urban plane, more comprehensive than, and an extension of the architecture of
buildings, spaces between buildings, entourage, utilities and movement systems.
(45) Acronyms and Laws:
(a) ARCHITECTURE ACT OF 2004 – R.A. No. 9266

(b) BOA – Board of Architecture
(c) CHED – Commission on Higher Education
(d) CIAC – Construction Industry Arbitration Commission
(e) CPD – Continuing Professional Development
(f) DOLE – Department of Labor and Employment
(g) DTI – Department of Trade and Industry
(h) IAPOA – Integrated Accredited Professional Organization of Architects
(the same as United Architects of the Philippines, Inc.)
(i) Intellectual Property Code of the Philippines – R.A. No. 8293
(j) PCAB – Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board
(k) PDCB – Philippine Domestic Construction Board
Page 6 of 24
(l) PRB – Professional Regulatory Board (the same as BOA for the
profession of architecture)
(m) PRC – Professional Regulation Commission
(n) PRC Modernization Act of 2000 – R.A. No. 8981
(o) SEC – Securities and Exchange Commission
(p) UAP – United Architects of the Philippines, Inc
RULE II
PROFESSIONAL REGULATORY BOARD OF ARCHITECTURE: ORGANIZATION,
POWERS, AND FUNCTIONS
SECTION 4. Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board
There is hereby created a Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture, hereinafter

referred to as the Board, a collegial body under the supervision and administrative control of the
Professional Regulation Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Commission, is composed of
a chairman and two (2) members appointed by the President of the Philippines from a list of
three (3) recommendees chosen from a list of five (5) nominees for each position submitted to
the Commission by the integrated and the accredited professional organization of architects. The
Board shall be organized not later than six (6) months from the effectivity of the Architecture
Act of 2004.
SECTION 5. Qualifications of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board
Each Member shall, at the time of his/her appointment, possess the following
qualifications:
(a) be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines;
(b) be a holder of a degree in Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a

school, college or university in the Philippines or abroad that is recognized and/or accredited by
the Commission on Higher Education (CHED);
(c) be an architect with a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional

Identification Card and active practitioner of architecture for at least ten (10) years on the date of
his/her appointment;
(d) not be a member of the faculty of any school, college, university or review
institution where a regular course or review course in architecture is taught, nor have pecuniary
interest in such institution. No former member of the faculty of any school, institute, university
or review center where architecture is taught can become a member of the Board unless he/she
had officially resigned from such an institution and has completely stopped teaching, advising or
reviewing activities for at least five (5) years prior to the nomination;
(e) has never been convicted of any crime involving moral turpitude; and
(f) not be an elective officer of the Integrated and Accredited Professional

Organization of Architects and other Professional Organization of Architects.
SECTION 6. Term of Office
The members of the Board shall hold office for a term of three (3) years after
appointment or until their successors shall have been appointed and duly qualified. Any vacancy
Page 7 of 24
(l) PRB – Professional Regulatory Board (the same as BOA for the
profession of architecture)
(m) PRC – Professional Regulation Commission
(n) PRC Modernization Act of 2000 – R.A. No. 8981
(o) SEC – Securities and Exchange Commission
(p) UAP – United Architects of the Philippines, Inc
RULE II
PROFESSIONAL REGULATORY BOARD OF ARCHITECTURE: ORGANIZATION,
POWERS, AND FUNCTIONS
SECTION 4. Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board
There is hereby created a Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture, hereinafter

referred to as the Board, a collegial body under the supervision and administrative control of the
Professional Regulation Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Commission, is composed of
a chairman and two (2) members appointed by the President of the Philippines from a list of
three (3) recommendees chosen from a list of five (5) nominees for each position submitted to
the Commission by the integrated and the accredited professional organization of architects. The
Board shall be organized not later than six (6) months from the effectivity of the Architecture
Act of 2004.
SECTION 5. Qualifications of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board
Each Member shall, at the time of his/her appointment, possess the following
qualifications:
(a) be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines;
(b) be a holder of a degree in Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a

school, college or university in the Philippines or abroad that is recognized and/or accredited by
the Commission on Higher Education (CHED);
(c) be an architect with a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional

Identification Card and active practitioner of architecture for at least ten (10) years on the date of
his/her appointment;
(d) not be a member of the faculty of any school, college, university or review
institution where a regular course or review course in architecture is taught, nor have pecuniary
interest in such institution. No former member of the faculty of any school, institute, university
or review center where architecture is taught can become a member of the Board unless he/she
had officially resigned from such an institution and has completely stopped teaching, advising or
reviewing activities for at least five (5) years prior to the nomination;
(e) has never been convicted of any crime involving moral turpitude; and
(f) not be an elective officer of the Integrated and Accredited Professional

Organization of Architects and other Professional Organization of Architects.
SECTION 6. Term of Office
The members of the Board shall hold office for a term of three (3) years after
appointment or until their successors shall have been appointed and duly qualified. Any vacancy
Page 7 of 24
occurring within the term of a member shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term only.
Each member of the Board may be reappointed for one full term of three (3) years. Of the
members of the Board first appointed under R.A. No. 9266, one (1) member shall be appointed
and hold office as chairman for three (3) years, one (1) member for two (2) years, and one (1)
member for one (1) year. Each member of the Board shall qualify by taking the proper oath
prior to the performance of their duties: Provided, That the incumbent members of the Board
shall continue to serve for the remainder of their term as members of the herein created
Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture until a new Board shall have been properly
organized: Provided, Further that the incumbent members of the Board may be appointed as
members of the First Board.
SECTION 7. Powers and Functions of the Board
The Board shall exercise the following specific powers, functions and responsibilities:
(a) Prescribe and adopt the “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004” for carrying out the
provisions of R.A. No. 9266;
(b) Supervise the registration, licensure and practice of architects;
(c) Administer oaths in connection with the administration of R.A. No. 9266;
(d) Issue, suspend, revoke, or reinstate the Certificate of Registration and the Professional
Identification Card for the practice of the architecture profession;
(e) Adopt an official seal of the Board;
(f) Monitor the conditions affecting the practice of architecture and adopt such measures
as may be deemed proper for the enhancement and maintenance of high professional, ethical and
technical standards of the profession;
(g) Prescribe and/or adopt the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional
Practice;
(h) Hear and decide administrative cases involving violations of R.A. No. 9266, the “IRR
of the Architecture Act of 2004”, the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional
Practice and for this purpose, to issue subpoena ad testificandum and subpoena duces tecum
to secure the appearance of witnesses and the production of documents in connection therewith;
Provided, That the decision of the Board shall, unless appealed to the Commission, become final
and executory after fifteen (15) days from receipt of notice of judgment or decision. The decision
of the Commission may be appealed to the Court of Appeals in accordance with the procedure
under the Rules of Court;
(i) Prescribe guidelines for the Continuing Professional Development (CPD) program in
consultation with the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects:
Provided, That the attendance to said CPD shall not be a mandatory requirement for the renewal
of a professional Identification Card;
(j) Prepare, adopt, issue or amend the syllabi of the subjects for examinations in
consultation with the academe, determine and prepare questions which shall be within the scope
of the syllabi of the subject for examination as well as administer, correct and release the
results of the licensure examinations;
(k) Approve, issue, limit or cancel temporary or special permit to practice architecture;
Page 8 of 24
(l) In coordination with the CHED, ensure that all higher educational instruction and
offerings of architecture comply with the policies, standards and requirements of the course
prescribed by the CHED in the areas of curriculum, faculty, library and facilities; Provided, That,
for the orderly implementation of this provision, the Board and the Commission may enter into a
Memorandum of Agreement with the CHED.
(m)To adopt a program for the full computerization of the licensure examination; and
(n) Discharge such other duties and functions as may be deemed necessary for the
enhancement of the architecture profession and the upgrading, development and growth of the
architecture education.
The policies, resolutions, rules and regulations, issued or promulgated by the Board shall
be subject to review and approval of the Commission. However, the Board’s decisions,
resolutions or orders rendered in administrative cases shall be subject to review only if on
appeal.
SECTION 8. Administrative Supervision of the Board, Custodian of its Records,

Secretariat and Support Services
The Board shall be under the administrative supervision of the Commission. All records
of the Board, including applications for examination, examination questions, answer sheets, and
other records and documents pertaining to licensure examination, administrative and other
investigative cases conducted by the Board shall be under the custody of the Commission. The
Commission shall designate the Secretary of the Board and shall provide the secretariat and other
support services to implement the provisions of R.A. No. 9266.
SECTION 9. Grounds for Suspension or Removal of Members of the Board
The President of the Philippines, upon the recommendation of the Commission, after
giving the concerned member an opportunity to defend himself in a proper administrative
investigation to be conducted by the Commission, may suspend or remove any member on the
following grounds:
(a) Neglect of duty or incompetence;
(b) Violation or tolerance of the violation of R.A. No. 9266, or its implementing rules
and regulations or the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice;
(c) Final judgment of crimes involving moral turpitude; and
(d) Manipulation or rigging of the architecture licensure examination results, disclosure

of secret and confidential information in the examination questions prior to the conduct of the
said examination or tampering of grades.
The Commission in the conduct of the investigation shall be guided by Sec. 7(s) of R.A.
No. 8981.
SECTION 10. Compensation and Allowances of the Board
The chairman and members of the Board shall receive compensation and allowances
comparable to that being received by the chairman and members of existing regulatory Boards
under the Commission as provided for in the General Appropriations Act.
Page 9 of 24
SECTION 11. Annual Report
The Board shall submit an annual report to the Commission after the close of each year
giving a detailed account of its proceedings during the year and making such recommendations
as it may deem proper.
RULE III
EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION AND LICENSURE
SECTION 12. Examination Required
All applicants for registration for the practice of architecture shall be required to undergo
a licensure examination to be given by the Board in such places and dates as the Commission
may designate in accordance with the provisions of Republic Act No. 8981.
SECTION 13. Qualifications of Applicant for Examination
Any person applying for examination shall establish to the satisfaction of the Board that:
(a) He/she is a Filipino citizen or a citizen of a foreign country qualified to take the
examination as provided for in Sec. 27, Art. IV of R.A. No. 9266 as carried out by Sec. 27, Rule
IV of this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”;
(b) He/she is of good moral character;
(c) He/she is a holder of the degree of Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a

school, college, academy or institute duly recognized and/or accredited by the Commission on
Higher Education (CHED) and in addition has a specific record of at least two (2) years or
equivalent of diversified architectural experience duly certified by a registered/licensed architect:
Provided, however, That an applicant holding a Master’s Degree in Architecture from a school,
college, university or institute recognized by the government shall be credited one (1) year in
his/her practical experience; and
(d) He/she has not been convicted of any criminal offense involving moral turpitude.
The following documents shall be submitted in support of the above requirements:
(1) Certificate of Live Birth in National Statistics Office (NSO) Security Paper
(2) Marriage Contract in NSO Security Paper for married female applicants
(3) College Diploma with indication therein of date of graduation and Special Order
Number unless it is not required
(4) Baccalaureate Transcript of Records with indication therein of date of graduation
and Special Order Number unless it is not required
(5) Accomplished Diversified Training (DT Form 001)
(7) Architect-Mentor Affidavit
(8) Photocopy of Architect-Mentor’s valid Professional Identification Card,
Professional Tax Receipt and IAPOA number
(9) National Bureau of Investigation (NBI) Clearance
(10) Other documents the Board may require.
Fraudulent Applications of Candidate and Mentor – The Board may refuse to renew a
professional identification card, or may suspend, or revoke, any certificate of registration
obtained by false swearing or any misrepresentations made in applying for registration or
examination and may refuse to renew or grant registration to any applicant whose application
contains such false evidence or information.
Page 10 of 24
SECTION 11. Annual Report
The Board shall submit an annual report to the Commission after the close of each year
giving a detailed account of its proceedings during the year and making such recommendations
as it may deem proper.
RULE III
EXAMINATION, REGISTRATION AND LICENSURE
SECTION 12. Examination Required
All applicants for registration for the practice of architecture shall be required to undergo
a licensure examination to be given by the Board in such places and dates as the Commission
may designate in accordance with the provisions of Republic Act No. 8981.
SECTION 13. Qualifications of Applicant for Examination
Any person applying for examination shall establish to the satisfaction of the Board that:
(a) He/she is a Filipino citizen or a citizen of a foreign country qualified to take the
examination as provided for in Sec. 27, Art. IV of R.A. No. 9266 as carried out by Sec. 27, Rule
IV of this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”;
(b) He/she is of good moral character;
(c) He/she is a holder of the degree of Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a

school, college, academy or institute duly recognized and/or accredited by the Commission on
Higher Education (CHED) and in addition has a specific record of at least two (2) years or
equivalent of diversified architectural experience duly certified by a registered/licensed architect:
Provided, however, That an applicant holding a Master’s Degree in Architecture from a school,
college, university or institute recognized by the government shall be credited one (1) year in
his/her practical experience; and
(d) He/she has not been convicted of any criminal offense involving moral turpitude.
The following documents shall be submitted in support of the above requirements:
(1) Certificate of Live Birth in National Statistics Office (NSO) Security Paper
(2) Marriage Contract in NSO Security Paper for married female applicants
(3) College Diploma with indication therein of date of graduation and Special Order
Number unless it is not required
(4) Baccalaureate Transcript of Records with indication therein of date of graduation
and Special Order Number unless it is not required
(7) Architect-Mentor Affidavit
(8) Photocopy of Architect-Mentor’s valid Professional Identification Card,
Professional Tax Receipt and IAPOA number
(9) National Bureau of Investigation (NBI) Clearance
(10) Other documents the Board may require.
Fraudulent Applications of Candidate and Mentor – The Board may refuse to renew a
professional identification card, or may suspend, or revoke, any certificate of registration
obtained by false swearing or any misrepresentations made in applying for registration or
examination and may refuse to renew or grant registration to any applicant whose application
contains such false evidence or information.
Page 10 of 24
SECTION 14. Subjects for Examination
The licensure examination for architects shall cover, but are not limited to, the following
subjects:
(1) History and Theory of Architecture; Principles of Planning and Architectural Practice
Part I: History of Architecture
A. Rationale and Description
1. Analysis of architectural manifestations from the beginning of civilization to

contemporary periods of development;
2. Analysis of the influences of environmental, historical, and sociocultural factors and

their relevance to the development of art, buildings, structures, as well as of human settlements.
Part II: Theory of Architecture
1. Understanding of the theories and principles of design and architectural design

process;
2. Analysis of anthropometric, proxemic, and kinesthetic requirements of space in

relation to architectural design;
3. Analysis of sociocultural and technological trends which are contributory to the

development of contemporary architecture.
Part III: Architectural Practice
1. Understanding of the role, legal rights and obligations, and responsibilities of the
architect
2. Analysis and application of the various statutes, codes, and regulations affecting the
practice of architecture in the Philippines
3. Understanding of the various aspects of the professional practice of architecture,

including tools and techniques related to production, construction, resource allocation, and
project management, as well as the efficient conduct of client and business relations for building
design and construction projects.
Part IV: Theory and Principles of Planning
1. Analysis of the concepts and techniques in the general planning process, regional
planning, land use planning, and human settlements planning
2. Understanding of the art and science of site planning with emphasis on ecological,
socio-psychological, aesthetic, and functional basis of site planning.
(2) Structural Design, Building Materials, and Architectural Specifications, and Methods
of Construction and Utilities;
Page 11 of 24
Part I: Structural Design
1. Understanding of the fundamentals of mechanics, strength of materials, and theory of
structures
2. General design, principles, and analysis of the structural elements of various types of
construction materials and systems.
Part II: Building Materials and Methods of Construction
1. Understanding of the properties of building construction and finishing materials; their
application and articulation; systems and methods of specifying and construction;
2. Application of the principles of design and construction methods of various types of
materials used in construction.
Part III: Utilities
1. Understanding of the basic practices, principles, general design and installation, and/or
construction of utilities required for a building or structure and its premises;
2. Analysis of utility, facility, and equipment requirements in relation to aesthetic,
function, and strength of a building or structure and its premises.
(3) Urban Design and Architectural Interiors
Part I: Urban Design
1 Analysis of the concepts and techniques in the general planning process of the physical
and systematic design on a community and urban plane on a more comprehensive manner.
2. Understanding of the art and science of urban design with emphasis on ecological,
socio-psychological, aesthetic and functional basis of urban design.
Part II: Architectural Interiors
1. Understanding of the theories and principles of Architectural Interiors.
2. Analysis of anthropometric, proxemic, and kinesthetic requirements of space in relation
to Architectural Interiors.
(4) Architectural Design and Site Planning
A. Rationale and Objectives
1. Application of logical approach to architectural interiors, urban design and site
planning solutions to architectural and planning problems with emphasis on design methodology,
quantitative and qualitative aspects of space, circulation, and interrelationships of space,
structural and form envelopes, and building utilities and facilities.
2. Application of skills and ability to visualize architectural design problems and present
solutions in appropriate graphical language.
The Board, subject to the approval of the Commission, may revise or exclude any of the
subjects and their syllabi, and add new ones as the need arises to conform to technological
changes brought about by continuing trends in the profession.
SECTION 15. Rating in the Licensure Examination

To be qualified as having passed the licensure examination for architects, a candidate
must obtain a weighted general average of seventy percent (70%), with no grade lower than fifty
percent (50%) in any given subject.
Page 12 of 24
The Board may adopt its own internal procedures on the implementation of this
provision.
SECTION 16. Report of Ratings

The Board shall submit to the Commission the ratings obtained by each candidate within
thirty (30) calendar days after the examination, unless extended for just cause. Upon the release
of the results of the examination, the Board shall send by mail the rating received by each
examinee at his/her given address using the mailing envelope submitted during the examination:
Provided, That, the report of rating may be distributed to the successful examinees during their
mass oathtaking as new registered and licensed architects.
SECTION 17. Oath

All successful candidates in the examination shall be required to take an oath of
profession before any member of the Board, any government official authorized by the
Commission pursuant to Sec. 7(k) of R.A. No. 8981 or any person authorized by law to
administer oaths, prior to entering upon the practice of the profession.
SECTION 18. Issuance of Certificates of Registration and Professional Identification Card

A certificate of Registration and Professional Identification Card shall be issued to
examinees who pass the licensure examination subject to payment of fees prescribed by the
Commission. The Certificate of Registration shall bear the signature of the chairperson of the
Commission and the chairman and members of the Board, stamped with the official seal of the
Board and the Commission, indicating that the person named therein is entitled to the practice of
the profession with all the privileges appurtenant thereto. The said certificate shall remain in full
force and effect until withdrawn, suspended or revoked in accordance with R.A. No. 9266.
A Professional Identification Card bearing the registration number, date of issuance,
expiry date, duly signed by the chairperson of the Commission, shall likewise be issued to every
registrant who has paid the prescribed fee of annual registration for three (3) years; Provided,
That, the reissuance or renewal of the said card shall be subject to payment of the annual
registration fees for another and every after three (3) years.
SECTION 19. Roster of Architects

A roster showing the names and place of business including other personal material and
relevant data of all registered professional architects shall be prepared and updated by the Board
and copies thereof shall be made available to any party as may be deemed necessary.
SECTION 20. Seal, Issuance and Use of Seal

A duly licensed architect shall affix the seal prescribed by the Board bearing the
registrant’s name, registration number and title “Architect” on all architectural plans, drawings,
specifications and all other contract documents prepared by or under his/her direct supervision.
(1) Each registrant hereunder shall, upon registration, obtain a seal of such design as the
Board shall authorize and direct. Architectural plans and specifications prepared by, or under the
direct supervision of a registered architect shall be stamped with said seal during the life of the
registrants certificate, and it shall be unlawful for any one to stamp or seal any documents with
said seal after the certificate of the registrant named thereon has expired or has been revoked,
unless said certificate shall have been renewed or re-issued.
(2) No officer or employee of this Republic, chartered cities, provinces and

municipalities, now or hereafter charged with the enforcement of laws, ordinances or regulations
Page 13 of 24
relating to the construction or alteration of buildings, shall accept or approve any architectural
plans or specifications which have not been prepared and submitted in full accord with all the
provisions of R.A. No. 9266; nor shall any payments be approved by any such officer for any
work, the plans and specifications for which have not been so prepared and signed and sealed by
the author.
(3) It shall be unlawful for any architect to sign his/her name, affix his/her seal or use any
other method of signature on architectural plans, specifications or other documents made under
another architect’s supervision, unless the same is made in such manner as to clearly indicate the
part or parts of such work actually performed by the former, and it shall be unlawful for any
person, except the architect-of-record, to sign for any branch of work for any function of
architectural practice, not actually performed by him/her. The architect-of-record, shall be fully
responsible for all architectural plans, specifications and other documents issued under his/her
seal or authorized signature.
(4) Drawings and specifications duly signed, stamped or sealed, as instruments of

service, are the intellectual properties and documents of the architect, whether the object for
which they are made is executed or not. It shall be unlawful for any person, without the consent
of the architect or author of said documents, to duplicate or to make copies of said documents for
use in the repetition of and for other projects or buildings, whether executed partly or in whole.
(5) All architectural plans, designs, specifications, drawings and architectural documents
relative to the construction of a building shall bear the seal and signature only of an architect
registered and licensed under R.A. No. 9266 together with his/her professional identification
card number and the date of its expiration.
The Board shall prescribe the design, size, and contents of the dry seal to be used in signing
and sealing of architectural plans, drawings, specifications, contract documents and architectural
permit prepared by or under his/her direct supervision.
SECTION 21. Indication of Certificate of Registration/Professional Identification Card

and Professional Tax Receipt
The architect shall be required to indicate the number of his/her Certificate of

Registration and Professional Identification Card (PIC) with its date of issuance and the
duration of validity, including the professional tax receipt number which the City/Municipal
Treasurer shall issue to the registered architect upon presentation of his/her current PIC, on the
documents he/she signs, uses or issues in connection with the practice of his/her profession.
SECTION 22. Refusal to Issue Certificate of Registration and Professional Identification

Card
The Board shall not register and issue a Certificate of Registration and Professional
Identification Card to any person who has falsely sworn or misrepresented himself/herself in
his/her application for examination or to any person convicted by a court of competent
jurisdiction of a criminal offense involving moral turpitude or guilty of immoral and
dishonorable conduct or to any person of unsound mind. In the event of refusal to issue
certificate for any reason, the Board shall give the applicant a written statement setting forth the
reasons for such action, which statement shall be incorporated in the record of the Board:
Provided, however, That registration shall not be refused and a name shall not be removed from
the roster of architects on conviction for a political offense or for an offense which should not, in
the opinion of the Board, either from the nature of the offense or from the circumstances of the
case, disqualify a person from practicing under R.A. No. 9266.
Page 14 of 24
The Board in the written statement shall state the period for the deferment of the
registration if the offense or act committed does not call for indefinite period and/or perpetual
deprivation of the chance to register.
SECTION 23. Suspension and Revocation of Certificates of Registration, Professional

Identification Card or the Special/Temporary Permit
The Board shall have the power, upon notice and hearing, to suspend or revoke the
validity of a Certificate of Registration/Professional Identification Card, or shall cancel a special
permit granted under R.A. No. 9266 to an architect, on any ground mentioned under Section 22
hereof for the use of or perpetuation of any fraud or deceit in obtaining a Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card or special/temporary permit; for gross
negligence or incompetence; for unprofessional or dishonorable conduct; or for any cause
specified hereunder; Provided, however, That such action of the Board shall be subject to appeal
to the Commission whose decision shall be final if he/she:
(a) has signed and affixed or permitted to be signed or affixed his name or seal on
architectural plans and designs, specifications, drawings, technical reports, valuation, estimates,
or other similar documents or work not prepared by him/her or not executed under his/her
immediate supervision; or
(b) has paid money except the regular fees provided for to secure a Certificate of
Registration; or
(c) has falsely impersonated a practitioner, or former practitioner of alike or different

name or has practiced under an assumed, fictitious or corporate name other than that of the
registered; or
(d) has aided or abetted in the practice of architecture any person not duly authorized to
practice architecture in the Philippines; or
(e) has openly solicited projects by actually undertaking architectural services without a
valid service agreement guaranteeing compensation of services to be rendered and/or has
actually allowed himself/herself to be exploited by undertaking architectural services without a
valid service agreement, both acts being prejudicial to other architects registered and licensed
under R.A. No. 9266 and inimical to the interests of the profession; or
(f) has violated any provision of R.A. No. 9266, its implementing rules and regulations,
the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of Professional Practice.
The Board shall periodically examine the grounds for the revocation of the Certificate of
Registration and Professional Identification Card and update these as necessary under the
implementing rules and regulations.
Any person, firm or association, may prepare charges in accordance with the provisions
of this section against any registrant, or the Board may motu proprio investigate and/or
take cognizance of acts and practices constituting sufficient cause for suspension or revocation of
the Certificate of Registration by proper resolution or order. Such charges shall be in writing and
shall be sworn to by the person making them and shall be filed with the Secretary of the Board.
The rules on administrative investigation issued by the Commission shall govern the
hearing or investigation of the case, subject to applicable provisions of R.A. No. 9266, R.A. No.
8981, and the Rules of Court.
SECTION 24. Re-issuance or Replacement of Revoked or Lost Certificates of Registration,
Professional Identification Card or Special and Temporary Permit
Page 15 of 24
The Board may, after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of revocation of a
Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card or special/temporary permit, and
upon application and for reasons deemed proper and sufficient, reinstate the validity of a revoked
Certificate of Registration and in so doing may, in its discretion, exempt the applicant from
taking another examination.
The Board shall issue a Resolution, subject to approval by the Commission, in granting a
petition for reinstatement to the practice of architecture.
RULE IV
PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE
(SUNDRY PROVISIONS)
SECTION 25. Registration of Architects Required
No person shall practice architecture in this country, or engage in preparing architectural

plans, specifications or preliminary data for the erection or alteration of any building located
within the boundaries of this country, or use the title “Architect”, or display the word “Architect”
together with another word, or display or use any title, sign, card, advertisement, or other device
to indicate such person practices or offers to practice architecture, or is an architect, unless such
person shall have received from the Board a Certificate of Registration and be issued a
Professional Identification Card in the manner hereinafter provided and shall thereafter
comply with the provisions of R.A. No. 9266.
A foreign architect or any person not authorized to practice architecture in the

Philippines, who shall stay in the country and perform any of the activities mentioned in Sections
3 and 4 of R.A. No. 9266, or any other activity analogous thereto, in connection with the
construction of any building/structure/edifice or land development project, shall be deemed
engaged in the unauthorized practice of architecture and shall, therefore, be criminally liable
under R.A. No. 9266 and this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”.
SECTION 26. Vested Rights. Architects Registered When This Law is Passed
All architects registered at the time this law takes effect shall automatically be registered
under the provisions hereof, subject, however, to the provisions herein set forth as to future
requirements.
Certificates of Registration and Professional Identification Cards held by such persons in

good standing shall have the same force and effect as though issued after the passage of R.A. No.
9266.
SECTION 27. Reciprocity Requirements
A person who is not a citizen of the Philippines at the time he/she applies to take the
examination shall not be allowed to take the licensure examination unless he/she can prove, in
the manner provided by the Rules of Court that, by specific provision of law, the country of
which he/she is a citizen, subject or national either admits citizens of the Philippines to the
practice of the same profession without restriction or allows them to practice it after passing an
examination on terms of strict and absolute equality with citizens, subjects or nationals of the
country concerned, including the unconditional recognition of prerequisite degrees/diplomas
issued by the institutions of learning duly recognized for the purpose by the Government of the
Philippines.
Page 16 of 24
The Board may, after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of revocation of a
Certificate of Registration, Professional Identification Card or special/temporary permit, and
upon application and for reasons deemed proper and sufficient, reinstate the validity of a revoked
Certificate of Registration and in so doing may, in its discretion, exempt the applicant from
taking another examination.
The Board shall issue a Resolution, subject to approval by the Commission, in granting a
petition for reinstatement to the practice of architecture.
RULE IV
PRACTICE OF ARCHITECTURE
(SUNDRY PROVISIONS)
SECTION 25. Registration of Architects Required
No person shall practice architecture in this country, or engage in preparing architectural

plans, specifications or preliminary data for the erection or alteration of any building located
within the boundaries of this country, or use the title “Architect”, or display the word “Architect”
together with another word, or display or use any title, sign, card, advertisement, or other device
to indicate such person practices or offers to practice architecture, or is an architect, unless such
person shall have received from the Board a Certificate of Registration and be issued a
Professional Identification Card in the manner hereinafter provided and shall thereafter
comply with the provisions of R.A. No. 9266.
A foreign architect or any person not authorized to practice architecture in the

Philippines, who shall stay in the country and perform any of the activities mentioned in Sections
3 and 4 of R.A. No. 9266, or any other activity analogous thereto, in connection with the
construction of any building/structure/edifice or land development project, shall be deemed
engaged in the unauthorized practice of architecture and shall, therefore, be criminally liable
under R.A. No. 9266 and this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”.
SECTION 26. Vested Rights. Architects Registered When This Law is Passed
All architects registered at the time this law takes effect shall automatically be registered
under the provisions hereof, subject, however, to the provisions herein set forth as to future
requirements.
Certificates of Registration and Professional Identification Cards held by such persons in

good standing shall have the same force and effect as though issued after the passage of R.A. No.
9266.
SECTION 27. Reciprocity Requirements
A person who is not a citizen of the Philippines at the time he/she applies to take the
examination shall not be allowed to take the licensure examination unless he/she can prove, in
the manner provided by the Rules of Court that, by specific provision of law, the country of
which he/she is a citizen, subject or national either admits citizens of the Philippines to the
practice of the same profession without restriction or allows them to practice it after passing an
examination on terms of strict and absolute equality with citizens, subjects or nationals of the
country concerned, including the unconditional recognition of prerequisite degrees/diplomas
issued by the institutions of learning duly recognized for the purpose by the Government of the
Philippines.
Page 16 of 24
A foreign citizen, whether he studied in the Philippines or not, who desires to take the
licensure examination for Architects through reciprocity shall initiate the establishment of
reciprocity between his country/state and the Philippines by presenting/submitting a letter or any
document signed and under official seal by the appropriate official of his country/state requesting
the Chairman of the Board Architecture to allow the foreign applicant to take the licensure
examination of the Board that by express provision of the law of his country/state, Filipino
citizens shall be allowed to take the licensure examination for Architects and to register as
Architect in his country/state on terms of strict and absolute equality with the citizens or subjects
of said country or state including the unconditional recognition of prerequisite degrees issued by
institutions of higher learning duly recognized or established by the Government of the Republic
of the Philippines attaching/appending thereto an authentic or authenticated official copy of said
law officially translated in the English language.
If the letter/document and the copy of the law submitted by the applicant is satisfactorily
to the Board, the foreign applicant shall be allowed to take the licensure examination for
Architects by requiring him to file an application to take the licensure examination and by
submitting the following documents that shall accompany the application:
a. The original or certified copy of any official document issued by the Bureau of
Immigration and Deportation allowing the applicant to enter and reside the Philippines;
b. Present his passport for examination and for photocopying of pertinent information
about the applicant;
c. Original or authenticated copy of transcript of records or equivalent document of the

course for licensure examination issued by the institution of higher learning where he studied,
duly authorized or accredited by his country/state; and
d. Other documents which may be required to be submitted by the Board.
SECTION 28. Continuing Professional Development (CPD)
To promote public interest and to safeguard life, health and property, all practicing
architects shall maintain a program of continuing professional development. The integrated and
accredited professional organization shall have the responsibility of developing a continuing
professional development program for architects. Other entities or organizations may become
CPD providers upon accreditation by the Board.
A program of Continuing Professional Development (CPD) shall be maintained through

an overall CPD program for architects developed by the United Architects of the Philippines,
Inc. Such a program shall be formulated by the Continuing Professional Education (CPE)
Council for Architects based on the existing guidelines of the Professional Regulation
Commission with levels of compliance and proficiency evaluation as a rating factor.
Accreditation of CPD/CPE providers by the Board of Architecture shall be based on the said
guidelines.
SECTION 29. Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture and Penal Clause
Any person who shall practice or offer to practice architecture in the Philippines without
being registered/licensed and who are not holders of temporary or special permits in accordance
with the provisions of R.A. No. 9266, or any person presenting or attempting to use as his/her
own the Certificate of Registration/Professional Identification Card or seal of another or
temporary or special permit, or any person who shall give any false or forged evidence of any
kind to the Board or to any member thereof in obtaining a Certificate of
Registration/Professional Identification Card or temporary or special permit, or any person who
Page 17 of 24
shall falsely impersonate any registrant of like or different name, or any person who shall attempt
to use a revoked or suspended Certificate of Registration/Professional Identification Card or
cancelled special/temporary permit, or any person who shall use in connection with his/her name
or otherwise assume, use or advertise any title or description tending to convey the impression
that he/she is an architect when he/she is not an architect, or any person whether Filipino or
foreigner, who knowingly allows the use, adoption, implementation of plans, designs or
specifications made by any person, firm, partnership or company not duly licensed to engage in
the practice of architecture, or any person who shall violate any of the provisions of R.A. No.
9266, its implementing rules and regulations, the Code of Ethical Conduct and Standards of
Professional Practice, or any policy of the Board and the Commission, shall be guilty of
misdemeanor and charged in court by the Commission and shall, upon conviction be sentenced
to a fine of not less than One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00) but not more than Five
million pesos (P5,000,000.00) or to suffer imprisonment for a period not less than six (6) months
or not exceeding six (6) years or both, at the discretion of the Court.
Government employees and employees of private firms or persons/entities who are not
registered and licensed architects shall not perform architectural works in the performance of
their official function without the direct supervision of a licensed architect. Such activity shall
constitute unauthorized practice of architecture which shall be penalized in accordance with
Section 29 of R.A. No. 9266.
Any public official who shall order or cause a non-architect to perform activities which
constitute practice of architecture shall be administratively liable and shall be guilty of
misdemeanor and shall upon conviction be sentenced in accordance with Section 30 of R.A. No.
9266.
Penalties for Violations of Section 7 – sub-paragraph (L) by Heads of Government

Agencies or Officers of Private Entities/Institutions as per R.A. No. 8981.
Any head of a government agency or officer(s) of a private firm/institution who violates

Section 7 – sub-paragraph (L) of R.A. No. 8981 shall be punished by imprisonment of not less
than six (6) months and one (1) day to not more than six (6) years, or a fine of not less than Fifty
Thousand Pesos (P50,000.00) to not more than Five Hundred Thousand Pesos (P500,000.00) or
both at the discretion of the court.
SECTION 30. Prohibition in the Practice of Architecture
Any person or entity, whether public or private, Filipino or foreigner, who/which shall
entice, compel, coerce, require or otherwise force an architect registered and licensed under R.A.
No. 9266 to undertake/perform any service under the general practice of architecture as defined
under R.A. No. 9266, without first executing a written contract/service agreement, shall be guilty
of a misdemeanor and shall, upon conviction be sentenced to a fine of not less than Two
hundred thousand pesos (P200,000.00) or to suffer imprisonment for a period not exceeding six
(6) years, or both, at the discretion of the Court.
SECTION 31. Liability of Representatives of Non-Registered Persons
It shall be unlawful for any person or firm or corporation to seek to avoid the provisions
of R.A. No. 9266 by having a representative or employee seek architectural work in their behalf,
unless and until, such persons have duly qualified and duly registered/licensed, otherwise, both
those represented and the representative, the employer and the employee shall be deemed guilty
of violation of R.A. No. 9266. Solicitation of architectural work shall be construed as offering to
practice architecture and shall be unlawful for any non-registered and unlicensed persons to do
so.
SEC. 32. Signing and Sealing of Architectural Plans, Specifications, Architectural Permit
and Other Contract Documents
Page 18 of 24
It shall be unlawful for any architect to sign his/her name, affix his/her seal, or use any
other method of signature on architectural plans, specifications or other contract documents
made under another architect’s supervision, unless the same is made in such manner as to clearly
indicate the part or parts of such work actually performed by the former, and shall be unlawful
for any person, except the Architect-of record shall be fully responsible for all architectural
plans, specifications, and other documents issued under his/her seal or authorized signature.
The Board shall make all the necessary rules and regulations with regards to the signing
and sealing of drawings, specifications, reports, and other documents.
The authorized signature, official seal, PTR, PRC registration number and the IAPOA
membership number and Official Receipt (O.R.) number of the Architect-of-record stamped on
architectural plans, specifications, architectural permit and other related contract documents
signify his/her assumption of the mandated fifteen (15) year civil liability under Article 1723 of
the Civil Code. The Architect-of-record should be limited to architectural documents of a
project and its liability does not extend to the professional responsibility nor civil liability of the
other signing (sealing) professionals Including the Architect-in-charge of construction (AICC)
and the Consulting Architect (CA) unless these are under his/her direct employ. This rule shall
apply to both architects in government as well as architects employed by private firms.
For architectural documents prepared by architectural firms, the Board of Architecture

Registry Number and the SEC or DTI Registry Numbers should be prominently displayed on all
architectural documents.
SECTION 33. Ownership of Plans, Specifications and Other Contract Documents
Drawings and specifications and other contract documents duly signed, stamped or
sealed, as instruments of service, are the intellectual property and documents of the architect,
whether the object for which they are made is executed or not. It shall be unlawful for any
person to duplicate or to make copies of said documents for use in the repetition of and for other
projects or buildings, whether executed partly or in whole, without the written consent of
architect or author of said documents.
All architects shall incorporate this provision in all contract documents and other
instruments of service.
SECTION 34. Non-Registered Person shall not Claim Equivalent Service
Persons not registered as an architect shall not claim nor represent either services or work
as equivalent to those of a duly qualified registered architect, or that they are qualified for any
branch or function of architectural practice, even though no form of the title “Architect” is used.
SECTION 35. Positions in Government Requiring the Services of Registered and Licensed
Architects
Within three (3) years from the effectivity of R.A. No. 9266, all existing and proposed
positions in the local and national government, whether career, permanent, temporary or
contractual and primarily requiring the services of an architect shall be filled only by registered
and licensed architects.
In order to provide a safety net intended to ensure that the legislative intent shall be fully
implemented, the following sub-rules are so prescribed:
1. All national and local agencies including Government Owned and Controlled
Corporations (GOCC’s) are prohibited to collapse existing plantilla positions for architects for
the purpose of recreating the same to non-architect positions.
2. All existing plantilla positions in the national and local government whose job
description includes the practice of architecture as defined under R.A. 9266, shall be
Page 19 of 24
automatically reclassified as Architect positions and shall be accorded the salary pertaining to the
latter in accordance with salary standardization law.
3. The government architect-of-record shall collect from the concerned national or

local agency including Government Owned and Controlled Corporations (GOCC’s) an incentive
pay to cover civil liabilities in the equivalent amount of 1.5 % of the project cost of every project
provided it shall not exceed 50% of his annual salary which shall be paid upon full completion of
the project. The amount intended for the architect who prepared and signed the drawings and
specifications shall be included in the Program of Work.
SECTION 36. Collection of Professional Fees
It shall be unlawful for any unregistered person to collect a fee for architectural services
except as an employee collecting a fee as representative of a Registered Architect.
SECTION 37. Limitation to the Registration of a Firm, Company, Partnership,

Corporation or Association
The practice of architecture is a professional service, admission to which shall be

determined upon the basis of individual personal qualifications. However, a firm, company,
partnership, corporation or association may be registered or licensed as such for the practice of
architecture under the following conditions:
a) Only Filipino citizens properly registered and licensed as architects under R.A. No.
9266 may, among themselves, or together with allied technical professionals, form and obtain
registration as a firm, company, partnership, association or corporation for the practice of
architecture;
b) Registered and licensed architects shall compose at least seventy-five percent (75%)
of the owners, shareholders, members, incorporators, directors, executive officers, as the case
may be;
c) Individual members of such firm, partnership, association or corporation shall be

responsible for their individual and collective acts as an entity and as provided by law;
d) Such firm, partnership, association or corporation shall be registered with the

Securities and Exchange Commission and the Board.
The Board subject to approval by the Commission shall issue a certificate of registration
to such firm, company, partnership, corporation or association upon grant of registration.
SECTION 38. Coverage of Temporary/Special Permits
Foreign nationals who have gained entry in the Philippines to perform professional
services as architects or consultants in foreign-funded or assisted projects of the government or
employed or engaged by Filipino or foreign contractors or private firms, shall, before assuming
the duties, functions and responsibilities as architects or consultants, secure a special/temporary
permit from the Board subject to approval of the Commission, to practice his/her profession in
connection with the project to which he/she was commissioned: Provided, That a foreign
national or foreign firm, whose name or company name, with the title architect, architectural
consultant, design consultant, consultant or designer appears on architectural plans,
specifications and other related construction documents, for securing building permits, licenses
and government authority clearances for actual building project construction in the Philippines
and advertisements and billboards for marketing purposes, shall be deemed practicing
architecture in the Philippines, whether the contract for professional services is consummated in
the Philippines or in a foreign country. Provided, further, That the following conditions are
satisfied as follows:
Page 20 of 24
(a) That he/she is a citizen or subject of a country which specifically permits Filipino
professionals to practice his/her profession within their territorial limits, on the same basis as the
subjects or citizens of such foreign state or country;
(b) That he/she is legally qualified to practice architecture in his/her own country, and that
his/her expertise is necessary and advantageous to our country particularly in the aspects of
technology transfer and specialization;
(c) That foreign nationals shall be required to work with a Filipino counterpart and shall
also be responsible for public utilities and taxes due to the Philippine government, relative to
their participation in, or professional services rendered to the project, in accordance with the
established implementing rules and regulations providing for the procedure for the registration
and/or issuance of temporary/special permits to foreign architects allowed by law to practice
their profession in the Philippines by the Board of Architecture and the accredited professional
organization; and
(d) Agencies, organizations or individuals whether public or private, who secure the
services of a foreign professional authorized by law to practice in the Philippines for reasons
aforementioned, shall be responsible for securing a special permit from the Professional
Regulation Commission (PRC) and the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) pursuant
to PRC and DOLE rules.
The following procedures for the registration and/or issuance of temporary/special permits
to foreign architects are hereby prescribed:
1.0 A visa and work permit by appropriate government agencies shall be required.
2.0 Within thirty (30) calendar days after the commission/appointment date, the
commissioning party shall be responsible to secure the Temporary/Special Permit from Board
subject to approval by the PRC. DOLE upon compliance with the qualifications required and
receipt of a copy of the said Temporary/Special Permit - shall issue the employment permit.
3.0 In the absence of a bilateral agreement, the foreign national shall submit
documentary proof or evidence allowing Filipino architects to practice the profession in their
home country without any limitation.
4.0 Technology transfer and/or specialization must be identified and substantiated

consistent with his expertise.
5.0 A Filipino counterpart shall be the architect-of-record, with his duties, functions and
responsibilities duly defined in a covering agreement.
6.0 Advertisements and billboards for marketing/promotion purposes shall prominently

display the name of the architect-of-record. Failure to comply shall be subject to penalties in
accordance with the rules promulgated by PRC.
7.0 Upon issuance of the temporary/special permit, the foreign national may become
member of the United Architects of the Philippines, Inc. subject to the rules and procedures of
UAP membership.
SECTION 39. Liability Insurance of a Person or Entity Allowed to Practice under a

Temporary/Special Permit
Foreign nationals, including former Filipinos wanting to engage in the general practice of
architecture as defined in Section 3 (c) of R.A. No. 9266 must secure locally their professional
liability insurance or malpractice insurance or their acceptable equivalent in bond form
commensurate with the nature and magnitude of their project involvement and their
Page 21 of 24
compensation the implementing rules and regulations for such a requirement for practice shall be
implemented by the Board in consultation with the integrated and accredited professional
organization of architects within six (6) months from the effectivity of R.A. No. 9266.
RULE V
FINAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 40. Integration of the Architecture Profession
The Architecture profession shall be integrated into one (1) national organization which
shall be accredited by the Board, subject to the approval by the Commission, as the integrated
and accredited professional organization of architects: Provided, however, That such an
organization shall be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as a non-profit,
non-stock corporation to be governed by by-laws providing for a democratic election of its
officials. An architect duly registered with the Board shall automatically become a member of
the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects and shall receive the benefits
and privileges provided for in R.A. 9266 upon payment of the required fees and dues.
Membership in the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects shall not be a
bar to membership in other associations of architects.
Pursuant to Board Resolution No. 3, Series of 2004, the United Architects of the
Philippines, Inc. is the existing integrated and accredited professional organization of registered
architects, duly accredited by the Board subject to approval by the Commission and registered
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a non-profit, non-stock corporation
governed by Bylaws providing for a democratic election of its officials
1.a. An architect duly registered with the PRC shall automatically become a member of
the UAP and shall receive the benefits and privileges provided for and described in its by-laws
upon payment of required fees and dues. The UAP shall keep an updated official registry of its
bonafide members indicating membership and annual dues official receipt number.
1.b. Bona fide members of the UAP practicing the architectural profession shall be
required to provide their official IAPOA membership number and receipt number together with
their PRC registration number and professional tax receipt (PTR) on official documents prepared
by them for purposes of obtaining governmental regulatory permits and licenses.
1.c. The functions, duties and responsibilities of the UAP as the IAPOA shall be the
following:
a) Nominations to the vacancy of positions to the BOA;
b) Responsibility of preparing a program of CPD;
c) Endorsement of the practice of foreign nationals to be issued temporary/special

permit;
d) Recommendation of compliance with liability insurance under a temporary/special

permit;
e) Monitoring compliance and endorsing to/or filing a complaint with the Board and/or
Commission for violation of the R.A. No. 9266, this IRR, Code of Ethics, Standards of
Professional Practice and other policies of the Board and of the Commission and with other
agencies for violation of other relevant laws, regulations and the like; and
f) Some other functions, duties and responsibility as may be prescribed by the BOA
from time to time.
Page 22 of 24
compensation the implementing rules and regulations for such a requirement for practice shall be
implemented by the Board in consultation with the integrated and accredited professional
organization of architects within six (6) months from the effectivity of R.A. No. 9266.
RULE V
FINAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 40. Integration of the Architecture Profession
The Architecture profession shall be integrated into one (1) national organization which
shall be accredited by the Board, subject to the approval by the Commission, as the integrated
and accredited professional organization of architects: Provided, however, That such an
organization shall be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as a non-profit,
non-stock corporation to be governed by by-laws providing for a democratic election of its
officials. An architect duly registered with the Board shall automatically become a member of
the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects and shall receive the benefits
and privileges provided for in R.A. 9266 upon payment of the required fees and dues.
Membership in the integrated and accredited professional organization of architects shall not be a
bar to membership in other associations of architects.
Pursuant to Board Resolution No. 3, Series of 2004, the United Architects of the
Philippines, Inc. is the existing integrated and accredited professional organization of registered
architects, duly accredited by the Board subject to approval by the Commission and registered
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a non-profit, non-stock corporation
governed by Bylaws providing for a democratic election of its officials
1.a. An architect duly registered with the PRC shall automatically become a member of
the UAP and shall receive the benefits and privileges provided for and described in its by-laws
upon payment of required fees and dues. The UAP shall keep an updated official registry of its
bonafide members indicating membership and annual dues official receipt number.
1.b. Bona fide members of the UAP practicing the architectural profession shall be
required to provide their official IAPOA membership number and receipt number together with
their PRC registration number and professional tax receipt (PTR) on official documents prepared
by them for purposes of obtaining governmental regulatory permits and licenses.
1.c. The functions, duties and responsibilities of the UAP as the IAPOA shall be the
following:
a) Nominations to the vacancy of positions to the BOA;
b) Responsibility of preparing a program of CPD;
c) Endorsement of the practice of foreign nationals to be issued temporary/special

permit;
d) Recommendation of compliance with liability insurance under a temporary/special

permit;
e) Monitoring compliance and endorsing to/or filing a complaint with the Board and/or
Commission for violation of the R.A. No. 9266, this IRR, Code of Ethics, Standards of
Professional Practice and other policies of the Board and of the Commission and with other
agencies for violation of other relevant laws, regulations and the like; and
f) Some other functions, duties and responsibility as may be prescribed by the BOA
from time to time.
Page 22 of 24
SECTION 41. Implementing Rules and Regulations
Within sixty (60) days after the effectivity of R.A. No. 9266, the Board, subject to the
approval of the Commission and in coordination with integrated and accredited professional
organization, shall adopt and promulgate such rules and regulations, Code of Ethical Conduct
and Standards of Professional Practice, to carry out the provisions of R.A. No. 9266 and which
shall be effective fifteen (15) days following their publication in the Official Gazette or in two
(2) major daily newspapers of general circulation.
SECTION 42. Appropriations
The Chairperson of the Professional Regulation Commission shall immediately include in

the Commission’s programs the implementation of R.A. No. 9266, the funding of which shall be
included in the annual General Appropriations Act.
The amount necessary to carry out the initial implementation of R.A. No. 9266 shall be
charged against the current year’s appropriations of the Professional Regulation Commission.
Thereafter, such sums as may be necessary for the continued implementation of R.A. No. 9266
shall be included in the succeeding General Appropriations Act (GAA).
SECTION 43. Act Not Affecting Other Professionals
R.A. No. 9266 shall not be construed to affect or prevent the practice of any other legally
recognized profession.
SECTION 44. Enforcement of the Act
It shall be the primary duty of the Commission and the Board to effectively enforce the
provisions of R.A. No. 9266 and this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”. All duly constituted
law enforcement agencies and officers of national, provincial, city or municipal government or
of any political subdivision thereof, shall, upon the call or request of the Commission or the
Board, render assistance in enforcing the provisions of R.A. No. 9266 and this “IRR of the
Architecture Act of 2004”, and to prosecute any person violating the provisions of the same.
The Secretary of Justice or his duly designated representative shall act as legal adviser to
the Commission and the Board and shall render legal assistance as may be necessary in carrying
out the provisions of R.A. No. 9266 and this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”.
Any person may bring before the Commission, Board or the aforementioned officers of
the law, cases of illegal practice or violations of R.A. No. 9266 and this “IRR of the Architecture
Act of 2004” committed by any person or party.
SECTION 45. Separability Clause
If, for any reason, any section or provision of the herein “IRR” or application of such
rules and regulations or provision to any person or circumstances is declared unconstitutional or
invalid, the remainder of this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004”, or application of such
provisions to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected by such declaration.
SECTION 46. Repealing Clause
Any provisions of the rules, regulations, codes, orders, resolutions, measures, and other
policies or parts thereof issued and promulgated pursuant to R.A. No. 545 (as amended by R.A.
No. 1581), P.D. No. 223 (as amended), R.A. No. 8981, and other laws which are inconsistent
with this “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004” are hereby superseded, repealed or amended
accordingly.
Page 23 of 24
SECTION 47. Effectivity
The herein “IRR of the Architecture Act of 2004” shall be, upon approval by the
Commission, be effective after fifteen (15) days following its full and complete publication in
the Official Gazette or in two (2) major newspapers of general circulation.
Done in the City of Manila this ________day of _______________ 2004.
EUGENE G. GAN
Chairman
FERNANDO L. SANTOS MIGUEL R. CALUZA

Member Member
ATTESTED TO:
CARLOS G. ALMELOR
Secretary, Professional Regulatory Boards
APPROVED:
ANTONIETA FORTUNA-IBE
Chairperson
AVELINA A. DE LA REA LEONOR TRIPON-ROSERO

Commissioner Commissioner
OCOMI/D-SRB/PRB-ARC/D-LGL
CGA/PBM/SAT/mst
Page 24 of 24
Professional Regulation Commission
Manila
Resolution No. 04
Series of 2005
WHEREAS, SEC. 13 (c), Article III of RA 9266, requires that candidate for licensure examination
in architecture must have a specific record of at least (2) years or equivalent of diversified architectural
experience duly certified by a registered/licensed architect.
WHEREAS, the United Architects of the Philippines (UAP), the integrated and accredited
professional organization of architects, submitted to the Board UAP Document No. 210 entitled “Logbook
of Diversified Experience in Architecture” which the Board approved and adopted in Board Resolution No.
01, Series of 2000.
WHEREAS, for the reason stated in Board Resolution No. 5, Series of 1993, the requirement of
diversified experience in licensure examination has not been implemented and in the same Resolution
the Board resolved “to require mandatory and unconditionally the submission of the Logbook of
Diversified Experience in Architecture” beginning with the second schedule of examination in 1995.
WHEREAS, the Board of Architecture realizes that UAP Document No.210, as approved and
adopted, needs revisions to reflect the detailed diversified training in the different phases of the Practice
of Architecture conforming to RA 9266 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations, total number of
hours rendered by a candidate for examination, the period covered by the training, date when mentor
signed the logbook, his/her address, valid IAPOA number, valid PTR No., UAP control number, check list
of documents and other details for facility in processing of application for examination, easy notification
and for administrative controls.
WHEREOF, the Board resolved as it herby resolves to request the United Architects of the
Philippines (UAP), which drafted the Logbook of Diversified Experience in Architecture under UAP
Document No. 210, Series of 2000, to revise the said document in accordance with above observations.
Let copy of this Resolution be furnished the President of the UAP for the desired revision of UAP
Document No. 210.
th
Done in the City of Manila, this 6 day of December 2005.
EUGENE G. GAN
Chairman
FERNANDO L. SANTOS MIGUEL R. CALUZA

Member Member
ATTESTED:
CARLOS G. ALMELOR
Secretary, Professional Regulatory Boards,
APPROVED:
LEONOR T. ROSERO
Chairperson
AVELINA A. DE LA REA RENATO B. VALDECANTOS

P. PAREDES ST., CORNER MORAYTA STREET, SAMPALOC, MANILA, PHILIPPINES

P.O. BOX 2038, MANILA
The United Architects of the Philippines
The Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization of Architects
UAP Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experience
____________________________________________________________________________
Logbook on
Diversified Experience
in Architecture
(Revised per Board of Architecture No. 04, Series of 2005)
____________________________________________________________________________
UAP COMMISSION ON EDUCATION

THE UNITED ARCHITECTS OF THE PHILIPPINES
THE INTEGRATED AND ACCREDITED PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATION OF ARCHITECTS
Guidelines for Filling-Up the Logbook on Diversified Experience for
Architects Licensure Examination
1. Section 3 (29) of Rule I of Board Res. No. 07, Series of 2004, known as the “IRR of the
Architecture Act of 2004”, defined “Diversified Architectural Experience” as “post baccalaureate,
pre-licensure experience of two (2) years required of a graduate of architecture prior to taking the
licensure examination, consisting of a variation of experiences in the different phases of
architectural service”. A graduate may immediately undergo Diversified Architectural Training
with a Mentor/s of his/her choice after his/her graduation.
2. Trainees must secure the logbook from the UAP Secretariat or School where he/she graduated
(one logbook per candidate).
3. The Mentor shall accomplish the DT form 002 by filling-up the following:
A. Name of Trainee;
B. Project Title/Description & Location;
C. Period Covered:
• Indicate the inclusive days when the trainee was involved with the particular
project.
D. Field of Practice (FOP) conforming to Sec. 3 (4) (Scope of the Practice of Architecture)
Art. 1 of R.A. No. 9266.
Practice of Architecture;
• Indicate the corresponding number of hours in the appropriate FOP column.
E. Total Number of Hours:
• Indicate the total number of hours that the trainee has accumulated in the
performance of his/her function/s for the particular project. Total number of hours
shall be per project and per FOP.
• In case of full time, the corresponding number of hours is equal to the number
of inclusive days multiplied by eight (8) hours.
e.g. 20 days x 8 hours/day 160 hrs.
F. Indicate “Nothing Follows” after the last entry.
4. The mentor signs above his/her printed name and affix dry seal, and fill-up the following:
A. Address
B. Date Signed
C. Cert. of Reg. No. (this No. is the same as that of the Professional Identification Card)
and Date of issuance of the Cert. Of Reg. No. by PRC and the renewal date and Expiry
Date of the Professional Identification Card;
D. IAPOA Nos. and Date of IAPOA Official Receipt No. issued by UAP and Expiry date.
E. Valid PTR No. and Date and Place of issuance thereof.
5. After collecting all the accomplished DT Form 002 from his/her mentor/s, the trainee must
accomplish the DT Form 001 by filling-up the following;
A. Total Number of Hours Accomplished;

• Summarize the total number of hours for each FOP.
• Trainee must accomplish the required number of credit hours for each FOP as
enumerated in the DT Form 001. Excess of credit hours in one specific FOP will not
be credited to other FOP.
• Indicate the sum of the total number of hours accomplished from the entire FOP.
Total number of hours shall not be less than the required 3,840 hours.
B. The school where the trainee graduated shall fill up the appropriate box;
C. Trainee signs the form (DT Form 001).
6. The trainee submits the DT Form 001 & DT Form 002 and the Architect’s Affidavit together
with the required supporting documents enumerated in the DT Form 001 to the PRC for
evaluation.
The United Architects of the Philippines (Revised per Board of Architecture

The Integrated and Accredited Professional Organization of Architects Resolution No. 04, Series of 2005)
UAP DOC. 210 – Logbook of Diversified Experience
DT FORM 001
SHEET NO.
of
" "# "$

30% 1152 hrs.
% $ "&
' $
( " $' $
25% 960 hrs.
$" $' " $
(
$ ) "
& 15% 576 hrs.
$ ' *
10% 384 hrs.
$ ) $ + & "
*+ " $
$ $ *$ ' "$
* * $ 10% 384 hrs.
, - " "$
# "$
# . * 10% 384 hrs.
.
100% 3840 hrs.
'
,
/011 " % ' .
( '
2222222222222222__________________________
TRAINEE’S SIGNATURE
To be filled up by the Dean or Department Head of school graduated:
SCHOOL: ________________________________ ATTESTED BY:
DATE OF GRADUATION: ______________________ _____________________________________________________

Dean’s/Department Head’s Signature above Printed Name
School Control No.__________________________
IAPOA No. _____________-____________-____________
Date Issued _____________________________________
Expiry Date ______________________________________
PRC EVALUATION
ACTION TAKEN
Document Submitted
Approved for Examination
Accomplished DT Form 001
Accomplished DT Form 002
Disapproved
Architect’s/Mentor’s Affidavit
Baccalaureate Transcript of Records
Certificate of live Birth Others: ________________________________________________
College Diploma
Marriage Contract
NBI Clearance ___________________________________
Photocopy of Mentor’s Professional Identification Card, Valid Chairman
PTR & IAPOA Certificate.
Others
_________________________ _________________________
Received by: ____________________________
Date : ____________________________
Member Member
Time: ____________________________
DATE:

SHEET NO.
of
! $%% &'$ ( )* + %$, $)%& $ 0 $1

" # $, &-%+ % ( $, $)%&
. /
Day Mo. Yr. Day Mo. Yr. A B C D E F
Total No. Of Hours
NOTE: This statement shall be accomplished per Mentor.

Trainee’s Diversified Training must conform with RA 9266
Sec. 3 (4) for Scope of the Practice of Architecture
LEGEND:
MINIMUM
________________________________
FIELD OF PRACTICE (FOP)
%
CREDIT MENTOR’S SIGNATURE ABOVE PRINTED NAME
(MAX.)
HOURS (Pls. affix your Architect’s Dry seal)
A. ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNING/DRAFTING, STRUCTURAL
CONCEPTUALIZATION, PLANNING & THE LIKE 30% 1152 hrs.
B. PREPARATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS
Address: __________________________________
WRITING, BILL OF MATERIALS, COST ESTIMATES, GENERAL Date Signed: _______________________________
25% 960 hrs.
CONDITIONS, BIDDING DOCUMENTS, CLERK OF WORKS AND THE Prof. ID Card No ____________________________
LIKE
C. FIELD SUPERINTENDENCE, PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Date Issued:____________ Expiry Date__________
ADMINISTRATION & THE LIKE. 576 hrs.
15% IAPOA NO. ________-___________-____________
D. TECHNICAL, ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL FEASIBILITY STUDIES, Date Issued: ______________________
PROJECT PROMOTIONAL, PRE-DESIGN & THE LIKE.
10% 384 hrs.
E. ARCHITECTURAL LAY-OUTING OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, Expiry Date:_______________________
ELECTRONIC, SANITARY, PLUMBING, COMMUNICATIONS AND
OTHER UTILITY SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES ARCH’L
10% 384 hrs. Valid PTR No. ______________________________
LIGHTING, ACOUSTICS AND ALLIED FIELDS OF PRACTICE. Place Issued: ______________________
F. ARCHITECTURAL INTERIORS/SPACE PLANNING, RESTORATION/
10% 384 hrs. Date Issued: _______________________
PRESERVATION AND OTHER ANCILLARY SERVICES.
TOTAL 100% 3840 hrs. UAP Control No. 2005 ______________

REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES
City of ___________________) S.S.
WARNING
Any applicant who knowingly makes any
false statement herein shall be subject to the
provisions of Sec. 13, Art. III of R.A. No.
9266, known as the “Architecture Act of
2004”, and Sec.13 Rule III of Board Res.
No. 07, Series of 2004, known as the “IRR
of Architecture Act of 2004”, without
prejudice to criminal prosecution if the
evidence warrants under R.A. No. 9266 and
the Revised Penal Code.
AFFIDAVIT
I, ________________________________________ of legal age, with residence

and postal address at ________________________________________________ after
being duly sworn upon my oath, depose and state:
1. That I am a practicing architect with Certificate of Registration No.

__________ issued on _________________ and with office/s located at
____________________________________________________;
2. That pursuant to Section 13 (c), Article III of R.A. No. 9266, and in
accordance with the requirements prescribed in the Logbook of
Diversified Experience in Architecture, records of my office show that
Mr./Ms. __________________________ has undergone Diversified
Training under my mentorship and supervision covering the period from
__________________________ to ______________________;
3. That attached hereto is DT Form 002 duly accomplished, marked as
Annex “A” and made an integral part hereof;
4. That I am willing to appear before the Board of Architecture, the
Professional Regulation Commission (PRC), or its duly authorized
representative, and present satisfactory evidence of the trainee’s
diversified training in my office and the diversified experience the trainee
has acquired, if and when required.
IN TRUTH OF ALL THE FOREGOING, I have signed this affidavit this ____ day
of ___________ 200__ at _____________________________________.
AFFIANT
(Affix your architect’s seal)
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ______ day of __________

200__ at _______________________, affiant exhibiting to me his/her Community Tax
Certificate No. _____________ issued on _______________ at ______________.
Doc. No. ______________ NOTARY PUBLIC

Page No. _____________ Until December 31, ________
Book No. _____________
Series of _____________
RULE VII - CLASSIFICATION AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
OF ALL BUILDINGS BY USE OR OCCUPANCY
SECTION 701. Occupancy Classified
1. There are 10 Groups of Occupancies sub-divided into 25 Divisions. The accompanying matrix shows the Groupings and Divisions and the corresponding uses. The final
column indicates the Zoning Classification.
a. Buildings proposed for construction shall be identified according to their use or the character of its occupancy and shall be classified as follows:
i. Group A - Residential Dwellings
Group A Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Residential building/structure for exclusive use of single family occupants including school or company staff housing;
single (nuclear) family dwellings; churches or similar places of worship; church rectories; community facilities and social centers;
parks, playgrounds, pocket parks, parkways, promenades and play lots; clubhouses and recreational uses such as golf courses,
tennis courts, basketball courts, swimming pools and similar uses operated by the government or private individuals as
membership organizations for the benefit of their members, families, and guests and not operated primarily for gain.
Division 2 - Residential building for the exclusive use of non-leasing occupants not exceeding 10 persons including single-attached
or duplex or townhouses, each privately-owned; school dormitories (on campus); convents and monasteries; military or police
barracks/dormitories; pre-schools, elementary and high schools, provided that they do not exceed 16 classrooms; outpatient
clinics, family planning clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostics clinics, medical and clinical laboratories; branch library and museums;
steam/dry cleaning outlets; party needs and accessories (leasing of tables and chairs, etc.).
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
The 2004 Revised IRR of P.D. No. 1096 (as published by the DPWH on 01, 08 & 15 April 2005) page 44 of 255
ii. Group B - Residentials, Hotels and Apartments
Group B Occupancies shall be multiple dwelling units including boarding or lodging houses, hotels, apartment buildings, row houses,
convents, monasteries and other similar building each of which accommodates more than 10 persons.
iii. Group C - Education and Recreation
Group C Occupancies shall be buildings used for school or day-care purposes, involving assemblage for instruction, education, or
recreation, and not classified in Group I or in Division 1 and 2 or Group H Occupancies.
iv. Group D - Institutional
Group D Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria, jails, prisons, reformatories, and buildings were personal liberties of inmates are similarly
restrained.
Division 2 - Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age, hospitals, sanitaria, nursing homes with non-ambulatory
patients, and similar buildings each accommodating more than five persons.
Division 3 - Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of kindergarten age or over, each accommodating more than
five persons: Provided, that Group D Occupancies shall not include buildings used only for private or family group dwelling
purposes.
v. Group E - Business and Mercantile
Group E Occupancies shall include:
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division 1 - Gasoline filling and service stations, storage garages and boat storage structures where no work is done except exchange
of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids.
Division 2 - Wholesale and retail stores, office buildings, drinking and dining establishments having an occupant load of less than
one hundred persons, printing plants, police and fire stations, factories and workshops using not highly flammable or
combustible materials and paint stores without bulk handlings.
Division 3 - Aircraft hangars and open parking garages where no repair work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance
requiring no open flame, welding or the use of highly flammable liquids.
vi. Group F - Industrial
Group F Occupancies shall include: ice plants, power plants, pumping plants, cold storage, and creameries, factories and workshops
using incombustible and non-explosive materials, and storage and sales rooms for incombustible and non-explosive materials.
vii. Group G - Storage and Hazardous
Groups G Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flammable material.
Division 2 - Storage and handling of flammable materials, dry cleaning plants using flammable liquids; paint stores with bulk handling,
paint shops and spray painting rooms.
Division 3 - Wood working establishments, planning mills and box factories, shops, factories where loose combustible fibers or dust are
manufactured, processed or generated; warehouses where highly combustible materials is stored.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division 4 - Repair garages.
Division 5 - Aircraft repair hangars.
viii. Group H - Assembly Other Than Group I
Group H Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of less than 1000 in the building.
Division 2 - Any assembly building without stage and having an occupant load of 300 or more in the building.
Division 3 - Any assembly building without a stage and having an occupant load of less than 300 in the building.
Division 4 - Stadia, reviewing stands, amusement park structures not included within Group I or in Division 1, 2, and 3 of this Group.
ix. Group I - Assembly Occupant Load 1000 or More
Group I Occupancies shall be any assembly building with a stage and an occupant load of 1000 or more in the building.
x. Group J - Accessory
Group J Occupancies shall include:
Division 1 - Agricultural structures.
Division 2 - Private garages, carports, fences over 1.80 meters high, tanks, swimming pools and towers.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division 3 - Stages, platforms, pelota, tennis, badminton or basketball courts, tombs, mausoleums, niches, aviaries, aquariums, zoo
structures, banks and record vaults
Other subgroupings or divisions within Groups A to J may be determined by the Secretary. Any other occupancy not mentioned specifically
in this Section, or about which there is any question, shall be included in the Group which it most nearly resembles based on the existing or
proposed life and fire hazard.
(emphases supplied)
Table VII.1. Schedule of Principal, Accessory and Conditional Use/Occupancy of Building/Structure

General USE U S E
Character of
Occupancy of Zoning Classification
PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
Group A –
Residential
(Dwellings)
Division A-1 1. Indigenous family dwelling units 1. Customary accessory uses 1. Preparatory schools, provided Residential R-1 - a low-
(Residential 2. Single-detached units incidental to any of the principal that they do not exceed three (3) density residential zone,
building/ structure 3. School or company staff housing uses housed in the same Division classrooms and shall be located characterized mainly by
for exclusive use of 4. Single (nuclear) family dwellings A-1 (or R-1 class) not less than 500 meters from single-family, single detached
single family 5. Churches or similar places of building/structure, provided that nearest existing school offering dwellings with the usual
occupants) worship such accessory uses shall not similar course and are equipped community ancillary uses on a
6 Church rectories include any activity conducted for with adequate parking or as neighborhood scale, such as
7. Community facilities and social monetary gain or commercial provided in the local zoning executive subdivisions and
centers purposes such as servants ordinance. relatively exclusive residential
8. Parks, playgrounds, pocket parks, quarter, private garage, 2. Boarding houses with no more communities which are not
parkways, promenades and playlots guardhouse, home laundries, non- than eight (8) boarders. subdivisions.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
9. Clubhouses and recreational uses commercial garages, houses for 3. Neighborhood convenience
such as golf courses, tennis courts, pets such as dogs, birds, rabbits stores selling miscellaneous
basketball courts, swimming pools and the like of not more than 4.00 items, provided that such stores
and similar uses operated by the sq. meters in floor area, pump shall not exceed 10% of the
government or private individuals as houses and generator houses. gross floor area (GFA) of the
membership organizations for the 2. Auxiliary uses customarily dwelling unit and provided that
benefit of their members, families, conducted in dwellings and homes no liquor shall be allowed for
and guests and not operated for the practice of one's profession sale.
primarily for gain. such as offices of physicians, 4. Audio-video and computer rental
surgeons, dentists, architects, shops, provided that such shops
engineers, lawyers and other shall not exceed 10% of the total
professionals provided that such floor area of the dwelling unit.
professionals are members of the 5. Home occupation engaging in
family residing in the premises; an in-house business such as
provided further, that not dressmaking, tailoring, and
baking, provided that the
more than three (3) semi- area used shall not occupy more
professional assistants are than 20% of the total floor area of
employed at any time, that in no the dwelling unit; the number of
case that more than 20% of the persons engaged in such
floor area of the building be used business/industry shall not
for said professional practice or exceed three (3) inclusive of the
home occupation for engaging an owner; there shall be no change
in-house business such as in the outside appearance of the
dressmaking, tailoring, baking and building/structure or premises; no
the like, provided that the number home occupation shall be
of persons engaged in such conducted in any customary
business/industry shall not exceed accessory use; no traffic shall be
five (5), inclusive of the owner; generated by such home
there shall be no change in the occupation in greater volume
outside appearance of the building than would normally be expected
or premises; no home occupation in a residential neighborhood and
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
shall be conducted in any any need for parking generated
customary accessory uses cited by the conduct of such home
above; no traffic shall be occupation shall be met off the
generated by such home street and in place other than in a
occupation in greater volume than required front yard; no equipment
would normally be expected in a or process shall be used in such
residential neighborhood and any home occupation which creates
need for parking generated by the noise, vibration, glare, fumes,
conduct of such home occupation odors or electrical interference
shall be met off the street and in a detectable to the normal senses
place other than in a required front and visual or audible interference
yard; no equipment or process in any radio or television
shall be used in such home receivers or causes fluctuation in
occupation which line voltage of the premises.
7. Home industry classified as
cottage industry provided that
such home industry shall
not occupy more than
creates noise, vibration, 30% of the gross floor area
glare, fumes, odors or (GFA) of the dwelling unit with
electrical interference employees not to exceed five (5)
detectable to the normal senses persons and shall have no
and visual or audible interference change or alteration in the
in any radio or television receivers outside appearance of the
or causes fluctuation in line dwelling unit and shall not be a
voltage of the premises. hazard/nuisance; allotted
3. Home industry classified as capitalization shall not exceed the
cottage industry provided that capitalization as set by the
such home industry shall not Department of Trade and
occupy more than 30% of the floor Industry (DTI); no home industry
area of the dwelling unit; there shall be conducted in any
shall be no change or alteration in customary accessory use; no
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
the outside appearance of the traffic shall be generated by such
dwelling unit and shall not be a home industry in greater volume
hazard/nuisance; allotted than would normally be expected
capitalization shall not exceed the in a residential neighborhood and
capitalization as set by the any need for parking generated
Department of Trade and Industry by the conduct of such home
(DTI); shall consider same occupation shall be met off the
provisions as enumerated in street and in a place other than in
number 2, Profession or Home a required front yard; no
Occupation, this Section. equipment or process shall be
4. Recreational facilities for the used in such home industry
exclusive use of the members of which creates noise, vibration,
the family residing within the glare, fumes, odors or electrical
premises, such as swimming interference detectable to the
pool, pelota court, etc. normal senses and visual or
5. Religious use audible interference in any radio
6. Multi-purpose/Barangay Hall or television receivers or causes
fluctuation in line voltage of the
premises.
7. Pre-School
8. Sports club
9. Clinic, nursing and convalescing
home, health center
10. Plant nursery
Division A-2 1. Single-attached or duplex or town- 1. Customary incidental home 1. Ballet, dance and voice studios Residential R-2 - a medium
(residential houses, each privately owned occupations such as barber and provided that the classes or density residential use or
building for the 2. School dormitories (on campus) beauty shops, tailoring and dress instructions are held in occupancy, characterized
exclusive use of 3. Convents and monasteries shops, neighborhood convenience soundproofed and airconditioned mainly as a low-rise single-
non-leasing 4. Military or police barracks/ stores, retail drug stores buildings attached, duplex or multi-level
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
occupants not dormitories 2. Sanitaria, nursery or building/ structure for exclusive
exceeding 10 5. All uses allowed in Division A-1 (or convalescent homes use as multiple family
persons) for R-1 class) buildings/structures 3. Philanthropic or charitable dwellings. This includes R-2
6. Pre-schools, elementary and high institutions upon approval of the structures within semi-
schools, provided that they do not Building Official and subject to exclusive subdivisions and
exceed sixteen (16) classrooms such conditions and safeguards semi-exclusive residential
7. Outpatient clinics, family planning as deemed appropriate communities which are not
clinics, lying-in clinics, diagnostic 4. Offices with no actual display, subdivisions.
clinics, medical and clinical sale, transfer, or lending of the
laboratories office commodities in the There shall be two (2) general
8. Branch library and museum premises and with subject gross types of R-2 use or occupancy,
9. Steam/ dry cleaning outlets floor area (GFA) not exceeding to wit:
10. Party needs and accessories 30% of the building GFA
(leasing of tables and chairs, etc.) 5. Apartment hotels/hometels a. Basic R-2 : single-attached
6. Processing, refilling and or duplex building/structure of
retailing of bottled drinking water from one (1) storey up to three
provided that clearances from (3) storeys in height and with
local health department and each unit for separate
certification of adequate supply
from the water supply
concessionaire shall be secured.
7. Home occupation for the practice use as single-family dwellings
of one's profession or for and;
engaging in an in-house
business such as dressmaking, b. Maximum R-2 : low-rise
tailoring, baking, barber and multi-level building/structure of
beauty shops and the like, from three (3) up to five (5)
provided that the area in use storeys in height and for use
shall not exceed 30% of the as multiple family dwellings
gross floor area (GFA) of the
dwelling unit with the number of
persons engaged in such
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
business/industry not exceeding
ten (10) inclusive of owner; there
shall be no change in the outside
appearance of the building or
premises, no home occupation
shall be conducted in any
customary accessory use; no
traffic shall be generated by such
home occupation in greater
volume than would normally be
expected in a residential
neighborhood and any need for
parking generated by the
conduct of such home
occupation shall be met off the
street and in a place other than
in a required front yard; no
equipment or process shall be
used in such home occupation
which creates noise, vibration,
glare, fumes, odors or electrical
interference detectable to the
normal senses and visual or
audible interference in any radio
or television receivers or causes
fluctuation in line voltage of the
premises.
8. Car barns for not more than three
(3) units.
9. LPG retailing with a maximum of
twenty (20) units of LPG tanks at
any given time
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
10. Recreational facilities such as
resorts, swimming pools,
clubhouses and similar uses
except carnivals and fairs
11.Bank branches, savings/
loans/lending shops.
12. Driving range
Group B –
Residential
(Buildings/
Structures, Hotels
and Apartments)
Division B-1 1. All uses permitted in Divisions A-1 1. All customary accessory uses 1. All conditional uses in R-1 and Residential R-3 - a high-density
and A-2 (or for R-1 class and R-2 allowed in Divisions A-1 and A-2 R-2 with appropriate regulations residential use or occupancy,
class) buildings/structures (or for R-1 class and R-2 class) characterized mainly as a low-
2. Leased single-detached dwelling buildings/ structures rise or medium-rise building/
unit, cottage with more than one (1) 2. Branch library and museum structure for exclusive use as
independent unit and duplexes. 3. Hometel multiple family dwellings with
3. Boarding and lodging houses 4. Vocational school mixed housing types. R-3
structure may include low-rise
or medium-rise residential
4. Multiple-housing units for lease or condominium buildings that
still for sale are already commercial in
5. Townhouses, each privately owned nature and scale. There shall
6. Boarding houses be two (2) general types of R-3
7. Accessorias (shop-houses), use or occupancy, to wit:
rowhouses, townhouses, tenements a. Basic R-3 : rowhouse
and apartments building/structure of from
8. Multiple privately-owned one (1) storey up to three
condominium units or tenement (3) storeys in height and
houses (residential building for the with each unit for separate
exclusive use of non-leasing use as single-family
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
occupants not exceeding ten (10) dwellings; and
persons and of low—rise type (up to b. Maximum R-3 : medium-
five (5) storeys maximum building rise multi-level building/
height) structure of from six (6) up
9. Hotels, motels, inns, pension to twelve (12) storeys in
houses and apartels height and for use as
10. Private or off-campus dormitories. multiple family dwellings.
11. Elementary schools and high
schools, provided that these will not Residential R-4 - a medium to
exceed twenty (20) classrooms high-density residential use
or occupancy, characterized
main-ly as a low-rise
townhouse building/ structure
for exclusive use as multiple
family dwellings. The term R-4
specifically refers to the
building/structure on an
individual lot (a townhouse
unit) and generally refers to
the series or rows of R-4
buildings/structures within a
subdivided lot or property (an
R-4 development).
1. Multi-family residential buildings Residential R-5 - a very high-
such as condominium, high-rise density residential use or
residential buildings/structures, occupancy, characterized
multi-level apart-ments, tenements, mainly as a medium-rise or
mass housing, etc. taller than five high-rise condominium
(5) storeys but not more than twelve building/structure for
(12) storeys exclusive use as multiple
family dwelling.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Group C –
Education and
Recreation
Division C-1 1. Educational institutions like schools,
colleges, universities, vocational,
institutions, seminaries, convents,
including school auditoriums,
gymnasia, reviewing stands, little
theaters, concert halls, opera
houses.
2. Seminar/workshop facilities
3. Training centers/facilities
4. Libraries, museums, exhibition halls
and art galleries
5. Civic centers, clubhouses, lodges,
community centers.
6. Churches, mosque, temples.
shrines, chapels and similar places
of worship
7. Civic or government centers
8. Other types of government buildings
Division C-2 1. Amusement halls and parlors 1. Government centers to house GI (General Institutional) - a
2. Massage and sauna parlors national, regional or local offices community to national level
3. Health studios and reducing salons in the area of institutional use or
4. Billiard halls, pool rooms, bowling 2. Colleges, universities, occupancy, characterized
alleys and golf clubhouses professional business schools, mainly as a low-rise, medium-
5. Dancing schools, disco pads, dance vocational and trade schools, rise or high-rise
and amusement halls technical schools and other building/structure for
6. Gymnasia, pelota courts and sports institutions of higher learning education-al, training and
complex 3. General hospitals, medical related activities, e.g., schools
centers, multi-purpose clinics and related facilities and the
4. Scientific, cultural and academic like.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
centers and research facilities
except nuclear, radioactive,
chemical and biological warfare
facilities
5. Convention centers and related
facilities
6. Religious structures, e.g.,
church, seminary, novitiates
7. Museums
8. Embassies/ consulate
9. Student housing, e.g.,
dormitories, boarding house
10.
Group D –
Institutional
(Government and
Health Services)
Division D-1 1. Mental hospitals, mental sanitaria 1. Welfare homes, orphanages, boys GI (General Institutional) - a
(Institutional, and mental asylums and girls town, home for the aged community to national level
where personal 2. Police and fire stations, guard and the like of institutional use or
liberties of in-mates houses 2. Rehabilitation and vocational occupancy, characterized
are restrained, or 3. Jails, prisons, reformatories and training center for ex-convicts, mainly as a low-rise, medium-
quarters of those correctional institutions drug addicts, unwed mothers, rise or high-rise building/
rendering public 4. Rehabilitation centers physically, mentally and structure for medical,
assistance and 5. Leprosaria and quarantine station emotionally handicapped, ex- government service
maintaining peace sanitaria inmates; and similar administrative and related
and order) establishments activities, e.g., hospitals and
3. Military camps/reservations/bases related health care facilities,
and training grounds government offices, military,
4. Penitentiary and correctional police and correctional
institution buildings and the like.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division D-2 1. Hospitals, sanitaria, and homes for
(Institutional, the aged
buildings for health 2. Nurseries for children of
care) kindergarten age or non-ambulatory
patients accommodating more than
five (5) persons
General U S E
Classification of
Use/Character of
Zoning Classification
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division D-3 1. Nursing homes for ambulatory
(Institutional, for patients
ambulatory patients 2. School and home, for children over
or children over kindergarten age
kindergarten age) 3. Orphanages
Group E –
Business and
Mercantile
(Commercial)
Division E-1 1. All uses allowed in Division B-1 (or 1. Office building 1. Garage for jeepneys and taxis C-1 (Commercial One or
(Business and for R-3 class) buildings/ structures 2. Office condominium not greater than six (6) units in Light Commercial) - a
Mercantile, where 2. Gasoline filling and service stations. 3. Department store/shopping number neighborhood or community
no work is done 3. Storage garage and boat storage. center 2. Garage for bus and trucks not level of commercial use or
except change of 4. Commercial garages and parking 4 Bookstore and office supply greater than three (3) units in occupancy, characterized
parts and buildings, display for cars, tractors, shop number mainly as a low-rise
maintenance etc. 5. Car shop 3. Retailing of CHBs, gravel and building/structure for low
requiring no open 5. Bus and railways depots and 6. Home appliance store sand and other concrete products intensity commercial/trade,
flames, welding, or terminals and offices 7. Photo shop service and business activities,
use of highly 6. Port facilities 8. Flower shop e.g., one to three (1 to 3)
flammable liquids) 7. Airports and heliport facilities 9. Bakery and bake shop storey shopping centers, small
8. All other types of transportation 10. Wine store offices or mixed-
complexes 11. Grocery use/occupancy buildings and
9. All other types of large complexes 12. Supermarket the like.
for public services 13. Beauty parlor
10. Pawnshops, money shops, photo 14. Barber shop
and portrait studios, 15. Sauna bath and massage clinic
shoeshine/repair stands, retail 16. Dressmaking and tailoring
drugstores, tailoring and dress shops
shops 17. Movie house/theater
11. Bakeshops and bakery goods 18. Playcourt, e.g., tennis, bowling, UTS (Utilities, Transportation
stores billiards and Services) – a range of
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
19. Swimming pool utilitarian/functional uses or
12. Stores for construction supplies 20. Day/night club occupancies, characterized
and building materials such as 21. Stadium, coliseum, gymnasium mainly as a low-rise or
electrical and electronics, plumbing 22. Other sports and recreational medium- rise building/structure
supplies, ceramic clay cement and establishments for low to high intensity
other similar products except CHBs, 23. Restaurants and other eateries community support functions,
gravel and sand and other concrete 24. Short term special education e.g., terminals/inter-
products like dancing schools, schools for modals/multi-modals and
self-defense, driving schools, depots
speech clinics
25. Storeroom and warehouse but
only as may be necessary for
the efficient conduct of the
business
26. Commercial housing like hotel,
apartment, apartel, boarding
house, dormitory, pension
house, clubhouse, motel
27. Commercial condominium (with
residential units in upper floors)
28. Embassy/ consulate
29. Library/museum
30. Filling station/service station
31. Clinic
32. Vocational/ technical school
33. Convention center and related
facilities
General U S E Zoning Classification
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Classification of
Use/Character of
Occupancy of PRINCIPAL ACCESSORY CONDITIONAL
Building/
Structure
34. Messengerial service
35. Security agency
36. Janitorial service
37. Bank and other financial
institution
38. Radio and television station
39. Building garage
40. Commercial job printing
41. Typing and photo engraving
services
42. Repair of optical instruments and
equipment and cameras
43. Repair of clocks and watches
44. Manufacture of insignia, badges
and similar emblems except
metal
45. Transportation terminal/garage
46. Plant nurseries
47. Scientific, cultural and academic
centers and research facilities
except nuclear, radioactive,
chemical and biological warfare
facilities.
Division E-2 1. Wholesale and retail stores 1. All uses in C-1 class buildings/ C-2 (Commercial Two or
1. Institutional uses as colleges and
(Business and 2. Shopping centers, malls and structures may be allowed in C-2 Medium Commercial) - a
universities, vocational and
Mercantile in supermarkets class buildings/structures municipal or city level of
technical schools, general
nature) 3. Wet and dry markets 2. Repair shops like house commercial use or
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
4. Restaurants, drinking and dining appliances, motor vehicles and hospitals and specialized general occupancy, characterized
establishments with less than one accessory, home furnishing shops welfare, charitable and mainly as a medium-rise
hundred (100) occupancies. government institutions building/structure for medium
5. Day/night clubs, bars, cocktails, 2. Hauling services and garage to high intensity commercial/
terminals for trucks, tow trucks, trade, service and
and buses not
sing-along lounges, bistros, pubs, 3. Transportation terminal/garage exceeding three (3) units and business activities, e.g., three
beer gardens with repair shops storage facilities in support of to five (3 to 5) storey shopping
6. Bakeries, pastry and bake shops. 4. Publishing commercial establishments centers, medium to large office
7. Office buildings 5. Medium scale junk shop 4. Auto sales and rentals, or mixed use/occupancy
8. Financial Institutions 6. Machinery display shop/center automotive handicraft, accessory buildings/structures and the
9. Printing & publishing plants and 7. Gravel and sand and spare parts shops, marine like.
offices 8. Lumber/hardware craft, aircraft and sales yards
10. Engraving, photo developing and 9. Manufacture of ice, ice blocks, 5. Junk shops, scrap dealer shops
printing shops cubes, tubes, crushed except dry SPE (Special) – other vertical
11. Photographer and painter studios, ice facilities not mentioned under
tailoring and haberdashery shops 10. Manufacture of signs and regular uses/occupancies of
12. Factories and workshops, using less advertising displays (except buildings/structures such as
flammable or non-combustible printed) cemeteries, memorial parks
materials 11. Chicharon factory and the like
13. Battery shops and repair shops 12. Welding shops
14. Paint stores without bulk handling 13. Machine shops service
15. Funeral parlors operations (repairing/rebuilding,
16. Memorial and mortuary chapels, or custom job orders)
crematories 14. Motorcycles/bicycles repair
17. Columbarium shops
18. Telephone and telegraph 15. Lechon stores
exchanges 16. Biscuit factory - manufacture of
19. Telecommunications, media and biscuits, cookies, crackers and
public information complexes other similar dried bakery
including radio and TV broadcasting products
studios 17. Doughnut and hopia factory
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
20. Cell (mobile) phone towers 18. Factory for other bakery
21. Battery shops and auto repair shops products not elsewhere
22. Bakeries, pastry and bake shops classified (n.e.c.)
23. Police and fire stations 19. Shops for repacking of food
products e.g. fruits, vegetables,
sugar and other related products
24. Glassware and metalware stores, 20. Funeral parlors, mortuaries and
household equipment and appliance crematory services and
shops memorial chapels
25. Manufacture of insignia, badges and 21. Parking lots, garage facilities
similar emblems except metal 22. Buildings/structures for other
26. General retail establishments such commercial activities not
as curio or antique shops, pet shops elsewhere-classified (n.e.c.)
and aquarium stores, bookstores,
art supplies and novelties, jewelry
shops, liquor wine stores and fIower
shops
27. Employment/recruitment agencies,
news syndicate services and office
equipment and repair shops and
other offices
28. Watch sales and services, locksmith
and other related services
29. Other stores and shops for
conducting retail business and local
shopping establishments
30. Radio, television and other electrical
appliance repair shops
31. Furniture, repair and upholstering
job
32. Computer stores and video shops,
including repair
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
33. Internet cafes and cyber stations
34. Garment manufacturing with no
more than twenty (20) machines
34. Signboard and streamer painting
and silk screening
35. Car barns for jeepneys and taxis
not more than six (6) units
36. Lotto terminals, off-fronton, on-line
bingo outlets and off-track betting
stations
37. Gardens and landscaping supply/
contractors
38. Printing, typesetting, copiers and
duplicating services
39. Photo supply and developing
40. Restaurants, canteens, eateries,
delicatessen shops, confectionery
shops and automats/fastfoods
41. Groceries
42. Laundries and laundromats
43. Recording and film laboratories
44. Auto repair, tire, vulcanizing shops
and carwash with minimum 100 sq.
meters service area
45. Physical fitness gyms/centers
Division E-3 1. All permitted uses in Division E-1 1. All uses allowed in R-1, R-2 and C-3 (Commercial Three or
(Business and (or for C-1 and C-2 class) buildings/ R-3 Zones Metropolitan Commercial)
Mercantile, where structures 2. All uses allowed in C-1, C-2 and means a metropolitan level
no repair work is 2. Aircraft hangars C-3 Zones of commercial use/
done except 3. Commercial parking lots and 3. Some uses allowed in I-1 Zones occupancy, characterized
exchange of parts garages 4. All uses allowed in GI Zones and mainly as a medium-rise to
and maintenance 4. Department stores, shopping malls/ SI Zones high-rise building/structure for
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
requiring no open centers, commercial and sports 5. Parks and Recreation and high to very high intensity
flames, welding or complexes/ areas Entertainment class buildings/ commercial/ trade, service and
use of highly 5. Institutional uses as university structures business activities, e.g., large
flammable liquid) complexes to very large shopping malls,
6. Other commercial/ business very large office or mixed-
activities not elsewhere classified use/occupancy buildings and
(n.e.c.) the like.
Group F –
Industrial (Non-
Pollutive/ Non-
Hazardous
Industries and
Non-Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries)
Division F-1 1. Ice plants and cold storage buildings Customary support facilities for Building/structure with lesser I-1 (Industrial One) - a light
(Light Industrial) 2. Power plants (thermal, hydro or industries such as housing, negative environmental impact industrial use or occupancy,
geothermal) community, utilities and services characterized mainly as a low-
3. Pumping plants (water supply, rise but sprawling building/
storm
drainage, sewerage, irrigation and structure for low intensity
waste treatment plants) manufacturing or production
4. Dairies and creameries activities.
5. Rice mills and sugar centrals
6. Breweries, bottling plants,
canneries, and tanneries
7. Factories and workshops using
incombustible or non-explosive
materials
Group G – Storage
and Hazardous
Industrial
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
(Pollutive/ Non-
Hazardous
industries and
Pollutive/
Hazardous
Industries Only)
Division G-1 1. Storage tanks, buildings for storing Customary support facilities for Building/structure with lesser I-2 (Industrial Two) - a
(Medium gasoline, acetylene, LPG, calcium, industries such as housing, negative environment impact medium industrial use or
Industrial, which carbides, oxygen, hydrogen, and the community, utilities and services occupancy, characterized
shall include like mainly as a low-rise but
storage and 2. Armories, arsenals and munitions sprawling building/ structure for
handling of factories medium intensity
hazardous and 3. Match and fireworks factories manufacturing or production
highly flammable activities.
materials)
4. Plastics resin plants (monomer and UTS (Utilities, Transportation
polymer) and Services) – a range of
5. Plastics compounding and utilitarian/functional uses/
processing plants occupancies, characterized
6. Acetylene and oxygen generating mainly by low-rise or medium-
plants rise buildings/structures for low
7. Cooking oil and soap processing to high intensity community
plants support functions, e.g., power
8. Factories for highly flammable and water generation/
chemicals distribution facilities,
9. Water and power generation/ telecommunication facilities,
distribution complexes drainage/wastewater and
10. Liquid and solid waste management sewerage facilities, solid waste
facilities handling facilities and the like
11. All other types of large complexes excluding terminals/inter-
for public utilities modals/multi-modals and
depot
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division G-2 1. All uses permitted in I-1 class Customary support facilities for Building/structure with lesser
(Medium Industrial 2. Dry cleaning plants using flammable industries such as housing, negative environment impact
buildings for liquids community, utilities and services
storage and 3. Paint stores with bulk handling
handling of 4. Paint shops and spray painting
flammable rooms
materials) 5. Sign and billboard painting shops
Division G-3 1. Wood working establishments, Customary support facilities for Building/structure with lesser
(Medium Industrial lumber and timber yards industries such as housing, negative environment impact
buildings for wood 2. Planing mills and sawmills, veneer community, utilities and services
working activities, plants
papers cardboard 3. Wood drying kilns
manufactures, 4. Pulp, paper and paperboard
textile and garment factories
factories 5. Wood and cardboard box factories
6. Textile and fiber spinning mills
7. Grains and cement silos
8. Warehouses where highly
combustible materials are stored.
9. Factories where loose combustible
fiber or dirt are manufactured,
processed or generated.
10.Garment and undergarment
factories
Division G-4 1. Repair garages and shops Customary support facilities for Building/structure with lesser
(Medium 2. Factories for engines and turbines industries such as housing, negative environment impact
Industrial, for and attached testing facilities community, utilities and services
repair garages and
engine
manufacture)
Division G-5 1. Hangars Customary support facilities for Building/structure with lesser
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
(Medium 2. Manufacture and assembly plants of industries such as housing, negative environment impact
Industrial, for aircraft engine community, utilities and services
aircraft facilities) 3. Repairs and testing shops for
aircraft engines and parts
Group H –
Assembly for less
than 1,000
(Cultural and/ or
Recreational)
Division H-1 1. Theaters and auditoriums PRE (Park Structures,
(Recreational, 2. Concert halls and open houses Recreation and
which are assembly 3. Convention halls Entertainment) - a range of
buildings with stage 4. Little theaters, audio-visual rooms recreational uses or
and having an occupancies, characterized
occupant load of mainly as a low-rise or
less than 1,000) medium-rise building/structure
for low to medium intensity
recreational or entertainment
functions related to
educational uses, e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and all other kinds of
recreational or assembly
buildings/structures on campus
such as auditoria, mess halls,
seminar facilities, gymnasia,
stadia, arenas and the like.
CUL (Cultural) - a community

to national level of cultural
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
use or occupancy,
characterized
mainly as a low-rise or
medium-rise building/
structure for cultural activities,
e.g., cultural centers,
convention centers, very large
office or mixed-use/occupancy
buildings and the like.
Division H-2 1. Dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms
(Recreational, 2. Skating rinks
which are assembly 3. Cockfighting arenas
buildings with stage
and having an
occupant load of
300 or more)
Division H-3 1. Dance halls, ballrooms
(Recreational, 2. Skating rinks
which are assembly
buildings with stage
and having an
occupant load of
less than 300)
Division H-4 1. Sports stands
(Recreational, 2. Reviewing stands
tourism estate 3. Grandstand and bleachers
developments or 4. Covered amusement parks
tourism-oriented 5. Boxing arenas, jai-alai stadiums
establishments, 6. Race tracks and hippodromes
which are structures 7. All types of resort complexes
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
not included in 8. All other types of amusement and
Divisions H-1) entertainment complexes
Group I –
Assembly for
More than 1,000
(Cultural and/or
Recreational)
Division I-1 1. Colisea and sports complexes 1. Parks/gardens CUL (Cultural) - a community
(Recreational, 2. Theaters and convention centers 2. Resort areas, e.g., beaches, to national level of cultural
Assembly 3. Concert halls and open houses including accessory uses use or occupancy,
Buildings with 4. Convention centers 3. Open air or outdoor sports characterized mainly as a low-
stage and an activities and support facilities, rise or medium-rise
occupant load of including low rise stadia, gyms, building/structure for cultural
1,000 or more in the amphitheaters and swimming activities
building) pools
4. Golf courses, ball courts, race PRE (Park Structures,
tracks and similar uses Recreation and
5. Memorial/Shrines/monuments, Entertainment) - a range of
kiosks and other park structures recreational uses or
6. Sports Club occupancies, characterized
7. Underground parking structures/ mainly as a low-rise or
facilities medium-rise building/ structure
for low to medium intensity
recreational or entertainment
functions related to
educational uses, e.g.,
structures on campuses or its
component parks/open spaces
and all other kinds of
recreational or assembly
buildings/structures on campus
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
such as auditoria, mess halls,
seminar facilities, gymnasia,
stadia, arenas and the like.
Group J –
Accessory
(Agricultural and
Other
Occupancies/
Uses not
Specifically
Mentioned Under
Groups A through
I)
Division J-1 1. Agricultural structures: 1. Cultivation, raising and growing of A (Agricultural) - an
a. Sheds staple crops such as rice, corn, agricultural or agriculture-
b. Barns camote, cassava and the like related use or occupancy,
c. Poultry houses 2. Growing of diversified plants and characterized mainly as a low-
d. Piggeries trees, such as fruit and flower rise or medium-rise
e. Hatcheries bearing trees, coffee, tobacco, building/structure for low to
f. Stables etc. high intensity agricultural or
g. Greenhouses 3. Silviculture, mushroom culture, related activities, e.g., poultry
h. Granaries fishing and fish culture, snake houses, hatcheries, piggeries,
i. Silos culture, crocodile farm, monkey greenhouses, granaries and
raising and the like the like as well as offices,
4. Customary support facilities such educational, training, research
as palay dryers and rice threshers and related facilities for
and storage barns and agriculture and the like.
warehouses
5. Ancillary dwelling AI (Agro-Industrial) - an agro-
units/farmhouses for tillers and industrial or related use or
laborers occupancy, characterized
6. Agricultural research and mainly as a low-rise building/
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
experimentation facilities such as structure for low to high
breeding stations, fish farms, intensity agro-industrial or
nurseries, demonstration farms, related activities to include
etc. offices, educational, training,
7. Pastoral activities such as goat- research and related facilities
raising and cattle fattening for agro-industry.
8. Home occupation for the practice
of one's profession or engaging
home business such as
dressmaking, tailoring, baking,
running a sari-sari store and the
like, provided that, the number of
persons engaged in such
business/industry shall not exceed
five (5), inclusive of the owner;
there shall be no change in the
outside appearance of the building
premises; no home occupation
shall be conducted in any
customary accessory uses cited
above; no traffic shall be
generated by such home
occupation in greater volume than
would normally be expected in a
residential neighborhood and any
need for parking generated by the
conduct of such home occupation
shall be met off the street in a
place other than the required front
yard; no equipment or process
shall be used in such occupation
which creates noise, vibration,
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
glare, fumes, odors and electrical
interference detectable to the
normal senses and visual or
audible interference in any radio
or television receiver or causes
fluctuations in line voltage of the
premises.
9. Home industry classified as
cottage industry, e.g., mat
weaving, pottery making,
food preservation, etc. provided
that such home industry shall not
occupy more than 30% of floor
area of the dwelling unit;
there shall be no change or
alteration in the outside
appearance of the dwelling unit
and shall not be a hazard or
nuisance; allotted capitalization
shall not exceed the capitalization
as set by the Department of Trade
and Industry (DTI); such shall
consider same provisions as
enumerated in Home Occupation,
this Section.
10. Backyard raising of livestock and
fowl, provided that for livestock- a
maximum of 10 heads; for fowl. a
maximum of 500 birds
11. All uses allowed in agriculture
12. Rice/ corn mills (single pass)
13. Drying, cleaning, curing and
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
preserving of meat and its by
products and derivatives
14. Drying, smoking and airing of
tobacco
15. Flour mill
16. Cassava flour mill
17. Manufacture of coffee
18. Manufacture of unprepared animal
feeds, other grain milling, n.e.c.
19. Production of prepared feeds for
animals
20. Cigar and Cigarette factory
21. Curing and redrying tobacco
leaves
22. Miscellaneous processing of
tobacco leaves, n.e.c.
23. Weaving hemp textile
24. Jute spinning and weaving
25. Manufacture of charcoal
26. Milk processing plants
(Manufacturing filled, reconstituted
or recombined milk, condensed or
evaporated)
27. Butter and cheese processing
plants
28. Natural fluid milk processing
(pasteurizing, homogenizing,
vitaminizing, bottling of natural
animal milk and cream related
products)
29. Other dairy products, n.e.c.
30. Canning and preserving of fruits
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
and fruit juices
31. Canning and preserving of
vegetables and vegetable juices
32. Canning and preserving of
vegetable sauces
33. Miscellaneous canning and
preserving of fruit and vegetables,
n.e.c.
34. Fish canning
35. Patis factory
36. Bagoong factory
37. Processing, preserving and
canning of fish and other
seafoods, n.e.c.
38. Manufacturing of desiccated
coconut
39. Manufacture of starch and its
products
40. Manufacture of wines from juices
of local fruits
41. Vegetable oiI mills, including
coconut oil
42. Sugarcane milling (centrifugal and
refines)
43. Sugar refining
44. Muscovado sugar mill
45. Cotton textile mill
46. Manufacture/processing of other
plantation crops, e.g., pineapple,
bananas, etc.
47. Other commercial handicrafts and
industrial activities utilizing plant
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
or animal parts and/or products as
raw materials, n.e.c.
48. Other accessory uses incidental to
agro-industrial activities
Division J-2 1. Private garages, carports 1. All uses/occupancy permitted in PUD (Planned Unit
(Accessory) 2. Towers, smokestacks and all other Divisions (or classes of Development) - refers to land
chimneys buildings/ structures) if such development or redevelopment
3. Swimming pools including shower uses/occupancy are part of the schemes for a new or built-up
and locker room Planned Unit Development project site wherein said
4. Fence over 1.80 meters high, (PUD) project site must have a
separate fire walls Comprehensive Development
5. Steel and/ or concrete tanks Master Plan (CDMP) or its
acceptable equivalent, i.e., a
unitary development plan/site
plan that permits flexibility in
planning/ urban design,
building/structure siting,
complementarity of building
types and land uses, usable
open spaces for general public
use services and
Business activities and the

preservation of significant
natural land features if
feasible, whereby said CDMP
must be duly approved by the
LGU concerned.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Division J-3 1. Stages, platforms and similar
structures
2. Pelota, tennis, badminton or
basketball courts
3. Tombs, mausoleums and niches
4. Aviaries and aquariums and zoo
structures
5. Banks and record vaults
(emphases, underscoring and annotations supplied)
SECTION 702. Change in Use
No change shall be made in the character of occupancy or use of any building which would place the building in a different division of the same
group of occupancy or in a different group of occupancies, unless such building is made to comply with the requirements of the Code for such division or
group of occupancy. The character of occupancy of existing buildings may be changed subject to the approval of the Building Official and the building
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
may be occupied for purposes set forth in other Groups: Provided the new or proposed use is less hazardous, based on life and fire risk, than the
existing use.
SECTION 703. Mixed Occupancy
1. General Requirements
When a building is of mixed occupancy or used for more than one occupancy, the whole building shall be subject to the most
restrictive requirement pertaining to any of the type of occupancy found therein except in the following:
a. When a one-storey building houses more than one occupancy, each portion of the building shall conform to the requirement of the
particular occupancy housed therein and;
b. Where minor accessory uses do not occupy more than 10% of the area of any floor or a building, nor more than 10% of the basic area
permitted in the occupancy requirements, in which case, the major use of the building shall determine the occupancy classification.
2. Forms of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separations shall be vertical or horizontal or both, or when necessary, of such other forms as may be required to afford a
complete separation between the various occupancy divisions in the building.
3. Types of Occupancy Separation
Occupancy separation shall be classified as “One-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive”, “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive” and
“Four-Hour Fire-Resistive.”
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
a. A “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in
such separation shall be protected by a fire-assembly having a one-hour fire-resistive rating.
b. A “Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings in
such separation shall be protected by a fire assembly having a two-hour fire-resistive rating.
c. A “Three-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be of not less than three-hour fire-resistive construction. All openings
in walls forming such separation shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating. The total width of all
openings in any three-hour fire-resistive occupancy separation wall in any one-storey shall not exceed 25% of the length of the wall in
that storey and no single opening shall have an area greater than 10.00 sq. meters. All openings in floors forming a “Three-Hour Fire-
Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall be protected by vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings. The walls of
such vertical enclosures shall be of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction, and all openings therein shall be protected by a
fire assembly having a three-hour fire-resistive rating.
d. A “Four-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation” shall have no openings therein and shall be of not less than four-hour fire-
resistive construction.
4. Fire Rating for Occupancy Separation
Occupancy Separations shall be provided between groups, subgroupings, or divisions of occupancies. The Secretary shall promulgate
rules and regulations for appropriate occupancy separations in buildings of mixed occupancy; Provided, that, where any occupancy
separation is required, the minimum shall be a “One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation”; and where the occupancy separation is
horizontal, structural members supporting the separation shall be protected by an equivalent fire-resistive construction.
SECTION 704. Location on Property
1. General
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
a. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to a public space, yard or street on at least one of its sides.
b. For the purpose of this Section, the centerline of an adjoining street or alley shall be considered an adjacent property line.
c. Eaves over required windows shall not be less than 750 millimeters from the side and rear property lines.
2. Fire Resistance of Walls
Exterior walls shall have fire resistance and opening protection in accordance with the requirements set forth by the Secretary.
Projections beyond the exterior wall shall not exceed beyond a point one-third the distance from an assumed vertical plane located where
the fire-resistive protection of openings is first required to the location on property whichever is the least restrictive. Distance shall be
measured at right angles from the property line. When openings in exterior walls are required to be protected due to distance from
property line, the sum of the areas of such openings in any storey shall not exceed 50% of the total area of the wall in that storey.
3. Buildings on Same Property and Buildings Containing Courts
For the purpose of determining the required wall and opening protection, buildings on the same property and court walls shall be assumed
to have a property line between them. When a new building is to be erected on the same property with an existing building, the assumed
property line from the existing building shall be the distance to the property line for each occupancy as set forth by the Secretary; Provided,
that two or more buildings on the same property may be considered as one building if the aggregate area of such building is within the
limits of allowable floor areas for a single building, and when the buildings so considered, house different occupancies or are of different
types of construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or construction.
4. Building Footprint and Firewall Requirements
a. The following rules shall be observed in the determination of the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) for buildings and related habitable structures.
If the stated rules are compared with (1) Rule VIII Table VIII.1.- Reference Table on Percentage of Site Occupancy and Maximum Allowable Construction
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Area (MACA); (2) Rule VIII Tables VIII.2. and VIII.3. (setbacks, yards and courts); or (3) with the applicable stipulations under this Rule and with the
applicable stipulations of the Fire Code, the more stringent but applicable regulation out of the aforementioned rules should be observed;
b. If without a firewall, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally from the property line to the
outermost faces of the exterior walls of the building/structure; Provided, that the distance measured from the property line shall conform
with the applicable stipulations of this Rule and Rule VIII; The resultant area established at grade level upon which the proposed
building/structure may stand shall be the AMBF;
c. Footprint Based on Firewall Provisions
i. If with a firewall on one (1) side, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall be measured horizontally from the property line
with a firewall to the outermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the building/structure; Provided, that the applicable stipulations
of the Fire Code are strictly followed;
ii. If with a firewall on two (2) sides or on one (1) side and the rear property line, the footprint of a proposed building/structure shall
be measured horizontally from the opposing property lines in case of a firewall on two (2) sides or from the rear property line with a
firewall to the outermost faces of the opposite exterior walls of the building/structure; provided, that the applicable stipulations of the
Fire Code are strictly followed;
iii. Absolutely no firewalls are allowed for a low density residential (R-1) uses or occupancies; an abutment of up to 3.20
meters from established grade level may however be permitted but solely for the purpose of supporting a carport roof; provided
further that such abutment shall be constructed of perforated or decorative concrete blocks above 1.50 meters measured vertically
from the established grade level; such an abutment shall not be longer than 7.00 meters or 50% of the side property line in total
length, whichever is shorter.
iv. For medium density residential (R-2) uses or occupancies, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 80% of the total length
of a side property line; provided that only one (1) side property line is used for a firewall in the case of a R-2 structure; and
provided further that the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed;
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
v. For high-density residential (R-3) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall construction may be permitted:
(a) For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 85% of the total
length of each side property line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 65% of the total perimeter of the R-3
property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a maximum two (2)
storey component structure; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and
(b) For a R-3 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side property line and at the rear property line, a firewall can be
erected on a maximum of 90% of the total length of the side and rear property lines and up to 100% in case the rear property
line is only 4.00 meters wide; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the total
perimeter of the R-3 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that firewalls in R-3 lots shall only be allowed for a
maximum two (2) storey structure but not at the rear property line where the maximum allowed firewall height shall only be 3.20
meters measured vertically from established grade; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are
strictly followed.
vi. For townhouse residential (R-4) uses or occupancies, firewalls on the two (2) sides of each townhouse unit may be
permitted; the R-4 firewall can be erected on a maximum of 85% of the total length of each side property line; provided that all
firewall construction shall not exceed 50% of the total perimeter of each R-4 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided
that firewalls in each R-4 use or occupancy shall be allowed for a maximum three (3) storey structure; and provided further that all
the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed;
vii. For residential condominium (R-5) uses or occupancies, two (2) types of firewall construction may be permitted:
(a) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on two (2) sides, a firewall can be erected on a maximum of 75% of the total
length of each side property line; provided that all firewall construction at the side property lines shall not exceed 50% of the total
perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all property lines; provided that side firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey component structure, i.e., the podium; and provided further that all the applicable
stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly followed; and
(b) For a R-5 use or occupancy with a firewall on one (1) side and at the rear property line, a firewall can be erected on a
maximum of 65% of the total length of the side property line and on a maximum of 50% of the total length of the rear property
line; provided that all firewall construction shall not exceed 60% of the total perimeter of the R-5 property, i.e., total length of all
property lines; provided that the side firewalls in R-5 uses or occupancies shall only be allowed for a maximum eight (8) storey
component structure and that at the rear property line, the maximum allowed firewall height shall only be 14.00 meters
measured vertically from established grade; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code are strictly
followed.
viii. All existing openings on all firewalls shall be sealed completely to maintain the fire integrity of adjoining
buildings/structures.
ix. The provision of a fully functional sprinkler system and the installation of other fire-retardant or fire suppression devices in the case
of commercial, institutional and industrial buildings/structures may allow firewall construction for up to 70% of the total perimeter of
the property lines provided that the prescribed setbacks, yards and courts fronting the Road Right-Of-Way (RROW) are first fully
complied with; and provided further that all the applicable stipulations of the Fire Code, particularly on the number, type and
locations of fire exits are strictly followed.
SECTION 705. Allowable Floor Areas
1. General. The Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) of any proposed building/structure shall only be as allowed under this Rule.
2. TGFA Limitation. In Table VII.1. hereafter, the percentages (%) indicated in the third (3rd) through eighth (8th) columns, but excluding the multiplier
numbers 3, 5, 12, 18, and 30 (which represent the number of storeys/floors), are the percentages of the Total Lot Area (TLA) that may be used to
initially determine the Allowable Maximum TGFA for a proposed building/structure.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
3. Crosscheck of TGFA with Allowable Maximum Volume Building (AMVB). The Allowable Maximum TGFA once established must be thoroughly
crosschecked with the AMVB to find out if the AMVB is not exceeded. If exceeded, the necessary adjustments on the Maximum Allowable TGFA
must be made since the AMVB must always prevail.
Table VII.1. Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) Based on the Allowed Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) of the Total Lot Area (TLA)
Allowable Maximum
Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA)*
by Type/ Location of Lot
Character of Use/
Type of Building/
Occupancy
Structure *Note: Building Height Limit (BHL) multiplied by the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) expressed as a percentage (%) of
the Total Lot Area or TLA (with or without firewall). Figure subject to reduction to comply with the floor area component of the
Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). Refer to Table VII.1. to arrive at the percentage (%) of TLA.
Interior (or Rear) Lot Inside (or Regular) Corner Lot Through Lot Corner-Through Lot Corner Lot Abutting
and End Lot Lot (see Fig. VIII.10. of (see Fig. VIII.11. (see Fig. VIII.12. of 3 or More Streets,
(see Fig. VIII.8. and (see Fig. VIII.9. of Rule VIII) of Rule VIII) Rule VIII) etc. Rivers, Etc.
VIII.5.14. Rule VIII) (see Fig. VIII.13. of
of Rule VIII) Rule VIII)
Residential Residential TLA 3 (floors/ storeys) 3 x50% 3 x70% of TLA 3 x70% 3 x70% of TLA 3 x70% of TLA
GROUP A-l (R-1) (without of TLA x 60% of of TLA
firewalls) TLA
Basic 3 x 70% 3 x 60% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70%
Residential 2 (R-2)
Maximum 5 x 70% 5 x 60% 5 x 70% 5 x 70% 5 x 70% 5 x 70%
Residential 2 (R-2)
Basic 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x 70% 3 x70% 3 x70%
Residential 3 (R-3)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Maximum 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80%
Residential 3 (R-3)
Residential 4 (R-4)/ 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80%
Individual
Townhouse
Lots/Units
Individual
Townhouse
Lots/Units
Residential 5 (R-5)/ 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80%
Condomin-iums
Residential Residential 1 (R-1)
GROUP A-l Not applicable NA NA NA NA NA
(with firewalls) (NA)
Allowable Maximum
by Type/ Location of Lot
Character of Use/
Type of Building/
Occupancy
Basic 3 x 75% 3 x 70% 3 x 75% 3 x 75% 3 x 75% 3 x 75%

Residential 2 (R-2)
Maximum 5 x 75% 5 x 70% 5 x 75% 5 x 75% 5 x 75% 5 x 75%
Residential 2 (R-2)
Basic 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80% 3 x 80%
Residential 3 (R-3)
Maximum 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80% 12x80%
Residential 3 (R-3)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Individual
Townhouse
Lots/Units
Residential 5 (R-5)/ 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80% 18x80%
Condomin-iums
Commerc-ial Commerc-ial 1 5 x 80% 5 x 75% 5 x 80% 5 x 80% 5 x 90% 5 x 90%
GROUPS B, C, E, (Com-1)
H, I
Commerc-ial 2 12x80% 12x75% 12x80% 12x80% 12x90% 12x90%
(Com-2)
Commerc-ial 3 30 x 80% 30x75% 30x80% 30x80% 30x90% 30x90%
(Com-3)
Commerc-ial 1 5 x 85% 5 x 85% 5 x 90% 5 x 90% 5 x 95% 5 x 95%
(Com-1) with
Sprinkler System &
Firewalls
(Com-2) with
Sprinkler System &
Firewalls
(Com-3) with
Sprinkler System &
Firewalls
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Allowable Maximum
Character of Use/
Type of Building/ by Type/ Location of Lot
Occupancy
Industrial Industrial 1 Duly-approved BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
GROUPS F, G (Ind-1) Building Height Limit x x x x x
(BHL) x 80% of TLA 75% 80% 80% 90% 90%
of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
Industrial 2 BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL

(Ind-2) x 80% x 75% x 80% x 80% x 90% X 90%
(Ind-3) x 80% x 75% x 80% x 80% x 90% x 90%
(Ind-1) with Sprinkler x x x x x x
System & Firewalls 85% 85% 90% 90% 95% 95%
(I-2) with Sprinkler x x x x x x
(Ind-3) with Sprinkler x x x x x x
Institutional Without Sprinkler BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
GROUP D System & Firewalls x x x x x x
50% 50% 60% 60% 60% 60%
of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
With Sprinkler BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
System & Firewalls x x x x x x
60% 60% 70% 70% 70% 70%
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Cultural Without Sprinkler BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
System & Firewalls x 60% x 60% x 65% x 65% x 65% x 65%
System & Firewalls x 70% X 70% x 70% x 70% x 70% x 70%
Transport-ation Without Sprinkler BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL BHL
of TLA Of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA of TLA
Note:
Maximum of sixty (60) storeys (180.00 meters) BHL for inland areas not close to airports.
SECTION 706. Allowable Floor Area Increases
The floor areas hereinabove provided may be increased in certain specific instances and under appropriate conditions, based on the existence of public
space, streets or yards extending along and adjoining two or more sides of the building or structure subject to the approval of the Building Official.
(Refer to Guidelines on Determining Gross Floor Area and Total Gross Floor Area of a Building/Structure at the end of this Rule)
SECTION 707. Maximum Height of Buildings
1. The maximum height and number of storeys of proposed building shall be dependent upon the character of use or occupancy and the type of construction, considering end-
user population density, light and ventilation, width of RROW/streets particularly of its roadway/carriageway component, building bulk, off-street cum off-site parking
requirements, etc. and in relation to local land use plan and zoning regulations as well as other environmental considerations, e.g., geological, hydrological, meteorological,
topographical, prevailing traffic conditions, the availability and capacity of public utility/service systems, etc. (Refer to Guidelines on Building Bulk at the end of this Rule)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
2. Determination of Building Height:
a. BUILDING HEIGHT LIMIT (BHL) - the maximum height to be allowed for buildings/structures based on their proposed use or occupancy; the BHL is generally determined after
the application of other development controls (DC) and certain other parameters, i.e., considerations of site conditions, view, etc. (Table VII.2. of this Rule). The BHL shall be
generally measured from the established grade line to the topmost portion of the proposed building/structure. If applicable, the BHL may be subject to clearance
requirements of the Air Transportation Office (ATO) or of the concerned military/security authorities. (Refer to Guidelines on Development Controls at the end this Rule)
BHL excludes the height of permitted/allowed projections above the roof of the building/structure, e.g., signage, mast, antenna, telecom tower, beacons and the like.
b. The Building Height Limit (BHL) of any proposed building/structure shall only be as allowed under this Rule (as shown in table below) or under
the duly approved city/municipal (local) zoning ordinance, whichever is more restrictive.
Table VII.2. Building Height Limit (BHL) by Type of Use or Occupancy
Building Height Limit (BHL)

Character of Use or Type of Building/
Number of allowable storeys/floors above
Occupancy Structure Meters above highest grade
established grade
1. Residential Residential 1 (R-1) 3 10.00
Residential 2 (R-2)
a. Basic 3 10.00
b. Maximum 5 15.00
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basic 3 10.00
b. Maximum 12 36.00
Residential 4
(R-4)/
3 10.00
Townhouses
(Individual lots/ units)
Residential 5
(R-5)/ 12 - 18 36.00 - 54.00
Condominiums
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
2. Commercial Commercial 1 (C-1) 3-5 10.00 -15.00
Commercial 2
6 18.00
(C-2)
Commercial 3
16-60 48.00 -180.00
(C-3)
Building Height Limit (BHL)
Character of Use or Type of Building/
Number of allowable storeys/floors above
Occupancy Structure Meters above highest grade
established grade
3. Industrial 15.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of
Industrial 1 (I-1)
21.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of
Industrial 2 (I-2)
27.00 meters but not exceed the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
Industrial 3 (I-3)
4. Institutional 15.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
-
5. Cultural 30.00 meters (or must follow the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
-
6. Utility/Transportat-ion/RROW/ Services - 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
7. Parks and Open 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
Recreational and -
Entertainment Spaces
8. Agricultural/Agro- 15.00 meters (or must complement the duly-approved BHL in the major zone it is part of)
-
Industrial/Tourism
9. Planned Unit PUD at a reclamation area close 10.00-45.00 (with ATO-prescribed BHL as needed)
Development to an operating airport 3 - 15
(PUD)
PUD at a reclamation area 3 - 30 10.00 - 30.00
PUD at a coastal area 48.00 - 135.00
16 - 45
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
PUD at an inland area close to an 10.00 - 75.00 (with ATO-prescribed BHL as
3 - 25
operating airport needed)
PUD at an inland area 12 - 60 36.00 - 180.00
Notes:
a. Establishing Grade
- In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of less than 3.00 meters, the highest
adjoining natural grade (ground surface) or finished grade (sidewalk surface) shall be considered the established grade elevation (Figure VII.1.);
- In case of sloping grade where the edges of the building footprint (AMBF) running perpendicular to the RROW has a difference in elevation of more than 3.00 meters, the
average grade level of the building footprint (AMBF) shall be considered the established grade elevation (see Figure VII.3.); and
- The building/structure height shall be measured from the highest adjoining public sidewalk (finished grade) or ground surface (natural grade); Provided, that the height
measured from the lowest adjoining surface shall not exceed such maximum height by more than 3.00 meters; Except, that towers, spires and steeples, erected as parts of the
building and not used for habitation or storage are limited as to the height only by structural design, if completely of incombustible materials, or may extend but not exceed
6.00 meters above the prescribed building height limit (BHL) for each occupancy group, if of combustible materials (Figures VII.2.).
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Figure VII.1. Figure VII.2.
Figure VII.3.
HEIGHT OF BUILDING / STRUCTURE
Annotation. The height of buildings should also be generally proportional to its base/footprint. In practice, a smaller footprint cum taller profile for a building is resorted to in order to
preserve as much of the open space within a lot (or surrounding the building) as much as possible.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
3. Other Considerations in Height Determination
a. In any given locality, the height of proposed buildings/structures shall be governed by the following factors:
i. The designer/space planner must consider both the present and projected population density within the project site and in the project’s
location/area at full completion/operation of the project;
ii. For a given volume of building/structure (the building bulk), that which has a lesser Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) or area of
ground coverage Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) or Maximum Allowable Construction Area (MACA) may be built higher than
that with a greater PSO, AMBF or MACA;
iii. A proposed building/structure which has a greater TGFA requirement shall be built higher than that with a lower TGFA requirement;
iv. A proposed building/structure on a lot with a higher FLAR designation/rights may be built higher than that on a lot with a lower FLAR
designation/rights; and
v. Lots that face a wider RROW and therefore with more RROW features/elements may become the site of a taller building/structure as
compared to a lot facing a narrow RROW.
b. The height of proposed buildings/structures shall also be governed by the following RROW-based limitations:
i. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 6.00 to 7.00 meters wide, a BHL of three (3) storeys (or 9.00 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use
or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations.
ii. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 4.00 to 5.00 meters wide, a BHL equivalent to 2 ½ storeys (or 7.50 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless
of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like considerations. If only one (1) RROW services a lot and such is only 3.00 meters wide or less, a BHL
equivalent to two (2) storeys (or 6.00 meters maximum) shall be observed regardless of use or occupancy, lot size, lot dimensions, lot frontage and like
considerations.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
iii. Taller buildings are allowed for duly approved high-density developments such as Planned Unit Development (PUD) areas. Taller and bulkier buildings are better
suited in such areas due to higher end-user targets, more advanced and coordinated planning efforts and the application of more stringent development controls (DC)
by the project proponents themselves.
c. The following factors shall also be considered in the determination of the building height:
i. Soil characteristics, lot location in relation to fault lines and earthquake belts or proximity to volcanoes and other geological conditions.
ii. Hydrological conditions such as the water table at the site and distance to waterways and shorelines.
iii. Meteorological conditions such as the frequency and intensity of destructive typhoons/monsoon winds/rains, prevailing wind speed and direction, relative humidity,
amount of precipitation and the prevailing ambient conditions.
iv. Effect/s of environmental conditions on the building/structure and vice versa coupled with the effective control of air, noise and thermal pollution, radiant heat, lights
and shadows, etc., and the optimization of natural light and ventilation.
v. Effect/s of traffic conditions on the building/structure and vice versa and the satisfaction of parking/loading requirements in accordance with this Rule.
vi. Availability and capacity of public utility/service system considering the availability and adequacy of electric power, potable and non-potable water supply, drainage
and sewerage, transportation and communications facilities, solid waste management system, etc.
vii. Need for applicable building safety and maintenance systems, e.g., lightning arresters, beacons, protective railings and barriers, gondolas, window washing systems,
etc.
d. In accordance with the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARP) of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) where the Philippines is a member state
and of Administrative Order No. 5 (Civil Air Regulation) of the Air Transportation Office (ATO), the following rules and regulations shall govern the construction of
buildings/structures within the 24.00 kilometer radius of aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operate and within the 10.00 kilometer radius of aerodromes where no turbo-
jet aircraft operate. (Figs. VII.4. through VII.8.)
i. The height of buildings/structures within this area shall be limited by an imaginary line with slope of 2% or 1:50 for aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operate and
2.5% or 1:40 for aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft operate from the inner edge reckoned from the surface of the runway. The dimensions of the isosceles
trapezoidal are as shown on Table VII.3. hereafter.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Table VII.3. Dimensions of Isosceles Trapezoid
Inner Edge Long Base Distance Between Bases

Type of Aerodrome
(Start Base) (meters) (meters) (meters)
Aerodromes where turbo-jet aircraft operates 300 4,800 15,000
150 4,650 15,000

Aerodromes where no turbo-jet aircraft 150 2,150 10,000
operates
100 2,100 10,000
ii. No new buildings/structures shall be allowed within the runway strip.
iii. A height clearance certificate shall be first secured from the Air Transportation Office (ATO) before a building permit may be issued for the
construction of buildings/structures located:
(a) Within 4.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome regardless of height;
(b) From 4.00 kilometer to 24.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome where turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding
45.00 meters in height above the elevation of the runway; and
(c) From 4.00 kilometer to 10.00 kilometer radius of the runway ends of an aerodrome where no turbo-jet aircraft operate and exceeding
45.00 meters in height above the elevation of the runway.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Figure VII.4.
APPROACH / DEPARTURE SURFACE
Annotation. Plan adjustments are necessary for airports with parallel runways and for runways with taxiways.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Figure VII.5.
Figure VII.6.
APPROACH / DEPARTURE SURFACE
Annotation. Section adjustments may still be necessary for airports with parallel runways and for runways with taxiways.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Annotation. Isometric, plan and section adjustments may still be necessary for
airports with parallel runways and for runways with taxiways.
WITHIN APPROACH-DEPARTURE ZONES

ALLOWABLE CONDITIONS (BUILDABLE)
Figure VII.7.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
WITHIN APPROACH – DEPARTURE ZONES
Figure VII.8.
ALLOWABLE CONDITIONS (BUILDABLE)
Annotation. Adjustments may still be necessary for airports with parallel runways and for runways with taxiways.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
4. Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements
a. The parking slot, parking area and loading/unloading space requirements listed hereafter are generally the minimum off-street cum on-site requirements for specific
uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW).
b. The size of an average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.50 meters by 5.00 meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at 2.15 meters by 6.00
meters for parallel parking. A standard truck or bus parking/loading slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 12.00 meters. An articulated truck slot must be
computed at a minimum of 3.60 meters by 18.00 meters which should be sufficient to accommodate a 12.00 meters container van or bulk carrier and a long/hooded prime
mover. A jeepney or shuttle parking/loading/unloading slot must be computed at a minimum of 3.00 meters by 9.00 meters. The parking slots shall be drawn to scale and
the total number of which shall be indicated on the plans and specified whether or not parking accommodations are attendant-managed.
c. The parking space ratings listed below are minimum off-street/off-RROW cum on-site requirements for specific uses/occupancies for buildings/structures, i.e., all to be
located outside of the road right-of-way (RROW):
Table VII.4. Minimum Required Off-Street (Off-RROW) cum On-Site Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading/Unloading Space Requirements by Allowed Use or
Occupancy
Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and Loading
Section 701 of this Rule) or Type of Buildings/Structures Space Requirements
1. GROUP A
1.1. Division A-1 Single family and multi-family dwelling units Units with a lot measuring 32.00 to 72.00 sq. meters and/or with
[whether single-detached (R-1), single-attached or a dwelling unit having a gross floor area of from 18.00 to 22.00
duplex (R-2) or rowhouse (R-3)], each privately sq. meters - a minimum of one (1) pooled off-street cum on-site
owned or lots with dwelling units located in parking slot* for every six (6) lots or lots with dwelling units;
residential subdivisions/ developments regardless
of number of hectares/dwelling units
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Units with a lot measuring 50.00 to 96.00 sq. meters and/or
with a dwelling unit having a gross floor area of from 30.00 to
42.00 sq. meters - a minimum of one (1) pooled off-street cum
on-site parking slot* for every four (4) lots or lots with dwelling
units;
Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside
the building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
Specific Uses or of Occupancy (refer to Reference Uses or Character of Occupancies Minimum Required Parking Slot, Parking Area and
Section 701 of this Rule) or Type of Buildings/Structures Loading Space Requirements
Unit with a lot measuring 100.00 to 120.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit having a minimum gross floor
area of from 30.00 to 42.00 sq. meters - a minimum of
one (1) off-street cum on-site parking slot* for each lot or
lot with dwelling unit;
Unit with a lot measuring more than 120.00 sq. meters
and/or with a dwelling unit having a minimum gross floor
area of more than 42.00 sq. meters - minimum of one (1)
off-street cum on site parking slot* for each lot or lot with
dwelling unit;
Units located in townhouse (R-4) buildings/structures Units with a gross floor area of 50.00 sq. meters - provide
regardless of number of storeys one (1) pooled parking slot* for every two (2) units or
fraction thereof, i.e., with more than two (2) but not less
than four (4) units;
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Unit with a gross floor area above 50.00 up to 150.00 sq.
meters - provide one (1) parking slot* for each unit;
Unit with a gross floor area above 150.00 sq. meters -
provide two (2) parking slots* for each unit.
Indigenous family dwelling units; each privately owned At least one (1) car parking slot* for every six (6) dwelling
units and which shall be provided outside of the RROW
(within property or lot lines only)
Note:
**The following prohibitions on parking slots:
1. Conversion/change of use/occupancy.
2. Reduction of parking spaces.
3. Encroachment on RROW.
4. Public utility and bulky vehicles.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
1.2. Division A-2 Multi-family dwelling units located in residential Units with a gross floor area of from 18.00 to 22.00 sq.
condominium (R-5) buildings/structures regardless of meters - provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every
number of storeys eight (8) units or for a fraction thereof, e.g., another slot*
shall be provided if there are more than eight (8) units but
less than sixteen (16) units, etc.;
Units with a gross floor area up to 50.00 sq. meters -
provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every six (6)
medium cost units or for a fraction thereof, e.g., another
slot* shall be provided if there are more than six (6) but
less than twelve (12) medium cost units, etc., or provide
one (1) parking slot* for each open market unit (as
defined under the revised IRR of PD 957);
Units with a gross floor area above 50.00 sq. meters up to
100.00 sq. meters - provide one (1) pooled parking slot*
for every four (4) medium cost units, or provide one (1)
parking slot* for each open market unit (as defined under
the revised IRR of PD 957); and
Units with a gross floor area of more than 100.00 sq.
meters – one (1) parking slot* for each unit.
2. GROUP B
2.1. Division B-1 Hotels One (1) car parking slot for every three (3) rooms or a
fraction thereof for highly urbanized areas and one (1) car
parking slot for every seven (7) rooms or a fraction
thereof for all other areas; and two (2) tourist bus parking
slots for each hotel; provide at least one (1) loading slot
for articulated truck or vehicle
Note:
*The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
A 12.00 meters long container van plus 4.00 meter length
for the prime mover and one (1) loading slot for a
standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor
area (GFA); and provide truck maneuvering area outside
of the RROW (within property or lot lines only)
Residential hotels and apartels One (1) car slot for every five (5) units or a fraction
thereof; and one (1) bus parking slot for every sixty (60)
rooms/units or a fraction thereof
Motels One (1) car slot for every unit
Pension/boarding/lodging houses One (1) car slot for every twenty (20) beds
3. GROUP C
3.1. Division C-1 Bowling alleys One (1) car slot for every four (4) alleys
3.2. Division C-2 Churches and similar places of worship One (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every
50.00 sq. meters of congregation area
Public elementary, secondary, vocational and trade One (1) off-street cum on-site parking slot for every ten
school (10) classrooms; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street)
(GI) passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots
Private elementary, secondary, vocational and trade One (1) car slot for every five (5) classrooms; one (1) off-
school RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can
(GI) accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; and
one (1) school bus slot for every one hundred (100)
students
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the
building/structure will be quantified only as buffer parking.
** The following prohibitions on parking slots:
Public colleges and universities One (1) car slot for every five (5) classrooms; one (1) off-
(GI) RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can
accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots; and
one (1) school bus slot for every two hundred (200)
students
Private colleges and universities One (1) car slot for every three (3) classrooms; one (1)
(GI) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that
can accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots;
and one (1) school bus slot for every one hundred (100)
students
4. GROUP D
4.1. Division D-1 Mental hospitals, sanitaria and mental asylums and like One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every
uses twenty five (25) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-
street) passenger loading space that can accommodate
two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
4.2. Division D-2 Public hospital One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every twenty
five (25) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger
loading space that can accommodate two (2) queued
jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot for
articulated truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter long container van
plus 6.00 meter length for a long/hooded prime mover) and one
(1) loading slot for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq.
meters of gross floor area (GFA); and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property or lot
lines only)
Note:
* The parking slot requirements shall be an integral part of buildings/structures and any parking slot provided outside the building/structure
will be quantified only as buffer parking.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Section 1.3 of this Rule) or Type of Buildings/Structures Loading Space Requirements
Private hospital One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every
twelve (12) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street)
passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (12)
loading slot for articulated truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meters
long container van plus 6.00 meters length for a
long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a
standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and
provide truck maneuvering area outside of the RROW
(within property or lot lines only)
4.3. Division D-3 Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, school and One (1) off-street cum on-site car parking slot for every
home, for children over kindergarten age, orphanages twelve (12) beds; and one (1) off-RROW (or off-street)
and the like passenger loading space that can accommodate two (2)
queued jeepney/shuttle slots
5. GROUP E
5.1. Division E-1 Terminals, Inter-modals or Multi-modals, Depots and the One (1) car slot for every 500.00 sq. meters of gross floor
like area or for a fraction thereof; and one (1) off-RROW (or
(UTS) off-street) passenger loading space that can
accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots or two
(2) queued bus slots whichever is applicable;
maneuvering area of buses, trucks and like vehicles shall
be outside of the RROW (within property or lot lines only)
Note:
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Transit Stations and the like Provide on each side of the RROW one (1) off-RROW (or
(UTS) off-street) passenger loading space that can
accommodate four (4) queued jeepney/shuttle slots or
three (3) queued bus slots whichever is applicable; in
case of elevated mass transit stations, on-roadway
terminals or on-RROW terminals on both sides of the
RROW may be considered
One (1) car slot for every 100.00 sq. meters of shopping
floor area
5.2. Division E-2 Neighborhood shopping center/supermarket One (1) customer (buyer) jeepney/shuttle parking slot for
(C-1) every 150.00 sq. meters of wet and dry market floor area
and one (1) vendor (seller) jeepney/shuttle parking slot or
loading space for every 300.00 sq. meters of wet and dry
market floor area; and one (1) off-RROW (off-street)
terminal that can accommodate at least two (2) jeepneys
and six (6) tricycles for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of wet
and dry market floor area
Public Markets One (1) car slot for every 30.00 sq. meters of customer
(C) area
Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses One (1) car slot for every 20 sq. meters of customer area:
(C) and two (2) tourist parking slots for tourist bus parking
slots for each theater-restaurant
Nightclubs, super clubs and theater-restaurants One (1) car slot for every 30.00 sq. meters of customer
(C) area
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Note:
Nightclubs, super clubs and theater-restaurants Units with a gross floor area of from 18. 00 to 40. 00 sq.
(C) meters – provide one (1) pooled parking slot* for every
two (2) units or for a fraction thereof.
Units located in office, commercial or mixed-use Unit with a gross floor area of from 41. 00 to 70. 00 sq.
condominium buildings/ structures regardless of number meters –provide one (1) parking slot* for each unit; and
of storeys
Unit with a gross floor area of more than 70.00 sq. meters
provide one (1) parking slot* for every 70.00 sq. meters
and for a fraction thereof;
Columbarium One (1) car slot for every compartment niche
5.3. Division E-3 Aircraft hangars, open parking carports and garages, One (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
etc. floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred
(100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred
(200), provide one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger
jeepney/shuttle slots
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
6. GROUP F
6.1. Division F-1 Industrial buildings, mills, breweries, etc. One (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
(I) floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred
(100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred
(200), provide one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger
jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot
for
Note:
truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter long container van plus

6.00 meters length for a long/hooded prime mover) and
one (1) loading slot for a standard truck for every
5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
7. GROUP G
7.1. Division G-1 Industrial buildings, factories, manufacturing One (1) car slot for every 1,000.00 sq. meters of gross
establishments, mercantile buildings, warehouses, floor area and one (1) bus slot for every one hundred
storage bins, power and water generation/distribution (100) workers; if number of workers exceed two hundred
facilities (200), provide one (1) off-RROW (or off-street) passenger
jeepney/shuttle slots; provide at least one (1) loading slot
for articulated truck or vehicle (a 12.00 meter long
container van plus 6.00 meters length for a long/ hooded
prime mover) and one (1) loading slot for a standard truck
for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA; and provide truck
maneuvering area outside of the RROW (within property
or lot lines only)
7.2. Division G-2 -do- -do-

Note:
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
8. GROUP H
8.1. Division H-1 Public recreational assembly buildings such as One (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every
theaters/cinemas, auditoria, etc. 50.00 sq. meters of spectator area; and one (1) bus
parking slot for every two hundred (200) spectators
8.2 Division H-2 Dance halls, cabarets, ballrooms, skating rinks and
-do-
cockfighting arenas, etc.
8.3 Division H-3 Dance halls, ballrooms, skating rinks, etc. -do-
8.4 Division H-4 Covered amusement parks, amusement and one (1) car slot for every 50.00 sq. meters of gross floor
entertainment complexes, etc. area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like one (1) slot for every 100.00 sq. meters of gross floor
area
9. GROUP I
9.1. Division I-1 Recreational or similar public assembly buildings such One (1) car slot and one (1) jeepney/shuttle slot for every
as stadia, sports complexes, convention centers, etc. 50.00 sq. meters of spectator area; and one (1) bus
parking slot for every two hundred (200) spectators.
10. GROUP J
10.1. Division J-1 Agriculture-related uses or occupancies (A) Not required if located outside urbanized area; if located
within urbanized area, provide one (1) car slot for every
1,000.00 sq. meters of gross floor area and one (1) bus
slot for every one hundred (100) workers; if number of
workers exceed two hundred (200), provide one (1) off-
RROW (or off-street) passenger loading space that can
accommodate two (2) queued jeepney/shuttle slots;
provide at least one (1) loading slot for articulated truck or
vehicle
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Note:
(a 12.00 meter long container van plus 6.00 meters length
for a long/hooded prime mover) and one (1) loading slot
for a standard truck for every 5,000.00 sq. meters of GFA;
and provide truck maneuvering area outside of the
RROW (within property or lot lines only)
10.2. Division J-2 Other uses not classified in previous sections Provide parking requirements stipulated for most similar
(PUD, etc.) or most related uses/occupancies
Note:
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
d. In computing for parking slots, a fraction of 50% and above shall be considered as one (1) car parking slot to be provided. In all cases however, a
minimum of one (1) car parking slot shall be provided unless otherwise allowed under this Rule.
i. Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building/structure within 200.00 meter radius, provided at
least 80% of the parking requirements are complied with and integrated in the building design.
ii. Special Provision on the Handicapped: For buildings/structures to be provided with features intended for the use or occupancy of the
handicapped, the minimum provisions of Batas Pambansa (BP) Bilang 344 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) with respect
to parking shall be strictly observed.
e. Allowed Off-RROW/Off-Street cum Off-Site Parking Provision:
i. In addition to on-site cum off-RROW (off-street) parking provisions mandated under this Rule, off-site cum off-street parking facilities may be
allowed and considered part of a project provided that such facilities specifically consist of reserved or leased parking slots within a
permanent parking building/structure and not in a vacant parking lot or parking structure/space for a commercial development and
provided further that such parking slots are located no more than 100.00 meters away from a residential building project or are located no
more than 200.00 meters away from an office or commercial building project.
ii. Direct access of parking/loading/utility slots and terminals to the RROW shall be generally disallowed to prevent the usage of the RROW as
a maneuvering area.
iii. Traffic generating buildings such as shopping malls or similar facilities that have very high volumes of pedestrian and vehicular traffic may
be located at major intersections or within 100.00 meters of such intersections, provided that the distance between the street curb of the
ingress/egress of such a commercial lot/property (nearest the intersection) and the straight curb of the intersection shall not be less than
50.00 meters. (Fig. VII.9.)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Fig.VII.9.
Annotation. For larger developments and traffic generating buildings as well as parking structures, a minimum 100.00 m distance should be the standard to be considered.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
iv. For R-2, R-3, GI, C, C-2 and C-3 uses or occupancies, front yards abutting RROW are not to be used for long-term off-street parking. Due to
the very public nature of these uses (high vehicular and pedestrian concentrations), the front yard (a transition space between the RROW
and the building/structure) shall be used exclusively for driveways, off-RROW loading spaces, short-term off-RROW parking and landscaping
(hardscape and softscape) treatment. Temporary or short-term off-street parking, particularly on driveways, shall preferably be only for
visitors to these buildings/structures.
v. For Basic R-2 and Basic R-3 uses or occupancies (for single family dwelling units only), up to 50% of the front yard abutting the RROW
may be paved/hardscaped, i.e., converted into a courtyard for carport use. Such use shall not be permitted in all other uses or occupancies.
SECTION 708. Minimum Requirements for Group A Dwellings
1. Dwelling Location and Lot Occupancy

The dwelling shall occupy not more than 90% of a corner lot and 80% of an inside lot, and subject to the provisions on Easements of Light and View
of the Civil Code of Philippines, shall be at least 2.00 meters from the property line.
2. Light and Ventilation

Every dwelling shall be so constructed and arranged as to provide adequate light and ventilation as provided under Section 805 to Section 811 of
the Code.
3. Sanitation
Every dwelling shall be provided with at least one sanitary toilet and adequate washing and drainage facilities.
4. Foundation
Footings shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least 250 millimeters thick and 600 millimeters
below the surface of the ground.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
5. Post
The dimensions of wooden posts shall be those found in Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts. Each post shall be anchored to such footing by
straps and bolts of adequate size.
Table VII.5.: Dimensions of Wooden Posts or Suportales

Maximum Height of 1st Maximum Height Total Maximum Spacing of Post Required Maximum
Type Building Floor (meters) (meters) (meters) Finished Size of
Suportales (millimeters)
1-Storey Shed - 4.00 3.50 100 X 100
1-Storey Shed - 3.00 4.00 100 X 100
1-Storey Shed - 5.00 4.00 125 X 125
1-Storey House or Chalet 1.00 - 3.00 5.50 3.60 125 X 125
2-Storey House 3.00 6.00 3.00 125 X 125
2-Storey House 4.50 7.00 4.00 120 X 120
2-Storey House 5.00 8.00 4.50 175 X 175
2-Storey House - 9.00 4.50 200 X 200
Logs or tree trunk suportales may be used as post in indigenous traditional type of construction, provided that these are of such sizes and spacing as
to sustain vertical loading equivalent at least to the loading capacities of the posts and spacing in this Table.
6. Floor
The live load of the first floor shall be at least 200 kilograms per sq. meter and for the second floor, at least 150 kilograms per sq. meter.
7. Roof
The wind load for roofs shall be at least 120 kilograms per sq. meter for vertical projection.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
8. Stairs
Stairs shall be at least 750 millimeters in clear width, with a rise of 200 millimeters and a minimum run of 200 millimeters.
9. Entrance and Exit

There shall be at least one entrance and another one for exit.
10. Electrical Requirements

All electrical installations shall conform to the requirements of the Philippine Electrical Code.
11. Mechanical Requirements

Mechanical systems and/or equipment installations shall be subject to the requirements of the Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code.
SECTION 709. Requirements for Other Group Occupancies
Subject to the provisions of the Code, the Secretary shall promulgate rules and regulations for each of the other Group Occupancies covering: allowable
construction, height, and area; location on property, exit facilities, light and ventilation, sanitation; enclosures of vertical openings; fire extinguishing
systems; and special hazards.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
GUIDELINES ON BUILDING BULK, DEVELOPMENT CONTROLS, BUILDINGS AND OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL PARKS
A. DETERMINING BUILDING BULK

1. General. Building bulk (a volume quantity) shall be generally determined by the application of the Floor-Lot Area Ratio (FLAR), vertically projecting the Allowable Maximum
Building Footprint (AMBF), establishing the Outermost Faces of Building (OFB) and quantifying the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB). The building bulk may
be ultimately governed by the width of the RROW and other applicable provisions for light and ventilation (including incremental setbacks as a result of satisfying natural
light and ventilation requirements for RROW and front yards as partly shown in Table VII.G.1. hereafter).
2. Application of the FLAR. The FLAR (Table VII.G.1.) shall be the primary or initial determinant of the building bulk.
Table VII.G.1. Reference Table of Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR) Designations/Rights
Type of Use
or Type of Building/Structure FLAR Designation/Rights
Occupancy
Residential Residential 1 (R-1) 1.50
(at a 3-storey or 10.00 m BHL)
Residential 2 (R-2)
a. Basic R-2 1.30 up to 1.50
b. Maximum R-2 2.10 up to 3.00
Residential 3 (R-3)
a. Basic R-3 1.80 up to 2.10
b. Maximum R-3 7.10 up to 8.10
Individual Lot for Residential 4 (R-4)/Townhouses 1.60 up to1.80
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Residential 5(R-5)/ 6.00 up to 9.00
Condominiums (at an 18-storey or 54.00 m BHL)
Commercial Commercial 1 (Com-1) 1.70 up to 3.00
Commercial 2 (Com-2) 3.60 up to 9.00
Commercial 3 (Com-3) 9.00 up to 34.00
Industrial Industrial 1 (Ind-1) 1.50 up to 2.50
Industrial 2 (Ind-2) 2.50 up to 3.00
Industrial 3 (Ind-3) 3.00 up to 5.00
Institutional - 2.50
Cultural - 3.50
Utility/Transportation/Road Rights-of Way (RROW)/
- 2.00 up to 3.00
Services
Parks and Open
Recreational Spaces - 0.50 up to 1.00
Agricultural/Agro-Industrial/Tourism - 1.80 up to 2.20
Planned Unit Development (PUD) PUD at a reclamation area close to an operating airport 6.00
PUD at a reclamation area 6.00 up to 12.00
PUD at a coastal area 12.00 up to 18.00
PUD at an inland area very
6.00 up to 18.00
close to an operating airport
PUD at an inland area 9.00 up to 34.00
Cemetery - 0.80
Residential 1 33% 1.50
Residential 2 (Basic), Residential 3 (Basic) and 20% 1.25
Residential 4
Residential 2 (Maximum), Residential 3 (Maximum) and 16% 1.20
Residential 5
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Commercial 1 20% 1.25
Industrial 1 25% 1.33
Industrial 2 and 3 33% 1.50
Transportation, Utility and Service Areas 33% 1.50
Agricultural and Agro-Industrial 2%-5% 1.03-1.06
3. Establishing the OFB. The OFB shall be primarily determined by the vertical projections of the outermost faces of the AMBF up to a height prescribed by the applicable
BHL. Figure VII.G.1. shows the determination of the angular planes needed to establish the outer limits for walls and projections of the proposed building/structure
facing RROW and for their corresponding roof configurations. Table VII.G.3. also shows the recommended angles or slopes for the angular planes originating from the
centerline of the RROW for R-1 and C-3 properties only. Angles or slopes for other permitted uses/occupancies can be extrapolated from the two (2) examples. (Figs.
VIII.G.1. and VIII.G.2.)
Table VII.G.3. Reference Table of Angles/Slopes* To Satisfy Natural Light and Ventilation Requirements Along RROW and Front Yards
Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for Angle or Slope of Angular Plane for Buildings/Structures With
Type of Width of Buildings/Structures Without Projections** Projections*
Use or Road Right-of-Way Angle Angle from Centerline of
Ratio Ratio
Occupancy (RROW) from Centerline of RROW RROW
(Slope) (Slope)
(Degrees) (Degree)
Residential 1 9 m:8.5m 7.5 m:6.25m
8.00 meters 46.5 50.0
(R-1) (1.06) (1.20)
9 m:9.5m 7.5 m:7.25m
10.00 meters 43.0 46.0
(0.95) (1.03)
9 m:10.5m 7.5 m:8.25m
12.00 meters 40.0 43.0
(0.86) (0.91)
9 m:11.5m 7.5 m:9.25m
14.00 meters 39.0
38.0 (0.78) (0.81)
9 m:12.5m 7.5m:10.25m
16.00 meters 35.0 36.0
(0.72) (0.73)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
9 m:13.5m 7.5m:11.25m
18.00 meters 33.5 33.0
(0.67) (0.67)
9 m:14.5m 7.5m:12.25m
20.00 meters 31.0 32.0
(0.62) (0.61)
48 m:16.5m -
Commercial 3 (C-3) 8.00 meters 71.0 -
(2.90)
48 m:17.5m
10.00 meters 69.5 - -
(2.74)
Commercial 3 48 m:18.5m
12.00 meters 68.0 - -
(C-3) (2.59)
48 m:19.5m
14.00 meters 65.5 - -
(2.46)
48 m:20.5m
16.00 meters 63.6 - -
(2.34)
48 m:21.5m
18.00 meters 61.7 - -
(2.23)
48 m:22.5m
20.00 meters 60.0 - -
(2.13)
NOTE:
* To be used for plotting the angular plane from the grade level centerline of the RROW. The angular plane can also help determine the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building
(AMVB) as well as the alternative incremental setback lines. Only the uses/occupancies with the least and heaviest developments (R-1 and C-3 respectively are shown). The
angles/slopes of angular planes for all other uses/occupancies in between can be extrapolated.
** Considered projections from the outermost face of the building/structure are eaves, medias aguas (canopy for windows), cantilevers, heavy sign supports (only for
applications permitted or consistent with the Code) and the like.
4. Quantifying the AMVB. The AMVB shall be primarily determined by the following:
a. Multiply the AMBF (in square meters) for the lot by the applicable BHL (in meters) for the lot to arrive at the initial AMVB (in cubic meters); the result of this step is the
imaginary footprint prism;
b. Superimpose the angular plane originating from the center of the RROW on the footprint prism; this shall result in the reduction of the initially computed building volume
due to the application of incremental setbacks and of roof configuration dictated by the angular plane; the result of this step is the AMVB;
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
c. To crosscheck the AMVB against the Allowable Maximum TGFA (separately determined), convert the AMVB into its approximate area equivalent (in sq. meters) by
dividing it with the BHL. Before converting the AMVB to its area component, check for the effects of the incremental setbacks on the TGFA for each floor of the
proposed building/structure.
B. Application of Development Controls (DC)

(To Determine the Maximum Development Potential of a Lot)
1. Sizing the Building/Structure. To determine the allowed/appropriate building bulk (volume), the following series of steps using the DC under this Guideline and other
Rules in the Code shall be followed:
a. Refer to Rule VIII for prescribed setbacks, yards, courts (at grade level), etc. applicable to the lot/project site; determine the extent of firewall construction if required
and/or if permitted; refer to Rule VIII for the Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO); compute for the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF) under this Rule by
using the formula:
Land area
required for Additional buildable
Allowable Maximum
yards/ courts lot area due to
Building/ Total
_ Firewall construction
Footprint or AMBF = Lot +
(prescribed (if permitted
(in sq. meters) Area
under Rule under this Rule)
(TLA)
VIII)
b. Check resultant building footprint against applicable PSO under Reference Table VIII.1. of Rule VIII and consult existing/applicable and/or duly approved zoning
ordinances; to check, use the formula:
Percentage Allowable Maximum Total

÷
of Site = Building Footprint or AMBF Lot Area
Occupancy (PSO) (in square meters) (TLA)
c. Compute for the resultant height of the building/structure by referring to Table VII.2. of this Rule and by using the formula:
Building Height Limit or the Desired
Resultant Height
BHL Floor to Floor
of the building/structure = X
(as expressed in number of Height
(in meters)
floors/storeys) (in meters)
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
d. Check the resultant height against the BHL (refer to Table VII.2. of this Rule); if a greater building/structure height is desired, consult existing zoning ordinances or other
applicable laws for possible relief; if relief cannot be sought, explore sub-grade (basement level) solutions or reduce the desired floor to floor heights in case it is greater
than 3.00 meters;
e. Establish the Outermost Faces of Building (OFB) to help determine the Allowable Maximum Volume of Building (AMVB) and to satisfy natural
light and ventilation requirements for RROW and front yards abutting RROW; an imaginary prism within which the proposed building/structure
must fit shall result, unless specifically allowed under the Code; thereafter, establish the Outermost Limits of Building Projections (OLBP) to
fully comply with other applicable light and ventilation provisions;
f. Initially determine building bulk by computing for the maximum allowable Gross Floor Area (GFA) for the building/structure using the formula:
Gross Floor Area (GFA) of Total

Recommended
the building/structure = Lot Area X
Floor to Lot Area Ratio (FLAR)*
(in square meters) (TLA)
NOTE: * Refer to Table VII.G.1. of this Guideline (Recommended FLAR Designations/Rights) and/or consult existing/applicable and duly-approved zoning ordinances.
i. GROSS FLOOR AREA (GFA) - the total floor space within the perimeter of the permanent external building walls (inclusive of main and auxiliary buildings) such
as office areas, residential areas, corridors, lobbies and mezzanine level/s. The GFA shall also include building projections which may serve as floors or platforms
that are directly connected to/integrated with areas within the building/structure, e.g., balconies (Refer to Section 1004 of Rule X of this IRR) and the GFA excludes
the following:
(a) Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities;
(b) Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units are present; and
(c) Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or air-conditioning condensing unit (ACCU) balconies, overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry
areas and cages, wading or swimming pools, whirlpools or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts or plazas, balconies exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape
structures and the like.
g. Determine the Allowable Maximum Total Gross Floor Area (TGFA) to approximate building volume using the formula hereafter. In particular, determine the minimum
required off-street cum on-site parking provisions, driveways and related access systems, particularly for new developments and/or re-developments whereby provisions
of this Guideline shall apply.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Gross Floor
Area (GFA) All requirements for
Total Gross Floor Area
of the Non- courts at all floors (above
(TGFA) of the building/
building/ GFA _ grade) under
structure = +
structure areas* Rule VIII
(in sq. meters)
(in square (in square meters)
meters)
NOTE: * Compute for all other areas not covered by the FLAR or by the GFA using Table VII.G.2.
i. TOTAL GROSS FLOOR AREA (TGFA) - the total floor space within the main and auxiliary buildings primarily consisting of the GFA and all other enclosed
support areas together with all other usable horizontal areas/surfaces above and below established grade level that are all physically attached to the building/s
which shall consists of the following:
(a) Covered areas used for parking and driveways, services and utilities. The TGFA specifically excludes provisions for courts above grade level;
(b) Vertical penetrations in parking floors where no residential or office units are present;
(c) Uncovered areas for helipads, air-conditioning cooling towers or ACCU balconies, overhead water tanks, roof decks, laundry areas and cages, wading or
swimming pools, whirlpool or jacuzzis, terraces, gardens, courts or plazas, balconies exceeding 10.00 sq. meters, fire escape structures and the like; and
(d) Other building projections which may additionally function as floors or platforms if properly reinforced, e.g., the top surfaces of roof extensions/eaves, sun-
breakers, large roofed or cantilevered areas such as porte cocheres, canopies and the like.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Figure VII.G.1.
Annotation. Steeper angles shall result if the RROW is narrower, particularly for higher
density and higher intensity building uses/occupancies..
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
Figure VII.G.2.
ESTABLISHING THE OUTMOST FACES OF BUILDING (OFB) FOR A TYPICAL R-1 USE / OCCUPANCY THROUGH THE USE OF THE AMBF, THE BHL, THE AMVB AND
THE ANGULAR PLANE ALONG THE RROW (14.00 M WIDE RROW)
Annotation. Steeper angles shall result if the RROW is narrower, particularly for higher density and higher intensity building uses/occupancies..
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
C. BUILDINGS AND OTHER ACCESSORY STRUCTURES WITHIN CEMETERIES AND MEMORIAL PARKS
1. Location of Cemeteries/Memorial Parks
a. Cemeteries and Memorial Parks shall be located in accordance with the approved land use plan of the city/municipality concerned. Prior
clearance shall be obtained from the Department of Health, the National Water Resources Council, the Department of Environment and
Natural Resources and the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board.
2. Protective Enclosures
a. The cemetery shall be totally enclosed by a perimeter fence/wall of strong material, and all gates shall be provided with a strong door and lock.
Perimeter wall shall not exceed 3.00 meters in height.
b. Where a cemetery is enclosed by a solid reinforced concrete wall at least 2.00 meters high, it is allowed to construct tombs, vaults, mausoleums or other types of
sepulchres for the dead up to the walls. Otherwise, a clearance of 5.00 meters shall be maintained between the perimeter fence and the nearest interment plot.
3. Interments, Burials and Entombments
a. For ground interments, there shall be a minimum depth of excavation of 1.50 meters from ground level to base of excavation. However, if concrete vaults are used, the
minimum depth of excavation from base of vault to ground level shall be 1.00 meter, depending on the depth of ground water table.
b. Ground interments shall be allowed only in designated graveyard areas of the cemetery and may be provided with suitable markers, headstones or memorials.
c. Vaults for tombs and mausoleums for aboveground interments shall be of solid reinforced concrete. Concrete hollow blocks or any unit masonry construction of
ceramics, adobe or the like shall not be allowed for the construction of above-ground vaults; tombs or mausoleums. Mausoleums may be provided with ossuaries
and/or cineraria along the interior walls.
d. Multi-level interment niches shall only be of solid reinforced concrete construction, of not less than 150 millimeters thickness in which case they may be allowed to abut
walls of the cemetery, provided, the walls are of solid reinforced concrete construction. Concrete hollow blocks, or any unit masonry construction of ceramics, adobe
or the like shall not be allowed.
e. Before construction is started on any mausoleum, canopy over a tomb, or multi-level niches, a building permit shall be secured therefor from the OBO.
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
f. Horizontal divisions of columbaria shall be of reinforced concrete of at least 50 millimeters thickness. Vertical divisions may be of concrete hollow blocks of at least 100
millimeters thickness, in which case, cement mortar shall be applied evenly to present a non-porous surface. Minimum dimensions of individual cinerarium shall be
300 millimeters by 300 millimeters by 460 millimeters. Cinerary remains shall be placed inside tightly sealed urns.
4. Accessory Structures
a. A chapel with a floor area of at least 50.00 sq. meters shall be constructed at a convenient location within the cemetery where funeral ceremonies may be held, and
incidentally serve as haven for funeral participants against sun and rain.
b. Wake chaplets with a minimum area of 50.00 sq. meters for thirty (30) persons and at least 1.60 sq. meters for each additional person may be provided.
c. Administrative Office - a 64.00 sq. meters lot shall be allocated for an administration building office for memorial parks with an area of above one (1) hectare.
d. Electrical Power Supply - Distances of lampposts for street lighting shall be placed at a maximum of 100.00 meters or as prescribed by the power firm servicing the
area. Utility poles shall be installed along sides of streets and pathways.
e. Parking Area - Parking area equivalent to a minimum of five 5% of the gross area of memorial park/cemetery shall be provided over and above the required parking
area/facility for any structures to be constructed within the premises of the memorial park/cemetery.
f. Comfort Rooms - Adequate and clean comfort rooms with facilities for disabled persons shall be provided in properly located areas.
NOTE: Refer also to the latest applicable HLURB Guidelines regarding Cemeteries and Memorial Parks.
Rule VIII follows
_______________________________________________________________________________________ ____
RULE VIII - LIGHT AND VENTILATION
SECTION 801. General Requirements of Light and Ventilation
1. Subject to the provisions of the Civil Code of the Philippines on Easements of Light and View,
and to the specific provisions of the Code, every building shall be designed, constructed, and
equipped to provide adequate light and ventilation. (Refer to Guidelines on Easements, View
Corridors/Sight Lines and Basements at the end of this Rule)
2. All buildings shall face a street or public alley or a private street which has been duly approved.
(Refer to Guidelines on Streets/RROW and Sidewalks at the end of this Rule)
3. No building shall be altered nor arranged so as to reduce the size of any room or the relative area
of windows to less than that provided for buildings under this Rule, or to create an additional room,
unless such additional room conforms to the requirements of this Rule.
4. No building shall be enlarged so that the dimensions of the required court or yard would be less
than what is prescribed for such building lot.
SECTION 802. Measurement of Site Occupancy
1. The measurement of site occupancy or lot occupancy shall be taken at the ground level and
shall be exclusive of courts, yards, and light wells.
2. Courts, yards, and light wells shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls enclosing
such wells or yards with the exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or steel fire escapes not
exceeding 1.20 meters in width.
SECTION 803. Percentage of Site Occupancy
1. The measurement of the percentage (%) of site occupancy (or lot occupancy) shall be taken at
the ground level and shall be exclusive of courts, yards and light wells. Courts, yards, and light
wells shall be measured clear of all projections from the walls enclosing such wells or yards with
the exception of roof leaders, wall copings, sills, or steel fire escapes not exceeding 1.20 meters in
width.
2. In case of proposed additional construction on a lot on which another building/structure already

stands, the Percentage of Site Occupancy (PSO) arising out of such existing buildings/structures
must be included in the computation of the PSO for the Total Lot Area (TLA). In case of
discrepancy between the specified Maximum Allowable PSO and the other light and ventilation
provisions under this Rule, the resulting lesser building/structure footprint or gross floor area at
the ground floor (or at grade level) must prevail.
3. Maximum site occupancy shall be governed by use, type of construction, and height of the
building and the use, area, nature and location of the site; and subject to the provisions of the local
zoning requirements and in accordance with the following types of open spaces:
a. Public open spaces - streets, alleys, easements of sea/lakeshores, rivers, creeks, esteros,
railroad tracks, parks/plazas, playgrounds, and the like.
b. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) - courts, yards, gardens, light wells, uncovered
driveways, access roads and parking spaces consisting of two (2) types:
i. Paved or tiled (hardscaped areas); sub-classification of open space shall fall under
Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Areas (ISA) within the Total Lot Area (TLA); and
_________________________________________________________________________________________
ii. Unpaved areas within the lot that are with exposed soil and planted (softscaped), i.e., the
Unpaved Surface Areas (USA); this sub-classification is the true open space.
4. The following Table illustrates the manner in determining the Maximum Allowable Percentage of
Site Occupancy (PSO), Maximum Allowable Impervious Surface Area (ISA), Maximum
Allowable Construction Area (MACA), Minimum Unpaved Surface Area (USA), and the Total
Open Space within Lot (TOSL) with reference to Type of Land Use Zoning per Lot.
Table VIII.1. Reference Table of Maximum Allowable PSO, Maximum Allowable ISA, the MACA,
the Minimum USA and the TOSL by Type of Land Use Zoning per Lot
% of Total Lot Area (TLA)
Building/
Structure Maximum
Minimum
Use or Allowable
Maximum USA TOSL d
Occupancy Duly-Approved Zoning b ISAc
Allowable (Unpaved (ISA +
(or Land (Paved
PSO c,d Open USA)
Use)a Open
Spaces)
Spaces)
Residential Basic 55 e 30 15 45
Residential 2 (R-2)/
Medium Density
Housing [single family
dwelling unit with a 60 f 30% 10 40
Building Height Limit
(BHL) of 10.00 meters]
Maximum R-2 /
Medium Density 60 e 30 10 40
Housing (multiple
family dwelling units
within one building/
structure with a BHL of
15.00 meters) 70 f 20 10 30
Basic
Residential 3 (R-3)/ 65 e 20 15 35
High Density
Housing (single
family dwelling unit with
70 f 20 10 30
a BHL of 10.00 meters)
Maximum R-3/
High Density 70 e 20 10 30
Housing (multiple family
dwelling units within one
building/ structure with a
80 f 10 10 20
BHL of 36.00 meters)
Residential 4 (R-4)/ 70 e 20 10 30
Individual Townhouse
Units 80 f 10 10 20
Residential 5 (R-5)/ 70 e 20 10 30
Condominiums 80 f 10 10 20
Commercial Commercial 1 70 e 20 10 30
(Com-1) 80 f 10 10 20
_________________________________________________________________________________________
% of Total Lot Area (TLA)
Building/
Structure Maximum
Minimum
Use or Allowable
Maximum USA TOSL d
Occupancy ISAc
Duly-Approved Zoning b Allowable (Unpaved (ISA +
(or Land (Paved
PSO c,d Open USA)
Use)a Open
Spaces)
Spaces)
Commercial 2 75 e 20 5 25
(Com-2) 85 f 10 5 15
Commercial 3 80 e 15 5 20
(Com-3) 90 f 5 5 10
Industrial Industrial 1 70 e 20 10 30
(Ind-1) 80 f 10 10 20
Industrial 2 70 e 15 15 30
(Ind-2) 80 f 5 15 20
Industrial 3 70 e 15 15 30
(Ind-3) 80 f 5 15 20
Institutional 50 e 20 30 50
-
60 f 20 20 40
Cultural 60 e 20 20 40
-
70 f 20 10 30
Utility/Trans- 50 e 40 10 50
portation/ -
60 f 30 10 40
Services
Sidewalks/ 22.22 11.11
Arcades at (of total (of total 33.33
RROW width of width of (of total
- - RROW as RROW as width of
Paved Unpaved RROW)
portion of portion of
sidewalk) sidewalk)
Parks and
Open
- 20 30 50 80
Recreational
Spaces
Planned Unit PUD at a reclamation
Development area close to an 70 15 15 30
(PUD) operating airport
PUD at a reclamation
70 15 15 30
area
PUD at a coastal area 70 15 15 30
PUD at an inland area
close to an operating 70 10 20 30
airport
PUD at an inland area 70 10 20 30
Cemetery - 85 10 5 15
Notes:
a) per duly-approved City/ Municipal Comprehensive Land Use Plan (CLUP)
b) per duly-approved City/Municipal Zoning Ordinance (ZO) and its IRR
c) PSO + ISA = MACA (Maximum Allowable Construction Area)
d) PSO + TOSL = TLA (Total Lot Area).
e) without firewall
f) with firewall
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Minimum Requirements for Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL)
a. Total Open Spaces within Lot (TOSL) are portions of the Total Lot Area (TLA) not occupied
by the Maximum Allowable PSO. The TOSL may consist of either the Maximum Allowable
ISA (hardscaped areas) or the USA (exposed and planted/softscaped soil) or may also be
the combination of both types of open spaces. (Figure VIII.1.)
b. Group A buildings or Residential 1 (R-1) uses/occupancies shall follow the minimum yard
standards in Table VIII.2. to comply with the TOSL requirement.
c. Abutments for Basic Uses/Occupancies forming part of new developments shall be basically
similar to the restrictions prescribed for firewalls under Rule VII, to wit:
i. Absolutely no abutments are allowed at any property line for any R-1 lot type/location.
ii. Abutments shall be allowed on only one (1) side for any R-2 lot type/location. There shall
be no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property lines for any R-2 lot type/
location.
iii. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear
property line/ boundary for any R-3 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the
front property line for any R-3 lot type/location.
iv. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only for any R-4 lot type/location. There
shall be no firewalls/abutments on the front and rear property line for any R-4 lot
type/location.
v. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear
property line/boundary for any R-5 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the
front property line for any R-5 lot type/location.
vi. Abutments shall be allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and the rear
property line/boundary for any C-3 lot type/location. There shall be no abutments on the
front property line for any C-3 lot type/location.
d. Lot Type/Location
.
Only seven (7) types of lots and their respective locations are described under this Rule.
(Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8.)
e. Variance
When the lots as described in Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. are too narrow or too shallow
such that the public open space, e.g., RROW, alley or the like on which they abut can
adequately supply light and ventilation to every room therein subject to the requirements on
window opening, the requirements on the minimum Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL)
above may be waived (Figures VIII.9. through VIII.11.), provided however, that for lots
abutting on only one (1) public open space, the depth of the open space to be provided shall
not be more than 8.00 meters; and for those lots abutting two (2) or more public open spaces,
the depth of the open space to be provided shall not be more than 12.00 meters.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.1.
Annotation. Spaces for carports have to be introduced within the building footprint. If no roof is
introduced over the proposed carport (that may be partly situated at the front yard or any of the 2 side
yards), the space may then serve as open car parking. To maintain the single-detached quality of the
building, only a low fence or low wall (not a all wall or a firewall) should be allowed along the entire
property perimeter. Firewalls are absolutely prohibited for R-1 lots.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.2. Figure VIII.3.
Figure VIII.8.
LOT TYPES
Annotation: The last 2 lot types are recommended for low density residential (R-1) developments.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.9.
Figure VIII.10.
Figure VIII.11.
LOT TYPES
Annotation: The last 2 lot configurations may be better suited for non-residential developments.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 804. Sizes and Dimensions of Courts
1. Minimum sizes of courts and yards and their least dimensions shall be governed by the use, type
of construction, and height of the building as provided hereunder, provided that the minimum
horizontal dimension of said courts and yards shall be not less than 2.00 meters. All inner courts
shall be connected to a street or yard, either by a passageway with a minimum width of 1.20
meters or by a door through a room or rooms.
2. The required open space shall be located totally or distributed anywhere within the lot in such a
manner as to provide maximum light and ventilation into the building. (Figures VIII.12. through
VIII.15.)
3. YARD - the required open space left between the outermost face of the building/structure and
the property lines, e.g., front, rear, right and left side yards. The width of the yard is the setback.
Yards prescribed for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational Buildings are shown in
Table VIII.3. hereafter.
Table VIII.2. Minimum Setbacks for Residential Buildings/Structures

Type of Residential Use/ Occupancy
R-2 R-3 R-4
(individual R - 5****
YARD R–1 Basic Maximum Basic Maximum
lot/unit) (meters)
(meters) (meters) (meters) (meters) (meters)
(meters)
Front 4.50 3.00 8.00 * 3.00 8.00 * 4.50 6.00
2.00 2.00
Side 2.00 2.00 ** 2.00 ** *** 3.00
(optional) (optional)
Rear 2.00 2.00 2.00 *** 2.00 2.00 3.00
Notes:
a) The setback requirements in Table VIII.2. above are for newly-developed subdivisions.
b) * Total setback only at grade (or natural ground) level, i.e., 3.00 meters + 5.00 meters = 8.00 meters (to
accommodate part of the minimum parking requirement outside the designated area for the front yard).
The second and upper floors and mezzanine level shall thereafter comply with the minimum 3.00
meters setback unless otherwise provided under the Code.
c) ** Setback required for only one (1) side. Setbacks on two sides shall be optional.
d) *** Abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed with conditions as enumerated under
Section 804, Subsection 10 of this Rule.
e) **** Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots shall be considered a commercial use or occupancy if a
substantial percentage, i.e., 55% of the Gross Floor Area (GFA) is commercial.
f) In cases where yards/setbacks are impossible to attain or where frontage and depth of lots are similar
to that of Open Market or Medium Cost Housing Projects, abutments on the sides and rear property
lines may be allowed and 1.50 meters front yard is left open as transition area.
Table VIII.3. Setbacks for Commercial*, Industrial, Institutional and Recreational Buildings
Road Right-of-Way (RROW)
Front Side Rear
Width
(meters) (meters) (meters)
(meters)
30.00 & above 8.00 5.00 5.00

25.00 to 29.00 6.00 3.00 3.00
20.00 to 24.00 5.00 3.00 3.00
10.00 to 19.00 5.00 2.00 2.00
Below 10.00 5.00 2.00 2.00
Note:
* Mixed-Use Buildings/Structures in R-5 lots may be considered a commercial development if a
substantial percentage of the GFA is commercial.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
a - OPEN SPACE
b - ALTERNATE LOCATIONS
REQUIRED OPEN SPACE LOCATIONS
Annotation: For all firewalls (particularly those above 3.0 m in height), great care should be taken when
such firewalls face the south or southwest i.e. facing the southwest monsoon (“habagat”) winds which
are wet and destructive i.e. the firewalls may also be generally subjected to rain for up to six to eight (6-
8) months annually. In such a situation, firewall gutters are strongly suggested to prevent the firewall
water from flooding the adjoining properties. A better option is to set back the firewall by up to 0.60 m to
create a drainage channel as well as a firewall maintenance space i.e. for painting and general repair
work. When the latter solution is adopted, an endwall is created instead.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. The setback requirements in Table VIII.3. above are for newly-developed thoroughfares. For
highly built-up urban areas with duly established lines and grades reflecting therein proposed road
widening and elevation, the requirements in Table VIII.3. above may not be imposed and the face
of the building may abut on the side and/or rear property lines provided that all the requirements on
open space, window opening, artificial ventilation, if any, and firewalls (Rule VII) are first fully
complied with.
5. Every court shall have a width of not less than 2.00 meters for one (1) or two (2) storey buildings.
However, if the court is treated as a yard or vice versa, this may be reduced to not less than 1.50
meters in cluster living units such as quadruplexes, rowhouses and the like, with adjacent courts
with an area of not less than 3.00 sq. meters. Provided further, that the separation walls or fences,
if any, shall not be higher than 2.00 meters. Irregularly–shaped lots such as triangular lots and the
like, whose courts may be also triangular in shape may be exempted from having a minimum width
of not less than what is required in Table VIII.3. and as shown in Figures VIII.16., VIII.17., VIII.18.
and VIII.19.
6. For buildings of more than two (2) storeys in height, the minimum width of the rear or side court
shall be increased at the rate of 300 millimeters for each additional storey up to the fourteenth
(14th) storey (Figure VIII.20. showing incremental setbacks). For buildings exceeding fourteen (14)
storeys in height, the required width of the court shall be computed on the basis of fourteen (14)
storeys.
7. Uncovered Driveways, Access Roads and Parking Spaces may be considered part of the open
space provided that they are open and unobstructed from the ground upward as in courts and
yards.
8. A carport shall not be considered part of the Total Open Space within Lot (TOSL) particularly if it is
entirely roofed or roofed with overhangs. In such a case, it must be counted as an integral
component of the Allowable Maximum Building Footprint (AMBF).
9. A front yard may be partly paved/hardscaped (converted into a courtyard) to serve as a carport but
only for a basic R-2 or basic R-3 or R-4 (individual lot) use or occupancy, i.e., all for single-family
dwelling units only. All other uses/occupancies shall not be allowed to use the front yard for a
carport nor for parking.
10. For Basic R-3, abutments on two sides and rear property lines may be allowed provided the
following requirements are first complied with:
a. Open space as prescribed in Reference Table for Maximum PSO, TOSL, and Table VIII.2. of
this Rule are satisfied.
b. Window opening as prescribed in Section 808 of this Rule are satisfied.
c. Firewall with a minimum of two-hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height
clearance of 400 millimeters above the roof. (Figure VIII.21)
11. In case of conflict in the provisions on lighting and ventilation under this Rule or under the Code,
the more stringent restrictions must prevail.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.16.
Figure VIII.19.
OPEN COURT / YARD
Annotation: The separation walls are actually firewalls (particularly if these are above 3.0 m in height
or above the roof lines of the buildings). A better option is to set back the firewall by up to 0.60 m to
create a drainage channel as well as a firewall maintenance space i.e. for painting and general repair
work. When the said solution is adopted, endwalls are created instead.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
NOTE:
FOR RECOMMENDED
INCREMENTAL FRONT YARD
SETBACK OF C-3
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
ALONG A 14.00 m RROW,
REFER TO FIG. VIII.G.13.,
GUIDELINES ON RROW
Figure VIII.20.
Annotation: The incremental setbacks are not intended for adoption as architectural design
standards. These are only tools to limit floor area generation using climatic conditions as bases. The
actual design solution may actually have a different configuration that must however match the limit
prescribed by the incremental setbacks.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
ABUTMENTS (FIREWALLS) ON THE SIDE & REAR PROPERTY LINES
Figure VIII.21.
Annotation: The 0.40 m height of the firewall above the roof lines of the buildings is an absolute
minimum. Only the flashing may be allowed to cross over to the other side of the firewall for anchorage
purposes.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
SECTION 805. Ceiling Heights
1. Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling heights not less than
2.40 meters measured from the floor to the ceiling; provided that for buildings of more than
one (1) storey, the minimum ceiling height of the first storey shall be 2.70 meters and that
for the second story 2.40 meters and the succeeding stories shall have an unobstructed
typical head-room clearance of not less than 2.10 meters above the finished floor. Above-
stated rooms with natural ventilation shall have ceiling heights of not less than 2.70 meters.
2. Mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than 1.80 meters above and
below it.
SECTION 806. Sizes and Dimensions of Rooms
1. Minimum sizes of rooms and their least horizontal dimensions shall be as follows:
a. Rooms for Human Habitations - 6.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 2.00 meters;
b. Kitchen - 3.00 sq. meters with a least dimension of 1.50 meters; and
c. Bath and toilet - 1.20 sq. meters with a least dimension of 900 millimeters.
SECTION 807. Air Space Requirements in Determining the Size of Rooms
1. Minimum air space shall be provided as follows:
a. School Rooms - 3.00 cu. meters with 1.00 sq. meter of floor area per person;
b. Workshop, Factories, and Offices - 12.00 cu. meters of air space per person; and
c. Habitable Rooms - 14.00 cu. meters of air space per person.
SECTION 808. Window Openings
1. Rooms intended for any use, not provided with artificial ventilation system, shall be
provided with a window or windows with a total free area of openings equal to at least 10%
of the floor area of the room, provided that such opening shall be not less than 1.00 sq. meter.
However, toilet and bath rooms, laundry rooms and similar rooms shall be provided with
window or windows with an area not less than 1/20 of the floor area of such rooms, provided
that such opening shall not be less than 240 sq. millimeters. Such window or windows shall
open directly to a court, yard, public street or alley, or open watercourse.
2. Required windows may open into a roofed porch where the porch:
a. Abuts a court, yard, public street or alley, or open watercourse and other public open spaces;
b. Has a ceiling height of not less than 2.70 meters;
c. Has one of the longer sides at least 65% open and unobstructed.
3. Eaves, canopies, awnings (or media agua) over required windows shall not be less than 750
millimeters from the side and rear property lines.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
4. There shall absolutely be no openings on/at/within/through all types of abutments (such as
firewalls) erected along property lines except for permitted vent wells. This Rule strictly
applies to all new and existing developments.
5. In locating window openings it should be borne in mind that in cases of extreme emergencies
windows must serve as emergency egress to vacate the premises or access for rescue operations.
Such windows shall meet the following requirements:
a. They can be opened from the inside without the use of any tools;
b. The minimum clear opening shall have a width not less than 820 millimeters and a height of 1
meter;
c. The bottom of the opening should not be more than 820 millimeters from the floor;
d. Where storm shutters, screens or iron grilles are used, these shall be provided with quick
opening mechanism so that they can be readily opened from the inside for emergency egress
and shall be so designed that when opened they will not drop to the ground;
e. All areas immediately outside a fire exit window/grille must be free of obstacles and must lead
to a direct access down into the ground or street level.
SECTION 809. Vent Shafts
1. Ventilation or vent shafts shall have a horizontal cross-sectional area of not less than 1.00 sq.
meter for every meter of height of shaft but in no case shall the area be less than 1.00 sq. meter.
No vent shaft shall have its least dimension less than 600 millimeters.
2. Unless open to the outer air at the top for its full area, vent shafts shall be covered by a skylight
having a net free area or fixed louver openings equal to the maximum required shaft area.
3. Air ducts shall open to a street or court by a horizontal duct or intake. Such duct or intake shall
have a minimum unobstructed cross-sectional area of not less than 0.30 sq. meter with a minimum
dimension of 300 millimeters. The openings to the duct or intake shall be not less than 300
millimeters above the street surface or level of court.
SECTION 810. Ventilation Skylights
1. Ventilation skylights shall have a glass area not less than that required for the windows that are
replaced. They shall be equipped with movable sashes or louvers with an aggregate net free area
not less than the parts in the replaced window that can be opened, or else provide artificial
ventilation of equivalent effectiveness.
SECTION 811. Artificial Ventilation
1. Rooms or spaces housing industrial or heating equipment shall be provided with artificial means of
ventilation to prevent excessive accumulation of hot and/or polluted air.
2. Whenever artificial ventilation is required, the equipment shall be designed to meet the following
minimum requirements in air changes as shown in Table VIII.4. hereafter.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Table VIII.4. Minimum Requirements for Air Changes
Cubic Meter Air Changes Per Hour

Per Minute Ceiling Height
Per Person (meters)
Min. Max. 2.40 3.00 3.70 4.90 6.10
Apartment 0.29 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Banking Space 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Barber Shop 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Beauty Parlor 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Broker’s Board Room 0.57 0.85 8 6 4-½ 3 2-½
Cafeteria 0.43 0.57 6 4-½ 3-½ 2-½ 1-¾
Cocktail Bar 0.57 0.85 8 6 4-½ 3 2-¼
Churches 0.14 0.22 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Department Stores 0.22 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Director’s Room 0.85 0.14 8 6 4-½ 3 2-¼
Drugstore (no counter) 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Drugstore (w/counter) 0.29 0.43 5 3-¾ 3 2 1-½
Funeral Parlor 0.14 0.22 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Gambling Rooms 0.57 0.85 6 6 4-½ 3 2-¼
Hospital Room 0.29 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Hotel Room 0.29 0.43 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Laboratories 0.43 0.57 6 4-½ 3-½ 2-½ 1-¾
Office 0.29 0.43 4 3 2-¼ 1-½ 1
Restaurant Kitchen 0.34 0.43 5 3-¾ 3 2 1-½
Shop, Retail 0.22 0.29 3 2 1-½ 1 ¾
Theaters 0.14 0.22 - - - - -
3. For other rooms or spaces not specifically covered under this Section, see applicable provisions of
the pertinent referral code/s.
EXCEPTION:
1. Variances, exception or deviations from the provision of light and ventilation may be allowed only
when the following term and conditions are fully complied with:
a. In case of variances
When the property is unique and different from other properties and because of its uniqueness
such the owner cannot comply with the open space requirements, variances shall be applied to
relax the application of the following provisions:
i. setback;
ii. ventilation and window opening requirements;
iii. percentage of site occupancy;
iv. floor area ratio; and
v. building height limit (BHL).
At least two (2) conditions must be satisfied for exception to be granted.
b. In case of exceptions
i. The exception must not adversely affect public health, safety and welfare and must be in
keeping with the general pattern of development in the community.
ii. The exception must not alter the essential character of the district where the exception
sought is located, and will be in harmony with the general purpose of this IRR.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
GUIDELINES ON EASEMENTS, VIEW CORRIDORS/SIGHT LINES, STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-
WAY (RROW), SIDEWALKS, ARCADES, BASEMENTS, LOTS, AND PUBLIC
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
A. EASEMENTS
1. As it is situated outside of private property limits, the easement is public land, i.e., public
domain, that should be equally enjoyed by all members of the community. The easement
is not to be used for any form of building/structure that may go against its public
recreational character and as such, the following uses and others similar thereto are
absolutely prohibited:
a. Residential and like uses whether temporary or permanent;

b. Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/or night
pay-parking zones;
c. As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices and the
like;
d. The conduct of specific commercial, institutional and/or industrial activities not compatible
with its stated character;
e. Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only benefit certain
entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/ nuisance/safety problems to the
general public; nor
f. Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the motoring or
walking public.
2. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within Easements
a. If wider than 9.00 meters, the easement may include a roadway/carriageway component on
which vehicles can pass or on which the same may temporarily park, e.g., an esplanade and
the like. (Fig. VIII.G.1.)
b. Pedestrian access-ways and the like and to be located at/ above/below the easement may
also be developed for public use, e.g., a promenade and the like. (Fig. VIII.G.2.)
Table VIII.G.1. Easement* Along Water Bodies/Way by Location
Location of Water Body/Way Easement
Urban Areas 3.00 meters per side of waterway (Fig.VIII.G.3.)

Agricultural Areas 20.00 meters per side of waterway
Forest Areas 40.00 meters per side of waterway
* Source: Water Code of the Philippines
c. The allowed structures/developments include:
i. Hardscaped (paved) pedestrian access-ways such as walks, footpaths or arcades

(covered or roofed sidewalks without any habitable structures above or below it);
temporary or movable hardscape elements such as gazebos, sheds, fountains and like
structures with large footprints must not encroach on the easement;
ii. Softscaped (paved) developments such as park strips, linear parks and the like as well
as small tree farms are encouraged for recreational, livelihood and soil
stabilization/protection purposes;
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.1.
Annotation: The level of the waterline surface must be established by the DPWH Regional or District
Office, not by the Office of the Municipal/ City Engineer nor by the Office of the Building Official (OBO).
Note also that the trees along the promenade are staggered i.e. the trees do not face each other but
are suggested to be positioned in a zigzag pattern. In case the width for the esplanade is insufficient,
the left sidewalk could also be dispensed with.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.2.
Figure VIII.G.3.
Annotation: The level of the waterline surface must be established by the DPWH Regional or District
Office, not by the Office of the Municipal/ City Engineer nor by the Office of the Building Official (OBO).
Note also that the trees along the promenade are staggered i.e. the trees do not face each other but
are suggested to be positioned in a zigzag pattern.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
iii. Concrete steps leading down to the water or wooden boardwalks are allowed, provided
that all necessary safety precautions are taken, e.g., non-slip finishing for surfaces,
handrails and railings;
iv. Other forms of soil stabilization/protection including anti-erosion/scouring

measures/structures within the easement are allowed, e.g., rip-rapping, embankment
protection, etc., provided that no enclosed/semi-enclosed habitable structures are built
on, above or below such structures; and
v. Permanent utility/service lines (power, water, telecommunications, gas, etc.) are allowed
within the easement provided that these are either below grade (underground) or above
grade (overhead).
3. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments Within Easements
a. No portion of the easement whether at grade (on the ground), below grade or above
grade may be leased or developed by the government or by private entities for purposes
inconsistent with its character and intended function. In particular, any form of semi-
permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed residential, commercial, industrial,
institutional or government structure/use and like, structures/uses at any portion of the
public easement is prohibited;
b. All semi-enclosed or enclosed, semi-permanent or permanent habitable building
projections (particularly arcade structures) or any other building projection or structural
element (eaves, roof, cantilevered beams, foundations and the like) located above or
below the easement are absolutely prohibited; and
c. All forms of enclosures such as fences, perimeter walls and the like, intended to limit the
use of the easement for private enjoyment/benefit or to restrict full access to the public
easement are absolutely prohibited unless the same are erected for reason of public
safety.
B. VIEW CORRIDORS AND/OR SIGHT LINES
1. Preservation of View Corridors and/or Sight Lines
a. The carriageway/roadway portion of the RROW shall be free of structures, particularly

commercial signs that will impede the view corridor and sight lines within the RROW. (See
Fig. VIII.G.4)
b. To dignify very important public or historical/culture buildings/structures, all forms of
commercial signs intruding into RROW leading to or away from such buildings/structures
shall not be allowed. Specifically disallowed from such RROW are commercial signs
supported from any building projection (such as arcades).
c. View corridors or sight lines from buildings/structures on a higher or lower lot shall not be
entirely blocked by the intervening property to allow some sight lines to exist.
d. In case of allowed structures within the RROW for transportation, e.g., elevated ramps,
flyovers, tracks, stations, terminals and the like, the appropriate designs shall be adopted
to maximize light, ventilation and view.
C. STREETS/ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY (RROW)
1. General. No building shall be constructed unless it adjoins or has direct access to public
space, yard or street/road on at least one (1) of its sides. All buildings shall face a public
street, alley or a road, which has been duly approved by the proper authorities for residential,
institutional, commercial and industrial groups.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
UNOBSTRUCTED VIEW CORRIDORS / SIGHT LINES
Figure VIII.G.4.
Annotation: Billboard structures that block the view are particularly prohibited under this guideline.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
a. Allowed or Encouraged Structures/Developments Within the RROW
i. The RROW at all its physical levels may only be used for the following types of
structures/uses or others similar to them, to wit:
(a) Transportation structures and like uses whether temporary or permanent, e.g.,
mass transit alignments (particularly light and heavy rail) at grade, mass transit
stations and terminal facilities above grade (RROW air rights utilization) or below
grade and the like; these also include waiting sheds, traffic outposts and the like;
(b) Limited commercial structures/uses above grade (RROW air rights utilization) or
below grade provided that these are ancillary or supplementary/complementary to
the transportation structures/uses allowed in the previous paragraph, and the like;
commercial signages on the exterior of the commercial structure are disallowed
and prohibited;
(c) Improvements on the RROW and on all its components/elements found at all its
physical levels, e.g., sidewalks, arcades, roadway/carriageway, medians, planting
strips, street furniture, elevated or underground crossings or access-ways, non-
commercial traffic and directional signages and the like; and
(d) Public utility/service structures/uses (power, water, drainage, sewerage,

telecommunications, gas, etc.) at all physical levels of the RROW provided that
these do not restrict nor impede the movement of people and vehicles and
provided further that the rights to utilize the RROW are properly secured and
permitted.
b. Disallowed and Prohibited Structures/Developments at RROW
i. If situated outside of private property limits, the RROW is public land, i.e., public
domain, which should be equally enjoyed by all members of the community. The
RROW is not to be used for the following types of buildings/structures/ occupancies or
others similar to them:
(a) Any form of semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/enclosed commercial

structure/use and like structures/uses;
(b) Any form of temporary, semi-permanent/permanent or semi-enclosed/ enclosed

residential structure/use and like structures/uses;
(c) Government structures/use unless the same are located below or above grade; in
such cases, the proposed structure must be properly planned/designed and
constructed;
(d) Long-term or overnight vehicle parking, i.e., unless duly designated as day and/or
night pay-parking zones;
(e) As a depository of stalled, wrecked or abandoned vehicles, mechanical devices

and the like;
(f) The conduct of other commercial/business/industrial activities incompatible with the

character of the RROW;
_________________________________________________________________________________________
(g) Unauthorized recreational or entertainment usage and the like which will only
benefit certain entities and which will ultimately result in inconvenience/
nuisance/safety problems to the general public; nor
(h) Any other form of private use, gain, enjoyment or profit at the expense of the
motoring or walking public.
Table VIII.G.2. Suggested Median and Lane Widths Within Alleys/Roadways/Carriageways by

Minimum RROW Width and by Suggested Vehicle Speeds
Suggested
Range of
Range Minimum
Suggested
of Total Required Suggested Suggested
Minimum to
Alley or Width of Minimum to Minimum to
Maximum
RROW Alley or Maximum Maximum
Vehicle Speeds
Width Roadway/ Median Widths Lane Widths
Along Alley or
(meters) Carriageway (meters) (meters)
Roadway
(meters)
(kilometers/hour)
2.00 2.00
(for 3.00 meters None one way
Alley ROW) 1.00 car passage
3.00 to 6.00
4.00 to
2.10
(for 6.00 meters 15.00 None
each way
RROW)
4.81
2.40
(for 6.01 meters None
Each way
RROW) 16.00
6.10 to 20.00
13.40 to
(for 20.00 meters 30.00 1.20 to 2.00 2.80 to 3.00
RROW)
13.50
(for 20.10 meters 1.20 to 4.50 1. 20 to 4. 80
RROW) 31.00
20.10 to 40.00
26.80 to
(for 40.00 meters 60.00 3. 00 to 3. 30 3.3 to 3.50
RROW)
26.90
(for 40.10 meters 1.50 to 5.00 1.50 to 5.50
40.10 to
RROW) 61.00
60.00 and
40.00 and
above
(for 60.00 meters above 3.50 to 3.80 3.80 to 4.00
RROW)
c. Minimum Access Requirements
i. RROW/access streets or alleys shall have the following widths:
(a) Interior or rear lots shall have a RROW/access street with a minimum width
depending upon the number of buildings or units which it serves provided,
however, that said RROW/access street shall not be less than 3.00 meters in
width and provided further that such RROW shall be provided with a minimum
4.00 meters wide chaflan at its intersect with the main RROW and provided,
finally, that such RROW shall not be used for any form of parking.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
(b) Multiple living units on same lot on which apartments, rowhouses or accessorias
or a group of single-detached buildings are built be provided with a
RROW/access street directly connecting said buildings or units to a public
street/road or alley following the schedule as shown in Table VIII.G.3.
(c) For commercial or industrial areas, sufficient lane widths, shoulders and
maneuvering spaces for long-bodied/articulated vehicles should be considered
within the RROW.
(d) Privately-owned RROW/access streets shall be duly registered and annotated in
the lot title as such for as long as the apartments, rowhouses, etc., using said
RROW/access streets, still exist.
(e) Alignment of RROW/access streets shall be integrated into the existing street/
road network, particularly with the provision of chaflans of the appropriate width.
(f) No obstruction should exist within the RROW/access streets servicing multiple
housing of more than 75 units.
(g) All kinds of subdivisions and residential condominiums may generally refer to this
Guideline concerning access streets/roadways. (Figs. VIII.G.5. through
VIII.G.10.)
Table VIII.G.3. Minimum Road Right-of-Way (RROW) Provisions for Developments with
Multiple Dwelling Units
Minimum
Minimum Minimum
Width of
Number of Width of Sidewalk Total Width of the
Carriageway/
Dwelling Units on each side RROW
Roadway
(meters) (meters)
(meters)
Up to six (6) units 3.00 0.60 4.20
Seven (7) up to fifteen (15) units 4.00 1.00 6.00
Sixteen (16) up to
5.00 1.00 7.00
Twenty-five (25) units
Twenty-six (26) up to
6.00 1.00 8.00
Thirty-five (35) units
More than thirty-five (35) units 6.70 1.00 8.70
d. The RROW consists of three (3) different physical levels as follows:
i. RROW ABOVE GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the
finished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/or the sidewalk/arcade all the way up
to the air. If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the Air Rights or
the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW above grade is
given up by the government/general public and should therefore be
compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the proponent/end-user/beneficiary of the
proposed building/structure (Figs. VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.). The minimum clear
height for the utilization of air rights above RROW shall be 4.27 meters from the
finished crown elevation of the roadway/carriageway.
ii. RROW AT GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the natural
grade line up to the finished surface of the roadway/carriageway and/ or the
sidewalk/arcade. This portion of the RROW is generally utilized for the movement of
the general public (motorists and pedestrians). If this level of the RROW is utilized for
whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit and profit from the use of the RROW at
grade is given up by the government/general public and should therefore be
compensated, i.e., leased and paid for by the development proponent/end-user/
beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11. and VIII.G.12.)
_________________________________________________________________________________________
iii. RROW BELOW GRADE - refers to the portion of the RROW reckoned from the
finished surface of the roadway and/or the sidewalk all the way down into the ground.
If this level of the RROW is utilized for whatever purpose, the right to develop, benefit
and profit from the use of the RROW below grade is given up by the
government/general public and should therefore be compensated, i.e., leased and
paid for by the development proponent/end-user/beneficiary. (Figs. VIII.G.11. and
VIII.G.12.)
NOTE: WHEN NUMBER OF INDEPENDENT

LIVING UNITS WITH INDIVIDUAL ENTRANCES
IS INCREASED AS IN MULTI-STOREY
APARTMENTS, THE WIDTH OF THE ACCESS
ROAD SHALL BE INCREASED
CORRESPONDINGLY AS PER TABLE VIII. 14. 2
PARKING SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED
EXCLUSIVE OF ACCESS ROAD REQUIREMENT.
Figure VIII.G.5.
Figure VIII.G.6.
Annotation: The minimum 3.0 m wide access road necessarily includes all provisions for drainage and
for utility lines. It must be maintained free of all forms of obstructions at all times, particularly parked or
abandoned vehicles that may impede rescue/emergency response. Trees or plants should not be sited
within any part of the minimum 3.0m wide access road i.e. suggested for planting within the property
limits instead.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.7.
Figure VIII.G.8.
Figure VIII.G.10.
ALL PRIVATE ROADS OR ACCESS TO

INTERIOR LOTS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO
STREET OR PUBLIC SPACE OR YARD AND
SUCH SHALL CONFORM TO SUCH
PROVISIONS AS TO YARDS AND TABLE
VIII.G.3.
Figure VIII.G.9.
Annotation: The minimum 3.0 m wide access road necessarily includes all provisions for drainage and for utility lines. It must be maintained free of all
forms of obstructions at all times, particularly parked or abandoned vehicles that may impede rescue/emergency response. Trees or plants should not be
sited within any part of the minimum 3.0m wide access road i.e. suggested for planting within the property limits instead.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.11.
Annotation: Carriageway widths must also be measured in terms of standard-width lanes based on
legal/allowed vehicle speeds on the thoroughfare.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.12.
Annotation: Assuming the necessary permits and/or required leasing arrangements for the use of air
rights and below-grade rights are perfected, all three levels of RROW development could be
introduced/ integrated.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
NOTE: SEE FIGURE VIII.20. RULE VIII FOR RELATED REAR AND SIDE
INCREMENTAL SETBACK AND OFB OF C-3 BUILDINGS/
STRUCTURES.
Figure VIII.G.13.
Annotation: The incremental setbacks are not intended for adoption as architectural design
standards. These are only tools to limit floor area generation using climatic conditions as bases. The
actual design solution may actually have a different configuration that must however match the limit
prescribed by the incremental setbacks.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
D. SIDEWALKS
1. Subject to existing laws and regulations, the local planning authority shall determine which
street shall have an open sidewalk or an arcaded (covered) sidewalk, or a combination of
both.
2. The minimum width of the sidewalk for a RROW width of 9.00 meters or more shall be
1.20 meters on each side of the RROW or a total of 2.40 meters on both sides of the RROW
(Fig. VIII.G.14.). For the minimum width of sidewalk for RROW of less than 9.00 meters wide,
refer to Table VIII.G.3.
3. Sidewalk widths shall be based on the following considerations:
a. Volume of pedestrians (end-users, visitors and the like) who will use the sidewalk on a
regular basis;
b. Type, intensity or level of operation and size/expanse of the allowed uses/ occupancies
along the RROW;
c. The types and volume of street furniture, e.g., street lighting and traffic signs/signal
supports, pedestrian barriers/aids, etc., and other urban design elements that will be
allowed as permanent developments design elements that will be allowed as permanent
developments within the width of the sidewalk;
d. The width of the planting strips;
e. The spatial needs for servicing utility/service lines underneath the sidewalk and for
utility/service poles;
f. Compliance with accessibility requirements as stipulated under Batas Pambansa Blg.
344 (Accessibility Law);
g. Provisions for commuters, e.g., waiting sheds, loading/unloading areas and the like;
h. Provisions for vehicle crossings/driveways between the roadway/carriageway and the
front yards of lots or buildings/structures or provisions for loading/unloading platforms if
allowed;
i. Need for introduction of allowed uses/ elements within the sidewalk area only if there is
sufficient sidewalk width, e.g., bicycle lanes, jogging lanes and the like; and
j. Climate, light, ventilation, safety, security and overall maintenance of the sidewalk and
all its surface areas.
4. Sidewalks shall be of uniform width throughout the entire length of the street. The sidewalk
width grade and finish of the dominant use/occupancy along the RROW shall be generally
observed.
5. The width of the sidewalk shall be as follows:
Table VIII.G.4. Range of Required Sidewalk and Planting Strip Widths

(total at both sides of RROW) by RROW Width
Road Right-Of-Way Range of Required Sidewalk Widths

(RROW) Width (Total at both sides of RROW)
30.00 meters & above From 1/6 up to 1/4 of RROW Width

25.00 - 29.00 meters From 1/6 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
Below 10.00 meters From 1/4 up to 1/3 of RROW Width
_________________________________________________________________________________________
6. The width of the sidewalk shall include both the paved and unpaved (planted) portions. (see
Table VIII.G.5.)
Table VIII.G.5. Minimum Planting Strip Widths by RROW Width
Total Minimum Widths of Planting Strip within RROW*

Road Right-Of-Way
(width per sides of RROW)
(RROW) Width
(meters)
1.20
30.00 meters & above
(0.60 )
0.60
25.00 - 29.00 meters
(0.30)
0.60
20.00 - 24.00 meters
(0.30)
0.40
10.00 - 19.00 meters
(0.20)
Below 10.00 meters Optional
Note:
* Minimum width of planting strip (for grass and shrubs) is 200 millimeters for each side of the
RROW. The minimum width of planting strip (for trees) is 300 millimeters for each side of the
RROW.
7. For allowed, disallowed and prohibited structures/developments at RROW, refer to Sections

C.1. (a) and C.1. (b) of this Guideline.
8. The sidewalk pavement shall have a non-slip surface and shall slope down from the building
line towards the curb line at not more than 1/50 and shall level off with the curb. (Fig.
VIII.G.14.)
9. Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not
less than 800 millimeters in width up to a maximum of 1/3 of the allowed sidewalk width,
separating the curb from the sidewalk pavement. The planting strip must always be near the
curbline. (Fig. VIII.G.15.)
10. Combined open and arcaded sidewalks shall be provided with a planting strip of not less than
800 millimeters in width up to a maximum of 1/3 of the allowed sidewalk width, as a
separating strip between the arcaded portion and the open portion of the sidewalk. (Fig.
VIII.G.16.)
11. Grade of Sidewalks

a. Sidewalks shall, as much as possible, be level and of uniform grade throughout the
entire length of the street.
b. Whenever the slope of the street does not exceed 1/12 the sidewalk grade shall follow
the level or slope of the street. (Fig. VIII.G.17.)
c. Whenever the slope of the street is 1/10, the sidewalk shall be maintained level for every
20.00 to 40.00 meters of run (Fig. VIII.G.18.). Sidewalks of different levels shall be
joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope not exceeding 1/6. (Fig.
VIII.G.18.)
d. When the grade of two (2) connecting sidewalks are between 1/10 and 1/8, the two
sidewalks shall be joined by means of a ramp having any convenient slope not
exceeding 1/10.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.14.
Figure VIII.G.15.
SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS
Figure VIII.G.16.
SIDEWALKS & PLANTING STRIPS
Annotation: The arcades shown above were originally for widened RROWs where property recovery was necessary through air rights
utilization. If no road widening occurs, arcade structures above sidewalks represent the use of public domain, for which leases need
to be paid to the LGU or the DPWH as the case may be. Arcades and arcade structures are best sited within the property limits.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.17.
Figure VIII.G.18.
GRADE OF SIDEWALKS
Annotation: Ramped or inclined sections of the sidewalk should have heavily textured surfaces for
traction and better surface drainage. Sever inclines for sidewalks should be accompanied by railings or
guides for additional safety of the end-users.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
12. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
a. Driveways Across Sidewalks
i. To maximize the use of the sidewalk area, the surface of the sidewalk and the
driveway shall as much as possible, be at the same plane. The entry ramp of the
driveway connecting the roadway surface to the sidewalk surface shall have a
slope ranging from 1/3 to 1/4. (Figs. VIII.G.19. and VIII.G.20.)
ii. Whenever the height of the curb is more than 200 millimeters, driveways may be
constructed across the entire width of the sidewalk, provided that the driveway
shall be joined to the sidewalk by means of a ramp of rough finish have a slope of
not more than 1/8. The driveway and the ramp shall be made of the same
materials as that of the sidewalk. (Figs. VIII.G.19., VIII.G.20., and VIII.G.21.)
iii. Entrances and exits of buildings abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps
or steps.
iv. Entrance and exits ramps shall have a slope not exceeding 1/10. (Fig. VIII.G.22.)
v. Entrance or exit steps shall have treads of not less than 300 millimeters. The
minimum number of steps shall be two (2) with risers not exceeding 100
millimeters.
vi. No portion of either entrance or exit ramps or steps shall intrude into the
sidewalk pavement.
13. Obstruction on Sidewalks
a. Under no circumstances shall obstruction of any kind be allowed on sidewalks, whether

open or arcaded. This specifically refers to all forms of commercial signs and commercial
structures that impede sight lines or pedestrian traffic along the sidewalk.
b. Planted areas forming part of the sidewalk or arcade shall not be fenced in to allow
passage of pedestrians and disabled in transit.
14. Curb Configurations
a. Mountable curbs shall only be allowed if the sidewalk width on each side of the RROW
is at a minimum of 5.00 meters wide.
b. For greater protection of pedestrians and the disabled, raised curbs are encouraged for
use along sidewalks that are less than 5.00 meters in width.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.19.
Figure VIII.G.20.
Figure VIII.G.21.
Figure VIII.G.22.
DRIVEWAYS ACROSS SIDEWALKS
Annotation: The foregoing examples are particularly important for basement/below grade and above
grade entrances/exits to covered parking areas
_________________________________________________________________________________________
E. TOTAL OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS ON LOTS BY USE/OCCUPANCY, TYPE/LOCATION
AND SUGGESTED MINIMUM LOT SIZES, LOT DIMENSIONS & TYPES BY USE/OCCUPANCY
Table VIII.G.6. Minimum TOSL Requirements by Lot Type/Location

Note: Higher Percentages (%) may apply for lots with Minimum Total Lot Area (TLA).
MINIMUM MINIMUM
PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE PERCENTAGE OF OPEN SPACE
BY OCCUPANCY TYPE** BY OCCUPANCY TYPE**
(for Proposed Developments (for Proposed Developments
without Firewalls or Abutments) with Permitted Firewalls or Allowed
LOT TYPE/ Abutments)
A&B H-1, H-2, A&B H-1, H-2,
LOCATION*
(Residential H-4 and I (Residential H-4 and I
or (Cultural) and All Other or (Cultural) All Other
Institution-al) E-1 and E-3 Uses/ Institutional) and E-1 and Uses/
& C, D, E-2 (Transportat- Occu- & C, D,E-2 E-3 Occu-
and H ion/Utility) pancy and H (Transportat- pancy
(Institutional) (Institutional) ion/Utility)
Interior or 40% 40% * 30% #

20% 15%
Rear Lot (for R-1 use (for all (for all
(Lot located or classes of cultural)
in the interior occupancy cultural use 25%**
of a block only), or (for R-2)
made occupancy)
accessible 30%
from a public (for R-2 use and 20%*** 40% ##
street or alley or (for other (for all
by means of occupancy 50% residential) transportat-
a private only) (for all ion/ utility/
access road); and classes of services)
see Figure transportat-
VIII.2. 30% ion/ utility use
(for other or
residential occupancy) 40%****
uses or (for all
occupancy); institutional)
and
50%
(for all
classes of
institutional
uses or
occupancy)
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Inside Lot 50% 40% * 30% #
25% 15%
otherwise (for R-1 use (for all (for all
referred to as or classes of cultural)
a Regular Lot occupancy cultural use
(Non - corner only), or 30%**
or single occupancy) (for R-2)
frontage lot); 40%
see Figure (for R-2 use and
VIII.3. or 40% ##
occupancy 50% 20%*** (for all
only) (for all (for other transportation
and classes of residential) / utility/
transport- services)
30% ation/utility
(for other use or
residential occupancy)
uses or 40%****
occupancy); (for all
institutional)
and
50%
(for all
classes of
institutional
uses or
occupancy)
Corner Lot+ 30% 35% * 30% #

20% 10%
or Through (for R-1 and (for all (for all
Lot; see all other classes of 25%** cultural)
Figures residential cultural use (for R-2)
VIII.4. and uses or or 20%***
VIII.5. occupancy); occupancy) (for other
residential)
+Note: For and and
corner lots,
the largest 40% 40% 30%**** 30% ##
setback (for all (for all (for all (for all
requirement classes of classes of institutional) transportation
shall apply to institutional transport- / utility/
the two (2) uses or ation/ utility services)
sides serviced occupancy) use or
by the occupancy)
RROW.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
End Lots 40% 40% * 30% #
20% 15%
bounded on (for R-1 use (for all (for all
two (2) or or classes of cultural)
more sides by occupancy cultural use
the property only), or
line of the occupancy) 25%**
subdivision or 30% (for R-2)
by public open (for R-2 use and
spaces such or
as easements occupancy 50% 40% ##
of lake/ only) (for all 20%*** (for all
sea-shores, and classes of (for other transportation
rivers, transportat- residential) /utility
esteros, 30% ion/utility use /services)
etc. and (for other or
accessible residential occupancy)
only through uses or
one (1) side of occupancy)
the lot;
see Figure and 40%****
VIII.8. (for all
50% institutional)
(for all
classes of
institutional
uses or
occupancy)
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Corner- 30% 35% * 30% #
10% 5%
Through Lots (for R-1 and (for all (for all
or Corner all other classes of 25%** cultural)
Lots+ residential cultural (for R-2)
abutting and use or 20%***
three (3) or commercial occupancy) (for other
more public uses or residential
open spaces occupancy) and and
such as commercial)
streets, and 40% 30% ##
alleys, ease- (for all (for all
ment of classes of 30%**** transportat-
lake/sea- 40% transportat- (for all ion/utility/
shores, rivers, (for all ion/utility use institutional) services)
esteros, etc.; classes of or
see Figures institutional occupancy)
VIII.6 . and uses or
VIII.7. occupancy)
+Note: For
corner lots,
the largest
setback
requirement
shall apply to
the two (2)
sides serviced
by the
RROW.
Notes:
* with absolutely no firewalls/abutments allowed for R-1 use.
** with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side property line and absolutely no
firewall/abutment at front and rear property lines for R-2 use.
*** with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only or on one (1) side property
line and the rear property line and absolutely no firewall/abutment at front property lines for R-3
and R-5 uses; and with firewalls/ abutments allowed on two (2) side property lines only and
absolutely no firewall/abutment at the front and rear property lines for R-4 use.
**** with firewalls/abutments for all classes of institutional uses.
# with firewall/abutment allowed on only one (1) side for all classes of cultural uses.
## with firewalls/abutments allowed on two (2) sides only or on one (1) side and rear boundary for
all classes of transportation/utility uses.
+ Refer to Rule VIII - Figures VIII.2. through VIII.8. for lot type/location.
++ Refer to Rule VII for occupancy grouping.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Table VIII.G.7. Suggested Minimum Lot Sizes, Lot Dimensions and Types
by Use or Occupancy
Use or
Occupancy
(preferably
based on Duly- Lot Location/Type
Approved Local
Zoning
Ordinance)
Interior Inside Corner End Lot Corner-Through
(or Rear) (or Regular) Lot or Lot or Corner Lot
Lot Lot Through Lot Abutting 3 or
More Streets, etc.
Rivers, etc.
(See Rule (See Rule (See Rule (See Rule (See Rule VIII-
VIII-Figure VIII-Figure VIII-Figures VIII-Figure Figs. VIII.6. &
VIII.2.) VIII.3.) VIII.4.& VIII.8.) VIII.7.)
VIII.5.)
Residential 1 301.00 sq. 301.00 sq. 365.00 sq. 548.00 sq. 365.00 sq. meters
(R-1) meters meters meters meters
17.00 meters (w)
21.50 meters 14.00 meters 17.00 meters 25.50 meters x 21.50 meters(d)
wide (w) x (w) (w) (w)
14.00 meters x 21.50 x 21.50 x 21.50
deep (d) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Basic Not 80.00 sq. 96.00 sq. 140.00 sq. 96.00 sq. meters
Residential 2 Allowed meters meters meters
(R-2)
Medium Density 9.60 meters (w)
Housing (single 8.00 meters 9.60 meters 14.00 meters x 10.00 meters (d)
family dwelling (w) (w) (w)
unit with a BHL of x 10.00 x 10.00 x 10.00
10.00 meters) meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Maximum Not 192.00 sq. 261.00 sq. 378.00 sq. 261.00 sq. meters
R-2 Allowed meters meters meters
Medium Density
Housing (multiple 14.50 meters (w)
family dwelling 12.00 meters 14.50 meters 21.00 meters x 18.00 meters (d)
units within one (w) (w) (w)
building/ structure x 16.00 x 18.00 x 18.00
with a BHL of meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
15.00 meters)
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Basic Residential Not 50.00 sq. 75.00 sq. 200.00 sq. 75.00 sq. meters
3 Allowed meters meters meters
(R-3)
High Density 6.00 meters (w)
Housing (single 4.00 meters 6.00 meters 16.00 meters x 12.50 meters (d)
family dwelling (w) (w) (w)
unit with a BHL of x 12.50 x 12.50 x 12.50
10.00 meters) meters (d) meters(d) meters (d)
Maximum R-3 Not 400.00 sq. 475.00 sq. 700.00 sq. 475.00 sq. meters
High Density Allowed meters meters meters
Housing (multiple 19.00 meters (w)
Family dwelling 16.00 meters 19.00 meters 28.00 meters x 25.00 meters (d)
units within one (w) (w) (w)
building/ structure x 25.00 x 25.00 x 25.00
with a BHL of meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
36.00 m)
Residential 4 Not 96.00 sq. 120.00 sq. 180.00 sq 120.00 sq. meters
(R-4) Allowed meters meters meters
Individual 10.00 meters (w)
Townhouse Lots 8.00 meters 10.00 meters 15.00 meters x 12.00 meters (d)
(w) (w) (w)
x 12.00 x 12.00 x 12.00
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Residential 5 Not 500.00 sq. 540.00 sq. 945.00 sq. 540.00 sq. meters
(R-5) Allowed meters meters meters
20.00 meters (w)
18.50 meters 20.00 meters 35.00 meters x 27.00 meters (d)
(w) (w) (w)
x 27.00 x 27.00 x 27.00
meters (d) meters (d) meters (d)
Commercial 1 Not 204.00 sq. 238.00 sq. Not 238.00 sq. meters
(Com-1) Allowed meters meters Allowed
14.00 meters (w)
12.00 meters 14.00 meters x 17.00 meters (d)
(w) (w)
x 17.00 x 17.00
meters (d) meters (d)
Commercial 2 Not 301.00 sq. 365.00 sq. Not 365.00 sq. meters
17.00 meters (w)
(w) (w)
x 21.50 x 21.50
Commercial 3* Not 600.00 sq. 813.00 sq. Not 813.00 sq. meters
25.00 meters (w)
(w) (w)
x 30.00 x 32.50
Note:
* Suggested minimum lot sizes, lot dimensions, types and restrictions for Commercial 3 (C-3) lots
may also apply to Industrial (I), General Institutional (GI) and Cultural (C) Uses or Occupancies.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
F. BASEMENTS
1. Maximum Configuration of Basement Levels
While basements may be developed for medium to very high density residential, commercial,
institutional and mixed-use developments, its planning, design and construction shall observe
the following limitations:
a. The minimum road right-of-way (RROW) width that services the lot on which the
basement can be constructed should be at least 10.00 meters wide;
b. For basements to be allowed, the prescribed setbacks and yards must be satisfied for the
building/structure above grade inasmuch as the very same setbacks shall apply below
grade to determine the maximum depth or width of the basement level;
c. If the Code prescriptions for introducing natural light and ventilation into all basement
levels are first satisfied (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23.), the maximum depth of the basement can
then be made equal to one-half of the height of the building above grade; if the
prescriptions for natural lighting and ventilation are satisfied, the basement depth can
therefore be as much as one-third of the combined height of the building to be constructed
above grade and below grade;
d. The center portion of all basement levels shall be reserved for the satisfaction of the
basement level may extend by a minimum clear distance of 1.40 meters from the
outermost face of the building (OFB) at grade level;
e. The OFB at the second and lower basement levels shall follow the line of the OFB at
grade level; and
f. All drainage structures below grade shall not exceed the OFB below grade.
2. Minimum Provisions for Natural Lighting and Ventilation at Basement Levels
If basements are to be developed, the following minimum provisions for natural light and
ventilation shall be satisfied:
a. A primary or main natural light and ventilation shaft (vertical) with a clear distance of at
least 3.00 meters shall be located at the center of the building and shall traverse the entire
combined height of the building above and below grade; (refer to Fig. VIII.G.23)
b. Secondary or support natural light and ventilation shaft/s (angular) with a clear distance of
at least 1.20 meters shall emanate from the front and rear perimeters of the building and
shall traverse the entire depth of the basement; the angular shaft/s shall be at an angle of
60º from the horizontal, consistent with the maximum Philippine solar angle; separate
angular shafts emanating from the side perimeters of the building are encouraged; and
c. Both the vertical and angular shafts shall only be used for natural air and light intake and
shall not be used for any form of exhaust or air exchange to keep the temperature inside
the shafts at a minimum.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Figure VIII.G.23.
Annotation: The diagonal light shafts through the basement levels consist of imaginary lines of
available natural light i.e. not an actual diagonal light shaft. The diagonal lines partly represent natural
light-connected grated openings on the basement floors.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
G. DESIGN OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
1. General
a. Public buildings/structures are permanent edifices owned by the government, whether

national or local, its agencies, including government-owned and/or controlled corporations.
b. Design of public buildings/structures shall conform to the applicable provisions of the

preceding rules and regulations. Aside from being logically functional and structurally
sound, should promote, enhance and express the aesthetic presentability, customs and
traditions, socio-economic values environmental quality and cultural heritage of the region
concerned towards evolving a distinct Filipino Architecture.
c. The architectural character of public buildings/structures must fully express the nature of
their function, use or occupancy and should reflect their identity as public
buildings/structures compatible with their total macro and microenvironment.
d. Public buildings/structures should be designed for permanence but with maximized

flexibility to allow for future adjustments in their uses/occupancies.
e. Use of indigenous and/or locally manufactured/produced materials such as marble, stone,

adobe, clay tiles, wood, coco wood, kapis shells, should be maximized unless their
production or usage are banned or regulated by the government to promote the efforts to
conserve natural resources.
f. Use of natural light and ventilation by means of proper orientation, cross ventilation,
convection, sun control devices and the like should be maximized.
g. Choice of finishes should aim to minimize maintenance costs.
h. The architectural plan and design must basically reflect the functional manner or spatial
utilization and/or the evolving Filipino, Asian or International usage of spaces that need to
be projected if required or used, more than just attention to pure forms/images.
i. Only the use of good to high quality materials, labor, technologies and construction
methods within the approved budget, must be specified by its planners and designers to
ensure permanence, long continued use and low maintenance cost of public buildings or
structures.
j. Plans and designs of all public buildings must fully comply with all of the planning and
design requirements under the Code and this IRR including the Fire Code of the
Philippines (PD No. 1185) and the Accessibility Law (BP Blg. 344).
k. Strictly consider proper landscaping analysis and design not only for aesthetics but more
so for the prevention of erosion of its site and immediate vicinity, and for ecological
balance.
l. These requirements are not intended to limit the creativity of the designer nor preclude the
use of advanced or innovative technology particularly in instances wherein mandated
compliance under this Guideline shall present a major difficulty in or hamper the proper
execution of the plan, design or architectural concept.
_________________________________________________________________________________________
2. Site Selection
a. Where a project site is yet to be selected, the potential site must be compatible with the
project usage. The site should be accessible, and near power, water, sewerage, drainage
as well as transportation, communication and solid waste management system for
practical and economic considerations.
b. Site analysis should show an accurate and thorough understanding of the site. It should
include, but not limited to, consideration of topography, point of access, existing
buildings/structures/utilities/services, trees, soil characteristics, existing and approved land
uses, views and vulnerabilities to flooding, erosion, seismic activity or other threats.
c. The site must be properly and completely described, clearly defining its technical
boundaries, showing access thereto such as highway, road or alley and indicating
easements, encroachments, approved building lines, proposed road widening, existing
buildings/structures, utilities/services and trees. For site on rolling grounds or steep slope,
its contour lines must be shown at convenient intervals.
3. Site Development
a. Location and Orientation - Locate and orient the buildings to maximize the use of natural
ventilation and lighting and minimize energy consumption within the constraints of the
functional requirements, the topography and site configuration. North-south exposure of
buildings has the advantage of maximizing the cooling effect of prevailing winds coming
from the southeasterly and southwesterly directions. Such exposures minimize the effect
of afternoon solar heat at the same time.
b. Site Drainage - Drainage is a basic site design consideration and must be done in
conjunction with siting and orientation of buildings, location of parking lots and roads,
consideration of topography and compliance with functional site requirements. Parking
lots, roads and walks must be graded to assure positive drainage for each major site
element and must be coordinated into a total drainage system. Existing drainage ways, if
any, should be utilized to retain the original character of the site and to avoid unnecessary
earthwork.
c. Grading Design - Balance the cut and fill for the entire site as closely as possible to
eliminate the need for hauling earth on or off the site. If topography for areas required for
parking, roadways and other site features require cut and fill, selection of finished
elevations for backfilling of the entire site should be well studied and appropriate.
d. Vehicular and Pedestrian Access and Circulation - Access and circulation patterns to and
within the site must be studied in the process of site planning. Easy and direct access and
smooth circulation should be provided for vehicles and pedestrians including for disabled
persons.
e. Site Utilities and Services - Provide adequate underground utilities and services such as
concrete or masonry trench with retractable covers for maintenance and avoid diggings of
new roads. The trench alignments shall be coordinated with paving of roads and
landscape, including future extensions, to avoid conflicts with these site elements.
Provide most economical run, and minimize the possibility of utility relocation. Coordinate
the location of underground site utilities and services such as power, water supply,
sewerage communications and drainage systems to reduce the possibility of utility/service
crossing and contamination.
Rule IX follows
_________________________________________________________________________________________
BP 344 IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS (IRR) AMENDMENTS
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESSIBILITY
A. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1. Accessible Ramps
1.1 Changes in level shall require a ramp except when served by a

dropped sidewalk, curb ramp, an elevator, or other mechanical device.
1.2 Accessible ramps shall have the following facilities and features:
1.2.1 Minimum clear width of 1.20 m.
1.2.2 Gradient not steeper than 1:12.
Fig. A.1.1
Fig. A.1.2
DESIGN OF RAMP WIDER THAN 1.20 M. BUT NOT LESS

THAN 3000 mm. REQUIRING INTERMEDIATE HANDRAILS
1
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. A.1.3
1.2.3 For accessible ramps 3m or more in width, provide intermediate

handrails at the center. Use of double “J” type handrail supports
are recommended.
1.2.4. Maximum length of 6.00 m.: Accessible ramps with a total

length longer than 6.00 m shall be provided with intermediate
landings with a minimum length of 1.50 m.
Fig. A.1.4 RAMP DIMENSIONS
1.2.5 Level area not less than 1.80 m at the top and bottom of any
ramp.
1.2.6 Handrails on both sides of the ramp at 700 mm and 900 mm
from the floor of the ramp. (See Fig. A.4.1; A.4.2)
2
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
1.2.7 300 mm long extension of the handrail shall be provided at the
top and bottom of ramps.
1.2.8 Curbs on both sides of the ramp with a minimum height of 100
mm.
Fig. A.1.5 CURB HEIGHT AT RAMP
1.3 Any ramp with a rise greater than 170 mm and leads down towards an
area where vehicular traffic is possible, should have a railing across the
full width of its lower end, not less than 1.80 meters from the foot of
the ramp.
Fig. A.1.6 RAMPS & VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
3
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
2. Slip Resistant Materials
2.1. Slip resistant materials shall have a Coefficient of Friction of 0.6 for
level surfaces and 0.8 for sloping surfaces (ASTM).
2.2. If carpets or carpet tiles are used on a floor surface:
2.2.1. it shall be securely attached;

2.2.2. have a firm cushion, pad, or backing;
2.2.3. have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level
cut/uncut pile texture;
2.2.4. maximum pile thickness shall be 13 mm;
2.2.5. Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces
and have trim along the entire length of the exposed edge;
2.2.6. Carpet edge trim shall comply with 4.5.2. Appendix Note
(ADA).
3. Handrails and Grab Bars
3.1. Handrails shall be required for accessible ramps for changes in grade
higher than 170 mm.
3.2. Handrails shall be installed at both sides of ramps and stairs.
Handrails may be provided at dropped sidewalks but should not be
installed beyond the width of any crossing so as not to obstruct
pedestrian traffic.
3.3. Handrails shall be installed at 900 mm and 700 mm above stairs or
ramps.
Fig. A.3.1
4
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. A.3.2
3.4. Railings for protection should be installed at a height of 1100mm

minimum, measured from the top of the rail to the finish floor for
ramps, balconies, landings or porches which are more than 750 mm
above adjacent grade. These shall be installed in addition to the
handrails required for accessible ramps (Section C, Item 2). (per NBC
Rule XII under Guard Rails.)
3.5. A 300 mm long extension of the handrail shall be provided at the top
and bottom of ramps and stairs.
Fig A.3.3 EASY TO GRASP DESIGN
3.6. Handrails and grab bars that require full grip should have an outside
diameter of 38 mm (minimum) to 45 mm (maximum).
3.7. Handrails attached to walls should have a minimum clear distance of
50 mm from the wall. Handrails on ledges should have a minimum
clear distance of 40 mm.
3.8. Stair handrails shall be continuous throughout the entire length and
around landings less than 2100 mm in length, except where it is
5
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
intersected by an alternative path of ravel or has an entry door
leading into it.
4. Parking
4.1. Accessible Parking Slot Requirement
Where parking spaces are required to be provided, the number of accessible

parking lots for vehicles driven by persons with disabilities or vehicles with
passengers with disabilities shall be in accordance with Table B.1.1 below:
ACCESSIBLE PARKING SLOT REQUIREMENT

TOTAL NUMBER OF
REQUIRED NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SLOTS
PARKING SLOT
1 – 25 1
26 – 50 2
51 – 75 3
76 – 100 4
101 – 150 5
151 – 200 6
201 – 300 7
301 – 400 8
401 – 500 9
501 – 1000 2% OF TOTAL SPACES
1001 - OVER 20+ (1 FOR EACH 100 OR A FRACTION THEREOF OVER 1000)
Table A.4.1 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SLOT REQUIREMENT
The building management should impose appropriate sanctions for the

unauthorized use of the reserved parking slots for vehicles of PWDs.
4.2. Parking slots for persons with disabilities should allow enough space for a
person to transfer from a vehicle to a wheelchair.
4.3. Accessible parking slots shall be located nearest to accessible main
entrances.
4.4. PWDs should be on board the vehicle to be able to use the reserved parking
space for PWDs (for control use). In addition, an access parking
sticker/card is required with control number.
4.5. Whenever and wherever possible, accessible parking slots should be
perpendicular or to an angle to the road or circulation aisles.
4.6. Parallel parking is discouraged unless it can be situated so that persons
entering and exiting vehicles will be out of the flow of traffic.
4.7. Accessible parking slots shall have:
4.7.1 A minimum width of 3.70 m and a length of 5.00 m.
4.7.2 A walkway with a minimum clear width of 1.20 m. provided between
the front ends of parked cars.
4.7.3 Dropped sidewalks or curb ramps leading to the parking level where
access walkways are raised.
6
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. A.4.1: ACCESSIBLE PARKING SLOT (PLAN)
Fig. A.4.2: ACCESSIBLE PARKING SLOT (3D VIEW)
4.7.4 Pavement markings, upright, pole mounted signages

4.7.5 Have a firm, level surface without aeration slabs.
Fig. A.4.3: ACCESSIBLE PARKING SLOT (SHOWING UPRIGHT/POLE

MOUNTED SIGNAGE
7
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
4.8. Parking slots for persons with disabilities shall never be located at ramped
or sloping areas.
4.9. For multi-storey indoor parking structures, accessible parking slots shall be
located right next to accessible elevators, or as close as possible to
accessible pedestrian entrances.
4.10. In buildings with multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking,
accessible parking slots shall be dispersed and located closest to the
accessible entrances.
4.11. In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building, accessible
parking shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel to an
accessible pedestrian entrance of the parking facility.
4.12. For all accessible parking slots, provide the following signage:
4.12.1 Pole mounted parking signage, 600 mm x 600 mm in size and
mounted at a minimum clear height of 2.00 m from the parking
floor.
4.12.2 Pavement sign painted or marked on the designated lot
complying with the following:
(a) a square with dimensions of at least 1.00 m but not more
than 1.50 m;
(b) be located in the center of the accessible parking slot;
(c) The International Symbol of Access shall be composed of
a white symbolized figure of a person in a wheelchair
with a square background in UN Blue Color. The
symbolized figure shall always face to the right.
Note: An intercom may be installed at the vicinity of the accessible

parking slot to enable persons with disabilities to call the
building management for assistance.
5. Signages
5.1. Symbol of Access
The International Symbol of Access shall be composed of a white

symbolized figure of a person in a wheelchair with a square background
in UN Blue Color. The symbolized figure shall always face to the right.
Provide directional arrows when the space/area/function being referred
to is facing left.
8
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. A.5.1
5.2. Directional and information (Audio, Visual, and Tactile) signages shall
be located at points that can be conveniently seen, heard, and felt by all
persons with disabilities.
Fig. A.5.2
Viewing Distance (m) Size (mm)

Up to 7.0 60 x 60
7.0 to 18.0 100 x 100
Above 18.0 200 x 200 t0 450 x 450
Height of Letters
Required Viewing Distance (m) Minimum Height of Letters (mm)
1.5 50
2.0 60
2.5 100
3.0 120
4.5 150
6.0 200
8.0 250
Table A.5.1
9
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
5.3. Signages should be kept simple and easy to understand. Signages
should be made of contrasting colors and contrasting gray value to
make detection and reading easy. Tactile maps shall be provided to
guide persons with visual impairment.
5.4. The International Symbol of Access should be used to designate routes
and facilities that are accessible in combination with pictographs.
Directional signs incorporating the INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF
ACCESS, as shown in Figure A.5.1, shall be installed at passageways,
and at points where there are changes in direction to lead persons with
disabilities to various facilities such as lifts/elevators, entrances,
telephone booths, toilets, parking and the like.
Fig. A.5.2
5.5. Should a sign protrude into a sidewalk/walkway or route, a minimum

vertical clearance of 2.00 m should be provided. Obstacles, projections
or other protrusions shall be avoided in pedestrian areas such as
sidewalks/walkways, halls, corridors, passageways or aisles.
Pedestrians with visual impairments often travel using the edge of the
building line, hence, objects mounted on walls, posts, or sides of
buildings, should therefore not protrude more than 100 mm into
sidewalks/walkways and corridors.
5.6. Signs (graphics, text, and Braille) on walls and doors should be
installed at a maximum height of 1.50 m from the finish floor to the
center of the sign.
Fig. A.5.3: SIGN ON DOORS & WALLS

10
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
5.7. Signs shall incorporate graphic, text, and Braille.
Fig. A.5.4
5.8 Signs and labels for public rooms, areas, and places should have tactile
symbols, letters or numbers that should be embossed with a minimum
height of 1 mm; Braille symbols shall be incorporated in signs
indicating public places and safety routes.
5.9 Tactile Ground Surface Indicators
Positional, directional, and warning tactile blocks must be provided to
warn people with visual impairments that they are approaching:
5.9.1 Stairways, other than fire exit stairs
5.9.2 Escalators
5.9.3 Passenger conveyors or moving walks
5.9.4 Ramps other than fire-exit ramps, curb ramps, swimming pool
ramps
5.9.5 In the absence of suitable protective barriers:
a. overhead obstructions less than 2.0 m above floor level
b. areas where pedestrian and vehicular traffic intersect.
6.0 Tactile warning indicators should have a 50% contrasting gray value
from adjacent floor finishes.
a. Tactile Maps
Character Proportion
 Tactile letters and numbers on signs shall have a width to height

ratio between 3:5 and 1:1 and a stroke width to height ratio
between 1:5 and 1:10
Raised and Brailled Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs

(Pictograms)
 Letters and numerals shall be raised 0.75mm, upper case, sans

serif or simple serif type and shall be accompanied with Grade 2
Braille. Raised characters shall be at least 16mm high, but no
higher than 50mm. Pictograms shall be accompanied by the
11
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
equivalent verbal description placed directly below the pictogram.
The border dimension of the pictogram shall be 150mm minimum in
height.
Finish and Contrast
 The characters and background of signs shall be eggshell, matt or

other non-glare finish. Characters and symbols shall contrast with
their background – either light characters on a dark background or
dark characters on a light background.
Table A.5.2
b. Tactile Floor Surfaces
Fig. A.5.5
12
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. A.5.6
Fig.A.5.7
Fig. A.5.7
SAMPLE USAGE OF TACTILE SURFACES
6. Stairs
6.1 Uniform risers of 150 mm (maximum) and treads of 300 mm

(minimum) shall be used.
6.2 Tread surfaces shall be of slip-resistant material; nosings shall be slip
resistant to further minimize slipping.
6.3 Slanted nosings are preferred than protruding nosings so as not to
pose difficulty for people using crutches or braces whose feet have a
tendency to get caught in protruding nosings.
6.4 Open stringers shall be avoided.
6.5 The leading edge of each step on both runner and riser should be
marked with a paint or non-skid material that has a color and gray
13
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
value which is in high contrast to the gray value of the rest of the
stairs.
6.6 A tactile strip 300 mm wide shall be installed before hazardous areas
such as sudden changes in floor levels and at the top, bottom and
intermediate landings of stairs; special care must be taken to ensure
the proper mounting or adhesion of tactile strips so as not to cause
accidents.
6.7 Handrails shall be installed at 900 mm and 700 mm above stair treads.
A 300 mm long extension of the handrail should be provided at the top
and bottom, of stairs.
6.8 Stair handrails shall be continuous throughout the entire length and
extend not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom step.
Fig. A.6.1
Fig. A.6.2
14
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
B. OUTSIDE AND AROUND BUILDINGS
1. Dropped Sidewalks
1.1 Dropped sidewalks should be provided at pedestrian crossings and at

the end of walkways of a private street or access road.
1.2 Dropped sidewalks at crossings shall have a width corresponding to
the width of the crossing.
1.3 For crossings and walkways less than 1.50 m. in width, the base/level
surface at the bottom of the ramp shall have a minimum depth of
1.50 m. with a width corresponding to the width of the crossing.
For crossings and walkways less than 1.50 m. in width, the base/level
surface at the bottom of the ramp shall have a minimum width
corresponding to the width of the crossing (4.00 M minimum for
national roads and as mandated by Local ordinances for local roads).
FIG. B.1.1 Perspective of Dropped Sidewalk
15
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. B.1.2: Plan of DROPPED SIDEWALK
Fig. B.1.3a: VARIATION OF DROPPED

SIDEWALK AT CORNER
16
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. B.1.3b: OTHER VARIATION OF DROPPED
SIDEWALK AT CORNERS
1.4 Dropped sidewalks shall be sloped towards the road with a maximum
cross gradient of 1:100 (1%) to prevent water from collecting.
Fig. B.1.4: SECTION OF DROPPED SIDEWALK
1.5 The difference in elevation between the base/level area of a dropped

sidewalk from the road or gutter shall not exceed 19 mm.
17
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
1.6 Provide the following signage:
1.6.1 Pole mounted signage, 600 mm x 600 mm in size and mounted
at a minimum clear height of 2.00 m from the sidewalk floor.
Pole mounted signs (planted) should not obstruct the path of
pedestrians. {Refer to DPWH Guidelines (Road Signs and
Pavement Marking Manual) for installing pole mounted signs on
sidewalks.}
1.6.2 Pavement sign painted or marked on the ramp complying with
the following:
(a) a square with dimensions of at least 600 mm (for ramps
less than 1.20 m wide) but not more than 800 mm (for
ramps 1.20 m. and wider);
(b) be located at the center of each ramp;
(c) the color of the International Symbol of Access shall be
white on a blue background.
2. Curb Ramps
2.1 Curb ramps shall only be allowed when it will not obstruct a
sidewalk/walkway or in any way lessen the width of a
sidewalk/walkway or lessen the level/turning area of 1.50 m x 1.50 m.
Curb ramps shall only be allowed if the width of sidewalks/walkways
are more than 3.30 m with a corresponding curb height of 150 mm,
otherwise dropped sidewalks shall be used.
2.2 For drop off points for persons with disabilities at loading bays, the
minimum width of a curb ramp should be 900 mm.
Fig. B.2.1
18
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. B.2.2
Fig. B.2.3: CURB RAMP
19
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Table B.2.1
2.3 Curb ramps shall have a gradient not steeper than 1:12.
2.4 Provide the following signage:

2.4.1 Pole mounted signage, 600 mm x 600 mm in size and mounted
at a minimum clear height of 2.00 m from the sidewalk floor.
Pole mounted signs (planted) should not obstruct the path of
pedestrian. (Refer to DPWH guidelines for installing pole
mounted signs on sidewalks.)
2.4.2 Pavement sign painted or marked on the ramp complying with
the following:
(a) a square with dimensions of at least 600 mm (for ramps less
than 1.20 m wide) but not more than 800 mm (for ramps
1.20 m. and wider);
(b) be located in the center of the ramp;
(c) the color of the International Symbol of Access shall be white
on a blue background.
3. Sidewalks and Walkways
3.1 The gradient along the length of sidewalks/walkways should be kept as

level as possible and shall make use of slip resistant material. Slip
resistant materials shall have a Coefficient of Friction of 0.6
for level surfaces and 0.8 for sloping surfaces (ASTM).
3.1 Whenever and wherever possible, sidewalks/walkways should have a
gradient not steeper than 1:20 or 5%.
3.2 Sidewalks/walkways should have a maximum cross gradient of 1:100
or 1%.
20
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
3.3 Sidewalks/walkways shall have a minimum width of 1.20 meters.
Fig. B.3.1: SIDEWALK / WALKWAYS
3.4 If possible, gratings should never be located along

sidewalks/walkways. When occurring along sidewalks/walkways, grills
of grating openings shall:
a. be perpendicular to line of travel
b. have a maximum center to center dimension spacing of 13 mm
between members;
c. not project nor be recessed more than 6mm above or below the
level of the sidewalk/walkway.
3.5 Sidewalks/walkways should have a continuing surface without abrupt
pitches in angle or interruptions by cracks or breaks creating edges
above 6 mm.
Fig. B.3.2: GRATINGS
21
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
3.6 In lengthy or busy sidewalks/walkways, spaces should be provided at
some point along the route so that a wheelchair may pass another or
turn around. These spaces should have a minimum clear dimension of
1.50 m and should be spaced at a maximum distance of 12.00 m
between rest stops.
Fig. B.3.3: REST STOP ON BUSY OR LENGTHY

SIDEWALK / WALKWAYS
3.7 To guide the person with visual impairment, sidewalks/walkways

should as much as possible follow straightforward routes with right
angle turns.
Fig. B.3.4
3.8 Where planting is provided adjacent to the sidewalk/walkway, regular

trimming is essential to ensure that branches of trees or shrubs do not
22
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
extend beyond sidewalks/walkways or paths, as not only do these
present a particular danger to the person with visual impairment, but
they also reduce the effective sidewalk/walkway width available to
pedestrians in general.
Fig. B.3.5
Fig. B.3.6
3.9 Sidewalk/walkway headroom should not be less than 2.00 m and

preferably higher.
23
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. B.3.7: SIDEWALK/WALKWAY HEADROOM
3.10 Sidewalks/walkways should not be obstructed by street furniture,

bollards, sign posts or columns along the defined route as they can be
hazardous to persons with disabilities.
4. Open Spaces
4.1 Where open spaces are provided, persons with visual impairment can
become particularly disoriented. Therefore it is extremely helpful if
sidewalks/walkways or paths can be given defined edges either
through the use of planters with dwarf walls, or a grass verge, or
similar, which provides a texture different from the path. Tactile
surfaces/markings should be provided.
4.2 Provide Pedestrian Dominated Priority Zones in commercial complexes,
to create a feeling of safety particularly persons with disabilities.
5. Crossings
In order to reduce the exposure time to vehicular traffic, all crossings at

grade shall:
5.1 Be as perpendicular as possible to the carriageway.

5.2 Be located at the narrowest, most convenient part of the carriageway for
mid-block crossings.
5.3 Have a median/island of at least 1.5 m in depth, preferably 200 mm,
provided as a pedestrian refuge, where the width of carriageway to be
crossed exceeds 10.0 m or at least 4 lanes.
24
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. 5.1.1
5.4 Pedestrian crossings shall not be located at street corners but at a

minimum distance of 2000 mm from the corner.
5.5 Provide directional tactile strips in the immediate vicinity of crossings as
an aid to persons with visual impairment.
Fig. 5.1.2
5.6 Secondary national and local roads with pedestrian crossings shall be
provided with light controlled pedestrian crossing signals with
synchronized audible pedestrian traffic signals.
5.7 The audible signal used for crossings should be easily distinguishable
from other sounds in the environment to prevent confusion to persons
with visual impairment. A prolonged sound should be audible to warn
persons with visual impairment that the lights are about to change.
25
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
5.8 The flashing green period required for the person with disability should
be determined on the basis of a walking speed of 900 mm/sec. rather
than 1200 mm/sec. which is what is normally used. The minimum
period for the steady green (for pedestrians) should be the crossing
distance times 900 mm/sec. (Refer to Traffic Engineering Center
Guidelines for pedestrians with Disabilities).
C. INSIDE BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
1. Accessible Entrances
1.1 Entrances shall be accessible from arrival and departure points to the
interior lobby.
1.2 One (1) entrance levels should be provided where elevators are
accessible.
1.3 In case entrances are not on the same level of the site arrival grade,
accessible ramps should be provided as access to the entrance level.
Fig. C.1.1
1.4 Entrances with vestibules shall be provided with a level area with at
least a 1.80 m. depth and a 1.50 m. width. (See Fig. C.1.2)
26
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.1.2 ENTRANCES WITH VESTIBULES
1.5 In cases where frameless transparent glass doors and any other
vertical transparent glass panels are provided, such glass panels
should be provided with horizontal or graphical patterns with
contrasting gray value color against adjacent and background colors,
between 800 mm and 1.50 m. above the floor to prevent PWDs from
bumping against it.
1.6 Accessible entrance/exit of a building shall be provided with large

overhanging roof (canopy) to protect PWDs as well as non-PWDs from
rain.
2. Doors
2.1 All doors shall have a minimum clear width of 900 mm.
2.2 Clear openings shall be measured from the face of a fully open door at
90 degrees and the door jamb
27
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.2.1 Plan of SLIDING DOOR
Fig. C.2.2 Plan of SWING DOOR
2.3 Lever type locksets should be operable by a pressure or force not

more than 1.0 kg; the door closer device pressure on an interior door
shall not exceed 4.0 kg.
2.4 A minimum clear level space of 1500 mm x 1500 mm shall be provided
before and extending beyond a door;
28
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
EXCEPTION: where a door shall open onto but not into a corridor, the
required clear, level space on the corridor side of the door may be a
minimum of 1200 mm corridor width.
2.5 Protection should be provided from doors that swing into corridors.
Fig. C.2.3
2.6 Out-swinging doors should be provided at storage rooms, closets,

toilets and accessible restroom stalls.
2.7 Latching or non-latching hardware should not require wrist action or
fine finger manipulation.
2.8 Lever type locksets and other hardware should be located between 20
mm and 1.06 m above the floor; 900 mm is preferred.
Fig. C.2.4
29
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
2.9 Vertical pull handles, centered at 1.06 m above the floor, are preferred
to horizontal pull bars for swing doors or doors with locking devices.
2.10 Doors along major circulation routes should be provided with kick
plates made of durable materials at a height of 300 mm to 400 mm.
2.11 For doors with peepholes, provide a secondary peephole at a height of
1.1 m from the finish floor for wheelchair users.
Fig. C.2.5
3. Thresholds
3.1 Thresholds shall be kept to a minimum; whenever necessary,

thresholds and sliding door tracks shall have a maximum height of 19
mm and shall be beveled if higher than 6 mm with a gradient of 1:8.
Fig. C.3.1
30
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
4. Switches
4.1 Manual switches shall be positioned within 920 mm to 1.20 m above

the floor
4.2 Manual switches should be located no further than 200 mm from the
latch side of the door.
Fig C.4.1
5. Corridors
5.1 Corridors shall have minimum clear width of 1.20 m to allow for both a
wheelchair user and a Non-PWD to pass. Where space is required for
two (2) wheelchairs to pass, the minimum width shall be 1.80 m.
5.2 Turnabout spaces should be provided for wheelchairs to turn around;
these spaces shall have a minimum dimension of 1500 mm x 1500 mm
and shall be spaced at a maximum of 12.00 m
5.3 Turnabout spaces should also be provided at or within 3.50 m. of every
dead end corridor.
5.4 As in walkways, corridors should be maintained level and provided with
a slip resistant surface.
31
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.5.1: TURNABOUT SPACES AT CORRIDORS
6. Toilets and Baths
6.1 Accessible public toilets shall permit easy passage of a wheelchair and
allow the occupant to enter a toilet compartment, close the door and
transfer to the water closet from either a frontal or lateral transfer.
6.2 The minimum number of accessible toilet compartments on each floor
level or on that part of a floor level accessible to persons with
disabilities shall be one (1) where the total number of water closets per
set on that level is 20; and two (2) where the number of water closets
exceeds 20.
6.3 Accessible toilet compartments shall have the following:
6.3.1 A minimum area of 1.70 m x 1.80 m.
6.3.2 One (1) flip-up grab bar to be mounted on the wide side of the
compartment adjacent to the water closet and be at a height
between 280 mm and 300 mm from the top of the water closet
seat and extend not more than 100 mm in line with the front of
the water closet. One (1) vertical bar to be provided on the side
wall close to the water closet and located between 350 mm and
450 mm from the front edge. Center line of water closet (top
view) is 750 mm from finish to wall to grab bar.
6.3.3 A turning space of 2.25 sq. m with a minimum dimension of
1500 mm for wheelchair users shall be provided outside water
closet cubicles.
6.3.4 Accessories such as mirrors, paper dispensers, towel racks and
fittings such as faucets mounted at heights reachable by
wheelchair users. Toilet accessories such as mirrors, towel and
soap dispensers, hand dryer, waste bin should be encouraged to
have a color contrast. Accessories should be placed near the
accessible lavatory.
32
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
6.3.5 For lighting/illumination levels, please refer to the Philippine
Electrical Code.
Fig. C.6.1: PLAN OF ACCESSIBLE TOILET FOR PERSONS WITH

DISABILITIES
Fig. C.6.2 3D VIEW OF ACCESSIBLE TOILET FOR PERSONS WITH

DISABILITIES
33
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.6.3 BLOW UP FLOOR PLAN OF ACCESSIBLE TOILET FOR PESONS
WITH DISABILITIES
6.4 A turning space of 2.25 sq. m with a minimum dimension of 1500 mm.
for wheelchair shall be provided for toilet compartments for lateral
mounting.
6.5 All accessible public toilets shall have accessories such as mirrors,
paper dispensers, towel racks and fittings such as faucets mounted at
heights reachable by a wheelchair user. Toilet accessories such as
mirrors, towel and soap dispensers, hand dryer, waste bin shall be
encouraged to have a color contrast. Accessories should be placed
near the accessible basin. Lighting/illumination should be fixed.
6.6 Water closets and lavatories should use colors of lighter contrasting
grey value to tiles to aid people with low vision impairment.
6.7 The height of toilet seat shall be 450 mm.
6.8 A lavatory shall be installed at 460 mm distance from center line to
adjacent wall. Lavatories shall be mounted at a height of 800 mm from
the finish floor with a vertical clear leg room space not lower than 650
mm.
34
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.6.4: L-TYPE GRAB BAR
Fig. C.6.5: ACCESSIBLE URINAL & LAVATORY COUNTER

6.9 Urinals shall be of the wall-hung type and should have an elongated
lip; the maximum height of the lip should be 480 mm from the toilet
floor. It shall have a minimum clear floor space of 750 mm wide (wing
to wing) by 1200 mm (between grab bar and wall) and privacy shields
of 750 mm.
35
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.6.6: ACCESSIBLE URINAL (FRONT ELEVATION)
Fig. C.6.7: ACCESSIBLE URINAL (SIDE ELEVATION)
6.10 Toilet doors shall be designed to open outwards so that it would be

easier for a rescuer to enter a toilet cubicle if a person has fallen and is
lying behind the door. To allow for assistance in case of emergency,
locks and latches should allow the door to be opened from the outside
with a coin or any simple device.
36
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
6.11 The use of sliding or folding doors that are easier to operate and
require less wheelchair maneuvering space should be considered.
6.12 An automatic push button door should be considered wherever
possible since it is easier to operate and maneuver around the
doorway.
6.13 Individual accessible toilet compartment doors shall be provided with a
horizontal pull bar fixed at a height of 900 mm.
6.14 An emergency call button that is waterproof and contrasting color with
the background shall be provided and be located at a height between
400 mm to 600 mm from the finish floor.
6.15 The hot water pipes and drain pipes located within the knee space or
toe space shall be properly insulated.
6.16 A roll-in shower compartment for wheelchair user shall have a
dimension of 1500 mm by 1500 mm and should have L-shaped bars.
Rising butt hinge should be spiral hinge to close independently. Curbs
for roll-in shower should not be more than 10 mm high and beveled at
a gradient of 1:2 and have color contrasts.
Fig. C.6.8: 3D VIEW OF WALK-IN-SHOWER
6.17 Accessible Bath Tubs shall have:

6.17.1 a rim height of 500mm from the finish floor
6.17.2 a minimum clear transfer space of 900 mm wide by 1500mm
long
6.17.3 two slip resistant grab bars:
6.17.3.1 L-Type grab bar with the horizontal leg 1200 mm

long (minimum) mounted 250 mm from the rim of
the bath tub; vertical leg 1200 mm long installed at
the shower side of the bath tub.
37
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
6.17.3.2 Vertical grab bar 1200 mm long starting 250 mm
from the rim of the bath tub installed at the shower
side of the bath tub.
6.17.4 A slip resistant base (coefficient of friction of 0.6 )
Fig. C.6.9
Fig. C.6.10
7. Elevators
38
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
7.1 All elevators provided in a building shall include suitable provisions for
persons with sensory impairments and ambulant PWD as a means of
access from one level to another.
7.2 It is recommended that all elevators should be made accessible to
PWDs. Where different elevators are programmed to serve certain
floors during ordinary or peak periods, the elevator that is designated
for PWDs should be programmed to serve all floors.
Fig. C.7.1 ELEVATOR CARS
7.3 Accessible elevators should be located not more than 30.00 m from the
entrance and should be easy to locate with the aid of directional signs.
7.4 Accessible elevators shall be provided with handrails mounted at a
height of 900mm from the finish floor.
7.5 Accessible elevator cars shall have a minimum clear dimension of 1400
mm in depth and 1200 mm in width, with a clear door opening of not
less than 900 mm.
Fig. C.7.2 FLOOR PLAN
7.6 Control panels and emergency system of accessible elevators shall be

within reach of a seated person; centerline heights for the topmost
buttons shall be 1200 mm from the floor.
39
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
7.7 All elevator control buttons, including call buttons, emergency and
other buttons, shall be provided with Braille installed at the left of the
buttons/tactile buttons.
7.8 Floor level indicators in Braille shall be installed at a height of 1200 mm
from the finish floor on one side of the door jamb on the same side as
the elevator call buttons. This is so that persons with visual impairment
can discern what floor the elevator car has stopped and what level
they will disembark.
Fig. C.7.3
7.9 Button sizes at elevator control panels shall have a minimum diameter
of 20 mm and should have a maximum depression depth of 1 mm.
Fig. C.7.4 BUTTON SIZES
7.10 The elevator assigned for persons with disabilities should have a
homing/emergency rescue device.
7.11 Accessible elevators should be provided with voice synthesizers for
persons with visual impairment.
40
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
7.12 Accessible elevators should have audio-visual indicators for
emergencies for persons with visual and hearing impairment.
8. Telephones
Fig. C.8.1
8.1 Public telephones should be equipped with a volume control device.

8.2 Telephones shall have an illumination at a minimum of 200 lux beside
the telephone.
8.3 The dialing controls, coin slots, receivers, and instructional signs shall
be located at a maximum height of 1200 mm from the finish floor.
8.4 Provide a clear unobstructed space of 1500 mm x 1500 mm in front of
wall mounted and free standing telephones.
8.5 For establishments that provide public telephones Accessible Public
phones shall be installed:
8.5.1 One for each floor
8.5.2 One for every group of two or more phones.
9. Automated Teller Machines
9.1 Provide a minimum clear unobstructed space of 1500 mm x 1500 mm

in front of ATM Machines.
9.2 Instructions and all information for use shall be made accessible and
independently usable by persons with visual impairments through:
9.2.1 Braille
9.2.2 Tactile
9.2.3 Audio through speakers or ear phones
9.3 The maximum height of controls, buttons, bill dispensers, card slots
shall be 1200 mm.
10. Dressing Rooms and Cubicles

41
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
10.1 In dressing areas in department stores a coat hook should be
mounted on a side wall not more than 1.30 mm from the floor and
projecting not more than 40 mm from the wall.
11. Counters
11.1 Counter heights for accessible bank tellers, accessible workstations

reception/concierge/information counters, and the like range from
730 - 780 mm to meet the widest range of users.
Fig. C.15.1
11.2 The clear floor area for a forward approach to a counter or table or
a side approach is 800 x 1300 mm.
12. Workstations
12.1 The access aisle shall have a minimum width of 920mm.
13. Restaurants, Eateries, and other Dining Establishments
13.1 Provisions of access shall be made available to persons with

disabilities for all eating outlets and establishments, such as hawker
centers, food courts or centers, fast food outlets, restaurants, and
the like.
13.2 A circulation path of at least 1.20 m wide shall be provided in front
of the stalls.
13.3 An accessible route with a minimum clear width of 900 mm shall be
provided from the circulation path to the tables intended for
persons with disabilities.
13.4 Where fixed seating is provided in eating outlets and
establishments, at least one (1) table for every ten (10) tables
42
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
or part thereof shall be provided for use by persons with
disabilities or at least two tables, whichever is the greater.
13.5 The height of the table provided for persons with disabilities shall
not be higher than 780 mm with a minimum clear knee space of
600 mm high and 480 mm deep.
Fig. C.17.1
14. Hotels, Appartelles, Dormitories, & Other Transient Lodging

Facilities
Total No. of Minimum Minimum Number Minimum

Guest Rooms Number of of Accessible Number of
Accessible Rooms w/ Accessible
Rooms Accessible Bath Rooms w/ Roll-
Tubs in Showers
1 to 25 1 1 0
26 to 50 2 2 0
51 to 75 4 3 1
76 to 100 5 4 1
101 to 150 7 5 2
151 to 200 8 6 2
201 to 300 10 7 3
301 to 400 12 8 4
401 to 500 13 9 4
501 to 1000 3% of Total 2% of Total 1% of Total
1001 and Over 30, plus 2 for 20, plus 1 for each 10, plus 1 for
each 100, or 100, or fraction each 100, or
fraction thereof, over 1000 fraction thereof,
thereof, over over 1000
1000
Table C.18.1
43
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. C.18.1
D. SAFETY
1. Fencing for Roadworks and Footworks
All excavations, whether on the road or footway must be adequately protected

or fenced-in to protect pedestrians in general and the disabled in particular.
Whatever the type of fencing used, it is important that the railings should
incorporated the following features;
1.1 The height of the top of the rail should be at least 1.00 m. above the
adjacent surface;
1.2 The railings should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind, this
should not be greater than 0.35 m. above the adjacent surface;
1.3 The fence should be strong enough to offer resistance should a blind
person walks into it;
1.4 Gaps should not occur between adjoining fence lengths;
2. Covers for Excavations
2.1 Excavations in the footway or carriageway where pedestrians may walk

should be covered temporarily with properly constructed and
supported boards to provide path for pedestrians;
2.2 If the footway width will be reduced to less than 1.20 m. because of the
excavation, the temporary covering should extend across the whole
footway;
2.3 Minimum dimensions at obstructions
2.3.1 Effective width of footways past any obstruction should not be
less than 1.20 m.
2.3.2 If unavoidable, loose materials temporarily stored on footways
must be properly fenced and prevented from encroaching onto
the main footway by the use of a kickboard at least 0.20 m. high
which may also serve as tapping board for the blind;
44
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
3. Signages for Roadworks on the Carriageway
3.1 Temporary signs used to warn of roadworks should be carefully located

and should not cause any inconvenience to pedestrians, particularly
the disabled;
3.1.1 Signs should be located on verges or similar whenever these
are available;
3.1.2 Signs should not reduce the available footway width to less
than 1.20 m.
4. Location of Emergency Exits
4.1 Wall mounted or free standing tablets with an embossed plan

configuration of the building which would also indicate locations of
lobbies, washrooms and emergency exits (through the use of different
textures to symbolize the spaces) should be provided at the main lobby
of each floor or other strategic locations; the markings on this tablet
should be readable by both the blind and the fully sighted;
4.2 Flashing light directional signs indicating the locations(s) of fire exits
shall be provided at every change in direction with sufficient power
provided in accordance with the provisions for emergency lighting
under Section 3.410 of P.D. 1185 (The Fire Code of the Philippines).
5. Areas of Refuge
5.1 An area of refuge shall be separated from the building floor area by a
fire separation having a fire-resistance rating equal to that required for
a fire exit in compliance with the latest edition of the Fire Code of the
Philippines.
5.2 An area of refuge shall be served by a smoke proof fire exit and
adjacent to the designated fireman's elevator.
5.3 Refuge areas shall be smoke proof in accordance with latest edition of
the Fire Code of the Philippines.
5.4 The minimum area of refuge floor space shall be 850 mm x 1.2 m for
one person who uses a wheelchair.
45
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. D.1.1
5.5 Areas of Refuge shall be:

5.5.1 Identified by illuminated signage (Refer to Section on
Illumination of Means of Egress of the latest edition of Fire Code
of the Philippines).
5.5.2 Be equipped with an emergency communication system in
compliance with the latest edition of the Fire Code of the
Philippines.
5.5.3 Identified on all publicly displayed tactile and Braille floor
evacuation plans.
5.5.4 Designated in evacuation procedure documents.
6. Audio Visual Fire Alarm Systems
Audio & visual alarm systems shall be installed on all floors in compliance with
the latest edition of the Fire Code of the Philippines.
E. SPECIAL TYPES OF FACILITIES
1. Swimming Pools
1.1 Provide sloped entry ramp
1.1.1 Entry ramps should begin at the finish floor level of the walkway
adjacent to the swimming pool and end at a maximum depth of
750mm below (between 24” to 30” ) the stationary water level.
Fig. E.1.1
1.1.2 A Wading Pool is a pool designed for shallow depth and is used
for wading. Each wading pool must be provided at least one
entry ramp into the deepest part.
46
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
1.1.3 Large pools must have a minimum of two (2) entry ramps. A
large pool is defined as any pool with over 90 linear meters of
pool wall.
1.1.4 Pools with 90 linear meters of pool wall and below are required
to have at least one (1) entry ramp.
2. Spas
Spas must be provided with at least one (1) entry ramp. If spas are provided
in a cluster, five percent (5%) of the total or at least one spa must have an
entry ramp.
3. Sports Facilities
3.1 Lockers
If lockers are provided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one of
each type (full, half, quarter, etc.) must be accessible. Accessible
benches should be located adjacent to the accessible lockers.
3.2 Benches
Accessible benches are required in dressing, fitting, and locker rooms,
and where seating is provided in saunas and steam rooms. Benches
must have a clear floor space positioned to allow persons using
wheelchairs or other mobility devices to approach parallel to the short
end of a bench seat. In saunas and steam rooms, this floor space may
be obstructed by readily removable seats.
Benches must have seats that are a minimum of 508 mm to a

maximum of 600 mm in depth and 1.066 m minimum in length. The
seat height should be a minimum of 432 mm to a maximum of 482
mm above the finished floor. If the bench is not located next to a wall,
the bench must have back support that is 1.066 m minimum in length
and extends from a point 50 mm maximum above the seat to a point
450 mm minimum above the bench. Benches must be strong enough
to withstand a vertical or horizontal force of 113 kgs applied at any
point on the seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.
The provisions for benches are not intended to apply to park benches
or other benches used for sitting or resting.
If benches are located in wet areas, the surface must be slip-resistant

and designed not to accumulate water.
47
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. E.3.2
3.3 Team Player Seating Areas

3.3.1 Where provided, fixed team or player seating areas must contain the
number of wheelchair spaces and companion seats required by
ADAAG (based on the number of seats provided), but not less than
one space. One option is to provide a clear space adjacent to a fixed
bench, with the bench serving as companion seating. If designers and
operators are designing a field or court that will serve a variety of
wheelchair sports, exceeding the minimum requirements will better
accommodate participants.
3.3.2 Wheelchair spaces in the team player seating areas are exempt
from the requirements related to admission price and line of
sight choices in assembly areas. It is recommended that ramps
be used wherever possible for accessible routes connecting
team or player seating areas and areas of sport activity.
However, a platform lift may be used as part of an accessible
route to team player seating areas.
Fig. E.3.3.2
48
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
3.4 Exercise Equipment and Machines
At least one of each type of exercise equipment or machine must have

clear floor space of at least 762 x 1200 mm and be served by an
accessible route. If the clear space is enclosed on three sides (e.g., by
walls or the equipment itself), the clear space must be at least 914 X
1200 mm.
Most strength training equipment and machines would be considered

different types. For example, a bench press machine is different from a
biceps curl machine. If operators provide both a biceps curl machine
and free weights, both must meet the guidelines in this section even
though both can be used to strengthen biceps. Likewise, cardiovascular
exercise machines, such as stationary bicycles, rowing machines, stair
climbers and treadmills, are all different types of machines. But if the
only difference in equipment provided is that they have different
manufacturers, but are the same type, only one must comply.
Clear floor space must be positioned to allow a person to transfer from

a wheelchair or to use the equipment while seated in a wheelchair. For
example, to make a shoulder press accessible, the clear floor space
should be next to the seat. But the clear floor space for a bench press
designed for use by a person using a wheelchair would be centered on
the operating mechanisms. Clear floor space for more than one piece
of equipment may overlap. For example, where different types of
exercise equipment and machines are located next to other pieces of
equipment, the clear space may be shared.
The exercise equipment and machines themselves do not need to

comply with the ADAAG requirements regarding controls and operating
mechanisms.
Designers and operators are encouraged to select exercise equipment

that provides fitness opportunities for persons with lower body
extremity disabilities.
49
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Fig. E.3.4
3.5 Shooting Facilities
If facilities provide fixed firing positions, at least 5 percent, but not less
than one of each type of fixed firing position must be served by an
accessible route. Fixed firing positions must have a 1500 mm diameter
space with slopes not steeper than 1:48 so a wheelchair user can turn
around and have a level place from which to shoot.
Types of different firing positions include positions with different

admission prices, positions with or without weather covering or
lighting, and positions that support different shooting events (e.g.,
muzzle loading rifle, small bore rifle, high power rifle, bull’s eye pistol,
action pistol, silhouette, trap, skeet, and archery).
3.6 Bowling Lanes
At least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of bowling lane
must be accessible. Unlike other areas of sport activity, only those
team or player seating areas that serve accessible lanes must be
connected with an accessible route and comply with seating
requirements.
50
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
4. Auditoriums, Arenas, Theaters, and Other Assembly Areas
4.1 For Seating accommodations for persons who use wheelchairs
Total Seating Capacity Accessible Seating

Accommodations
1-50 2
51-150 4
150 to 300 5
301 to 500 6
501 to 750 7
751 to 1000 8
1001 above 1% of total seating capacity
Table E.4.1
Note: Addresses only persons who use wheelchairs.
4.2 Accessible routes shall not overlap wheelchair seating/ block any
waiting spaces
4.3 Access to any wheelchair space shall not be through another
wheelchair space
4.4 Wheelchair viewing areas shall adjoin accessible circulation
4.5 Each wheelchair viewing position shall be clear, firm and level.
Minimum footprint for a single wheelchair seating space (front or rear
entry) shall be 900 mm x 1.2 m.
4.6 It recommended that assistive listening devices be provided.
4.7 Accessible seating shall be provided with handrails 750 mm high at
the front and sides.
5. Air, Sea, and Land Transportation Terminals

(Reserved)
51
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
GENERAL TERMINOLOGY
Shall – For use in the amendments, shall is used to denote a mandatory

specification or requirement.
Should – For use in the amendments, should is used to express obligation or duty.
This denotes an advisory specification or recommendation.
May – Denotes an option or alternative.
In compliance should be used in all the statements and not in accordance.
For consistency of all measurements used in the amendments mm (millimeters)

be used for measurement below 1 meter. For 10 m and above m (meter) should
be used.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Accessible – A site, building, facility, interconnection or any portion of the built

environment that can be approached, entered and used by persons with disabilities;
refers to features that enable persons with disabilities to make use of the primary
functions for which a building/structure is built.
Access Aisle – Clear circulation route bounded by moveable furniture that can be
negotiated safely by persons with disabilities
Accessible Design – Creating environments that are approachable and useable by

people with disabilities; Unhindered, without obstructions to enable persons with
disabilities free passage or use of the facilities.
Accessible Parking – Parking spaces which are useable by persons with

disabilities.
Accessible Route – A continuous, unobstructed path connecting all accessible

elements and spaces of a building/structure or facility that can be negotiated safely
by persons with disabilities. Accessible routes shall not incorporate any step, drop,
stairway, turnstile, revolving door, escalator or other impediment which would
prevent it from being safely negotiated by persons with disabilities. Interior
accessible routes shall include doorways, corridors, floors, ramps, lifts and clear floor
spaces at fixtures. Exterior accessible routes shall include parking access aisles,
ramps, and walkways.
Accessible Route Plan – Plans showing the accessible routes to the building from
adjacent buildings and nearest public facilities as well as accessible routes within the
building.
52
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Alcove – A small recessed space in a room or wall.
Ambulant Person With Disability – A person who is able, either with or without
personal assistance, and who may depend on prostheses (artificial limbs), orthoses
(calipers), sticks, crutches or walking aids, to walk on level or negotiated suitably
graded steps provided that convenient handrails are available.
Anthropometrics – Pertaining to the measurement of the human body.
Area of Refuge – An area which has direct access to an exit, separated from the
general floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to
that required for an exit that is smoke protected and served by an exit or a fireman’s
elevator. It is an area where persons with disabilities who are unable to use stairs
may remain temporarily in safety to await further instructions or assistance during
emergency evacuation. It should have a minimum space of 850 X 1200 mm per non-
ambulant person with disability, with a minimum of 2 spaces.
Bollard – A low post used to segregate a pedestrian path from vehicular traffic.
Building – As used in this amended IRR, the term “building” is used to denote
public and privately owned buildings and other related structures for public use.
Clear – Unobstructed
Clear Floor Space – The minimum unobstructed floor or ground space required to
accommodate a single wheelchair user.
Corridor – A passageway providing access to several rooms or spaces to an exit.
Curb – A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of a street,
sidewalk, ramp, planted area, etc.; Side barrier to a trafficable surface.
Curb Ramp – A break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided with an inclined
surface to facilitate mobility of persons with disability; sloped area cut into a curb.
Short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it.
Door – An entranceway which swings, slides, or folds to close an opening in a wall

or the like.
Dropped sidewalks – the lower portion of the sidewalk adjacent to at least one
accessible ramp and the street gutter.
Egress – An exit, or a means of going out.
Elevator – A hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car or platform

which moves in guides, in a vertical direction serving two or more floors of a building
or structure.
53
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Entrance – Any access point to a building or facility used for the purpose of
entering; An entrance includes the approach walk, the vertical access leading to the
entrance platform, the entrance platform itself, vestibules if provided, the entry
door(s) or gate(s), and the hardware of the entry door(s) or gate(s).
Facility – All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, complexes,

equipment, roads, walks, passageways, parking lots, or other real or personal
property located on a site.
Flare – A sloped surface that flanks a curb ramp and provides a graded transition
between the ramp and the sidewalk. Flares bridge differences in elevation and are
intended to prevent ambulant persons with disabilities from tripping. Flares are not
considered part of the accessible route.
Floor – The surface within a room or area on which one walks.
Grab Bar – Graspable bar used to give a steadying or stabilizing assistance to a

person engaged in a particular function.
Gradient of Ramp - The degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed as a

percentage or ratio.
Graphic Sign – A drawing, painting, diagram, engraving, etching or other similar

illustrations which from a single glance conveys a given message; a visual aid.
Guard – Protective barrier to prevent accidental falls at openings in floors and at the
open sides of stairs, landings, balconies, mezzanines and ramps. Handrail supports
often act as guards.
Handrail – A rail used in circulation areas such as corridors, passageways, ramps

and stairways to assist in continuous movement; A hand support along a stairway or
ramp consisting of rails their supporting posts, balusters or pillars and constituting
an enclosure or a line of division.
Height Above Floor – Distance between two points aligned vertically with one of
the points on the floor.
Individual Washroom – A compartment having the basic requirements of a water

closet compartment, wash basin and other essential washroom accessories as
required by persons with disabilities.
Ingress – an entrance or a means of going in
Infrared System – Specialized sound system that converts sound into infrared
light; the lights is reconverted into sound by a portable receiver.
Luminance Contrast – Occurs when there is not only a contrast in color between a
surface and its background, but there is a luminance factor to the surface which
54
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
provides a slightly reflective quality, further highlighting an area from the
background.
Multiple Leaf Doors – Two or more doors separated only by a door frame. Each
door is called a leaf.
Nosing – Overhanging edge of a stair tread, usually half rounded.
Obstacle – An object that limits the vertical passage space, protrudes into the
circulation route, or reduces the clearance width of a sidewalk or trail.
Operable Part – Pat of a piece of equipment or appliance used to insert or

withdraw objects or to activate, deactivate, or adjust the equipment or appliance
(for example, coin slot, push-button, handle).
Parking Area – Allocated space composed of marked-off portions for single motor
vehicles on a short-time storage basis.
Passageway or Passage – A space connecting one area or room of a building with

another.
Pedestrian Crossing – Part of a road where pedestrians going across the road
have priority over traffic.
Persons with Disabilities – Those suffering from restriction or lack of ability to

perform an activity in the manner or within the range considered normal for a
human being as a result of a mental, physical, or sensory impairment; Persons
whose mobility and use of a building are affected as a consequence of one or more
of the following physical or sensory disabilities or impairments:
(a) ambulant disabled;

(b) wheelchair-bound;
(c) hearing impairment or deafness; or
(d) visual impairment or blindness.
Persons with Disabilities – include those who have long-term physical, mental,
intellectual or sensory impairments which in interaction with various barriers may
hinder their full and effective participation in society on an equal basis with others.
(UN-CRPD).
Place of public resort – A building or a defined or enclosed place used to

constructed or adapted to be used ether ordinarily or occasionally as a church,
chapel, mosque, temple or other place where public worship is or religious
ceremonies are performed, not being merely a dwelling house so used, or as a
community club, country club, or as a cinema, theatre, public
exhibition/concert/lecture hall, public ballroom, museum, stadium or as a public race
of assembly for persons admitted thereto by ticket or otherwise or used or
55
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
constructed or adapted to be used either ordinarily or occasionally for any other
public purpose.
Principal Entrance – An entrance used most frequently by the public and building
occupants.
Public Use – Describes interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available
to the general public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility that is
privately or publicly owned.
Public Telephones – A shelf-unit telephone with coin operating functions for the
use of the public.
Ramp– Any slope grater than 1:20 (5%); An inclined way connecting one level to
another; A sloped surface connecting two or more planes at different levels.
Riser – Vertical portion of a step.
Run – Horizontal distance of a stair or ramp.
Roll-in Shower – To be used while staying in a wheelchair, standing, or sitting (by

adding a seat to the shower stall).
Sidewalk – A paved footwalk at the side of a street or roadway.
Signage – Displayed verbal, symbolic, tactile, and pictorial information.
Site – A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a

public right-of-way.
Slip Resistant Material – Slip resistant materials shall have a Coefficient of

Friction of 0.6 for level surfaces and 0.8 for sloping surfaces (American Society for
Testing and Materials). Coefficient of friction values are used to measure the slip
resistance of any surface. This can be called slip coefficient or coefficient of friction
testing. This is defined as a measure of the amount of resistance that a surface
exerts on or substances moving over it, equal to the ratio between the maximal
frictional force that the surface exerts and the force pushing the object toward the
surface.
Slope – The slope of a ramp is expressed as the height to the length (i.e 1:16
indicates for each 1 m in height, there is 16 m in length).
Space – A definable area i.e. room, toilet, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage
room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby.
Symbol – The International Symbol of Access for persons with disabilities.
Tactile – Describes an object that can be perceived using the sense of touch.
56
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Tactile Warning – A change in surface condition that provides a tactile cue to alert
pedestrians of a hazardous situation.
Tactile Signs – Signs having raised letters which are interpreted or read by tracing
with fingers over the surfaces.
Tactile Blocks – Textured floor finishes also known as truncated floor finishes,
detectable warning devices, blistered surfaces that can be used as non-skid
materials. Referred to as warning, positional, and directional blocks to warn visually
impaired persons of danger or indicate facilities beside, or an indicator to make a
turn in direction.
Terminal – Passenger and freight loading/unloading spaces and ancillary spaces

(such as parking slots, waiting areas, driveways connecting such spaces, access
systems, etc.) for use by public motor vehicles.
Threshold – A strip fastened to the floor beneath a door, usually required to cover
the joint where two types of floor materials meet; may provide weather protection at
exterior doors.
Toilet – A room containing various toilet compartments with at least one wall-hung
lavatory and one water closet compartment.
Toilet Stall – a small enclosed private area for washing or using a toilet.
Transient Lodging – A building, facility, or portion thereof that contains sleeping

accommodations that may include resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, and
dormitories.
Truncated Domes – Small domes with flattened tops that are used as tactile
detectable warning indicators at transit platforms, vertical drops and curb edges.
Universal Design – The design of products and environments to be used by all

people, to the greatest extent possible, without the need for adaptation or
specialized design. Concept used to create environments that respond to the widest
range of the population possible.
Vestibule – A small entranceway or transitional space fort eh exterior to the interior

of a building and opens into a larger space.
Visual Warnings – The use of contrasting surface colours to indicate a change in

environment, such as at a curb ramp where the sidewalk changes to the street.
Walk – An exterior pathway with a prepared surface intended for pedestrian use.
Walkway – An exterior passage for walking along, especially one connecting

adjoining buildings and related structures.
57
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
Warning Tactile Blocks – A standardized tactile surface feature built in or applied
to walking surfaces or other elements to warn visually impaired people of upcoming
hazards. (Often a paver insert composed of tactile raised truncated domes, applied
perpendicular to the hazard.)
Washroom – A room providing facilities for washing; a lavatory or toilet room.
Water Closet – A room or booth containing a toilet and often a washbowl.
Water Closet Compartment – A compartment having a water closet with grab

bars installed to assist persons with disabilities.
Water Fountain – A fixture consisting of a shallow basin, together with a water jet
designated to provide potable water for human consumption.
Wayfinding – Finding one’s way to a destination.
Wheelchair User – A person with disability who depends on a wheelchair for

mobility; A person with disability who is not able to walk on level or suitably graded
steps.
Width – The clear distance from on finished surface to another.
Width of Corridor – The linear width of the unobstructed path in corridors
Winder – Tread wider at one end that the other, as in circular stairs.
58
( July 10, 2013 Draft )
RA 9514
THE FIRE CODE
OF THE PHILIPPINES
Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations
Revised 2019
Exclusively published and distributed by
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION
Agham road, Barangay Bagong Pagasa, Quezon City
ISBN 978 — 621 — 96165 — 0 — 8 HB

ISBN 978 — 621 — 96165 — 2 — 2 SB
ISBN 978 — 621 — 96165 — 1 — 5 PDF
Preface
I
n a country where tragic fires leave people devastated but not resolute in preventing them,
and at a time when firefighting capability hardly catches up with socio-economic and
technological advancements, a proactive and effective fire safety enforcement is crucial.
And so, the enactment of Republic Act No. 9514, amending Presidential Decree No. 1185,
otherwise known as the Fire Code of the Philippines, was celebrated as much as it was awaited in
the realm of fire service and in fire protection industry. Many of the problems that had beset the
era of PD 1185 came to an end with the advent of RA 9514, although there remained issues that
seem to evolve with time.
Over a decade of enforcement, these evolving issues, as well as new challenges, impelled the
Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) to go back to the drawing board. The reconstituted Fire Code
Technical Working Group (TWG) for the Revision of the Implementing Rules and Regulations
of RA 9514, under the leadership of Chief Superintendent Leonides Perez, who was also the
vice chairperson of the Fire Code TWG (2008-2009) that gave us the 2009 IRR, carried out the
undertaking of producing this edition from 2016 to 2019.
In collaboration with stakeholders and field experts from professional organizations and fire
protection industry, we crafted this edition of the IRR with a combination of hindsight and
foresight. In response to issues regarding ramps and location of the critical hospital facilities in
existing healthcare occupancies, emergency rooms, operating rooms, intensive care units (ICUs),
delivery rooms and similar facilities located up to five (5) floors from the level of exit discharge
are now allowed subject to certain conditions under Section 10.2.11.1. The occupant load factor
for concentrated-use business occupancies is reduced from 9.3 m2/person to 4.6 m2/person
(Section 10.2.16.1), considering the prevalence of such occupancies in certain special economic
or free port zones encompassed by the authority of the BFP to enforce the Fire Code as mandated
by recently enacted laws.
Not only did we try to address the problems and gaps that emerged during the implementation
of the 2009 IRR. We went the extra mile of looking to the foreseeable future, anticipating latent
needs, as well as potential causes and sources of ambiguity in interpreting and applying the
2019 IRR. With the rising number of industries having structures and facilities that were unknown
in the Philippines ten years ago, we incorporated in this edition the fire safety standards for
day care centers; residential board and care facilities; fixed guideways; historical structures;
off-shore energy facilities; wind turbine energy-generating facilities; solar photovoltaic systems;
and motion picture and television production studio, soundstages and certain production
facilities. The competency requirements for and responsibilities of fire safety enforcers, fire safety
practitioners, fire volunteers and fire volunteer organizations are also clarified and enhanced.
The growing presence of hazardous materials (HazMat) in the country prompted us to prescribe
maximum allowable quantities (MAQ) and increase regulatory fees for handling, storage and use
of such materials, as well as for performing hazardous operations (HazOps).
Another novel feature of this edition is the set of original fire safety standards we developed
based on Philippine experience in handling, storage and use of liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).
You will find these standards, alongside internationally accepted standards, in Section 10.3.7.8.
Undoubtedly, all the Fire Code TWGs have given every version of the Fire Code and its IRR their
respective and collective best, building upon the achievements and legacies of one another.
Notwithstanding the resources, care and expertise devoted to its development, we offer the
2019 IRR to the public with ample room for continuing improvement. Until every better edition
becomes best, it is our fervent hope that our edition will indeed serve as a reliable reference and
effective tool for achieving a fire-safe nation.
— The Fire Code Technical Working Group (2016-2019)

Message
EDUARDO M. AÑO
Secretary
Departmen of the Interior and Local Government
W
arm greetings to the Bureau of Fire Protection
(BFP) for the publication of the revised
Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR)
of the Republic Act 9514 of 2008 otherwise known as the
‘Fire Code of the Philippines’ on July, this year.
The law’s IRR is the blueprint that guides the BFP in the implementation
of the law to ensure public safety, promotes economic development through the
prevention and suppression of all kinds of destructive fires.
These are challenging times and the demands to update and review the lRR is
not just timely but necessary. While strictly implementing the law is primordial, we do
not stop in identifying issues and concerns that need to be addressed, and deficiencies
which can be improved.
I laud the BFP for amending the IRR of the Fire Code, a commendable initiative in adapting
to the ever-changing landscape of firefighting and consequent challenges that go
with it. The BFP’s commitment to finish the improvements after undergoing thorough
and careful study is commendable. These include stringent qualification requirements
for personnel in order to recruit more qualified firefighters together with the increase in
resources and manpower for the Bureau. Procedures on the use of HAZMAT equipment
and rescue strategies to enhance the capacity of BFP firefighters in saving others and
themselves were also Included.
Now the next step after its publication is to strictly monitor compliance to the
new IRR to improve fire prevention, response, and rescue. While we all envisioned a true
fire-safe Philippines, we also encourage our communities to be aware and practice
responsible fire safety and prevention.
The Department of the Interior and Local Government (DILG) is one with the BFP
in its noble undertakings including your continuous professionalization of the fire service
and your unrelenting drive to ensure that the Filipino people are far from the harmful
impacts of destructive fires.
May this publication help in the improvement of fire services and ultimately, in
saving more precious lives and properties during fire emergencies.
Congratulations to the BFP on this new published IRR! Mabuhay ang BFP!
SECRETARY EDUARDO M. AÑO

Message
NESTOR F. QUINSAY, JR.
Undersecretary for Public Safety
Departmen of the Interior and Local Government
M
y heartfelt greetings to the Bureau of
Fire Protection (BFP) for the successful
revision of the Implementing Rules and
Regulations (IRR) of Republic Act No. 9514 of 2008
otherwise known as the Fire Code of the Philippines.
The collaborated efforts of the officers and personnel behind this

exemplary work manifest the true heart of public service, a complete dedication
to provide the prime duty of the Government to protect and serve the people,
their life and property and promote its general welfare. The revision of the IRR is
a commendable initiative of the BFP in adapting and modernizing all aspects of
firefighting. It will serve as a tool for the BFP to efficiently and effectively enforce
the Fire Code of the Philippines and other fire related laws.
The Office of the Public Safety remains adamant in the belief that a fire
safe nation is well within reach and we are ready to stand alongside the BFP in
the pursuit of that vision.
Again, my congratulations to the men and women of BFP.
More power and Mabuhay!
USEC NESTOR F. QUINSAY, JR.

Message
DIRECTOR LEONARD R BAÑAGO, PME
Fire Chief
Bureau of Fire Protection
T
he revision of the Implementing Rules and
Regulations (IRR) of Republic Act No. 9514,
otherwise known as the “Fire Code of the
Philippines of 2008”, is one of the many initiatives that our
agency is conducting to keep itself abreast with the changing times.
The Bureau of Fire Protection – with our commitment to public safety –

continues to upgrade and improve the IRR of our Fire Code to ensure that
we deliver our optimum value to the people. We are doing this to improve
efficiency, transparency, and public involvement as we perform our mandates.
The Fire Code, being the heart and soul of the organization, serves as our guide
in everything that we do in the BFP. All our actions and decisions are based on
the existing rules and regulations of the Fire Code and coming up with the most
appropriate amendments in the IRR is a manifestation of our commitment to
provide the quality fire service to the Filipino people as embodied in our oath as
public servants - “Patuloy kong daragdagan ang aking Kaalaman upang walang
tigil na mapaunlad ang uri ng serbisyo na aking ihahandog sa mamayan”.
Let me take this opportunity to commend all the people behind this initiative.
This initiative is a validation that team work and unity lead to the progress of an
organization. Let us continue to join hands and work together for a bigger and
better BFP!
Paths don’t move, we do. So let us all move forward. Move the right way.
Mabuhay ang Bureau of Fire Protection!
FIRE DIRECTOR LEONARD R BAÑAGO, PME

Message
CSUPT LEONIDES P PEREZ, PME
Deputy Chief for Administration /
Chairperson, Fire Code Technical Staff
R
epublic Act No. 9514, popularly known as
“The Fire Code of the Phillipines of 2008”
has achieved the purpose of enforcing fire
safety laws and standards as well as providing avenues for
modernization and maintenance of firefighting equipment.
The original rules and regulations have evidently helped firefighters improve
their capabilities in saving lives and properties and similarly gave more intense
power to the BFP in implementing fire safety and standards.
The need to update and intensify various provisions of the existing IRR has
become vital for it to be realistic and relevant in the present time due to the
demand of the technological changes in building designs and constructions,
development of cities characterized by high-rise buildings/structures and
amongst others and the evolution of relevant requirements and related laws of
other government agencies.
This amendment includes additional provisions so that each of the rules,

divisions and sections of RA 9514 has clarity to ensure adherence to the standards
of fire prevention and safety measures, and promote utmost accountability in
the fire service.
The realization of this revised IRR is made possible through the efforts of the
Fire Code Technical Staff and its Board of Consultants.
It is therefore longed that this publication will contribute to a uniform

and clearer interpretation and understanding of the Code for its effective
enforcement.
CSUPT LEONIDES P PEREZ, PME

Milestones
FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES
REVISED IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS
14 April, 2014 The first intention to amend the IRR surfaced after all regional
directors were asked to submit their comments and suggestions in
the implementation of the IRR. The comments submitted become
the basis for the first round of committee meetings.
26 January, 2016 Signing of Bureau Order Number COM-2016-005 re: Composition

of the Fire Code Technical Committee with SSUPT ROEL JEREMY
G DIAZ as the Chairman. One of the functions of the FCTC was to
review and amend the IRR as necessary
The amendment of the Implementing Rules and Regulations

of RA 9514 of 2008 spurted from the alleged violations of the
Petronas Energy Philippines, Inc on the Fire Code to which DILG
gave a directive to the Chief, BFP to revisit the LPG Provisions,
subsequently revisiting all provisions of the IRR.
09 July, 2016 Resource persons from various agencies, as well as all, City Fire
Marshals and Chief, FSES within NCR, were invited during the
preliminary deliberations on the amendment of the Implementing
Rules and Regulations.
Constitution of sub-committees were also initiated to facilitate

the revision of IRR.
Amendment to the RA 9514 Basic Law was also revisited and

amendments were then initiated
17 August, 2017 An offshoot to the House of Representative’s inquiry regarding

the Resort’s World Manila Fire Incident, which paved the way for
the amendment of Section 9 of RA 7916 or the PEZA Law was
amended, assigning to BFP the sole authority to enforce the Fire
Code.
FCTS-TWG Resolution No. 1 series of 2017 under SSUPT FELIXBERTO

ABRENICA was signed enforcing RA 9514 of the Fire Code of the
Philippines of to PEZA-owned, administered, registered Ecozones
and setting guidelines in the imposition thereof.
01 September, 2017 –
17 January, 2018 Series of consultation and coordination meetings with PEZA
began under the chairmanship of SSUPT ABRENICA, up until
January of 2018 when the MOA between the BFP and PEZA was
finally signed with SSUPT DOLOT as the FCTS Chairperson.
18 January, 2018 Signing of Memorandum of Agreement between the Bureau of
Fire Protection and the Philippine Economic Zone Authority.
19 March, 2018 Series of roll-out meetings thru Fire Service Conventions and
orientation seminars to all regional C,FSES regarding the
implementing guidelines of the BFP-PEZA MOA were conducted
22 March, 2018 MC No. 2018-006, The Implementing Guidelines for the conduct
of Fire Safety Inspection and Issuance of Certificates and Licenses
for PEZA-registered Enterprises was signed and cascaded to all
regions, provincial/district and city/municipal fire stations
01 April, 2018 Constitution of BFP-PEZA Central Liaison Unit from different PEZA
established Administrative Regions/Units
May – August 2018 Series of deliberations on the amendment of RA 9514 (Basic

Law) were also conducted along with the major issues until
August 22, 2018 when it was finally submitted to the Secretary
of the Interior and Local Government for review. Similarly, review
of the provisions and continuous deliberations on the proposed
amendment of the IRR were also being conducted
03 September –
14 September, 2018 An in-house workshop on the proposed amendment was slated
to fast track the amendments of its provisions
19 November, 2018 a Public Consultation to all stakeholders was arranged for further
scrutiny of the revisions made thereafter effecting their comments
and suggestions thru FCTS-TWG meeting
February 2019 Presentation to the DILG for comments and suggestions,

eventually incorporating it in the revision after final deliberation
among the TWG.
May – June 2019 Final proofreading of the RIRR prior to submission to the Chief, BFP
for approval.
09 July, 2019 Submission of the final draft of the Revised Implementing Rules
and Regulations to the Secretary of the Interior and Local
Government for approval.
07 August, 2019 Approval and signature of the Revised Implementing Rules and
Regulations by the Secretary of the Interior and Local Government.
Acknowledgements
STEERING COMMITTEE
DIRECTOR LEONARD R BAÑAGO
CSUPT LEONIDES P PEREZ CSUPT ROEL JEREMY G DIAZ
CSUPT JOSE S EMBANG JR SSUPT JERRY D CANDIDO
CSUPT DOMINGO V TAMBALO SSUPT LILIBETH Q SIMANGAN
CSUPT FELIXBERTO F ABRENICA SSUPT ROMEO M MALTEZO JR
CSUPT JOSELITO A CORTEZ SUPT ALVEN D VALDEZ
FCTS – IRR TWG

CSUPT LEONIDES P PEREZ SINSP EDNA M CONSULTA
SSUPT GILBERT D DOLOT SINSP MARLO H SERITO
SSUPT RENATO B MARCIAL INSP GABRIEL G SOLANO
SUPT SEVERINO G SEVILLA INSP ARGIE J BANIEL
CINSP JAN GARRY D LUNAS ENGR ARIEL T MIRANDA
CINSP ESTRELLA-LUZ M LANTION ENGR MARCIAL M BATTUNG
CINSP RODOLFO D PFLIEDER JR
TWG SECRETARIAT
CINSP RODERICK DJ MARQUEZ
SINSP ANNA RIZZA B CELOSO
CINSP PETER S SE Head Secretariat
CINSP GLEN M SALAZAR ENGR MAELA M GUSI
CINSP ANTHONY R ARROYO ENGR SIGRADE B AYAN
SINSP RUEL B CARRIEDO FO2 Francis N Bañares
SINSP RODELO D LUYAO FO1 Ronnie C Lastimosa
PROOFREADING COMMITTEE
CINSP ESTRELLA-LUZ M LANTION ENGR MARCIAL M BATTUNG

SINSP ANNA RIZZA B CELOSO ENGR MAELA M GUSI
SINSP EDNA M CONSULTA ENGR SIGRADE B AYAN
INSP GABRIEL G SOLANO FO2 Francis N Bañares
INSP ARGIE J BANIEL FO1 Ronnie C Lastimosa
ENGR ARIEL T MIRANDA
FCTS-IRR SUB-COMMITTEE
SUB-COMMITTEE 1
SUPT CESAR M PATROCINIO JR SINSP ARLENE DN MECINAS

SUPT NOEL M GAGALAC INSP ELYZER RUBEN C LEAL
SUPT ARNOLD L ULANDAY SFO4 Gabriel A Trinidad
SINSP JOSEPH C DEL MUNDO
SUB-COMMITTEE 2
CINSP JAN GARRY D LUNAS SFO3 Edwin M Golez

CINSP ANALISA S SANTOS SFO3 George V Macatiag
INSP VICTOR C YGBUHAY ENGR RHODA R ESPADERO
INSP ARGIE J BANIEL
SUB-COMMITTEE 3
ENGR ARIEL T MIRANDA ENGR GERALDINE A GERON
SINSP RICO S ODAD ENGR EDGARD E VILLAFUERTE
SINSP GIOVANNI KIM S ANTONIO ENGR DANILO P DATU
ENGR MARCIAL M BATTUNG ENGR MAELA M GUSI
SUB-COMMITTEE 4
CINSP GLENN M SALAZAR INSP GABRIEL G SOLANO
CINSP ALDWIN M SALAZAR SFO2 Ador M Guerrero
CINSP GERARD A VENEZUELA SFO1 Darwin C Daguman
CINSP ANTHONY R ARROYO FO2 Efren H Laniog Jr
SUB-COMMITTEE 5
CINSP ESTRELLA-LUZ M LANTION SINSP VIOLETA F RAMIREZ
CINSP ZALDY D URBI FO2 Mary Joy E Lunar
CINSP ARVIN CHRISTIAN C SANTOS FO2 Cristy A Benjamin
SINSP ARMAND LEE M ANDRES FO2 Dollygene R Palattao
SINSP JUN JEN P NOVELA
SUB-COMMITTEE 6
SUPT STEPHEN A REQUINA NUP STEPHEN CINCO
CINSP PETER S SE SFO3 Karen Laarni L Lumpan
SINSP MARLO H SERITO SFO2 Gideon E Gandolpos
ENGR SIGRADE B AYAN
SUB-COMMITTEE 7
SSUPT JONAS R SILVANO CINSP MARIA PHOEBE G DELIS
SUPT ERNESTO S PAGDANGANAN SINSP ELMARIE M ASTUDILLO
SUPT ARCHIE R ANDUMANG INSP Ariel B Ferriols
SUPT JENNY F OASAY NUP CECILIA S SE
CINSP RODOLFO D PFLIEDER JR
RESOURCE PERSONS
CSUPT JESUS P FERNANDEZ Mr. Teodoro M Reyes
SSUPT GILBERT D DOLOT Exec Dir, Phil Institute of Petroleum
SSUPT JAIME D RAMIREZ
SSUPT NAHUM B TARROZA Engr Renato V Iballa
SSUPT JONAS R SILVANO National Housing Authority
SSUPT RIZALDE M CASTRO
SUPT ARNEL A INANDAN Ms. Ann Claire C Cabochan
SUPT DOUGLAS M GUIYAB Bureau of Product and Standards
SUPT ANTONIO N RAZAL JR
SUPT CRISTINA O SOLERO Arch Edison “Ching” Padilla
SUPT JOSE RAYMUND B MANIMBO Valenzuela City
SUPT RAMON G CAPUNDAG
SUPT ROY D QUISTO Mr. Jose D Palafox
SUPT STEPHEN A REQUINA LPG Gas Inc Association (LPGIA)
CINSP EDUARDO VISBAL
CINSP PETER S SE Hon. Arnel U Ty
CINSP REYNALDO D ENOC LPG Marketers Assoc Inc (LPGMAI)
CINSP IAN O MANALO
CINSP ERRICK S DERRO
CINSP GAY S GALISIM
SINSP ELMER T MARONILLA
SINSP JERSON IAN R MONTELLANA
SINSP JOHN FREDERICK Y CASTRO
ENGR EDGARD E VILLAFUERTE
SUPPORT TEAM
CINSP MARIA PHOEBE G DELIS FO2 Maha May G Cardenas
NUP ELOISA SAMIA-BANAC FO2 Rosellie S Ngawa
SINSP MARICEL S PASCUA FO1 Mark Anthony M Dineros
INSP MILAGROS B SEGUNTO FO1 Rojhanie S Villanueva
INSP JEFFERSON G HIDALGO FO1 Allen D Bahia
SFO4 Elenita T Comodas FO1 Hazel G Gonzales
SFO2 Miguel A Pua NUP JOCELYN ANNE B AUSTRIA
SFO2 Gideon E Gandolpos NUP GERALDINE A GERON
SFO2 Engelbert Melbert Berne C Paculanang NUP JULIE ANN N CARDONA
SFO2 Jojie M Gamboa NUP ROSELLE B CRUZ
SFO1 Maricel P Torres NUP CATHERINE O CLEOFAS
SFO1 Christian J Crehencia
SFO1 Dexter M Cerilla
SFO1 Ryan A Gonzales
FO2 Christian R Butac
SPECIAL THANKS TO THE FOLLOWING
SSUPT NAHUM B TARROZA Director, DFSE
CSUPT FELIXBERTO F ABRENICA Director, DFSE

Chairman, FCTS
11 August 2017 (BO COM-2017-068)
Chairman, IRR-TWG
24 August 2017 (BO COM-2017-075)
CSUPT IRENEO P PALICPIC (RET) Director, DFSE

Chairman, FCTS
07 December 2016 (BO DSG-2016-118)
CSUPT ROEL JEREMY G DIAZ Director, DFSE

Chairman, FCTS
20 January 2016 – 05 December 2016 (BO COM-2017-005)
Chairman, IRR-TWG
16 August 2016 (BO COM-2016-066)
SSUPT MANUEL M MANUEL Director for Logistics

Vice-Chairman, FCTS
20 January 2016 (BO COM-2016-005)
SSUPT ALAN N ALADANO Director for Plans

Vice-Chairman, FCTS
07 December 2016 – August 2017 (BO DSG-2016-118)
SUPT RENATO B CAPUZ Deputy Director, DFSE
SUPT BONIFACIO C CARTA Deputy Director, DFSE

Preparation for RIRR
Finalization of the RIRR
RIRR Public Consultation
RA 9514 Basic Law
Table of Contents
PREFACE............................................................................................................................. xiii
MESSAGES..........................................................................................................................xiv
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS................................................................................................... xviii
DOCUMENTATION.............................................................................................................xxi
BASIC LAW.......................................................................................................................xxxi
ACRONYMS....................................................................................................................xxxii
REFERAL CODES AND STANDARDS...............................................................................xlxxx
RULE 1. INTERPRETATION.......................................................................................................1
RULE 2. COVERAGE..............................................................................................................1
RULE 3. DEFINITION OF TERMS..............................................................................................1
RULE 4. AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION...................................16
SECTION 4.0.0.1 GENERAL AUTHORITY TO ADMINISTER AND ENFORCE RA 9514
AND ITS RIRR��16
SECTION 4.0.0.2 AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BFP SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF
.SECRETARY OF INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (SILG)��16
SECTION 4.0.0.3 SPECIFIC AUTHORITY OF CHIEF, BFP��16
RULE 5. FIRE CODE TECHNICAL STAFF................................................................................17

DIVISION 1. TECHNICAL STAFF..........................................................................................17
SECTION 5.0.1.1 CONSTITUTION AND QUALIFICATIONS��17
SECTION 5.0.1.2 SOURCES��17
SECTION 5.0.1.3 DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS��17
SECTION 5.0.1.4 REMUNERATION��17
RULE 6. FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS AND

FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS..................................................................................17
DIVISION 1. SCOPE.............................................................................................................17
DIVISION 2. ORGANIZATION OF FIRE BRIGADES..............................................................18
SECTION 6.0.2.1 REQUIREMENTS��18
SECTION 6.0.2.2 COMPOSITION��18
SECTION 6.0.2.3 COMPONENTS��18
SECTION 6.0.2.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF A FIRE BRIGADE CHIEF��18
SECTION 6.0.2.5 QUALIFICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE COMPANY
FIRE BRIGADE��19
SECTION 6.0.2.6 AVAILABILITY OF PERSONNEL��19
DIVISION 3. TRAINING OF FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS

AND FIRE VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS.......................................................19
SECTION 6.0.3.1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY��19
SECTION 6.0.3.2 TRAINING DESIGN��19
SECTION 6.0.3.3 SCOPE OF TRAINING��19
SECTION 6.0.3.4 ASSISTANCE IN TRAINING PROGRAMS��19
SECTION 6.0.3.5 IDENTIFICATION��19
v
DIVISION 4. COMMAND, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND FIRE DRILLS..........................20
SECTION 6.0.4.1 PRACTICE DRILLS��20
SECTION 6.0.4.2 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT��20
SECTION 6.0.4.3 REACTIVATION OF EQUIPMENT��20
SECTION 6.0.4.4 INSPECTION AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK��20
SECTION 6.0.4.5 COMMAND AT FIRE SCENE��20
RULE 7. ASSISTANCE AND SUPPORT TO THE BFP................................................................20

DIVISION 1. PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE AND OTHER LAW
ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES............................................................................20
SECTION 7.0.1.1 FROM PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE��20
SECTION 7.0.1.2 FROM OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES��20
DIVISION 2. LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS, OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND

PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS....................................................................................21
SECTION 7.0.2.1 FROM LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS��21
SECTION 7.0.2.2 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES��21
RULE 8. FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS........................................................................................22

CHAPTER 1. QUALIFICATIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS....................................................22
DIVISION 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................22
SECTION 8.1.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS��22
SECTION 8.1.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS��22
SECTION 8.1.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT��22
CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS.............................................................22

DIVISION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DESIGNATED FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS......................22
SECTION 8.2.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS��22
SECTION 8.2.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS��23
SECTION 8.2.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT (FSES/U)��23
DIVISION 2. PROFESSIONALIZATION...................................................................................23
RULE 9. ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF
FIRE SAFETY MEASURES..........................................................................................23
DIVISION 1. GENERAL........................................................................................................23
DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY EVALUATION AND INSPECTION................................................24
SECTION 9.0.2.1 BUILDING PLAN REVIEW ��24
SECTION 9.0.2.2 INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION��24
SECTION 9.0.2.3 INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ��24
SECTION 9.0.2.4 BUSINESS AND ROUTINE/ANNUAL INSPECTION ��24
DIVISION 3. FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR), FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE

AND COMMISSIONING REPORT (FSCCR),
AND FIRE SAFETY MAINTENANCE REPORT (FSMR).......................................25
SECTION 9.0.3.1 APPLICABILITY��25
SECTION 9.0.3.2 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR)��25
SECTION 9.0.3.3 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE AND COMMISSIONING .REPORT (FSCCR)
��26
SECTION 9.0.3.4 FIRE SAFETY MAINTENANCE REPORT (FSMR)��27
SECTION 9.0.3.5 FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS ��28
vi
DIVISION 4. FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE..........................................................28
SECTION 9.0.4.1 FSIC AS A PREREQUISITE FOR ISSUANCE OF PERMIT/LICENSE ��28
SECTION 9.0.4.2 DOCUMENTARY REQUIREMENTS��28
DIVISION 5. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE...............................................................................28

DIVISION 6. FIRE INSURANCE DATA REQUIRED.................................................................28
RULE 10. FIRE SAFETY MEASURES........................................................................................29
CHAPTER 1. COVERAGE............................................................................................................29
CHAPTER 2. FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES....................................29
DIVISION 1. SCOPE.............................................................................................................29
DIVISION 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................29
DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY .............................................................31
DIVISION 4. HAZARD OF BUILDINGS.................................................................................33
SECTION 10.2.4.1 GENERAL��33
SECTION 10.2.4.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARD OF CONTENTS��33
DIVISION 5. MEANS OF EGRESS.........................................................................................34

SECTION 10.2.5.1 APPLICATION��34
SECTION 10.2.5.2 GENERAL PROVISIONS��34
SECTION 10.2.5.3 DOORS��38
SECTION 10.2.5.4 STAIRS��41
SECTION 10.2.5.5 OUTSIDE STAIRS��47
SECTION 10.2.5.6 HORIZONTAL EXITS��47
SECTION 10.2.5.7 RAMPS��49
SECTION 10.2.5.8 EXIT PASSAGEWAYS��50
SECTION 10.2.5.9 ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS��50
SECTION 10.2.5.10 FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS, LADDERS, AND SLIDE ESCAPES��50
SECTION 10.2.5.11 ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS��53
SECTION 10.2.5.12 EXIT MARKING��54
SECTION 10.2.5.13 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN��55
DIVISION 6. FEATURES OF FIRE PROTECTION.....................................................................56

SECTION 10.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION AND COMPARTMENTATION��56
SECTION 10.2.6.2 FIRE DOORS ��57
SECTION 10.2.6.3 SMOKE PARTITIONS��57
SECTION 10.2.6.4 INTERIOR FINISH��57
SECTION 10.2.6.5 PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENING AND COMBUSTIBLE....
CONCEALED SPACES��59
SECTION 10.2.6.6 FIRE DETECTION, ALARM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS��63
SECTION 10.2.6.7 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS AND OTHER EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT�65
SECTION 10.2.6.8 STANDPIPES��66
SECTION 10.2.6.9 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS��66
SECTION 10.2.6.10 SEGREGATION AND PROTECTION OF HAZARDS��70
DIVISION 7. BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT...................................................................71

SECTION 10.2.7.1 UTILITIES��71
SECTION 10.2.7.2 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING��71
SECTION 10.2.7.3 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS��71
vii
SECTION 10.2.7.4 RUBBISH CHUTES, LAUNDRY CHUTES, AND FLUE-FED
INCINERATORS��73
SECTION 10.2.7.5 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS��73
SECTION 10.2.7.6 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCES��73
DIVISION 8. PLACES OF ASSEMBLY...................................................................................74

SECTION 10.2.8.1 OCCUPANT LOAD��74
SECTION 10.2.8.2 EXIT DETAILS��74
SECTION 10.2.8.3 STAGE AND ENCLOSED PLATFORM��76
SECTION 10.2.8.4 PROJECTION BOOTH��77
SECTION 10.2.8.5 DECORATIVE MATERIAL��78
SECTION 10.2.8.6 PYROXYLIN COATED FABRIC��78
SECTION 10.2.8.7 MOTION PICTURE SCREENS, STAGE CURTAINS AND DRAPES��78
SECTION 10.2.8.8 PROTECTION��78
SECTION 10.2.8.9 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT��79
SECTION 10.2.8.10 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN AND OCCUPANT LOAD .
CAPACITY��79
SECTION 10.2.8.11 OVERCROWDING��79
SECTION 10.2.8.12 STANDBY BFP PERSONNEL��80
SECTION 10.2.8.13 OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY��80
SECTION 10.2.8.14 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS��80
SECTION 10.2.8.15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXHIBITION HALLS��80
SECTION 10.2.8.16 EXISTING PLACES OF ASSEMBLY��80
SECTION 10.2.8.17 PROJECTION ROOMS FOR SAFETY FILM��80
SECTION 10.2.8.18 OPEN FLAME��81
DIVISION 9. EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES.....................................................................82

SECTION 10.2.9.1 OCCUPANCY AND OCCUPANT LOAD��82
SECTION 10.2.9.3 LIGHTING AND SIGNS��83
SECTION 10.2.9.4 WINDOWS FOR RESCUE AND VENTILATION��84
SECTION 10.2.9.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR FLEXIBLE PLAN AND .OPEN-PLAN
BUILDINGS��85
SECTION 10.2.9.8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PRE-SCHOOLS��87
SECTION 10.2.9.9 UNDERGROUND AND WINDOWLESS EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS��87
SECTION 10.2.9.10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR COMBINED OCCUPANCIES��87
SECTION 10.2.9.11 EXISTING EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS��87
DIVISION 10. DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES............................................................................88

SECTION 10.2.10.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS��88
SECTION 10.2.10.2 OCCUPANT LOAD��88
SECTION 10.2.10.4 WINDOWS FOR RESCUE��89
SECTION 10.2.10.5 MANDATORY RAMP REQUIREMENT��89
SECTION 10.2.10.7 CORRIDORS��91
SECTION 10.2.10.9 DAY CARE HOMES��91
viii
DIVISION 11. HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES.......................................................................93
DIVISION 12. RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE...................................................................99

SECTION 10.2.12.2 SMALL FACILITIES ��99
SECTION 10.2.12.3 LARGE FACILITIES��101
DIVISION 13. DETENTION AND CORRECTIONAL OCCUPANCIES ...................................104

SECTION 10.2.13.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ��104
DIVISION 14. RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES.......................................................................108

SECTION 10.2.14.1 CLASSIFICATION��108
SECTION 10.2.14.3 HOTELS AND DORMITORIES��109
SECTION 10.2.14.4 APARTMENT BUILDINGS��112
SECTION 10.2.14.5 LODGING OR ROOMING HOUSES��114
SECTION 10.2.14.6 SINGLE AND TWO -FAMILY DWELLINGS��115
DIVISION 15. MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES......................................................................116

SECTION 10.2.15.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS��120
DIVISION 16. BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES............................................................................121

SECTION 10.2.16.5 COMBINED BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY��126
DIVISION 17. INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES.........................................................................126

DIVISION 18. STORAGE OCCUPANCIES............................................................................128

SECTION 10.2.18.3 SPECIAL PROVISION FOR PARKING STRUCTURES��130
SECTION 10.2.18.4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS��131
SECTION 10.2.18.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR GRAIN HANDLING, PROCESSING,
MILLING, OR OTHER BULK STORAGE FACILITIES��131
DIVISION 19. SPECIAL STRUCTURES...................................................................................132

SECTION 10.2.19.1 AERODROME FACILITIES��132
ix
SECTION 10.2.19.2 FIXED GUIDEWAY TRANSIT AND PASSENGER RAIL SYSTEMS ��136
SECTION 10.2.19.3 HISTORICAL BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES, AND HISTORIC
CENTERS/HERITAGE ZONES��141
SECTION 10.2.19.4 WIND TURBINE ENERGY GENERATING FACILITIES��141
SECTION 10.2.19.5 IMMOBILIZED VEHICLE AND VESSELS��144
SECTION 10.2.19.6 MOTION PICTURE AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION, STUDIO
SOUNDSTAGES AND APPROVED PRODUCTION FACILITIES��145
SECTION 10.2.19.7 OFF-SHORE ENERGY FACILITIES��148
SECTION 10.2.19.8 PIERS AND WATER-SURROUNDED STRUCTURE��156
SECTION 10.2.19.9 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) SYSTEM��157
SECTION 10.2.19.10 TOWERS��157
SECTION 10.2.19.11 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS��158
DIVISION 20. HIGH RISE BUILDINGS...................................................................................160

SECTION 10.2.20.1 SCOPE ��160
SECTION 10.2.20.2 FIRE COMMAND CENTER��160
SECTION 10.2.20.3 SMOKE CONTROL��161
SECTION 10.2.20.4 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PROTECTION��161
SECTION 10.2.20.5 STAIRWELLS��161
SECTION 10.2.20.6 FIRST-AID FIRE PROTECTION��161
SECTION 10.2.20.7 APPLICABILITY OF ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE��161
DIVISION 21. OPERATING FEATURES..................................................................................162

SECTION 10.2.21.2 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY��163
SECTION 10.2.21.3 EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES��164
SECTION 10.2.21.4 DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES��164
SECTION 10.2.21.5 HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES��165
SECTION 10.2.21.6 RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE OCCUPANCIES��165
SECTION 10.2.21.7 RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES��166
SECTION 10.2.21.8 MERCANTILE, BUSINESS, AND INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES��166
SECTION 10.2.21.9 SPECIAL STRUCTURES ��166
CHAPTER 3. FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS........................................................166

DIVISION 1. SCOPE...........................................................................................................166
SECTION 10.3.1.1 APPLICABILITY ��166
DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE ............................................................................167

DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS, WASTES, AND
HAZARD OF CONTENTS...............................................................................167
SECTION 10.3.3.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION��167
SECTION 10.3.3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-HAZARD CONTENTS��167
SECTION 10.3.3.3 MIXTURES��168
SECTION 10.3.3.4 MULTIPLE HAZARDS��168
SECTION 10.3.3.5 CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE��168
DIVISION 4. PERMISSIBLE STORAGE AND USE LOCATIONS............................................168

SECTION 10.3.4.1 CONTROL AREA��168
SECTION 10.3.4.2 QUANTITY OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ��168
SECTION 10.3.4.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL AREAS��169
SECTION 10.3.4.4 PROTECTION LEVELS��169
x
SECTION 10.3.4.5 OUTDOOR CONTROL AREAS.��170
DIVISION 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................................170

DIVISION 6. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................171
DIVISION 7. MATERIAL-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS .........................................................172
SECTION 10.3.7.1 CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN)��172
SECTION 10.3.7.2 COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS��173
SECTION 10.3.7.3 MATCHES��174
SECTION 10.3.7.4 MAGNESIUM��175
SECTION 10.3.7.5 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS��177
SECTION 10.3.7.6 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS��196
SECTION 10.3.7.7 MEDICAL AND RELATED COMPRESSED GASES��200
SECTION 10.3.7.8 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES (LPG)��204
SECTION 10.3.7.9 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS AS VEHICLE FUEL��208
SECTION 10.3.7.10 LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS��218
DIVISION 8. OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS....................................218

SECTION 10.3.8.1 SCOPE��218
SECTION 10.3.8.2 OXIDIZING MATERIALS��218
SECTION 10.3.8.3 RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS��218
SECTION 10.3.8.4 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS��219
SECTION 10.3.8.5 ORGANIC PEROXIDES��219
SECTION 10.3.8.6 NITROMETHANE��219
SECTION 10.3.8.7 AMMONIUM NITRATE��220
SECTION 10.3.8.8 HIGHLY TOXIC MATERIALS��220
SECTION 10.3.8.9 POISONOUS GASES��220
SECTION 10.3.8.10 CORROSIVE LIQUIDS��220
SECTION 10.3.8.11 STORAGE CABINETS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS��221
SECTION 10.3.8.12 DESIGNATION OF CARGO��221
SECTION 10.3.8.13 HAZARDOUS INSULATOR/CUSHIONING MATERIALS��221
CHAPTER 4. FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS.....................................................221

DIVISION 1. SCOPE...........................................................................................................221
DIVISION 2. AUTOMOBILE WRECKING YARDS................................................................221
SECTION 10.4.2.3 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED��222
SECTION 10.4.2.4 TIRE STORAGE��222
SECTION 10.4.2.5 BURNING OPERATIONS ��222
SECTION 10.4.2.6 MOTOR VEHICLE FLUIDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS��223
SECTION 10.4.2.7 HOUSEKEEPING��223
DIVISION 3. BOWLING ALLEYS RESURFACING AND REFINISHING.................................223

SECTION 10.4.3.3 CONSTRUCTION��223
SECTION 10.4.3.4 OPERATION��223
SECTION 10.4.3.5 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE��223
xi
DIVISION 4. DUST PRODUCING MACHINES....................................................................224
DIVISION 5. EXPLOSIVES, AMMUNITION AND BLASTING AGENTS................................225

SECTION 10.4.5.2 SECURITY AND SAFETY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS��225
SECTION 10.4.5.3 MANUFACTURING, USE AND HANDLING��227
SECTION 10.4.5.4 TRANSPORTATION��228
DIVISION 6. FIREWORKS AND PYROTECHNICS...............................................................229

SECTION 10.4.6.2 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED��229
SECTION 10.4.6.3 MANUFACTURING FACILITIES��229
SECTION 10.4.6.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF FIREWORKS AND
PYTROTECHNICS ��230
SECTION 10.4.6.5 STORAGE OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS AT MANUFACTURING
AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES��231
SECTION 10.4.6.6 RETAIL AND SELLING OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS ��232
SECTION 10.4.6.7 STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF FIRE WORKS��234
SECTION 10.4.6.8 DISPLAY CENTER AND SITE SELECTION ��235
SECTION 10.4.6.9 FLOATING VESSELS AND FLOATING PLATFORMS��237
SECTION 10.4.6.10 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE��238
SECTION 10.4.6.11 TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC
DEVICES ALLOWED��238
SECTION 10.4.6.12 PROHIBITED TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND
PYROTECHNIC DEVICES ��239
SECTION 10.4.6.13 CLEARANCE FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION��240
SECTION 10.4.6.14 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION��240
SECTION 10.4.6.15 DISPOSAL OF UNFIRED FIREWORKS��240
DIVISION 7. SPRAYING, DIPPING, COATING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS.............................................................................240
SECTION 10.4.7.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE��240
SECTION 10.4.7.2 DIPPING, COATING, AND PRINTING USING FLAMMABLE OR
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS��240
SECTION 10.4.7.3 LOCATION OF DIPPING, COATING AND PRINTING PROCESSES��241
SECTION 10.4.7.4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF DIPPING, COATING, AND
PRINTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS��241
SECTION 10.4.7.5 VENTILATION��242
SECTION 10.4.7.6 STORAGE, HANDLING, AND DISTRIBUTION OF FLAMMABLE AND
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS��244
SECTION 10.4.7.8 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE��246
SECTION 10.4.7.9 SOLVENT DISTILLATION UNITS (SOLVENT RECYCLERS)��247
SECTION 10.4.7.10 ELECTROSTATIC DETEARING APPARATUS��248
SECTION 10.4.7.11 SPRAYING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS��248
DIVISION 8. RIPENING PROCESSES..................................................................................259

SECTION 10.4.8.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED��259
xii
DIVISION 9. FUMIGATION AND THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING............................260

SECTION 10.4.9.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE (FSC)��260
SECTION 10.4.9.2 SOURCES OF IGNITION��260
SECTION 10.4.9.3 WATCH PERSONNEL��260
SECTION 10.4.9.4 SEALING OF BUILDING��260
SECTION 10.4.9.5 WARNING SIGNS��261
SECTION 10.4.9.6 VENTING AND CLEANUP��261
SECTION 10.4.9.7 THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING LIQUIDS��261
SECTION 10.4.9.8 RESTRICTED FUMIGANTS��261
DIVISION 10. REPAIR GARAGES........................................................................................261

DIVISION 11. LUMBER YARDS, WOOD PROCESSING AND

WOODWORKING FACILITIES.......................................................................263
DIVISION 12. MECHANICAL REFRIGERATION ..................................................................265

SECTION 10.4.12.2 SAFETY FEATURES��266
SECTION 10.4.12.3 OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND TESTING��270
DIVISION 13. MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ..................................................................271

SECTION 10.4.13.1 CONSTRUCTION ��271
SECTION 10.4.13.2 OPERATION ��271
DIVISION 14. OIL-BURNING EQUIPMENT...........................................................................271

SECTION 10.4.14.2 BASIC INSTALLATION AND OPERATION��272
SECTION 10.4.14.3 AIR FOR COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION��274
SECTION 10.4.14.4 VENTING OF COMBUSTION (FLUE) GASES��275
SECTION 10.4.14.5 INSTALLATION OF OIL BURNERS AND OIL-BURNING APPLIANCES��279
DIVISION 15. MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS.................................................287

SECTION 10.4.15.1 APPLICABILITY��287
SECTION 10.4.15.2 LOCATION OF PLANTS AND BUILDINGS��287
SECTION 10.4.15.3 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION��288
SECTION 10.4.15.4 PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS��289
SECTION 10.4.15.5 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING��292
SECTION 10.4.15.6 SPECIAL HAZARDS��294
SECTION 10.4.15.7 CONTROL OF IGNITION SOURCES��296
SECTION 10.4.15.8 MANAGEMENT OF FIRE HAZARDS��297
SECTION 10.4.15.9 FIRE PROTECTION��298
xiii
SECTION 10.4.15.10 TRAINING AND EMERGENCY PLANNING��299
SECTION 10.4.15.11 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE��299
DIVISION 16. INDUSTRIAL OVENS AND FURNACES...........................................................300

SECTION 10.4.16.2 LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION��300
SECTION 10.4.16.3 COMMISSIONING, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION
AND TESTING��304
DIVISION 17. WELDING, CUTTING, AND OTHER HOT WORK OPERATIONS......................307

SECTION 10.4.17.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR WELDING, CUTTING AND
OTHER HOT WORKS��308
SECTION 10.4.17.3 FIRE PREVENTION PRECAUTIONS��309
SECTION 10.4.17.4 PUBLIC EXHIBITIONS AND DEMONSTRATIONS��312
DIVISION 18. SAFEGUARDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND

DEMOLITION OPERATIONS..........................................................................313
SECTION 10.4.18.2 PROCESSES AND HAZARDS��313
SECTION 10.4.18.4 SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATION OPERATIONS316
CHAPTER 5. MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY MEASURES..................................................................320

DIVISION 1. WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS.........................................320
SECTION 10.5.1.2 GENERAL SAFETY PRACTICES��320
SECTION 10.5.1.3 HAZARD EVALUATION��321
SECTION 10.5.1.4 PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL��321
SECTION 10.5.1.5 VENTILATION��322
SECTION 10.5.1.6 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION��322
SECTION 10.5.1.7 EDUCATION��323
DIVISION 2. SMOKING.....................................................................................................325
SECTION 10.5.2.1 DESIGNATED AND PROHIBITED SMOKING AREAS��325
SECTION 10.5.2.2 NO SMOKING SIGNAGES��325
DIVISION 3. MANUFACTURE AND SALE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS...................................325

SECTION 10.5.3.2 MANUFACTURE AND SALE��325
SECTION 10.5.3.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE��326
SECTION 10.5.3.4 PROHIBITED TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS��326
SECTION 10.5.3.5 PROHIBITED ACTS��327
DIVISION 4. OPEN BURNING............................................................................................327

SECTION 10.5.4.1 WHEN ALLOWED��327
SECTION 10.5.4.2 EXCEPTIONS��327
SECTION 10.5.4.3 PROHIBITION ON OPEN BURNING��327
SECTION 10.5.4.5 PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE��328
xiv
SECTION 10.5.4.6 RESPONSIBLE PERSON FOR OUTDOOR BURNING��328
DIVISION 5. INCINERATOR...............................................................................................328
DIVISION 6. USE OF EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES, DEVICES AND
VACANT BUILDINGS....................................................................................328
SECTION 10.5.6.1 TOY BALLOONS��328
SECTION 10.5.6.2 TRACER BULLETS AND SIMILAR DEVICES��328
SECTION 10.5.6.3 ASPHALT KETTLES��328
SECTION 10.5.6.4 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND OTHER DEVICES��329
SECTION 10.5.6.5 TRAPDOORS TO BE CLOSED��329
SECTION 10.5.6.6 SHAFTWAYS TO BE MARKED��329
SECTION 10.5.6.7 USE OF TORCHES OR FLAME-PRODUCING DEVICES FOR
REMOVING PAINT��329
SECTION 10.5.6.8 HAZARDOUS WARNING LIGHTS��329
SECTION 10.5.6.9 OPEN FLAME DEVICES IN PORTS/WHARVES��329
SECTION 10.5.6.10 VACATING PREMISES��329
SECTION 10.5.6.11 VACANT BUILDINGS��329
DIVISION 7. URBAN AND RURAL PRE-FIRE PLANNING....................................................330

SECTION 10.5.7.1 HYDRANT��330
SECTION 10.5.7.2 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS ROADS��330
SECTION 10.5.7.3 DESIGNATION OF FIRE LANE ��331
RULE 11. PROHIBITED ACTS...............................................................................................331

SECTION 11.0.0.1 PROHIBITED ACTS AND OMISSIONS��331
RULE 12. FIRE CODE TAXES, FEES/CHARGES AND FINES................................................332

SECTION 12.0.0.1 SOURCES OF INCOME��332
SECTION 12.0.0.2 FIRE CODE REVENUES��332
SECTION 12.0.0.3 ASSESSMENT��333
SECTION 12.0.0.4 SCHEDULE OF FEES AND FINES��333
SECTION 12.0.0.5 MANNER OF COLLECTION��342
SECTION 12.0.0.6 DESIGNATION OF COLLECTING OFFICER��342
SECTION 12.0.0.7 UTILIZATION��342
SECTION 12.0.0.8 MONITORING��343
RULE 13. ADMINISTRATIVE COURSES OF ACTION...........................................................343

SECTION 13.0.0.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES��343
SECTION 13.0.0.2 FIXING OF FINES��344
SECTION 13.0.0.3 JURISDICTION��344
SECTION 13.0.0.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES��344
SECTION 13.0.0.5 PUBLIC NUISANCE��345
SECTION 13.0.0.6 PERIOD FOR CORRECTING VIOLATIONS��346
SECTION 13.0.0.7 PENALTIES FOR SPECIFIC INDIVIDUALS��348
SECTION 13.0.0.8 CONDUCT OF HIGHWAY MONITORING��350
SECTION 13.0.0.9 REMOVAL OF HAZARD��350
RULE 14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..........................................................................350

SECTION 14.0.0.1 PROTEST ��350
SECTION 14.0.0.2 APPEAL��351
SECTION 14.0.0.3 EFFECT OF FILING A PROTEST OR APPEAL��351
xv
SECTION14.0.0.4 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION��351
SECTION 14.0.0.5 IMPLEMENTING DETAILS��351
SECTION 14.0.0.6 ALTERNATIVE AND/OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES ��351
SECTION 14.0.0.7 SEPARABILITY CLAUSE ��352
SECTION 14.0.0.8 REPEALING AND AMENDING CLAUSE��352
SECTION 14.0.0.9 EFFECTIVITY��352
ANNEX A
TABLES......................................................................................................................................353
ANNEX B
ILLUSTRATION...........................................................................................................................378
xvi
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
AC Alternating Current
AFFF Aqueous Film Forming Foam
AFSS Automatic Fire Suppression System
AGDB Authorized Government Depository Bank
AGSB Authorized Government Servicing Bank
AIR After Inspection Report
ASA Australia Standards Association
ASHRAE American Society of Heating and Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASSS Approved, Supervised Sprinkler System
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
BCVs Backflow Check Valves
BFP Bureau of Fire Protection
BJMP Bureau of Jail Management and Penology
BPLO Business Processing and Licensing Office
BPO Business Process Outsourcing
C/MFM City/Municipal Fire Marshal
CAAP Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
CAF Compressed Air Foam
CCTV Closed-Circuit Television
CE or CEN European Committee for Standardization
CFRS Consumer Fireworks Retail Sales
CHED Commission on Higher Education
CNG Compressed Natural Gases
COA Commission on Audit
COC Certificate of Competency
CRO Customer Relations Officer
DBD Design Basis Document
DC Direct Current
DENR Department of Environment and Natural Resources
DepEd Department of Education
DICT Department of Information Communication and Technology
DIFFS Deck Integrated Foam Firefighting System
DILG Department of Interior and Local Government
DOE Department of Energy
DOH Department of Health
DOLE Department of Labor and Employment
DOTr Department of Transportation
DTI Department of Trade and Industry
EER Evacuation Escape and Rescue
EPSS Emergency Power Supply System
ESD Emergency Shutdown
ESVs Emergency Shutoff Valves
FFFP Film Forming Fluoro-Protein
FM Factory Manual, Incorporated
FPA Fertilizer and Pesticide Authority
FSCP Fire Alarm Control Panel
FSC Fire Safety Clearance
FSCCR Fire Safety Compliance and Commissioning Report
FSCR Fire Safety Compliance Report
lii
FSCS Firefighters’ Smoke-Control Station
FSEC Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance
FSES/U Fire Safety Enforcement Section/Unit
FSI Fire Safety Inspector
FSIC Fire Safety Inspection Certificate
FSMR Fire Safety Maintenance Report
FVO Fire Volunteer Organization
GHS Global Harmonized System Classification and Labeling of Chemicals
GLS Gas Leak Sensor
GLDS Gas Leak Detection System
GRP Glass Reinforced Plastic
HLO Helicopter Landing Officer
HMIS Hazardous Materials Identification Systems
HPG Highway Patrol Group
IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IO Inspection Order
IRR Implementing Rules and Regulations
IT Information Technology
JIS or JISC Japan Industrial Standard Committee
KFI Korea Fire Industry Technology Institute
LE/FL Lower Explosive/Flammability Limit
LFL Lower Flammable Limit
LGU Local Government Unit
LNG Liquefied Natural Gases
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas
LPC or LPCB Loss Prevention Certification Board
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LTO Land Transportation Office
MAQ Maximum Allowable Quantity
MAWP Maximum Allowable Working Pressure
MCC Motor Control Center
MDPE Medium Density Poly Ethylene
MEC Minimum Explosive Concentration
MGB Mines and Geosciences Bureau
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
NBI National Bureau of Investigation
NCA Notice of Cash Allocation
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NHCP National Historical Commission of the Philippines
NOD Notice of Disapproval
NTC Notice to Comply
NTCV Notice to Correct Violation
NUI Normally Unmanned Installation
OBO Office of the Building Official
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturers
OPS Order of Payment Slip
PAI Permit Authorizing Individual
PCG Philippine Coast Guard
PEL Permissible Exposure Limit
PEZA Philippine Economic Zone Authority
PFP Passive Fire Protection
liii
PNP Philippine National Police
PNRI Philippine Nuclear Research Institute
PPA Philippine Port Authority
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PSM Process Safety Management
PV Photovoltaic
RA Republic Act
REE Registered Electrical Engineer
RIRR Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations
RFF Residential Fueling Facility
SARO Special Allotment Release Order
SDS Safety Data Sheet
SILG Secretary of Interior and Local Government
TESDA Technical Education Skills Development Authority
TR Temporary Refuge
UE/FL Upper Explosive/Flammability Limit
UL Underwriters Laboratories
UL 1975 Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purpose
VFA Vehicle Fueling Appliances
liv
REFERRAL CODES AND STANDARDS
ANSI, American National Standards Institute

ANSI/ASME B31.3, Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping
ANSI/IAS NGV1, Standard for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Fueling Connection
Devices
ANSI/IIAR 7, Developing Operating Procedures for Closed-Circuit Ammonia Mechanical
Refrigerating Systems
ANSI/UL 296A, Standard for Waste Oil-Burning Air-Heating Appliances
ANSI/UL 790, Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings
API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray Currents
ASTM E 108, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Covering
ASME A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators
ASTM D 3699, Standard Specification for Kerosene
ASTM D 396, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils
ASTM D 6448, Industrial Burner Fuels from Used Lube Oils
ASTM D 6751, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for Middle
Distillate Fuel
ASTM D 6823, Commercial Burner Fuels from Used Lube Oils
ASTM D 92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup
ASTM E 108, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings
ASTM E 119, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials
ASTM E 2393, Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Resistive Joint Systems
and Perimeter Fire Barriers
CE or CEN, European Committee for Standardization
DENR Administrative No. 2000-02, Chemical Control Order for Asbestos
IEC, International Electrotechnical Commission
IEC TR 61400-24, Wind Turbine Generator Systems—Part 24, Lightning Protection
IMC, International Mechanical Code
NFPA 1, Fire Code
NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion Foam Systems
NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
NFPA 13R, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems Low Rise Residential Occupancies
NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrant and Hose Systems
NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water
Spray Systems
NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 17 A, Standard for Wet Chemicals Extinguishing System
NFPA 20, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection
NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tansk for Private Fire Protection
NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection
Systems
NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment
NFPA 33, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials
NFPA 34, Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using Flammable or
Combustible Liquids
NFPA 35, Standard for the Manufacture of Organic Coatings
NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and
Gas Turbines
lv
NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
NFPA 50A, Standard for Gaseous Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites
NFPA 51, Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding,
Cutting, and Allied Processes
NFPA 51A, Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants
NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire Prevention during Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work
NFPA 52, Vehicular Fuel Systems Code
NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code
NFPA 55, Standard for the Storage, Use, and Handling of Compressed and Liquefied Gases in
Portable Cylinders
NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas
NFPA 68, Explosion Venting
NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems
NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
NFPA 76, Standard for the Fire Protection of Telecommunications Facilities
NFPA 77, Recommended Practice on Static Electricity
NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows
NFPA 86, Standard for Ovens and Furnaces
NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems
NFPA 91, Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and
Particulate Solids
NFPA 92, Standard for Smoke Control Systems
NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial
Cooking Operations
NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities
NFPA 101, Life Safety Code
NFPA 102, Standard for Grandstands, Folding and Telescopic Seating, Tents, and
Membrane Structures
NFPA 105, Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other
Opening Protectives
NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power System
NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems
NFPA 160, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics efore a Proximate Audience
NFPA 170, Standard for Signs and Symbols
NFPA 204, tandard for Smoke and Heat Venting
NFPA 211, Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel–Burning Appliances
NFPA 220, Standard on Types of Building Construction
NFPA 221, Standard for High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls and Fire Barrier Walls
NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations
NFPA 251, Standard Method of Test of Fire Resistance of Building Construction and Materials
NFPA 253, Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source
NFPA 255 , Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
NFPA 259, Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials
NFPA 289, Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual Fuel Packages
NFPA 385, Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible Liquid
NFPA 395, Standard for the Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids at Farms and
Isolated Sites
NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code
NFPA 407, Aircraft Fuel Servicing Tank Vehicles
NFPA 409, Standards for Aircraft Hangars
lvi
NFPA 430, Code for the Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers
NFPA 432, Code for the Storage of Organic Peroxide Formulations
NFPA 490, Code for the Storage of Ammonium Nitrate
NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code
NFPA 502, Standard for Road Tunnels, Bridges, and Other Limited Access Highways
NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including Type Designations, Areas
of Use, Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations
NFPA 654, Standard for the Prevention of Fires for Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing,
processing, and Handling of Combustible Particular Solids
NFPA 664, Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and
Woodworking Facilities
NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films
NFPA 703, Standard for Fire Retardant-treated wood and Fire Retardant Coatings for Building
Materials
NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency
Response
NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems
NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems
NFPA 801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling Radioactive Materials
NFPA 850, Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Electric Generating Plants and High
Voltage Direct Current Converter Stations
NFPA 914, Code for Fire Protection of Historic Structures
NFPA 1124, Code for the Manufacture, Transportation, Storage, and Retail Sales of Fireworks
and Pyrotechnic
NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a Proximate Audience
NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections
NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems
NFPA 5000, Building Construction and Safety Code
PD 1096 / NBCP, National Building Code of the Philippines
PD 1866, Codifying The Laws on Illegal/Unlawful Possession, Manufacture, Dealing in,
Acquisition or Disposition of Firearms, Ammunition or Explosives or Instruments Used in
the Manufacture of Firearms, Ammunition or Explosives, and Imposing Stiffer Penalties
for Certain Violations Thereof and for Relevant Purposes and its Rules and Regulations
PEC, Philippine Electrical Code
Philippine Electronics Code
PMEC, Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code
PNS, Philippine National Standard
RA 6969, Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act of 1990
RA 6975, Department of the Interior and Local Government Act of 1990
RA 7183, An Act Regulating the Sale, Manufacture, Distribution and Use of Firecrackers and
other Pyrotechnic Devices, as Amended
RA 8749, Clean Air Act of 1999
RA 9184, Government Procurement Reform Act of 2003
RA 9292, Electronics Engineering Act of 2004
RA 9263, Bureau of Fire Protection and Bureau of Jail Management and Penology
Professionalization Act of 2004
UL 1975, Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purpose
UL 263, Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material
UL 790, Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials
lvii
REVISED IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS (RIRR) OF
REPUBLIC ACT NO. 9514, OTHERWISE KNOWN AS THE
FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES OF 2008
Pursuant to the provision of Section 14, in relation to Section 5 of Republic Act No. 9514,
entitled “AN ACT ESTABLISHING A COMPREHENSIVE FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES, REPEALING
PRESIDENTIAL DECREE NO. 1185, AND FOR OTHER PURPOSES,” the following Rules and Regulations
are hereby adopted in order to carry out the provisions of this Code.
RULE 1. INTERPRETATION
This RIRR shall be interpreted in light of the Declaration of Policy found in Section 2 of
this Code:
“It is the policy of the State to ensure public safety, promote economic development
through the prevention and suppression of all kinds of destructive fires, and promote
the professionalization of the Fire Service as a profession. Towards this end, the State
shall enforce all laws, rules and regulations to ensure adherence to standard fire
prevention and safety measures, and promote accountability in the fire protection
and prevention service.”
RULE 2. COVERAGE
This RIRR shall cover the following:
A. All persons, either natural or juridical;
B. All buildings, facilities or structures and their premises, erected or constructed before and
after the effectivity hereof;
C. Design and installation of mechanical, electronics and electrical systems relative to fire
protection;
D. Manufacturing, storage, handling and/or use, and transportation of explosives and/
or combustible/flammable liquids and gases, toxic and other hazardous materials and
operations, and their wastes;
E. Fire safety planning, design, construction, repair, maintenance, rehabilitation and
demolition;
F. Fire protective and warning equipment or systems;
G. All land transportation vehicles and equipment, ships or vessels docked at piers or wharves
or anchored in seaports; and
H. Petroleum industry installations.
RULE 3. DEFINITION OF TERMS

For purposes of this RIRR, the following terms, words and phrases shall mean or be understood
as follows:
Abatement. Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.
Aerodrome. Any place where flight operations (takeoff, landing and maintenance of civil
aircrafts) can take place.
Aircraft Engine. Any engine used, or intended to be used, for the propulsion of an aircraft. This
includes all parts, appurtenances, and accessories thereof other than propellers.
Aircraft. Any machine that is able to fly by gaining support from the air. It counters the force of
gravity by using either static lift or by using the dynamic lift of an airfoil.
Airfoil. The basic form of the wings, fins, and horizontal stabilizer of most aircraft.
Airport. A complex of runways and buildings for the takeoff, landing, and maintenance of civil
aircraft with facilities for passengers.
1
Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety Measures. Set of fire safety rules, regulations, and standards
specifically applied to existing public or private buildings, structures or facilities and their
premises or portion thereof constructed or erected prior to the implementation of RA 9514,
where compliance with the fire safety requirements as specified in the RIRR of RA 9514 will
compromise the structural stability/integrity of the said buildings, facilities or structures.
Apartment Building. A building containing three (3) or more living units with independent cooking
and bathroom facilities, whether designated as condominium, row house, apartment
house, tenement, or by any other name.
Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
Approved Supervised Sprinkler System (ASSS). An integrated network of hydraulically designed
piping system installed in a building, structure or facility with outlets arranged in a systematic
pattern. It automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products
of fire.
Authorized Government Depository Bank (AGDB) or Authorized Government Servicing Bank
(AGSB). Government servicing banks such as Land Bank of the Philippines (LBP), Development
Bank of the Philippines (DBP), United Coconut Planters Bank (UCPB), and Philippine Veterans
Bank (PVB), wherein Fire Code revenues are deposited for subsequent remittance to the
Bureau of Treasury (BTr).
Automatic Fire Suppression System (AFSS). An integrated system of underground or overhead
piping connected to a source of extinguishing agent or medium, designed in accordance
with fire protection engineering standards to include, but not limited to Automatic Fire
Sprinkler System which when actuated by its automatic detecting device suppresses fire
within the area protected even without human intervention.
Automotive Service Station. That portion of property where liquids used as motor fuels are stored
and dispensed from fixed equipment into the fuel tanks of motor vehicles and shall include
any facilities available for the sale and service of tires, batteries and accessories, and for
minor automotive maintenance work.
Baffle. A non liquid-tight transverse partition in a cargo tank.
Bale. A large bundle or package of hay or a raw material such as cotton, tightly bound with
string or wire to keep it in shape during transportation or storage.
Blasting Agent. Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used to set off explosives.
Blowout. A sudden release of oil and gas from a well.
Boiling point. The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid equals the pressure
surrounding the liquid, and the liquid changes into a vapor.
Brush. Land covered with a dense undergrowth of small trees and brushes.
Building. Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, or
property of any kind.
Building Administrator. Any person who is authorized to act as an agent or representative of the
owner of the building and performs duties and responsibilities necessary for the effective
management, maintenance, and proper use of said building.
Bulk Oxygen System. An assembly of equipment, such as oxygen storage containers, pressure
regulators, safety devices, vaporizers, manifolds, and interconnecting piping, for supplying
a regulated flow of oxygen to a pipeline.
Bulk Plant. Portion of a property where liquids are received by tank vessel, pipelines, tank cars, or
tank vehicle, and are stored or blended in bulk for the purpose of distributing such liquids by
tank vessels, pipeline, tank car, tank vehicle, portable tank or container.
Bulkhead. A liquid-tight closure between compartments of a cargo tank.
Cargo Tank. Any tank having a liquid capacity more than four hundred fifty liters (450L) used for
carrying flammable and combustible liquids and mounted permanently or otherwise upon
a tank vehicle. The term “cargo tank” does not apply to any container used solely for the
purpose of supplying fuel for the propulsion of the tank vehicle upon which it is mounted.
Cathodic Protection. A technique to resist corrosion o a metal surface by making the surface
cathode of an electrochemical cell.
Cellulose Nitrate or Nitro Cellulose. A highly combustible and explosive compound produced by
the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.
Cellulose Nitrate Plastic (Pyroxylin). Any plastic substance, materials or compound having
cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
2
City/Municipal Fire Marshal (C/MFM). The duly designated head of the City or Municipal Fire
Station including those designated as “Officer-in-Charge” or in “Acting” capacity. This shall
also apply to highly urbanized Cities and Stations where by its approved organization the
head is the District Fire Marshal or Station Commander as the case may be.
Chemical Plant. A large integrated plant or that portion of such plant other than a refinery or
distillery where flammable or combustible liquids are produced by chemical reactions or
used in chemical reactions.
Closed Container. Any container so sealed by means of a lid or other device that neither liquid
nor vapor will escape from it at ordinary temperatures.
Collecting Officer. An accountable officer responsible in the collection, deposit and remittance
of Fire Code revenues from all Fire Code taxes, fees/charges and fines with AGDB or AGSB.
Combustible Fiber. Any readily ignitable and free-burning fibers, such as but not limited, to
cocoa fiber, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen, istle, jute, kapok, oakum, rags, sisal,
Spanish moss, straw, tow, waste cloth, waste paper, certain synthetic fibers commonly used
in commerce, or any material in a fibrous or shredded form that will readily ignite when heat
sources are present.
Combustible Liquid. Any liquid having a flash point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths
degrees Celsius (37.8 °C), and classified as follows:
Class II Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths
degrees Celsius (37.8 °C) and below sixty degrees Celsius (60 °C).
Class IIIA Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point at or above sixty degrees Celsius (60 °C),
but below ninety-three degrees Celsius (93 °C).
Class IIIB Liquid. Any liquid that has a flash point at or above ninety-three degrees
Celsius (93 °C).
Combustible Waste. Also known as loose waste material, are those generated by an establishment
or process and, being salvageable, are retained for scrap or reprocessing on the premises
where generated. These include, but not limited to, all combustible fibers, hay, straw, hair,
feathers, down, wood shavings, turnings, styrofoam, all types of plastics, all types of paper
products, soiled cloth trimmings and cuttings, rubber trimmings and buffing, metal fines,
used oil and any mixture of the above items, or any other salvageable combustible waste
material.
Common Atmosphere. A common atmosphere exists between rooms, spaces or area within a
building, which are not separated by an approved smoke partition.
Compressed Air Foam (CAF). A homogeneous foam produced by the combination of water,
foam concentrate, and air or nitrogen under pressure.
Compressed Gas. One that exists solely in the gaseous state under pressure in the range of
two hundred seventy-three kilopascals (273 kPa) to twenty-four thousand nine hundred
twenty-three kilopascals (24,923 kPa) at all normal atmospheric temperature ranging from
twenty degrees Celsius (20 °C) to thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8 °C)
inside its container.
Compressed Gas Container. A pressure container designed to hold compressed gases at
pressures greater than one (1) atmosphere at twenty degrees Celsius (20 °C).
Compressed Gas System. An assembly of components, such as containers, reactors, pumps,
compressors and connecting piping and tubing, designed to contain, distribute or transport
compressed gases.
Concourse. A large open passageway in a public building, such as in a rail station or airport
terminal that people meet in or pass through.
Container. Any vessel of less than two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) capacity used for
transporting or storing liquids.
Control Area. A building or portion of a building or outdoor area within which hazardous materials
are allowed to be stored, dispensed, used or handled in quantities not exceeding the
maximum allowable quantities (MAQ).
Conservation. All the processes and measures of maintaining the cultural significance or value
of a cultural heritage or property, including but not limited to, preservation, restoration,
reconstruction, protection, adaptation, documentation, examination, research, treatment,
education, or any combination thereof.
Corrosive Liquid. Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic matter or with certain
chemicals.
3
Crude Oil. Any naturally-occurring, unrefined petroleum liquid.
Cryogenic. Any material which, by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements,
produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surroundings.
Cryogenic Container. A pressure or low-pressure or atmospheric container of any size designed
or used for the transportation, handling or storage of a cryogenic fluid, and which utilizes
venting, insulation, refrigeration or a combination thereof to maintain the pressure within
the design parameters for such container and to keep the contents in a liquid state.
Cryogenic Fluids. Fluids produced or stored at very low temperatures and that have normal
boiling point below negative fifty-five degrees Celsius (-55 °C).
Cryogenic Inground Container. A container in which the maximum liquid level is below the normal
surrounding grade and is constructed of natural materials, such as earth and rock and
pendent upon the freezing of water-saturated earth materials for its tightness or impervious
nature.
Curtain Board. A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials attached to and
extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses to divide the underside of the roof into
separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.
Customer Relations Officer (CRO). An organic member of the BFP who is tasked to attend to the
immediate needs and concerns of the customer, applicant or any taxpayer transacting
business with a unit/station/office.
Damper. A device used in heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) ducts to prevent the
spread of fire or smoke inside the ductwork. It automatically closes upon detection of heat
and smoke. They can be opened or closed from a remote fire command station if required.
Fire Damper. A device used to interrupt migratory airflow, resist the passage of flame, and
maintain the integrity of the fire rated separation. Its primary function is to prevent the
passage of flame from one side of a fire-rated separation to the other, upon detection
of flame via duct temperature.
Smoke Damper. A device used to prevent the passage of smoke from one side of a fire-
rated separation to the other, upon detection of smoke via smoke detector.
Combination Fire and Smoke Damper. A device that meets both the heat and smoke
damper requirements where a wall, floor, or ceiling is required to have both a fire
damper and smoke damper.
Derrick. A framework that is constructed over a mine or oil well for the purpose of boring or
lowering pipes.
Detearing. A process for rapidly removing excess wet coating material from a dipped or coated
object or material by passing it through an electrostatic field.
Dip Tank. A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials
are immersed for purposes of coating, finishing, treating, or similar processes.
Dispensing Device. An equipment used to deliver petroleum products such as gasoline, diesel
and kerosene: installed in a fore court/curve area within the retail outlet. Dispensing device
can either be a self-contained or with a remote/submersible pump.
Distillation. The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the
less volatile parts, and then cooling and condensing the resulting vapor so as to produce a
nearly purified substance.
Distillery. A plant or that portion where liquids produced by fermentation and distillation are
concentrated, and where the concentrated products may also be mixed, stored, or
packaged.
Dormitories. Buildings where group sleeping accommodation are provided for persons, not
members of the same family group in one room or in series of closely associated room under
joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories, convents, fraternity
houses, military barracks, and the like.
Drum. A container which has a total capacity of two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) used in
storing liquid.
Dry Standpipe. A type of standpipe system in which the pipes are normally not filled with water.
Water is introduced into the system thru Fire Service connections when needed.
Duct System. A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.
Dust. Any finely divided solid, four millimeters (4 mm) or less in diameter (that is, material capable
4
of passing through a U.S. No. 40 standard sieve) which, if mixed with air in proper proportion,
becomes explosive and may be ignited by a flame, spark or other source of ignition.
Electrical Arc. An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by the passage of an electric current
across a space between two conductors or terminals.
Electrostatic Fluidized Bed. A container holding powder coating material that is aerated
from below so as to form an air-supported and expanded cloud of such material that is
electrically charged with a charge opposite to that of the object to be coated. Such object
is transported through a container immediately above the charged and aerated materials
in order to be coated.
Ember. A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is still oxidizing
without the manifestation of flames.
Enclosed Platform. A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of which is not more
than one and fifty-five hundredths meters (1.55 m) above the proscenium opening of which
is designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment
wherein scenery, drops, decorations or other effects may be installed or used.
Explosive. Any chemical compound or mechanical mixture that is commonly used or intended
for the purpose of producing an explosion.
Exit. That portion of means of egress that is separated from all other spaces of a building or
structure by construction, location, or equipment as required to provide a protected way
of travel to the exit discharge.
Exit Access. That portion of means of egress that leads to an exit.
Exit Discharge. That portion of a means of egress between the termination of an exit and a public
way.
Finishes. Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective purposes.
Fire. The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combustion.
Class A Fire. Fires involving ordinary combustible materials such as wood, cloth, rubber and
plastics.
Class B Fire. Fires involving flammable liquids and gases.
Class C Fire. Fires involving energized electrical equipment.
Class D Fire. Fires involving combustible materials, such as sodium, magnesium, potassium,
and other similar materials.
Class K Fire. Fires in cooking appliances that involve combustible cooking media (vegetable
or animal oils and fats).
Fire Alarm. Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warn the occupants
of the building or firefighting elements of the presence or danger of fire.
Fire Alerting System. A fire alarm system activated by the presence of fire, where the signal is
transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm.
Fire Area. The aggregate floor area enclosed and bounded by fire walls, fire barriers, exterior
walls or fire resistance-rated horizontal assemblies of a building.
Fire Barrier. A continuous membrane or a membrane with discontinuities created by protected
openings with a specified fire protection rating, where such membrane is designed and
constructed with a specified fire resistance rating to limit the spread of fire, that also restricts
the movement of smoke.
Fire Barrier Wall. Interior wall that extends from floor to floor or floor to roof, including concealed
and interstitial spaces. They are designed to sub-divide portions of the building, and can be
supported by structures, such as roofs, columns or floors. All support structures should have
a fire-resistance rating no less than that of the fire barrier they support. Fire barriers restrict
the initial flow of heat within the area of origin, which provides building occupants with
adequate time to evacuate to safe areas. These walls shall have at least three (3) hours fire
resistance rating.
Fire Brigade. A collective term that refers to a group of firefighters, primarily performing fire
suppression activities in specified areas such as, but not limited to, community/barangay,
company, and other government and non-government establishments.
Fire Code Fees/Charges. Charges for regulation, inspection and other Fire Service activities in the
enforcement of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
5
Fire Code Fines. Amount imposed for violators of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
Fire Code Fee Collection/Revenues. Collective income derived from the collection of Fire Code
taxes, fees/charges and fines.
Fire Code Taxes. Taxes prescribed in para A.1 through A.6 of Section 12.0.0.2 of this RIRR.
Fire Compartment. A space within a building that is enclosed by fire barriers on all sides, including
the top and bottom.
Fire Department Access Road. The road or other means developed to allow access and
operational setup for firefighting and rescue apparatus.
Fire Detection and Alarm System. A system that detects fire at the earliest stage, and gives an
alarm to alert the occupants so that appropriate action can be taken.
Fire Door. A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or partitions.
Fire Exit Drill. A practice drill for the orderly and safe evacuation of occupants in the buildings.
Fire Hazard. Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the probability
of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere with firefighting
operations and the safeguarding of life and property.
Fire Lane. The portion of a roadway or public way that should be kept open and unobstructed
at all times for the expedient conduct of firefighting operations.
Fire Protective and Fire Safety Device. Any device intended for the protection of buildings or
persons to include, but not limited to, built-in protection system such as sprinklers and other
automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smoke and combustion products, and
other warning system components, personal protective equipment such as fire blankets,
helmets, fire suits, gloves and other garments that may be put on or worn by persons to
protect themselves during fire.
Fire Protective Assembly. An assembly incorporated in the structure designed to prevent the
spread of fire, such as dampers, curtain boards, fire stoppers and the like.
Fire Resistance Rating. The duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of
a standard fire test.
Fire Safety Compliance Report (FSCR). A written report composed of plans, specifications
and design analysis per building prepared by its Engineer/Architect-of-Record and
Fire Safety Practitioner.
Fire Safety Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR). A compilation report of all approved
submittals, test and acceptance forms of all fire protection and life safety features, which
shall form part of the “as-built” documents turned over by the contractor to the building
owner.
Fire Safety Construction. Refers to the design and installation of walls, barriers, doors, windows,
vents, means of egress and other elements integral to and incorporated into a building
or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic before the
building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve, among others, safe
and rapid evacuation of people and properties through means of egress on construction,
which are sealed from smoke or fire; and confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of
origin and delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke-sealed and
fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of building
components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.
Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance (FSEC). A document issued by the BFP as a prerequisite for
the grant of Building Permit by the Office of Building Official having jurisdiction upon
determination that the evaluated plans are compliant with RA 9514 and its RIRR.
Fire Safety Inspector (FSI). A uniformed/non-uniformed personnel of the BFP responsible for
fire safety inspection and assessment of fire hazards, and whose function, duties and
responsibilities are defined under Division 1, Chapter 2, Rule 8 of this RIRR.
Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC). A document issued by the BFP as a prerequisite for the
grant of Certificate of Occupancy, Business Permit, Certificate of Annual Inspection from
PEZA and other licenses and permits being issued by other government agencies upon
determining that the required fire safety construction are in place, and fire protective and/
or warning systems are properly installed in accordance with the approved plans and
specifications and in compliance with RA 9514 and its RIRR.
Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR). A written report prepared by the building owner, his/her
fire safety practitioner or authorized representative. This is a compilation of the maintenance
6
and testing records kept by the building’s engineering and maintenance department, as
a prerequisite for the issuance of FSIC for Business or Mayor’s Permit renewal, Certificate of
Annual Inspection, Permit to Operate, PHILHEALTH Accreditation for Hospitals, DOH License
to Operate and other permits or licenses being issued by other government agencies.
Fire Safety Practitioner. Any qualified person, recognized by the BFP, engaged in, but not
limited to, the design, construction, installation, repair and maintenance, assessment, and
rehabilitation of fire safety construction, suppression and control systems, protective and
warning systems and life safety related services, or employed as a safety officer of public
and private establishments/companies.
Fire Trap. A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it lacks adequate
exits or fire escapes.
Fire Volunteer Organization (FVO). An organized group of private firefighters recognized by the
BFP, who have voluntarily formed themselves to perform fire-related activities.
Fire Volunteer. A person who voluntarily enters into firefighting service through a Fire Volunteer
Organization (FVO) and undergoes the same discipline as that of BFP firefighters.
Fire Wall. An exterior wall designed to prevent the spread of fire, having a fire resistance rating
of not less than four (4) hours with sufficient structural stability to remain standing even if
construction on either side collapses under fire condition. Fire walls particularly erected
above or along property lines shall have absolutely no openings and shall extend above
the roof to one meter (1 m).
Fixed Guideway Transit System. An electrified transportation system, utilizing a fixed guideway,
operating on right-of-way for the mass movement of passengers within a metropolitan
area, and consisting of its fixed guideways, transit vehicles, and other rolling stock; power
systems; buildings; stations; and other stationary and movable apparatus, equipment,
appurtenances, and structures.
Flame Retardant. Any compound or mixture which when applied properly improves the resistivity
or fire resistance quality of fabrics and other materials.
Flame Spread Rating. The time in which flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.
Flammability. The characteristic of a material on how easily it will burn or ignite, causing fire or
combustion.
Flammable Cryogenic Fluids. Cryogenic fluids which are flammable in their vapor state.
Flammable Finishes. Material coatings in which the material being applied is a flammable liquid,
combustible liquid, combustible powder, or flammable or combustible gel coating.
Flammable Liquids. Liquids having flash points below thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(37.8 °C), except any mixture having components with flash points of thirty-seven and eight
tenths degrees Celsius (37.8 °C) or higher, the total of which make up ninety-nine percent
(99%) or more of the total volume of the mixture. Flammable liquids are classified as follows:
Class IA Liquid. Liquid having flash points below twenty-two and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(22.8 °C), and having a boiling point below thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (37.8 °C).
Class IB Liquid. Liquid having flash points below twenty-two and eight tenths degrees Celsius
(22.8 °C), and having a boiling point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (37.8 °C).
Class IC Liquids. Liquid having flash points at or above twenty-two and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (22.8 °C), and below thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8 °C).
Flammable Vapor Area. An area in which the concentration of flammable constituents (vapor,
gas, fume, mist or dust) in air exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of their Lower Flammable
Limit (LFL) because of the flammable finish processes operation. It shall include the interior of
spray booths; the interior of ducts exhausting from spraying processes; any area in the direct
path or any area containing dangerous quantities of air-suspended powder, combustible
residue, dust, deposits, vapor or mists as a result of spraying operations; and the area in
the vicinity of dip tanks, drain boards or associated drying, conveying or other equipment
during operation or shutdown periods.
Flash Point of a Liquid. The lowest temperature a liquid at which sufficient vapor is given off to
form an ignitable mixture with air, near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used.
Flexible Plan Buildings. Buildings that have movable corridor walls and movable partitions of
full height construction with doors leading from rooms to corridors. Flexible plan buildings
7
without exit access doors between rooms and corridors shall be classified as open plan
buildings.
Fogging. The creation of a cloud of ultra-fine droplets, which are airborne and readily picked up
by the insect as it flies through the swathe of insecticide, fog or mist.
Forging. A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimensions.
Fluidized Bed. A container holding powder coating material that is aerated from below so as
to form an air-supported expanded cloud of such material through which the preheated
object to be coated is immersed and transported.
Fulminate. A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.
Fumigant. Any substance which, by itself or in combination with any other substance, emits or
liberates a gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin,
germs, rats, or other pests, and shall be distinguished from insecticides and disinfectants
which are essentially effective in the solid or liquid phases. Examples are methyl bromide,
ethylene dibromide, hydrogen cyanide, carbon disulphide and sulfuryl fluoride.
Fumigation. The utilization within an enclosed space of a fumigant in concentrations that are
hazardous or acutely toxic to humans.
Fumigators. Persons or establishments engaged in fumigation and thermal insecticidal fogging.
Globally Harmonized System (GHS). A system developed by the United Nations that defines
and classifies the hazards of chemical products, and communicates health and safety
information on labels and safety data sheets.
Gross Floor Area. The floor area within the inside perimeter of the outside walls of the building
under consideration with no deduction for hallways, stairs, closets, thickness of interior
walls, columns, elevator and building services shafts, or other features, but excluding floor
openings associated with atriums and communicating spaces.
Hangar. A large building in which aircrafts are kept or repaired.
Hazard Evaluation. Identification of potential hazards which includes risk evaluation that takes
into account the likelihood of the hazard resulting in a fire or explosion.
Hazardous Fire Area. Any area covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush, and other highly
combustible growth or any area used for stockpiling of used or waste materials that, by
virtue of exposure to environment, may cause its deterioration, decomposition or other
conditions that fires are likely to occur therein and hard to suppress.
Hazardous Operation/Process. Any act of manufacturing, fabrication, conversion, or other similar
operations that use or produce materials which are likely to cause fires or explosions.
Heavy Casting. Casting greater than eleven and three tenths kilograms (11.3 kg) with walls of
large cross-sectional weights six and four tenths millimeters (6.4 mm). Castings less than
eleven and three tenths kilograms (11.3 kg) are considered light.
Heliport. An area of land, water or a structural surface that is used or intended for landing and
taking off of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas which are used or intended for use as
heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.
Helistop. Same as “heliport” except that fueling, defueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of
helicopters are not permitted.
High Piled Storage. Combustible materials on pallets or in racks more than four meters (4 m)
high. For highly combustible materials such as rubber goods and certain plastics, the critical
height of piling may be as low as two and four tenths meters (2.4 m). Buildings shall be
deemed to be used for the storage of high piled combustible stock when the floor area
used for such purpose exceeds either one tenth (0.1) of the total floor area, or at least two
hundred thirty-two square meters (232 m2).
High Rise Building. Building, structure or facility in which the distance between the floor of the
topmost storey and the ground level is fifteen meters (15 m) or more. Building height shall be
measured from the lowest level of fire department vehicle access to the floor of the highest
occupiable storey.
Historic Center. Historic zone, district, core, precinct, town, legacy zones, heritage area, zone
or town; a designated area with historical and other special significance, consisting of
buildings or group of buildings, and their environs that collectively contribute to the area’s
importance and character; a place where a significant event in history occurred; any town,
district or ancient settlement site with special historic and/or cultural significance. Historic
centers are sometimes called living museums, outdoor museums or museum preserves
whether inhabited or uninhabited, historic centers and preservation areas.
8
Horizontal Channel. Any uninterrupted space between horizontal layers of stored commodities.
Such channels may be formed by pallets, shelves, racks or other storage arrangements.
Horizontal Exit. A passageway from one building to another, or through or around a wall in
approximately the same floor level. A way of passage from one building to an area of
refuge and another building on approximately the same level, or a way of passage through
or around a fire barrier to an area of refuge on approximately the same level in the same
building that affords safety from fire and smoke originating from the area incidence and
areas communicating therein.
Hose Box. A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored and
arranged for firefighting.
Hose Reel. A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is wound and
connected.
Hospital. A place devoted primarily to the maintenance and operation of health facilities for
the diagnosis, treatment and care of individuals suffering from illness, disease, injury or
deformity, or in need of obstetrical or other surgical, medical and nursing care. It shall also
be constructed as any institution, building or place where there are installed beds, cribs or
bassinets for twenty-four hour (24-hr) use or longer by patients in the treatment of diseases.
Hotels. Buildings or group of buildings under the same management in which there are more than
fifteen (15) sleeping accommodations for hire, primarily used by transients who are lodged
with or without meals, whether designated as a hotel, inn, motel, or by any other name.
So-called appartelle, condotel or pension houses shall be classified as hotels, because they
are potentially subject to transient occupancy like that of hotels.
Interior Room. A room whose only means of egress is through an adjoining or intervening room
which is not an exit.
Interstitial. Any concealed space between the ceiling and the floor or roof above shall be
fire-stopped for the full depth of the space along the line of support of the floor or roof
structural members and, if necessary, at other locations to form areas not to exceed
ninety-three square meters (93 m2) for any space between the ceiling and floor, and two
hundred eighty square meters (280 m2) for any space between the ceiling and the roof.
Industrial Baking and Drying. Industrial process of subjecting materials to heat for the purpose of
removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form
a uniform glazing on the surface of materials being treated.
Jumper. Any piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in an
electrical system.
Level of Exit Discharge. The lowest storey from which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the required
number of exits and not less than fifty percent (50%) of the required egress capacity from
such a storey discharge directly outside at grade; or the storey with the smallest elevation
change needed to reach grade where no storey has fifty percent (50%) or more of the
required number of exits and fifty percent (50%) or more of the required egress capacity
from such a storey discharge directly outside at grade.
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). A group of flammable hydrocarbon gases that are liquified
through pressurization and commonly used as fuel heating appliances, cooking equipment,
and vehicles. It is produced during natural gas processing and petroleum refining. LPG is
more dense than air, at a relative density of 1.5219:1.
Lodging or Rooming Houses. Building in which separate sleeping rooms are rented providing
sleeping accommodations for a total of fifteen (15) or less persons, on either a transient or
permanent basis; with or without meals, but without separate cooking facilities for individual
occupants.
Loose Fibers. Fibers that are not bundled or packaged in suitable bales.
Loose House. A separate detached building in which unbaled combustible fibers are stored.
Machinery Room. A specific room which is permanently installed and used for the operation
of machineries. Closets solely contained within and opening only into a room shall be
considered a part of such room.
Magnesium. A highly flammable metal which burns to over two thousand nine hundred
eighty degrees Celsius (2,980 °C). It is used as a principal element of aluminum alloy for
the manufacture of mobile phones, laptop computers, cameras, and other electronic
components, beverage cans, flashlight photography, flares, pyrotechnics, fireworks
sparklers, automotive and truck components.
9
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Also known as Safety Data Sheet (SDS). A form that contains
data and information regarding the properties of a particular substance.
Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ). The quantity of hazardous material permitted in a
control area.
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP). The maximum pressure permissible at the top of
a container in its operating position for a designated temperature, as established by the
container manufacturer.
Means of Egress. A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from one point in a building,
structure or facility to a public way consisting of three (3) distinct parts: exit, access and exit
discharge.
Medical Air. A type of air product produced through the blending of compressed nitrogen and
oxygen and used in variety of patients’ application. It is also used during anesthesia as a
substitute for nitrous oxide to reduce the high concentration of oxygen exposure.
Medical Gas. A type of gas used in medical and similar facilities, including oxygen, nitrous oxide,
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, helium, medical air and mixtures of these gases.
Nacelle. A cover housing that houses all of the generating components in a wind turbine,
including the generator, gearbox, drive train, and brake assembly.
Nesting. A method of securing flat-bottomed compressed gas containers upright in a tight mass
using a contiguous three-point contact system whereby all containers within a group have
a minimum of three points of contact with other containers, walls or bracing.
Normally Unmanned Installation (NUI). A type of automated offshore oil/gas platform designed
to be primarily operated remotely, without the constant presence of personnel. These
generally are characterized by their small size, often consisting of just a well bay with a
helipad on top.
Nursing Home. A building or part thereof used for the lodging, boarding and nursing care, on a
twenty-four hour (24-hr) basis, of four (4) more persons who, because of mental or physical
incapacity, maybe unable to provide for their own needs and safety without the assistance
of another person. Nursing home, wherever used in this RIRR, shall include nursing and
convalescent homes, skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care facilities, and infirmaries of
homes for the aged.
Occupancy. The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intended to be used.
Occupant. Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof by virtue of a
lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or sufferance of the latter.
Occupant Load. The maximum number of persons that may be allowed to occupy a particular
building, structure, or facility, or portions hereof.
Occupiable Storey. A portion or area in a building accessible to occupants and intended for use
in accordance with occupancy classification defined under the RIRR of RA 9514. However,
roof deck that is accessible to occupant(s) and is used mainly for providing maintenance
on equipment/facilities installed therein shall not be counted for purposes in measuring the
building height
Oil Burning Equipment. An oil burner of any type together with its tank, piping, wiring controls,
blower, and related devices, and shall include all oil-fired units, heating and cooking
appliances.
Open Plan Buildings. Buildings that have rooms and corridors delineated by use of tables, chairs,
desks, bookcases, counters, low height partitions, or similar furnishings.
Organic Coating. A liquid mixture of binders such as alkyd, nitrocellulose, acrylic, or oil, and
flammable and combustible solvents such as hydrocarbon, ester, ketene or alcohol, which
when spread on a surface becomes a durable protective and decorative finish.
Organic Peroxide. A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen readily. It
causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially under conditions of high
temperature.
Overloading. The use of one (1) or more electrical appliances or devices which draw or consume
electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system.
Owner. The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or real property.
Oxidizing Material. A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or
support combustion.
10
Ozone Depleting Substance/Refrigerant. Any group of halogenated hydrocarbon chemicals
which photochemically reacts in the stratosphere in a way which destroys the ozone layer.
Panic Hardware. A mechanical device consisting of linkages and horizontal bars across a door,
which when pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitates exit from the
building, structure or facility.
Passenger Rail System. A transportation system, utilizing a rail guideway, operating on right-of-way
for the movement of passengers within and between metropolitan areas, and consisting of
its rail guideways, passenger rail vehicles, and other rolling stock; power systems; buildings;
stations; and other stationary and movable apparatus, equipment, appurtenances, and
structures.
Picking Rooms. Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes
or groups.
Plastics
Group A Plastics. Plastic materials having heat of combustion much higher than that of
ordinary combustibles and burning rate higher than that of Group B plastics. Examples
of Group A plastics include, but are not limited to, the following:
• ABS (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymer)
• Acetal (polyformaldehyde)
• Acrylic (polymethyl methacrylate)
• Butyl rubber
• EPDM (ethylene propylene rubber)
• FRP (fiberglass-reinforced polyester)
• Natural rubber (expanded)
• Nitrile rubber (acrylonitrile butadiene rubber)
• PET or PETE (polyethylene terephthalate)
• Polybutadiene
• Polycarbonate
• Polyester elastomer
• Polyethylene
• Polypropylene
• Polystyrene (expanded and unexpanded)
• Polyurethane (expanded and unexpanded)
• PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater than fifteen (15%) percent plasticized, e.g.,
coated fabric unsupported film)
• SAN (styrene acrylonitrile)
• SBRr (styrene butadiene rubber)
Group B Plastics. Plastic materials having heat of combustion and burning rate higher than
that of ordinary combustibles, but not as high as those of Group A plastics. Examples of
Group B plastics include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Cellulosics (cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, ethyl cellulose)
• Chloroprene rubber
• Fluoroplastics (ECTFE, ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene copolymer; ETFE, ethylene-
tetrafluoroethylene copolymer; FEP, fluorinated ethylene-propylene copolymer)
• Natural rubber (nonexpanded)
• Nylon (nylon 6, nylon 6/6)
• PVC (polyvinyl chloride greater than five percent (5%), but not exceeding fifteen
percent (15%) plasticized)
• Silicone rubber
Group C Plastics. Plastic materials having heat of combustion and burning rate similar to
those of ordinary combustibles. Examples of Group C plastics include, but are not
limited to, the following:
11
• Fluoroplastics (PCTFE, Polychlorotrifluoroethylene; PTFE, polytetrafluoroethylene)
• Melamine (melamine formaldehyde)
• Phenol
• PVC (polyvinyl chloride, rigid or plasticized less than five percent (5%), e.g., pipe,
pipe fittings)
• PVDC (polyvinylidene chloride)
• PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride)
• PVF (polyvinyl fluoride)
• Urea (urea formaldehyde)
Limited quantities of Group A plastics in mixed commodities shall be used to determine
the quantity of Group A plastics allowed that can be stored in a package or carton, or on
a pallet without increasing the commodity classification.
Plenum. An air compartment or chamber to which one (1) or more ducts are connected and
which form part of an air distribution system.
Portable Tank. Any closed vessel having a liquid capacity over two hundred twenty-seven liters
(227 L) and not intended for fixed installation.
Pressurized/Forced-Draft Burning Equipment. Any type of burner where the fuel is subjected to
pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber and/or which includes fans or
other provisions for the introduction of air at above normal atmospheric pressure into the
same combustion chamber.
Propeller. An inclusive term for all parts, appurtenances, and accessories of a propeller.
Proscenium wall. A fire resistive wall which separates a stage or enclosed platform from the
public or spectators’ area of an auditorium or theater.
Public Way. Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky,
deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.
Pyrophoric. Any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.
Refining. A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from a mixture in
order to produce a pure element or compound. It shall also refer to partial distillation and
electrolysis.
Refrigerating System. An assembly of four (4) major components, namely the compressor,
condenser, expansion valve, the evaporator, through which a very low boiling point
substance (refrigerant) flow in cycle, and absorbs heat from the immediate surroundings,
thereby producing the cooling effect (also known as the refrigerating effect).
Residential-Custodial Care Facility/Institution. A building, or part thereof, used for the lodging
or boarding of four (4) or more persons who are incapable of self-preservation because
of age, or physical or mental limitation. This includes facilities such as homes for the aged,
nurseries (custodial care for children under six (6) years of age), and mentally retarded care
institutions.
Roll Coating. A process of coating, spreading and impregnating fabrics, paper or other materials
as they are passed directly through a tank or trough containing flammable or combustible
liquids, or over the surface of a roller revolving partially submerged in a flammable or
combustible liquid.
Safety Can. An approved container, of not more than eighteen and nine tenths liter (18.9 L)
capacity having a spring-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely
relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure.
Safety Data Sheet (SDS). A document that describes composition of a material, hazardous
properties and hazard mitigation, and disposal information.
Safety Factor. The ratio of the design burst pressure to the maximum working pressure and shall
not be less than four (4).
Safety Officer. Any employee or officer of the company trained by the Department of Labor and
Employment (DOLE); and tasked by the employer to implement an occupational safety
and health program, and ensure that it is in accordance with the provisions of Occupational
Safety and Health Center (OSHC) standards.
Salvage Yards. An inclusive term that refers to wrecking yards, junk yards or waste material
handling plants/shops, which can be used interchangeably.
12
Self-Closing Fire Doors (or Self-Closing Fire-Resistive Doors). Automatic closing doors that are
designed to confine smoke and heat and delay the spread of fire.
Separate Atmosphere. A separate atmosphere exits between rooms, spaces area, that are
separated by an approved smoke partition.
Separate Means of Egress. A means of egress separated in such a manner from other means
of egress as to provide an atmosphere separation which preclude contamination of both
means of egress by the same fire. (See Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR).
Single and Two -Family Dwellings. Detached dwellings in which each living unit is occupied by
members of a single family.
Smelting. The process of melting or fusing metallic ores or compounds so as to separate impurities
from pure metals.
Smoking Area. A designated area where smoking is permitted within premises where smoking is
otherwise generally prohibited.
Smoke Barrier. A continuous membrane, or a membrane with discontinuities created by
protected openings, designed and constructed to restrict the movement of smoke.
Smoke Compartment. A space within a building enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including
the top and bottom.
Solvents or Liquid Classifications. A method of classifying solvents or liquids according to the
following:
Class I Solvents. Liquids having a flash point below thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees
Celsius (37.8 °C).
Class II Solvents. Liquids having a flash point at or above thirty-seven and eight tenths
degrees Celsius (37.8 °C) and below sixty degrees Celsius (60 °C).
Class IIIA Solvents. Liquids having a flash point at or above sixty degrees Celsius (60 °C) and
below ninety-three and three tenths degrees Celsius (93.3 °C).
Class IIIB Solvents. Liquids having a flash point at or above ninety-three and three tenths
degrees Celsius (93.3 °C).
Class IV Solvents. Liquids classified as non-flammable.
Source of Ignition. A source of energy sufficient to ignite a flammable atmosphere and includes
open flames, smoking, incandescent material, electrical welding arcs, and electrical or
mechanical equipment not suitable for use in a particular hazard zone.
Special Bank Receipt (SBR). An accountable form transferred to the AGDB or AGSB thru a
Memorandum Receipt (MR) which shall be issued as a proof of payment in the collection of
the fees and charges imposed in pursuit of the statutory and regulation functions of the BFP.
Spray Booth. A mechanically ventilated appliance of varying dimensions and construction
provided to enclose or accommodate a spraying operation and to confine and limit the
escape of spray vapor and residue and to exhaust it safely.
Spraying Area. Any area in which dangerous quantities of flammable vapors or mists, or
combustible residues, dusts or deposits are present due to the operation of spraying
processes.
Sprinkler System. An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping system installed in a
building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern which automatically
discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products from a fire.
Stage. A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the
presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment activities wherein scenery,
drops or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance between the top
of the proscenium opening and the ceiling above the stage is more than one and fifty-two
hundredths meters (1.52 m).
Staircase or stairway. One (1) or more flights of stairs or steps leading from one floor to another.
Stairwell. A compartment extending vertically through a building in which stairs are placed.
Standpipe System. A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses can be attached
on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to water outlets as
needed.
Street Floor. A storey or floor level accessible from the street outside the building at the finished
ground level, with the floor level at the main entrance located not more than three (3) risers
13
above or below the finished ground level, and arranged and utilized to qualify as the main
floor.
Tank Truck. Any single self-propelled motor vehicle equipped with a cargo tank mounted thereon
and used for the transportation of flammable and combustible liquids.
Tank Vehicle. Any vehicle carrying or towing a cargo tank used for transporting flammable fluids
or hazardous chemicals.
Tank, Full-Trailer. Any vehicle with or without auxiliary motive power, equipped with a cargo
tank mounted thereon or built as an integral part thereof, used for the transportation of
flammable and combustible liquids, and so constructed that practically all of its weight and
load rests on its own wheels.
Tank, Semi-Trailer. Any vehicle with or without auxiliary motive power, equipped with a cargo
tank mounted thereon or built as an integral part thereof, used for the transportation of
flammable and combustible liquids, and so constructed that, when drawn by a tractor by
means of a fifth wheel connection, some part of its load and weight rests upon the towing
vehicle.
Thermal Insecticidal Fogging. The utilization of any insecticidal liquids passed through thermal
fog-generating units where, by means of heat, pressure and turbulence, such liquids are
transformed and discharged in the form of fog or mist blown into an area to be treated.
Thermal Insecticidal Fogging Liquid. Any insecticidal liquid specifically designed for emission from
a thermal fog-generating unit in the form of an aerosol fog which is lethal to pest organisms
and insects. Examples of thermal insecticidal fogging liquids are permethrin, deltamethrin,
cyfluthrin, malathion, pirimiphos methyl and fenithrothion.
Thrust Stage/Arena Stage. The portion of a stage which projects into the audience on the
audience side of a proscenium wall or opening.
Tote Box. A box constructed for use in the handling of stocks in process or finished stocks while in
tote box store rooms.
Toxicity. The degree to which a substance is able to damage an exposed organism.
Type Designation of Powered Industrial Trucks. A system for identifying types of powered industrial
trucks for operation in non-classified and classified areas.
Type Designation CGH. A compressed hydrogen powered unit utilizing a fuel cell that has
minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire and electrical shock hazards.
Type Designation CN. A compressed natural gas–powered unit that has minimum
acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
Type Designation CNS. A compressed natural gas–powered unit that, in addition to meeting
the requirements for Type CN units, is provided with additional safeguards to the
exhaust, fuel, and electric systems.
Type Designation D. A diesel-powered unit that has minimum acceptable safeguards
against inherent fire hazards.
Type Designation DS. A diesel-powered unit that, in addition to meeting all the requirements
for Type D units, is provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electric
systems.
Type Designation DX. A diesel-powered unit in which the diesel engine and the electric
fittings and equipment are so designed, constructed, and assembled that the unit
can be used in atmospheres that contain specifically named flammable vapors, dusts,
and, under certain conditions, fibers.
Type Designation DY. A diesel-powered unit that has all the safeguards of Type DS units
and, in addition, any electric equipment is completely enclosed and equipped with
temperature-limitation features.
Type Designation E. An electrically powered unit that has minimum acceptable safeguards
against inherent fire and electrical shock hazards.
Type Designation EE. An electrically powered unit that, in addition to meeting all the
requirements for Type E and ES units, has its electric motors and all other electric
equipment completely enclosed.
Type Designation ES. An electrically powered unit that, in addition to meeting all the
requirements for Type E units, is provided with additional safeguards to the electric
system to prevent the emission of hazardous sparks and to limit surface temperatures.
14
Type Designation EX. An electrically powered unit in which the electric fittings and
equipment are so designed, constructed, and assembled that the unit can be used
in atmospheres containing specifically named flammable vapors, dusts, and, under
certain conditions, fibers.
Type Designation G. A gasoline-powered unit that has minimum acceptable safeguards
Type Designation G/CN. A unit that operates on either gasoline or compressed natural gas
that has minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
Type Designation G/LP. A unit that operates on either gasoline or liquefied petroleum gas
and that has minimum acceptable safeguards against inherent fire hazards.
Type Designation GS. A gasoline-powered unit that, in addition to meeting all the
requirements for Type G units, is provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust,
fuel, and electric systems.
Type Designation GS/CNS. A unit that operates on either gasoline or compressed natural
gas and, in addition to meeting all the requirements for Type G/CN units, is provided
with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electric systems.
Type Designation GS/LPS. A unit that operates on either gasoline or liquefied petroleum gas
and, in addition to meeting all the requirements for the Type G/LP units, is provided
with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electric systems.
Type Designation LP. An LP-Gas-powered unit that has minimum acceptable safeguards
Type Designation LPS. An LP-Gas-powered unit that, in addition to meeting the requirements
for Type LP units, is provided with additional safeguards to the exhaust, fuel, and electric
systems.
Used Water. Liquid waste generated by treatment plants, housekeeping, operation and
maintenance, and laboratory activities, including but not limited to washing, flushing, and
cleaning activities. It also includes the cleaning, flushing and draining water that bear dirt
and sludge from sedimentation basin, settling tank, and other treatment processes and unit
operation facilities, and backwash water generated in the backwashing, cleaning and
flushing of filter media or beds.
Ventilation. The process of supplying or removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from
any space. Such air may or may not have been conditioned. Also refers to the copious
flushing of an area with fresh air for the mitigation of explosion and other fire hazards.
Vertical Shaft. An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to floor, as well as
from the base to the top of a building.
Vestibule. A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior parts of a
house or building.
Water Treatment Plants. Single or compact or multi-stage units and/or combination of unit
processes and operation systems, including but not limited to their facilities, appurtenances,
service areas and premises, for the purification or treatment of raw water or water from a
source that requires the removal and/or reduction of impurities or improvement of its quality
to comply with water quality standards, as prescribed by the concerned government
agency, intended for public use or for specific industrial applications.
Waste Water. Liquid waste generated by human activities that use water and/or those water
that come from residential, commercial, institutional, recreational, industrial, agricultural
and other facilities, similar occupancies and related activities.
Waste Water Treatment Plants. Single or compact or multi-stage units and/or combination
of unit processes and operation systems, including but not limited to their facilities,
appurtenances, service areas and premises, for the treatment of used water or waste
water generated by residential, recreational, institutional, commercial and industrial and
other similar occupancies and related activities that required the removal and/or reduction
of contaminants and/or pollutants or improvement of its quality to comply with effluent
water quality standards of receiving body of water or environment as prescribed by the
concerned government agency.
15
RULE 4. AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION
SECTION 4.0.0.1 GENERAL AUTHORITY TO ADMINISTER AND ENFORCE RA 9514
AND ITS RIRR
The Administration and Enforcement of the RA 9514 and its RIRR shall be under the direct
supervision and control of the Chief, BFP, through the hierarchy of organization as provided for
in Chapter VI of Republic Act No. 6975, the DILG Reorganization Act of 1990 as amended by
Republic Act No. 9263, the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) and Bureau of Jail Management and
Penology (BJMP) Professionalization Act of 2004.
SECTION 4.0.0.2 AUTHORITY OF THE CHIEF, BFP SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF

SECRETARY OF INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT (SILG)
The Chief, BFP, with the approval of the Secretary, DILG, is hereby authorized to:
A. Issue Implementing Rules and Regulations, and prescribe standards, schedules of fees/fire
service charges and administrative penalties therefor as provided in the pertinent provisions
of the RA 9514 and its RIRR;
B. Reorganize the BFP as may be necessary and appropriate;
C. Enter into long term agreement, either through public biddings or negotiations in
accordance with the provisions of Republic Act No. 9184, otherwise known as the
Government Procurement Reform Act of 2003, for the acquisition of fire prevention, fire
protection, firefighting, investigation, rescue, paramedics, hazardous material handling
equipment, supplies, materials, and related technical services necessary for the fire
service; and
D. Enter into Memoranda of Agreement with other departments, bureaus, agencies, offices
and corporations of the government, as well as private institutions, in order to define areas
of cooperation and coordination and delineate responsibility on fire prevention education,
fire safety, fire prevention, fire suppression and other matters of common concern.
SECTION 4.0.0.3 SPECIFIC AUTHORITY OF CHIEF, BFP

A. Further, the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative, in accordance with
organizational hierarchy, is hereby specifically authorized to:
1. Support and assist fire volunteers, fire safety practitioners and fire volunteer organizations
in the country that shall undergo mandatory fire suppression, rescue, emergency
medical services and related emergency response training and competency
evaluations to be conducted by the BFP. In the case of fire safety practitioners, they
shall undergo mandatory training on fire safety inspection, and mandatory continuous
professional education and competency evaluation of their expertise, knowledge
and skills in the area of fire science, engineering and technology to be conducted
by the BFP;
2. Enter into external party agreements for the conduct of training, education and
evaluation of fire volunteers, fire safety practitioners and fire volunteer organizations,
which shall be under the full control and supervision of the BFP: Provided, however,
that during firefighting operations, fire volunteer organizations shall be under the direct
operational control of the fire ground commanders of the BFP;
3. Call on the police, other law enforcement agencies, and local government assistance
to render necessary assistance in the enforcement of the RA 9514 and its RIRR;
4. Designate Fire Safety Inspectors (FSI) who shall conduct inspection of every building or
structure within their area of responsibility at least once a year and every time the owner,
administrator or occupant shall renew his/her Business Permit or Permit to Operate;
5. Issue Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) as a prerequisite to the grants of permits
and/or licenses by the local governments and other government agencies concerned;
6. Inspect at reasonable time, any building, structure, installation or premises for dangerous
or hazardous conditions or materials as set forth in the RA 9514 and its RIRR, provided
that in case of single family dwelling, an inspection must be upon the consent of the
occupant or upon lawful order from the proper court;
7. Order the owner/occupant to summarily abate and remove hazardous materials
and/or stop hazardous operations/processes in accordance with the standards
set by RA 9514 and its RIRR or other pertinent laws;
16
8. Require the building owner/occupant to submit plans and specifications, and other
pertinent documents of said building to ensure compliance with applicable codes and
standards; and
9. Issue a written notice to the owner and/or contractor to stop any portion of any work
due to the absence, or in violation of, approved plans and specifications, permits and/
or clearances or certifications as approved by the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized
representative. The notice shall state the nature of the violation and no work shall be
continued on that portion until the violation had been corrected.
B. However, the authority granted under this Section shall not in any way diminish the power
of the SILG to change, alter, modify, revise or amend the actions of the Chief, BFP.
RULE 5. FIRE CODE TECHNICAL STAFF

DIVISION 1. TECHNICAL STAFF
SECTION 5.0.1.1 CONSTITUTION AND QUALIFICATIONS

The Chief, BFP, shall constitute a technical staff of highly qualified persons who are
knowledgeable on fire prevention, fire safety, and fire suppression.
SECTION 5.0.1.2 SOURCES

The Technical Staff may be drawn from the following:
A. Organic members of the BFP;
B. Other government offices and agencies; and
C. Other sources.
In the case of para “B” and/or “C” above, members may either be appointed into the
service or hired as consultants in accordance with existing laws, rules and regulations.
SECTION 5.0.1.3 DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS

The Technical Staff shall:
A. Study, review and evaluate latest developments and standards on fire safety, prevention
and suppression;
B. Prepare plans/programs on fire safety, prevention and suppression and evaluate
implementation thereof;
C. Develop programs on the professionalization of the Fire Service;
D. Coordinate with appropriate government and private institutions for the offering of college
courses on fire technology and fire protection engineering;
E. Propose amendments to the RA 9514 and its RIRR;
F. Advise the Chief, BFP on any matter brought to his/her attention; and
G. Perform such other functions as directed by the Chief, BFP.
SECTION 5.0.1.4 REMUNERATION

Remuneration for the members of the Technical Staff shall be prescribed by the Chief, BFP
in accordance with existing government accounting and auditing rules and regulations, to be
sourced from the Fire Code Fees Collection.
RULE 6. FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS AND

FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS
DIVISION 1. SCOPE
This Rule shall govern the organization, equipage, operation, and proficiency training
of company and community fire brigades as well as continuous training and competency
evaluation of fire volunteers and fire volunteer organizations in the country who shall undergo
mandatory fire prevention, fire suppression, rescue, emergency medical services and other
related emergency response training programs and competency evaluations to be conducted
17
by the BFP. This also prescribes the continuous professional education, competency evaluation
and recognition of Fire Safety Practitioners, to be conducted by the BFP. For this purpose, the
term “company” shall include government and/or private offices and buildings.
DIVISION 2. ORGANIZATION OF FIRE BRIGADES
SECTION 6.0.2.1 REQUIREMENTS

A. All business establishments that can accommodate at least fifty (50) persons shall, in
addition to the requirements set forth under Section 7 of this Code for the grant of Fire
Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC), establish and maintain an organization of fire brigade
to deal with fire and other related emergencies. The head of the company, through its duly
designated safety officer shall evaluate the potential magnitude of a fire emergency within
the company, and the availability of firefighting assistance from the BFP to determine the
nature of the organization to be established.
B. For buildings having various occupancies, the Building Administrator and/or owner shall
initiate the organization of a fire brigade in the premises irrespective of the number of
occupants.
C. In cases where a fire brigade is already established for a building, said fire brigade shall be
sufficient to comply with the requirements of para “A” of this Section.
D. All barangays shall likewise endeavor to organize their own fire brigades.
E. All fire volunteer organizations, barangay fire brigades, and company and industrial fire
brigades may be incorporated in the Bureau of Fire Protection Auxiliary (BFPA) subject to
the form and function established by the BFP.
SECTION 6.0.2.2 COMPOSITION

The organization of company fire brigades shall consist of the Fire Brigade Chief, which
shall be designated by the head of the company, and shall be assisted by selected personnel.
In companies where more persons are available, they must be organized into teams to function
as a fire brigade established according to its needs. The organization shall be such that a fire
brigade is on duty or on call at all times.
SECTION 6.0.2.3 COMPONENTS

The equipment that must be put into service during fire or other related emergencies will
determine the number of men required for each operating unit or company into which the
brigade is organized, and the total number may be composed of two (2) or more individuals
to operate a specific item of equipment or a larger group to perform more complicated
operations. Each fire brigade shall have a Leader or a Chief. In his/her absence, an Assistant
Chief shall be appointed.
SECTION 6.0.2.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF A FIRE BRIGADE CHIEF

A. He/She shall be responsible for the development of fire prevention programs and plans
of action for the company or organization to address possible fire situation in the plant
or community, subject to the approval of the company or establishment head or fire
prevention officer;
B. He/She shall initiate the procurement of necessary firefighting equipment and supplies for
use of the brigades;
C. He/She shall conduct periodic evaluation of all equipment available for firefighting and be
responsible for setting in motion necessary procedures for replacing missing equipment or
correction of inoperative equipment;
D. He/She shall also bring to the immediate attention of the company or establishment head,
or his/her fire prevention officer, any situation that would likely reduce the effectiveness of
firefighting operations;
E. He/She shall ensure that the brigades are suitably staffed, conduct periodic review of the
fire brigade roster and prepare recommendations on the need for additional members to
be selected, appointed and made available to beef up the team;
F. He/She shall prepare training programs for the members of the fire brigade and supervise
its implementation; and
18
In his/her absence, the Deputy Fire Brigade Chief shall assume and perform the duties and
responsibilities of the Fire Brigade Chief.
SECTION 6.0.2.5 QUALIFICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP IN THE COMPANY

FIRE BRIGADE
Members of the fire brigade shall consist of persons who have met qualifications appropriate
for the fire brigade work. For establishments, members must be taken from the roster of its
own workforce. The head of the company shall identify the persons who are fit to perform fire
operation activities and further assign them to specific fire suppression positions.
SECTION 6.0.2.6 AVAILABILITY OF PERSONNEL

To qualify as a member of a fire brigade, individuals must be available to respond to fire
alarms and attend required training programs. A pre-arranged schedule for availability must
be established to prevent conflict of duties and to cover absences such as regular off-duty
periods, vacations and sickness.
DIVISION 3. TRAINING OF FIRE BRIGADES, FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS

AND FIRE VOLUNTEER ORGANIZATIONS
SECTION 6.0.3.1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY

A. Certificate of Competency shall be issued to fire volunteers, fire volunteer organizations, and
fire safety practitioners, except company fire brigades, after completion of the mandatory
training and competency evaluation conducted by the BFP and upon submission of the
following:
1. Certificate of completion of training;
2. Personal profile;
3. Certificate of employment, in the case of fire safety practitioners; and
4. Other documents the BFP may require.
B. The Certificate of Competency for Fire Safety Practitioners shall be issued by the Chief, BFP.
The Certificate of Competency for Fire Volunteers and Fire Volunteer Organizations shall be
issued by the Regional Directors pursuant to the guidelines issued by the Chief, BFP.
SECTION 6.0.3.2 TRAINING DESIGN

A training design shall be developed by the BFP for fire volunteers, fire volunteer organizations,
fire brigades and fire safety practitioners. Members shall be required to complete the specified
program of instruction.
SECTION 6.0.3.3 SCOPE OF TRAINING

A. All members of the fire brigade, fire volunteer and fire volunteer organizations shall undergo
training on fire prevention, fire suppression, rescue, emergency medical services and
related emergency response. The training program shall be adapted to the purpose of the
particular brigade. It shall include fire suppression strategies, tactics, techniques and the
use of portable fire extinguishers and other equipment, devices and tools.
B. In the case of fire safety practitioners, they shall undergo mandatory continuous professional
education and competency evaluation of their expertise, knowledge and skills in the areas
of fire science, engineering and technology to be conducted by the BFP.
SECTION 6.0.3.4 ASSISTANCE IN TRAINING PROGRAMS

The BFP shall assist in setting up a training program for the fire brigade and fire volunteer
organization. Members of the fire brigade and fire volunteer organization shall be afforded
opportunities to improve their knowledge on fire prevention and suppression through attendance
in seminars and special training classes.
SECTION 6.0.3.5 IDENTIFICATION

Members of the volunteer fire brigade organization shall wear proper identification
cards duly signed by the head of their organization and authenticated by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
19
DIVISION 4. COMMAND, EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND FIRE DRILLS
SECTION 6.0.4.1 PRACTICE DRILLS

Practice drills shall be held to check the ability of members to perform the operations they
are expected to carry out. Drills shall be occasionally held under adverse weather conditions
to work on special procedures needed under such circumstances.
SECTION 6.0.4.2 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT

In practice drills, all available fire and life safety equipment, devices and tools for fire
suppression and medical and rescue operation must be operated.
SECTION 6.0.4.3 REACTIVATION OF EQUIPMENT

At the conclusion of a practice drill, equipment shall be made readily available to respond
to a fire call.
SECTION 6.0.4.4 INSPECTION AND SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK

Inspection and maintenance of fire equipment, both fixed and portable, may be assigned
to individual members of the fire brigade. However, the Fire Brigade Chief must establish the
necessary schedules for such work, and assign these duties to specific personnel and ensure
that these inspection and maintenance operations are carried out and reported.
SECTION 6.0.4.5 COMMAND AT FIRE SCENE

During firefighting operations, the fire brigades and fire volunteer organizations shall
be under the direct operational control of the fire ground commanders subject to existing
guidelines of the BFP.
RULE 7. ASSISTANCE AND SUPPORT TO THE BFP

DIVISION 1. PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE AND OTHER LAW
ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
SECTION 7.0.1.1 FROM PHILIPPINE NATIONAL POLICE

Upon request, the Philippine National Police (PNP) shall render necessary assistance to the
Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative on the following actions:
A. Actual firefighting operations and fire scene investigation;
B. Business closure and summary abatement proceedings;
C. Installation of signs that the building/structure is a fire hazard and/or fire trap;
D. Obstruction of designated fire lanes and fire hydrants;
E. Apprehension of violators/persons removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating warning
signs and similar abatement appurtenances;
F. Laboratory/physical examinations of the pieces of evidence gathered in the fire scene and
submit the result thereof to the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative, as the
case may be; and
G. Such other duties and functions of the BFP which would require police assistance.
SECTION 7.0.1.2 FROM OTHER LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES

Other Law Enforcement Agencies, such as but not limited to, National Bureau of Investigation
(NBI) shall, upon request, accommodate and render necessary assistance on the following
functions of the BFP:
A. Investigation and prosecution of arson cases;
B. Appearance as expert witness;
C. Such other duties and functions of the BFP which require their expertise.
20
DIVISION 2. LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS, OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND
PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS
SECTION 7.0.2.1 FROM LOCAL GOVERNMENT UNITS

Local Government Units (LGU) shall render necessary assistance on the following duties of
the BFP:
A. Strict observance of the requirement of fire safety measures for the issuance of Fire Safety
Inspection Certificate (FSIC) as a prerequisite in the grant of and renewal of business,
occupancy and other related permits/licenses. For this purpose, the LGU and/or other
government agencies concerned shall refrain from issuing such licenses and/or permits
without the applicant first securing an FSIC from the BFP;
B. Organization and training of fire brigades in all barangays in partnership with BFP to serve
as first responders;
C. Summary abatement and closure of buildings/structures or portions thereof; and
D. Such other duties and functions of the BFP which would require their assistance.
SECTION 7.0.2.2 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

To institutionalize the areas of cooperation and coordination of the BFP with other
departments, bureaus, agencies, offices and corporations of the government, as well as
private institutions, the BFP may enter into Memoranda of Agreement with, but not limited to,
the following:
A. National and Local Waterworks, for providing sufficient source of water, especially in times
of fire or conflagration and for the establishment of fire hydrants in strategic areas;
B. Electric Companies and Cooperatives, on the immediate cut-off of electric main lines/
power lines during fires or conflagration and in case of hazardous electrical installation;
C. Department of Transportation (DOTr), on fire safety measures in all ports and land
transportation vehicles;
D. Department of Education (DepEd), on the enforcement of fire safety regulations set forth by
this RIRR for educational and other applicable facilities, institutionalization of school-based
fire prevention activities and other initiatives;
E. Commission on Higher Education (CHED), on the enforcement of fire safety regulations
set forth by this RIRR for educational and other applicable facilities, institutionalization of
school-based fire prevention activities and the promotion of fire safety engineering courses,
post graduate studies on fire science and technology and other research and development
initiatives;
F. Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), on instituting continuing development, enhancement
and setting of standards and rating on fire protection appliance, devices, extinguishing
appurtenances and related fire and life safety facilities, equipage and systems;
G. Technical Education Skills Development Authority (TESDA), on providing and enhancing
technical skills of BFP personnel and fire volunteer organizations as well as their subsequent
accreditation/certification;
H. Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR), on providing pertinent
information in the field of hazardous materials and hazardous waste management as well
as collaboration on forest fire and life safety programs;
I. Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE), on the enforcement of the designation of a
fire safety officer in every building facility;
J. Department of Information and Communications Technology (DICT), on the establishment
of effective communication system for the BFP, and the development and integration of
an electronic permit processing system responsive to the regulations of the BFP and recent
advancement in information and communications technology; and
K. Such other government agencies, instrumentalities and subdivisions and non-government
institutions, with respect to future concerns as may be deemed necessary by the BFP in
furtherance of the enforcement of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
21
RULE 8. FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS
CHAPTER 1. QUALIFICATIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS
DIVISION 1. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
BFP personnel duly designated as Fire Safety Enforcers shall possess minimum required
qualification standard stated herein.
SECTION 8.1.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS

A. Uniformed Personnel
1. Shall be licensed Engineer (Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, Chemical, Sanitary and
Electronics) with at least one (1) year in the BFP service; or
2. Shall be architect with at least one (1) year in the BFP service; or
3. Shall be graduate of any baccalaureate degree course with at least three (3) years in
the BFP service.
B. Non-Uniformed Personnel
Appointed as Engineers with at least one (1) year in the BFP service.
C. Must have undergone and completed prescribed training on fire safety enforcement and
other relevant fire safety training.
SECTION 8.1.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS

A. Must be licensed Architect or Engineer; and
B. Shall have undergone and completed prescribed training on fire safety enforcement and
other relevant fire safety training.
C. In cases where there is no licensed engineer or architect in a specific jurisdiction, a graduate
of any baccalaureate degree with relevant fire safety and building plan evaluation training
shall be designated as plan evaluator.
SECTION 8.1.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT

A. The Chief of the Fire Safety Enforcement Section/Unit (FSES/U) to be designated shall possess
the following minimum qualifications:
1. With the rank commensurate to the position prescribed by the organizational structure
and qualification standard of the BFP;
2. Must be a licensed engineer or architect with at least three (3) years in the BFP
service; and
3. Must have undergone and completed prescribed training on fire safety enforcement
and other relevant fire safety training.
B. In cases the rank requirement cannot be complied, any personnel with lower rank who is a
licensed engineer or architect, or a graduate of any baccalaureate degree with at least
five (5) years of service in the BFP may be designated as Chief, FSES/U.
C. In case there is no ranking uniformed personnel or officer, a Non-Uniformed Personnel (NUP)
can be designated as Chief, FSES/U, provided that he/she is occupying an Engineer IV
plantilla position and has undergone relevant fire safety training.
CHAPTER 2. FUNCTIONS OF FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS

DIVISION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DESIGNATED FIRE SAFETY ENFORCERS
SECTION 8.2.1.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS

The following shall be the main duties and responsibilities of Fire Safety Inspectors:
A. Inspect any building, structure or facility and/or any part thereof, hazardous operations,
storage facilities and transportation vehicles of hazardous materials to ensure compliance
with RA 9514 and its RIRR and other related laws, regulations, standards and ordinances
within the area of responsibility;
22
B. Assess compliance with the fire safety requirements, identify and recommend corrective
actions for violations/defects and deficiencies and inform the owner/building administrator/
occupants of such actions to comply with the provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR and other
related laws, regulations, standards and ordinances;
C. Testify in any judicial and quasi-judicial bodies regarding matters relating to RA 9514 and its
RIRR, and/or the performance of his/her duties related thereto, when needed;
D. Conduct fire safety lectures, seminars/workshop and drills; and
E. Prepare necessary documents and maintain files and/or records.
SECTION 8.2.1.2 PLAN EVALUATORS

The following shall be the main duties and responsibilities of Plan Evaluators:
A. Review and evaluate building plans and specifications including fire protection system to
determine compliance with RA 9514 and its RIRR, National Building Code of the Philippines
(NBCP) and other Life and Safety Standard; and
B. Conduct site verification and inspection on building under construction to determine
compliance with the approved plans and specifications.
SECTION 8.2.1.3 CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT SECTION/UNIT (FSES/U)

The following shall be the main duties and responsibilities of the Chief, FSES/U:
A. Review and evaluate reports submitted by the Fire Safety Enforcers and recommend
approval to the concerned C/MFM having jurisdiction;
B. Assist the C/MFM having jurisdiction in implementing fire safety measures and education
programs within his/her area of responsibility to reduce fire incidents;
C. Supervise/monitor the activities of the fire safety inspectors to ensure that inspection is
conducted in accordance with the standards and existing rules and regulations;
D. Recommend to the C/MFM the filing of appropriate charges against the violator of RA 9514
and its RIRR;
E. Testify in any judicial and quasi-judicial bodies on matters relating to RA 9514 and its RIRR
and/or in account of his/her duties and functions as Chief, FSES/U when needed; and
F. Perform such other functions mentioned under RA 9514 and its RIRR.
DIVISION 2. PROFESSIONALIZATION
In pursuit of competent fire safety enforcement and service excellence, the BFP must
endeavor to professionalize its fire safety enforcers and establish the level of competency in
accordance with the guidelines issued by the Chief, BFP.
RULE 9. ENFORCEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF

FIRE SAFETY MEASURES
DIVISION 1. GENERAL
A. Inspection of all buildings, structures, facilities and premises, hazardous operations, storage
facilities and transportation vehicles of hazardous materials and the determination of
compliance with RA 9514 and its RIRR shall be done by C/MFM having jurisdiction.
B. Fire safety inspection shall be conducted as a prerequisite to grants of permits and/or
licenses by local governments or other government agencies. No Certificate of Occupancy,
Business Permit or Permit to Operate shall be issued without securing a Fire Safety Inspection
Certificate (FSIC) from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
C. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall review, evaluate and assess plans, design calculations
and specifications, and issue the necessary building Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance
(FSEC) as a prerequisite for the issuance of Building Permit by the Office of the Building
Official, upon determination that design and specification is in accordance with RA 9514
and its RIRR.
23
DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY EVALUATION AND INSPECTION
Building plan review, inspection during and after construction, and business routine
inspection shall be in accordance with the Citizen’s Charter.
SECTION 9.0.2.1 BUILDING PLAN REVIEW

A. The Plan Evaluator shall undertake the necessary evaluation and review of the plans in
accordance with the guidelines issued by the Chief, BFP for this purpose, indicating whether
or not such plans conform to the fire safety and life safety requirements of RA 9514 and its
RIRR. For this purpose, a Fire Safety Checklist shall be used to facilitate the checking of
building plan. The evaluated plans and the corresponding Fire Safety Checklist shall then
be submitted to the Chief, FSES/U for review and recommendation to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
B. The C/MFM having jurisdiction upon evaluation of the recommendation will either issue
FSEC or Notice of Disapproval (NOD), as the case may be, and upon payment by the
owner/authorized representative of Fire Code Construction Tax and other appropriate
Fire Code Fees.
C. No building plan shall be evaluated without the submission of Fire Safety Compliance Report
(FSCR) in accordance with Division 3 of this Rule and the pertinent documents required
under the BFP Citizen’s Charter.
D. The procedure for securing FSEC shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s Charter.
SECTION 9.0.2.2 INSPECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION

During construction, renovation, modification or alteration, the C/MFM having jurisdiction,
on the basis of issued FSEC, shall inspect the premises to determine whether the plans, and
specifications are being followed and fire safety precautions are being observed. He/ She shall
cause the correction of any defects/deficiencies noted, when necessary.
SECTION 9.0.2.3 INSPECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION

A. After construction/renovation/modification or alteration and prior to the issuance of the
Certificate of Occupancy by the Building Official, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall
designate a Fire Safety Inspector (FSI) who shall inspect the building, structure or facility.
The FSI shall recommend in his/her After Inspection Report (AIR) the issuance of necessary
Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) upon determination that the required fire safety
construction is in place, and fire protective and/or warning systems are properly installed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications.
B. The C, FSES/U shall review the findings of the FSI and recommend to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction the issuance of FSIC for Occupancy or NOD. The C/MFM having jurisdiction will
either issue the FSIC or NOD, as the case may be, upon payment of appropriate Fire Code
Fees. However, if it appears during inspection that the subject establishment is already
occupied or operating, a Notice to Comply (NTC) shall be issued to the owner/administrator/
occupant and the procedure under Rule 13 of this Code shall be observed.
C. Testing and commissioning of fire protective and warning system of the building shall be
conducted by the installer/contractor during inspection to be witnessed by the FSI. No
FSIC for Occupancy shall be issued without submission of Fire Safety Compliance and
Commissioning Report (FSCCR) in accordance with Division 3 of this Rule and other pertinent
documents required under the BFP Citizen’s Charter.
D. The procedure for securing FSIC for Occupancy shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s
Charter.
SECTION 9.0.2.4 BUSINESS AND ROUTINE/ANNUAL INSPECTION

A. Inspection for the purpose of Business/Mayor’s Permit and other Permits or Licenses
Application
1. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall cause the inspection of premises of any industrial,
commercial or business operations, and issue the necessary FSIC, as a prerequisite for
the grant of Business/Mayor’s Permit or Certificate of Annual Inspection from Philippine
Economic Zone Authority (PEZA), upon determination that fire safety measures for use,
handling, or storage of explosives or combustible, flammable, toxic and other hazardous
24
materials, as well as hazardous operations or processes, have been complied, and
upon payment of appropriate Fire Code Fees.
2. The designated FSI shall conduct final inspection in the establishment; prepare an After
Inspection Report (AIR) using the prescribed format; and recommend the issuance
of either FSIC or appropriate Notice in accordance with Rule 13. The Chief, FSES/U
reviews the findings and recommends to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for approval or
disapproval. The C/MFM having jurisdiction will either issue FSIC or NTC in accordance
with Rule 13 of this Code.
3. No FSIC shall be issued without the submission of Fire Safety and Maintenance Report
(FSMR), if applicable, in accordance with Division 3 of this Rule and payment of
appropriate Fire Code Fees.
4. The procedure for securing FSIC shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s Charter.
B. Routine/Annual Fire Safety Inspection on Existing Buildings, Structures and Facilities other
than for Business/Mayor’s Permit and other Permits or Licenses Application
1. The C/MFM having jurisdiction, shall cause the conduct of routine or periodic fire
safety inspection, re-inspection, or inspection arising from complaint, of any building,
structure, facility or premises not falling under para “A” of this Section, for the purpose
of determining compliance with RA 9514 and its RIRR. For this purpose, Inspection Order
(IO) shall be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. The building owner or administrator
shall make available to the FSI, if necessary, copies of all plans, design calculations and
specifications of the building as it was actually built/constructed, or in the absence of
the same, copies of all plans, design calculations and specifications of the building as it
is at the time of the inspection and FSMR, if applicable, in accordance with Division 3 of
this Rule. The FSI shall prepare an AIR and recommend to the C/MFM having jurisdiction
appropriate administrative courses of action provided under Rule 13 of this Code in
case of any violation of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
2. Inspection procedure shall be in accordance with the BFP Citizen’s Charter.
DIVISION 3. FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR), FIRE SAFETY

COMPLIANCE AND COMMISSIONING REPORT (FSCCR),
AND FIRE SAFETY MAINTENANCE REPORT (FSMR)
SECTION 9.0.3.1 APPLICABILITY

A. All private and public buildings, facilities and structures to be constructed, altered
or modified, which by reason of their use, size and height are required to install any or
combination of the following: 1) wet standpipe system; 2) automatic fire suppression system;
and 3) automatic fire detection and alarm system, pursuant to RA 9514 and its RIRR, shall
be required to submit FSCR for application of FSEC for Building Permit and Fire Safety
Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR) for application of FSIC for Occupancy.
B. All existing private and public buildings, facilities or structures covered by para “A” hereof,
shall be required to submit Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR) annually to the C/MFM
having jurisdiction when securing FSIC for business permit, Certificate of Annual Inspection
for PEZA registered enterprises, DOH License to Operate and other permits and licenses
where FSIC is a prerequisite.
SECTION 9.0.3.2 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE REPORT (FSCR)

A. One (1) set of FSCR shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction by the building owner
duly signed by the Engineer/Architect-of-Record and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner duly
accredited by the BFP. It shall contain a detailed design analysis of all fire safety features to
be installed in the proposed building together with three (3) sets of plans and specifications.
The FSCR is a prerequisite in granting FSEC.
B. The Engineer/Architect-of-Record and Fire Safety Practitioner shall ensure and certify
that the design, criteria and specifications of all fire safety features are appropriate to
the proposed project and compliant with the provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR and other
applicable laws.
C. The FSCR shall contain among others the following:
1. Short Project Description
2. Statement of the Codes and Standards used in the design
25
3. Discussion of Fire Protection and Life Safety Issues
a. Building Classification and Construction Materials Used
b. Hazards of contents and combustible loading including fire scenarios adopted if
design is performance based
c. Occupancy Classification
d. Structural Requirements/Separation of Building Spaces
e. Exit and Egress Description
1) Basis of design
2) Number of exits
3) Travel distances
4) Exit calculations (may be included in appendices)
5) Time-exit analysis
f. Fire Suppression Description
g. Design Criteria Used for Sprinkler System/Standpipe
1) Other suppression systems
2) Water supplies, fire pumps, capacities
3) Portable extinguishers
4) Hydraulic and other calculations (may be placed in appendices)
5) Riser diagrams (may be placed in appendices)
h. Fire Detection, Alarm, Communication and Evacuation Systems
1) Description of each system including features and controls
2) Sound pressure calculations (for equivalencies and variances)
i. Smoke Control Management (if applicable)
1) Description of smoke control strategies
2) Design criteria used
3) Calculations (may be included in appendices)
4) Equipment capacities and description
j. Exit Light and Emergency Lighting Systems
1) Description
2) Typical location of exit lights and emergency lighting systems
3) Design criteria
4) Calculations (equivalencies and variances)
k. Emergency Power Supply
1) Description
2) Capacities
3) Calculations (may be included in appendices)
l. Fire Department Access
Description and location of street hydrant and BFP station
m. Other issues not discussed above including elevator recall and use of elevators for
evacuation
SECTION 9.0.3.3 FIRE SAFETY COMPLIANCE AND COMMISSIONING

REPORT (FSCCR)
A. Prior to the beneficial occupancy of the newly constructed, altered, or modified buildings,
one (1) set of FSCCR together with Certificate of Completion of Construction duly signed
by the Contractor/Construction Manager and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner shall be
submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction by the building owner. The FSCCR shall contain a
certification that the plans and specifications prescribed in the FSCR for Building Permit was
duly implemented. For modifications made, a detailed compilation of plans, specifications
26
and design analysis of the implemented changes shall be reflected in the “as-built” plans.
The FSCCR is a prerequisite for granting of FSIC for Occupancy.
B. The contractor, construction manager or person in charge of the construction and his/her
fire safety practitioner shall certify that all fire protection and life safety features indicated
in FSCR for Building Permit, including amendments thereto which must be approved by
concerned authorities, have been properly installed and implemented. They shall also
certify that the building complies with the fire safety requirements of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
C. The FSCCR shall contain among others the following;
1. Short Description of the Project
2. Statement and Description of the Changes made in the design, plans and specifications
(if applicable).
3. Standards Used for Authorized Changes
4. Certification that fire safety features included in FSCR for Building Permit have been
implemented, including approved amendments thereto and that the completed
building complies with RA 9514 and its RIRR.
5. Testing and Commissioning Certificates for all systems.
6. Close-out documents (shall be signed by Installing Contractor Professional Engineer or
Architect)
a. “As-built” Plan
b. Calculations
c. Specifications
d. Test Report
e. Product Data Sheet and Material Test Certificate
SECTION 9.0.3.4 FIRE SAFETY MAINTENANCE REPORT (FSMR)

A. The building owner shall submit to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, one (1) set of FSMR duly
signed by the Building Administrator and his/her Fire Safety Practitioner during the regular
annual fire safety inspection. FSMR is a prerequisite for the issuance of FSIC for Business or
Mayor’s Permit renewal, Certificate of Annual Inspection, Permit to Operate, PHILHEALTH
Accreditation for Hospitals, DOH License to Operate and other permits or licenses being
issued by other government agencies. The FSMR shall contain among others:
1. The detailed report on conducted annual maintenance of all installed fire safety and
protection systems duly certified by the building fire safety practitioner/safety officer or
a third party consultant specializing in said installation.
2. Fire safety lectures, drills and preparedness activities conducted within the year.
B. The building owner or his/her authorized representative, registered business owner (tenant)
or his/her authorized representative, or their building administrator and his/her fire safety
practitioner shall certify that all fire safety issues are addressed and that all required fire
safety systems are installed and maintained as prescribed in RA 9514 and its RIRR and other
applicable laws. They shall also keep an updated record of regular inspection, scheduled
testing and/or regular preventive maintenance to ensure proper operational condition.
C. The FSMR shall contain among others the following:
1. Short Description of Building or Facilities
2. Statement of Testing and Maintenance Standards Used
3. Discussions of Fire Protection and Life Safety Issues
a. Exit and Egress
1) Number of active exits
2) Maintenance records done on egress component such as doors and enclosed
stairways
b. Fire Suppression
1) Maintenance and testing records done on fire pumps, sprinkler system, portable
extinguishers, standpipes and other fire suppression systems
2) Results of annual fire pump flow tests, annual main drain tests, and water flow
tests for standpipe; submit other test results as appropriate
27
c. Fire Detection, Alarm Communication and Evaluation System
Testing and maintenance records done on the components of the detection
and alarm system including the fire alarm control panel.
d. Smoke Control Management (if applicable)
Maintenance and testing records of the various component of the smoke
management system. Include test records for pressurization fans for flows and fan
controls.
e. Emergency Power Supply
Maintenance and testing records of the system components of the emergency
power supply.
f. Other testing and maintenance records, including test results of the elevator recall
system.
g. Other applicable systems
SECTION 9.0.3.5 FIRE SAFETY PRACTITIONERS

Only Fire Safety Practitioners issued with Certificate of Competency (COC) shall be allowed
to prepare, sign and certify the FSCR, FSCCR and FSMR. The issuance of COC shall be pursuant
to the duly issued guidelines.
DIVISION 4. FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
SECTION 9.0.4.1 FSIC AS A PREREQUISITE FOR ISSUANCE OF PERMIT/LICENSE

Upon compliance of the fire safety requirements under Rule 10 of this RIRR, a Fire Safety
Inspection Certificate (FSIC) shall be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction as a prerequisite
for the issuance of Certificate of Occupancy, Business Permits or Permit to Operate, licenses and
other permits issued by the following:
A. Local Government Units (LGUs);
B. Office of The Building Official (OBO);
C. PhilHealth Accreditation for Hospitals;
D. Department of Health (DOH);
E. Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) and other similar entities; and
F. Other government agencies
SECTION 9.0.4.2 DOCUMENTARY REQUIREMENTS

The documents required for the processing of FSEC, FSIC and other clearances being issued
by the BFP shall be in accordance with its Citizen’s Charter.
DIVISION 5. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE
Fire Safety Clearance (FSC) for stand-alone applications shall be required for the storage,
handling and transportation of hazardous materials, and hazardous operations and processes,
as may be prescribed in other provisions of this RIRR. Likewise, installation clearance shall be
required for the installation of fire safety and warning systems and building services equipment.
All issued FSC, except installation clearance, to business establishments shall be renewed
before the issuance of FSIC for Business Permit.
DIVISION 6. FIRE INSURANCE DATA REQUIRED
All persons having fire insurance coverage on their properties and/or business shall
submit a certified true copy of all coverages currently in effect, including subsequent and/or
additional policies to the C/MFM having jurisdiction not later than ten (10) days after receipt
of the document from any insurance company. Exempted from this requirement are owners of
detached single or two -family dwellings actually being used for residential occupancy.
28
RULE 10. FIRE SAFETY MEASURES
CHAPTER 1. COVERAGE
This Rule covers the fire safety measures for buildings, structures and facilities, hazardous
materials and wastes, hazardous operations and processes, and miscellaneous hazardous
premises and/or conditions that by its very nature or relation to life, property and environment
pose threat or danger.
CHAPTER 2. FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES

DIVISION 1. SCOPE
A. This Chapter deals with life safety from fire and like emergencies in buildings, structures and
facilities. It covers construction, protection and occupancy features to minimize danger
to life from fire, smoke, vapor and fumes before buildings are vacated. It also discusses
procedures and guidelines in fire drills required for all types of occupancies to prevent panic
in times of emergencies. It specifies the number, size, and arrangement of means of egress
sufficient to permit prompt and safe escape of occupants from buildings, or structures or
facilities in case of fire or other conditions dangerous to life and property.
B. Nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to prohibit a better type of design, building
construction, more exits, or otherwise safer conditions than the requirements specified in
this Chapter.
C. Nothing in this Rule is intended to prevent the use of new methods or devices, provided
sufficient technical data are submitted to demonstrate that the new method or device is
equivalent in quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety to that
prescribed by this Rule.
DIVISION 2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Every building or structure, new or old, designed for human occupancy shall be provided
with exits sufficient to permit the fast and safe escape of occupants in case of fire or other
emergencies. The design of exits and other fire safety construction shall be such that
reliance for safety of life in case of fire or other emergencies will not depend solely on any
single fire safety construction. Additional safeguards shall be provided for life safety in case
any single safeguard is ineffective due to some human or mechanical failure.
B. Every building or structure shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and
operated to avoid danger to lives and ensure safety of its occupants from fire, smoke, vapor
and fumes, during the period of escape from the building or structure.
C. Every building or structure shall be provided with exits of kind, number, location and capacity
appropriate to the individual building or structure, with due regard for the character of the
occupancy, the number of persons exposed, the fire protection available and the height
and type of construction of the building or structure, to afford all occupants convenient
facilities for escape.
D. Every exit of buildings or structures shall be arranged and maintained to provide free and
unobstructed egress from all parts thereof at all times. No lock or fastening device that
would prevent escape from the inside of any building shall be installed except in mental,
penal, or correctional institutions where personnel are continually on duty and effective
provisions are made to evacuate occupants in case of fire or other emergencies.
E. Every exit shall be clearly visible. The route to the exit shall be conspicuously marked in such
a manner that every occupant of a building or structure will readily know the direction of
escape. Each route of escape, in its entirety, shall be so arranged or marked that the way
to a place of safety outside is unmistakable. Any doorway not constituting an exit shall be
marked to minimize its possible confusion as an exit. Likewise, passage constituting a way to
reach an exit shall be marked to minimize confusion.
F. All means of egress shall be provided with adequate and reliable illumination.
G. Fire alarm systems or devices shall be provided in every building or structure of such size,
arrangement, or occupancy, to provide adequate warning to occupants.
29
H. Every building or structure, section, or area thereof of such size, occupancy and arrangement
such that the reasonable safety of a number of occupants may be endangered by the
blocking of any single means of egress due to fire or smoke, shall have at least two means
of egress remote from each other, so arranged as to minimize any possibility that both may
be blocked by any one fire or other emergency conditions.
I. Every vertical way of exit and other vertical openings between floors of a building shall be
suitably enclosed or protected to afford reasonable safety of occupants while using exits
and to prevent spread of fire, smoke, or fumes through vertical openings from floor to floor
before occupants have entered exits.
J. Required Fire Safety Programs/Measures
In addition to the requirements, lessees or occupants of buildings, structures or facilities
shall observe all pertinent fire safety measures.
1. All occupants or lessees of buildings, structures or facilities shall organize themselves, and
develop and implement fire safety programs to include among others, fire prevention
in the premises, notification of the BFP on the existence of fire, evacuation of persons
and initial firefighting. The building owner shall take the initiative of formulating the fire
safety program for his/her building and of organizing the occupants to implement the
programs.
2. In buildings, leased to and used by one (1) or several companies or persons, the
management of each company or each person shall be responsible for fire safety
measures within the leased or occupied areas. The building owner shall be responsible
for the common areas in the building such as the means of egress, utilities and building
services equipment or systems.
3. In building structures or facilities, such as condominium and the like, where some units
of the building are not yet sold, the provisions of para 2 above shall apply. When all
condominium units have been sold, responsibility for fire safety measures in the common
areas such as the means of egress, utilities, building equipment/system and the building
as a whole, shall devolve jointly upon all individual unit owners, occupants and building
administrators.
K. Compliance with this Chapter shall not be construed as eliminating or reducing the
necessity of complying with other provisions for safety of persons using a structure under
normal occupancy conditions. Also, no provision of RA 9514 and its RIRR shall be construed
as requiring or permitting any condition that might be hazardous under normal occupancy
conditions.
L. Construction and Repair Operations
1. New Construction
a. No building or structure under construction shall be occupied in whole or in part until
all required means of egress required for the part to be occupied are completed,
inspected and approved for occupancy.
b. Adequate escape facilities shall be maintained at all times in buildings under
construction for the use of construction workers. These facilities shall consist of doors,
walkways, stairs, ramps, fire escapes, or other arrangements in accordance with the
general guidelines of RA 9514 and its RIRR in so far as they can be reasonably applied
to buildings under construction.
2. Repairs or Alterations
a. Existing buildings may be occupied during repairs or alterations provided that all
existing fire protection systems/devices are continuously maintained or, in lieu thereof,
other measures are taken to provide equivalent safety.
b. Flammable or explosive substances or equipment necessary for the repair or alteration
of a building or structure may be introduced therein while it is occupied, only if the
conditions of use and the safeguards provided will not create any additional danger
or impair the use of the means of egress.
M. Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic kitchen hood fire suppression in
accordance with internationally recognized standards.
30
DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF OCCUPANCY
A. A building or structure, or portion of buildings or structure, shall be classified as follows:
1. Assembly
a. Assembly occupancies include, but are not limited to, all buildings or portions of
buildings 1) used for gathering fifty (50) or more persons for such purposes as
deliberation, worship, entertainment, eating, drinking, amusement, awaiting
transportation, or similar uses; and 2) used as special amusement buildings.
b. Assembly occupancies include theaters; assembly halls; auditoriums; exhibition
halls; museums; restaurants; drinking establishments; places of worship; classrooms of
fifty (50)persons and over capacity; libraries; Internet shops of over fifty (50) persons
capacity; dance halls; clubrooms; skating rinks; gymnasiums; cockpit arenas; bowling
facilities; pool rooms; passenger stations and terminals of air, surface, underground,
and marine public transportation facilities; recreational facilities; piers; courtrooms;
conference rooms; mortuary chapels or funeral homes; and special amusement
buildings.
c. Restaurants and drinking establishments with an occupant load of less than fifty (50)
persons shall be classified as mercantile occupancies.
d. Occupancy of any room or space for assembly purposes by less than fifty (50) persons
in a building of other occupancy and incidental to such other occupancy shall be
classified as part of the other occupancy and subject to the provisions applicable
thereto.
2. Educational
a. Educational occupancies include all buildings or portions thereof used for gathering
of six (6) or more persons for purposes of instruction.
b. Educational occupancies include schools, universities, colleges, academies, and
kindergartens.
c. Other occupancies associated with educational institutions shall be in accordance
with the appropriate parts of this Chapter.
d. In case where instruction is incidental to some other occupancy, the Section of the
Chapter governing such other occupancy shall apply.
3. Day Care
a. Day care occupancies include buildings, or portions thereof, in which four (4) or more
clients receive care, maintenance, and supervision, by other than their relatives or
legal guardians, for less than twenty-four (24) hours per day.
b. Day care occupancies include adult day care centers, except where part of health
care occupancies; child day care centers; day care homes; kindergarten classes
that are incidental to a child day care occupancy; and nursery schools.
4. Health Care
a. Health care facilities are those used for purposes of medical or other treatment or
care of persons, where such occupants are mostly incapable of self-preservation
because of age, physical or mental disability, or because of security measures not
under the occupants’ control.
b. Health care facilities include hospitals, nursing homes, and birth centers.
5. Residential Board and Care
a. Residential board and care buildings are those used for lodging and boarding of
four (4) or more residents, not related by blood or marriage to the owners or operators,
for the purpose of providing personal care services.
b. Residential Board and Care include:
1) Group housing arrangement for physically or mentally handicapped persons
who normally attend school in the community, attend worship in the community,
or otherwise use community facilities.
2) Group housing arrangement for physically or mentally handicapped persons
who are undergoing training in preparation for independent living, for paid
employment, or for other normal community activities.
31
3) Group housing arrangement for the elderly that provides personal care services
but that does not provide nursing care.
4) Facilities for social rehabilitation, alcoholism, drug abuse, or mental health
problems that contain a group housing arrangement and that provide personal
care services but do not provide acute care.
5) Assisted living facilities.
6) Other group housing arrangements that provide personal care services but not
nursing care.
6. Detention and Correctional
a. Detention and correctional buildings are those used to house one (1) or more
persons under varied degrees of restraint or security where such occupants are
mostly incapable of self-preservation because of security measures not under the
occupants’ control.
b. Detention and correctional occupancies shall include those used for purposes such
as adult correctional institutions, adult or youth detention facilities, adult community
residential centers, adult work camps, youth rehabilitation center, and adult and
juvenile substance abuse centers, and other similar facilities where occupants are
confined or housed under some degree of restraint or security.
7. Residential
a. Residential occupancies are those occupancies in which sleeping accommodations
are provided for normal residential purposes and include all buildings designed to
provide sleeping accommodation.
b. Residential buildings, structures or facilities are treated separately in this Rule in
the following groups: hotels, motels, apartelles, pension houses, inns, apartments,
condominiums, dormitories, lodging or rooming houses, and single and two -family
dwellings, and the likes.
8. Mercantile
a. Mercantile occupancies include stores, markets, and other rooms, buildings, or
structures for the display and/or sale of merchandise.
b. Mercantile occupancies include malls, supermarkets, department stores, shopping
centers, flea markets, restaurants of less than fifty (50) persons capacity, public/private
dry and wet markets, water refilling stations, drugstores, hardwares/construction
supplies, showrooms, and auction rooms.
c. Minor merchandising operation in building predominantly of other occupancies,
such as newsstand in an office building, shall be subject to the exit requirements of
the predominant occupancy.
d. Office, storage, and service facilities incidental to the sale of merchandise and
located in the same building should be considered part of the mercantile occupancy
classification.
9. Business
a. Business buildings are those used for the transaction of business other than that
covered under Mercantile, for the keeping of accounts and records, and similar
purposes.
b. Included in this occupancy group are offices for lawyers, doctors, dentists and other
professionals, general offices, city/municipal halls, business process outsourcing
(BPO), call centers, Internet shops, massage parlors, beauty parlors, barbershops of
less than fifty (50) occupants, and court houses.
c. Minor office occupancy incidental to operations in other occupancy shall be
considered as a part of the dominant occupancy and shall be subject to the
provisions of the Chapter applying to the dominant occupancy.
10. Industrial
Industrial occupancies include factories that make products of all kinds and
properties which shall include but not be limited to product processing, assembling
and disassembling, mixing, packaging, finishing or decorating, repairing, and material
recovery, including factories of all kinds, laboratories, dry cleaning plants, power
plants, pumping stations, smokehouses, gas plants, refineries, sawmills, laundries, and
creameries.
32
11. Storage
a. Storage occupancy includes all buildings or structures utilized primarily for the storage
or sheltering of goods, merchandise, products, vehicles, or animals. Included in this
occupancy group are warehouses, cold storages, freight terminals, truck and marine
terminals, bulk oil storage, LPG storage, parking garages, hangars, grain elevators,
barns, and stables.
b. Minor storage incidental to other occupancy shall be treated as part of the other
occupancy.
12. Mixed Occupancies
a. Refers to two (2) or more classes of occupancies occurring/located/situated/existing
in the same building and/or structures so intermingled that separate safeguards are
impracticable.
b. The means of egress shall be sufficient to meet exit requirements for the occupants
of each individual room or section, and for the maximum occupant load of the
entire building. Fire safety construction, protective and warning systems, and other
safeguards shall meet the most stringent requirements of the occupancy involved.
13. Special Structures
This class of occupancy includes buildings or structures which cannot be properly
classified in any of the preceding occupancy groups. Such special buildings and
structures shall conform to the fundamental guidelines provided for in Division 2 and to
any specific provisions applicable thereto in Division 19 both of this Chapter.
B. In case of conflict as to the type or classification of occupancy, the same shall be determined
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
DIVISION 4. HAZARD OF BUILDINGS
SECTION 10.2.4.1 GENERAL

A. For purposes of this Chapter, the degree of hazard shall be the relative danger of the start
and spread of fire, the generation of smoke or gases, and the danger of explosion or other
occurrences potentially endangering the lives and safety of the occupants of the building
or structure due to the nature of the contents or processes/operations therein.
B. The degree of fire hazard shall be determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction on the basis
of the nature, character of the contents, and the process or operations being conducted
in the building or structure: Provided, however, that where the flame spread rating of the
interior finish or other features of the building or structure are such as to involve a fire hazard
greater than the hazard of contents, the greater degree of fire hazard shall govern, except
if such hazardous areas are segregated or protected as specified in Section 10.2.6.10 of this
RIRR and the applicable Sections of Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.4.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARD OF CONTENTS

The hazard of contents of any building or structure shall be classified as follows:
A. Low Hazard
Those of such low combustibility that no self-propagating fire therein can occur and
that, consequently, the only probable danger requiring the use of emergency exits will be
from panic, fumes or smoke or fire from some external source.
B. Moderate Hazard
Those which are liable to burn with moderate rapidity or to give off a considerable
volume of smoke but from which neither poisonous fumes nor explosions are to be expected
in the event of fire.
C. High Hazard
Those which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity or from which poisonous gases or
explosions are to be expected in the event of fire.
33
DIVISION 5. MEANS OF EGRESS
SECTION 10.2.5.1 APPLICATION

A. Means of egress for both new and existing buildings shall comply with this Division except as
may be modified for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
B. Any change, alteration or addition that would reduce the means of egress below the
requirements for new buildings is prohibited.
SECTION 10.2.5.2 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Permissible Exit Components
An exit shall consist of the approved components that are described, regulated, and
limited as to use by Sections 10.2.5.3 through 10.2.5.13 of this RIRR. Exit components shall be
constructed as an integral part of the building or shall be permanently affixed thereto.
B. Protective Enclosure of Exit
1. When an exit is required to be protected by separation from other parts of the building
by some requirements of this RIRR, the construction of the separation shall meet the
following requirements:
a. The separation shall have at least one (1) hour fire resistance rating when the exit
connects three (3) storeys or less, regardless of whether the storeys connected are
above or below the storey at which the exit discharge begins.
b. The separation shall have at least two (2) hours fire resistance rating when the exit
connects four (4) or more storeys, whether above or below the floor of discharge.
It shall be constructed of noncombustible materials and shall be supported by
construction having at least a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
c. Any opening in the separation wall/construction shall be protected by an approved
self-closing fire resistive door.
d. Openings in exit enclosure shall be confined to those necessary for access to the
enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for egress from the enclosure.
2. No exit enclosure shall be used for any purpose other than for means of egress.
C. Capacity of Means of Egress
1. The egress capacity for approved components of means of egress shall be based on
the capacity factors shown in Table 1, Capacity Factors.
TABLE 1: CAPACITY FACTORS

LEVEL COMPONENTS
STAIRWAYS
Area and RAMPS
(width per person)
(width per person)
Board and Care 10.0 mm 5.0 mm
Health Care, Sprinklered 7.6 mm 5.0 mm
Health Care, Non Sprinklered 15.0 mm 13.0 mm
High Hazards 18.0 mm 10.0 mm
All Others 7.6 mm 5.0 mm
2. The required capacity of a corridor shall be the occupant load that utilizes the corridor
for exit access, divided by the required number of exits to which the corridor connects.
But the corridor capacity shall be not less than the required capacity of the exit to
which the corridor leads.
3. For stairways wider than one thousand one hundred twenty millimeters (1,120 mm) and
subject to the seven and six tenths millimeters (7.6 mm) width per person capacity factor,
the capacity shall be permitted to be increased using the following equation:
where:
C = capacity, in persons, rounded to the nearest integer
Wn = nominal width of the stair
34
D. Occupant Load
1. The total capacity of means of egress for any floor, balcony, tier, or other occupied
space shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof, and shall not be less than the
number computed by dividing the floor area assigned to that use by the occupant load
factor in accordance with the requirements of Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter for
individual occupancies. The occupant load in any building or portion thereof shall be
the maximum number of persons that may be in the space at any time, as determined
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Where exits serve more than one (1) floor, only the occupant load of each floor
considered individually need be used in computing the capacity of the exits of that
floor; provided, that exit capacity shall not be decreased in the direction of exit travel.
When means of egress from the floor above and below converge at an intermediate
floor, the capacity of the means of egress from the point of convergence shall not be
less than the sum of the two (2).
3. When any required egress capacity of a balcony or mezzanine passes through the
room below, that required capacity shall be added to the required egress capacity of
the room below.
E. Measurement of Means of Egress
1. The width of means of egress shall be measured by clear width starting from the
narrowest point of the egress component under consideration, unless otherwise
provided in para 2 hereof.
2. Projections of not more than one hundred fourteen millimeters (114 mm) at a maximum
height of nine hundred sixty-five millimeters (965 mm) within the means of egress on
each side shall be permitted.
F. Minimum Width
The width of any means of egress shall not be less than nine hundred fifteen millimeters
(915 mm) except when specifically provided under Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
G. Number of Means of Egress
1. The number of means of egress from any balcony, mezzanine, storey, or portion thereof
shall not be less than two (2), except when specifically permitted in Division 8 through
20 of this Chapter.
2. When the occupant load for any storey or portion thereof is more than five hundred
(500) but not more than one thousand (1,000), the means of egress shall not be less than
three (3); in excess thereof, the means of egress shall not be less than four (4).
3. The occupant load of each storey considered individually shall be required to be used
in computing the number of means of egress at each storey, provided that the required
number of means of egress is not decreased in the direction of exit travel.
4. No doors other than hoistway door, the elevator car door, and doors that are readily
openable from the car side without a key, tool, special knowledge, or special effort shall
be allowed at the point of access to an elevator car.
5. Elevator lobbies shall have access to at least one exit. Such exit access shall not require
the use of a key, a tool, special knowledge, or special effort.
H. Arrangement of Exit
1. Exits shall be located and exit access shall be arranged so that exits are readily
accessible at all times.
2. When exits are not immediately accessible from an open floor area, continuous
passageways, aisles, or corridors leading directly to every exit shall be maintained and
shall be arranged to provide access for each occupant to not less than two (2) exits by
separate ways of travel.
3. Corridors shall provide exit access without passing through any intervening rooms other
than corridors, lobbies, and other spaces permitted to be open to the corridor.
4. Remoteness shall be determined in accordance with the following:
a. When more than one (1) exit is required from a building or portion thereof, such exits
shall be remotely located from each other and shall be arranged and constructed
to minimize the possibility that more than one exit has the potential to be blocked by
any fire or other emergency condition.
b. When two (2) exits or exit access doors are required, they shall be located at a
distance from one another not less than one half (1/2) of the length of the maximum
35
overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served, measured in a
straight line between the nearest edge of the exit doors or exit access doors, unless
otherwise provided in para “c” hereof.
c. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system, the minimum separation distance between two (2) exits or exit access doors
measured in accordance with para “b” hereof shall not be less than one-third (1/3)
the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be
served.
d. Where exit enclosures are provided as the required exits specified in para “b”
and para “c” hereof and are interconnected by not less than one-hour (1-hr) fire
resistance-rated corridor, exit separation shall be measured along the line of travel
within the corridor.
e. Where more than two (2) exits or exit access doors are required, at least two (2) of
the required exits or exit access doors shall be arranged to comply with the minimum
separation distance requirement.
5. Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be considered only as a single exit for new buildings.
I. Dead-End Limits
Means of egress shall be so arranged that there are no dead-end pockets, hallways,
corridors, passage ways or courts, whose depth exceeds six meters (6 m) unless otherwise
specified in individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
J. Measurement of Travel Distance to Exits
1. The maximum travel distance in any occupied space to the nearest exit shall not exceed
the limits specified for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
Maximum travel distance shall be determined as follows:
a. The travel distance to an exit shall be measured on the floor or other walking surface
along the center line of the natural path of travel, starting from the most remote
point subject for occupancy, curving around any corner or construction with a
three hundred millimeters (300 mm) clearance therefrom, and ending at the center
of the doorway or other point at which the exit begins. Where measurement includes
stairs, it shall be taken in the place of the tread nosing.
b. In the case of open areas, distance to exits shall be measured from the most remote
point subject for occupancy. In case of individual rooms subject for occupancy by
not more than six (6) persons, distance to exits shall be measured from the floors of
such rooms, provided that the path of travel from any point in the room to the room
door does not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
2. Where open stairways or ramps are permitted, as a path of travel to required exit, such
as between mezzanines or balconies and the floor below, the distance shall include the
travel on the stairway or ramp, and the travel from the end of the stairway or ramp to
reach an outside door or other exit, in addition to the distance to reach the stairway or
ramp.
3. Where any part of an exterior way of exit access is within three meters (3 m) horizontal
distance of any unprotected building opening, as permitted by Section 10.2.5.5 of this
RIRR for outside stairs, the distance to the exit shall include the length of travel to ground
level.
K. Access to Exits
1. A door from a room to an exit or to a way of exit access shall be of the side-hinged,
swinging type. It shall swing with exit travel.
2. In no case shall access to exit be through a bathroom, bedroom, or other room
subject to locking, except where the exit is required to serve only the bedroom or other
room subject to locking, or adjoining rooms constituting part of the same dwelling or
apartment used for single family occupancy.
3. Ways of exit access and the doors to exits to which they lead shall be designed and
arranged to be clearly recognizable as such. Decorations or draperies shall not be
placed on exit doors. Mirrors shall not be placed in or adjacent to any exit in such a
manner as to confuse the direction of exit.
4. Exit access shall be arranged that it will not be necessary to travel toward any area of
high hazard occupancy in order to reach the nearest exit, unless the path is protected
by suitable partitions.
36
L. Exterior Ways of Exit Access
1. Access to an exit may be by means of any exterior balcony, porch, gallery, or roof that
conforms to the requirements of this Section.
2. Exterior ways of access shall have smooth, solid floors, substantially level, and shall have
guards on the unenclosed sides at least equivalent to those specified in para “H” of
Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR.
3. A permanent, reasonably straight path of travel shall be maintained over the required
exterior way of exit access. There shall be no obstruction by railings, barriers, or gates
that divide the open space into sections appurtenant to individual rooms, apartments,
or other uses. Where the C/MFM having jurisdiction finds that the required path of travel
is obstructed by furniture or other movable objects, he/she shall require their removal.
However, if the width of the exterior way of exit access is greater than the required path
of travel, he/she may permit the relocation of such furniture to one side so that they
are out of the pathway. Such furniture shall then be fastened so they can no longer be
moved. Alternatively, he/she may require that railings or other permanent barriers be
installed to protect the path of travel against encroachment.
4. An exterior way of exit access shall be arranged so that there are no dead-ends in
excess of six meters (6 m) in length.
5. Any gallery, balcony, bridge, porch or other exterior exit access that projects beyond
the outside wall of a building shall comply with the requirements of this Division as to
width and arrangement.
M. Discharge from Exits
1. All exits shall terminate directly at a public way or at an exterior exit discharge. Yards,
courts, open space, or other portions of the exit discharge shall be of required width and
size to provide all occupants with a safe access to a public way, and be in accordance
with NFPA 101, Life Safety Code with respect to changes in elevation, stairs, ramps, or
keeping means of egress free from obstruction. Means of egress shall be permitted to
terminate in an exterior area for detention and correctional occupancies as otherwise
provided in NFPA 101.
2. Where permitted for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, a
maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the exits may discharge through areas on the floor of
discharge provided all of the following requirements are met:
a. Exits shall discharge to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building
and is readily visible and identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
b. The floor of discharge into which the exit discharges and any other portion of the
level of discharge with access to the discharge areas are protected with approved
supervised sprinkler system or separated from it in accordance with the requirement
for the enclosure of exits except if the discharge area is a vestibule or foyer complying
with all of the following, and where allowed in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter:
1) The depth from the exterior of the building is not greater than three meters (3 m);
2) The length is not greater than six meters (6 m);
3) The foyer is separated from the remainder of the level of discharge by construction
providing protection at least the equivalent of wired glass in steel frames; and
the foyer serves only as means of egress, including exits direct to the outside.
c. The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by construction
having a minimum of two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
3. Stairs and other exits shall be so arranged as to make clear the direction of egress to the
street.
a. An exit from the upper storeys in which the direction of egress travel is generally
downward should not be arranged so that it is necessary to change to travel in an
upward direction at any point before discharging to the outside. A similar prohibition
of reversal of the vertical component of travel should be applied to exits from storeys
below the floor of exit discharge. However, an exception is permitted in the case of
stairs used in connection with overhead or under floor exit passageways that serve
the street floor only.
b. Exit stairs that continue beyond the floor of discharge shall be interrupted at the
floor of discharge by partitions, doors, or other effective means. Stairs and ramps
that continue more than a half (1/2) storey beyond the level of discharge shall be
37
provided with an approved means to prevent or dissuade occupants from traveling
past the level of discharge during emergency building evacuation.
4. Stairs, ramps, bridges, balconies, escalators, moving walks and other components of
an exit discharge shall comply with the detailed requirements of this Division for such
components.
5. Subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, exits may be accepted to
discharge to roofs or other sections of the building or adjoining buildings, where the roof
has a fire resistance rating at least the equivalent of that required for the exit enclosure,
and where there is a continuous and safe means of egress from the roof, and all other
reasonable requirements for the safety are maintained.
6. The exit discharge shall be so arranged to meet the remoteness criteria in NFPA 101, and
marked to make clear the direction of egress travel from the exit discharge to a public
way.
a. The entire area on the level of discharge shall be separated from areas below by
construction having a fire resistance rating not less than that required for the exit
enclosure.
b. Levels below the level of discharge in an atrium shall be permitted to be open to the
level of discharge where such level of discharge is protected.
N. Headroom
The minimum headroom shall not be less than two meters (2 m) nor any projection from
the ceiling be less than two meters (2 m) from the floor.
O. Changes in Elevation
Where a means of egress is not level, such differences in elevation shall be negotiated
by stairs or ramps conforming to the requirements of this Section for stairs and ramps.
P. Interior Finish in Exits
The flame spread of interior finish shall not exceed Class B in accordance with Section
10.2.6.4 of this RIRR in exit enclosures, except when allowed in Division 8 through 20 of this
Section.
SECTION 10.2.5.3 DOORS

A. Application
1. A door assembly, including the doorway, frame, door, and necessary hardware, may be
used as a component in a means of egress when it conforms to the general requirements
of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR and to the specific requirements of this Section.
2. Every door and every principal entrance which are required to serve as an exit shall be
designed and constructed that the way of exit travel is obvious and direct. Windows,
which because of their physical configuration or design and the materials used in their
construction could be mistaken for doors, shall be made inaccessible to the occupants
by barriers or railings conforming to the requirements of para “H” of Section 10.2.5.4 of
this RIRR.
3. The door assembly required by this Section shall comply with the fire protection rating
and, where rated, is self-closing or automatic-closing by means of smoke detection in
accordance with para “G” of this Section, and is installed in accordance with NFPA 80,
Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows.
B. Swing and Force to Open
1. Any door in a means of egress shall be of the side-hinged or pivoted-swinging type. The
door shall be designed and installed so that it is capable of swinging from any position
to the full required width of the opening in which it is installed. Doors required to be of
the side-hinged or pivoted-swinging type shall swing in the direction of egress travel
where serving a room or area with an occupant load of fifty (50) or more persons.
2. A door shall swing in the direction of egress travel when used in an exit enclosure
or where serving a high hazard contents area, unless it is a door from an individual
living unit that opens directly into an exit enclosure. During its swing, any door in a
means of egress shall leave not less than a half (1/2) of the required width of an aisle,
corridor, passageway, or landing unobstructed and shall not project more than one
hundred seventy-eight millimeters (178 mm) into the required width of an aisle, corridor,
passageway, or landing, when fully open. Doors shall not open directly onto a stair
without a landing. The landing shall have a width not less than the width of the door.
38
3. Unless exempt by other provisions of this Rule, any door used in an exit shall be designed
and installed that when a force is applied to the door on the side from which egress is to
be made, it shall swing in the direction of exit travel from any position to the full instant
use of the opening in which it is installed.
C. Locks, Latches, Alarm Devices
1. A door shall be arranged to be readily opened from the side from which egress is to be
made at all times when the building served thereby is occupied. Locks, if provided, shall
not require the use of a key, a tool, or special knowledge or effort, for operation from the
inside of the building.
2. A latch or other fastening device on a door shall be provided with a knob, handle,
panic bar, or other simple type releasing device, the method of operation of which is
obvious, even in darkness.
3. A door designed to be kept normally closed in a means of egress, such as a door to
a stair or horizontal exit, shall be provided with a reliable self-closing mechanism in
accordance with para “G” of this Section, and shall not at any time be secured in the
open position. A door designed to be kept normally closed shall bear a sign reading
substantially as follows:
FIRE EXIT
KEEP DOOR CLOSED
4. Doors on buildings of four (4) or more storeys in height shall be provided with re-entry
mechanism to provide access out of the stairway to another exit. There shall be re-entry
mechanism every four (4) floors that provide a way out of the stairway.
5. Doors not allowing re-entry shall be provided with a sign indicating the location of the
nearest door, in each direction of travel that allows re-entry or exit.
NO RE – ENTRY
PROCEED TO ________ FLOOR
AND _________ FLOOR
D. Egress Capacity Width
In determining the egress width for swinging doors, only the clear width of the doorway
when the door is open ninety degrees (90 o) shall be measured. In determining the egress
width for other types of doors for purposes of calculating capacity, only the clear width of
the doorway when the door is in the full open position shall be measured. Clear width of
doorways shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop in accordance
with Section 10.2.5.2 para “E” of this RIRR.
E. Width and Floor Level
1. Door openings in means of egress shall not be less than seven hundred ten millimeters
(710 mm) in clear width. When a pair of doors is provided, not less than one of the doors
shall provide at least seven hundred ten millimeters (710 mm) clear width opening.
2. No single door in a doorway shall exceed one and twenty-two hundredths meters
(1.22 m) in width.
3. The elevation of the floor surfaces on both sides of a door shall not vary by more than
thirteen millimeters (13 mm). The elevation shall be maintained on both sides of the
doorway for a distance not less than the width of the widest leaf. Thresholds at doorways
shall not exceed thirteen millimeters (13 mm) in height. Raised thresholds and floor level
changes in excess of six millimeters (6 mm) doorways shall be beveled with a slope not
steeper than one (1) in two (2).
F. Panic Hardware
1. When a door is required to be equipped with panic hardware by some other provisions
of this Rule, the panic hardware shall cause the door latch to release when a force of
not more than seven kilogram-force (7 kgf) is applied to the releasing device in the
direction of exit travel.
2. Such releasing devices shall be bars or panel extending not less than two-thirds (2/3) of
the width of the door and placed at heights suitable for the service required, and shall
not be less than seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) nor more than one thousand
one hundred twenty millimeters (1,120 mm) above the floor.
3. Required panic hardware shall not be equipped with any locking or dogging device,
39
set screw, or other arrangement which can be used to prevent the release of the latch
when pressure is applied to the bar.
G. Self-Closing Devices
A door normally required to be kept closed shall be installed or equipped with automatic
door closer in accordance with the following criteria:
1. Upon release of the hold-open mechanism, the door becomes self-closing.
2. The release device is designed so that the door instantly releases manually and, upon
release, becomes self-closing, or the door can be readily closed.
H. Maintenance
No lock, padlock, hasp, bar, chain, or other device, or combination thereof shall be
installed or maintained at any time on or in connection with any door on which panic
hardware is required by this Chapter, if such device prevents, or is intended to prevent, the
free use of the door for purposes of egress.
I. Power Operated Doors
1. Where required doors are operated by power, such as those with photo-electric
actuated mechanism which open upon the approach of a person or doors with
power-assisted manual operation, the design shall be such that in event of power failure,
the door may be opened manually to permit exit travel or closed where necessary to
safeguard means of egress.
2. No power-operated door shall be counted as a required exit unless it also swings with
the exit travel by manual means.
J. Screen and Storm Doors
No screen door or storm door in connection with any required exit shall swing against
the direction of exit travel in any case where doors are required to swing with the exit travel.
K. Revolving Doors
1. A revolving door shall not be used in a means of egress for an exit from the floor of
discharge directly to the outside except where specifically permitted in other Divisions
of this Chapter. It shall not be used at the foot or top of stairs at the floor of discharge.
Where permitted, the revolving door or doors shall be given a credit of only fifty percent
(50%) of the required capacity of exit except as provided in para K.2 hereof. Such
revolving doors shall be of approved type.
2. The number of revolving doors used as exit doors shall not exceed the number of
swinging doors used as exit doors within six meters (6 m) except when revolving doors
may serve as exits without adjacent swinging doors for street floor elevator lobbies, if no
stairways or doors from other parts of the building discharge through the lobby, and the
lobby has no occupancy other than as a means of travel between elevators and street.
3. Revolving doors shall be equipped with means to prevent their rotation at too rapid a
rate to permit orderly egress.
L. Turnstiles
1. No turnstiles or similar device to restrict travel to one direction, or to collect fares or
admission charges, shall be placed to obstruct any required means of egress, except
that approved turnstiles not over nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm), which turn freely
in the direction of exit travel, may be used in any occupancy where revolving doors are
permitted. Turnstiles over nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm) shall be subject to the
requirements for revolving doors.
2. No turnstiles shall be placed in any required exit, or barring the way of access thereto or
travel therefrom, unless immediately adjacent or within six and one tenth meters (6.1 m)
there is a swinging door or gate opening freely in the direction of exit travel, an open
passage serving the same general path of travel as the turnstile.
3. Turnstile shall be rated the same as revolving doors as regards to units of exit width and
rates of travel.
M. Doors in Folding Partitions
1. When permanently mounted folding movable partition are used to divide a room into
smaller spaces, a swinging door or open doorway shall be provided as a way of exit
access from each such space.
40
2. The swinging door may be omitted and the partition may be used to enclose the space
completely under the following conditions:
a. The subdivided space shall not be used by more than twenty (20) persons at any
time;
b. The use of the space shall be under adult supervision;
c. The partitions shall be so arranged that they do not extend across any aisle or corridor
used as a way of access to the required exits from the floor;
d. The partitions shall conform to the interior finish and other applicable requirements of
this Chapter; and
e. The partitions shall be an approved type, shall have a simple method of release, and
shall be capable of being opened quickly and easily by inexperienced persons in
case of emergency.
N. Horizontal Sliding Doors
Horizontal sliding doors shall meet the following criteria:
1. The door is readily operable from either side without special knowledge or effort.
2. The force that, when applied to the operating device in the direction of egress, is
required to operate the door is not more than seven kilogram-force (7 kgf).
3. The force required to operate the door in the direction of exit travel is not more than
fifteen kilogram-force (15 kgf) to set the door in motion and is not more than seven
kilogram-force (7 kgf) to close the door or open it to the minimum required width.
4. The door assembly complies with the fire protection rating and, where rated, is
self-closing or automatic-closing by means of smoke detection in accordance with
para “G” of this Section, and is installed in accordance with NFPA 80, Standard for Fire
Doors and Fire Windows.
SECTION 10.2.5.4 STAIRS

A. General
1. Stairs used as a component in the means of egress shall conform to the general
requirements of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR and to the special requirements of this
Section.
2. All stairways designated as a means of egress shall be continuous from the uppermost
floor level down to the ground floor.
B. Dimensional Criteria
1. Standard stairs shall meet the following criteria:
a. New stairs shall be in accordance with Table 2, Dimensional Criteria for New Stairs
and Table 4, New Stair Width.
b. Existing stairs shall be permitted to remain in use, provided that they meet the
requirements for existing stairs shown in Table 3, Dimensional Criteria for Existing Stairs.
c. Approved existing stairs shall be permitted to be rebuilt in accordance with the
following:
1) Dimensional criteria of Table 3, Dimensional Criteria for Existing Stairs.
2) Other stair requirements of Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR.
3) The requirements for new and existing stairs shall not apply to stairs located in
industrial equipment access areas except as otherwise provided in Division 17 of
this Chapter.
Table 2: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR NEW STAIRS
Feature Dimensional Criteria

Minimum Width See Table 4
Maximum height of risers 180 mm
Minimum height of risers 100 mm
Minimum tread depth 280 mm
Minimum headroom 2,000 mm
Maximum height between landings 3,660 mm
41
Table 3: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR EXISTING STAIRS
Dimensional
Feature
Criteria
Minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections
not more than one hundred fourteen millimeters (114 mm) 915 mm
at or below handrail height on each side
Maximum height of risers 205 mm
Minimum tread depth 230 mm
Minimum headroom 2,000 mm
Maximum height between landings 3,660 mm
2. Minimum New Stair Width

a. Where the total occupant load of all storeys served by the stair is fewer than fifty (50),
the minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections not more than one
hundred fourteen millimeters (114 mm) at or below handrail height on each side, shall
be nine hundred fifteen millimeters (915 mm).
b. Where stairs serve occupant loads exceeding that permitted by para B.2.a of this
Section, the minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections not more
than one hundred fourteen millimeters (114 mm) at or below handrail height on each
side, shall be in accordance with Table 4, New Stair Width and the requirements of
paras B.2.c, 2.d, and 2.e of this Section.
Table 4: NEW STAIR WIDTH
Total Cumulative Occupant Load Assigned to the Stair Width

< 2,000 persons 1,120 mm
> 2,000 persons 1,420 mm
c. The total cumulative occupant load assigned to a particular stair shall be that stair’s
prorated share of the total occupant load, as stipulated in paras B.2.d and B.2.e of
this Section, calculated in proportion to the stair width.
d. For downward egress travel, stair width shall be based on the total number of
occupants from storeys above the level where the width is measured.
e. For upward egress travel, stair width shall be based on the total number of occupants
from storeys below the level where the width is measured.
C. Curved Stairs
Curved stairs shall be permitted as a component in a means of egress, provided that
the depth of tread is not less than two hundred eighty millimeters (280 mm) at a point three
hundred five millimeters (305 mm) from the narrowest end of the tread, and the smallest
radius is not less than twice the stair width.
D. Spiral Stairs
1. Where specifically permitted for individual occupancies by Divisions 8 to 20 of this
Chapter, spiral stairs as a component of means of egress shall comply with the following:
a. Riser heights shall not exceed one hundred eighty millimeters (180 mm).
b. The stairway shall have a tread depth of not less than two hundred eighty millimeters
(280 mm) for a portion of stairway width sufficient to provide egress capacity for the
occupant load served in accordance with para “C” Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
c. At the outer side of the stairway, an additional two hundred sixty-five millimeters
(265 mm) of width shall be provided clear to the other handrail, and this width shall
not be included as part of the required egress capacity.
d. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the spiral stairway.
e. The inner handrail shall be located within six hundred ten millimeters (610 mm),
measured horizontally, of the point where a tread depth of not less than two hundred
eighty millimeters (280 mm) is provided.
f. The turn of the stairway shall be such that the outer handrail is at the right side of
descending users.
42
2. Where the occupant load served does not exceed three, spiral stairs shall be permitted,
provided that the following criteria are met:
a. The clear width of the stairs shall be not less than six hundred sixty millimeters
(660 mm).
b. The height of risers shall not exceed two hundred forty millimeters (240 mm).
c. The headroom shall be not less than one and ninety-eight hundredths meters
(1.98 m).
d. Treads shall have a depth of not less than one hundred ninety millimeters (190 mm) at
a point three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) from the narrower edge.
e. All treads shall be identical.
f. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the stairway.
3. Where the occupant load served does not exceed five, existing spiral stairs shall be
permitted, provided that the requirements of para D.2.a through 2.e above are met.
E. Winders
Where allowed in Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, winders shall be permitted in
stairs, provided that the same shall have a tread depth of not less than one hundred fifty
millimeters (150 mm) and a tread depth of not less than two hundred eighty millimeters
(280 mm) at a point three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) from the narrowest edge.
F. Enclosure
1. All interior stairways shall be enclosed in accordance with the provisions of Section
10.2.5.2 and Section 10.2.6.2 of this RIRR, except insofar as open stairways are permitted
by para A.2 of Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR.
2. There shall be no enclosed, usable space within an exit enclosure, including under
stairs, nor shall any open space within the enclosure be used for any purpose that has
the potential to interfere with egress.
G. Stair Details
1. All stairs serving as required means of egress shall be of permanent fixed construction.
Each new stair and platform, landing, balcony, and stair hallway floor used in buildings
of four (4) storeys or more and in all new buildings, required by this Rule to be of
fire-resistive construction, shall be non-combustible material throughout, except the
handrails. Treads of stairs and landing floors shall be solid.
2. Each stair, platform, landing, balcony, and stair hallways floor shall be designed to
carry a load of four hundred eighty-eight kilograms per square meter (488 kg/m2) or a
concentrated load of one hundred thirty-six kilograms (136 kg), so located as to produce
maximum stress conditions.
3. There shall be no variation exceeding five millimeters (5 mm), in the width of treads
or in height of risers in any flight, except as permitted by para “H” of this Section for
monumental stairs.
4. Every tread less than two hundred fifty millimeters (250 mm) shall have a nosing or an
effective projection of approximately twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) over the level
immediately below.
5. Where material of stair treads and landings is such as to involve danger of slipping,
non-slip material shall be provided on tread surface.
6. Stairways and intermediate landings shall continue with no decrease in width along the
direction of exit travel.
H. Guards and Handrails
1. Means of egress such as stairs, stair landings, balconies, ramps and aisles located along
the edge of open-sided floor and mezzanines, shall have guards to prevent falls over
the open side. Each new stair, stair landing, and ramp shall have handrails on both
sides.
2. Required guards and handrails shall continue for the full length of each flight of stairs.
3. The design of guards and handrails and the hardware for attaching handrails to guards,
balusters, or masonry walls shall be such that there are no projecting logs on attachment
devices or non-projecting corners or members of grilles or panels which may engage
loose clothing. Opening in guards shall be designed to prevent loose clothing from
being wedged in such openings.
43
4. Handrails Details:
a. Handrails on stairs shall be not less than seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) nor
more than eight hundred sixty-five millimeters (865 mm) above the upper surface
of the tread, measured vertically to the top of the rail from a point on the tread
twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) back from the leading edge, except on stairways
designed for use by children an additional handrail may be provided lower than the
main handrail.
b. Handrails shall provide a clearance of at least thirty-eight millimeters (38 mm)
between handrail and wall to which it is fastened. Handrails shall be of such design
and so supported as to withstand a load of not less than ninety-one kilograms (91 kg)
applied to any point, downward or horizontally.
c. Handrails shall be so designed as to permit continuous sliding of hands on them.
d. Every stairway, required to be more than two and twenty-three hundredths meters
(2.23 m) in width, shall have intermediate handrails dividing the stairway into portions
not more than two and twenty-three hundredths meters (2.23 m) in width, except
that in monumental outside stairs, two (2) handrails may be permitted.
5. Guard Details:
a. The height of guards shall be measured vertically to the top of the guard from a point
on the tread twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) back from the leading edge or from the
floor of landings or balconies.
b. No guards shall be required for inside stairs which reverse direction at intermediate
landings, where the horizontal distance between successive flights is not more than
three hundred five millimeters (305 mm).
c. Guards shall not be less than one and six hundredths meters (1.06 m) high. Guards
protecting changes in level, one storey or less on interior balconies and mezzanines,
shall be not less than ninety-one hundredths meter (0.91 m).
d. Guards shall be so constructed that the area in the plane of the guard from the top
of the floor, riser, or curb to the minimum required height of guard shall be subdivided
or filled in one of the following manners:
1) A sufficient number of intermediate longitudinal rails so that the clear distance
between rails measured at right angles to the run of rail do not exceed
two hundred twenty-five millimeters (255 mm). The button rails shall not be more
than two hundred twenty-five millimeters (255 mm) from the top of the floor,
tread or curb measured vertically.
2) Vertical balusters spaced not more than one hundred fifty-two and a half
millimeters (152.5 mm) apart.
3) Areas filled wholly or partially by panels of solid wire mesh or expanded metal
construction or by ornamental grilles which provide protection against falling
through the guard equivalent to that provided by the intermediate rails or vertical
balusters specified in the two preceding paragraphs.
4) The lower part of the area may consist of a continuous substantial curb, the top
of which is parallel to the run of stairs of level areas and the height of which is
not less than seventy-six millimeters (76 mm) on stairs (measured at right angles
to the curb from its top to the nosing of the tread) and not less than one hundred
fifty-two and and a half millimeters (152.5 mm) for level areas.
5) Masonry walls may be used for any portion of the guard.
6) Any combination of the foregoing that provides equivalent safety.
e. Enclosure walls and guards consisting of masonry, railings, or other construction shall
either be designed for loads transmitted by attached handrails or shall be designed
to resist a horizontal force of seventy-five kilograms (75 kg) per lineal meter applied
at the top of the guard, whichever condition produces maximum stress. For walls or
guards higher than the minimum height, the specified force shall be applied at a
height one and seven hundredths meters (1.07 m) above the floor or tread.
f. Intermediate rails, balusters, and panel fillers shall be designed for a uniform load of
not less than one hundred twenty-two kilograms per square meter (122 kg/m2) over
the gross area of the guard (including the area of any opening in the guard) of which
they are a part. Reactions due to this loading need not be added to the loading
specified by para H.5.c of this Section in designing the main supporting members of
guards.
44
I. Smoke-proof Enclosures
1. General
Where smoke proof enclosures are required in other Sections of this Code, they shall
comply with this Section, except for approved existing smoke proof enclosures.
2. Performance Design
An appropriate design method shall be used to provide a system that meets the
definition of smoke proof enclosure. The smoke proof enclosure shall be permitted to be
created by using natural ventilation, by using mechanical ventilation incorporating a
vestibule, or by pressurizing the stair enclosure.
3. Enclosure
A smoke proof enclosure shall be enclosed from the highest point to the lowest point
by barriers having two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance ratings. Where a vestibule is used, it
shall be within the two-hour (2-hr) rated enclosure and shall be considered part of the
smoke proof enclosure.
4. Vestibule
Where a vestibule is provided, the doorway into the vestibule shall be protected
with an approved fire door assembly having a one and a half-hour (1.5-hr) fire
resistance rating, and the fire door assembly from the vestibule to the smoke proof
enclosure shall have not less than a twenty-minute (20-min) fire resistance rating.
Doors shall be designed to minimize air leakage and shall be self-closing or shall be
automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke detector within three meters (3 m) of the
vestibule door. New doors shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for
Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives.
5. Discharge
Every smoke proof enclosure shall discharge into a public way, into a yard or court
having direct access to a public way, or into an exit passageway. Such exit passageways
shall be without openings, other than the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure and the
door to the outside yard, court or public way. The exit passageway shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
6. Access
For smoke proof enclosures other than those consisting of a pressurized stair enclosure
complying with para I.9 of this Section, access to the smoke proof stair enclosure shall
be by way of a vestibule or an exterior balcony.
7. Natural Ventilation
Smoke proof enclosures using natural ventilation shall comply with para 3 hereof
and the following:
a. Where access to the stair is by means of an open exterior balcony, the door assembly
to the stair shall have a one and a half hour (1.5-hr) fire resistance rating and shall
be self-closing or automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke detector. Openings
adjacent to the exterior balcony specified in the preceding paragraph shall be
protected
b. Every vestibule shall have a net area of not less than one and a half square meters
(1.5 m2) of opening in an exterior wall facing an exterior court, yard, or public space
not less than six meters (6 m) in width.
c. Every vestibule shall have a minimum dimension of not less than the required width
of the corridor leading to it and a dimension of not less than one and eighty-three
hundredths meters (1.83 m) in the direction of travel.
8. Mechanical Ventilation
Smoke proof enclosures using mechanical ventilation shall comply with para 3
hereof and the following requirements:
a. Vestibules shall have a dimension of not less than one and twelve hundredths meters
(1.12 m) in width and not less than one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m)
in direction of travel.
b. The vestibule shall be provided with not less than one air change per minute, and
the exhaust shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the supply. Supply air shall
enter and exhaust air shall discharge from the vestibule through separate tightly
45
constructed ducts used only for such purposes. Supply air shall enter the vestibule
within one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm) of the floor level. The top of the exhaust
register shall be located not more than one thousand one hundred fifty millimeters
(1,150 mm) below the top of the trap and shall be entirely within the smoke trap
area. Doors, when in the open position, shall not obstruct duct openings. Controlling
dampers shall be permitted in duct openings if needed to meet the design
requirements.
c. To serve as a smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward-moving air column, the
vestibule ceiling shall be not less than five and one tenth meters (5.1 m) higher than
the door opening into the vestibule. The height shall be permitted to be decreased
where justified by engineering design and field testing.
d. The stair shall be provided with a damper relief opening at the top and supplied
mechanically with sufficient air to discharge at least seventy and eight tenths cubic
meters per minute (70.8 m3/min) through the relief opening while maintaining a
positive pressure of not less than twenty-five Newton per square meter (25 N/m2) in
the stair, relative to the vestibule with all doors closed.
9. Stair Pressurization
a. Smoke proof enclosures using stair pressurization shall use an approved engineered
system with a design pressure difference across the barrier of not less than twelve
and a half Newton per square meters (12.5 N/m2) in sprinklered buildings, or
twenty-five (25 N/m2) in non-sprinklered buildings, and shall be capable of maintaining
these pressure differences under likely conditions of stack effect or wind. The pressure
difference across doors shall not exceed that which allows the door to begin to be
opened by a force of one hundred thirty-three Newtons (133 N) in accordance with
b. Equipment and ductwork for stair pressurization shall be located in accordance with
one of the following specifications:
1) Exterior to the building and directly connected to the stairway by ductwork
enclosed in noncombustible construction.
2) Within the stair enclosure with intake and exhaust air vented directly to the
outside or through ductwork enclosed by a two-hour (2-hr) fire-resistive rating.
3) Within the building under the following conditions:
a) Where the equipment and ductwork are separated from the remainder of
the building, including other mechanical equipment, by a two-hour (2-hr)
fire-resistive rating.
b) Where the building, including the stairway enclosure, is protected throughout
by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system and the equipment
and ductwork are separated from the remainder of the building, including
other mechanical equipment, by not less than one (1) hour fire-resistive rating.
c. In all cases specified by para I.9.a through 9.b of this Section, openings into the required
fire resistance–rated construction shall be limited to those needed for maintenance
and operation and shall be protected by self-closing fire protection–rated devices.
10. Activation of Mechanical Ventilation and Pressurized Stair Systems
a. For both mechanical ventilation and pressurized stair enclosure systems, the activation
of the systems shall be initiated by a smoke detector installed in an approved location
within three meters (3 m) of the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure.
b. The required mechanical system shall operate upon the activation of the smoke
detectors specified in para “a” above and by manual controls accessible to the fire
department. The required system also shall be initiated by the following, if provided:
1) Water flow signal from a complete automatic sprinkler system; or
2) General evacuation alarm signal.
11. Door Closers
The activation of an automatic-closing device on any door in the smoke proof
enclosure shall activate all other automatic-closing devices on doors in the smoke proof
enclosure.
12. Emergency Power Supply System (EPSS)
EPSS for new mechanical ventilation equipment shall be provided in accordance
with NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.
46
J. Monumental Stairs
Monumental stairs, either inside or outside, may be accepted as required exits if all
requirements for exit stairs are complied with, including required enclosures and minimum
width of treads, except that curved stairs may be accepted with a radius of seven and a
half meters (7.5 m) or more at the inner edges.
SECTION 10.2.5.5 OUTSIDE STAIRS

A. General
Any permanently installed stair outside of the building being served is acceptable as a
means of egress under the same condition.
B. Enclosures
1. Under all conditions where enclosure of inside stairways is required, outside stairs shall
be separated from the interior of the buildings with walls having the same fire-resistance
rating as that required for the wall enclosing inside stairs. Any opening in such wall shall
be protected by fire doors or fixed wired glass windows.
2. Wall construction required by para B.1 of this Section shall extend as follows:
a. Either vertically from the ground to a point three thousand fifty millimeters (3,050 mm)
above the topmost landing of the stairs or to the roofline, whichever is lower.
b. Horizontally for not less than three thousand fifty millimeters (3,050 mm).
SECTION 10.2.5.6 HORIZONTAL EXITS

A. Application
1. A horizontal exit is a way of passage from one building to an area of refuge in another
building on approximately the same level, or a way of passage through or around a
wall or partition to an area of refuge on approximately the same level in the same
building, which affords safety from fire or smoke from the area of escape and areas
communicating therewith.
2. Horizontal exits may be substituted for other exits to an extent that the total exit capacity
of the other exits (stairs, ramps, doors leading outside the building) will not be reduced
below half that required for the entire area of the building or connected building if
there were no horizontal exits, except for health care occupancies, where the total exit
capacity of the other exits (stairs, ramps, doors leading outside the building) shall not be
reduced below one-third (1/3) that required for the entire area of the building.
B. Egress from Area of Refuge
1. Every fire compartment allowed in connection with a horizontal exit shall have in addition
to the horizontal exit or exits at least one (1) stairway or doorway leading outside, or
other standard exit. Any fire section not having a stairway or doorway leading outside
shall be considered as part of an adjoining section with stairway.
2. Every horizontal exit shall be so arranged that there are continuously available paths of
travel leading from each side of the exit to stairways or other standard means of egress
leading to outside the building.
This requirement is complied with where the entire areas from each side of the
horizontal exit to the stairways or other standard means of egress are occupied by
the same tenant; or where there are public corridors or other continuously available
passageways leading from each side of the exit to stairway or other standard means of
egress leading to outside of the building.
3. Whenever either side of the horizontal exit is occupied, doors used in connection with
the horizontal exit shall swing in opposite directions and shall not be locked from either
side.
4. The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to hold the occupant
of both floor areas, allowing not less than three tenths square meter (0.3 m2) clear floor
areas per person.
5. Every building shall be provided with separate means of egress. in cases where means
of egress is by means of horizontal exit to another building or structure, the exits of
said building shall be maintained, properly protected and readily accessible to the
occupants of the other building
47
C. Bridges and Balconies
1. Each bridge or balcony utilized in conjunction with horizontal exits shall comply with the
structural requirements for outside stairs and shall have guards and handrails in general
conformity with the requirements of Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR for stairs and smoke
proof enclosures.
2. Every bridge or balcony shall be at least as wide as the door leading to it and not less
than one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m) for new construction.
3. Every door leading to a bridge or balcony serving as a horizontal exit from a fire area,
shall swing with exit travel out of the fire area.
4. Where the bridge of balcony serves as a horizontal exit in one direction, only the door
from the bridge or balcony into the area of refuge shall swing in.
5. Where the bridge or balcony serve as a horizontal exit in both direction, doors shall be
provided in pairs swinging in opposite directions, only the door swinging with the exit
travel to be counted in determination of exit width, unless the bridge or balcony has
sufficient floor area to accommodate the occupant load of either connected or fire
compartment on the basis of three tenths square meter (0.3 m2) per person or in existing
buildings by specific permission of the C/MFM having jurisdiction, in which case doors
on both ends of the bridge or balcony may swing out from the buildings.
6. The bridge or balcony floor shall be on the level with the floor of the building.
7. Ramps shall be employed where there is a difference in level between connected
buildings or floor areas. Steps may be used where the difference in elevation is greater
than five hundred thirty-three and four tenths millimeters (533.4 mm). Ramps and stairs
shall be in accordance with the Sections of this Rule pertaining to ramps, stairs and
outside stairs.
8. All wall openings, in both of the connected buildings or fire areas any part of which is
within three meters (3 m) of any bridge or balcony as measured horizontally or below,
shall be protected with fire doors or fixed metal-frame wired-glass windows; except
where bridges have solid sides not less than one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) in
height, such protection of wall openings may be omitted.
D. Openings through Walls for Horizontal Exits
1. Walls connected by a horizontal exit between buildings shall be of non-combustible
material having a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating. They shall provide a separation
continuous to the ground.
2. Any opening in such walls, whether or not such opening serves as an exit, shall be
adequately protected against the passage of fire or smoke therefrom.
3. Swinging fire exit doors on horizontal exits shall swing with the exit travel. Where a
horizontal exit serves on both sides of a wall, there shall be adjacent openings with
swinging doors at each wall, opening in opposite directions, with signs on each side
of the wall or partitions indicating as the exit door which swings with the travel from
that side, or other approved arrangements providing doors always swinging with any
possible exit travel.
4. Sliding fire doors shall not be used on a horizontal exit except where the doorway
is protected by a fire door on each side of the wall in which such sliding fire doors
are located. In this case, one fire door shall be of the swinging type as provided in
para C.3 of this Section and the other may be an automatic sliding fire door that shall
be kept open whenever the building is occupied.
E. Omission of Fire Partition on Certain Floors
1. Where a fire partition is used to provide a horizontal exit in any storey of a building, such
partition may be omitted in any lower storey under the following conditions:
a. The open fire area storey from which the fire partition is omitted shall be separated
from the storeys above by construction having at least two-hour (2-hr) resistance
rating.
b. Required exits from the storeys above the open fire area storey shall be separated
therefrom by construction having two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating and shall
discharge outside without travel through the open fire area storey.
c. Vertical openings between the open fire area storey and the storeys above shall be
enclosed with construction having two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating. Other details
shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
48
2. Where a fire partition is used to provide a horizontal exit for any storey below the
discharge level, such partition may be omitted at the level of the discharge under the
following conditions:
a. The open fire area storey shall be separated from the storeys below by construction
having at least two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
b. Required exits from storeys below the open fire area storey shall be separated from
the open fire area storey by construction having two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating
and all discharge directly outside without travel through the open fire area storey.
c. Vertical openings between the open fire area storey and the floors below shall be
enclosed with a construction having two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating. Other
details shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
SECTION 10.2.5.7 RAMPS

A. Application
A ramp shall be permitted as component in a means of egress when it conforms to
the general requirements of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR and to the special requirements of
this Section.
B. Dimensional Criteria
The following dimensional criteria shall apply to ramps:
Table 5: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR NEW RAMPS
Feature Dimensional Criteria

Minimum width clear of all obstructions, except projections not
more than one hundred fourteen millimeters (114 mm) at or 1,120 mm
below handrail height on each side
Maximum slope 1:12
Maximum cross slope 1:48
Maximum rise for a single ramp run 760 mm
C. Protective Enclosure
1. When a ramp inside a building is used as an exit or exit component, it shall be protected
by separation from other parts of the building as specified in para “B” Section 10.2.5.2
of this RIRR.
2. Fixed wired glass panels in steel sash may be installed in such a separation in a building
fully provided with approved, supervised sprinkler system.
3. There shall be no enclosed usable space under ramps in an exit enclosure nor shall the
open space under such ramps be used for any purpose.
D. Other Details
1. A ramp, as well as the platforms and landings associated therewith, shall be designed
for not less than four hundred eighty-eight kilograms per square meter (488 kg/m2) live
load and shall have a nonslip surface.
2. The slope of a ramp shall not vary between landings. Landings shall be level and
changes in direction of travel, if any, shall be made only at landings.
3. A ramp used as an exit component in a building more than three (3) storeys, or in a
building of any height of noncombustible or fire-resistive construction, shall be of
noncombustible material. The ramp floor and landings shall be solid and without
perforations.
4. Guards and handrails complying with para “H” Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR shall be
provided in comparable situations for ramps, except that handrails are not required in
Class A ramps.
E. Special Provisions for Outside Ramps
1. Outside ramps shall be arranged to avoid any impediments to their use. For ramps more
than three (3) storeys in height, any arrangement intended to meet this requirement
shall be at least one and twenty-two hundredths meters (1.22 m) in height.
2. Outside ramps and landings shall be designed and maintained to minimize water
accumulation on their surfaces.
49
SECTION 10.2.5.8 EXIT PASSAGEWAYS
A. Application
Any hallway, corridor, passage or tunnel, may be designated as an exit, passageway
and used as an exit or component when conforming to all applicable requirement of
Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR, as modified by the provisions of this Section.
B. Protective Enclosure and Arrangement
1. An exit passageway shall be protected by separation from other parts of the building as
specified in para “B” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
2. Fixed wired glass panels in steel sash may be installed in such a separation in building
provided with Automatic Sprinkler System.
C. Width
The width of an exit passageway shall be adequate to accommodate the aggregate
capacity of all exits discharging through it.
D. Floor
The floor shall be solid and without perforations.
SECTION 10.2.5.9 ESCALATORS AND MOVING WALKS

Escalators and moving walks shall not constitute as part of the required means of egress,
unless they are previously approved existing escalators and moving walks.
SECTION 10.2.5.10 FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS, LADDERS, AND SLIDE ESCAPES

A. Fire Escape Stairs
1. General
a. Fire escape stairs (not those under Section 10.2.5.4 and 10.2.5.5 of this RIRR) may be
used in required means of egress only in existing buildings, subject to the applicable
provisions of Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter. Fire escape stairs shall not constitute
more than fifty percent (50%) of the required exit capacity in any case. Fire escape
stairs shall not be accepted as constituting any part of the required means of egress
for new buildings.
b. Fire escape shall provide a continuous unobstructed safe path of travel to the ground
or other area of refuge to which they lead. All stairs leading to an adjoining roof, which
shall be clearly indicated with appropriate signage, shall be provided with handrails.
Where a single means of egress consists of a combination of inside stairs and fire
escape stairs, each shall comply with the applicable provision of this Chapter, and
the two shall be so arranged and connected as to provide a continuous safe path of
travel.
2. Types
a. The following types of fire escape stairs are recognized by this Chapter:
1) Return platform types with superimposed runs; or
2) Straight run type with platforms continuing in the same direction.
b. Either of these may be parallel to or at right angle to the building. They may be
attached to buildings or erected independently of them and connected bridges.
3. Stairs Details
Fire escape stairs, depending upon the requirement of Division 8 through 20 of this
Chapter, shall be in accordance with the following table and subsequent paragraphs.
Table 6: DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS
PARTICULARS DIMENSIONS
Minimum widths 600 mm clear between rails
Minimum horizontal dimension
600 mm
any landing of platform
Maximum rise 230 mm
Minimum tread, exclusive of
230 mm
nosing
50
Tread construction Solid, 13.00 mm diameter perforation permitted
Winders (spiral) None
Risers None
Maximum height between
3.66 m
landings
Headroom, minimum 2.00 m
Door or casement windows 610 mm by 1.98 m
Access to escape or double hung windows 762 mm by
914.40 mm clear
Level of access opening Not over 305 mm above floor; steps if higher
Discharge to ground Swinging stair section permitted
45 per unit access by door; 20 if access
Capacity number of persons
by climbing over window rail
4. Arrangement and Protection of Openings

Fire escape stairs shall be so arranged that they will be exposed by the smallest
possible or window and door openings. There shall be no transom over doors. Every
opening, any portion of which is in the limits specified below, shall be completely
protected by approved fire doors or metal-frame wired glass windows in the same
manner as provided for outside stairs and outside ramps.
5. Access
a. Access to fire escape stairs shall be provided in accordance with Table 6 in
para A.3 of this Section and the general provisions of para “K” of Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
b. Where access is by way of double windows, such windows shall be so counter
balanced and maintained that they can be readily opened with a minimum of
physical effort. Insert screens, if any, on any type of opening giving access to fire, an
escape stair shall be of types that may be readily opened or pushed out. No storm
sash shall be used on any window providing to fire escape stairs.
c. Fire escape stairs shall extend to the roof in all cases where the roof is subject to
occupancy or is constructed and arranged to provide an area of refuge from fire.
In all cases where stairs do not extend to the roof, access thereto shall be provided
by a ladder in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 10.2.5.10 of this RIRR,
however such ladders are not required in the case of roofs with pitch or slope steeper
than sixteen and sixty-seven hundredths percent (16.67%).
d. Balconies, to which access is secured through windows with sills above the inside
floor level, shall be not more than four hundred sixty millimeters (460 mm) below the
sill. In no case shall balcony level be above the sill.
6. Materials and Strength
a. Iron, steel, reinforced concrete, or other approved noncombustible materials shall
be used for the construction of fire stairs, balconies, railings, and other features
appurtenant thereto.
b. Balconies and stairs shall be designed to carry a load of four hundred eighty-eight
kilograms per square meter (488 kg/m2) or a concentrated load of one hundred
thirty-six kilograms (136 kg) so located as to produce maximum stress conditions.
c. Except where embedded in masonry or concrete or where a suitable fire resistive and
waterproof covering is provided, no structural metal member shall be employed, the
entire surface of which is not capable of being inspected and painted.
d. All supporting members for balconies and stairs, which are in tension and are fastened
directly to the building, shall pass through the wall and be securely fastened on the
opposite side or they shall be securely fastened to the framework of the building.
Where metal members pass through walls, they shall be protected effectively against
corrosion. Holes in the wall through which metal members pass shall be effectively
fire-stopped to preserve the fire resistive quality of the wall.
51
e. Balcony and stair enclosure and railings shall be designed to withstand a horizontal
force of seventy-five kilograms per meter (75 kg/m) of railing or enclosure without serious
deflection, and support at walls for such railings or enclosures shall be in the manner
specified in para A.6.b of this Section for tension members, except as provided in
para A.6.f of this Section.
f. Notwithstanding the provisions of para A.6.b and 6.c of this Section, the C/MFM
having jurisdiction may approve any existing fire escape stair for a very small building
when load test or other evidence shows satisfactory or adequate strength.
7. Guards and Handrails
a. All fire escapes shall have walls or guards on both sides, in accordance with para
“H” of Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR, except for height, which shall be one thousand
seventy millimeters (1,070 mm) and nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm) for fire
escape for every small building, the height being measured vertically from a point
on the stair tread twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) back from the leading edge, or
vertically above any landings or balcony floor level.
b. All fire escapes shall have handrails on both sides, not less than seven hundred
sixty millimeters (760 mm) but not more than one thousand seventy millimeters
(1,070 mm) high, measured vertically from a point on the stair tread twenty-five millimeters
(25 mm) back from the leading edge, all in general conformity to the requirements
for stair handrails, para “H” of Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR.
c. Handrails and guards shall be so constructed as to withstand a force of ninety-one
kilograms (91 kg) applied downward or horizontally at any point.
8. Swinging Section of Fire Escape Stairs
a. Swinging stair sections shall not be used for fire escape stairs, except where termination
over sidewalks, alleys or driveways makes it impracticable to build stairs permanently
to the ground. Where used, swinging stairs shall comply with all provisions of this
Subsection.
b. Swinging section of stairs shall not be located over doors, over the path of travel from
any other exit, or in any location where there are or would likely to have obstruction.
c. Width of swinging section of stairs shall be at least equal to that of the stairs above.
d. Pitch/slope shall not be steeper than that of the stairs above.
e. Railings shall be provided similar in height and construction with those required
for the stairs above. Railings shall be designed to prevent any possibility of injury to
persons when stairs swing downward. Minimum clearance between moving sections
where hands might be caught shall be one hundred millimeters (100 mm).
f. If distance from lowest platform to ground exceed three and sixty-seven hundredths
meters (3.67 m), an intermediate balcony not more than three and sixty-seven
hundredths meters (3.67 m) from the ground or less than two meters (2 m) in the clear
underneath shall be provided with width not less than that of the stairs and length
not less than one and two tenths meters (1.2 m).
g. Counterweight shall be provided for swinging stairs and this shall be of type balancing
about a pivot, no cables being used. Counterweight shall be securely bolted in
place, but sliding ball weights or their equivalent may be used to hold stairs up and
help lower them. Counterbalancing shall be such that a person weighing sixty-eight
kilograms (68 kg), who makes one step from the pivot, will not start swinging the
section downward, but when he/she is one quarter of the length of the swinging
stairs from the pivot, the section will swing down.
h. Pivot for swinging stairs shall have either a bronze bushing or sufficient means to
prevent sucking on account on corrosion.
i. No latch to lock swinging stairs section in up position shall be installed.
B. Fire Escape Ladders
1. Application
No form of ladder shall be used as a fire escape under the provisions of this Chapter,
except those ladders conforming to paras B.2 and B.3 below may be used in single
and two -family dwellings and residential apartments of not more than three (3) storey
52
provided that the height shall not exceed nine meters (9 m); in elevated platforms
around machinery or similar spaces subject to occupancy by not more than three (3)
able-bodied adults; and as a means of escape to unoccupied roof spaces from boiler
rooms, grain elevators and towers as permitted by Division 18 and 20 of this Chapter. For
purposes of this Subsection, mezzanine floors shall be counted as ordinary floor.
2. Installation
a. All ladders shall be permanently installed in fixed position, supported by rigid
connection to the building or structure at intervals not exceeding three meters (3 m).
b. Where ladders provide access to roofs or elevated platforms, rails shall extend not
less than one and fourteen hundredths meters (1.14 m) above roofline or platform
floor or above coping or parapet. Extension of side rails to roof shall be carried over
coping or parapet to afford hand hold.
c. Ladders shall be arranged parallel to buildings or structures with travel either between
ladder and buildings, in which case minimum clearance between center of rungs
and buildings shall be six hundred eighty millimeters (680 mm), or outside of ladder,
in which case minimum clearance between center of rungs and buildings shall be
one hundred sixty millimeters (160 mm).
d. Ladders shall be vertically or positively inclined. No negatively inclined ladders
(i.e. ladder sloping out over the head of a person using it) shall be permitted.
3. Construction
a. Ladders shall be constructed of iron, steel or other metal in the design that has
equivalent strength and resistance to corrosion.
b. Rails of iron or steel ladders shall not be less than one hundred twenty-five millimeters
(125 mm) by fifty millimeters (50 mm) in section, not less than four hundred millimeters
(400 mm) apart.
c. Rungs shall not less than twenty-two millimeters (22 mm) diameter and shall be
riveted or welded in position not less than two hundred fifty millimeters (250 mm) nor
more than three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) on center.
d. The lowest rung of any ladder shall be not more than three hundred five millimeters
(305 mm) above the level of the ground or balcony floor beneath it.
C. Slide Escape
1. Use and Capacity Rating
a. A slide escape may be used as component of means of egress where specifically
authorized by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
b. Slide escapes, where permitted as required exits, shall be rated at one exit unit per
slide, with rated travel capacity of sixty (60) persons per minute.
c. Slide escapes, except as permitted for high hazard manufacturing buildings or
structures, shall not constitute more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the required
number of units of exit width from any building or structure or any individual storey or
floor thereof.
d. Slide escapes, used as exits shall comply with the applicable requirements of this
Division for other types of exits.
SECTION 10.2.5.11 ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EGRESS

A. General
1. Illumination of means of egress shall be provided for every building and structure in
accordance with this Section, as required by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
2. Illumination of means of egress shall be continuous during the time that the conditions
of occupancy require that the means of egress be available for use. Artificial lighting
shall be employed at such places and for such periods of time as required to maintain
the illumination to the minimum lumen values herein specified.
3. The floors of means of egress shall be illuminated at all points including angles and
intersections of corridors and passageways, landings of stairs, and exit doors to values
of not less than ten and seven tenths (10.7) lux.
53
4. Any required illumination shall be so arranged that the failure of any lighting unit, such
as the burning out of an electric bulb, will not leave any area in darkness.
B. Sources of Illumination
1. Illumination of means of egress shall be from a source of reasonably assured reliability,
such as public utility electric service.
2. Where electricity is used as a source of illumination of means of egress, the installation
shall be properly made in accordance with the appropriate and internationally
accepted standards.
3. No battery operated electric light nor any type of portable lamp or lantern shall be
used for primary illumination of means of egress; but may be used as an emergency
source to the extent permitted under Emergency Lighting, para “C” of this Section.
4. No luminescent, fluorescent, or reflective material shall be permitted as substitutes for
any of the required illumination herein specified.
C. Emergency Lighting
1. In occupancies specified in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, emergency lighting
facilities shall be provided for means of egress. Where maintenance of illumination
depends upon charging from one energy source to another, there shall be no
appreciable interruption of illumination during the changeover. Where emergency
lighting is provided by a prime-mover-operated electric generator, a delay of not more
than ten (10) seconds shall be permitted.
2. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to maintain the specified degree of
illumination in the event of failure of the normal lighting for a period of at least one and
a half (1.5) hours.
3. An emergency lighting system shall be provided as specified in Divisions 8 through
20, subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction as to the suitability of the
equipment for its intended use and the conditions in the individual premises.
4. Electric battery-operated emergency lights shall use only reliable types of storage
batteries, provided with suitable facilities for maintenance in properly charged
conditions. Dry batteries shall not be used to satisfy these requirements. Electric storage
batteries used in such lights or units shall be approved for their intended use and shall
comply with the applicable Philippine National Standards (PNS) or other internationally
accepted standards.
5. An emergency lighting system shall be so arranged as to provide the required illumination
automatically in the event of any interruption of normal lighting, such as any failure of
public utility or other outside electrical power supply, opening of a circuit breaker or
fuse, or any manual act, including accidental opening of a switch controlling normal
lighting facilities.
6. An emergency lighting system shall either be continuously in operation or shall be
capable of repeated automatic operation without intervention.
7. All emergency lighting systems installed in accordance with this Section shall be
properly maintained. Maintenance program shall be documented and incorporated
in Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR).
SECTION 10.2.5.12 EXIT MARKING

A. Signs
1. Where required by the provisions of Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, exits shall be
marked by a readily visible sign. Access to exit shall be marked by readily visible signs
in all cases where the exit or way to reach it is not immediately visible to the occupants
and in any case where required by the applicable provisions of Divisions 8 through 20 of
this Chapter for individual occupancies.
2. Any door, passage, or stairway, which is neither an exit nor a way of exit access and
which is so located or arranged as likely to be mistaken for an exit, shall be identified
by a sign reading “NOT AN EXIT” and shall be identified by a sign indicating its actual
character, such as “TO BASEMENT”, “STOREROOM”, “LINEN CLOSET”, or the likes.
54
3. Every required sign designating an exit or way of exit access shall be so located and
of such size, color, and design as to be readily visible. No decorations, furnishing, or
equipment which impair visibility of an exit sign shall be permitted, nor shall there be
any brightly illuminated sign (for other than exit purposes), display, or object in or near
the line of vision to the required exit sign of such a character as to distract attention from
the exit sign.
4. A sign reading “EXIT” with an arrow indicating the direction shall be placed in every
location where the direction of travel to reach the nearest exit is not immediately
apparent.
5. Every sign shall be distinctive in color and shall provide contrast with decorational
interior finish, or other signs.
6. Directional Sign Requirements. The sign shall have a height of three hundred millimeters
(300 mm) to six hundred millimeters (600 mm) from the floor to the line of vision and shall
have a narrow width of seventy-six millimeters (76 mm) painted on the wall by a photo-
luminescent paint or any equivalent material with photo-luminescent characteristic
pointing to the direction of the exit.
B. Illumination of Signs
1. Every sign shall be suitably illuminated by a reliable light source giving a value of not
less than five thousandths (0.005) lumens per square centimeters on the illuminated
surface. Such illumination shall be continuous as required under this Section, and where
emergency lighting facilities are required, exit signs shall be illuminated from the same
source.
2. Internally illuminated signs shall be provided in all occupancies where reduction of
normal illumination is permitted, such as in motion picture theaters.
3. Luminous directional signs shall comply with para “C” hereof.
C. Size of Signs
Every exit shall have the word “EXIT” in plainly legible letters not less than one hundred
fifty millimeters (150 mm) in height, with the principal strokes of letters not less than nineteen
millimeters (19 mm) in width; except that in existing buildings, externally illuminated exit signs
having the word “EXIT” in plainly visible letters not less than one hundred fifteen millimeters
(115 mm) in height, other than in places of assembly, may be continued in use. Other
signages required by this Rule shall be of the same dimension, unless otherwise provided.
SECTION 10.2.5.13 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN

A. An emergency evacuation plan shall be posted on strategic and conspicuous locations in
the building containing the following basic information:
1. “You Are Here/ room number/ building” Marking
2. Fire Exits
3. Primary Route to Exit (Nearest to the viewer)
4. Secondary Route to Exit (Second nearest to the viewer)
5. Fire alarm pull stations and annunciators
6. Fire extinguishers/ hose cabinets
7. Emergency Light
8. First Aid Kits locations (if applicable)
9. Emergency Call stations (if applicable)
10. Areas of safe refuge (for high-rise building)
11. Assembly areas instructions
12. “In Case of Emergency” instructions
B. This shall be drawn with a photo-luminescent background to be readable in case of power
failure.
55
C. It shall conform with the standard design format provided in this RIRR with the minimum
dimension of:
1. Two hundred fifteen and nine tenths millimeters (215.9 mm) height by three hundred
thirty and two tenths millimeters (330.2 mm) width if mounted on every rooms/spaces
with fifty square meters (50 m2) floor area and below;
2. Four hundred fifty-seven and two tenths millimeters (457.2 mm) height by six hundred
nine and six tenths millimeters (609.6 mm) width if mounted on rooms/spaces fifty-one
square meters (51 m2) to one hundred fifty square meters (150 m2) floor area including
building lobbies upon entry, elevator lobbies at every floor, hallways and corridors
on every bend/corner or at every fifteen meters (15 m) interval in the case of long
hallways; or
3. Six hundred nine and six tenths millimeters (609.6 mm) height by nine hundred fourteen
and four tenths millimeters (914.4 mm) width if mounted on rooms/spaces one hundred
fifty-one square meters (151 m2) floor area and above provided that it shall be mounted
on multiple locations within the open space such as upon entry to the building, areas of
assembly, or at every twenty-five meters (25 m) interval in the case of auditoriums and
gymnasiums.
D. Symbols/icons/logos to be used for the marking shall be in accordance with NFPA 170,
Standard for Signs and Symbols.
E. The wall mounted maps shall be oriented to correspond to the actual floor layout as
perceived by the viewer.
DIVISION 6. FEATURES OF FIRE PROTECTION
SECTION 10.2.6.1 CONSTRUCTION AND COMPARTMENTATION

A. Where required by any individual occupancy of RA 9514 and its RIRR, construction and
compartmentation shall apply to new, existing, permanent or temporary buildings.
B. Appropriate provisions of the latest edition of National Building Code of the Philippines
(NBCP) shall be used to determine the requirements for the construction classification.
C. The design and construction of fire walls and fire barrier that are required to separate the
buildings or subdivide the building to prevent the spread of fire shall comply with Section 602,
Fire Resistive Standards of the latest edition of NBCP, and NFPA 5000, Building Construction
and Safety Code.
D. In high rise buildings and healthcare occupancy building, a quality assurance program
for devices and systems installed to protect penetration and joints shall be conducted by
an approved inspection agency in accordance with American Society for Testing and
Materials (ASTM) E2393, Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Resistive
Joint Systems and Perimeter Fire Barriers.
E. Required fire resistive construction, including fire barriers, fire wall, exterior walls due to
location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft-stop
partition, and roof coverings shall be maintained and shall be immediately repaired,
restored or replaced where damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or
improperly installed.
F. Fire-rated gypsum wallboard for walls or ceiling that are damaged to the extent that
openings exist shall be replaced or returned to the required level of fire resistance using a
listed repair system or using materials and methods equivalent to the original construction.
G. Where readily accessible, required fire resistance-rated assemblies in high rise buildings
shall be inspected at least once every three (3) years.
H. The person responsible for the conduct of inspection shall demonstrate appropriate
technical knowledge and experience in fire resistance rated design and construction
acceptable to the Chief BFP or his/her duly authorized representative.
I. A written report prepared by the person responsible for conducting the inspection shall be
submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, documenting the result of visual inspection.
J. A certification of fire stopping in accordance with any of the following promulgated rules
and regulations of PD 1096, National Building Code of the Philippines; NFPA 251, Standard
Method of Test of Fire Resistance of Building Construction and Materials; American National
56
Standards Institute (ANSI)/ Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 263, Standard for Fire Tests of
Building Construction and Materials; and ASTM E119, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of
Building Construction and Materials, if available, from the third party shall be submitted to the
C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.2.6.2 FIRE DOORS

A. Any fire door installed in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter shall be in
accordance with NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and other Opening Protectives. The fire
resistance rating of any fire door shall be as measured in accordance with the appropriate
internationally accepted standards. Each fire door shall be appropriate for the location in
which it is installed.
B. Any swinging fire door and any door in stair enclosure walls designed to prevent the spread
of fire shall be provided with approved positive latching means to hold it in closed position
against the pressure of expanding fire gases.
C. The owner or his/her authorized representative shall be responsible for the annual inspection
and testing of doors and its assembly and automatic closing doors. Hardware shall be
examined and other defective parts of its assembly shall be replaced immediately with the
same fire rating and mechanism. Reports shall be included in FSMR.
SECTION 10.2.6.3 SMOKE PARTITIONS

A. Any smoke partition when required shall be constructed of fire resistive materials and shall
form an effective member, continuous from outside wall to outside wall and from floor to
floor slab, thereby including continuity through all concealed, spaces, such as those found
above a suspended ceiling, and including interstitial spaces.
B. Smoke partitions shall have openings only for ingress and egress and for building
services equipment. Doorways shall be protected by doors meeting the provisions of
para “C” hereof, and any openings where building services equipment pierces the partitions
shall be closed. Transfer grills, whether equipped with fusible links and release dampers or
not, shall not be used in these partitions.
C. Doors in Smoke Partitions
1. Doors in required smoke partitions shall be of swinging type and shall have a protection
rating of at least twenty minutes (20 min).
2. Any glass panels in doors in smoke partitions shall be of transparent wired glass mounted
in steel frames.
3. Doors in smoke partitions shall be automatically self-closing.
4. Doors in smoke partitions shall close the opening, with only the clearance for proper
operation under self-closing.
5. Doors in smoke partitions shall be without undercuts, louvers, or grills.
D. Where door assemblies are required elsewhere in this RIRR to be smoke leakage-rated/
smoke proof, door assemblies shall comply with the following:
1. They shall be tested in accordance with acceptable and approved local and
international standards.
2. Door assemblies shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for the
Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives.
SECTION 10.2.6.4 INTERIOR FINISH

A. General
1. Interior finish means the exposed interior surfaces of buildings including, but not limited
to, fixed or movable walls and partitions, columns, and ceilings. For requirements on
decorations and furnishing, see para “B” of Section 10.2.21.1 of this RIRR.
2. A finish floor or covering shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section, provided
however that in any case where the C/MFM having jurisdiction finds a floor surface
of unusual hazard, the floor surface shall be considered part of the interior finish for
purposes of this Chapter.
57
3. Interior finish materials shall be grouped in the following classes, in accordance with
their flame spread rating:
a. Class A Interior Finish
Flame Spread 0-25. Includes any material classified at twenty-five (25) or less on
the test scale described in para 4 hereof. Any element thereof when so tested shall
not continue to propagate fire;
b. Class B Interior Finish
Flame Spread 26-75. Includes any material classified at more than twenty-five
(25) but not more than seventy-five (75) on the test scale described in para 4 hereof;
c. Class C Interior Finish
Flame Spread 76-200. Includes any material classified at more than seventy-five
(75) but not more than two hundred (200) on the test scale described in para 4
hereof;
d. Class D Interior Finish
Flame Spread 201-500. Includes any material classified at more than two hundred
(200) but not more than five hundred (500) on the test scale described in para 4
hereof; and
e. Class E Interior Finish
Flame Spread over 500. Includes any material classified at over five hundred (500)
on the test scale described in para 4 below.
4. Interior finish materials as specified in para 3 above shall be classified in accordance
with NFPA 255, Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. Fire Retardant Paints
1. In all buildings, the required flame spread classification of interior surfaces may be
secured by applying a proven fire retardant paint or solution to existing interior surfaces
having a higher flame spread rating than permitted.
2. Fire retardant treatment and/or application shall be in accordance with NFPA 703,
Standard for Fire Retardant-treated wood and Fire Retardant Coatings for Building
Materials.
3. Surfaces of walls, partitions, columns, and ceilings shall be permitted to be finished with
factory-applied fire-retardant-coated products that have been listed, labeled and
approved.
4. Columns and beams of a building that are constructed by steel shall be protected by
listed and approved fire retardant paints.
5. Fire-retardant coatings or factory-applied fire retardant assemblies shall possess the
desired degree of permanency, and shall be maintained so as to retain the effectiveness
of the treatment under the service conditions encountered in actual use.
C. Automatic Sprinklers
Where approved, supervised automatic sprinklers are installed, interior finish with
flame spread rating not over Class C may be used in any location where Class B is
normally specified, and with rating of Class B in any location where Class A is normally
specified, unless specifically prohibited in this RIRR.
D. Use of Interior Finishes
1. Interior finish material shall be used in accordance with requirements for individual
classes of occupancy specified elsewhere in the Rule. Wherever the use of any class
of interior finish is specified, the use of a class of lower flame spread rating shall be
permitted, ex. where Class B is specified, Class A may be used.
2. In all new buildings other than private residences, Class A or Class C interior shall be
used in all basements or other underground spaces from which there is no direct exit to
the outside of the building, if subject to occupancy for any purpose other than storage
or service facilities.
3. Interior finish of Class E shall not be used in any room space subject to human occupancy,
except to such extent as may be specifically permitted by the C/MFM having jurisdiction
on the basis of finding that such use does not significantly increase the life hazard;
provided however, that such use of Class E interior finish shall not in any case exceed ten
58
percent (10%) of the aggregate interior surface of the walls and ceiling of the room or
space in which such Class E material is located.
SECTION 10.2.6.5 PROTECTION OF VERTICAL OPENING AND COMBUSTIBLE

CONCEALED SPACES
A. General
1. Every stairway, elevator shaft, light and ventilation shaft, chute and other opening
between storeys shall be enclosed or protected to prevent the spread of fire or smoke,
except openings of building protected by automatic fire suppression system as permitted
by other Section of this Rule.
2. In any building with low or ordinary hazard occupancy protected with approved,
supervised sprinkler system, up to three (3) communicating floor levels are permitted
without enclosure protection between floors, provided all the following conditions are
met:
a. The arrangement is permitted by the applicable occupancy Section of this Chapter;
b. The lowest or next to the lowest level is a street floor;
c. The entire area, including all communicating floor levels, is sufficiently open and
unobstructed so that it may be assumed that a fire or other dangerous condition in
any part will be immediately obvious to the occupants of all communicating levels
and areas;
d. Exit capacity is sufficient to provide simultaneously for all occupants of all
communicating levels and areas, all communicating levels in the same fire area
being considered as a single floor area for purposes of determination of required
exit capacity;
e. Each floor level, considered separately, has at least a half of its individual required
exit capacity provided by an exit or exits leading directly out of that area without
traversing another communicating floor level or being exposed to the spread of fire
or smoke therefrom; and
f. All requirements of this Chapter with respect to interior finish, protection of hazards,
construction and other features are fully observed, without waivers, except openings
in floors of educational, healthcare, and detention and correctional occupancies
shall be enclosed as required in Divisions 9, 11 and 13 of this Chapter, respectively.
3. Each floor opening, as specified in para A.1 of this Section, shall be enclosed by
substantial walls having fire resistance not less than that required for stairways in para
A.4 hereof, with approved fire doors at windows provided in openings therein, all so
designed and installed as to provide complete barrier to the spread of fire or smoke
through such openings.
4. The enclosing walls of floor openings serving stairways or ramps shall be so arranged
as to provide a continuous path of escape including landings and passageways, in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR, providing protection for person using the
stairway or ramp against fire or smoke therefrom in other parts of the building. Such
walls shall have fire resistance rating, as follows:
a. New buildings, four storeys or more in height – two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
b. New buildings, below four storeys – one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance rating.
B. Special Provisions for Escalator Openings
Any escalator shall have its floor opening enclosed or protected as required for other
vertical openings; except in buildings completely protected by approved supervised
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR. Escalator opening may be
protected by any one of the methods, as described in para “C” through “E” below.
C. Sprinkler Vent Method
1. Under the conditions specified in para “B” above, escalator openings may be protected
by the “sprinkler-vent” method, consisting of a combination of an automatic smoke
detection system, automatic exhaust system, and an automatic water curtain, meeting
the design and other requirements as specified in the succeeding Sections.
2. The exhaust system shall be of such capacity as to create a downdraft through the
escalator floor opening. The downdraft has an average velocity of not less than
ninety-one and a half meters per minute (91.5 m/min) under normal conditions for a
period of not less than thirty minutes (30 min).
59
3. Operation of the exhaust system for any floor opening shall be initiated by an approved
device in the storey involved and shall be any one of the following means in addition to
a manual means of opening and testing the system:
a. Thermostats - fixed temperature, rate-of-rise, or a combination of both
b. Water flow in the sprinkler system
c. Approved supervised smoke detection. Smoke detection devices, if used, shall be so
located that the presence of smoke is detected before it enters the stairway.
4. Electric power supply to all parts of the exhaust system and its control devices shall be
designed and installed for maximum reliability.
5. Any fan or duct used in connection with an automatic exhaust system shall be installed
and maintained in accordance with the latest editions of Philippine Mechanical
Engineering Code (PMEC) and Philippine Electrical Code (PEC), or other approved
engineering practice.
6. Periodic tests, not less frequently than quarterly, shall be made of the automatic exhaust
system to maintain the system and the control devices in good working conditions.
7. The water curtain shall be formed by open sprinklers or spray nozzles so located and
spaced as to form a complete and continuous barrier along all exposed sides of the
floor opening and reaching from the ceiling to the floor. Water intensity for water curtain
shall be not less than approximately thirty-seven and twenty-five hundredths liters per
minute (37.25 L/min) per linear meter of water curtain, measured horizontally around the
opening.
8. The water curtain shall operate automatically from thermal responsive elements of fixed
temperature type so placed with respect to the ceiling (or floor) opening that the water
curtain comes into action upon the advance of heat toward the escalator opening.
9. Every automatic exhaust system, including all motors, controls and automatic water
curtain system, shall be supervised in an approved manner, similar to that specified for
automatic sprinkler system supervision.
D. Spray Nozzle Methods
Under the conditions specified in para “B” above, escalator openings may be protected
by the nozzle method, consisting of a combination of an automatic fire or smoke detection
system and a system of high velocity water spray nozzle meeting the following requirements:
1. Spray nozzles shall be in the open type and shall have a solid conical spray pattern
with discharged angles between forty-five degrees (45o) and ninety degrees (90 o). The
number of nozzles, their discharge angles, and their location shall be such that the
escalator opening between the top of the well-way housing and the tread-way will be
completely filled with the dense spray on operation of the system.
2. The number and size of nozzles and water supply shall be sufficient to deliver a discharge
of one and four tenths liters of water per square meter per second (1.4 L/m2/sec) through
the well-way, with area to be figured perpendicular to tread-way.
3. Spray nozzles shall be so located as to effectively utilize the full advantage of the
cooling and counter-draft effect. They shall be so positioned that the center line of
spray discharge is as close as possible in line with the slope of the escalator, not more
than an angle of thirty degrees (30o) with the top slope of the well-way housing. Nozzles
shall be positioned also, so that the center line of discharge is an angle of not more than
an angle of thirty degrees (30 o) with the top slope of the well-way housing.
4. Spray nozzles shall discharge at a minimum pressure of one hundred seventy-two
kilopascals (172 kPa). Water supply piping may be taken from the sprinkler system,
provided that in so doing an adequate supply of water will be available for the spray
nozzles and the water pressure at the sprinkler farthest from the supply riser is not reduced
beyond the required minimum.
5. Control valves shall be readily accessible to minimize water damage.
6. A non-combustible draft curtain shall be provided extending at least five hundred ten
millimeters (510 mm) below and around the opening and a solid non-combustible well-
way housing at least one and a half meter (1.5 m) long, measured parallel to the handrail
and extending from the top of the handrail enclosure to the soffit of the stairway or
ceiling above, at each escalator floor opening. When necessary, spray nozzles shall
be protected against mechanical injury or tampering that might interfere with proper
discharge.
60
7. The spray nozzle system shall operate automatically from thermal response elements
of the fixed temperature type, so placed with respect to the ceiling (or floor) opening
that the spray nozzle system comes into action upon the advance of heat towards the
escalator opening. Supervised smoke detector located in or near the escalator opening
may be used to sound an alarm. The spray nozzle systems shall also be provided with
manual means of operation.
8. Control valves for the spray nozzle system and approved smoke detection or thermostatic
devices shall be supervised in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 10.2.6.6
of this RIRR.
E. Partial Enclosure Method
1. Under the conditions specified in para “B” of Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR, escalator
opening may be protected by a partial enclosure, so designed as to provide an
effective barrier to the spread of smoke from floor to floor.
2. Partial enclosure shall be of construction providing fire resistance equivalent to that
specified for stairway enclosures in the same building, with openings therein protected
by approved self-closing fire doors or may be of approved wired glass and metal frame
construction with wired-glass panel doors. Such doors may be equipped with electric
opening mechanism to open the door automatically upon the approach of a person.
However, the mechanism shall be such as to return the door to its closed position upon
any interruption of electric current supply, and the adjustment shall be such that the
pressure of smoke will not cause opening of the door.
F. Fire Stopping
1. In new construction, any concealed space, in which materials having a flame spread
rating greater than Class A as defined in Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR are exposed, shall
be effectively fire-stopped as provided below, with approved materials, unless the
space is sprinklered in accordance with this Section.
a. Every exterior and interior wall and partition shall be fire-stopped at each level, at
the top storey ceiling level, and at the level of support for roofs.
b. Every unoccupied attic space shall be subdivided by fire stops into areas not to
exceed two hundred eighty square meters (280 m2).
c. Any concealed space between the ceiling and the floor or roof above shall be
fire-stopped for the full depth of the space along the line of support of the floor or
roof structural members and, if necessary, at other locations to form areas not to
exceed ninety-three square meters (93 m2) for any space between the ceiling and
floor, and two hundred eighty square meters (280 m2) for any space between the
ceiling and the roof.
2. In every existing building, fire stopping shall be provided as required by the provisions of
Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
3. Penetrations for cables, cable trays, conduits, pipes, tubes, combustion vents and
exhaust vents, wires, and similar items to accommodate electrical, mechanical,
plumbing, and communications systems that pass through a wall, floor, or floor/ceiling
assembly constructed as a fire barrier shall be protected by a fire stop system or device.
G. Atriums
Unless prohibited by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, an atrium shall be permitted,
provided that all of the following conditions are met:
1. The atrium is separated from the adjacent spaces by fire barriers with not less than
one (1) hour fire resistance rating, with protective openings for corridor walls, unless the
following are met:
a. The requirement of para 1 above shall not apply to existing buildings with atrium that
are compliant with the provisions of the previous IRR of RA 9514, provided that no
changes or renovation has been made thereat.
b. Any number of levels of the building shall be permitted to open directly to the atrium
without enclosure, based on the results of the engineering analysis required in para 5
below but health care occupancies prohibit the open floors addressed from involving
patient sleeping and treatment rooms. Thus, there would need to be, at a minimum,
a smoke-resisting membrane, such as a glass window, between the patient room
and the atrium space.
61
c. Glass walls and inoperable windows shall be permitted in lieu of the fire barriers
where all the following are met:
1) Automatic sprinklers are spaced along both sides of the glass wall and the
inoperable windows at intervals not to exceed one and eighty-three hundredths
meters (1.83 m).
2) The automatic sprinklers specified in para 1 above are located at a distance
from the glass wall not to exceed three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) and
arranged so that the entire surface of the glass is wet upon operation of the
sprinklers.
3) The glass wall is of tempered, wired, or laminated glass held in place by a gasket
system that allows the glass framing system to deflect without breaking (loading)
the glass before the sprinklers operate.
4) The automatic sprinklers required by para 1 above are not required on the atrium
side of the glass wall and the inoperable window where there is no walkway or
other floor area on the atrium side above the main floor level.
5) Doors in the glass walls are of glass or other material that resists the passage of
smoke.
6) Doors in the glass walls are self-closing or automatic-closing upon detection of
smoke.
7) The glass is continuous vertically, without horizontal mullions, window treatments,
or other obstructions that would interfere with the wetting of the entire glass
surface.
2. Access to exits and exit discharge are permitted to be within the atrium.
3. The occupancy within the atrium meets the specifications for classification as low or
ordinary hazard contents.
4. The entire building is protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
5. An engineering analysis is performed that demonstrates that the building is designed
to keep the smoke layer interface above the highest unprotected opening to adjoining
spaces, or one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m) above the highest floor
level of exit access open to the atrium, for a period equal to one and a half (1.5) times
the calculated egress time or twenty (20) minutes, whichever is greater.
6. For other than existing, previously approved smoke control systems, where an engineered
smoke control system is installed to meet the requirements of para “G” of this Section,
the system is independently activated by each of the following:
a. Upon actuation of the required automatic sprinkler system within the atrium or areas
open to the atrium.
b. Manual controls that are readily accessible to the BFP.
7. Dangerous concentrations of smoke are promptly removed from the atrium, and the
exhaust system designed in accordance with NFPA 92, Standard for Smoke Control
Systems.
8. Sprinklers are closely spaced with a maximum spacing of one and eighty-three
hundredths meters (1.83 m) on the center, provided that it can be shown that the
glass can be wet by the sprinklers using a given discharge rate, and that the one and
eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m) spacing is not exceeded.
9. The engineering analysis should include the following elements:
a. Fire dynamics, including the following:
1) Fire size and location
2) Materials likely to be burning
3) Fire plume geometry
4) Fire plume or smoke layer impact on means of egress
5) Tenability conditions during the period of occupant egress
62
b. Response and performance of building systems, including passive barriers, automatic
detection and extinguishing, and smoke control
c. Response time required for building occupants to reach building exits, including any
time required to exit through the atrium as permitted by para “G” of this Section.
10. Zoning of the activation functions of ventilation system by manual fire alarms,
extinguishing systems, and detection systems is required such that ventilation system
operates only when actually needed.
SECTION 10.2.6.6 FIRE DETECTION, ALARM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

A. General
1. Fire detection, alarm, and communication systems if required by Division 8 through
20 of this Chapter shall be in accordance with the NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code, or latest edition of Philippine Electronics Code and Philippine Electrical
Code (PEC).
2. When a required fire alarm system is out of service for more than four (4) hours in a
twenty-four hour (24-hr) period, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified within
twenty-four (24) hours, and a fire watch shall be assigned until the fire alarm system has
been returned to service.
3. To ensure operational integrity, the fire alarm system shall have an approved
maintenance and testing program which shall be developed by the building
management in accordance with internationally accepted standards. Records of
conducted maintenance and testing should be maintained and submitted together
with the FSMR when required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
B. Signal Initiation
1. As provided in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter, activation of the complete fire
alarm system shall be initiated by, but not be limited to, any or all of the following means:
a. Manual initiation
b. Automatic detection
c. Extinguishing system operation
2. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be used only for fire protective signaling purposes.
3. A manual fire alarm box shall be provided in the natural path of escape from fire, near
each exit from an area, and shall be readily accessible, unobstructed and at visible
points.
4. Additional fire alarm boxes shall be so located that from any part of the building not
more than thirty meters (30 m) horizontal distance on the same floor must be traversed
in order to reach a fire alarm box.
5. For fire alarm systems using automatic fire detection or water flow detection devices,
at least one manual fire alarm box shall be provided to initiate a fire alarm signal. This
manual fire alarm box shall be located where required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. Where a sprinkler system provides automatic detection and alarm initiation, it shall be
provided with an alarm initiation device which will operate when the flow of water is
equal to or greater than that from a single automatic sprinkler.
7. Where a complete smoke detection system is required by another Section of this Code,
automatic detection of smoke shall be provided in all occupiable areas, common areas,
and work spaces in those environments suitable for proper smoke detector operation.
C. Smoke Alarms
Where required by Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, single station smoke alarms and
multiple station smoke alarms shall be in accordance with NFPA 72.
D. Occupant Notification
1. Occupant notification shall provide signal notification to alert occupants of fire or other
emergency as required by other Sections of this RIRR.
63
2. A pre-signal system may be permitted where the initial fire alarm signal is automatically
transmitted without delay either to the nearest fire station, a fire brigade, or to an on-site
staff person trained to respond to fire emergency.
3. A positive alarm sequence may be permitted, provided that it is in accordance with
NFPA 72.
4. Notification signals for occupants to evacuate shall be by audible and visible signals in
accordance with NFPA 72, or other means of notification subject to the determination
and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5. The general evacuation alarm signal shall operate throughout the entire building.
E. Emergency Forces Notification
1. When required by Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter, emergency forces notification
shall be provided to alert the nearest fire station and fire brigade in case of fire or other
emergency.
2. Where fire department notification is required by another Section of this RIRR, the fire
alarm system shall be arranged to transmit the alarm automatically via any of the
following means which shall be in accordance with NFPA 72:
a. auxiliary fire alarm system
b. central station connection
c. proprietary system
d. remote station connection
3. Automatic fire department notification shall be mandatory in the following types of
occupancy:
a. All high rise buildings;
b. All hospitals;
c. All educational institutions, hotels, and apartment buildings (condominium) of at
least four (4) storeys in height;
d. All highly hazardous occupancies; and
e. All mall buildings.
F. Emergency Control
1. A fire alarm and control system shall be arranged to activate automatically the control
functions necessary to make the protected premises safer for building occupants.
2. Where required, the following functions shall be activated by the complete fire alarm
system:
a. release of hold-open devices for doors or other opening protectives;
b. stairwell or elevator shaft pressurization;
c. smoke management or smoke control systems; and
d. unlocking of doors
3. The functions specified in para 2 above shall be permitted to be activated by any
fire alarm and control system, where otherwise not required by RA 9514 and its RIRR.
Additionally, such a fire alarm and control system shall be permitted to recall elevators,
if the activation of the system for this purpose comes only from elevator lobby, hoist way,
or associated machine room detectors.
G. Location of Controls
Operator controls, alarm indicators, and manual communications capability shall be
installed in a control center at a convenient location acceptable to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
H. Annunciation
1. Where alarm annunciation is required by another Section of this RIRR, it shall comply
with the requirements of para 2 through para 7 below.
2. Alarm annunciation at the control center shall be by means of audible and visible
indicators.
64
3. For purposes of alarm annunciation, each floor of the building, other than floors
of existing buildings, shall be considered as not less than one zone, unless otherwise
permitted by another Section of this Code.
4. Unless otherwise permitted by another Section of this Code, if a floor area exceeds
one thousand eight hundred sixty square meters (1,860 m2), additional zoning shall be
provided, and the length of any single zone shall not exceed ninety-one meters (91 m)
in any direction.
Exception: Where the building is provided with automatic sprinklers throughout, installed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, the area of the alarm zone
shall be permitted to coincide with the allowable area of the sprinkler zone.
5. A system trouble signal shall be annunciated at the control center by means of audible
and visible indicators.
6. A system supervisory signal shall be annunciated at the control center by means of
audible and visible indicators.
7. Where the system serves more than one building, each building shall be considered
separately.
SECTION 10.2.6.7 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS AND OTHER EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT

A. General
1. Automatic sprinklers if required by Division 8 through 20 of this Chapter shall be in
accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems or NFPA 13R,
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems Low Rise Residential Occupancies.
2. The plans and specifications to be submitted shall be signed and sealed by a Professional
Mechanical Engineer (PME).
3. All automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems required by RA 9514 and its RIRR shall
be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with NFPA 25, Standard for the
Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. Records
of conducted maintenance and testing should be maintained and submitted together
with FSMR.
4. Where a required automatic sprinkler system is out of service for more than four (4)
hours in a twenty-four (24) hour period, the owner shall notify the nearest fire station
immediately upon discovery but not later than twenty-four (24) hours, and a fire watch
shall be assigned until the sprinkler system has been returned to service.
5. Sprinkler impairment procedures shall comply with NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection,
Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.
B. Supervision
1. Supervisory Signals
Where supervised automatic sprinkler systems are required by another Section of
this Code, supervisory attachments shall be installed and monitored for integrity in
accordance with NFPA 72. A distinctive supervisory signal shall be provided to indicate
a condition that would impair the satisfactory operation of the sprinkler system.
Monitoring shall include, but shall not be limited to, monitoring of control valves, fire
pump power supplies and running conditions, water tank levels and temperatures,
tank pressure, and air pressure on dry-pipe valves. Supervisory signals shall sound and
shall be displayed either at a location within the protected building that is constantly
attended by qualified personnel, or at an approved remotely located receiving facility.
2. Alarm Signal Transmission
Where supervision of automatic sprinkler systems is required, water flow alarms shall
be transmitted to an approved proprietary alarm receiving facility, a remote station, a
central station, or the fire station.
C. Other Automatic Extinguishing System
1. In any occupancy where the character of the potential fuel fire is such that
extinguishment or control of fire will be more effectively accomplished by a type of
automatic extinguishing systems other than automatic sprinkler system such as but not
limited to carbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, or water spray, a standard extinguishing
system of appropriate type shall be installed subject to the approval of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction.
65
2. If the extinguishing system is installed in lieu of a required, supervised automatic sprinkler
system, the activation of the extinguishing system shall activate the building fire alarm
system, where provided. The activation of an extinguishing system that is installed in lieu
of a required supervised automatic sprinkler system shall be indicated at the building
fire alarm system, where provided.
D. Manual Extinguishing Equipment
1. Any fire extinguisher provided shall be installed, inspected and maintained in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
2. Each standpipe and hose system provided shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8
of this RIRR
SECTION 10.2.6.8 STANDPIPES

A. The design, installation and maintenance of standpipe systems shall be in accordance with
NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrant and Hose Systems.
B. Wet Standpipes
Wet standpipe system extending from the cellar or basement into the topmost storey
shall be required in the following:
1. Assembly occupancies with an occupant load exceeding one thousand (1,000);
2. Educational, healthcare and detention and correctional, business and mercantile,
industrial, and hotels and apartments occupancies, four or more storeys in height, and
3. Hazardous storage and business and mercantile occupancies having a floor area
exceeding one thousand eight hundred sixty square meters (1,860 m²) per floor.
4. When required in Divisions 8 to 20 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.6.9 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

A. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall designate the type and number of fire extinguishers to
be installed and maintained in all buildings, structures and facilities, in accordance with this
Section.
B. All buildings, structures and facilities shall be installed with portable fire extinguishers that
are designed, installed and maintained in accordance with this Section. Fire extinguishers
shall be installed even if the property is equipped with automatic sprinklers, standpipe and
hose, or other fixed fire protection equipment.
C. Classification of Hazards
The classification of Hazard for purposes of application of this Section shall be as follows:
1. Low Hazard
Light hazard occupancies are locations where the total amount of Class A
combustible materials, including furnishings, decorations, and contents, is of minor
quantity. This can include some buildings or rooms occupied as offices, classrooms,
churches, assembly halls, guest room areas of hotels/motels, and so forth. This
classification anticipates that majority of content items are either noncombustible or so
arranged that a fire is not likely to spread rapidly. Small amounts of Class B flammables
used for duplicating machines, art departments, and so forth are included, provided
that they are kept in closed containers and safely stored.
2. Moderate Hazard
Ordinary hazard occupancies are locations where the total amount of Class A
combustibles and Class B flammables are present in greater amounts than expected
under light (or low) hazard occupancies. These occupancies could consist of dining
areas, mercantile shops, and allied storage; light manufacturing, research operations,
auto showrooms, parking garages, workshop or support service areas of light (or low)
hazard occupancies; and warehouses containing Class I or Class II commodities as
defined by NFPA 231, Standard for General Storage.
3. High Hazard
Extra hazard occupancies are locations where the total amount of Class A
combustibles and Class B flammables present, in storage, production, use, finished
product, or combination thereof, is over and above those expected in occupancies
classed as ordinary (or moderate) hazard. These occupancies could consist of
66
woodworking, vehicle repair, aircraft and boat servicing, cooking areas, individual
product display showrooms, product convention center displays, and storage and
manufacturing processes such as painting, dipping, and coating, including flammable
liquid handling. Also included is warehousing of or in-process storage of other than
Class I and Class II commodities.
D. Classification, Ratings, and Performance of Fire Extinguishers
1. Portable fire extinguishers are classified for use on certain classes of fires and rated for
relative extinguishing effectiveness as determined by the Bureau of Product Standard,
Department of Trade and Industry (DTI).
2. The classification is as follows:
a. Class A: fires involving ordinary combustible solid materials
b. Class B: fires involving flammable and combustible liquid and gas
c. Class C: fires involving energized electrical equipment
d. Class D: fires involving combustible metal fires
E. Fire Extinguisher General Requirements
1. The classification of fire extinguishers shall consist of a letter that indicates the class of
fire on which a fire extinguisher has been found to be effective, preceded by a rating
number (applicable to Class A and Class B only) that indicates the relative extinguishing
effectiveness. Fire extinguishers classified for use on Class C and Class D hazards shall
not be required to have a number preceding the classification letter.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be maintained in a fully charged and operable condition,
and kept in their designated places at all times when they are not being used.
3. Fire extinguishers shall be conspicuously located where they will be readily accessible
and immediately available in the event of fire. Preferably, they shall be located along
normal paths of travel, including exits from areas.
4. The following types of fire extinguishers are considered obsolete and shall be removed
from service:
a. soda acid
b. chemical foam (excluding film-forming agents)
c. vaporizing liquid (e.g., carbon tetrachloride)
d. cartridge-operated water
e. cartridge-operated loaded stream
f. copper or brass shell (excluding pump tanks) joined by soft solder or rivets
5. Cabinets housing fire extinguishers shall not be locked, except where fire extinguishers
are subject to malicious use, locked cabinets shall be permitted to be used, provided
they include means of emergency access.
6. Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view, except in large rooms,
and in certain locations where visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided,
arrows, lights, signs, or coding of the wall are the acceptable means of identifying its
location.
7. Portable fire extinguishers other than wheeled types shall be securely installed on the
hanger or in the bracket supplied or placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or
bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions. Wheeled-type fire extinguishers shall be located in
a designated location.
8. Fire extinguishers installed under conditions where they are subject to physical damage,
ex. from impact, vibration, the environment, shall be adequately protected.
9. Fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding eighteen kilograms (18 kg) shall
be installed so that the top of the fire extinguisher is not more than one and a half meter
(1.5 m) above the floor. Fire extinguishers having a gross weight greater than eighteen
kilograms (18 kg), except wheeled types, shall be so installed that the top of the fire
extinguisher is not more than one meter (1 m) above the floor. In no case shall the
clearance between the bottom of the fire extinguisher and the floor be less than one
hundred millimeters (100 mm).
67
10. Extinguisher operating instructions, original manufacturer’s labels, labels that specifically
relate to the extinguisher’s operation or fire classification, or inventory control labels
specific to that extinguisher shall be located on the front face of the extinguisher and
be clearly visible, except the Hazardous Materials Identification Systems (HMIS) labels,
six-year maintenance labels, hydrotest labels, or other labels.
11. Fire extinguishers mounted in cabinets or wall recesses shall be placed so that the fire
extinguisher operating instructions face outward. The location of such fire extinguishers
shall be marked conspicuously.
12. Where fire extinguishers are installed in closed cabinets that are exposed to elevated
temperatures, the cabinets shall be provided with screened openings and drains.
Vented fire extinguisher cabinets should utilize tinted glass and should be constructed to
prevent the entrance of insects and the accumulation of water. Vented fire extinguisher
cabinets constructed in this manner will lower the maximum internal temperature five
and six tenths degrees Celsius (5.6 °C) to eight and three tenths degrees Celsius (8.3 °C).
13. Water-type fire extinguishers, ex. water, Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF), Film
Forming Fluoro-Protein (FFFP), shall not be installed in areas where the temperatures
are outside the range of four degrees Celsius to forty-nine degrees Celsius
(4 °C - 49 °C). All other types shall not be installed in areas where temperatures are
outside the range of negative four degrees Celsius to forty-nine degrees Celsius
(-4 °C - 49 °C). Fire extinguishers shall not be exposed to temperatures outside the range
shown on the fire extinguisher label; except where it is installed in locations subject to
temperatures outside these ranges, it shall be of a type approved and listed for the
temperature to which it is exposed, or it shall be placed in an enclosure capable of
maintaining the stipulated temperature range.
14. The fire extinguisher owner or the owner’s agent shall be provided with an instruction
manual that details condensed instructions and cautions necessary to the installation,
operation, inspection, and maintenance of the fire extinguishers. The manual shall refer
to this standard as a source of detailed instruction.
F. Selection of Fire Extinguishers
The selection of fire extinguishers for a given situation shall be determined by the
character of the fires anticipated, the construction and occupancy of the individual
property, the hazard to be protected, ambient-temperature conditions, and other
factors. The number, size, placement, and limitations of use of fire extinguishers required
shall meet the requirements of para 2 hereof.
2. Selection by Hazard
Fire extinguishers shall be selected for the classes of hazards to be protected.
a. Fire extinguishers for protecting Class A hazards shall be selected from the following:
1) Water type
2) Multipurpose dry chemical type
3) Wet chemical type
b. Fire extinguishers for protection of Class B hazard shall be selected from the following:
1) AFFF
2) FFFP foam
3) Carbon dioxide
4) Dry chemical type
c. Fire extinguishers for protection of Class C hazard shall be selected from types that
are specifically listed for use on Class C hazards.
d. Fire extinguishers and extinguishing agents for the protection of Class D hazards shall
be of types approved for use on the specific combustible-metal hazard.
3. Application for Specific Hazards
a. Selection of fire extinguishers for pressurized flammable liquids and pressurized gas
fires type of hazard shall be made on the basis of recommendations by manufacturers
of this specialized equipment. The system used to rate the effectiveness of fire
extinguishers on Class B fires (flammable liquids in depth) is not applicable to these
68
types of hazards. It has been determined that special nozzle design and rates of
agent application are required to cope with such hazards.
b. Selection of fire extinguishers for fires involving Class B materials in motion (three -
dimensional Class B fires) such as pouring, running, or dripping flammable liquids,
which generally includes vertical as well as one (1) or more horizontal surfaces, shall
be made on the basis of recommendations by manufacturers of this specialized
equipment.
c. Fire extinguishers for the protection of delicate electronic equipment shall be
selected from either a carbon dioxide type or a halogenated agent type.
G. Distribution of Fire Extinguishers
a. Fire extinguishers shall be provided for the protection of both the building structure
and the occupancy hazards contained therein.
b. Required building protection shall be provided by fire extinguishers suitable for
Class A fires.
c. Occupancy hazard protection shall be provided by fire extinguishers suitable for
such Class A, B, C, and D fire potentials as might be present.
d. Fire extinguishers provided for building protection can be considered also for the
protection of occupancies having Class A fire potential.
e. Buildings having an occupancy hazard subject to Class B or Class C fires, or both, shall
have a standard complement of Class A fire extinguishers for building protection, plus
additional Class B or Class A fire extinguishers, or both. Where fire extinguishers have
more than one letter classification (such as 2-A: 20-B: C), they can be considered to
satisfy the requirements of each letter class.
f. Rooms or areas shall be classified generally as light (or low) hazard, ordinary (or
moderate) hazard, or extra (or high) hazard. Limited areas of greater or lesser hazard
shall be protected as required.
g. On each floor level, the area protected and the travel distances shall be based on
fire extinguishers installed in accordance with Tables 7, Fire Extinguishers for Different
Types of Class A Hazards, and Table 8, Fire Extinguishers for Different Types of Class B
Hazards.
2. Size and Placement
a. Class A Hazards
1) Fire extinguishers for the different types of hazards shall be provided on the basis
of Table 7 below.
Table 7: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLASS A HAZARDS
TYPE OF MINIMUM MAXIMUM TRAVEL MAXIMUM AREA

HAZARD EXTINGUISHING DISTANCE TO (OPEN AREA)
RATING EXTINGUISHER PER EXTINGUISHER
Low 2–A* 15 m 200 m2
Moderate 3–A* 12 m 100 m2
High 4–A* 10 m 75 m2
* Two 2-A rated fire extinguisher, provided they are installed adjacent to each other,
may be used to fulfill the requirements of one 3-A or 4-A rated extinguisher.
2) The protection requirements shall be permitted to be fulfilled with fire extinguishers

of higher rating, provided the travel distance to such larger fire extinguishers does
not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
3) In cases where building spaces are compartmentalized or separated from each
other by fire barriers, each compartment not exceeding the maximum protection
area specified Table 7 shall be provided with at least one (1) fire extinguisher.
b. Class B Hazards (other than fires in flammable liquids of appreciable depth)
1) Fire extinguishers for the different types of Class B hazards shall be provided on
the basis of Table 8 below.
69
Table 8: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLASS B HAZARDS
MINIMUM MAXIMUM TRAVEL MAXIMUM AREA

TYPE OF
EXTINGUISHER DISTANCE TO (OPEN AREA) PER
HAZARD
RATING EXTINGUISHER EXTINGUISHER
Low 5-B 10 m 200 m2
Moderate 10-B 10 m 100 m2
High 40-B 10 m 75 m2
2) The protection requirements shall be permitted to be fulfilled with fire extinguishers

of higher rating, provided the travel distance to such larger fire extinguishers does
not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
3) In cases where building spaces are compartmentalized or separated from each
other by fire barriers, each compartment not exceeding the maximum protection
area specified in Table 10, Hazardous Area Protection shall be provided with at
least one (1) fire extinguisher.
c. Class B Hazards in Flammable Liquids of Appreciable Depth [greater than six (6) mm]
1) Portable fire extinguishers shall not be installed as the sole protection for
flammable liquid hazards of appreciable depth where the surface area exceeds
one square meter (1 m2).
2) For flammable liquid hazards of appreciable depth, a Class B fire extinguisher
shall be provided on the basis of at least two (2) numerical units of Class B
extinguishing potential per square meter of flammable liquid surface of the
largest hazard area.
3) Travel distances for portable fire extinguishers shall not exceed ten meters (10 m).
d. Class C Hazards
Fire extinguishers with Class C ratings shall be required where energized electrical
equipment can be encountered that would require a non-conducting extinguishing
medium. This requirement includes situations where fire either directly involves or
surrounds electrical equipment. Since the fire itself is a Class A or Class B hazard, the
fire extinguishers shall be sized and located on the basis of the anticipated Class A
or Class B hazard.
e. Class D Hazards
1) Fire extinguishers or extinguishing agents with Class D ratings shall be provided
for fires involving combustible metals.
2) Fire extinguishers or extinguishing agents (or mediums) shall be located not more
than fifteen meters (15 m) of travel distance from the Class D hazard.
3) Portable fire extinguishers or extinguishing agents (or mediums) for Class D hazards
shall be provided in those work areas where combustible metal powders, flakes,
shavings, chips, or similarly sized products are generated.
4) Size determination shall be on the basis of the specific combustible metal, its
physical particle size, area to be covered, and recommendations by the fire
extinguisher manufacturer on data from control tests conducted.
SECTION 10.2.6.10 SEGREGATION AND PROTECTION OF HAZARDS

A. Any process, operation or storage having a degree of hazard greater than that normal to
the general occupancy of the building or structure under consideration shall be enclosed
with construction having at least a four-hour (4-hr) fire resistance rating or shall be provided
with automatic fire protection or both, as specified in Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter.
Where a hazard is high, both the fire-rated construction and automatic fire protection shall
be used.
B. All construction enclosing hazardous operation or storage shall have not less than two-hour
(2-hr) fire resistance, and all openings between the balance of the building and rooms or
enclosures for hazardous operations or processes shall be protected with self-closing or
automatic fire doors.
70
C. Where hazardous processes or storage area of such a character as to involve an explosion
hazard, explosion venting to outside the building shall be provided by thin glass or other
approved vents.
D. Where automatic protection is required, such protection shall be by automatic sprinklers
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR or other approved extinguishing system
appropriate to extinguish fires in hazardous materials stored or handled.
DIVISION 7. BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT
SECTION 10.2.7.1 UTILITIES

A. Equipment using gas and related gas piping shall be in accordance with NFPA 54, National
Fuel Gas Code, or NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, as the case may be.
B. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
C. Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic kitchen hood fire suppression system
in accordance with NFPA 96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of
Commercial Cooking Operations and NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemicals Extinguishing
System, except in the following:
1. Restaurants and similar establishments with an occupant load of less than fifty (50)
persons (classified under mercantile occupancy) which could include, but not be
limited to, fast foods, carinderias, food stalls, food trucks, food counters that use the
following cooking equipment:
a. Outdoor equipment;
b. Portable equipment; and/or
c. Equipment used only for food warming.
2. Restaurants that use small cooking appliances and do not have kitchen hoods and
exhaust ducting systems.
D. Electronics and telecommunications equipment and installation shall be in accordance
with the Philippine Electronics Code or NFPA 76, Standard for the Fire Protection of
Telecommunications Facilities.
SECTION 10.2.7.2 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING

A. The design and installation of air conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking, incinerating,
or other building services equipment shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition
of PMEC.
B. Where ducting of air conditioning and ventilating system passes through from one room
to another room or from one fire barrier to another fire barrier, it shall be provided with
automatic fire dampers.
SECTION 10.2.7.3 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS

A. Smoke control systems shall be provided in the following:
1. All high rise buildings through the pressurization of all stairwells, at least one (1) elevator
shaft, zoned smoke control, and vestibule, as component of smoke proof enclosures;
2. Pressurization of smoke refuge area;
3. Every atrium of covered malls of over two (2) levels and every atrium of other occupancies
by Divisions 8 through 20 of this Chapter of over three (3) levels by means of a smoke
extraction/exhaust system, which is compliant with the stated conditions of atrium in
para “G” of Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR in addition to the stated conditions for protection
of vertical openings of communicating floor levels in para A.2 of Section 10.2.6.5 of this
RIRR. In case there is another atrium or other succeeding multiple atriums in alternate
vertical pattern in the building, it shall have a Smoke Extraction/Exhaust System on each
atrium of over one (1) level and shall also comply with the stated conditions of atrium
in para “G” of Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR. Otherwise, two (2) levels atrium of covered
malls and two (2)/three (3) levels atrium of other building occupancies shall have at
least a natural smoke vent suitable for covered area of atrium, in addition to the stated
conditions for protection of vertical openings of communicating floor levels in para A.2
of Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR;
71
4. Underground structures and windowless facilities in accordance with the provisions in
Section 10.2.19.10 of this RIRR. In addition, every windowless storey or basement shall
have at least a Smoke Venting Facility in accordance with this Section. In cases where
windowless storey or basement is in the high-rise or building with smoke refuge area or
atrium, it shall also comply with the provisions of paras 1, 2 and 3 above;
5. All means of egress serving a smoke-protected assembly seating area shall have
smoke-actuated ventilation facilities or natural ventilation designed to maintain the
level of smoke of not less than one thousand eight hundred thirty millimeters (1,830 mm)
above the floor of the means of egress. The ventilation system shall be in accordance
with NFPA 92;
6. All movie houses pursuant to Section 10.2.8.2 of this RIRR; and
7. All other buildings or structures with at least one thousand one hundred fifteen square
meters (1,115 m2) single floor area.
B. The design, installation, operation and on-going periodic testing of smoke control systems
to the above-mentioned areas of building/structure/facility shall be in accordance with
the latest edition of the latest edition of PMEC and NFPA 92, NFPA 204, Standard for Smoke
and Heat Venting.
C. Documentation Required.
1. Detailed design plans, report, and specifications signed and sealed by a PME shall be
generated and approved by C/MFM having jurisdiction before issuance of FSEC or
Installation Clearance; and
2. Operations and maintenance manual requirement before issuance of FSIC for
Certificate of Occupancy/Business Permit, signed and sealed by the PME.
D. The detailed design, plans, report, specifications shall provide documents with the following
elements, if applicable:
1. System purpose
2. System design objectives
3. Design approach
4. Design assumptions (building height, ambient conditions, reliance on other fire
protection systems, leakage, etc.)
5. Location of smoke zone(s)
6. Design pressure differences
7. Building use limitations that arise out of the system design
8. Design calculations
9. Fan and duct specifications
10. Damper specifications
11. Detailed inlet or exhaust inlets site information
12. Detailed method of activation
13. Smoke control system operation logic
14. System commissioning procedures
15. Smoke control systems engineering analysis
16. Location of manual operating control of smoke control systems or Firefighters’ Smoke-
Control Station (FSCS)
17. Details and location of control of the Smoke Control Systems in a Fire Command Center.
E. Newly installed smoke-control systems shall be inspected by the C/MFM having jurisdiction
and its acceptance testing shall be performed by a third party in accordance with the
criteria established in the approved system design documents, and operations and
maintenance manual.
F. The operations and maintenance manual shall provide the requirements to ensure the
proper operation of the system over the life of the building. The building administrator/
owner shall be responsible for all system testing and shall maintain records of all periodic
testing and maintenance in accordance with the operations and maintenance manual
which shall include the following:
72
1. The procedure used in the initial commissioning of the system, as well as the measured
performance of the system at the time of commissioning;
2. The testing and inspection requirements for the system and system components and
the required frequency of testing;
3. The critical design assumptions used in the design and limitations on the building and its
use that arise out of the design assumptions and limitations;
4. The purpose of the smoke control system;
5. Operational testing of the smoke-control systems shall be in accordance with
NFPA 92, and shall include all equipment related to the system including, but not limited
to, initiating devices, fans, dampers, controls, doors, and windows;
6. An approved written schedule for such operational tests shall be established with the
periodic inspection of the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
7. Test records shall be maintained in the premises and must indicate the date of such
testing, the qualified service personnel, and any corrective measures needed or taken;
8. All smoke-control systems and devices shall be maintained in a reliable operating
condition and shall be replaced or repaired where defective;
9. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified when any smoke-control system is out of
service for more than four (4) hours in a twenty-four hour (24-hr) period and again upon
restoration of service of such systems; and
10. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall require the building to be evacuated or an approved
fire watch to be provided for all portions left unprotected by the fire protection/smoke
control system shutdown until the fire protection system has been returned to service.
SECTION 10.2.7.4 RUBBISH CHUTES, LAUNDRY CHUTES, AND FLUE-FED INCINERATORS

A. Every chute and incinerator flue shall be enclosed and the openings therein shall be
protected in accordance with paras A.1 and A.3 of Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR, respectively.
In new construction, inlet openings serving chutes shall open only to a room that is designed
and used exclusively for accessing the chute opening. Rubbish chutes and laundry chutes
shall be permitted to open into rooms not exceeding thirty-seven square meters (37 m2) that
are used for storage, provided that the rooms are protected by automatic sprinklers.
B. Every incinerator flue, rubbish chute, and laundry chute shall be designed and maintained
in accordance with the latest edition of PMEC.
C. In new constructions, any chute other than an incinerator flue shall be provided with
approved, supervised sprinkler system.
D. The above requirements shall not apply to detached single or two -family dwellings.
SECTION 10.2.7.5 ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS

A. Elevator installations shall be in accordance with the latest edition of PMEC.
B. All new elevators shall conform to the firefighters’ emergency operations requirements of
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) A17.1, Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators, except buildings of less than five (5) storeys in height.
C. Elevators shall be subject to periodic inspections and tests by building management,
without prejudice to the power or authority of the BFP to conduct inspection. All elevators
equipped with firefighters’ emergency operation in accordance with para “B” hereof shall
be subject to a monthly operation with a written record of the findings made and kept by
the building management. Such record shall be included in the submission of FSMR.
SECTION 10.2.7.6 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCES

A. All equipment/utilities/facilities mentioned in this Division, especially for stand-alone
equipment, shall not be installed without first securing an installation clearance from the
C/MFM having jurisdiction. This installation clearance shall be a prerequisite for the issuance
of permits required by law for these installations.
B. Installation clearance, which is a prerequisite for issuance of permits shall be required in all
fire protection and warning systems in this RIRR.
C. For installations covered by FSEC, installation clearance shall no longer be required.
73
DIVISION 8. PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
SECTION 10.2.8.1 OCCUPANT LOAD

The occupant load permitted in any assembly building, structure, or portion thereof shall
be determined by dividing the net floor area or space assigned to that use by the square meter
per occupant as follows:
A. An assembly area of concentrated use without fixed seats such as an auditorium, place
of worship, dance floor, and lodge room: sixty-five hundredths square meter (0.65 m2) per
person.
B. An assembly area of less concentrated use such as conference room, dining room, drinking
establishment, exhibit room, gymnasium, or lounge: one and four tenths square meters
(1.4 m2) per person.
C. Standing room or waiting space: twenty-eight hundredths square meter (0.28 m2) per
person.
D. The occupant load of an area having fixed seats shall be determined by the number of fixed
seats installed. Required aisle space serving the fixed seats shall not be used to increase the
occupant load.
E. Every room constituting a place of assembly and not having fixed seats shall have the
occupant load of the room posted in a conspicuous place near the main exit from the
room. Approved signages shall be maintained in legible manner. Signs shall be durable
and shall indicate the number of occupants permitted for each room.
F. In theaters and similar places of assembly where persons are admitted to the building at
times when seats are not available for them and are allowed to wait in a lobby or similar
space until seats are available, such use of lobby or similar spaces shall not encroach upon
the required clear width of exits. Such waiting spaces shall be restricted to areas other than
the required means of egress. Exits shall be provided for such waiting spaces on the basis
of one person for each one-fourth square meter (0.25 m2) of waiting space area. Such exits
shall be in addition to the exits specified for the main auditorium area and shall conform in
construction and arrangement to the general rules for exits given in this Division.
G. In areas not in excess of nine hundred thirty square meters (930 m2), the occupant load shall
not exceed one person in forty-six hundredths square meter (0.46 m2); in areas in excess of
nine hundred thirty square meters (930 m2), the occupant load shall not exceed one person
in sixty-five hundredths square meter (0.65 m2).
SECTION 10.2.8.2 EXIT DETAILS

A. Capacity of Exits
1. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with para “C” of Section
10.2.5.2 of this RIRR or shall be in accordance with the succeeding paragraph for means
of egress serving theater-type seating or similar seating arranged in rows.
2. Minimum clear width of aisles and other means of egress serving theater-type seating
or similar seating arranged in rows shall be in accordance with Table 9 below.
Table 9: CAPACITY FACTORS FOR THEATER TYPE SEATING
Clear width per seat served (in mm)

No. of seats Passageways, Ramps, and
Stairs
Doorways
Unlimited 7.6 AB 5.6 C
3. The minimum clear widths shown in Table 9 shall be modified in accordance with all of
the following:
a. If risers are equal to or less than one hundred seventy-eight millimeters (178 mm) in
height, A=1. However, if risers exceed this height, multiply the stair width in Table 9 by
factor A, where:
b. Stairs without a handrail located within a seven hundred sixty millimeters

(760 mm) horizontal distance shall be twenty-five percent (25%) wider than otherwise
74
calculated, that is, multiply by factor B=1.25. If handrails are provided within seven
hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm), B=1.
c. Ramps steeper than one (1) in ten (10) slope where used in ascent shall have their
widths increased by ten percent (10%), that is, multiply by factor C = 1.10, otherwise
C=1 if the ramp is within or less than one (1) in ten (10) in slope.
B. Minimum Number of Exit
The number of exits shall be in accordance with para “G” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
C. Location of Exits
1. Main Exit
Every assembly occupancy shall be provided with a main exit. The main exit shall be
of sufficient width to accommodate one half (1/2) of the total occupant load, but shall
be not less than the total required width of all aisles, exit passageways and stairways
leading thereto, and shall connect to a stairway or ramp leading to a street.
2. Other Exits
Each level of an assembly occupancy shall have access to the main exit and an
addition shall be provided with exits of sufficient width to accommodate two-thirds
(2/3) of the total occupant load served by that level. Such exits shall open directly to
a street or into an exit court, enclosed stairway, outside stairway, or exit passageway
leading to a street. Such exits shall be located as far apart and as far from the main exits
as practicable. Such exits shall be accessible from a cross aisle or side aisle.
D. Minimum Corridor Width
The width of any exit access corridor serving fifty (50) or more persons shall not be less
than one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m).
E. Travel Distance to Exits
Exits shall be so arranged that the total length of travel from any point to reach an exit
will not exceed forty-six meters (46 m) in any place of assembly for spaces not protected by
approved, supervised sprinkler system and sixty-one meters (61 m) in areas so protected.
F. Types of Exits
1. Exits of the specified number and width shall be of one (1) or more of the following
types, in accordance with the provisions of Division 5 of this Chapter.
a. Doors of the swinging type leading directly outside or through a lobby or passageway
leading to the outside of the building
b. Horizontal exits
c. Smoke proof enclosures
d. Stairs
e. Ramps
2. Turnstiles
No turnstiles or other devices to restrict the movement of persons shall be installed
in any place of assembly in such a manner as to interfere in any way with required exit
facilities in accordance with para “L” of Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR.
G. Panic Hardware
An exit door from in assembly occupancy shall not be provided with a latch or lock
unless it is a panic hardware.
H. Seating, Aisles and Railings
1. Seating
a. The aisle access way between rows of seating shall have a clear width of not less
than three hundred five millimeters (305 mm) and this minimum shall be increased
by seven and six tenths millimeters (7.6 mm) for every seat over a total of fourteen (14)
but shall not exceed five hundred sixty millimeters (560 mm);
b. Rows of seating served by the aisles of doorways at both ends shall not exceed one
hundred (100) seats per row;
75
c. Rows of seating served by an aisle or doorway at one end only shall have a path of
travel not exceeding nine meters (9 m) in length, measured from the farthest seat to
an aisle.
2. Aisles
Every portion of any assembly building which contains seats, tables, displays,
equipment, or other materials shall be provided with aisles leading to exit as follows:
a. When serving more than sixty (60) seats, every aisle shall be not less than nine hundred
fifteen millimeters (915 mm) when serving seats on one side only, and not less than
one thousand two hundred twenty millimeters (1,220 mm) when serving seats on
both sides. Such minimum width shall be measured at the point farthest from an
exit, cross aisles, or foyer and shall be increased in width by twenty-five millimeters
(25 mm) for each meter in length toward the exit, cross aisles, or foyer.
b. When serving sixty (60) seats or less, aisles shall be not less than seven hundred sixty
millimeters (760 mm) wide.
c. Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer, or exit. The width of such cross aisle, foyer,
or exit shall be not less than the sum of the required width of the widest aisle plus fifty
(50%) percent of the total required width of the remaining aisles which it serves.
d. No dead-end aisle shall be greater than six and one tenth meters (6.1 m) in length.
In arena or thrust stage theaters, dead-end aisles at the stage shall not exceed five
rows beyond a cross aisle.
e. The length of travel to an exit door by any aisle shall be not greater than forty-six
meters (46 m).
f. Steps shall not be placed in aisles to overcome differences in level unless the
gradient exceeds twelve and a half percent (12.5%). Steps in aisles shall conform to
the requirement for stairs as to riser and tread.
g. The gradient of sloping aisles shall not exceed twelve and a half percent (12.5%).
3. Railings
a. The fasciae of boxes, balconies and galleries shall have substantial railings not less
than six hundred sixty millimeters (660 mm) high above the floor.
b. The railings at the ends of aisles extending to the fasciae shall be not less than seven
hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) high for the width of the aisle, or nine hundred ten
millimeters (910 mm) high if at foot of steps.
c. Cross aisles shall be provided with railings not less than six hundred sixty millimeters
(660 mm) high.
I. Lighting and Signs
1. All places of assembly shall have exit lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 and
signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR. All places of assembly shall be
provided with emergency lighting.
2. In every auditorium or other places of assembly where pictures, motion pictures or other
projections are made by means of directed light, the illumination projections are made
by means of directed light, the illumination of the floors of exit access may be reduced
during such period projection to values of not less than two ten-thousandths (0.0002)
lumen per square centimeter.
J. Exits Common to Other Occupancies
1. Places of assembly in building of other occupancy may use exits common to the place
of assembly and the other occupancy, provided that the assembly area and the other
occupancy, considered separately, have exits sufficient to meet the requirements of this
Chapter.
2. Exits shall be sufficient for simultaneous occupancy of both the place of assembly and
other parts of the building.
SECTION 10.2.8.3 STAGE AND ENCLOSED PLATFORM

A. Every stage equipped with fly galleries, gridirons, and rigging for movable theater-type
scenery, and every enclosed platform larger than forty-six and a half square meters
(46.5 m2) in area shall be protected with the automatic fire suppression system at the ceiling,
76
under the gridiron, in usable spaces under the stage or platform and in auxiliary spaces
and dressing rooms, storerooms, and workshops.
When openings are provided on the stage floor for stage lifts, trap doors or stairs,
automatic fire suppression system shall be provided around the opening at the ceiling
below the stage; and baffles at least three hundred millimeters (300 mm) in depth shall be
installed around the perimeter of the opening.
B. Every stage and every enclosed platform larger than forty-six and a half square meters
(46.5 m2) shall have ventilators in or above it, operable from the stage floor by hand, and
also opening by fusible links or other approved automatic heat actuated device or heat
and smoke actuated device, to give a free opening equal to at least five percent (5%) of
the area floor of the stage or enclosed platform. Where mechanical ventilation is provided,
it shall be so arranged that natural ventilation, at least equal to the above, will be available.
Make up air for mechanical ventilation shall not be obtained from the audience (seating)
areas.
C. The proscenium opening of every stage shall be provided with a fire resistant curtain
constructed and mounted so as to intercept hot gases, flames, and smoke; and to prevent
glow from a severe fire on the stage showing on the auditorium side within a five-minute
(5-min) period. The curtain shall be automatic closing without the use of applied power.
D. Every stage shall be provided with a fire control station located on or adjoining the stage.
The fire control station shall have the following:
1. Lights to indicate the operations of all emergency lights and power circuits.
2. Manual operating devices to actuate automatic spray heads at proscenium, proscenium
curtain, and smoke vents.
3. Indicator light to show that the automatic fire suppression system is operating, or sprinkler
system valves are open and system is charged with water under pressure.
4. A public address system energized from normal and emergency light and power
sources.
5. An alarm system connected to the manager’s office, dressing rooms, and auxiliary
stage spaces. It shall not sound an alarm audible in the audience or seating portion of
the theater.
E. Auxiliary stage spaces such as understage areas, dressing rooms, workshops and similar
spaces associated with the functioning of a stage shall comply with the following:
1. No point within any auxiliary space shall be more than fifteen and twenty-five hundredths
meters (15.25 m) from a door providing access to an exit.
2. There shall be at least two (2) exits available from every auxiliary stage space, one
of which shall be available within a travel distance of twenty-three meters (23 m). A
common path of travel of six meters (6 m) to the two (2) exits shall be permitted.
3. Auxiliary stage spaces shall be protected as provided under this Section.
4. No workshop involving the use of combustible or flammable paint, liquids, or gases, or
their storage shall open directly upon a stage.
F. Where approved, supervised sprinkler system is not required, the proscenium wall of every
theater using movable scenery or decorations shall not have more than two (2) openings
entering the stage, exclusive of the proscenium opening. Such opening shall not exceed
two square meters (2 m2) each and shall be fitted with self-closing fire doors.
G. Each stage shall be equipped with thirty-eight and one tenth millimeters (38.1 mm) wet
standpipes, equipped with at least thirty meters (30 m) hose on each side of the stage.
SECTION 10.2.8.4 PROJECTION BOOTH

A. Every place of assembly in which pictures are projected from cellulose acetate, or other
safety film using electric arc, xenon, or other light sources, which generate hazardous
gases, dust, or radiation shall have a projection room that complies with Section 10.2.8.17 of
this RIRR and the following paragraph. This also applies to other latest types of projection,
ex. LCD and i-MAX.
B. There shall be posted on the outside of each projection room door and within the projection
room proper, a conspicuous sign in block letters twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) stroke
stating: “SAFETY FILM ONLY PERMITTED IN THIS ROOM.”
77
SECTION 10.2.8.5 DECORATIVE MATERIAL
A. No decorative material, which will ignite and allow flame to spread over the surface when
exposed to a flame test, shall be allowed to be used in places of assembly.
B. The method of test shall be as follows: the piece shall be exposed to the flame
from a common match and held in horizontal position twelve and seven tenths
millimeters (12.7 mm) underneath the piece, and a constant location for a minimum of
fifteen (15) seconds.
C. Treatments may be applied to decorative material to accomplish flame proofing. Such
treatments shall be renewed as often as may be necessary to maintain the flame-proofed
condition of the material.
SECTION 10.2.8.6 PYROXYLIN COATED FABRIC

Use of pyroxylin coated fabrics inside places of assembly shall be restricted as follows:
A. The nitrocellulose coating shall not exceed four hundred thirty grams (430 g) for every
square meter of fabric.
B The total surface area of fabric-complying with para “A” above shall not exceed one (1)
square meter for every four and a half cubic meter (4.5 m3) of room volume.
C. Where the coating exceeds forty-seven grams per square meter (47 g/m2), the total area
of such fabric shall not exceed one square meter (1 m2) for every two and twenty-five
hundredths cubic meters (2.25 m3) of room volume.
SECTION 10.2.8.7 MOTION PICTURE SCREENS, STAGE CURTAINS AND DRAPES

No motion picture screens or screen masking curtains, buntings, or other draperies shall
be used unless the material is flame-proofed and will pass the match-flame test described in
SECTION 10.2.8.8 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Vertical Opening
Any vertical opening shall be enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5
of this RIRR.
B. Interior Finish
1. The interior finish requirements of this Section shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4
of this RIRR and subject to modifications specified therein.
2. Interior finish in all means of egress in all places of assembly shall be Class A.
3. Interior finish in general assembly areas shall be Class A.
4. Screen on which pictures are projected shall comply with requirements of Class A or
Class B interior finish, as the case may be.
C. Protection from Hazards
Rooms or spaces used for hazardous equipment, operations and process, such as
but not limited to rooms containing high-pressure vessels, refrigerating machineries, large
transformers, or other service equipment; rooms or spaces used for the storage, processing
or use of boilers or furnaces, combustible supplies, hazardous materials or flammable
or combustible liquids; laundries; and maintenance shops including woodworking and
painting areas shall not be directly located under or abutting required exits and shall be
separated from other parts of the building by fire barriers by construction of not less than
one (1) hour fire resistance rating.
D. Fire Detection and Alarm System
1. All assembly occupancies shall be provided with fire alarm system with manual initiation;
provided however, that where occupants of the building exceed three hundred (300)
persons, the initiation shall be through an automatic detection system.
2. The required fire alarm system shall activate an audible and visible alarm in a constantly
attended receiving station within the building when occupied for purposes of initiating
emergency action.
78
E. Extinguishing Requirement
1. The following assembly occupancies with occupant load of one hundred fifty (150)
persons or more shall be protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic
sprinkler system:
a. bars with live entertainment;
b. dance halls;
c. discotheques; and
d. assembly occupancies with festival seating.
2. Buildings containing assembly occupancies with occupant load of more than three
hundred (300) persons shall be protected by an approved, supervised automatic
sprinkler system:
a. throughout the storey containing the assembly occupancy;
b. throughout all storeys below the storey containing the assembly occupancy;
c. in case of an assembly occupancy located below the level of exit discharge,
throughout all storeys intervening between that storey and the level of exit discharge,
including the level of exit discharge.
3. The provisions of paras 1 and 2 above shall not apply to assembly occupancy with all
sides open and places of worship at the level of exit discharge with sufficient means of
egress.
F. Smoke Management
Public assembly buildings, structures or facilities with more than fourteen (14) seats shall
be provided with smoke management system in such a way that the atmosphere shall
not induce more than the acceptable limit by volume of the contaminated atmosphere
emanating from the fire area.
SECTION 10.2.8.9 BUILDING SERVICES EQUIPMENT

A. Elevators
Elevators shall not constitute required means of exit. When places of assembly are more
than three (3) storeys aboveground level and equipped with automatic elevators, at least
one elevator shall be designed and equipped for fire emergency use of BFP personnel,
or as may be determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Key operation shall transfer
automatic elevator operation to manual and bring elevator to ground or first floor use by
said personnel. The elevator shall be situated so as to be readily accessible.
B. Air Conditioning
All air conditioning, heating, and ventilation installations shall comply with the provisions
of Division 7 of this Chapter.
C. Special Provisions for Food Service Establishments
All devices in connection with the preparation of food shall be installed and operated
to avoid hazard to the safety of occupants, and shall be installed and maintained in
accordance with good engineering practice.
SECTION 10.2.8.10 EMERGENCY EVACUATION PLAN AND OCCUPANT LOAD

CAPACITY
A. Emergency evacuation plan, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13 of this RIRR, shall be
submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Such plan shall also include the capacity and
location of the exit ways and aisles, and shall be displayed prominently in the premises.
B. In all theaters, nightclubs, dance halls and similar occupancies, an audible announcement
and other means of announcement shall be made prior to the performance describing the
location of exits to be used in case of fire or other emergencies.
SECTION 10.2.8.11 OVERCROWDING

No person shall permit the overcrowding or admittance of any person beyond the approved
capacity of any place of public assembly. The C/MFM having jurisdiction, upon finding any
overcrowding condition or obstruction in aisles, passageways or other means of egress, or upon
finding any condition which constitutes a serious menace to life, shall cause the performance,
presentation, or entertainment to be stopped until the condition or obstruction is corrected.
79
SECTION 10.2.8.12 STANDBY BFP PERSONNEL
A. The C/MFM having jurisdiction, whenever in his/her judgment it is essential for public safety
to deploy standby BFP personnel in any place of public assembly, or any other place where
people congregate, due to the number of persons, or the nature of the performance,
exhibition, display contest or activity, is authorized to detail standby BFP personnel at such
place.
B. The said BFP personnel shall be in uniform and remain on duty during the time such places
are open to the public, or when the activity is being conducted. Before each performance
or the start of the activity, said BFP personnel shall inspect the required fire appliances
provided, to see that they are in proper place and in good working order, and shall keep
diligent watch for fires during the time such place is open to the public or such activity is
being conducted, and take prompt measures for the extinguishment of fire that may occur.
SECTION 10.2.8.13 OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY

A. All grandstands, tents, and other places of outdoor assembly shall comply with the requirements
of NFPA 102, Standard for Grandstands, Folding and Telescopic Seating, Tents, and
Membrane Structures.
B. Grandstand and bleacher type seating may be used as indoor type seating only when it
meets the requirements of this Division.
SECTION 10.2.8.14 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS

The requirements of underground structures and windowless buildings used as places of
assembly shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.19.10 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.8.15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR EXHIBITION HALLS

A. No display or exhibit shall be so installed or operated as to interfere in any way with access
to any required exit or with visibility of any required exit or of any required exit sign, nor shall
any display block access to firefighting equipment.
B. All displays or exhibits of combustible material or construction and all booths and
temporary construction in connection therewith shall be so limited in combustibility or shall
be protected to avoid any undue hazard of fire which might endanger occupants before
they have the opportunity to use available exits.
C. Any place of assembly used for exhibition or display purposes shall be equipped with
complete automatic fire suppression system, when the exhibition or display area exceeds
one thousand three hundred ninety-four square meters (1,394 m2). For combustible materials
not on display, storage room having an enclosure with fire resistance rating of at least
two (2) hours and protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system shall be provided.
SECTION 10.2.8.16 EXISTING PLACES OF ASSEMBLY

A. Capacity Limitations
In existing places of assembly, the C/MFM having jurisdiction may permit occupancy by
number of persons not to exceed that for which the existing exits are adequate, provided
that measures established are satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, to prevent
occupancy by any greater number of persons based on the calculated occupant load of
the building.
B. Interior Finish
Provisions of Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR shall apply in existing places of assembly where
interior finish does not conform to the requirements for new assembly buildings.
SECTION 10.2.8.17 PROJECTION ROOMS FOR SAFETY FILM

A. Every projection room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the construction
requirements for the type of building in which the projection room is located. The room shall
have a floor area of not less than seven and four tenths square meters (7.4 m2) for a single
machine and at least three and seventy-five hundredths square meters (3.75 m2) for each
additional machine. Each motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight, or similar piece of
80
equipment shall have a clear working space not less than two and twenty-five hundredths
square meters (2.25 m2).
B. Each projection room shall be at least one out-swinging, self-closing door not less than
seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) wide by two thousand millimeters (2,000 mm)
high.
C. The aggregate of parts and openings for projection equipment shall not exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of the area of the wall between the projection room and the
auditorium. All opening shall be provided with glass or other approved materials, so as to
completely close the opening.
D. Projection booth room ventilation shall be not less than the following:
1. Supply Air
Each projection room shall be provided with two (2) or more separate fresh air inlet
ducts with screened openings terminating within three hundred millimeters (300 mm) of
the floor, and located at opposite ends of the room. Such air inlets shall be of sufficient
size to permit an air change every three (3) minutes. Fresh air may be supplied from the
general building air conditioning system, provided it is so arranged that the projection
booth will continue to receive one change of air every three (3) minutes, when no other
air is supplied by the general air conditioning system.
2. Exhaust Air
Each projection room shall be provided with one (1) or more exhaust air outlets
which may be manifold into a single duct outside the booth. Such outlets shall be so
located as to ensure circulation throughout the room. Projection room exhaust air
system shall be independent of any other air systems in the building. Exhaust air ducts
shall terminate at the exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust system
shall be mechanically operated and of such capacity to provide a minimum of one
change of air every three minutes. The blower motor shall be outside the duct system.
The projection room ventilation system may also be appurtenant rooms, such as the
generator room and the rewind room.
E. Each projection machine shall be provided with an exhaust duct which will draw air from
each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the building in such a fashion that it
will not be picked up by supply inlets. Such a duct shall be of rigid materials, except for a
continuous flexible connector approved for the purpose. The lamp exhaust systems shall
not be interconnected with any other system.
1. Electric Arc Projection Equipment
The exhaust capacity shall be five and sixty-six hundredths cubic meters per minute
(5.66 m3/min) for each lamp connected to the lamp exhaust system or as recommended
by the equipment manufacturer, whichever is greater. Auxiliary air may be introduced
into the system through a screened opening to stabilize the arc.
2. Xenon Projection Equipment
The lamp exhaust shall exhaust not less than eight and a half cubic meters per minute
(8.5 m3/min) per lamp, nor less than that exhaust volume required or recommended
by the equipment manufacturer, whichever is greater. The external temperature of
the lamp housing shall not exceed fifty-four and a half degrees Celsius (54.5˚C) when
operating.
F. Each projection room shall be provided with rewind and film storage facilities.
G. A maximum of four (4) containers for flammable liquids not greater than five tenths liter
(0.5 L) capacity and of a non-breakable type may be permitted in each projection booth.
H. Appurtenant electrical equipment such as rheostats, transformers, and generators may be
located within the booth or in a separate room of equivalent fire resistance construction.
SECTION 10.2.8.18 OPEN FLAME

No person shall cause or permit any open flame to be used in any place of public assembly,
or drinking or eating establishments, except when used in conjunction with approved heating
or cooking appliances or under a written permit from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
81
DIVISION 9. EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES
SECTION 10.2.9.1 OCCUPANCY AND OCCUPANT LOAD

A. Classification of Educational Occupancies
1. Educational occupancies shall include all buildings used for the gathering of groups of
six (6) or more persons for purposes of instruction, such as schools, universities, colleges,
and academies.
2. Educational occupancy includes part-day, nursery schools, kindergartens, and other
schools whose purpose is primarily educational even though the children are of
pre-school age.
3. Other occupancies associated with educational institutions shall be in accordance
with the appropriate parts of this Chapter.
4. In cases where instruction is incidental to some other occupancy, the Section of the
Chapter governing such other occupancy shall apply.
B. Occupant Load
1. The occupant load of educational buildings or any individual storey or section thereof
for the purpose of determining exits shall not be less than one (1) person for each one
and nine tenths square meters (1.9 m2) of net classroom area or four and six tenths
square meters (4.6 m2) of net area of shops, laboratories, and similar vocational rooms.
In dry nurseries where sleeping facilities are provided, the occupant load shall be not
less than one person for each three and three tenths square meters (3.3 m2).
2. The occupant load of an area having fixed seats shall be determined by the number
of fixed seats installed. Required aisle space serving the fixed seats shall not be used to
increase the occupant load.
3. The occupant load of individual lecture rooms, gymnasiums, or cafeterias used for
assembly purposes of more than fifty (50) persons shall be determined in accordance
with Section 10.2.8.1 of this RIRR.

A. Capacity of Exits
Capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 para “C” of
this RIRR.
B. Minimum Number of Exits
1. Every room or space with a capacity of fifty (50) or more persons or over ninety-three
square meters (93 m2) in area shall have at least two (2) doorways as remote from
each other as practicable. Such doorways shall provide access to separate exits; but
where egress is through corridors, they shall open upon a common corridor leading to
separate exits in opposite directions.
2. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be provided on every storey and accessible
from every part of every storey and mezzanine.
C. Travel Distance to Exits
Travel distance to an exit from any point in a building without an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system shall not exceed forty-six meters (46 m), and shall not exceed
sixty-one meters (61 m) in any building protected throughout by an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system.
D. Access to Exits
1. Every aisle, corridor, balcony, other means of access to exits, and discharge from exit
shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
2. Any corridor shall be not less than one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m)
wide in the clear.
3. Doors which swing into an exit access corridor shall be recessed to prevent interference
with corridor traffic; any doors not so recessed shall open the one hundred eighty
degrees (180˚) to stop against the wall. Doors in any position shall not reduce the
required corridor width by more than a half.
82
4. Drinking fountains or other equipment, fixed or movable, shall not be so placed as
to obstruct the required minimum one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m)
corridor width.
E. Exterior Corridors or Balconies
1. Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open
to the outside air except for railings or balustrades with stairs or level exits to grade not
over seventy-six and one fourth meters (76.25 m) apart, so located that an exit will be
available in either direction from the door to any individual room or space, with dead
ends not to exceed six meters (6 m). If balconies are enclosed by glass or in any other
manner, they shall be treated as interior corridors.
2. The floors of balconies (exterior corridors) and stairs shall be solid, without openings, and
shall comply with requirements for outside stairs as regards balustrades or railings, width
and pitch of stairs, and other details, but are not required to be shielded from fire within
the building by blank walls, wired glass windows or the like where the stairs are located
on the side of balcony or corridor away from the building and are separated from the
building by the full width of the balcony or corridor.
F. Exit Arrangement
1. Exits shall be so arranged that at least two (2) separate exits will be available from
every floor area. Exits shall be as remote from each other as practicable, so arranged
that there will be no pockets or dead ends in which occupants may be trapped, and
in no case shall any dead-end corridor extend more than six meters (6 m) beyond the
stairway or other means of exit therefrom.
2. Every classroom or room used for educational purposes or student occupancy below
the floor of exit discharge shall have access to at least one (1) exit which leads directly
to the exterior at level of discharge without entering the floor above.
G. Types of Exits
Exits of the specified number and width shall be of one (1) or more of the following
types, in accordance with the provisions of Division 5 of this Chapter.
1. Doors of the swinging type leading directly outside or through a lobby or passageway
leading to the outside of the building. Any exterior door and any room door subject
to use by fifty (50) or more persons shall be operated by bars or other panic hardware
device with re-entry mechanism, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR, except
that a door leading directly to the outside from a classroom occupied by less than fifty
(50) persons may be equipped with the same knob-operated schoolhouse type lock as
is used in classroom doors leading to corridor, with no provision whatsoever for locking
against egress from the classroom.
2. Horizontal exits
3. Smoke proof enclosures
4. Stairs
5. Ramps
H. Additional Exit Details
The provisions of this Section are based on occupancy by normal individuals. Educational
buildings used by persons with physical or mental handicaps shall have additional features
as may be required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction to ensure safe use of such exits in an
emergency.
I. Dead-End Corridors
Dead end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6m).
SECTION 10.2.9.3 LIGHTING AND SIGNS

A. All educational buildings shall have adequate exit illumination in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR. Flexible plan and open plan buildings and buildings designed
for night occupancy and portions of buildings having interior and windowless rooms, areas,
and corridors shall have emergency lighting.
B. All educational buildings shall have signs designating the location of exits or the path of
travel to reach them, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR.
83
SECTION 10.2.9.4 WINDOWS FOR RESCUE AND VENTILATION
Except in buildings protected with approved, supervised sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, every room or space used for classroom or other educational
purposes or normally subject to student occupancy, unless it has a door leading directly to
the outside of building, shall have at least one outside window which can readily be used for
emergency rescue or ventilation purposes, and which meets all of the following provisions:
A. It can readily be opened from the inside without the use of tools.
B. It provides a clear opening with a minimum dimension of five hundred sixty millimeters
(560 mm) in width and eight hundred millimeters (800 mm) in height.
C. The bottom of window opening is not more than eight hundred twenty millimeters (820 mm)
above the floor; and
D. Where storm windows, screens, or anti-burglar devices are used, these shall be provided
with quick opening mechanism so that they may be readily opened from the inside for
emergency egress, and shall be so arranged that when opened they will not drop to the
ground.

A. Vertical Opening
Any interior stairways and other vertical openings in educational buildings shall be
enclosed and protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR, except when it
serves only one adjacent floor other than a basement; it is not connected to other stairway
serving other floors; and it is not connected with corridors or stairways serving other floors.
B. Interior Corridors
1. Every interior corridor shall be of construction having not less than a half-hour
(1/2-hr) fire resistance rating, and all openings therein protected accordingly. Room
doors may be forty-four millimeters (44 mm) solid bonded core wood doors or the
equivalent. Such corridor protection shall not be required when all classrooms served
by such corridors have at least one door directly to the outside or to an exterior balcony
or corridor as in Section 10.2.9.2 of this RIRR.
2. Any interior corridor more than ninety-one meters (91 m) in length shall be divided into
sections not to exceed ninety-one meters (91 m) in length by smoke partitions installed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of this RIRR.
C. Interior Finish
Interior finish shall be Class A in corridors, stairways and other means of egress, and may
be Class B or Class C elsewhere, in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2.6.4 of this
RIRR.
D. Fire Alarm System
1. Approved fire alarm facilities capable of being manually operated in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR shall be provided in every educational building.
2. In building provided with automatic fire suppression system, the operation of the system
shall automatically actuate electrical school fire alarm system.
E. Automatic Fire Suppression System
1. Every portion of educational buildings below the floor of exit discharge, being utilized as
classroom or laboratory, shall be protected with approved, supervised sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR:
a. throughout the storey containing the classroom or laboratory; and
b. at the level of exit discharge
2. When the building is classified as high rise it shall be completely protected by approved,
supervised sprinkler system.
F. Hazardous Areas
An area used for general storage, boiler or furnace rooms, fuel storage, janitor closets,
maintenance shops, including woodworking and painting areas, laundries and kitchen
shall be separated from other parts of the building with construction having not less than
one (1) hour fire resistance rating, and all openings shall be protected with self-closing
fire doors, or such area shall be provided with automatic fire suppression system. Where
84
the hazard is high as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, both the fire resistive
separation and automatic fire suppression system shall be provided.
G. Cooking equipment
Cooking equipment shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1 of this RIRR.

A. Elevators
1. An elevator shall not constitute as required means of exit.
2. When an educational occupancy is more than three (3) storeys and equipped with
automatic elevators, one (1) or more elevators shall be designed and equipped for fire
emergency use by firefighters, as specified in Section 10.2.7.5 of this RIRR. Key operation
shall transfer automatic elevator operation to manual and bring elevator to ground or
first floor for use of firefighters. The elevator shall be situated so as to be readily accessible.
If the building is equipped with only one (1) elevator, the same shall be equipped with
firefighter’s switch to be capable of being manually operated.
B. Air conditioning
Every air-conditioning, heating, and ventilating installation shall comply with Division 7
of this Chapter.
C. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
Electrical wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with provisions of the latest
edition of PEC, and all cooking, heating, incinerating and other building services equipment
shall be installed in accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.9.7 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR FLEXIBLE PLAN AND

OPEN-PLAN BUILDINGS
A. Definitions as Used in this Section
1. Flexible plan and open-plan educational buildings or portion of a building not having
corridors which comply with Section 10.2.9.1 of this RIRR and are designed for multiple
teaching stations.
a. Flexible plan buildings have movable corridor walls and movable partitions of full
height construction with doors leading from rooms to corridors. Flexible plan buildings
without exit access doors between rooms and corridors shall be classified as open
plan buildings.
b. Open-plan buildings have rooms and corridors delineated by use of tables, chairs,
desks, bookcases, counters, low height partitions, or similar furnishings.
2. Common Atmosphere. A common atmosphere exists between rooms, spaces or areas
within a building, which are not separated by an approved smoke partition.
3. Separate Atmosphere. A separate atmosphere exists between rooms, spaces, or areas,
which are separated by an approved smoke partition.
4. Smoke Partition. For purposes of this Section, smoke partitions shall also include floors
and openings therein, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of this RIRR.
5. Room. For the purpose of this Section, a room is a space or area bounded by an
obstruction to egress which at any time enclose more than eighty percent (80%) of the
perimeter of the space or area. Openings of less than two meters (2 m) high shall not be
considered in computing the unobstructed perimeter.
6. Interior Room. A room whose only means of egress is through an adjoining or intervening
room, which is not an exit.
7. Separate Means of Egress. A means of egress separated in such a manner from
other means of egress as to provide an atmosphere separation, which precludes
contamination of both means of egress by the same fire, in accordance with Division 5
of this Chapter.
B. Area Limitations and Separations
1. Flexible plan and open-plan buildings shall not exceed two thousand seven hundred
eighty-seven square meters (2,787 m2) in undivided area. A solid wall or smoke partition
shall be provided at maximum intervals of ninety-one meters (91 m) and openings in
such walls or partition shall comply with Section 10.2.6.3 of this RIRR.
85
2. Vertical openings shall be enclosed as required by Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR.
3. Stages in places of assembly shall be separated from school areas by construction of
non-combustible materials having at least a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating and
shall comply with Section 10.2.8.3 of this RIRR.
4. Shops, laboratories, and similar vocational rooms, as well as storage rooms, shall be
separated from school areas by construction having at least one (1) hour fire resistance
rating; they shall have exits independent from other areas.
C. General Provisions
1. The specific requirements of this Section are not intended to prevent the design or use
of other systems, equipment or techniques, which will effectively prevent the products
of combustion from breaching the atmospheric separation.
2. The provisions of this Subsection shall apply only to the requirements for providing
separate atmosphere. The fire resistance requirements shall comply with other provisions
of this Chapter.
a. Walls, partitions and floors forming all of or part of an atmospheric separation shall
be of materials consistent with the requirements for the type of construction, but of
construction not less effective than a smoke partition. Openings in walls or partition
used to allow the passage of light shall be wired glass set in metal frames.
b. Every door opening therein shall be protected with a fire assembly as required in
this Chapter, but not less than a self-closing or automatic closing, tight-fitting smoke
assembly having a fire protection rating of not less than twenty (20) minutes.
c. Ducts penetrating atmospheric separation walls, partitions, or floors shall be equipped
with an approved automatic-closing smoke damper when having openings into
more than one atmosphere or atmospheric separation shall be maintained by an
approved method of smoke control.
d. All automatic-closing fire assemblies installed in the atmospheric separation shall be
activated by approved smoke detectors.
e. Janitor closets and storage rooms shall be enclosed by materials having one (1) hour
fire resistance. Stages and enclosed platform shall be constructed in accordance
D. Means of Egress
1. Each room occupied by more than three hundred (300) persons shall have one (1) of its
exit access doors through a separate means of egress. Where three (3) or more means
of egress are required, not more than two (2) of them shall enter into the same means of
egress.
2. Means of egress from interior rooms may pass through an adjoining or in intervening
room, provided that the travel distance do not exceed those set forth in the succeeding
paragraph. Foyers and lobbies constructed as required for corridors shall not be
construed as intervening rooms. Where the only means of egress from a room is through
an adjoining or intervening room, smoke detectors shall be installed in the area of
common atmosphere through which the means of egress must pass. The detectors shall
actuate alarms audible in the interior room and shall be connected to the school fire
alarm system.
E. Travel Distance to Exits
No point in a building shall be more than forty-six meters (46 m) from an exit, measured
F. Interior Finish
Interior finish in flexible plan and open-plan buildings shall be as follows:
1. Corridors in flexible plan buildings
Class A on rigid material which will not deform at temperature below two hundred
thirty-two degrees Celsius (232˚C).
2. Other than corridor walls
Class A and Class B throughout, except that fixtures and low height partitions may be
Class C. In one-storey buildings the exposed portions of structural members complying
with the requirements for heavy timber construction may be permitted in accordance
86
G. Variable Plans
1. Flexible plan schools may have walls and partitions rearranged periodically, only after
revised plans or diagrams have been approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Open-plan schools shall have furniture, fixtures, or low height partitions so arranged
that exits be clearly visible and unobstructed, and exit paths are direct, not circuitous. If
paths or corridors are established, they shall be at least as wide as required by Section
10.2.9.2 of this RIRR.
H. Sprinkler Systems
1. Any flexible plan building or open plan building in which the travel distance to exits
exceeds forty-six meters (46 m) shall have approved, supervised sprinkler systems
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR. Such systems shall be electrically
interconnected with the school fire alarm system.
2. Automatic fire suppression systems shall be modified to conform with partition changes.
Modification plans shall have prior approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.2.9.8 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PRE-SCHOOLS

Rooms used for preschoolers shall not be located above or below the floor of exit discharge.
SECTION 10.2.9.9 UNDERGROUND AND WINDOWLESS EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS

The provisions of Section 10.2.19.10 of this RIRR shall apply to Underground and Windowless
Educational Buildings and such buildings shall be provided completely with automatic fire
suppression system.
SECTION 10.2.9.10 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR COMBINED OCCUPANCIES

A. Assembly and Educational
Any auditorium, assembly room, cafeteria, gymnasium used for assembly purposes
such as athletic events with provisions for seating of spectators, or other spaces subject to
assembly occupancy shall comply with Division 8 of this Chapter, which provides that where
auditorium and gymnasium exits lead through corridors stairways also serving as exits for
other parts of the building, the exit capacity shall be sufficient to permit simultaneous exit
from auditorium and classroom sections.
B. Dormitory and Classroom
Any building used for both classroom and dormitory purposes shall comply with the
applicable provisions of Division 14 of this Chapter in addition to complying with Division 9
of this Chapter. Where Classroom and dormitory sections are not subject to simultaneous
occupancy, the same exit capacity may serve both sections.
C. Other Combined Occupancies
Any other combinations of occupancy not covered in this Section shall comply with
all applicable Divisions of this Chapter, with exits adequate to serve all occupancies
simultaneously.
SECTION 10.2.9.11 EXISTING EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS

A. General
An existing building being used for educational occupancies established prior to the
effective date of RA 9514 and its RIRR may have its use continued if it conforms or is made
to conform to the provisions of this Rule to the extent that, in the opinion of the C/MFM
having jurisdiction, reasonable life safety against the hazards of fire, explosion, and panic is
provided and maintained subject to the provisions of para “B” through “E” below.
B. Additional Protection
The provision of additional means of egress, automatic fire suppression system, area
separations, emergency lighting, and other alternate means of protection may be used to
provide reasonable life safety from fire and panic.
C. Exits
1. Exit deficiency may be corrected by adding additional exits, preferably those which will
provide direct exit to the outside from classroom or student-occupied areas.
87
2. In lieu of direct exit to the outside from classrooms, additional life safety may be afforded
by the provisions of communicating doors between classrooms or student-occupied
areas to provide access to at least one (1) exit stair without passing through interior
corridors.
D. Interior Finish
In existing educational buildings which have interior finish that do not comply with
the requirements for new buildings, the provisions of Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR shall be
acceptable as alternate requirements.
E. Fire Alarm Systems
Requirements for Fire Alarm System for existing educational buildings shall conform
to those required for new educational buildings, in accordance with para “D” of Section
DIVISION 10. DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES
SECTION 10.2.10.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The requirements of this Section shall apply to day care occupancies in which more than
twelve (12) clients receive care, maintenance, and supervision by other than their relative(s)
or legal guardian(s) for less than twenty-four (24) hours per day.
B. The requirements of Sections 10.2.10.1, 10.2.10.4, 10.2.10.7 and 10.2.10.8 of this RIRR shall
apply to day care homes.
C. Where a facility houses more than one age group, the strictest requirements applicable
to any group present shall apply throughout the day care occupancy or building, as
appropriate to a given area, unless the area housing such a group is maintained as a
separate fire area.
D. Places of religious worship shall not be required to meet the provisions of this Section where
operating a day care home while services are being held in the building.
E. No day care center shall be located below the level of exit discharge.
SECTION 10.2.10.2 OCCUPANT LOAD

The occupant load, in number of persons for whom means of egress and other provisions
are required, either shall be one (1) person for every three and three tenths square meters
(3.3 m2) or shall be determined as the maximum probable population of the space under
consideration, whichever is greater.

A. General Requirements
The means of egress of day care occupancies shall comply with Section 10.2.5.2 of this
RIRR and this Section.
B. Permissible Exit Components
Components of means of egress for day care occupancies shall be limited to the
following types:
1. Doors
2. Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures
3. Horizontal Exits
4. Ramps
5. Exit Passageways
Capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with para “C” of Section 10.2.5.2
of this RIRR.
D. Number of Means of Egress
The number of means of egress for day care occupancies shall be in accordance with
para “G” of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR and this Section.
88
E. Arrangement of Means of Egress
1. Means of egress shall be arranged in accordance with para “H” of Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
2. No dead-end corridor shall exceed six meters (6 m), other than in buildings protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinklers, in which case dead-end
corridors shall not exceed ten meters (10 m).
3. Common path of travel shall not exceed twenty meters (20 m) in a building protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system and ten meters
(10 m) in a building not protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic
sprinkler system.
F. Travel Distance to Exits
1. Travel distance shall be measured in accordance with para “J” of Section 10.2.5.2
of this RIRR.
2. Travel distance shall meet all of the following criteria, unless otherwise permitted by
para 3 hereof:
a. The travel distance between any room door intended as an exit access and an exit
shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
b. The travel distance between any point in a room and an exit shall not exceed
twenty-three meters (23 m).
c. The travel distance between any point in a sleeping room and an exit access door in
that room shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
3. The travel distance required by paras 2.a and 2.b above shall be permitted to be
increased by fifteen meters (15 m) in buildings protected throughout by an approved,
supervised automatic sprinkler system.
G. Discharge from Exits
Discharge from exits shall be arranged in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
H. Illumination of Means of Egress
1. Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
2. Emergency lighting shall be provided in the following areas:
a. Interior stairs and corridors
b. Assembly use spaces
c. Flexible and open-plan buildings
d. Interior or limited access portions of buildings
e. Shops and laboratories
I. Marking of Means of Egress
Means of egress shall have signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.2.10.4 WINDOWS FOR RESCUE

Every room or space normally subject to client occupancy, other than bathrooms, shall
have not less than one (1) outside window for emergency rescue that complies with all of
the following:
A. Such windows shall be openable from the inside without the use of tools and shall provide
a clear opening of not less than five hundred sixty millimeters (560 mm) in width and eight
hundred millimeters (800 mm) in height.
B. The bottom of the opening shall be not more than eight hundred twenty millimeters
(820 mm) above the floor.
C. The clear opening shall allow a rectangular solid, with a width and height that provide not
less than the required five tenths square meter (0.5 m2) opening and a depth of not less than
five hundred ten millimeters (510 mm), to pass fully through the opening.
SECTION 10.2.10.5 MANDATORY RAMP REQUIREMENT

For day care centers with non-ambulatory residents of at least twelve (12), a ramp
complying with Section 10.2.5.7 of this RIRR shall be provided.
89
A. Vertical Openings
1. Any vertical opening, other than unprotected vertical openings in accordance with
para 2 hereof, shall be enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this
RIRR.
2. Unenclosed vertical openings not concealed within the building construction shall be
permitted as follows:
a. Such openings shall connect not more than two (2) adjacent storeys (one (1) floor
pierced only).
b. Such openings shall be separated from unprotected vertical openings serving other
floors by a barrier.
c. Such openings shall be separated from corridors.
B. Detection, Alarm and Communication Systems
1. Day care occupancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detection and alarm
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR, except day care occupancies
housed in one room having at least one (1) door opening directly to the outside at
grade plane or to an exterior exit access balcony.
2. A smoke detection system shall be installed in day care occupancies, other than those
housed in one (1) room having at least one (1) door opening directly to the outside at
grade plane or to an exterior exit access, and such system shall comply with both of the
following:
a. Detectors shall be installed on each storey in front of the doors to the stairways and
in the corridors of all floors occupied by the day care occupancy.
b. Detectors shall be installed in lounges, recreation areas, and sleeping rooms in the
day care occupancy.
C. Extinguishing Requirements
1. Buildings with unprotected openings, up to five (5) communicating floor levels not
considered as a high rise building, shall be protected throughout by an approved,
supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall also be provided pursuant to Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
D. Hazardous Areas
Rooms or spaces for the storage, processing, or use of materials specified in paras 1
through 3 below shall be protected in accordance with the following:
1. Separation from the remainder of the building by fire barriers having a minimum
one (1) hour fire resistance rating or protection of such rooms by automatic extinguishing
systems in the following areas:
a. Boiler and furnace rooms, unless such rooms enclose only air-handling equipment;
b. Rooms or spaces used for the storage of combustible supplies in quantities deemed
hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
c. Rooms or spaces used for the storage of hazardous materials or flammable or
combustible liquids in quantities deemed hazardous by recognized standards; and
d. Janitor closets.
2. Separation from the remainder of the building by fire barriers having a minimum of
one (1) hour fire resistance rating and protection of such rooms by automatic extinguishing
systems in the following areas:
a. Laundry rooms;
b. Maintenance shops, including woodworking and painting areas;
c. Rooms or spaces used for processing or use of combustible supplies deemed
hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction; and
d. Rooms or spaces used for processing or use of hazardous materials or flammable or
combustible liquids in quantities deemed hazardous by recognized standards.
3. Where automatic extinguishing is used to meet the protection requirements of
paras 1 and 2, as permitted.
90
SECTION 10.2.10.7 CORRIDORS
Every interior corridor shall be constructed of walls having not less than one (1) hour fire
resistance rating, unless otherwise permitted by any of the following:
A. Corridor protection shall not be required where all spaces normally subject to client
occupancy have not less than one door opening directly outside or to an exterior exit
access balcony or corridor.
B. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system;
corridor walls shall not be required to be rated, provided that such walls form smoke
partitions.
C. Where the corridor ceiling is an assembly having one (1) hour fire resistance rating; where
tested as a wall, the corridor walls shall be permitted to terminate at the corridor ceiling.
D. Lavatories shall not be required to be separated from corridors, provided that they are
separated from all other spaces by walls having not less than one (1) hour fire resistance.
E. Lavatories shall not be required to be separated from corridors, provided that both of the
following criteria are met:
1. The building is protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
2. The walls separating the lavatory from other rooms form smoke partitions.

A. Utilities
1. Utilities shall comply with the provisions of Section 10.2.7.1 of this RIRR.
2. Special protective covers for all electrical receptacles shall be installed in all areas
occupied by clients.
B. Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Equipment
1. Heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment shall be in accordance with
2. Unvented fuel-fired heating equipment, other than gas space heaters in compliance
with NFPA 54/ANSI Z223.1: National Fuel Gas Code, shall be prohibited.
3. Any heating equipment in spaces occupied by clients shall be provided with partitions,
screens, or other means to protect clients from hot surfaces and open flames; if solid
partitions are used to provide such protection, provisions shall be made to ensure
adequate air for combustion and ventilation for the heating equipment.
C. Elevators, Escalators and Conveyors
Elevators, escalators and conveyors, other than those in day care homes, shall comply
with the provisions of Section 10.2.7.5 of this RIRR.
D. Waste Chutes, Incinerators, and Laundry Chutes
Waste chutes, incinerators, and laundry chutes, other than those in day care homes,
shall comply with the provisions of Section 10.2.7.4 of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.2.10.9 DAY CARE HOMES

1. The requirements of Section 10.2.9.8 shall apply to day care homes in which more
than three (3), but not more than twelve (12), clients receive care, maintenance, and
supervision by other than their relative(s) or legal guardian(s) for less than twenty-four
(24) hours per day, generally within a dwelling unit.
2. Where a facility houses more than one age group, the strictest requirements applicable
to any group present shall apply throughout the day care home or building, as
appropriate to a given area, unless the area housing such a group is maintained as a
separate fire area.
3. Facilities that supervise clients on a temporary basis with a parent or guardian in close
proximity shall not be required to meet the provisions of this Section.
4. Places of religious worship shall not be required to meet the provisions of this Section
where operating a day care home while services are being held in the building.
91
B. Classification of Occupancy
1. Family Day Care Home. A family day care home shall be a day care home in which
more than three (3), but fewer than seven (7), clients receive care, maintenance, and
supervision by other than their relative(s) or legal guardian(s) for less than twenty-four
(24) hours per day, generally within a dwelling unit.
2. Group Day Care Home. A group day care home shall be a day care home in which not
less than seven (7), but not more than twelve (12), clients receive care, maintenance,
and supervision by other than their relative(s) or legal guardian(s) for less than
twenty-four (24) hours per day, generally within a dwelling unit.
C. Location
No day care home shall be located below the level of exit discharge.
D. Occupant Load
1. In family day care homes, both of the following shall apply:
a. The minimum staff-to-client ratio shall be not less than one (1) staff for up to six (6)
clients, including the caretaker’s own children under age six (6).
b. There shall be not more than two (2) clients incapable of self-preservation.
2. In group day care homes, all of the following shall apply:
a. The minimum staff-to-client ratio shall be not less than two (2) staffs for up to twelve
(12) clients.
b. There shall be not more than three (3) clients incapable of self-preservation.
E. Means of Escape Requirements
1. Means of escape shall comply with those of Single and Two -Family Dwellings.
2. Every room used for sleeping, living, recreation, education, or dining purposes shall
have the number and type of means of escape.
3. No room or space that is accessible only by a ladder or folding stairs or through a trap
door shall be occupied by clients.
4. In group day care homes where spaces on the storey above the level of exit discharge
are used by clients, that storey shall have not less than one (1) means of escape
complying with one of the following:
a. Door leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level
b. Door leading directly to an outside stair to finished ground level
c. Interior stair leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level,
separated from other storeys by one half (1/2) hour fire barrier.
5. Where clients occupy a storey below the level of exit discharge, that storey shall have
not less than one (1) means of escape complying with any of the following:
a. Door leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level
b. Door leading directly to an outside stair going to finished ground level
c. Bulkhead enclosure
d. Interior stair leading directly to the outside with access to finished ground level,
separated from other storeys by one half (1/2) hour fire barrier
F. Arrangement of Means of Escape
1. No dead-end corridors shall exceed six meters (6 m).
2. Doors in means of escape shall be protected from obstructions.
G. Travel Distance
1. Travel distance shall be measured in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
2. The travel distance between any point in a room and a door leading directly to the
outside with access to finished ground level shall not exceed forty-six meters (46m).
3. The travel distance between any point in a sleeping room and access to a means of
escape from that room shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
4. The travel distance shall be permitted to be increased by fifteen meters (15 m) in
buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler.
H. Illumination of Means of Egress
Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
92
I. Protection
1. For group day care homes, the doorway between the level of exit discharge and
any storey below shall be equipped with a fire door assembly having twenty-minute
(20-min) fire protection rating.
2. For group day care homes where the storey above the level of exit discharge is used for
sleeping purposes, there shall be a fire door assembly having twenty-minute (20-min)
fire protection rating at the top or bottom of each stairway.
DIVISION 11. HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES

A. Fundamental Requirements
1. All health care buildings shall be so designed, constructed, maintained, and operated
as to minimize the possibility of a fire emergency requiring the evacuation of occupants.
Because the safety of occupants of health care buildings cannot be assured adequately
by dependence on evacuation of the building, their protection from the fire shall be
provided by appropriate arrangement of facilities, adequate staffing, and careful
development of operating and maintenance procedure composed of the following:
a. proper design, construction, and compartmentation;
b. provisions for detection, alarm, and extinguishment; and
c. fire prevention and the planning, training, and drilling in programs for the isolation of
fire and transfer of occupants to areas of refuge or evacuation of the building.
2. It is recognized that in buildings housing various types of psychiatric patients, it may be
necessary to lock doors and bar windows to confine and protect building inhabitants.
Sections of this Rule requiring the keeping of exits unlocked may be waived by the
C/MFM having jurisdiction. It is also recognized that some psychiatric patients are not
capable of seeking safety without guidance. In buildings in which doors are locked or
windows are barred, provisions shall be made for the removal of occupants by such
reliable means as the remote control of locks or by keying all locks to keys carried
by attendants.
B. Emergency Rooms, Operating Rooms, Intensive Care Units, Delivery Rooms and Other
Similar Facilities
Emergency rooms, operating rooms, intensive care units, delivery rooms and other
similar facilities shall be located on the level of exit discharge. When the above requirement
is not met, one of the following conditions shall be complied:
1. Where the said facilities are located above the floor of exit discharge but in no case
shall exceed five (5) floors, or where the said facilities are located below the floor of
exit discharge but in no case shall exceed one (1) floor, it shall be equipped with ramp
complying with Section 10.2.5.7 of this RIRR leading directly to exit discharge. The
ramp, constructed in a fire resistive and smoke proof enclosure, shall be so designed
to accommodate the movement of hospital beds with non-ambulatory patients to the
level of exit discharge. The enclosure shall have the minimum fire rating of two (2) hours.
2. Where the construction of ramp is not practicable, a horizontal exit compliant with
Section 10.2.5.6 of this RIRR shall be provided leading to another separate building.
C. New Construction, Additions, Conversion
1. Any addition shall be separated from any existing non-conforming structure by a
non-combustible fire partition having at least a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
Communicating openings in such dividing fire partition shall occur only in corridors and
shall be protected by an approved self-closing fire door. Such doors shall normally be
kept closed.
2. Any building converted to these occupancies shall comply with all requirements for
new facilities.
D. Occupancy and Occupant Load
1. Health care occupancies in buildings housing other occupancies shall be completely
separated from them by noncombustible construction having at least two-hour (2-hr)
fire-resistance rating. All means of egress from health care occupancies that traverse
non-health care spaces shall conform to requirements of this standard for health care
93
occupancies. Any occupancy with a hazard of contents classified higher than that of
the health care and located in the same building as health care occupancies shall be
protected. Industrial, office, mercantile and storage occupancies categorized as high
hazard shall not be permitted in buildings housing health care occupancies.
2. Sections of health care buildings may be classified as other occupancies if they meet
at the following conditions:
a. They are not intended to serve health care occupants for purposes of housing,
treatment, customary access, or means of egress.
b. They are adequately separated from areas of health care occupancies by
construction having two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
3. Auditoriums, chapels, staff residential areas, garages or similar occupancies provided
in connection with health care occupancy shall have exits provided in accordance
with other applicable Sections of this Chapter.
4. The occupant load for which means of egress shall be provided for any floor shall
be the maximum number of persons intended to occupy that floor but not less than
one (1) person for each eleven and one tenth square meters (11.1 m2) gross floor
area in health care sleeping departments and not less than one (1) person for every
twenty-two and three tenths square meters (22.3 m2) of gross floor area of inpatient
health care treatment departments. Gross floor areas shall be measured within the
exterior building walls with no deductions.

A. Number and Types
1. Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types:
a. Doors leading directly outside the building
b. Stairs and smoke-proof enclosures
c. Ramps
d. Horizontal exits
e. Exit passageways
2. At least two (2) exits of the above types, remote from each other, shall be provided for
each floor or fire section of the building.
3. Elevators constitute a supplementary facility, but shall not be counted as required exits.
B. Capacity of Exits
The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 para
“C” of this RIRR.
C. Access to Exit
1. Every aisle, passageway, corridor, exit discharge, exit location and access shall be in
accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR, except as modified in the succeeding
paragraphs of this Subsection.
2. Travel distance shall comply with the following:
a. Between any room door intended as exit access and an exit shall not exceed thirty
meters (30 m);
b. Between any point in a room and an exit shall not exceed forty-six meters (46 m);
c. Between any point in a health care sleeping room or suite and an exit access door
of that room or suite shall not exceed fifteen meters (15 m);
d. Travel distance shall be measured in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR;
and
e. The travel distances in paras 2.a and 2.b above may be increased by fifteen meters
(15 m) in buildings completely equipped with an automatic fire suppression system.
3. Every health care sleeping room, unless it has a door opening at ground level, shall
have an exit access door leading directly to a corridor which leads to an exit. One (1)
adjacent room, such as a sitting or anteroom, may intervene if all doors along the path
of exit travel are equipped with non-lockable hardware, and this intervening room is
not intended to serve more than eight (8) health care sleeping beds. However, special
94
nursing suites or nurseries permitted in this Division shall not be limited to eight (8) cribs
or bassinets.
4. Aisles, corridors and ramps required for exit access of exit in hospitals or nursing homes
shall be at least two and forty-four hundredths meters (2.44 m) in clear and unobstructed
width. Corridors and ramps in adjunct areas not intended for the housing, treatment,
or use of inpatients shall be at least one and eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m) in
clear and unobstructed width.
5. Any rooms and any suite or rooms of more than ninety-three square meters (93 m2) shall
have at least two (2) exit access doors remote from each other.
6. Every exit or exit access shall be so arranged that no corridor or aisle has a pocket or
dead-end exceeding six meters (6 m) and/or a common path of travel exceeding ten
meters (10 m).
7. Any health care sleeping room which complies with the requirements previously set
forth in this Section may be subdivided with non-fire-rated, non-combustible barriers,
provided that the arrangement allows for direct and constant visual supervision by
nursing personnel. Rooms which are so subdivided shall not exceed four hundred
sixty-five square meters (465 m2).
D. Doors
1. Doors shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3, except as modified in this Subsection.
Door requirements in horizontal exits and smoke partitions shall be in accordance with
Sections 10.2.5.6 and 10.2.6.3 and, this Section.
2. Locks shall not be permitted on patient sleeping room doors.
Exception No. 1: Key-locking devices that restrict access to the room from the corridor
and that are operable only by staff from the corridor side shall be
permitted. Such devices shall not restrict egress from the room.
Exception No. 2: Door-locking arrangements shall be permitted in health care
occupancies, or portions of health care occupancies, where the
clinical needs of the patients require specialized security measures for
their safety, provided that keys are carried by staff at all times.
3. Exit access doors from hospital and nursing home sleeping rooms, diagnostic and
treatment rooms or areas, such as X-ray, surgery and physical therapy, all doors between
these spaces and the required exits, and all exit doors serving these spaces shall be at
least one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m).
4. Any door in a fire separation, horizontal exit or a smoke partition may be held open only
by an electrical device which complies with Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR. Each of the
following systems shall be so arranged as to initiate the self-closing action throughout
the entire health care facility:
a. the required alarm system
b. the required automatic fire detection system
c. an approved automatic fire suppression system
5. Doors in stair enclosures and in walls surrounding hazardous areas shall not be equipped
with hold-open devices.
E. Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures
Every stair and smoke proof enclosure shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.4 of
this RIRR.
F. Horizontal Exits
A horizontal exit shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6 and/or as modified in this
paragraph.
1. At least two and eight tenths square meters (2.8 m2) per occupant in a hospital or
nursing home shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit for the total number
of occupants in adjoining compartments.
2. A single door may be used as a horizontal exit if it serves one (1) direction only and is at
least one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m) wide for a hospital or nursing home.
The swing shall be in the direction of exit travel.
3. A horizontal exit involving a corridor two and four tenths meters (2.4 m) or more in width
serving as means of egress from both sides of the doorway shall have the opening
95
protected by a pair of swinging doors, each door having a clear width of one and fifty-
five thousandths meters (1.055 m) and swinging in the opposite direction from the other.
4. An approved vision panel is required in each horizontal exit door. Center mullions are
prohibited.
G. Ramps
Ramps in accordance with Section 10.2.5.7 of this RIRR shall be permitted.
H. Emergency Lighting, Exit Markings, Alarms and Communication Systems
1. Each hospital shall be provided with emergency lighting as described in Section 10.2.5.11
and exit markings as described in Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR. Such emergency lighting
and the illumination of required exits and directional signs shall be supplied by the
Life Safety Branch of the hospital electrical system as described in NFPA 99, Standard
for Health Care Facilities. The Life Safety Branch shall also serve alarms, emergency
communication systems and the illumination of generator set locations as described in
paragraphs (c), (d) and (e), Section 312 of the same reference.
2. Each nursing home shall have emergency lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11
of this RIRR. Emergency lighting with at least one and a half (1.5) hour duration shall be
provided.
3. Exit signs shall be provided in each hospital and nursing home in accordance with
I. Emergency Evacuation Plan
Emergency Evacuation Plan shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13
of this RIRR.

A. Subdivision of Building Spaces
1. Smoke partitions shall be provided, regardless of building construction type, as follows:
a. To divide into at least two (2) compartments every storey used by inpatients for
sleeping or treatment and any storey having an occupant load of fifty (50) or more
persons.
b. To limit on any storey the maximum area of each smoke compartment to no more
than two thousand one hundred square meters (2,100 m2), of which both length and
width shall be no more than forty-six meters (46 m).
Note: Protection may be accomplished in conjunction with the provisions of
horizontal exits.
2. Smoke partitions shall be provided on storeys which are usable but unoccupied.
3. Any smoke partition shall be constructed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of this
RIRR and shall have a fire resistance rating of at least one (1) hour.
4. At least two and eight tenths square meters (2.8 m2) per occupant for the total of bed
or litter patients shall be provided on each side of the smoke partition. On other storeys
not housing bed or litter patients at least five tenths square meter (0.5 m2) per occupant
shall be provided on each side of the smoke partition for the total number of occupants
in adjoining compartments.
5. Corridor openings in smoke partitions shall be protected by a pair of swinging doors,
door to swing in a direction opposite from the other. The minimum width of each door
for hospitals and nursing homes shall be one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m).
6. Doors in smoke partitions shall comply with Section 10.2.6.3 of this RIRR and shall be
self-closing and held open only if they meet the requirements of this Section.
7. Vision panels of approved transparent wired glass not exceeding forty-six hundredths
square meter (0.46 m2) in steel frames shall be provided in all doors in smoke partitions.
8. Stops are required on the head and sides of door frames in smoke partitions, and center
mullions are prohibited.
B. Minimum Construction Standards
1. Health care buildings of one (1) storey only may be constructed of protected
non-combustible construction, fire-resistive construction, protected ordinary
construction, protected wood frame construction, heavy timber construction or
unprotected noncombustible construction. For the purpose of this Subsection, storeys
96
shall be counted starting at the lowest floor of exit discharge. All levels below the floor of
exit discharge shall be separated from the floor of exit discharge by at least protected
non-combustible construction.
2. Health care buildings two (2) storeys or more shall be at least of fire-resistive construction.
3. Health care occupancies of two (2) or more storeys shall have enclosure walls of
non-combustible materials having a fire resistance rating of at least two (2) hours around
stairways, elevators, chutes, and other vertical openings between floors.
4. All interior walls and partitions in buildings of fire-resistive and non-combustible
construction shall be composed of non-combustible materials.
5. Every health care sleeping room shall have an outside window or outside door arranged
and located so that it can be opened from the inside without the use of tools or keys, to
permit the products of combustion and to permit any occupant to have direct access
to fresh air in case of emergency. The maximum allowable sill height shall not exceed
nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm) above the floor, except that in special nursing
care areas the window sill may be one thousand five hundred millimeters (1,500 mm)
above the floor.
C. Construction of Corridor Walls
1. Corridors shall be separated from use areas by partitions having fire-resistance rating of
at least one (1) hour.
2. These walls shall be continuous from the floor slab to the underside of the floor or roof
slab above, through any concealed spaces such as those above the suspended ceilings
and through interstitial structural and mechanical spaces.
3. Doors with a twenty-minute (20-min) fire protection rating shall be used on openings
other than those serving exits or hazardous areas. Doors shall be provided with latches
of a type suitable for keeping the door tightly closed.
4. Transfer grills, whether protected by fusible-link-operated dampers or not, shall not be
used in these walls or doors.
5. Fixed wired glass vision panels may be placed in corridor walls, provided they do
not exceed eighty-four hundredths square meter (0.84 m2) in size and are installed in
approved steel frames. Fixed wired glass vision panels may be installed in wooden
doors, provided they do not exceed forty-six hundredths square meter (0.46 m2) size
and are installed in approved steel frames.
6. Waiting areas of twenty-three square meters (23 m2) or less on an institutional sleeping
floor of fifty-six square meters (56 m2) or less on other floors may be open to the corridor,
provided that they are located to permit direct supervision by the institutional staff, so
arranged to not obstruct any access to required exits. Such areas shall be equipped with
an electrically supervised automatic smoke detection system installed in accordance
with this Section. Not more than one (1) such waiting area is permitted in each smoke
compartment.
D. Protection of Vertical Openings and Fire-stopping
1. Any stairway, ramp, elevator shaft, light and ventilation shaft, chute and other openings
between storeys shall be enclosed with fire resistive materials in accordance with
2. A door in a stairway enclosure shall be self-closing; shall normally be kept in closed
position; and shall be marked in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR.
3. Fire-stopping shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR.
E. Interior Finish
Interior finish of walls and ceilings in means of egress and of any room shall be Class A in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR, while floor finish material shall be Class A or B
throughout all hospitals and nursing homes.
F. Alarm, Detection and Extinguishment Systems
1. Every building shall have an electrically supervised automatic fire alarm system capable
of being manually operated in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR. The fire
alarm system shall be installed with provisions for future connection to the nearest BFP
station in the locality. Internal audible alarm devices shall be provided in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR. Pre-signal systems shall not be permitted in healthcare
occupancies.
97
2. An approved automatic heat and/or smoke detection system shall be installed in all
corridors of hospitals and nursing homes; such systems shall be installed in accordance
with the applicable standards of the NFPA 72, but in no case shall smoke detectors
be spaced farther apart than nine meters (9 m) on centers or more than four and six
tenths meters (4.6 m) from any wall. All automatic heat and/or smoke detection systems
required by this Section shall be electrically interconnected to the fire alarm system.
3. Approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all hospitals and
nursing homes, except for one (1) storey building with a bed capacity of not exceeding
five (5). Replenishment of water supplies shall be strictly considered in the design.
Quick-response sprinklers shall be required in smoke compartments containing patient
sleeping rooms.
4. Approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be in accordance with the requirements of
5. In light hazard occupancies, required automatic fire suppression systems shall be
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR for systems and shall be electrically
interconnected with the fire alarm system. The main automatic fire suppression control
valve shall be electrically monitored so that at least a local alarm will sound when the
valve is closed.
6. If the fire suppression system is an automatic sprinkler, its piping serving no more
than six (6) sprinklers for any isolated hazardous area, may be connected directly
to a domestic water supply system having a capacity sufficient to provide six liters
per minute per square meter (6 L/min/m2) of floor area throughout the entire enclosed
area. As outside-screw-and-yoke shutoff valve shall be installed in an accessible
location between the sprinklers and the connection to the domestic water supply.
7. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in all health care occupancies in accordance
G. Hazardous Areas
Any hazardous area shall be segregated and protected in accordance with Section
10.2.6.10 of this RIRR. Hazardous areas include, but are not limited to, boiler and heater
rooms, laundries, kitchens, gift shops, repair shops, handicraft shops, employee locker
rooms, trash collection rooms, soiled linen rooms, paint shops, and rooms or spaces,
including shops, used for the storage of combustible supplies and equipment in quantities
deemed hazardous by C/MFM having jurisdiction.

A. Air Conditioning, Ventilating, Heating, Cooking and Other Service Equipment
1. Air-conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking and other service equipment shall be in
accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter.
2. Any heating device other than a central heating plant shall be so designed and installed
that combustible material will not be ignited by it or its appurtenances. If fuel fired,
such heating devices shall be chimney or vent connected; shall take air for combustion
directly from outside; and shall be so designed and installed to provide for complete
separation of the combustion system from the atmosphere of the occupied area.
The heating system shall have safety devices to immediately stop the flow of fuel and
shut down the equipment in case of either excessive temperatures or ignition failure.
Fire-places may be installed and used only in areas other than patient sleeping areas,
provided that these areas are separated from patient sleeping spaces by construction
having one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance rating. In addition thereto, the fireplace shall be
equipped with a hearth that shall be raised at least one hundred millimeters (100 mm),
and a heat tempered glass fireplace enclosure guaranteed against breakage up to a
temperature of three hundred forty-three degrees Celsius (343 ˚C). If special hazards
are present, a lock on the enclosure and other safety precautions may be required.
3. Combustion and ventilation air for boiler, incinerator or heater rooms shall be taken
directly from and discharged directly to the outside air.
4. Any rubbish chute and linen chute, including pneumatic systems, shall be safeguarded
in accordance with Sections 10.2.6.5 and 10.2.7.4 of this RIRR. An incinerator shall not be
directly flue-fed nor shall any floor charging chute directly connect with the combustion
chamber. Any rubbish chute shall discharge into a rubbish collecting room used for no
other purpose and protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this RIRR.
98
DIVISION 12. RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE

A. No board and care occupancy shall have its sole means of egress or means of escape pass
through any nonresidential or non-health care occupancy in the same building.
B. No board and care occupancy shall be located above a nonresidential or non-health
care occupancy, unless the board and care occupancy and exits therefrom are separated
from the nonresidential or non-health care occupancy by construction having a minimum
two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
SECTION 10.2.12.2 SMALL FACILITIES

A. Scope
1. This Section shall apply to residential board and care occupancies providing sleeping
accommodations for not more than sixteen (16) residents.
2. Where sleeping accommodations for more than sixteen (16) residents are provided, the
occupancy shall be classified as a large facility.
B. Means of Escape
1. Designated means of escape shall be continuously maintained free of all obstructions
or impediments to full instant use in case of fire or other emergency.
2. Every sleeping room and living area shall have access to a primary means of escape
located to provide a safe path of travel to the outside at street level or the finished
ground level.
3. Where sleeping rooms or living areas are above, the primary means of escape shall be
an interior stair, an exterior stair, a horizontal exit, or a fire escape stair.
4. Sleeping rooms and living areas in facilities without a sprinkler system shall have a
second means of escape consisting of any of the following:
a. Door, stairway, passage, or hall providing a way of unobstructed travel to the outside
of the dwelling at street or the finished ground level that is independent of, and
remotely located from, the primary means of escape.
b. Passage through an adjacent non-lockable space independent of, and remotely
located from, the primary means of escape to any approved means of escape.
c. Outside window or door operable from the inside, without the use of tools, keys, or
special effort, that provides a clear width of not less than five hundred ten millimeters
(510 mm) and a height not less than eight hundred millimeters (800 mm), and the
bottom of the opening not more than eight hundred twenty millimeters (820 mm)
above the floor.
d. Sleeping rooms that have a door leading directly to the outside of the building with
access to the finished ground level or to an exterior stairway shall be considered as
meeting all the requirements for a second means of escape.
e. Sleeping rooms shall not be required to have a secondary means of escape where
the clinical needs of the residents require special security measures, provided all of
the following are met:
1) The building is protected throughout by an approved, automatic sprinkler system
2) A fire alarm system is provided.
5. Aisles, corridors and ramps required for exit access or exit shall be at least one and
eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m) in clear and unobstructed width.
C. Interior Stairs Used for Primary Means of Escape
1. Interior stairs shall be enclosed with fire barriers having a minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr)
fire resistance rating.
2. Stairs shall comply with Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR.
3. The entire primary means of escape shall be arranged so that occupants are not
required to pass through a portion of a storey above, unless that route is separated from
all spaces on that storey by construction having a minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr) fire
resistance rating.
99
4. Stairs that connect a storey at street level to only one other storey shall be permitted to
be open to the storey that is not at street level.
5. In buildings three (3) or fewer storeys in height and protected by an approved, automatic
sprinkler system, stair enclosures shall not be required, provided that there still remains a
primary means of escape from each sleeping area that does not require occupants to
pass through a portion of a lower floor, unless that route is separated from all spaces on
that floor by construction having a minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr) fire resistance rating.
6. Stairs serving a maximum of two (2) storeys in buildings protected with an approved,
automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted to be unenclosed.
D. Doors
1. Doors, other than the bathroom doors and paths of travel to a means of escape shall
be not less than eight hundred millimeters (800 mm) wide.
2. Bathroom doors shall be not less than six hundred ten millimeters (610 mm) wide.
3. Doors shall be swinging or sliding.
4. Every closet door latch shall be readily opened from inside.
5. Every bathroom door shall be designed to allow opening from the outside during an
emergency, when locked.
6. No door in any means of escape, other than those meeting the requirements below,
shall be locked against egress when the building is occupied.
a. Delayed-egress locks shall be permitted on exterior doors only.
b. Access-controlled egress door assemblies shall be permitted.
c. Door-locking arrangements shall be permitted where the clinical needs of residents
require specialized security measures or where residents pose a security threat,
provided all of the following conditions are met:
1) Staff can readily unlock doors at all times.
2) The building is protected by an approved, automatic sprinkler system.
E. Protection
1. Protection of Vertical Opening
Vertical openings, other than those meeting the requirement of para C.5 of this
Section, shall be separated by smoke partitions having a minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr)
fire resistance rating.
2. Hazardous Areas
Areas for cartoned storage, food or household maintenance items in wholesale
or institutional-type quantities and concentrations, or mass storage of residents’
belongings, or other hazardous areas that are located on a floor where primary means
of egress or sleeping rooms are located shall be protected by a construction having a
minimum fire resistance rating of one (1) hour and an automatic detection and alarm
system or automatic sprinkler system.
3. Detection, Alarm and Communication System
a. A manual fire alarm system shall be provided on all small residential custodian care
facilities.
b. Single station smoke detectors shall be provided in all levels including basements,
living areas and sleeping rooms.
4. Extinguishing Requirements
a. All buildings of four (4) or more storeys in height shall be protected with approved,
supervised sprinkler system, using quick-response or residential sprinklers in
b. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of
this RIRR.
5. Construction of Corridor Walls
a. Walls separating sleeping rooms shall have a minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr) fire
resistance rating. The minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr) fire resistance rating shall be
considered to be achieved if the partitioning is finished on both sides with lath and
plaster or materials providing a fifteen-minute (15-min) thermal barrier.
100
b. Sleeping room doors shall be substantial doors, such as those of forty-four millimeters
(44 mm) thick, solid-bonded wood-core construction, or of other construction of
equal or greater stability and fire integrity.
c. Any vision panels shall be fixed fire window assemblies or shall be wired glass not
exceeding eighty-four hundredths square meter (0.84 m2) each in area and installed
in approved frames.
F. Building Services Equipment
1. Utilities shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1 of this RIRR.
2. Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment shall comply with Section 10.2.7.2
of this RIRR.
3. Elevators, escalators and conveyors shall comply with Section 10.2.7.5 of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.2.12.3 LARGE FACILITIES

A. Scope
1. This Section shall apply to residential board and care occupancies providing sleeping
accommodations for more than sixteen (16) residents.
2. Facilities having sleeping accommodations for not more than sixteen (16) residents shall
comply with Section 10.2.14.2 of this RIRR.
B. Occupant Load
The occupant load in number of persons for whom means of egress and other provisions
are required shall be determined on the basis of one (1) person for every eighteen and six
tenths square meters (18.6 m2), or shall be determined as the maximum probable population
of the space under consideration, whichever is greater.
C. Means of Egress
1. General
a. Means of egress from resident rooms and resident dwelling units to the outside of the
building shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.12.2 and this Section.
b. Means of escape within the resident room or resident dwelling unit shall comply with
Section 10.2.14.6 of this RIRR for single and two-family dwellings.
2. Permissible Exit Components
Components of means of egress shall be limited to the following types:
a) Doors
b) Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures
c) Horizontal Exit
d) Ramps
e) Exit Passageways
3. Capacity of Means of Egress
a. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2.
b. Street floor exits shall be sufficient for the occupant load of the street floor, plus the
required capacity of stairs and ramps discharging onto the street floor.
c. The width of corridors shall be sufficient for the occupant load served but shall be not
less than one thousand five hundred twenty-five millimeters (1,525 mm).
4. Number of Means of Egress
a. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be provided on every storey.
b. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be accessible from every part of every storey.
c. Exit access, as required in para “b” above, shall be permitted to include a single
exit access path of not more than sixty-one meters (61 m) if protected with sprinkler
system, and forty-six meters (46 m) if not protected with sprinkler system.
5. Arrangement of Means of Egress
a. Access to all required exits shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
b. Common path of travel shall not exceed twenty meters (20 m).
101
c. Dead-end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6 m).
d. Any room or any suite of rooms, exceeding ninety-one square meters (91 m2), shall
be provided with not less than two (2) exit access doors located remotely from each
other, said doors shall be swinging in the direction of exit travel.
e. Aisles, corridors and ramps required for exit access or exit shall be at least one and
eighty-three hundredths meters (1.83 m) in clear and unobstructed width.
6. Travel Distance to Exits
Travel distance from any point in a room to the nearest exit, measured in accordance
with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR, shall not exceed sixty-one meters (61 m) if protected
with sprinkler system, and forty-six meters (46 m) if not protected with sprinkler system.
7. Discharge from Exits
Exit discharge shall comply with Section 10.2.5.2. of this RIRR
8. Illumination of Means of Egress
Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11
of this RIRR.
9. Emergency Lighting
Emergency lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 shall be provided, unless
each sleeping room has a direct exit to the outside at the ground level.
10. Marking of Means of Egress
Means of egress shall be marked in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12.
D. Protection
1. Protection of Vertical Openings
a. Protection of vertical openings shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5.
b. No floor below the level of exit discharge used only for storage, heating equipment,
or purposes other than residential occupancy shall have unprotected openings to
floors used for residential occupancy.
2. Hazardous Areas
Hazardous areas shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 and in
accordance with Table 10 below.
Table 10: HAZARDOUS AREA PROTECTION
Separation/Protection
Hazardous Area Description
(Minimum fire resistance rating)
Boiler and fuel-fired heater rooms 1 hour
Central/back laundries larger than 9.3 m 2
1 hour
Paint shops employing hazardous substances in
quantities less than those that would be classified 1 hour
as severe hazard
Physical plant maintenance shops 1 hour
Soiled linen rooms 1 hour
Storage rooms larger than 4.6 m ,2
but not exceeding 9.3 m2, storing Smoke partition

combustible material
Storage rooms larger than 9.3 m2, storing
1 hour
combustible material
Trash collection room 1 hour
3. Detection, Alarm and Communication Systems

a. An automatic detection and alarm system shall be required in all large residential
custodial care facilities in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR.
102
b. An annunciator panel, connected to the fire alarm system, shall be provided at a
location readily accessible from the primary point of entry for emergency response
personnel.
c. High-rise buildings shall be provided with an approved emergency voice
communication system.
d. Smoke alarms shall be installed inside every sleeping room, outside every sleeping
area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms, and all levels within a resident unit.
e. Corridors and spaces open to the corridors shall be provided with smoke detectors
arranged to initiate an alarm that is audible in all sleeping areas.
a. All buildings shall be protected throughout by an approved, automatic sprinkler
system, and quick-response or residential sprinklers, except for one (1) storey building
with a bed capacity of not exceeding five (5). Replenishment of water supply shall
be strictly considered in the design. Quick-response sprinklers shall be required in
smoke compartments containing patient sleeping rooms.
this RIRR.
5. Corridors and Separation of Sleeping Rooms
a. Access shall be provided from every resident use area to at least one (1) means of
egress that is separated from all sleeping rooms by walls complying with para “c”
through “f“ hereof.
b. Sleeping rooms shall be separated from corridors, living areas, and kitchens by walls
complying with para “c” through “f” hereof.
c. Walls required by para “a” or para “b” hereof shall be smoke partitions having a
minimum of half-hour (1 ⁄2-hr) fire resistance rating.
d. Doors protecting corridor openings shall not be required to have a fire protection
rating, but shall be constructed to resist the passage of smoke.
e. Door-closing devices shall not be required on doors in corridor wall openings, other
than those serving exit enclosures, smoke barriers, enclosures of vertical openings,
and hazardous areas.
f. No louvers, transfer grilles, operable transoms, or other air passages, other than
properly installed heating and utility installations, shall penetrate the walls or doors.
6. Subdivisions of Building Spaces
a. Every storey shall be divided into not less than two (2) smoke compartments with an
area of not exceeding two thousand one hundred square meters (2,100 m2), except:
1) Storeys that do not contain a board and care occupancy located above the
board and care occupancy;
2) Smoke barriers shall not be required in areas that do not contain a board and
care occupancy and that are separated from the board and care occupancy
by a fire barrier;
3) Smoke barriers shall not be required on storeys that do not contain a board and
care occupancy and that are more than one (1) storey below the board and
care occupancy; and
4) Smoke barriers shall not be required in open parking structures protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system.
b. The travel distance from any point to reach a door in the required smoke barrier shall
be limited to a distance of sixty-one meters (61 m).
E. Building Services Equipment
1. Utilities shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1.
2. Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning equipment shall comply with Section 10.2.7.2.
3. Elevators, escalators and conveyors shall comply with Section 10.2.7.5.
103
DIVISION 13. DETENTION AND CORRECTIONAL OCCUPANCIES

Detention and correctional occupancies shall include those used for purposes such
as correctional institutions, detention facilities, community residential centers, substance
abuse or rehabilitation centers, and other similar facilities where occupants are confined or
housed under some degree of restraint or security.
A. Occupancy
1. For the application of the life safety requirements of this Division, the resident user
category shall be divided into the following groups:
a. Use Condition I – Free Egress. Free movement is allowed from sleeping areas and
other spaces where access or occupancy is permitted to the exterior via means of
egress that meet the requirements of this RIRR.
b. Use Condition II – Zoned Egress. Free movement is allowed from sleeping areas
and any other occupied smoke compartment to one (1) or more other smoke
compartments.
c. Use Condition III – Zoned Impeded Egress. Free movement is allowed within
individual smoke compartments, such as within a residential unit comprised of
individual sleeping rooms and a group activity space, with egress impeded by
remote-controlled release of means of egress from such a smoke compartment to
another smoke compartment.
d. Use Condition IV – Impeded Egress. Free movement is restricted from an occupied
space. Remote-controlled release is provided to allow movement from all sleeping
rooms, activity spaces, and other occupied areas within the smoke compartment to
another smoke compartment.
e. Use Condition V – Contained. Free movement is restricted from an occupied space.
Staff-controlled manual release at each door is provided to allow movement from
all sleeping rooms, activity spaces, and other occupied areas within the smoke
compartment to another smoke compartment.
2. To be classified as Use Condition III or Use Condition IV, the arrangement, accessibility,
and security of the release mechanism(s) used for emergency egress shall be such that
the minimum available staff, at any time, can promptly release the locks.
3. Areas housing occupancies corresponding to Use Condition I shall conform to the
requirements of residential occupancies under this Chapter.
Exception: Use Condition I facilities shall be permitted to conform to the requirements
of this Division for Use Condition II facilities, provided that said facilities are
provided with a twenty-four hour (24-hr) on-duty staff.
B. Occupant Load
The occupant load for which means of egress shall be provided for any floor shall be the
maximum number of persons intended to occupy that floor but not less than one (1) person
for every eleven and one tenth square meters (11.1 m2) gross floor area.

A. Types
Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types;
1. Doors
2. Stairs and smoke-proof enclosures
3. Horizontal exits
4. Exit passageways
The capacity of means of egress shall be calculated in accordance with para “C” of
C. Number of Exits
1. At least two (2) exits of the above types, remote from each other, shall be provided for
each floor or fire section of the building.
104
2. Exit access travel shall be permitted to be common path not exceeding thirty meters
(30 m).
D. Access to Exit
Every aisle, passageway, corridor, exit discharge, exit location and access shall be in
1. Every sleeping room shall have a door leading directly to an exit access corridor, unless
otherwise permitted by the following:
a. If there is an exit door opening directly to the outside from the room at the ground
level.
b. One (1) adjacent room, such as a day room, group activity space, or other common
space shall be permitted to intervene. Where sleeping rooms directly adjoin a day
room or group activity space that is used for access to an exit, such sleeping rooms
shall be permitted to open directly to the day room or space, and shall be permitted
to be separated in elevation by a half or full storey height.
2. No exit or exit access shall contain a corridor, hallway, or aisle having a pocket or dead
end exceeding six meters (6 m).
3. A sally port shall be permitted in a means of egress where there are provisions for
continuous and unobstructed travel through the sally port during an emergency egress
condition.
1. Between any room door intended as exit access and an exit shall not exceed thirty
meters (30 m);
2. Between any point in a room and an exit shall not exceed forty-six meters (46 m); and
3. Any point in a sleeping room to the door in that room shall have a maximum travel
distance of ten meters (10 m).
1. Exits shall be permitted to discharge into a fenced or walled courtyard, provided that
not more than two (2) walls of the courtyard are the building walls from which egress
is being made. Enclosed yards or courts shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all
occupants at a distance of not less than fifteen meters (15 m) from the building while
providing a net area of one and four tenths square meters (1.4 m2) per person.
2. All exits shall be permitted to discharge through the level of exit discharge. This
requirement shall be waived, provided that not more than fifty percent (50%) of the
exits discharge into a single fire compartment separated from other compartments by
construction having not less than a one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance rating.
H. Emergency Lighting and Exit Markings
1. Means of egress shall be illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
2. Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
3. Exit signs shall be provided in areas accessible to the public.

Any vertical opening shall be enclosed or protected.
Exception No. 1: Unprotected vertical openings in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this
RIRR shall be permitted.
Exception No. 2: In sleeping quarters smoke compartments, unprotected vertical openings
shall be permitted in accordance with the conditions of Section 10.2.6.5
of this RIRR, provided that the height between the lowest and highest
finished floor levels does not exceed seven meters (7 m). The number of
levels shall not be restricted. Sleeping quarters subdivided in accordance
with this Section shall be permitted to be considered as part of the
communicating space. The separation shall not be required to have a fire
resistance rating.
105
B. Interior Finish
Interior finish shall be Class A or Class B.
C. Detection, Alarm and Communication Systems
1. Detention and correctional occupancies shall be provided with a fire alarm system in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR, except as modified by the succeeding
paragraphs.
2. Initiation of the required fire alarm system shall be by manual means in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR, by means of any required detection devices or detection
systems, and by means of water flow alarm in the sprinkler system.
Exception No. 1: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be permitted to be locked, provided
that staff is present within the area when it is occupied and staff has
keys readily available to unlock the boxes.
Exception No. 2: Manual fire alarm boxes shall be permitted to be located in a staff
location, provided that the staff location is attended when the building
is occupied and that the staff attendant has direct supervision of the
sleeping area.
3. Occupant notification shall be accomplished automatically in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR; a positive alarm sequence shall be permitted.
Exception: Any smoke detectors required by this Chapter shall be permitted to be
arranged to alarm at a constantly attended location only and shall not be
required to accomplish general occupant notification.
4. Fire department notification shall be accomplished in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6
of this RIRR; a positive alarm sequence shall be permitted.
Exception No. 1: Any smoke detectors required by this Chapter shall not be required to
transmit an alarm to the fire department.
Exception No. 2: This requirement shall not apply where staff is provided at a constantly
attended location that has the capability to promptly notify the fire
department or has direct communication with a control room having
direct access to the fire department.
5. An approved automatic smoke detection system shall be in accordance with Section
10.2.6.6 of this RIRR, as modified by paras 6 through 8 hereof, throughout all resident
sleeping areas and adjacent day rooms, activity rooms, or contiguous common spaces.
6. Smoke detectors shall not be required in sleeping rooms with four (4) or fewer occupants.
7. Other arrangements and positioning of smoke detectors shall be permitted to prevent
damage or tampering, or for other purposes. Such arrangements shall be capable of
detecting any fire, and the placement of detectors shall be such that the speed of
detection is equivalent to that provided by the spacing and arrangements required by
the installation standards referenced in Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR. Detectors shall be
permitted to be located in exhaust ducts from cells, behind grilles, or in other locations.
8. Smoke detectors shall not be required in Use Condition II open dormitories where staff is
present within the dormitory whenever the dormitory is occupied.
D. Extinguishment Requirements
1. All buildings classified as Use Condition II, Use Condition III, Use Condition IV, or Use
Condition V shall be protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic
2. The automatic sprinkler system required by the preceding paragraph shall be fully
supervised and electrically connected to the fire alarm system.
3. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with para “C” of Section
Exception No. 1: Access to portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked,
provided that personnel are on duty on a twenty-four hour (24-hr) basis
and keys are readily available to unlock access to the extinguishers.
Exception No. 2: Portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be located at staff
locations only.
4. Standpipe and hose systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of
this RIRR.
106
E. Subdivision of Building Spaces
1. Every storey used for sleeping by residents, or any other storey with an occupant load
of fifty (50) or more persons, shall be subdivided into compartments by means of smoke
barrier.
2. The requirement for subdivision of building space shall be permitted as follows:
a. By smoke compartments having exit to the public way, provided that such exit serves
only one area and has no opening to other areas;
b. A building separated from the resident housing area by two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance
rating or fourteen meters (14 m) open area; and
c. Secured open area holding a space located fifteen meters (15 m) from the housing
area that provides one and four tenths square meter (1.4 m2) or more of refuge area
for each person.
F. Hazardous Areas
1. Any hazardous area shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this RIRR.
The areas described in Table 11 below shall be protected as indicated.
Table 11: HAZARDOUS AREA OPERATION
Hazardous Area Description Separation/Protection

Areas not incidental to resident housing 2 hours
Boiler and fuel-fired heater rooms 1 hour
Central or bulk laundries > 9.3 m 2
1 hour
In accordance with Section 10.2.7.1
Commercial cooking equipment
of this RIRR and NFPA 96
Commissaries Smoke resistant
Employee locker rooms Smoke resistant
Hobby/handicraft shops Smoke resistant
Maintenance shops Smoke resistant
Padded cells 1 hour
Soiled linen rooms 1 hour
Storage rooms > 4.6 m in area but 9.3 m
2 2
Smoke resistant
in area storing combustible material
Storage rooms > 9.3 m2 storing
1 hour
combustible materials
Trash collection rooms 1 hour
Doors used to access the areas specified above shall meet the requirements for doors at
smoke barriers for the applicable use condition.
2. Where smoke barriers are required, they shall limit the occupant load to not more than
two hundred (200) residents in any smoke compartment and limit the travel distance to
a door in a smoke barrier as follows:
a. The distance from any room door required as exit access shall not exceed forty-five
meters (45 m).
b. The distance from any point in a room shall not exceed sixty meters (60 m).
3. Any required smoke barrier shall be constructed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3
of this RIRR. Barriers shall be of substantial construction and shall have structural
fire resistance.
4. Openings in smoke barriers shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.3 of
this RIRR, provided that there shall be no restriction on the total number of vision panels
in any barrier. Provided further that, sliding doors in smoke barriers that are designed
to normally be kept closed and are remotely operated from a continuously attended
location shall not be required to be self-closing.
5. Not less than fifty-six hundredths square meter (0.56 m2) of net area per occupant shall
be provided on each side of the smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in
adjoining compartments. This space shall be readily available wherever occupants are
moved across the smoke barrier in a fire emergency.
107
6. Doors shall provide resistance to the passage of smoke. Swinging doors shall be
self-latching, or the opening resistance of the door shall be not less than twenty-two
Newton (22 N).
7. Doors in smoke barriers shall conform to the requirements for doors in means of egress
and shall have locking and release arrangements according to the applicable
use condition.
8. Vision panels shall be provided in smoke barriers at points where the barrier crosses an
exit access corridor.
9. Smoke dampers shall be provided.
G. Building Services Equipment
Air-conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking and other service equipment shall be
in accordance with Division 7 of this Chapter, and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications, except as modified in the following paragraphs:
1. Combustion and ventilation air for boiler or incinerator shall be taken directly from and
discharged directly to the outside air.
2. Any rubbish chute and linen chute including pneumatic systems shall be safeguarded
in accordance with Sections 10.2.6.5 and 10.2.7.4 of this RIRR. An incinerator shall not be
directly flue-fed nor shall any floor charging chute directly connect with the combustion
chamber. Any trash chute shall discharge into a trash collecting room used for no other
purpose and protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this RIRR.
DIVISION 14. RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES
SECTION 10.2.14.1 CLASSIFICATION

Residential occupancies shall include all occupancies so classified in Division 3 of this
Chapter. They shall be classified in the following groups, subject to determination by the C/MFM
A. Hotels. Buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are
more than fifteen (15) sleeping accommodations for hire, primarily used by transients who
are lodged with or without meals, whether designated as a hotel, inn, motel, or by any
other name. So-called apartelle, condotel or pension houses shall be classified as hotels,
because they are potentially subject to transient occupancy like that of hotels.
B. Dormitories. Buildings where group sleeping accommodation are provided for persons, not
members of the same family group in one room or in series of closely associated room under
joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories, convents, fraternity
houses, military barracks, and the like.
C. Apartment Buildings. Buildings containing three (3) or more living units with independent
cooking and bathroom facilities, whether designated as condominium, row house,
apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.
D. Lodging or Rooming Houses. Building in which separate sleeping rooms are rented providing
sleeping accommodations for a total of fifteen (15) or less persons, on either a transient or
permanent basis; with or without meals, but without separate cooking facilities for individual
occupants.
E. Single and Two -Family Dwellings. Detached dwellings in which each living unit is occupied
by members of a single family.

A. Occupant Load
The occupant load of residential occupancies in number of persons for whom exits are
to be provided except in detached single and two -family dwellings shall be determined
on the basis of one (1) person per eighteen and six tenths square meters (18.6 m2) gross floor
area, or the maximum probable population of any room or section under consideration,
whichever is greater. The occupant load of any open mezzanine or balcony shall be added
to the occupant load of the floor below for the purpose of determining exit capacity.
Capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with para “C” of Section 10.2.5.2
of this RIRR.
108
C. Maintenance of Exits
1. No door in any means of egress shall be locked against egress when the building is
occupied.
2. No residential occupancy shall have its means of egress pass through any nonresidential
occupancy in the same building, except in buildings provided with approved, supervised
sprinkler system, provided that the means of egress shall not pass through a high hazard
content area as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the means of egress
shall be separated by a construction of not less than one (1) hour.
3. No guest room or guest suite shall be permitted to be located above a nonresidential
occupancy, except when the guest room or guest suite and its exits are separated from
the nonresidential occupancy by construction having a fire resistance rating of not less
than one (1) hour or when the nonresidential occupancy is protected throughout by
SECTION 10.2.14.3 HOTELS AND DORMITORIES

A. Requirements
1. Any ballroom assembly or exhibition hall, and other space used for purposes of public
assembly shall be in accordance, with Division 8 of this Chapter. Restaurant having a
capacity of fifty (50) or more persons shall be treated as places of assembly.
2. Any dormitory divided into suites of rooms, with one (1) or more bedrooms opening into
living room or study that has a door opening into a common corridor serving number of
suites, shall be classified as an apartment building.
B. Exit Details
1. Requirements
a. Any room having a capacity of less than fifty (50) persons with an outside door at
street or ground level may have such outside door as a single exit provided that no
part of the room or area is more than fifteen and twenty-five hundredths meters
(15.25 m) from the door measured along the natural path of travel.
b. Any floor below the floor of exit discharge occupied for public purposes shall have
exits arranged in accordance with the subsequent paragraph of this Section, with
access thereto in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
c. Any floor below the floor of exit discharge not open to the public and used only for
mechanical equipment, storage, and service operations (other than kitchens which
are considered part of the hotel occupancy) shall have exits appropriate to its actual
occupancy in accordance with applicable Sections of this Chapter.
The same stairway or other exit required to serve any one (1) upper floor may also
serve other upper floor, except that no inside open stairway, escalator, or ramp may
serve as a required egress from more than one (1) floor.
2. Types of Exits
Exits, arranged in accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter, shall be one (1) or
more of the following types:
a. Doors, provided that doors in any means of egress shall not be locked against egress
when the building is occupied. Delayed egress locks may be permitted, provided
that not more than one (1) such is located in any one egress path;
b. Stairs and smoke proof enclosures;
c. Ramps; or
d. Horizontal exits.
3. Minimum Corridor Width
Corridors, other than those within individual guest rooms or individual guest suites,
shall be of sufficient width to accommodate the required occupant load and shall not
be less than one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m).
4. Number of Exits
Not less than two (2) exits shall be accessible from every floor, including floors below
the floor of exit discharge and occupied for public purposes.
109
a. Any exit shall be such that it will not be necessary to travel more than thirty meters
(30 m) from the door of any room to reach the nearest exit.
b. Travel distance within a guest room or guest suite to a corridor door shall not exceed
twenty-three meters (23 m) in buildings not protected by an approved, supervised
c. Travel distance within a guest room or guest suite to a corridor door shall not exceed
thirty-eight meters (38 m) in buildings protected by an approved, supervised sprinkler
system.
6. Access to and Arrangement of Exits
a. Access to all required exits shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR,
shall be unobstructed, and shall not be veiled from open view by ornamentation,
curtain, or other appurtenance.
b. Means of egress shall be so arranged that, from every point in any open area or from
any room door, exits will be accessible in at least two (2) different directions.
c. Doors between guest rooms and corridors shall be self-closing.
d. Common path of travel shall not exceed ten meters (10 m).
e. Dead end corridors shall not exceed six meters (6 m).
a. All of the required exits shall terminate directly to the street or through a yard, court,
or passageway with protected openings and separated from all parts of the interior
of the building.
b. The exits may also discharge on the areas of the floor exit discharge provided the
following are met:
1) Such exits discharge to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building
by not more than six-meter (6-m) distance, which way is readily visible and
identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
2) The floor of discharge into which the exit discharge is provided with automatic
fire suppression system and any other portion of the level of discharge with
access to the discharge area is provided with automatic fire suppression system
or separated from it in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of
exit, and with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
3) The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by
construction having a minimum fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.
8. Lighting and Signs
a. Each public space, hallway, stairway, or other means of egress shall have illumination
in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR. Access to exit shall be continuously
illuminated at all times. Any hotel and dormitory shall have emergency lighting
installed in individual guest rooms or guest suites, hallways, landings of stairways and
other appropriate areas as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Every exit access door from public hallways or from corridors on floors with sleeping
accommodations shall have an illuminated sign in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12
of this RIRR. Where exits are not visible in a hallway or corridor, illuminated directional
signs shall be provided to indicate the direction of exit.
9. Emergency Evacuation Plan
Emergency Evacuation Plan shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13
of this RIRR.
C. Protection
a. Every stairway, elevator shaft and other vertical openings shall be enclosed or
protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR.
b. Any required exit stair which is so located that it is necessary to pass through the
lobby or other open space to reach the outside of the building shall be continuously
enclosed down to the lobby level.
c. No floor below the floor of exit discharge, used only for storage, heating requirements,
110
or other than hotel occupancy open to guest or the public, shall have unprotected
openings to floors used for hotel purposes.
2. Protection of Guest Rooms
a. In any new hotel building every corridor shall be separated from guest rooms by
partitions having at least a one (1) hour fire resistance rating.
b. Each guest room shall be provided with a door having a fire protection rating at least
twenty (20) minutes.
c. Openings in corridor partitions other than door openings shall be prohibited.
d. Doors that open directly onto exit access corridors shall be self-closing and self-
latching.
3. Interior Finish
Interior finish, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR and subject to the
limitations and modifications therein specified, shall be as follows:
a. For new construction or new Interior Finish
1) Exits – Class A or B;
2) Lobbies, corridors – Class A or B;
3) Places of assembly – In accordance with Division 8 of this Chapter; and
4) Individual guest rooms – Class B or C.
b. Existing Interior Finish
1) Exits – Class A or B;
2) Lobbies and Corridors;
a) Used as exit access – Class A or B
b) Not used as required exit access – Class A, B or C
c. Places of Assembly – In accordance with Division 8 of this Chapter;
d. Individual guest rooms – Class A, B or C; and
e. Other rooms – Class A, B or C.
4. Fire Detection and Alarm System
a. An automatic fire detection and alarm system, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6
of this RIRR, shall be provided for any hotel or dormitory having accommodations for
fifteen (15) or more guests. For less than fifteen (15) guests, a manual fire alarm system
shall be installed.
b. Every sounding device shall be of such character and so located as to arouse all
occupants of the building or section thereof endangered by fire.
c. An alarm-sending station and manual fire alarm box shall be provided at the hotel
desk or other convenient central control point under continuous supervision of
responsible employees.
d. Suitable facilities shall be provided for immediate notification of the BFP.
e. Positive fire alarm sequence may be permitted.
f. Hotels and dormitories including its guest rooms and guest suites shall be required to
be equipped with both audible and visible notification appliance.
g. In hotels and dormitories not equipped with automatic fire detection and alarm
system, guest rooms, living area and sleeping rooms within a guest suite shall be
installed with single-station smoke detectors.
a. All hotels and dormitories with four (4) storeys or more in height shall be protected
throughout by approved, supervised sprinkler system.
1) Hotels and dormitories with four (4) storeys and below shall be installed with
sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13R.
2) Hotels and dormitories with five (5) storeys and above shall be installed with
sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13.
this RIRR.
111
6. Subdivision of Building Spaces
a. In buildings not protected by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system,
each hotel guest room, including guest suites, and dormitory rooms shall be separated
from other guest rooms or dormitory rooms by walls and floors having fire resistance
ratings of not less than one (1) hour.
b. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system, each hotel guest room, including guest suites and dormitory room, shall be
separated from other guest rooms or dormitory rooms by walls, floors and fire barriers
having fire resistance ratings of not less than a half (1/2) hour.
7. Hazardous Areas
a. Any room containing high pressure boilers, refrigerating machinery, transformers, or
other service equipment subject to possible explosion shall not be located directly
under or directly adjacent to exits. All such rooms shall be effectively cut off from
other parts of the building as specified in Section 10.2.6.10 of this RIRR.
b. Every hazardous area shall be separated from other parts of the building by
construction having a fire-resistance rating of at least one (1) hour and communicating
openings shall be protected by approved automatic or self-closing fire doors,
or such area shall be equipped with automatic fire suppression system. Where a
hazard is high as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, both fire-resistive
construction and automatic fire suppression system shall be used. Hazardous
areas include, but are not limited to, boiler and heater rooms, laundries, repair
shops, rooms or spaces used storage of combustible supplies and equipment in
quantified deemed hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
D. Building Services Equipment
1. Air-Conditioning and Ventilation
a. Every air conditioning installation shall comply with Section 10.2.7.2 of this RIRR.
b. No transom/windowpane shall be installed in partition of sleeping rooms in new
buildings. In existing buildings transoms shall be fixed in the closed position and
shall be covered or otherwise protected to provide a fire-resistance rating at least
equivalent to that of the wall in which they are installed.
2. All other building services equipment installed or used in hotels and dormitories shall
comply with Division 7 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.14.4 APARTMENT BUILDINGS

1. Any apartment building which complied with all of the preceding requirements of this
Section for hotels may be considered as a hotel and, as such, the following requirements
for apartment buildings will not be applicable.
2. Every individual unit covered by this Section shall at least comply with the minimum
provisions of Section 10.2.14.6 of this RIRR.
B. Exit Details
1. General Types and Capacities of Exits
a. Exits of the same arrangement, types and capacities, as required by Section 10.2.14.3
of this RIRR shall be provided.
b. Street floor exits shall be sufficient for the occupant load of the street floor plus the
required capacity of stairs and ramps discharging onto the street floor.
2. Number of Exits
Every living unit shall have access to at least two (2) separate exits.
Exception No. 1: Any living unit, which has an exit directly to the street or yard at ground
level or by way of an outside stairway that serves a maximum of
two (2) units or an enclosed stairway with fire-resistance rating of
one (1) hour or more serving that apartment only and not
communicating with any floor below the floor of exit discharge or
other area not a part of the apartment served, may have a single exit.
Exception No. 2: Apartment buildings of not more than three (3) storeys in height
with not more than six (6) living units per floor, with a smoke-proof
112
enclosure or an outside stairway as the exit, immediately accessible
to all apartments served thereby, may have a single exit.
Exception No. 3: Any building not more than three (3) storeys in height with no floor
below the floor of exit discharge or, in case there is such a floor, with
the street floor construction of at least one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance,
may have a single exit, under the following conditions:
• The stairway is completely enclosed with a partition having a fire
resistance rating of at least one (1) hour with self-closing fire doors
protecting all openings between the stairway enclosed and the
building.
• The stairway does not serve any floor below the floor of exit
discharge,
• All corridors serving as access to exits at least one-hour (1-hr) fire
resistance rating.
• There is not more than six and one tenth meters (6.1 m) of travel
distance to reach an exit from entrance door of any living unit.
3. Minimum Corridor Width
a. Corridors with a required capacity of more than fifty (50) persons shall be of sufficient
width to accommodate the required occupant load but have a width of not less
than one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m).
b. Corridors with a required capacity of not more than fifty (50) persons shall not be less
than nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm).
4. Access to Exits
a. Exits shall be remote from each other, as required by Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
b. Exits shall be so arranged that there are no dead-end pockets, hallways, corridors,
passageways or courts.
c. Exits and exit access shall be so located that:
1) It will not be necessary to travel more than fifteen and a half meters (15.5 m)
within any individual living unit to reach the nearest exit, or to reach an entrance
door of the apartment which provides access through a public corridor to an
exit on the same floor level.
2) Within any individual living unit, it will not be necessary to traverse stairs more
than one (1) storey above or below the floor level of the apartment to the nearest
exit or entrance door.
3) The entrance door to any apartment is within thirty-one meters (31 m) of an exit
of within forty-six and a half meters (46.5 m) in a building protected by approved,
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
d. Doors between apartments and corridors shall be self-closing.
Discharge from exits shall be the same as required for hotels in accordance with
6. Lighting and Signs
a. Every public space, hallway, stairway, and other means of egress shall have
illumination in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR. All apartment buildings
shall have emergency lighting.
b. Signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR shall be provided in all
apartment buildings.
C. Protection
1. Segregation of Dwelling Units
Dwelling units in row apartments shall be separated from each other by partition
walls having a fire resistance rating of four (4) hours. Such walls shall be constructed
solidly and continuously from the ground to level one meter (1 m) above the ridge line
of the roof.
113
Protection of vertical openings shall be the same as required for hotels in accordance
with para “C” of Section 10.2.14.3 of this RIRR. There shall be no unprotected vertical
opening in any building or fire section with only one exit.
3. Interior Finish
a. For new construction and new interior finish
1) Exits - Class A or B;
2) Lobbies, corridors and public spaces - Class A or B; and
3) Individual living units - Class A, B or C.
b. Existing Interior Finish
1) Exits - Class A or B; and
2) Other spaces - Class A, B or C.
4. Alarm Systems
a. Every apartment building of four (4) storeys or more in height, or more than twelve
(12) apartment units, except row houses shall have automatic fire detection and
alarm system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR.
b. Apartment buildings of not more than three (3) storeys in height shall be provided
with manual fire alarm system, provided that dwelling units shall be installed with
single-station or multi-station smoke detectors.
a. All apartments, except row houses with four (4) storeys in height, shall be protected
throughout by approved, supervised sprinkler system.
b. For four (4) storeys and below it shall be installed with sprinkler system in accordance
with NFPA 13R.
c. For five (5) storeys and above, it shall be installed with sprinkler system in accordance
with NFPA 13.
d. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of
this RIRR.
6. Hazardous Areas
a. Every hazardous area shall be separated from other parts of the building construction
having a fire-resistance rating of at least one (1) hour. Communicating openings
shall be protected by approved automatic or self-closing fire doors. Hazardous areas
include, but shall not be limited to, boiler and heaters rooms, laundry rooms, repair
shops and rooms or spaces used for storage of combustible supplies and equipment
in quantities deemed hazardous by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Both fire-resistant construction and automatic fire suppression system shall be
provided where the hazard is high as determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
1. Air conditioning and ventilation, when provided, shall be in accordance with Section
2. All other building services equipment installed or used in hotels and dormitories shall
comply with Division 7 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.14.5 LODGING OR ROOMING HOUSES

A. General
1. This Section applies only to lodging or rooming houses providing sleeping
accommodations for less than fifteen (15) persons, as specified in Section 10.2.14.1 of
this RIRR.
2. In addition to the following provisions, every lodging or rooming house shall comply with
the minimum requirements for detached single and two -family dwellings.
B. Means of Escape Requirement
1. Every sleeping room and living area shall have access to two (2) means of escape
complying with that of single or two -family dwelling.
114
2. Every sleeping room above or below the street floor shall have access to two (2) separate
means of exit, at least one (1) of which shall consist of an enclosed interior stairway, an
exterior stairway, a fire escape or a horizontal exit.
3. All exits shall be arranged to provide a safe path of travel to the outside of the building
without traversing any corridor or space exposed to an unprotected vertical opening.
4. Any sleeping room below the street floor shall have direct access to the outside or the
building.
C. Alarm System
A manual fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of
this RIRR. Likewise, each sleeping room shall be installed with single station-smoke or heat
detector.
SECTION 10.2.14.6 SINGLE AND TWO -FAMILY DWELLINGS

A. General
This Section covers detached single and two -family dwellings as specified in Section
10.2.14.1 of this RIRR. Where the occupancy is so limited, the only requirements applicable
are those in this Section.
B. Means of Escape Requirements
1. Number, Type and Access to Means of Escape
a. In any dwelling of more than two (2) rooms, every room used for sleeping, living or
dining purposes shall have at least two (2) means of escape, at least one (1) of which
shall be a door or stairway providing a means of unobstructed travel to the outside of
the building at street or ground level. No room or space shall be occupied for living
or sleeping purposes which is accessible only by a ladder, folding stairs or through a
trap door.
b. Every sleeping room shall have at least one (1) outside window. Such window
could be opened from the inside, without the use of tools, keys or special effort or
knowledge to provide a clear opening of not less than five hundred sixty millimeters
(560 mm) in width and eight hundred millimeters (800 mm) in height. The bottom of
the opening shall be not more than one thousand two hundred twenty millimeters
(1,220 mm) above the floor, except if the room has two (2) doors providing separate
ways of escape or has a door leading directly outside of the building.
c. No required path of travel to the outside from any room shall be through another
room or apartment not under the immediate control of the occupant of the first
room or his/her family, not through a bathroom or other space subject to locking.
d. No exit access from sleeping rooms to outside shall be less than nine hundred
millimeters (900 mm) wide.
2. Doors
a. No doors in the path of travel providing means of escape shall be less than seven
hundred millimeters (700 mm) of clear width.
b. Every closet door latch shall be such that children can open the door from inside the
closet.
c. Every bathroom door lock shall be designed to permit the opening of the locked
door from the outside in an emergency.
3. Stairs
The width, risers, and treads of every stair shall comply at least with the minimum
requirements for stairs, as described in Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR.
C. Interior Finish
Interior finish of occupied spaces of new buildings shall be Class A, B or C as defined in
Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR and in existing buildings the interior finish shall be Class A, B, C
or D.
No heating equipment such as stove or combustion heater shall be so located as to
block escape in case of fire arising from malfunctioning of the stove or heater.
115
E. Fire Alarm and Detection System
Each living unit or sleeping room shall be installed with single-station smoke or heat
detectors.
F. Extinguishing Requirement
Each single and two -family dwelling shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers
DIVISION 15. MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES

A. Classification of Mercantile
1. Mercantile occupancies shall include all buildings and structures or parts thereof with
occupancy as described in Division 3 of this Chapter.
a. Mercantile occupancies shall be classified as follows:
1) Class A. AII stores having aggregate gross area of two thousand seven hundred
eighty-eight square meters (2,788 m2) or more, or utilizing more than three (3)
floor levels for sales purposes.
2) Class B. All stores of less than two thousand seven hundred eighty-seven square
meters (2,787 m2) aggregate area, but over two hundred seventy-nine square
meters (279 m2), or utilizing any balcony, mezzanine or floor above or below the
street floor level for sales purposes, except that if more than three (3) floors are
utilized, the store shall be considered Class A, regardless of area.
3) Class C. All stores of two hundred seventy-eight square meters (278 m2) or less
gross area used for sales purposes on the street floor only.
b. For the purpose of Class A, B, and C, the aggregate gross area shall be the total
area of all floors used for mercantile purposes and, where a store is divided into
sections by fire walls, shall include the area of all sections used for sales purposes.
Areas of floors not used for sales purposes, such as a floor below the street floor used
only for storage and not open to the public, shall not be counted for the purpose
of the above classifications, but exits shall be provided for such non-sales area in
accordance with their occupancy, as specified by other Divisions of this Chapter.
c. A balcony or mezzanine floor having an area less than one half (1/2) of the floor below
shall not be counted as a floor level for the purpose of applying the classification, but
if there are two (2) balconies or mezzanine floors, one (1) shall be counted.
d. Storeys not used for sales above or below sales floor are not counted in the height
classification.
e. A mezzanine less than or equal to one third (1/3) the area (new) or less than or equal
to one half (1/2) the area (existing) of the floor below is permitted.
f. Where a number of stores under different management are located in the same
building or in adjoining buildings with no fire wall or other standard fire separations
in between, the aggregate gross of all such stores shall be used in determining
classification.
B. Classification of Hazard
The contents of mercantile occupancies shall be classified in accordance with
Division 4 of this Chapter.
Exception: Mercantile occupancies classified as high hazard in accordance with Division 4
of this Chapter shall meet the following additional requirements:
• Exits shall be located not more than twenty-three meters (23 m) of travel from
any point is needed to reach the nearest exit.
• From every point there shall be at least two (2) exits accessible by travel in
different directions (no common path of travel).
• All vertical openings shall be enclosed.
C. Occupant Load
1. For purposes of determining required exits, the occupant load of mercantile buildings
or parts of building used for mercantile purposes shall not be less than the following:
116
a. Street floor, one (1) person for each two and eight tenths square meters (2.8 m2)
gross floor area. In stores with no street floor as defined in Rule 3 hereof, but with
access directly from the street by stairs or escalators, the principal floor at the point
of entrance to the store shall be considered the street floor. In stores where, due
to difference in grade of streets on different sides, there are two (2) or more floors
directly accessible from the street (not including alleys or similar back streets),
each such floor shall be considered a street floor for the purpose of determining
occupant load.
b. Due to differences in grade of streets on different sides, two (2) or more floors directly
accessible from streets (not including alleys or similar back streets) exist; each such
floor is permitted to be considered a street floor. The occupant load factor is one (1)
person for each three and seven tenths square meters (3.7 m2) of gross floor area of
sales space.
c. Sales floors below the street floor: same as street floor.
d. Upper floors, used for sale: one (1) person for each five and six tenths square meters
(5.6 m2) gross floor area.
e. Floor or sections used only for offices, storage, shipping and not open to the general
public: one (1) person for each nine and three tenths square meters (9.3 m2) gross
floor area.
f. Floors or sections used for assembly purposes: occupant load determined in
g. Covered Walls: one (1) person for each two and eight tenths square meters (2.8 m2)
gross floor area.
2. Where any required egress capacity from a balcony or mezzanine passes through the
room below, that required capacity shall be added to the required egress capacity of
the room below.

A. General
1. All exit facilities shall be in accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter and this Division.
Only types of exits specified in this Section shall be used as required exit facilities in any
mercantile occupancy.
2. Where a stairway, escalator, outside stair, or ramp serves two (2) or more upper floors,
the same stairway or other exit required to serve any one (1) upper floor may also serve
other upper floors.
Exception: No inside open stairway, escalator, or ramp may serve as required egress
facility from more than one (1) floor.
3. Where there are two (2) or more floors below the street floor, the same stairway or other
exit may serve all floors, but all required exits from such areas shall be independent of
any open stairways between street and the floor below it.
4. Where a level outside exit from upper floors is possible owing to hills, such outside exits
may serve instead of horizontal exits. If, however, such outside exits from the upper floor
also serve as an entrance from a principal street, the upper floor shall be classified as a
street, and is subject to the requirements of this Section for street floors.
B. Types of Exits
1. Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types: doors; stairs and smoke-proof
enclosures; horizontal exits; and ramps.
2. In existing interior stair or fire escape not complying with Section 10.2.5.4 or Section
10.2.5.10 of this RIRR may be continued in use, subject to the approval of the C/MFM
1. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
2. In Class A and Class B mercantile occupancies, street floor exits shall be sufficient for
the occupant load of the street floor plus the required capacity of stairs and ramps
discharging through the street floor.
117
D. Number of Exits
1. Exits shall comply with the following, except as otherwise permitted by paras 2 through
5 below:
a. The number of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this
RIRR.
b. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be provided on every storey.
c. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be accessible from every part of every storey.
2. Exit access as required by para 1.c above shall be permitted to include a single exit
access path for the distances permitted as common path of travel.
3. A single means of egress shall be permitted in a Class C mercantile occupancy,
provided that the travel distance to the exit or to a mall does not exceed twenty-three
meters (23 m).
4. A single means of egress shall be permitted in a Class C mercantile occupancy, provided
that the travel distance to the exit or to a mall does not exceed thirty meters (30 m),
and the storey on which the occupancy is located, and all communicating levels that
are traversed to reach the exit or mall, are protected throughout by an approved,
5. A single means of egress to an exit or to a mall shall be permitted from a mezzanine within
any Class A, Class B, or Class C mercantile occupancy, provided that the common path
of travel does not exceed thirty meters (30 m) if protected throughout by an approved,
E. Arrangement and Access of Exits
1. Exits shall be remote from each other and shall be arranged to minimize the possibility
that both may be blocked by an emergency.
Exception: A common path may be permitted for the first fifteen meters (15 m) from
any point in accordance with Section 10.2.15.1 of this RIRR, if there are high
hazard contents.
2. The aggregate width of all aisles leading to each exit shall be equal to at least the
required width of the exit.
3. In no case shall aisles be less than eight hundred millimeters (800 mm) in clear width.
4. In Class A stores, at least one (1) aisle of one and a half meters (1.5 m) minimum width
shall lead directly to an exit.
5. If the only means of entrance of customer is through one (1) exterior wall of the building,
two-thirds (2/3) of the required exit width shall be located in this wall,
6. At least one and a half (1.5) of the required exits shall be so located as to be reached
without going through check-out stands. In no case shall checkout stands or associated
railings or barriers obstruct exits or required aisles or approached thereto.
F. Measurement of Travel Distance to Exits
Travel distance to exits shall be measured in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
Exception: An increase in the above travel distance to forty-six meters (46 m) shall be
permitted in a building completely protected by an approved, supervised
In buildings with automatic fire suppression system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7
of this RIRR, one half (1/2) of rated number of exit units of stairways, escalators or ramps
serving as required exits from floors above or below the street floor, may discharge through
the main street floor area, instead of directly to the street, provided that:
1. Not more than one half (1/2) of the required exit units from any single floor considered
separately discharge through the street floor area.
2. The exits are enclosed, in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR, to the
street floor.
3. The distance of travel from the termination of the enclosure to an outside street door is
not more than fifteen and a half meters (15.5 m).
118
4. The street floor doors provide sufficient units of exit width to serve exits discharging
through the street floor in addition to the street floor itself, in accordance with
H. Doors
1. Every street floor door shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR, and a
horizontal exit door, if used, in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6 of this RIRR.
2. All doors at the foot of stairs from upper floors or at the end of stairs leading to floors
below the street floor shall swing with the exit travel.
I. Exit Signs and Lighting
1. Every mercantile occupancy shall have exit illumination and signs in accordance with
Sections 10.2.5.11 and 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR.
2. Every Class A and Class B store shall have emergency lighting facilities conforming to

A. Protection of Vertical Openings
1. Any stairway, elevator shaft, escalator opening or other critical opening shall be
enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR, except as
permitted in this Section.
2. Exceptions for Class A and Class B stores
a. In any Class A or Class B store, openings may be unprotected between any two (2)
floors, such as open stairs or escalators between street floor and the floor below, or
open stairs to second floor or balconies or mezzanines above the street floor level
(not both to the floor below the street floor and above unless protected throughout
by an approved, supervised sprinkler system).
b. In any Class A or Class B store protected throughout by an approved, supervised
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7, openings may be unprotected
under the conditions permitted by Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR; or between the street
floor and the floor below the street and between street floor and second floor; or if no
openings to the floor below the street floor, between street floor, street floor balcony,
or mezzanine, and second floor, but not between more than three (3) floor levels.
c. In existing Class A or Class B stores, only one (1) floor above those otherwise permitted
may open if such floor is not used for sales purposes and the entire building is protected
by an approved, supervised automatic fire suppression system.
3. Exceptions for Class C stores
In any Class C store, openings may be unprotected between street floor and
balcony or mezzanine.
B. Interior Finish
1. Interior finish of exits of all stores shall be Class A and Class B in accordance with Section
2. In any Class A or Class B store, interior finish of the ceiling shall be Class A or
Class B in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR, unless completely protected by
an approved, supervised automatic fire suppression system in accordance with Section
10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, in which case Class C interior finish may be used in any Class A or
Class B store. Interior finish of the walls shall be Class A, Class B or Class C in accordance
3. In any mercantile occupancy, exposed portions of structural members complying with
the requirements for heavy timber construction may be permitted. Laminated wood
shall be delaminated under the influence of heat.
4. In a Class C store, interior finish shall be Class A, B or C in accordance with Section
C. Alarm Systems
Class A and Class B stores shall be provided with an automatic fire alarm system in
119
D. Automatic Sprinkler Protection
Approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system protection shall be installed in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR in all mercantile occupancies as follows:
1. Throughout all mercantile occupancies three (3) or more storeys in height provided that
at least one (1) of the floors is at least two hundred thirty-two square meters (232 m2).
2. Throughout all mercantile occupancies exceeding one thousand one hundred fifteen
square meters (1,115 m2) in gross area.
3. Throughout floor below the street floor having an area exceeding two hundred
thirty-two square meters (232 m2) when used for the sale, storage or handling of
combustible goods and merchandise.
E. Hazardous Areas
1. An area used for general storage, boiler or furnace rooms, fuel storage, janitor closet,
maintenance shops including woodworking and painting areas, and kitchens shall
be separated from other parts of the building by construction having a fire-resistance
rating of not less than one (1) hour, and all openings shall be protected with self-closing
fire doors.
2. Areas with high hazard contents as defined in Division 4 of this Chapter shall be provided
with both fire-resistive construction and automatic fire suppression system.
3. Cooking equipment shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.7.1 of this RIRR.

A. Air conditioning, ventilating, heating, cooking, and other service equipment shall be in
B. An elevator shall not constitute required means of exit. When mercantile occupancies are
more than three (3) storeys or more than three (3) storeys above the street floor and equipped
with automatic elevator, one (1) or more elevators and escalators shall be designed and
equipped for fire emergency use by fire fighters as specified in Division 7 of this Chapter. Key
operation shall transfer automatic elevator operation to manual and bring elevator to the
street floor for use of Fire Service. The elevator shall be situated so as to be readily accessible
by firefighters.
SECTION 10.2.15.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS

A. Self-Service Stores
1. In any self-service store, no check-out stand or associated railings or barriers shall
obstruct exits or required aisles or approaches thereto.
2. In every self-service store, where wheeled carts or buggies are used by customers,
adequate provision shall be made for the transit and parking of such carts to minimize
the possibility that they may obstruct exits.
B. Open-Air Mercantile Operations
1. Open-air mercantile, operations, such as open-air markets, gasoline filling stations,
auto LPG refilling stations, roadside stands for the sale of farm produce and other
outdoor mercantile operations shall be so arranged and conducted as to maintain
free and unobstructed ways of travel at all times to permit prompt escape from any
point of danger in case of fire or other emergency, with no dead ends in which persons
might be trapped due to display stands, adjoining buildings, fences, vehicles, or other
obstructions.
2. If mercantile operations are conducted in roof-over areas, they shall be treated as
mercantile buildings, provided that canopies over individual small stands to protect
merchandise from the weather shall not be construed to constitute buildings for the
purpose of this Chapter.
C. Combined Mercantile and Residential Occupancies
No dwelling unit shall have its sole means of exit through any mercantile occupancy in
the same building.
Exception No. 1: Where the dwelling occupancy and exits therefrom are separated from
the mercantile occupancy by construction having a fire resistance rating
of at least one (1) hour.
120
Exception No. 2: Where the mercantile occupancy is protected by automatic fire
suppression system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
Exception No. 3: Where an existing building with not more than two (2) dwelling units above
the mercantile occupancy is protected by an automatic fire detection
D. Covered Malls and Walkway
1. Covered Mall and Walkways. A covered or roofed interior area used as a pedestrian
public way and connecting buildings housing individual or multiple tenants. Use of the
term covered mall shall include covered walkways.
2. A covered mall and all buildings connected to it shall be treated as a single mercantile
building and shall be subject to the requirements for mercantile occupancies, except
as provided herein.
3. Exit Details
a. Every covered mall shall have no less than two (2) exits located remote from each
other.
b. No less than one half (1/2) the required exit widths for each Class A or Class B store
connected to a covered mall shall lead directly outside without passing through the
mall.
c. Every mall shall be provided with unobstructed exit access, parallel to and adjacent
to the connected buildings. This exit access shall extend to each mall exit.
d. In no case shall an exit access through a covered mall be less than three thousand
millimeters (3,000 mm), and six hundred sixty millimeters (660 mm) in clear width.
DIVISION 16. BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES

A. Classification of Occupancy
Business Occupancies shall include all buildings and structures or parts thereof with
occupancy described in Division 3 of this Chapter.
B. Classification of Hazard of Contents
The contents of business occupancies shall be classified as ordinary hazard in
accordance with Division 4 of this Chapter. For purposes of the design of an automatic fire
suppression system, an office occupancy shall be classified as “light hazard occupancy”.
C. Occupant Load
1. For purposes of determining required exits, the occupant load of business purposes
shall be no less than one (1) person per nine and three tenths square meters (9.3 m2) of
gross floor area. The occupant load for concentrated use as in the case of Call Centers,
IT Centers, BPO’s, and other similar occupancies, shall not be less than one (1) person
per four and six tenths square meters (4.6 m2) of gross floor area devoted for that use,
provided that the means of egress and other fire safety requirements of RA 9514 and its
RIRR are followed or incorporated in the building.
2. In the case of mezzanine or balcony open to the floor below of other unprotected vertical
openings between floors, the occupant load of the mezzanine or other subsidiary floor
level shall be added to that of the street floor for the purpose of determining required
exits.

A. General
1. All exit facilities shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.10 of this RIRR and this Division.
However, only types of exits specified in para “B” of this Section (Types of Exits) may be
used as required exit facilities in any business occupancy with access thereto and ways
of travel therefrom in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
2. If, owing to differences in grade level, any street floor exits are at points above or below
the street or ground level, such exits shall comply with the provisions for exits from upper
floors or floors below the street floor.
121
3. Stairs and ramps serving two (2) or more floors below a street floor occupied for business
use shall be permitted in accordance with paras 4 and 5 below.
4. Where two (2) or more floors below the street floor are occupied for business use, the
same stairs or ramps shall be permitted to serve each.
5. An inside open stairway or inside open ramp shall be permitted to serve as a required
egress facility provided that only one (1) floor level below the street floor.
6. Floor levels below the street floor used only for storage, heating, and other service
equipment, and are not subject to business occupancy shall have a separate means of
egress in accordance with Division 18 of this Chapter.
B. Types of Exits
1. Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types:
a. Doors
b. Stairs and smoke proof enclosures
c. Horizontal exits
d. Ramps
e. Exit Passageways
1. The capacity of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
2. The clear width of any corridor or passageway serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or
more shall be not less than one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m). It is not the intent
that this provision applies to non-corridor or non-passageway areas of exit access, such
as the spaces between rows of desks created by office layout or low-height partitions.
3. Street floor exits shall be sufficient for the occupant load of the street floor plus the
required capacity of stairs and ramps discharging through the street floor.
D. Number of Exits
1. Exits shall comply with the following, except as otherwise permitted by para 2 through 6
below:
a. The number of means of egress shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
b. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be provided on every storey.
c. Not less than two (2) separate exits shall be accessible from every part of every storey.
2. Exit access, as required by para 1.a through 1.c above, shall be permitted to include a
single exit access path for the distances permitted as common paths of travel.
3. A single exit shall be permitted for a room or area with a total occupant load of fewer
than one hundred (100) persons, provided that the following criteria are met:
a. The exit shall discharge directly to the outside at the level of exit discharge for the
building.
b. The total distance of travel from any point, including travel within the exit, shall not
exceed thirty meters (30 m).
c. The total distance of travel specified in para “b” above shall be on the same floor
level or, if traversing of stairs is necessary, such stairs shall not exceed four thousand
five hundred seventy millimeters (4,570 mm) in height and the stairs shall be provided
with complete enclosures to separate them from any other part of the building.
4. Any business occupancy not exceeding three (3) storeys, and not exceeding an
occupant load of thirty (30) people per floor, shall be permitted a single separate exit
to each floor, provided that either of the following criteria is met:
a. This arrangement shall be permitted only where the total travel distance to the
outside of the building does not exceed thirty meters (30 m) and where the exit is
enclosed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR, serves no other levels, and
discharges directly to the outside.
b. A single outside stair in accordance with Section 10.2.5.5 of this RIRR shall be permitted
to serve all floors.
122
5. A single means of egress shall be permitted from a mezzanine within a business
occupancy, provided that the common path of travel does not exceed twenty-three
meters (23 m), or thirty meters (30 m) if protected throughout by an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
6. A single exit shall be permitted for a maximum two-storey, single-tenant
space/building that is protected throughout by an approved, supervised sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR and where the total travel to the
outside does not exceed thirty meters (30 m).
1. Means of egress shall be arranged in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
2. Dead-end corridors shall be permitted in accordance with the following:
a. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, dead-end corridors shall not
exceed fifteen meters (15 m).
b. In buildings other than those complying with para “c” below, dead-end corridors
shall not exceed six meters (6 m).
c. It is recognized that dead ends exceeding the permitted limits exist and, in some
cases, are impractical to eliminate. The C/MFM having jurisdiction might permit such
dead ends to continue to exist, taking into consideration any or all of the following:
1) Tenant arrangement
2) Automatic sprinkler protection
3) Smoke detection
4) Exit remoteness
3. Limitations on common path of travel shall be in accordance with the following:
a. Common path of travel shall not exceed thirty meters (30 m) in a building protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance
b. Common path of travel shall not exceed thirty meters (30 m) within a single tenant
space having an occupant load not exceeding thirty (30) persons.
c. In buildings other than those complying with para “a” or “b” above, the common
path of travel shall not exceed twenty-three meters (23 m).
d. It is recognized that common paths of travel exceeding the permitted limits exist and,
in some cases, are impractical to eliminate. The C/MFM having jurisdiction might
permit such common paths of travel to continue to exist, taking into consideration
any or all of the following:
1) Tenant arrangement
2) Automatic sprinkler protection
3) Smoke detection
4) Exit remoteness
1. In buildings protected throughout by an approved, supervised sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, the travel distance shall not exceed
sixty-one meters (61 m).
2. In buildings other than those complying with para 1 above, the travel distance, measured
in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR, shall not exceed forty-six meters (46 m).
All of the required exits shall terminate directly to the street or through a yard, court, or
passageway with protected openings and separated from all parts of the interior of the
building.
The exits may also discharge on the areas of the floor exit discharge provided the
following are met:
1. Such exits discharge to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building by
not more than six meters (6 m) distance, which way is readily visible and identifiable
from the point of discharge from the exit.
123
2. The floor of discharge into which the exit discharge is provided with automatic fire
suppression system and any other portion of the level of discharge with access to the
discharge area is provided with automatic fire suppression system or separated from
it in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of exit in Section 10.2.5.2 of
this RIRR.
3. The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by construction
having a minimum fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.
H. Exit Signs and Lighting
1. Exit illumination shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
2. Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR in
any building where any one of the following conditions exists:
a. The building is two (2) or more storeys in height above the level of exit discharge.
b. The occupancy is subject to fifty (50) or more occupants above or below the level of
exit discharge.
3. Emergency lighting in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR shall be provided
for all underground and limited access structures.
4. Means of egress shall have signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR.
I. Emergency Evacuation Plan
Emergency Evacuation Plan shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.13 of this RIRR.

1. Vertical openings shall be enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of
this RIRR, unless otherwise permitted by the following:
a. Unenclosed vertical openings in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR shall
be permitted.
b. Exit stairs shall be permitted to be unenclosed in two-storey, single tenant spaces
that are provided with a single exit in accordance with para D.6 of Section 10.2.16.2
of this RIRR.
c. Unprotected vertical openings shall be permitted in existing buildings complying
with all of the following:
1) Where protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
2) Where no unprotected vertical opening serves as any part of any required means
of egress.
3) Where required exits consist of exit doors that discharge directly to grade
in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3, outside stairs in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.4, smoke-proof enclosures in accordance with Section 10.2.5.4, or
horizontal exits in accordance with Section 10.2.5.6 of this RIRR.
d. Floors that are below the street floor and are used for storage or other than a business
occupancy.
B. Interior Finish
1. Interior finish shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR.
2. Interior wall and ceiling finish
a. Interior wall and ceiling finish material complying with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR
shall be Class A or Class B in exits and in exit access corridors.
b. Interior wall and ceiling finishes shall be Class A, Class B, or Class C in areas other than
those specified in para “a” above.
3. Interior floor finish
a. Interior floor finish shall comply with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR.
b. Interior floor finish in exit enclosures shall be Class I or Class II.
124
C. Extinguishing Equipment
All business occupancy buildings fifteen meters (15 m) or more in height shall be
provided throughout with approved, supervised sprinkler system, fully electrically supervised
designed in accordance with NFPA 13.
D. Detection, Alarm, and Communications Systems
1. A fire alarm system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR shall be provided in
all business, where any one of the following conditions exists:
a. The building is two (2) or more storeys in height above the level of exit discharge;
b. The occupancy is subject to fifty (50) or more occupants above or below the level of
exit discharge. For existing building, the occupancy is subject to one hundred (100)
or more occupants above or below the level of exit discharge; or
c. The occupancy is subject to three hundred (300) or more total occupants. For existing
building, the occupancy is subject to one thousand (1,000) or more total occupants.
2. Initiation of the required fire alarm system shall be by one of the following means:
a. Manual means in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR;
b. Means of an approved automatic fire detection system that complies with Section
10.2.6.6 of this RIRR, and provides protection throughout the building; or
c. Means of an approved automatic sprinkler system that complies with Section 10.2.6.7
of this RIRR, and provides protection throughout the building.
3. Occupant notification. During all times that the building is occupied, the required fire
alarm system, once initiated, shall perform one of the following functions:
a. For new and existing building, it shall activate a general alarm throughout the
building in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR. A positive alarm sequence
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR shall be permitted.
b. For existing building, a pre-signal system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this
RIRR shall be permitted.
c. For new and existing building, it shall activate an alarm signal in a continuously
attended location for the purpose of initiating emergency action by personnel
trained to respond to emergencies as follows:
1) Emergency action shall be initiated by means of live voice public address system
announcements originating from the attended location where the alarm signal is
received, unless otherwise permitted by para 3 below.
2) The live voice public address system shall be permitted to be used for other
announcements, provided that the emergency action use takes precedence
over any other use.
3) In lieu of live voice public address system announcements, any other occupant
notification means in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR shall be
permitted.
4. Where business occupancies do not fall within the condition of para D.1 above, it shall
be provided with manual fire alarm system.
E. Protection from Hazard
1. Hazardous areas including, but not limited to, areas used for general storage, boiler or
furnace rooms, and maintenance shops that include woodworking and painting areas
shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.10 of this RIRR.
2. It is not the intent of this provision that rooms inside individual tenant spaces that are
used to store routine office supplies for that tenant be required to be either separated
or sprinklered.
3. High hazard contents areas, as classified in Division 4 of this Chapter, shall meet the
following criteria:
a. The area shall be separated from other parts of the building by fire barriers having a
fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour, with all openings therein protected
by the three-quarters (3/4) of an hour, fire protection-rated, self-closing fire door
assemblies.
b. The area shall be protected by an automatic extinguishing system in accordance
125
4. The requirement for separating high hazard contents areas from other parts of the
building shall comply with Section 10.2.6.10 of this RIRR.

Utilities shall comply with the provisions of Division 7 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.2.16.5 COMBINED BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY

In any building occupied for both business and mercantile purposes, the entire building
shall have exits in accordance with Division 16 of this Chapter.
Exception: If mercantile occupancy sections are effectively segregated from business section,
exit facilities may be treated separately.
DIVISION 17. INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES

A. Sub-classifications of Occupancy
1. General Industrial Occupancy
These are industrial occupancies that conduct ordinary and low hazard industrial
operations in buildings of conventional design suitable for various types of industrial
process. These include multi-storey buildings, where floors are occupied by different
tenants or buildings suitable for such occupancy and are therefore subject to possible
use for types of industrial process with high density of employee population.
2. Special Purpose Industrial Occupancy
These are industrial occupancies that conduct ordinary and low hazard industrial
operations in all buildings, except high hazard occupancy, designed and suitable only
for particular types of operations, characterized by a relatively low density of employee
population, with much of the area occupied by machinery or equipment.
3. High Hazard Industrial Occupancy
These are industrial occupancies that use high hazard materials or processes, or
that house high hazard contents.
4. Open Industrial Structures
These are industrial occupancies that include operations conducted in open-air
as distinguished from enclosure with buildings, such as those often found in oil refining
and chemical processing plants where equipment is in the open platforms used for
necessary access, sometimes with roofs or canopies to provide some shelter, but without
walls.
B Occupant Load
1. The occupant load of industrial occupancies for which exits are to be provided shall be
one (1) person per nine and three tenths square meters (9.3 m2) gross floor area; provided
that in Special Purpose Industrial Occupancy and for Open Industrial Structures, the
occupant load shall be the maximum number of persons to occupy the area under
any probable conditions; and further provided that in existing industrial occupancies,
the C/MFM having jurisdiction may waive requirements for additional exits if the existing
exits are adequate for the maximum number of persons actually employed.
2. Every auditorium, restaurant, office, garage and medical facility in connection with
industrial occupancies shall have exits in accordance with the applicable Sections of
this RIRR.
3. Exit requirements for specific occupancies shall comply with this Division.

A. General
Each required exit shall be in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 4 of
this Chapter, with access thereto and ways of travel therefrom in accordance with Section
126
B. Types of Exits
Exits shall be restricted to the following permissible types: Doors; Stairs or smoke proof
enclosures; Horizontal exits; Ramps; Slide Escapes.
C. Minimum Corridor Width
The minimum width of any corridor or passageway serving as a required exit or means
of travel to or from required exit shall be one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m) in
the clear.
D. Capacity of Exits
Capacity of means of egress shall be determined in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2
of this RIRR.
E. Number of Exits
At least two (2) exits shall be provided for every floor or section, including floors below
the floor of exit discharge used for industrial purposes or uses incidental thereto. At least one
(1) of which shall be reached without traversing another storey.
Exception: For rooms or areas with a total capacity of less than twenty-five (25) persons
having direct exit to the street or to an open area outside the building at ground
level, with a total travel distance from any point of not over fifteen and a half
meters (15.5 m), a single exit may be permitted. Such travel shall be on the same
floor level. If the traversing of stairs is required, there shall not be a vertical travel
or more than four and six tenths meters (4.6 m) and such stairs shall be provided
with complete enclosures to separate them from any other part of the building
with no door openings therein.
1. Exits shall be as remote from other as practicable, so arranged that it will not be
necessary to travel more than sixty-one meters (61 m) from any point to reach the nearest
exit for buildings not protected by a complete automatic fire suppression system, or
seventy-six meters (76 m) in a building protected by an approved supervised sprinkler
2. From every point, there shall be at least two (2) separate exits accessible, so arranged
as to be reached by different paths of travel in different directions.
Exception: A common path of travel may be permitted for the first thirty meters (30 m)
from any point, i.e. no dead-end may be more than fifteen meters (15 m)
deep.
A maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the exits may discharge through areas on the floor
of exit discharge provided:
1. Such exits that discharges to a free and unobstructed way to the exterior of the building,
which way is readily visible and identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
2. The floor of discharge into which the exit discharges is provided with automatic fire
suppression system and any other portion of the level of discharge with access to
the discharge area is provided with automatic fire suppression system protection or
separated from it in accordance with the requirements for the enclosure of exits in
Exception: If the discharge area is a vestibule or foyer with no dimension exceeding three
meters (3 m) and separated from the remainder of the floor or discharge by
construction providing protection at least the equivalent of wired glass in
steel frames, and serving only for means of egress including exits directly to
the outside, the requirements of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR may be waived.
3. The entire area on the floor of discharge is separated from areas below by construction
having a minimum of two-hour (2-hr) fire-resistance rating.
H. Signs, Lighting, and Exit Signage
1. Signs designating exits or ways of travel there to shall be provided in accordance with
2. Exit lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
3. Emergency lighting shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
127
Every stairway, elevator shaft, escalator opening and other vertical opening shall be
enclosed or protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR.
Exception No. 1: Unprotected vertical openings connecting not more than three
(3) storeys used for industrial occupancy only may be permitted in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, with
Exception No. 2: In any existing building only, where provided with approved,
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this
RIRR, vertical openings not constituting as required means of egress
may be unprotected, provided that all required exits shall consist of
smoke-proof enclosure in accordance with Section 10.2.5.4, outside
stairway in accordance with Section 10.2.5.5 or horizontal exits in
B. Interior Finish
Interior finish shall be Class A, Class B or Class C.
C. Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems
1. An approved automatic fire detection and alarm system shall be required in all industrial
occupancies, except for buildings with less than twenty-five (25) occupants where such
building shall be equipped with manual fire alarm system.
2. Not less than one (1) fire alarm box shall be installed for buildings equipped with
automatic fire detection and alarm system.
3. If buildings are equipped with approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system, the
flow of water shall initiate the fire alarm system.
D. Extinguishing Requirement
1. Every high-hazard occupancy shall be provided with automatic fire suppression system
appropriate to the particular hazard in accordance with NFPA or other internationally
accepted standards.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of
this RIRR.
3. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this RIRR.
E. Explosion Prevention
Explosion prevention in industrial occupancies shall be in accordance with NFPA 654,
Standard for the Prevention of Fires for Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, processing,
and Handling of Combustible Particular Solids, and NFPA 69, Standard on Explosion
Prevention Systems.
DIVISION 18. STORAGE OCCUPANCIES

A. Occupancy Load
The occupant load, in number of persons for whom means of egress and other provisions
are required, shall be determined on the basis of the maximum probable population of the
space under consideration.
B. Exit Details
1. Types of Exits
Means of egress for storage occupancies shall be restricted to the following types:
Doors; Stairs and Smoke-proof Enclosures; Horizontal Exits; Ramps; Slide Escapes.
2. Capacity of means of egress
The capacity of means of egress shall be determined in accordance with para “C”
of Section 10.2.5.2 of this RIRR.
128
3. Number of Exits
a. Every building or structure used for storage and every section thereof considered
separately shall have at least two (2) separate means of egress, as remote from each
other as practicable.
Exception: In rooms or spaces of less than one thousand three hundred ninety-four
square meters (1,394 m2) gross area where less than ten (10) persons may
normally be present, at least one (1) means of egress shall be provided for
any person employed therein.
b. Every storage area shall have access to at least one (1) means of exit which can
be readily opened, not subject to locking at any time that any persons are therein,
and not dependent on any power-operated doors except where the design of the
power-operated doors may be opened manually in case of power failure to permit
exit travel.
Every area used for the storage of high hazard commodities shall have an exit within
twenty-three meters (23 m) of any point in the area where persons may be present,
except where automatic fire suppression system protection is provided, distances may
be increased to thirty meters (30 m).
5. Signs, Lighting and Exit Signages
a. Means of egress shall be installed with signs that comply with Section 10.2.5.12 of
this RIRR.
b. Means of egress shall be properly illuminated in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of
this RIRR.
c. Emergency lighting shall be provided on normally occupied areas and on all
components of means of egress in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.

1. Any vertical opening shall be protected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of this RIRR
except for existing open stairs and open ramps shall permitted where connecting only
two (2) floor levels.
2. Existing unprotected vertical opening in buildings protected throughout by approved
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, vertical
openings not constituting as required means of egress may be unprotected provided
that all required exits shall consist of smoke-proof enclosure in accordance with Section
10.2.5.4, outside stairway in accordance with Section 10.2.5.5 or horizontal exits in
B. Detection, Alarm and Communications Systems
1. An approved automatic fire detection and alarm system shall be required on all
storage occupancies except for buildings with ordinary or low hazard not exceeding
two thousand square meters (2,000 m2) where such building shall be equipped with
manual fire alarm system.
2. Not less than one (1) fire alarm box shall be installed for buildings equipped with
automatic fire detection and alarm system.
3. If buildings are equipped with approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system, the
flow of water shall initiate the fire alarm system.
C. Extinguishing Requirement
1. Every high hazard occupancy shall have automatic fire suppression system protection
such as Sprinkler Systems/Water Spray Fixed Systems/Water Mist Fire Protection
Systems, Hybrid (Water and Inert Gas) Fire Extinguishing Systems, Carbon Dioxide
Extinguishing Systems, Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems, Dry
Chemical Extinguishing Systems, Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems, Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems, Fixed Aerosol Fire Extinguishing Systems and other equivalent
protection as may be appropriate to the particular hazard, including Explosion
Prevention Systems/Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting for any area subject to
an explosion hazard, designed to minimize danger to occupants in case of fire or other
emergency before they have time to utilize exits to escape.
129
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of
this RIRR.
3. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.2.18.3 SPECIAL PROVISION FOR PARKING STRUCTURES

The following provisions apply to parking structures of closed or open type, above or
below ground, but not to mechanical or exclusively attendant parking facilities, which are
not occupied by customers and thus require a minimum of exits. Where repair operations are
conducted, the exits shall comply with the provisions on Division 17 (Industrial Occupancies)
of this Chapter, except if the parking and repair sections are effectively separated by not
less than one (1) hour fire resistive construction, the parking and repair sections shall be
treated separately.
B. Exit Details
1. Number and Types of Exits
Every floor of every parking structure shall have access to at least two (2) separate
exits. Such exits shall be provided with doors, interior stairs of smoke proof towers, outside
stairs or a horizontal exit in accordance with this RIRR.
Exception No. 1: In an open-type parking structure with open ramps not subject to
closure, the ramp may serve in lieu of the second exit, provided the
ramp discharges directly outside at the street level.
Exception No. 2. For parking structure extending only (1) floor level below the floor of
exit discharge, a ramp leading directly to the outside may serve in lieu
of the second exit.
2. Arrangement of and Travel Distance to Exit
a. Exits in parking structures shall be so arranged that no point in the area will be more
than forty-five meters (45 m) from the nearest exit other than a ramp on the same
floor level.
Exception No. 1: Travel distance may be increased to ninety-one meters (91 m) for
open floors of open parking structures.
Exception No. 2: Travel distance may be increased to sixty meters (60 m) for
enclosed parking structures completely protected by an approved,
supervised sprinkler system in accordance with Section10.2.6.7 of
this RIRR.
b. Exits shall be so arranged that from any point in the parking structures, the paths of
travel to the two (2) exits will be in different directions, except that a common path
of travel may be permitted for the first fifteen meters (15 m) from any point.
c. If fuel pumps are located within any closed parking garage, exits shall be so located
that travel away from the fuel pump in any direction which leads to an exit, with
no dead end in which occupants might be trapped by fire or explosion at any fuel
pump. Such exit shall lead to the outside of the building on the same level or down
stairs: no upward travel permitted unless direct outside exits are available from that
floor.
Any storey below the storey at which is being dispensed shall have exits direct to
the outside via outside stairs or doors at ground level.
C. Illumination of Means of Egress
Every public space, hallway, stairway and other means of egress shall have illumination
and emergency lighting facilities in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
D. Exit Marking
Signs in accordance with Section 10.2.5.12 of this RIRR shall be provided for all required
exits and exit access.
E. Detection, Alarm, and Communication Systems
1. Parking structures with the aggregate floor area of nine thousand three hundred square
meters (9,300 m2) shall be required to have a fire alarm system, where the parking
structure is combined with other occupancy, fire alarm and detection requirement for
the occupancy shall likewise be applied to parking structure.
130
2. Open parking structures not combined with other occupancy or not more than fifteen
meters (15 m) in height shall not be required with fire alarm system. Otherwise, it shall be
required with fire alarm system.
3. Parking structures protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system
shall not be required to have a fire alarm system.
F. Open Parking Structures
1. Open parking structures shall not be required to install automatic sprinkler systems or
automatic fire suppression system regardless of height except if it is combined with
structures that require sprinkler, however, its means of egress shall comply with Section
10.2.5.2 of this RIRR which shall be fully enclosed and protected.
2. Parking structures shall be considered open if it complies with the following:
a. Each parking level shall have wall openings open to the atmosphere for an area
not less than four tenths square meter (0.4 m2) for each linear meter of its exterior
perimeter. The opening shall be distributed over forty percent (40%) of the building
perimeter or uniformly over two opposite sides.
b. Interior wall lines and column lines shall be at least twenty percent (20%) open, with
openings distributed to provide ventilation.
SECTION 10.2.18.4 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR AIRCRAFT HANGARS

A. Design and Fire Protection
Design and fire protection of all aircraft hangars shall be in accordance with NFPA 409,
Standards for Aircraft Hangars.
B. Exit Details
1. Exits from aircraft storage of servicing areas shall be provided at intervals of not more
than forty meters (40 m) on all exterior walls or aircraft hangars. There will be a minimum
of two (2) exits serving each aircraft storage or servicing area. Horizontal exits through
interior fire walls shall be provided at intervals of not more than thirty meters (30 m).
Dwarf or “smash” doors accommodating aircraft may be used to comply with these
requirements. All doors designated as exits shall be kept unlocked in the direction of exit
travel while the area is occupied.
2. Exits from mezzanine floors in aircraft storage or servicing areas shall be so arranged
that the maximum travel to reach the nearest exit from any point on mezzanine shall not
exceed twenty-three meters (23 m). Such exits shall lead directly to a properly enclosed
stairwell discharging directly to the exterior or to a suitably cut-off area or to outside
stairs.
C. Signs
Exits signs shall be provided above all doors and exit ways in accordance with Section
SECTION 10.2.18.5 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR GRAIN HANDLING, PROCESSING,

MILLING, OR OTHER BULK STORAGE FACILITIES
A. There shall be not less than two (2) means of egress from all working levels of the head
house.
B. One (1) of the two (2) means of egress shall be a stair to the level of exit discharge, and, if
this means of egress is interior to the structure, it shall be enclosed by a dust-resistant, one (1)
hour fire resistance-rated enclosure in accordance with Section 10.2.5.4 of this RIRR. Exterior
stair means of egress shall be protected from the structure by a one (1) hour fire resistance-
rated wall that extends at least three and five hundredths meters (3.05 m) beyond the stair.
C. The second means of egress shall be one of the following:
1. Exterior stair or basket ladder – type fire escape that is accessible from all working levels
of the structure and provides a passage to the finished ground level; or
2. Exterior stair or basket ladder – type fire escape that is accessible from all working levels
of the structure, provides access to adjoining structures, and provides a continuous
path to the means of egress, described in para “E” hereof.
D. Stair enclosures in existing structures shall be permitted to have non-fire-rated dust-resistant
enclosures.
131
E. An exterior stair or basket ladder-type fire escape shall provide passage to the finished
ground level from the top of the end of an adjoining structure, such as a silo, conveyor,
gallery, or gantry.
F. Underground spaces shall have not less than two (2) means of egress, one of which shall be
permitted to be a means of escape, except as permitted in para “G” hereof.
G. Where the horizontal travel distance to the means of egress in underground spaces is less
than fifteen meters (15 m) in normally unoccupied spaces, a single means of egress shall be
permitted.
H. The travel distance to exits in underground spaces shall be in accordance with Section
I. Exits shall be as remote as practicable, so arranged that it will not be necessary to travel not
more than sixty-one meters (61 m) from any point to reach the nearest exit for underground
spaces not protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system
or one hundred twenty-two meters (122 m) for underground spaces protected throughout
by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7
of this RIRR.
DIVISION 19. SPECIAL STRUCTURES

Any building or structure occupied for purposes not covered by Division 8 through 18 of this
RIRR shall have exits and related safeguards in accordance with the fundamental principles of
this Chapter, and shall comply with the following provisions where applicable.
SECTION 10.2.19.1 AERODROME FACILITIES

A. General Fire Safety Requirements
1. The BFP shall conduct regular and periodic fire safety inspection on all aerodrome
facilities.
2. For large airport terminal buildings, the occupant load factor per area are as follows:
a. Concourse - Nine and three tenths square meters (9.3 m2)
b. Waiting Areas - One and four tenths square meters (1.4 m2)
c. Baggage Claim - One and nine tenths square meters (1.9 m2)
d. Baggage Handling - twenty-seven and nine tenths square meters (27.9 m2)
3. No dispensing, transfer or storage of flammable or combustible liquids shall be permitted
within aerodrome facilities, except as provided in Section 10.3.7.5 of this RIRR.
4. Flammable and combustible liquid and fuel shall not be dispensed into or removed from
the fuel system of an aircraft within any aircraft hangar, a container, tank, vehicle or
aircraft except in locations approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5. The application of flammable and combustible liquid finishes shall be done only in
locations approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. No person shall clean any aircraft engines or its parts in an aircraft hangar nor within
fifteen meters (15 m) of another aircraft, building or hangar with any flammable liquid
having a flash point under thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8 °C).
7. In case of spills on Aerodrome Facilities, the following shall be observed:
a. All activities in the affected area not related to the mitigation of the spill shall cease
until the spilled material has been removed or the hazard has been mitigated.
b. No aircraft or other vehicles shall be moved through the spill area until the spilled
material has been removed or the hazard has been mitigated.
c. Spills shall be reported immediately to the C/MFM having jurisdiction, documented
and mitigated.
8. Every aircraft hangar shall be equipped and maintained with metal drip pans under the
engines of all aircraft stored or parked thereon.
132
9. No open flame, flame-producing device, or other source of ignition shall be permitted in
any hangar, except in locations approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
10. “NO SMOKING” signs with white letters at least one hundred millimeters (100 mm), high
upon a red background shall be posted conspicuously throughout every aircraft hangar
and each fuel transfer point, except in approved designated and posted locations
where smoking is permitted.
11. Smoking equipment such as cigarette lighters and ash trays shall be prohibited in
aircraft-fueling vehicles.
12. No person shall run the engine of any aircraft in any aircraft hangar except in approved
engine test area.
13. All repairing of aircraft requiring the use of open flames, fire-producing devices or the
heating parts above two hundred and sixty degrees Celsius (260 °C) shall be done in
the open or in a room separated from any hangar or other building by a fire resistive
construction having fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.
14. Storage of flammable and combustible or other hazardous materials in an aircraft hangar
shall be prohibited, except in locations and containers approved by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
15. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed as follows:
a. Every vehicle used for towing aircraft and every welding apparatus shall be equipped
with at least one (1) fire extinguisher having a minimum 4-B-C classification.
b. Every aircraft refueller shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) B-C fire extinguishers.
The fire extinguisher shall be readily accessible from either side of the vehicle.
c. At every aircraft service station, including heliports, there shall be at least one (1)
fire extinguisher having a minimum 6-B-C classification, and shall be so located that
no pump or dispenser shall be more than twenty-three meters (23 m) from such
extinguisher.
16. All pumps of a positive displacement type shall be provided with a by-pass relief valve set
at a pressure of not more than thirty-five percent (35%) in excess of the normal working
pressure of the unit. Such unit shall be equipped and maintained with a pressure gauge
on the discharged side of the pumps.
17. Dispensing Hose and Nozzle shall conform to the following:
a. Only hose designed for the transferring of hydrocarbon liquids shall be permitted.
b. The length of the hose shall be limited to the actual needs of the individual transfer
apparatus. Such hose shall be equipped with an approved shut-off nozzle. Fuel transfer
nozzles shall be of self-closing type, designed to be actuated by hand pressure only.
No notches or other devices shall be used for holding the nozzle valve handle in an
open position. Such nozzle shall be equipped with a grounding cable complete with
proper attachment for the aircraft to be serviced.
18. Electrical wiring, switches, lights and any other source of ignition, when located in
compartment housing piping, pumps, air eliminators, water separators, hose reels and
the like shall be enclosed in a vapor-tight housing. Any electric motor located in such a
compartment shall be of a type approved for use in hazardous locations as specified in
the latest edition of Philippine Electrical Code (PEC).
“As-built” Electrical System design in compliance with the latest edition of PEC, NFPA
70, National Electrical Code and NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of Lightning
Protection Systems, signed and sealed by a Professional Electrical Engineer shall be
provided.
19. Compartments housing piping and the like, pumps, air eliminators, water separators,
hose reels, shall be adequately ventilated at floor level or within the floor itself.
“As-built” Detailed Mechanical Design in compliance with latest edition of
Mechanical Code of the Philippines/NFPA Standards, signed and sealed by a Professional
Mechanical Engineer shall be provided.
133
20. Accessory Equipment shall conform to the following:
a. Ladders constructed from non-combustible material may be used with, or attached
to any aircraft refueller unit; provided that the manner of attachment or use of such
ladder is approved and shall not in any occasion constitute any additional fire or
accident hazard in the operation of such refueller unit.
b. Hose reels used in connecting with any such refueller unit shall be constructed of
noncombustible materials and shall be provided with a pacing gland or other device
which will preclude fuel leakage between such reel and fuel manifold in connection
therewith.
c. Similar accessory equipment shall be of approved type.
21. Bonding and Grounding shall be as follows:
a. Every transfer apparatus shall be metallically interconnected with the tank, chassis,
axles and springs of every aircraft refueller unit.
b. Every aircraft refueller unit shall be provided and maintained with a substantially
heavy ground cable of sufficient length to be bonded to the aircraft to be serviced.
Such cable shall be metallically connected to the transfer apparatus of chassis of the
aircraft refueller unit on one and shall be provided with a suitable metal clamp on the
other end, to be fixed to the aircraft.
c. The ground cable shall be bare or have a transparent protective sleeve and be
carried on a reel or in a compartment for no other purpose in such a manner that it will
not be subjected to sharp kinks or accidental breakage under conditions of general
use.
d. Electrical System design in compliance with the latest edition of PEC, NFPA 70, National
Electrical Code and NFPA 780, Standard for Installation Lightning Protection Systems
signed and sealed by a Professional Electrical Engineer shall be provided.
B. Refueller Units
1. Design and Construction of Aircraft Refuellers shall conform to the following:
a. Tanks and vehicles shall be designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA
385, Tank Vehicles for Flammable Liquids, and NFPA 407, Aircraft Fuel Servicing Tank
Vehicles.
b. Annual testing and certification of every system by a registered or licensed professional
or government accredited testing company shall be required.
1) If such transfer apparatus is operated by an individual unit of internal combustion
motor type, such power unit shall be located as remotely as practicable from
any pumps, piping, meters, air eliminators, water separators, hose reels, etc., and
shall be housed in separate compartment from any aforementioned items; the
fuel tank in connection therewith shall be suitably designed and installed and
the maximum capacity shall not exceed nineteen liters (19 L) when such tank is
installed on any such engine or in any compartment housing any such engine.
The exhaust pipe, muffler and tail pipes shall be shielded.
2) If operated with gears or chains, the gears, chains, shafts, bearings, housing
and all parts thereof shall be of an approved design and shall be installed in a
workman-like manner and so maintained.
3) Flexible connections for the purpose of eliminating vibration may be permitted if
the material used therein is designed, installed and maintained in an approved
manner and provided such connections do not exceed six hundred ten millimeters
(610 mm) in length.
2. Operations, Maintenance and Use of Aircraft Refueller Units shall conform to the following:
In addition to all other applicable provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR, the following
regulations shall apply to the operations, maintenance, and use of aircraft refueller
units.
a. Aircraft-fueling vehicles and all related equipment shall be properly maintained
and kept in good working condition. Accumulations of oil, grease, fuel and other
134
flammable or combustible materials are prohibited. Maintenance and servicing of
such equipment shall be accomplished in approved areas. Minor adjustment and
repairs may be made when necessary to move such units to the storage locations
when failure occurs elsewhere on the airport or heliport.
b. Tanks, pipes, hoses, valves and other fuel delivery equipment shall be maintained leak
free at all times.
c. Aircraft-fueling vehicles and related equipment which are in violation of this Rule shall
be immediately defueled and removed from service and shall not be returned to
service until proper repairs have been made.
d. Aircraft-fueling vehicles that are operated by a person, firm or corporation other than
the permitee’s authorized employee shall be provided with a legible sign visible from
outside the vehicle showing the name of a person, firm or corporation operating such
unit and signage conforming with.
3. Electrical System Design Plan in compliance with the PEC, NFPA 70, NEC on grounding
protection systems shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Electrical Engineer.
a. Aircraft refueller units shall not be located, parked, or permitted to stand under any
portions of an aircraft nor in any position where such unit could obstruct egress from
aircraft should fire occur during fuel transfer operations.
b. Every aircraft refueller unit shall be electrically bonded to the aircraft being fueled
or defueled and either the aircraft refueller unit or the aircraft shall be adequately
grounded in approved manner. A drag chain and flexible ground conductor shall not
be deemed to fulfill the requirements of this Section for grounding during fuel transfer.
c. Transfer nozzle shall be equipped with approved bonding conductors which shall be
clipped or otherwise positively engaged with the bonding attachment provided on
the aircraft adjacent to the fuel tank cap.
d. All bonding and ground connections required by this Section shall be made prior
to any fuel transfer and shall not be disconnected until fuel transfer operations are
completed.
e. During fuel transfer operations, qualified persons shall be in immediate control of each
transfer nozzle and fuel pumping equipment to shut off or otherwise control the flow
of fuel from the time fueling operations have begun until they are completed except
for under wing refueling
f. Fuel transfer nozzle shall not be held in the open position by any device other than by
direct hand pressure by the operator.
4. Aircraft refueller unit shall be attended and operated only by qualified personnel. Each
qualified operator shall be required to carry his/her identification card and to submit
documents issued by the employer certifying his/her qualifications to the BFP.
5. The fuel transfer hoses shall be properly placed on the approved reels, or in the
compartment provided, or may be stored on top decking of refuellers; provided that rails
of proper height are installed for security and protection of such equipment before any
aircraft refueller unit is moved. Such transfer hose shall not be looped or dropped over
any part of the refueller unit nor shall fuel transfer hose be dragged when such refueller
unit is moved from fueling unit to another.
6. System Design Plan in compliance in latest edition of Philippine Mechanical Engineering
Code (PMEC) shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Mechanical Engineer.
a. Every aircraft refueller unit and all equipment shall be maintained in a safe operating
condition and in good repair at all times.
b. On finding any aircraft servicing equipment which is in use for fuelling operations to
be defective or in a state of disrepair, and by reason of such defect or disrepair,
the use of such aircraft servicing equipment constitutes an undue fire hazard, the
C/MFM having jurisdiction shall order the use of such equipment discontinued until
such repairs, replacements or such changes are made as necessary to render the
same safe for continued use. No person shall use any such defective equipment until
the same is rendered safe by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
135
c. Each system shall be periodically inspected, checked and certified at least twice a
year by a registered or licensed professional or an accredited testing company.
7. Loading and Unloading shall conform to the following:
a. Aircraft refueller units shall be loaded only at an approved loading rack, except that
when refueling aircraft, such unit may be loaded from the fuel tanks or the aircraft.
b. The fuel cargo of any such unit shall be unloaded only by approved transfer apparatus
into the fuel tanks of aircrafts, underground storage tanks or approved gravity storage
tanks.
8. Standard Operating Procedures in accordance with NFPA Standards shall be provided.
a. No person shall smoke or produce any open flame in the cabin of the aircraft or in the
outside thereof within fifteen meters (15 m).
b. A qualified employee of the air vehicle owner shall be responsible for ensuring that
the passengers are not allowed to smoke when aboard the aircraft, nor while going
across the ramp from the gate to such aircraft or vice-versa.
c. Passengers shall not be permitted to linger about the plane but shall proceed directly
from the loading gate and the aircraft, and vice-versa.
d. Passenger loading stands shall be left in loading position until all fuel transfer operations
are completed.
e. Fuel transfer operations shall not be performed on the main exit side of any aircraft
containing passengers.
9. No smoking or open flames shall be allowed within fifteen meters (15 m) from the point
where fuel is being transferred nor shall any electrical or motor driven devices be
connected from any aircraft at any time while refueling operations are in progress on
such aircraft.
C. Helistops
1. Approval must first be obtained from the Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP)
and C/MFM having jurisdiction before any helistops can be operated.
2. The touchdown area shall be surrounded on all sides by a clear area having a minimum
average width of the roof level of four and six tenths meters (4.6 m) with no width less
than one and a half meters (1.5 m).
3. Landing areas on the structures shall be so maintained as to confine any flammable
liquid spillage to the landing area itself and shall be made to drain such spillage away
from any exit or stairway.
4. Exit and stairways from helistops shall be maintained in accordance with Section 10.2.5.2
of this RIRR, except that all landing areas located on building or structures shall have
two (2) or more exits. For landing platforms or roof areas less than eighteen and three
tenths meters (18.3 m) in length, or less than one hundred eighty-six square meters
(186 m2) in area, the second exit may be a fire escape stair in accordance to Section
SECTION 10.2.19.2 FIXED GUIDEWAY TRANSIT AND PASSENGER RAIL SYSTEMS

A. General
1. Life safety from fire and fire protection requirements for fixed guideway transit and
passenger rail systems, including, but not limited to, stations, trainways, emergency
ventilation systems, vehicles, emergency procedures, communications, and control
systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 130, Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and
Passenger Rail Systems.
2. The provisions under this Section shall not be applied to existing fixed guideway transit
and passenger rail system, provided that no modification or renovation shall be
undertaken that will increase hazardous condition where it is evident that a reasonable
degree of safety is provided on existing structures in accordance with NFPA and other
internationally accepted standards.
136
B. Means of Egress
1. General
The provisions for means of egress for a station shall comply with Division 5 of this
Chapter and the paragraphs below.
2. Occupant Load
a. The occupant load for a station shall be based on the train load of trains simultaneously
entering the station on all tracks in normal traffic direction plus the simultaneous
entraining load awaiting trains.
1) The train load shall consider only one (1) train at any one track.
2) The basis for calculating train and entraining loads shall be the peak period
ridership figures as projected for design of a new system or as updated for an
operating system.
b. At multilevel, multiline, or multiplatform stations, occupant loads shall be determined
as follows:
1) The maximum occupant load for each platform shall be considered separately
for the purpose of sizing the means of egress from that platform.
2) Simultaneous loads shall be considered for all egress routes passing through each
level of that station.
c. An area within a station intended for use by other than passengers or employees,
shall apply the following parameters:
1) The occupant load for that area shall be determined in accordance with the
occupancy as appropriate for the use.
2) The additional occupant load shall be included in determining the required
egress from that area.
3) The additional occupant load shall be permitted to be omitted from the station
occupant load where the area has independent means of egress of sufficient
number and capacity.
3. Calculation of Platform Occupant Load
The platform occupant load for each platform in a station shall be the maximum
peak period occupant load calculated according to the following:
a. The peak period occupant load for each platform shall be based on the simultaneous
evacuation of the entraining load and the train load for that platform in the peak
period.
b. The entraining load for each platform shall be the sum of the entraining loads for
each track serving that platform.
c. The entraining load for each track shall be based on the entraining load per train
headway factored to account for service disruptions and system reaction time.
d. Where a platform serves more than one (1) line on one track, the calculation of
entraining load shall consider the combined effect of accumulation for each of the
lines served.
e. The train load for each platform shall be the sum of the train loads for each track
serving that platform.
f. The train load for each track shall be based on the train load per train headway
factored to account for service disruptions and system reaction time.
g. The maximum train load at each track shall be the maximum passenger capacity for
the largest capacity train operating on that track during the peak period.
C. Capacity and Location of Means of Egress
1. Platform Evacuation Time.
There shall be sufficient egress capacity to evacuate the platform occupant load
from the station platform in four minutes (4 min) or less.
2. Evacuation Time to a Point of Safety.
The station shall be designed to permit evacuation from the most remote point on
the platform to a point of safety in six minutes (6 min) or less. A point of safety is one of
the following:
137
a. an enclosed exit that leads to a public way or safe location outside the station,
trainway, or vehicle;
b. an at grade point beyond the vehicle, enclosing station, or trainway; or
c. any other approved location.
3. Point of Safety
a. For open stations where the concourse is below or protected from the platform by
distance or materials as determined by an appropriate engineering analysis, that
concourse shall be permitted to be defined as a point of safety.
b. For enclosed stations equipped with an emergency ventilation system and where the
emergency ventilation system provides protection for the concourse from exposure
to the effects of a train fire at the platform as confirmed by engineering analysis, that
concourse is permitted to be defined as a point of safety.
4. Travel Distance
The maximum travel distance on the platform to a point at which a means of egress
route leaves the platform shall not exceed one hundred meters (100 m).
5. Common Path of Travel
A common path of travel from the ends of the platform shall not exceed twenty-five
meters (25 m) or one (1) car length, whichever is greater.
6. Alternate Egress
At least two (2) means of egress remote from each other shall be provided from
each station platform as follows:
a. A means of egress used as a public circulation route shall be permitted to provide
more than fifty percent (50%) of the required egress capacity from a station platform
or other location.
b. Means of egress from separate platforms shall be permitted to converge.
c. Where means of egress routes from separate platforms converge, the subsequent
capacity of the egress route shall be sufficient to maintain the required evacuation
time from the incident platform.
D. Platforms, Corridors, and Ramps
1. A minimum clear width of one and twelve hundredths meters (1.12 m) shall be provided
along all platforms, corridors, and ramps serving as means of egress.
2. In computing the means of egress capacity available on platforms, corridors, and
ramps, three hundred millimeters (300 mm) shall be deducted at each sidewall, and
four hundred fifty millimeters (450 mm) shall be deducted at platform edges that are
open to the trainway.
3. The maximum means of egress capacity of platforms, corridors, and ramps shall be
computed at eight hundred nineteen ten-thousandths (0.0819) person/mm-min.
4. The maximum means of egress travel speed along platforms, corridors, and ramps shall
be computed at thirty-seven and seven tenths meters per minute (37.7 m/min).
5. The means of egress travel speed for concourses and other areas where a lesser
pedestrian density is anticipated shall be computed at sixty-one meters per minute
(61.0 m/min).
6. Stairs and escalators shall be permitted to be counted as contributing to the means of
egress capacity in stations.
7. Stairs in the means of egress shall be a minimum of one and twelve hundredths meters
(1.12 m) wide.
8. Capacity and travel speed for stairs and escalators shall be computed as follows:
a. Capacity – 0.0555 p/mm-min
b. Travel speed – 14.6 m/min (indicates vertical component of travel speed)
9. Escalators shall not account for more than a half (1/2) of the means of egress capacity
at any one level except where the following criteria are met:
a. The escalators are capable of being remotely brought to a stop.
b. A portion of the means of egress capacity from each station level is stairs.
138
c. For enclosed stations, at least one (1) enclosed exit stair or exit passageway provides
continuous access from the platforms to the public way.
10. In calculating the egress capacity of escalators, the following criteria shall be met:
a. One escalator at each level shall be considered as being out of service.
b. The escalator chosen shall be the one having the most adverse effect upon egress
capacity.
11. Elevators meeting the requirements of NFPA 130 shall be permitted to account for part of
the means of egress capacity in stations. Where elevators are counted as contributing
to the means of egress capacity, the following shall apply:
a. They shall account for no more than fifty percent (50%) of the required egress
capacity.
b. At least one elevator shall be considered out of service, and one elevator shall be
reserved for Fire Service.
c. The capacity of each elevator shall be the carrying capacity of the elevator within
thirty minutes (30 min).
E. Doors, Gates, and Exit Hatches, Fare Barriers, Turnstile-type Fire Barriers shall be permitted
as means of egress and computed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 130.
F. Means of Egress Lighting
Illumination of the means of egress in stations, including escalators that are considered
a means of egress, shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR.
G. Fire Protection
1. Enclosed stations shall be provided with a fire command center in accordance with
2. Stations equipped with fire alarm devices shall be protected by a proprietary supervising
station alarm system as defined in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR.
3. Each station having fire alarm initiating devices shall be provided with a fire alarm
annunciator panel at a location that is accessible to emergency response personnel in
4. Automatic fire detection shall be provided in all ancillary spaces by the installation
of combination fixed temperature and rate-of-rise heat detectors or smoke detectors
except where protected by automatic sprinklers.
5. A public address system and emergency voice alarm reporting devices, such as
emergency telephone boxes or manual fire alarm boxes conforming to Section 10.2.6.6
of this RIRR, shall be required in stations.
6. Emergency alarm reporting devices shall be located on passenger platforms and
throughout the stations such that the travel distance from any point in the public area
shall not exceed one hundred meters (100 m) unless otherwise approved.
7. An automatic sprinkler protection system shall be provided in areas of stations used for
concessions, in high hazard storage areas, in trash rooms, and other similar areas with
combustible loadings, except trainways.
8. Other fire suppression systems may be permitted upon approval of the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
9. Standpipe and Hose Systems. Class I standpipes shall be installed in enclosed stations in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this RIRR, except as modified by NFPA 130.
10. Portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
H. Emergency ventilation shall be provided in enclosed stations in accordance with
NFPA 130. A mechanical emergency ventilation system shall be provided in an enclosed
system station or in a system underground or enclosed trainway that is greater in length
than three hundred five meters (305 m).
I. Emergency power shall be provided in accordance with latest edition of PEC, NFPA 70 and
NFPA 110, for enclosed stations. Systems connected to the emergency power system shall
include the following:
1. Emergency lighting
2. Protective signaling systems
139
3. Emergency communication system
4. Fire command center
5. Elevators providing required egress capacity
J. Trainways’ Emergency Egress
1. The system shall incorporate a walk surface or other approved means for passengers
to evacuate a train at any point along the trainway so that they can proceed to the
nearest station or other point of safety.
2. The maximum distance between exits shall not exceed seven hundred sixty-two meters
(762 m) within enclosed trainways.
3. Cross-passageways shall be permitted to be used in lieu of emergency exit stairways
to the surface where trainways in tunnels are divided by a minimum of two-hour (2-hr)
rated fire separations or where trainways are in twin bores. Where cross-passageways
are utilized in lieu of emergency exit stairways, the following requirements shall apply:
a. Cross-passageways shall not be farther than two hundred forty-four meters (244 m)
apart.
b. Cross-passageways shall not be farther than two hundred forty-four meters (244 m)
from the station or portal of the enclosed trainway.
c. Cross-passageways shall be separated from the trainway with self-closing fire door
assemblies having a fire protection rating of one and a half (1.5) hours.
d. A tenable environment shall be maintained in the portion of the trainway that is not
involved in an emergency and that is being used for evacuation.
e. A ventilation system for the incident trainway shall be designed to control smoke in
the vicinity of the passengers.
f. Provisions shall be made for evacuating passengers via the non-incident trainway to
a nearby station or other emergency exit.
g. The provisions shall include measures to protect passengers from oncoming traffic
and from other hazards.
4. The means of egress within the trainway shall be provided with an unobstructed clear
width graduating from six hundred ten millimeters (610 mm) at the walking surface to
seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) at one thousand five hundred seventy-five
millimeters (1,575 mm) above the walking surface to four hundred thirty millimeters
(430 mm) at two thousand twenty-five millimeters (2,025 mm) above the walking surface.
5. Cross-passageways shall be a minimum of one thousand one hundred twenty
millimeters (1,120 mm) in clear width and two thousand one hundred millimeters
(2,100 mm) in height.
6. The width of exit stairs shall not be required to exceed one thousand one hundred
twenty millimeters (1,120 mm) for enclosed trainways.
7. Doors in egress routes serving trainways shall have a minimum clear width of eight
hundred ten millimeters (810 mm).
8. Walkways that are more than seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) above the floor
or grade below shall be provided with a continuous guard to prevent falls over the open
side and continuous handrail along the side opposite the trainway.
9. Raised walkways that are greater than one thousand one hundred twenty millimeters
(1,120 mm) wide and located between two (2) trainways shall not be required to have
a handrail.
K. Signage, Illumination, and Emergency Lighting in trainway shall be in accordance with
L. Emergency Access shall be in accordance with NFPA 70.
M. A non-mechanical emergency ventilation system shall be permitted to be provided in lieu
of a mechanical emergency ventilation system in the following locations:
1. The length of the underground or enclosed trainway is less than or equal to three
hundred five meters (305 m) and greater than sixty-one meters (61 m).
2. In an enclosed station where engineering analysis indicates that a non-mechanical
emergency ventilation system supports the tenability criteria of the project.
140
N. Emergency Ventilation Fans. The ventilation system fans that are designated for use in
fire and similar emergencies shall be capable of satisfying the emergency ventilation
requirements to move trainway air in either direction as required to provide the needed
ventilation response in accordance with NFPA 130.
SECTION 10.2.19.3 HISTORICAL BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES ,AND HISTORIC

CENTERS/HERITAGE ZONES
A. Conservation and maintenance of historical buildings and structures, and historic centers/
heritage zones shall be made in accordance with existing regulations and shall be afforded
with applicable fire safety protection system in accordance with this Division.
B. No person, firm or entity, including any agency or instrumentality of government shall erect,
construct, alter, repair, move, convert, or demolish any building or structure or cause the
same to be done without first obtaining a clearance from the Local Government Unit (LGU),
FSEC from BFP and Building Permit from the Local Building Official.
C. Alteration and Restoration
1. All buildings/structures classified under this category shall conform with the fire safety
requirements applicable to its incumbent occupancy.
2. Should the conservation to be made will result to change of occupancy, the fire safety
requirements to be applied shall be in accordance with its new occupancy type.
D. Applicability of Fire Safety Measures
1. Design and installation of fire protection system for historical buildings, structures and
historic sites/heritage zones under conservation shall be in accordance with NFPA 914,
Code for Fire Protection of Historic Structures, subject to its applicability to the approved
conservation plan of the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP).
2. Buildings/structural components and finishings to be installed, restored, or replaced
shall be so designed and/or treated with fire resistive materials.
SECTION 10.2.19.4 WIND TURBINE ENERGY GENERATING FACILITIES

A. General
1. The design, installation and maintenance of wind turbine energy generating facilities
shall be in accordance with this Section, NFPA 850, Recommended Practice for Fire
Protection for Electric Generating Plants and High Voltage Direct Current Converter
Stations and internationally accepted standards
2. The recommendations of Chapters 4, 5, 6, 7, 15 and 16 of NFPA 850, shall apply to wind
generating facilities.
3. The Fire Protection Design for wind turbine generating facilities shall be based on the
specific hazards that exist in the facility and the level of acceptable risks for the facility.
B. General Design and Equipment Arrangement
1. Separation shall be provided between the following:
a. Adjacent wind turbine units consistent with land and wind topography constraints
b. Adjacent structures or exposures, including transformers
c. Adjacent properties (e.g., aboveground pipelines, tank farms, or natural gas facilities
that could present a severe exposure)
2. Consideration shall be given to equipment layout that is adjacent to wind turbines
and in line with the planes of the rotating blades and hub in typical wind conditions
that have a higher potential for damage from flying debris (such as blade sections on
overspeed).
C. Unattended Facilities
1. Wind farms, located in remote areas that are unattended in a long period of time and
timely access to towers and nacelles are not usually acceptable, shall be provided with
special fire protection.
3. To address delayed response, lack of communication and access, additional fire
protection measures shall be provided.
3. Remote annunciation of fire-signaling systems shall be provided to one (1) or more
constantly attended locations for emergency response use.
141
D. Wind Generating Facilities
1. General
a. The installation and operation of wind turbine generating facilities shall be in
accordance with standard practices of the industry, except as modified by hereunder
provisions.
b. Site-specific considerations or a manufacturer’s typical layout shall govern wind
turbine generating facility design, including wind turbine design, tower design and
heights, tower foundations, power output, and load control circuitry.
c. In the event of a problem with a wind turbine generator, automatic shutdowns
shall be provided. Different methods of equipment shutdown and isolation that are
operating independently shall be provided.
2. Prevention of Fires in Wind Turbine Generating Facilities
a. Gearboxes and lubricating oil sumps, pumps, coolers, filters, and associated piping
shall be in accordance with Section 10.3.7.5 of this RIRR and NFPA 30, Flammable and
Combustible Liquids Code. Piping systems supplying flammable and combustible
liquids shall be designed to minimize hydraulic and lubricating oil piping failures as
follows:
1) If rigid metal piping is used, it shall be designed with freedom to deflect with
the gearbox, in any direction, at the interface with the gearbox. This provision
shall also apply to hydraulic lines that are connected to accessory gearboxes
or actuators mounted directly in the nacelle. In high vibration areas, properly
designed metallic hose for hydraulic and lube oil lines shall be used.
2) Rigid piping connected directly to the gearbox shall be supported such that
failures will not occur due to the natural frequency of the piping coinciding with
the rotational speed of the gearbox, drive shaft and hub, and generator. Pipe
supports shall be designed to avoid vibrations induced by other equipment that
can excite its natural frequency.
3) Pipe joints shall be welded. Threaded couplings and flange bolts in oil piping
shall be assembled using a torque wrench and torqued to the manufacturer’s
requirements. Threaded fittings shall have a positive locking device to prevent
unscrewing.
4) Instrumentation tubing, piping, and gauges shall be protected from accidental
mechanical damage. Sight glasses shall be listed.
5) Lubricating oil lines shall use guarded pipe construction with the pressure feed
line located inside the return line. Where guarded pipe construction is not
used, piping sleeves shall be used to reduce the possibility of oil atomization. All
mechanical connections shall be guarded.
6) Containment and drainage shall be provided to minimize the spread of oil within
the nacelle or externally, which poses a risk to equipment or personnel below.
7) Fluid piping shall be routed below all electrical equipment to preclude leaked
fluid dripping on the equipment.
b. For wind turbine generators, the following monitors and/or trip functions shall be
provided to safely monitor the operation of wind turbine generators and initiate a
safe shutdown of abnormal operating conditions or parameters:
1) Grid disturbance
2) Yaw errors or limits
3) Braking issues
4) Abnormal vibration
5) Overspeed (including wind conditions)
6) Temperature faults
7) Oil condition (gearbox/lubrication and hydraulic)
8) Motor protection
9) Loss of communication between modules or with control center
10) Blade angles and battery status
142
c. For gearbox lubrication, a listed fire-resistant fluid shall be used. System designs shall
reflect a design objective to minimize the amount of oil needed and the amount of
piping and associated components outside of the gearbox.
d. Hydraulic control systems shall use a listed fire-resistive hydraulic fluid. System designs
shall reflect a design objective to minimize the amount of hydraulic fluid needed and
the amount of piping and associated components required.
e. Electrical power delivery and control systems, as well as communications systems,
including cabling, wiring, insulation, fans/motors, and cabinetry, shall meet the
applicable industry design standards for the use intended and duty cycle specified.
Such standards shall be applied to systems within the nacelle and tower as well as
those associated with moving power from the wind turbine units to the grid. Electrical
equipment shall consist of listed arc resistant switchgear.
f. The plant design shall include features that address the exposures posed by dry type
transformers or transformers filled with a listed less-flammable fluid insulating oil. If
the transformers are not dry type, the design shall consider the transformer location,
containment of oil, spacing from other objects, including the tower, and the use of
barriers and fixed protection. Step-up transformer installations shall reflect a proper
evaluation of the exposure created with respect to other transformers as well as
wind farm support structures. Barrier walls shall be constructed, to control exposures
created with respect to other transformers and wind farm support structures. Batteries,
as a back-up power in the nacelle and hub of a wind turbine proper, and other
support structures (e.g., control rooms), shall be provided with adequate ventilation
and shall be kept clean.
g. Lightning protection for blades, nacelles, towers, power lines, transformers, and
support structures shall be provided in accordance with International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) TR 61400-24, Wind Turbine Generator Systems—Part 24, Lightning
Protection.
h. Materials of construction shall be noncombustible or less-flammable materials.
Nacelles, towers, operations and maintenance/control buildings, and other support
structures such as relay houses, switch yard control buildings, and power conditioning
buildings, shall be constructed with noncombustible or less-flammable materials.
i. Shield(s) shall be provided to isolate large quantity of sparks from high speed brakes
from combustible equipment components and locations where leaked combustible
fluids can accumulate.
3. Fire Protection for Wind Generating Facilities
a. General
1) Fire detection and alarm systems shall be provided in the wind turbine and tower,
power delivery and control circuits, nacelles, electrical equipment enclosures,
and buildings. The systems shall be arranged to activate alarms at a constantly
attended location or via the provision of remote operator circuits.
2) Automatic Fire Suppression Systems (AFSS) shall be provided in the wind turbine
and tower, power delivery and control circuits, nacelles, electrical equipment
enclosures, and buildings.
3) Wind turbine safe shutdown sequence/procedures for wind generating facilities
shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
4) If the design of a particular facility use water-based fire protection systems,
these systems shall be in accordance with Chapter 7 of NFPA 850 and other
internationally accepted standards.
b. Total Flooding Gaseous Systems
1) Where total flooding gaseous systems are used, electrical enclosures, cabinets,
or buildings shall be arranged for minimum leakage by automatic closing of
ventilation dampers and doors, as applicable, and automatic shutdown of fans.
2) Records of maintenance and inspection of total flooding gaseous agent systems
and interlocked equipment shall be reflected in the FSMR.
3) For electrical enclosures or cabinetry located in buildings or other such structures,
provisions shall be addressed for safely removing the gas and potential toxic
combustion by-products from these structures following system actuation.
143
c. Total Flooding Water Mist Systems
1) Where total flooding water mist systems are used, the system shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems, and
shall be listed for the application. The system shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer’s installation procedures.
2) Electrical enclosures, cabinets, and buildings shall be arranged for reduced
leakage by automatic closing of doors, ventilation dampers, and automatic
shutdown of fans.
3) The water (and agent) supply shall be sized to be capable of providing protection
for as long as the hazards above the auto-ignition temperature exist. The system
shall be listed and sized for the application.
d. Compressed Air Foam Systems
1) Where compressed air foam systems are used, the system shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 11, Standard for Low-, Medium-, and High-Expansion
Foam, and shall be listed for the application. The system shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation procedures.
2) The water (and agent) supply shall be sized to be capable of providing protection
for as long as the hazards above the auto-ignition temperature exist. The system
shall be listed and sized for the application.
e. Nacelle Fire Protection
1) Automatic fixed fire protection shall be provided within the nacelle of a wind
turbine generator.
2) For sealed electrical enclosures and cabinets, discharge rates and duration
shall be such that cooling and shutdown occur to prevent re-ignition of the fire.
System operation shall be arranged to coincide with automatic shutdown of
the wind turbine and the positioning of local application nozzles shall be such
that maintenance access to the wind turbine components within the nacelle is
maintained.
3) For unsealed electrical enclosures and cabinets within the nacelle and tower, a
local application system shall be installed. Likewise, for the gearbox lubrication
system or hydraulic control system, a local application extinguishing system shall
be installed. Fire extinguishing systems for hydraulic control equipment shall
include protection of reservoirs, pumps, accumulators, piping, and actuating
systems. Listed systems shall be used.
E. Electrical Equipment Enclosures and Buildings
1. Control enclosures, which contain control panels, switchgear, batteries, relays,
rectifiers, and electronic switching circuits, shall be provided depending on the size
and complexity of the wind generating facility site.
2. Auxiliary electrical equipment enclosures, which may contain excitation equipment,
switchgear, current transformers, potential transformers, grounding transformers, and
other electrical equipment, shall be provided.
3. A smoke detection system shall be installed to provide early warning and alarm functions
in the event of an electrical fire within the enclosure.
4. An automatic suppression system shall provided for the enclosures.
SECTION 10.2.19.5 IMMOBILIZED VEHICLE AND VESSELS

A. Any house trailer or similar vehicle, railroad car, street car, truck or bus from which the
wheels have been removed, provided with a permanent-type foundation, or otherwise
fixed so that it is not mobile shall be considered as a building and shall be subject to the
requirements of this Rule which are applicable to buildings of similar occupancy.
B. Any ship, barge, or other vessel, which is permanently moored or aground and is occupied
for purposes other than navigation, shall be subject to the requirements of this Rule
applicable to buildings or similar occupancy.
144
SECTION 10.2.19.6 MOTION PICTURE AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION, STUDIO
SOUNDSTAGES AND APPROVED PRODUCTION FACILITIES
A. General
1. Applicability
a. This Section address fire protection, property protection, and life safety in motion
picture and television industry soundstages, approved production facilities, and
production locations.
b. Practices, processes, materials, and facilities that are addressed by other Section of
RA 9514 and its RIRR shall be governed by those standards unless modified herein.
c. This Section shall apply to the following:
1) New buildings, or portions thereof, used as soundstages or approved production
facilities in motion picture and television industry productions.
2) Existing buildings, or portions thereof, used as soundstages or approved
production facilities in motion picture and television industry productions to the
extent specifically required by other portions of this document
3) Additions to buildings used as soundstages or approved production facilities in
motion picture and television industry productions
4) Alterations, modernizations, or renovations of existing buildings used as
soundstages or approved production facilities in motion picture and television
industry productions
5) Existing buildings, or portions thereof, upon change of occupancy for use as
soundstages or approved production facilities in motion picture and television
industry productions
6) Production locations used in motion picture and television industry productions.
d. Existing soundstages, approved production facilities, and production locations that
are in accordance with requirements of the previous IRR at the time of the adoption
of this Section shall be permitted to remain in use under the following conditions:
1) The occupancy classification and use remain the same.
2) No serious hazards to life safety exist that would constitute an imminent threat.
2. An FSC shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Standby BFP personnel shall be provided for soundstages, approved production
facilities and production locations where pyrotechnic special effects are used and for
hazardous operations, other than pyrotechnic special effects. In any case, members of
the production company fire brigade shall also be deployed on standby.
4. Fire department access shall be maintained as required by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
5. Smoking shall be prohibited on soundstages, approved production facilities and
production locations. However, smoking shall be allowed when it is a necessary part of
a performance, and only when the smoker is a member of the cast.
6. Housekeeping shall be maintained in soundstages, approved production facilities and
production locations, in accordance with Chapter 10, General Safety Requirements
and Chapter 19, Combustible Waste and Refuse of NFPA 1, Fire Code, where applicable.
7. Pyrotechnic Special Effects and Open Flames
a. The use of pyrotechnic special effects and open flames shall be subject to the
approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Where audience is present on set, the use of pyrotechnic special effects and open
flames shall be regulated in accordance with NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of
Pyrotechnics Before a Proximate Audience and NFPA 160, Standard for the Use of
Flame Effects Before an Audience.
B. Soundstages and Approved Production Facilities
1. An FSC shall be obtained for any of these activities:
a. Use of pyrotechnic special effects;
b. Use of open flames;
c. Welding;
145
d. Use of flammable or combustible liquids or gases;
e. Use of aircrafts;
f. Presence of motor vehicles within a building;
2. Decorative Materials
a. Foamed plastic materials used for decorative purposes, scenery, sets, or props shall
have a heat release rate not exceeding one hundred kilowatts (100 kW) where
tested in accordance with UL 1975, Standard for Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used
for Decorative Purposes, or where tested in accordance with NFPA 289, Standard
Method of Fire Test for Individual Fuel Packages using the twenty kilowatts (20 kW)
ignition source.
b. Combustible drapes, drops, and any other similar combustible hangings or vertically
placed materials shall comply with one of the following options:
1) The materials meet the requirements of NFPA 701, Standard Methods of Fire Tests
for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films.
2) The materials exhibit a heat release rate not exceeding one hundred kilowatts
(100 kW) when tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using the twenty kilowatts
(20 kW) ignition source.
3) The materials are present in such limited quantity that a hazard of fire development
or spread is minimal.
4) The materials are approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction to exhibit
acceptable fire performance.
5) Approved interim measures are provided for the period during which the
combustible materials are present.
c. Cut greens shall be treated with an approved fire retardant, and the process shall be
repeated as often as necessary to maintain its effectiveness.
a. Electrical equipment, wiring method to electrical distribution equipment shall be in
accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
b. Soundstages and approved production facilities shall be provided with a minimum
of three hundred seventy-seven watts per square meter (377 W/m2) dedicated for
production lighting and power.
c. The electrical distribution equipment used shall comply with UL 1640, Standard for
Portable Power-Distribution Equipment and with the latest edition of PEC.
d. The location of portable, mobile, or stationary power-generating equipment shall be
subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
e. Exterior penetrations shall be located near the pre-designated location for portable
and mobile power-generating equipment.
f. Auxiliary power cables supplied from mobile generators or adjacent buildings shall
not be routed through fire-rated windows and doors.
g. Portable feeder cables shall be allowed to temporarily penetrate fire-rated walls,
floors, or ceilings, provided that all of the following apply:
1) The opening is of noncombustible material.
2) When in use, the penetration is sealed with a temporary seal of an approved
firestop material.
3) When not in use, the opening shall be capped with a material of equivalent fire
rating.
h. Where the penetration utilizes a conduit, metal-threaded caps shall be attached to
the pipe by means of chain or cable and shall effectively cap the conduit when not
in use.
i. The lighting equipment used shall comply with UL 1573, Standard for Stage and Studio
Luminaires and Connector Strips and the provisions of the latest edition of PEC.
4. Means of Egress
a. Means of egress and exit detail capacities shall be in accordance with Section
146
b. The maximum travel distance to an exit within the soundstage shall be forty-five
meters (45 m).
c. Soundstage and approved production facilities shall have an aisle along the
perimeter of the soundstage or facilities and shall maintain an unobstructed height
of two and one tenth meters (2.1 m).
d. A soundstage or approved production facility with a gross area not exceeding one
hundred thirty-nine square meters (139 m2) shall be exempt from the perimeter aisle
requirement provided that there is a minimum of two (2) exits.
e. Emergency lighting shall be provided for the means of egress in accordance with
Section 10.2.5.11 of this RIRR
f. Any door in a required means of egress from an area having an occupant load of
one hundred (100) persons or more shall be allowed to be provided with a latch or
lock only if it is panic hardware or fire exit hardware.
g. Means of egress shall be kept clear of obstructions and tripping hazards.
h. When an audience is present, an announcement shall be made notifying the
audience of the following:
1) The location of exits to be used in case of fire or other emergency
2) The means that will be used to notify the audience of fire or other emergency.
5. Fire Protection
a. Extinguishment Requirements
1) Existing soundstages and existing approved production facilities equipped with
automatic sprinkler systems shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 and
Section 10.2.8.8 of this RIRR and NFPA 13,
2) A new soundstage or new approved production facility shall be equipped with
an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section
10.2.6.7 and Section 10.2.8.8 of this RIRR and NFPA 13.
a) The requirements of NFPA 13, prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge
shall not be applicable if approved mitigation is employed.
b) The requirements of NFPA 13, prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge
shall not be applicable if the building sprinkler system meets the design
criteria for Extra Hazard, Group 2 Occupancies of NFPA 13.
3) Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed and maintained in accordance with
b. Fire alarm system notification appliances within soundstages and approved
production facilities shall be allowed to be deactivated with the approval of the
C/MFM having jurisdiction during videotaping, filming, or broadcasting of programs
provided the following conditions exist:
1) In the event of alarm system activation, notification appliances shall activate
at a location that is constantly attended during the videotaping, filming, or
broadcasting of programs.
2) The attendants of the location shall be provided with a means of communicating
with the fire command center for the building, where one is provided, and with
the occupants of the soundstage to initiate emergency action.
3) Deactivation of notification appliances shall cause activation of a visual signal
at an approved location, which shall remain illuminated while notification
appliances on the soundstage are deactivated.
4) The visual signal shall be identified by a sign that shall read, “WHEN ILLUMINATED,
SOUNDSTAGE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES ARE DEACTIVATED.”
c. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning ductwork and related equipment shall be
in good working order and shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.7.2 of this RIRR.
C. Production Locations
1. An FSC shall be obtained from the C/MFM having jurisdiction, for any of the following
activities:
a. Use of the site as a production location;
b. Use of pyrotechnic special effects;
147
c. Use of open flames;
d. Welding;
e. Use of flammable or combustible liquids or gases;
f. Use of aircraft; or
g. Presence of motor vehicles within a building.
2. Foamed plastic materials used for decorative purposes, scenery, sets, or props shall
have a heat release rate not exceeding one hundred kilowatts (100 kW) when tested
in accordance with UL 1975, or where tested in accordance with NFPA 289, using the
twenty kilowatts (20 kW) ignition source.
a. Electrical power connections made on the site shall be installed by an electrical
practitioner.
b. Portable cables shall be positioned to allow for emergency egress as approved by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
c. Auxiliary power cables supplied from mobile generators or adjacent buildings shall
be allowed to be routed through fire-rated windows and doors with the approval of
d. Where power from both mobile generators and site electrical services are used to
energize equipment in the same proximate location at production locations, grounds
for the two systems shall be bonded in accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
4. The production location shall be provided with means of egress appropriate for the
intended use.
5. Fire Protection
a. Building areas used as production locations shall be designed, constructed, and
maintained to protect the occupants not intimate with the initial fire development
for the time needed to evacuate, relocate, or defend in place.
b. Any production location building protected by an existing automatic sprinkler system,
where solid or hard-ceiling sets or platforms are introduced to create an obstruction
to sprinkler discharge, shall be in accordance Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
c. Prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge shall not be applicable if approved
mitigation is employed in accordance Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
d. Prohibiting obstructions to sprinkler discharge shall not be applicable if the building
sprinkler system meets the design criteria for Extra Hazard, Group 2, as defined in
NFPA 13.
e. Automatic sprinkler systems, where provided, shall be maintained in accordance
f. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided as required in accordance with Section
10.2.6.9.
g. Hydrants, standpipes, and fire department connections shall not be obstructed,
blocked, or rendered inoperable.
SECTION 10.2.19.7 OFF-SHORE ENERGY FACILITIES

A. Specific Facility Protection
All off-shore energy facilities shall be provided with appropriate fire safety measures
under this Section or equivalent protection in accordance with internationally accepted
standards and good design and engineering practices.
1. Wellhead Areas
a. The wellhead area, including wellheads, flow-lines, manifolds (when located on the
wellhead side of the blast division), etc., shall be regarded as a single fire area to be
covered by a deluge system, unless physical separation is provided to sub-divide it
into separate areas.
b. Dedicated Equipment Protection shall be required for wellheads that are likely to
convey hydrocarbons.
c. The deluge system shall cover all wellheads.
148
d. The deluge valve and water supply shall be sized for the maximum number of
wellheads anticipated to convey hydrocarbons.
e. The system nozzle connections shall initially be plugged for new projects where the
number and location of hydrocarbon wellheads are not known.
f. As wellheads are identified to likely convey hydrocarbons, the plugs shall be replaced
with nozzles intended for use as identified in the design.
g. The types and location of nozzles shall be selected to avoid any interference with the
drilling sequence, work-overs, maintenance, etc.
h. A minimum of two (2) nozzles per wellhead shall be installed and positioned to spray
upwards from low level to protect the lower region of the wellhead, thereby increasing
protection to the upper portions of the wellhead and surrounding equipment.
i. Flow-lines and manifolds not protected shall be provided with area protection.
j. Fixed and/or fixed automatic oscillating monitors may be used to apply water to
specific targets, protect firefighters and escape routes, and cool areas at the
boundary of the fire affected area. Monitors may be used simultaneously with any
deluge system to prevent escalation by means of discretionary boundary cooling or
to protect personnel.
2. Flare Knockout Drum.
Passive Fire Protection shall be the primary protection technique.
3. Riser Isolation Valving and Pipe Work
a. Protection of risers, riser isolation valving and cross-platform interconnecting pipe
work shall be defined during the Fire Hazard Assessment.
b. Passive Fire Protection shall be selected for riser elements essential to the integrity
of the riser outboard of the Emergency Shutdown (ESD) valve (including the ESD
valve itself.)
c. Deluge or automatic monitor protection of cross-over piping inboard of the riser ESD
valve shall be provided on all manned facilities, except those where a temporary
refuge is located on an adjacent bridge-linked facility.
d. Deluge or automatic fixed firewater protection of cross-over pipeline
inter-connections on multi-platform facilities shall be installed where fire or explosion
will not threaten the main areas used to muster personnel and where manual systems
can be applied to contain an incident.
4. Process Areas
a. A process area shall, wherever practicable, be regarded as a single fire area unless
physical separation is provided to sub-divide it into different deluge zones.
b. For modules/areas (e.g., integrated naturally ventilated decks) where a fire is likely to
trigger deluge in the adjacent fire areas, and hence place additional demand on
the firewater system, consideration shall be given to sub-dividing the system on each
level to allow partial isolation, thus permitting efficient deployment of firewater.
c. Equipment Protection shall be provided to low-pressure vessels if there is the likelihood
of a Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion (BLEVE) type failure of the vessel.
d. Vessels containing a small quantity of flammable liquid or gas may not require
Equipment Protection deluge, provided there is Area Protection and it is demonstrated
that ignited releases of hydrocarbon from the vessel do not jeopardize the integrity
of critical safety equipment.
e. For vessels containing a small quantity of flammable liquid or gas, monitors shall be
provided to supplement the area deluge system.
f. If pipe work or vessels containing hydrocarbons are located in, or pass through, the
beam space, then additional spray heads shall be located above such pipes or
vessels.
g. Deluge systems shall not be specified to prevent escalation of jet fires.
5. Drilling Module and Substructure
a. The fire protection design philosophy for drilling module and substructure shall
consider the requirements for personnel, structural and equipment protection.
149
b. A deluge system and/or fixed monitors shall be provided in the drill floor area to
protect personnel from radiated heat; equipment that may be used to control the
well (e.g., blowout preventer control panel, choke/kill manifold, doghouse); and the
“Poor Boy” degasser.
c. Automatic deluge systems protecting the drilling module and drilling substructure
may be taken out of automatic mode to allow manual operation at the drilling
supervisor’s discretion, either at the local deluge valve or by the actuation of a
suitably located electrical or pneumatic shielded push-button.
6. Structural Protection
a. All the primary load-bearing structural steelwork (with the exception of that essential
to the support of a Temporary Refuge) in process and wellhead areas, or in any area
that contains a significant fire hazard, may be protected either by deluge or Passive
Fire Protection (PFP). If deluge is used, it shall be installed to avoid local damage.
b. Structures essential to the integrity of the Temporary Refuge (TR) and Evacuation
Escape and Rescue (EER) facilities (e.g., lifeboat launching, helideck and muster
platform) shall be protected by PFP.
c. For structural protection, deluge systems shall use either medium/high-velocity
sprayers or specialized nozzles (e.g., incorporating a narrow spray pattern to reduce
wastage).
d. The water application rate for plant and primary load-bearing structural steelwork
shall be at least ten and two tenths liters per minute per square meter (10.2 L/min/m2)
over the surface area of the structural member.
e. Spray heads shall be located on the side of the steelwork facing the area protected
by the deluge system supplying the spray heads.
f. In the case of a structural member located entirely within the protected area, spray
heads shall alternate on either side of the member to achieve the discharge density
over the wetted area.
7. Helideck
a. Fire protection system
1) If the Fire Explosion Strategy identifies that a fire protection system is required for
a helideck, then the fire protection and firefighting system shall be designed as
per the requirement of Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP) or other
Internationally Accepted Standards.
2) Positions shall be allocated on or near the helideck to be called the “HELICOPTER
LANDING OFFICER’S (HLO) POSITIONS”:
a) HLO positions shall be the focal point for firefighting and control actions during
an emergency;
b) HLO positions shall be identified on the Installation Safety Plan;
c) There shall be two (2) HLO positions, each located adjacent to foam monitor
and may form part of a helideck access platform;
d) HLO position is not required to be adjacent to each monitor if three (3) or
more monitors are installed;
e) A firewater pump start switch shall be located at each HLO position; and
f) A control valve shall also be located at each HLO position to allow the HLO to
start and stop all helideck firefighting monitors from this location.
b. Foam system
1) Foam system for fire protection and firefighting at the helideck may be the Fixed
Monitor System (FMS) or Deck Integrated Foam Firefighting System (DIFFS).
2) Compressed Air Foam (CAF) System shall be the preferred means of protecting
the helideck of Normally Unmanned Installation (NUI).
3) The foam system shall be able to be initiated from nominated HLO positions.
4) The firewater pump shall be able to be started from at least two (2) separate
positions, including any nominated HLO positions.
5) Each helideck foam monitor shall be supplied with firewater/foam solution via a
dedicated foam storage tank.
150
6) Each dedicated foam tank shall be:
a) capable of supplying at least ten minutes (10 min) foam concentrate to the
associated helideck monitor;
b) sized to provide foam solution quantity to extinguish or control all likely
helideck incident scenarios;
c) located adjacent to the monitors;
d) provided with a manually operated control valve located immediately
upstream of the foam tank at the HLO’s position;
e) suitably sized to permit the operation of all the helideck monitors at the same
time.
7) Control valves shall be clearly marked and accessible.
8) If the foam tanks are remote from the monitors, the control valve shall be a
manually remote-operated pneumatic control valve.
9) Pneumatic control valves shall be located within a cabinet, manufactured from
materials that take into account the operating environment
10) Each cabinet shall incorporate a non-lockable front access door and shall be
clearly marked, “FOAM MONITOR CONTROL CABINET”. The duty firewater pump
start switch may also be located within the cabinet.
11) Back air supply for the pneumatic control valve shall be provided via a stainless
steel air reservoir in the event of loss of offshore facility’s air pressure.
12) The air reservoir shall be sized to open and close the valve three (3) times and
have a minimum volume of ten liters (10 L).
13) The air reservoir shall be connected to the offshore facility’s instrument air supply
14) On offshore facilities without an instrument air supply or on unmanned offshore
facilities, the helideck foam monitors (if installed) shall be locally controlled by
the manual operation of a valve located upstream of the foam tank.
15) Water for the foam system and monitors shall be supplied via a firewater sub-main
located under the helideck, incorporating isolation valves to ensure firewater
supply from two (2) directions.
16) Block valves that isolate the helideck firewater sub-main from the helideck foam
storage facilities shall be fire-safe.
c. Monitors
1) Monitors for foam systems shall be water-powered, automatically oscillating, and
have a low-profile design.
2) Monitors shall be spaced around the perimeter of the helideck taking into
account the orientation of the offshore facility and worst-case wind conditions.
If three (3) monitors are installed, each shall be capable of projecting a minimum
of fifty percent (50%) of the total foam solution demand, with the discharged
foam reaching to the far side of the helicopter landing area under the worst
anticipated wind conditions.
3) Monitors shall be positioned so that when in operation, the water jets do not
impede the escape of passengers from the helicopter.
4) Monitors shall use a constant-flow nozzle to prevent the foam concentrate pick-
up rate varying with firewater flow rate. The nozzle “K” factor shall match the
Pelton Wheel characteristics.
8. Pipe work and fittings
a. The inlet and discharge flanges of the foam system shall terminate at a common skid
edge, suitable for connection to horizontal pipe work.
b. The discharge flange shall be positioned such that the drainage of the tank through
the pump and check valve is prevented.
c. The Pelton Wheel driven pump discharge line shall incorporate a relief valve
arrangement that is sized to discharge foam concentrate back to the bottom of the
tank when pumping against a closed valve.
d. The pump discharge pipe work shall incorporate a pressure gauge and check valve.
151
e. The firewater inlet line to the Pelton Wheel shall incorporate a pressure gauge, filter
and isolation valve.
f. All pressure gauges shall be liquid filled, have a one hundred millimeters (100 mm)
face with Monel trim, incorporate an isolation valve and be mounted so that the
effects of vibration are eliminated.
g. The pipe work between the tank and the pump shall incorporate an isolation valve
and a flushing connection.
h. The Manufacturer/Supplier shall incorporate a throttling valve on the pump line to
permit minor adjustments. The throttling valve shall have a removable handle and
shall be capable of being locked into position.
9. Pump and gearbox
a. The pump shall be of the gear-type positive displacement design.
b. The pump shall be of proprietary design and manufacture and shall be suitable for use
in an exposed marine environment when permanently filled with AFFF concentrate.
c. The pump shall be designed to run with the foam tank empty and the Manufacturer/
Supplier shall state the operating life of the pump when running under this condition.
d. The foam concentrate pump shall meet the requirement of NFPA 20, Standard for the
Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection.
10. Foam storage tanks
a. Foam storage tanks shall be constructed of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP), e.g.,
isophthalic polyester fiberglass.
b. Orthophthalic polyester fiberglass composites and/or room-temperature-cured
epoxy systems shall not be used.
c. Foam tanks shall have the following fittings:
1) inspection opening [min. clear inside diameter is one hundred fifty millimeters
(150 mm), incorporating lockable hinged cover and vent arrangement. Material
of cover to be stainless steel 316 or same as tank body;
2) clear isophthalic polyester strip moulded into tank to act as level gauge;
3) one hundred millimeters (100 mm) diameter filling connection with anti-froth
tube and quick-release cap in stainless steel;
4) drain connection;
5) relief valve return line (anti-froth).
11. Skid
a. Complete foam tank assemblies shall be mounted on a skid of compact design to
suit the footprint space available.
b. Overall skid height shall not exceed one meter (1 m) to allow installation on the
access platform adjacent to the helideck.
c. The Manufacturer/Supplier shall ensure that skids and all ancillary equipment are
designed in accordance with the specified lifting and transportation requirements.
d. Lifting and fixing eyes shall also be provided.
e. A nameplate/instruction plate of corrosion-resistant material (e.g., austenitic stainless
steel or cast bronze) shall be provided and secured in a prominent position on
each skid.
f. The following information shall be displayed on the nameplate:
1) manufacturer’s name and/or identification mark;
2) tank capacity;
3) type of concentrate; and
4) any start-up instructions.
12. Accommodation Areas
a. The Fire and Explosion Strategy shall identify the Active Fire Protection requirement
for accommodation areas.
152
b. The following shall be the typical methodology for protection of accommodation
areas:
1) Corridors and stairwells shall be provided with automatic sprinklers, water hose
reels and water extinguishers.
2) Fire doors in corridors shall have magnetic latches released upon a change in
platform status;
3) Cabins - automatic sprinklers;
4) Offices/Public Rooms/Sick Bay - automatic sprinklers;
5) Public rooms are provided with water extinguishers;
6) Galley - automatic sprinklers and CO2 extinguishers are provided. The deep fat
fryer is provided with a drop-down lid held open by a fusible link;
7) Galley hood/extract duct - Local carbon dioxide extinguishing system; and
8) Radio/Switchgear/Telecom Equipment/HVAC Plant Rooms – CO2 extinguisher.
B. Firefighting Equipment
1. Hydrants
a. The following points shall be considered when locating hydrants:
1) the provision of safe access to and deployment of equipment from hydrants
under all fire conditions;
2) hydrants shall be located so that not more than two hose lengths need to be
deployed from any hydrant in order to allow ease of hose handling and speed of
response;
3) hydrants shall be located outside, or on the periphery of, areas in which the
discharge equipment they serve needs to be used;
b. If hydrants and ancillary equipment are designed to back up fixed systems, they
shall not be supplied from the same section of the fire main as the fixed system
(e.g., deluge/sprinklers).
c. Each hydrant risers shall be provided with an isolation valve to allow maintenance of
an individual hydrant valve.
d. The discharge flow/pressure shall not exceed approximately seven (7) barg with one
thousand (1,000) L/min flow.
e. Proprietary items developed to limit discharge pressures shall be used and the speed
of response of the device shall be fast enough to cope with the surges caused when
a main firewater pump starts up.
f. The pressure regulating devices shall be cased elastomeric ring type with no moving
parts.
g. If equipment with different operating pressures is used at a hydrant outlet, pressure
regulation shall be provided by removable rather than in-line units.
h. Normally ancillary equipment (e.g., hoses, nozzles, valve keys.) shall be located in a
cabinet immediately adjacent to a hydrant outlet.
2. Hose reels, hose lines
a. Typical flow rates achievable are:
1) Hose reels with twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) diameter hose = one fifty
(150) L/min
2) Hose line nozzles on forty-five millimeters (45 mm) diameter hose = four fifty
(450) L/min
3) Hose line nozzles on sixty-five millimeters (65 mm) diameter hose = one thousand
(1,000) L/min
b. Foam solution can be discharged through hose lines. If aspirated foam is required,
special foam nozzles are necessary. For unaspirated foam, normal water application
equipment can be used provided a film-forming foam concentrate is used.
c. Typical application rates for hand-held equipment applying foam solution to
spill fires are in the range of four (4) L/min m2 to eight (8) L/min m2 as required by
NFPA 11. The concentrate-proportioning devices suitable for hand-held equipment
are usually line proportioners and pressure drops shall be allowed.
153
d. Self-inducing nozzles are not normally appropriate because they require a source of
foam concentrate at the nozzle itself and consequently reduce maneuverability.
e. Consideration shall be taken of hose weight and maneuverability:
1) reeled hose lengths shall be limited to thirty meters (30 m);
2) individual hose lengths used from hydrants shall be limited to twenty (20 m);
3) if the specified application rates and pressures are achievable using hoses,
forty-five millimeters (45 mm) hose shall be used in preference to sixty-five
millimeters (65 mm) hose for ease of handling.
3. Monitors
a. Monitors shall be either fixed in position and served directly from the firewater main
or portable and served via hose lines from hydrants.
b. Deployment and adjustment of portable monitors is labor-intensive and time
consuming and they shall not be considered as a means of primary active fire
protection but may be deployed to supplement fixed systems/equipment.
c. Monitors can be used to provide protection in open deck areas where deluge
systems are impractical or are not considered an appropriate protection method.
d. The use of fixed and/or fixed automatic oscillating monitors shall be considered for
applying water to specific targets, protecting firefighters and escape routes and
cooling areas at the boundary of the fire-affected area.
e. Monitors shall have a dedicated supply from the firewater main with a manual
isolation valve external to the area.
f. Monitors shall be accessible in the event of a fire and protected from blast and/or
damage from falling objects.
4. Sprinkler Systems
a. Selection of the sprinkler system type shall take into account environmental conditions
and the water damage that it may cause. The selected sprinkler system type shall be
designed in accordance with a recognized standard, such as NFPA 13.
b. Sprinkler systems used on offshore facilities shall be one of the following types:
1) wet-pipe;
2) dry-pipe; and
3) pre-action.
c. Sprinkler heads with a nominal orifice of less than ten millimeters (10 mm) and a
metric ‘K’ function of less than forty-seven (47) shall not be used.
d. In areas with high ventilation air currents, additional sprinkler locations may be
required to cover the heat plume/heat travel from the design fire scenarios.
e. Sprinklers in cooking areas shall not impinge directly onto the equipment used for
heating cooking oil or fat.
f. Frangible-bulb-actuated automatic spray sprinkler heads shall be used in sprinkler
systems on offshore facilities.
g. Fusible-link or fusible-strut type sprinkler heads shall not be used
h. Sprinkler heads shall be upright and located above the branch pipes except in areas
having suspended ceilings, where decorative type pendant heads may be used
with connections being taken from the top of the branch pipe and the heads being
located in the center of ceiling tiles where practicable.
i. In areas having suspended ceilings where decorative type pendant heads may be
used then the sprinkler head shall be sited below the tiles with ceiling rosettes around
the base of each sprinkler head.
j. All sprinkler heads shall be suitable for use with raw sea water, even though systems
may be charged with fresh water.
k. Actuation of one (1) or more sprinkler heads shall be detected by either a flow switch
in the pipe work or a differential pressure flow transmitter connected to the firewater
shutdown system.
l. A manual isolation valve shall be provided immediately upstream of the sprinkler
control valve.
154
1) The manual isolation valve shall have an indicator to show open and closed
positions.
2) The manual isolation shall be locked with leather straps or nylon chains and
padlocks under normal operating conditions.
3) A key for the padlocks shall be provided in a break-glass type container adjacent
to the valve
5. Deluge Systems
a. The deluge system for water spray system shall be designed as per the requirement
of NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection.
b. The foam-water spray system using deluge shall be designed as per NFPA 16, Standard
for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems. Deluge
systems shall provide a uniform application of water to equipment and pipe work
within a designated fire risk area in order to cool the area, prevent failure of the
equipment and pipe work therein and prevent escalation of the incident to other
areas. For extinguishing the hydrocarbon pool fires, foam-water spray using Deluge
system shall be considered.
c. A feature shall be provided to enable the deluge valves to be tested without
discharging firewater through the pipe work or nozzles.
d. The deluge system shall have a deluge valve that is separated from the area that the
system is protecting by locating it at a distance, by means of a rated fire wall or by
locating it within an enclosure.
e. In order to maintain a firewater supply to a deluge system, a secondary supply that
is connected to the system shall be considered.
f. The deluge system shall have manually operated isolating valves that are of fire safe
design.
g. If the water quality can cause blockage of the pipe work or spray nozzles, a strainer
shall be located immediately upstream of the deluge valve.
1) The strainer shall be sized for the full design flow and pressure conditions of the
deluge system.
2) A manual bypass around the strainer shall be fitted to allow maintenance of the
strainer.
h. All piping downstream of deluge valve shall be self-draining.
i. The deluge system shall be designed to protect personnel by means of radiation
water screens and/or a water spray system.
1) Water screens/drenchers shall be located near natural fire-breaks, e.g., main
walkways and/or escape and evacuation routes to create a water curtain as an
exposure/radiated heat protection barrier for personnel.
2) The use of monitors may also be considered although their effectiveness is likely
to be limited, unless they are used to back up other fixed systems.
j. General area protection shall be provided by means of open sprinklers positioned to
achieve a typical minimum discharge density of ten and two tenths liters per minute
per square meter (10.2 L/min/m2) of floor area for uncongested areas.
k. For congested areas and in the vicinity of hydrocarbon pumps and compressors
the discharge density may have to be increased up to twenty and four tenths
(20.4) L/min per m2 based on test data or knowledge based on similar condition to
those that will apply on the offshore facility in question.
l. Water application rate, for water curtains providing personal protection on escape
and evacuation routes for personal protection against pool fires, shall be between
fifteen to forty-five (15-45) L/min per m.
m. High-pressure jet fires are very intense, transfer heat at high rates to any object in the
high-momentum region of the flame and are difficult to extinguish using water spray
or foam deluge systems.
n. The primary extinguishment technique for high pressure jet fires shall be to remove
the pressure and isolate the fuel source.
o. Specific equipment protection shall be provided where there is a threat of escalation
that cannot be controlled by blowdown or contained by Area Protection using
155
open sprinklers. Specific equipment protection shall be provided for equipment in
shadowed areas where area protection is deemed ineffective.
p. Deluge systems shall have dedicated nozzles for protection of primary load-bearing
structural steelwork to avoid local damage from credible fire risks.
q. Structural protection may be considered for all primary load-bearing structural
steelwork not essential to the support of the Temporary Refuge (TR) and Evacuation
Escape and Rescue (EER) facilities in areas where there is a significant fire risk.
r. Structures essential to the support of the TR and EER facilities shall be protected by
Passive Fire Protection to ensure that they survive long enough under all foreseeable
fire conditions to allow evacuation of the offshore facility.
s. Spray heads for structural protection shall be located on the side of the steelwork
facing the area protected by the deluge system. If a structural member is located
entirely within the protected area, spray heads shall alternate on either side of the
member.
t. The deluge valve shall automatically open if the air pressure falls below that required
to keep the valve closed. The air shall be supplied to the deluge valve assembly from
the air supply through a pressure regulator.
u. Pneumatic systems shall be capable of preventing spurious deluge release for two
(2) hours after loss of instrument air supply.
v. An air reservoir [typically five liters (5 L) capacity] may be provided to maintain the
deluge valve in a closed position. The size of the air reservoir shall consider maximum
leakage rate per joint (excluding threaded connections) of less than two thousand
eight hundred thirty-two liters (2,832 L) per year.
w. A correctly sized restriction orifice [typically one millimeter (1 mm) diameter hole size)]
shall be installed in the pneumatic supply immediately downstream of the regulator
and air reservoir where fitted.
6. Foam Systems
a. The foam system shall be selected and designed in accordance with the requirements
of NFPA 11, Standard for Low, Medium, and High -Expansion Foam Systems or NFPA 16,
Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems.
b. Design quantity of the foam concentrate shall be capable to meet the minimum
system running times with one hundred percent (100%) backup.
c. Central foam systems shall not be utilized as a primary source of foam solution to
hand held equipment. This is to avoid compromising the quantity of foam available
to protect the equipment for which the foam system is primarily designed.
d. Foam “low-level” indication shall be provided for foam concentrate storage tanks
where automatic foam discharge shut-down is required. Foam concentrate flow
indication shall be provided for all systems.
7. Gaseous Extinguishing System
a. The Fire Hazard Assessment shall determine the type of extinguishing agent, the
spaces that needs to be protected by each system, and the method of activating
the system.
b. Only extinguishing agents that do not have a negative impact on the environment
and are not electrically conductive shall be applied in gaseous extinguishing systems.
c. The use of carbon dioxide shall not be used unless approved by the Principal due to
the asphyxiation risk.
d. Extinguishing agents e.g., water mist system, as per NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist
Fire Protection Systems or other clean agents as per NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean
Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, shall be used.
SECTION 10.2.19.8 PIERS AND WATER-SURROUNDED STRUCTURE

A. This Section applies to water-surrounded structures or piers occupied as a place of
amusement, passenger terminal or used for any purpose other than for the mooring of
vessels and handling of cargo. Such piers shall be provided with means of exit from any
structures thereon and to the shore appropriate to the character or occupancy of the pier
in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 8 through 20 of this RIRR.
156
B. Any pier so occupied, extending more than forty-six meters (46 m) from the shore, shall be
so arranged as to minimize the possibility that fire in or under the pier, may block escape of
occupants to shore by one (1) or more of the following measures:
1. It must be provided with two (2) separate ways of travel to shore, by two (2)
well-separated walkways or independent structures.
2. The pier deck must be open, fire-resistant, and supported with non-combustible
materials.
3. The pier deck must be provided with automatic fire suppression system protection for
combustible structure and for superstructure, if any.
4. It should be completely open and unobstructed, and is fifteen meters (15 m) in width
if less than one hundred fifty-two meters (152 m) long; or its width is not less than ten
percent (10%) of its length if over one hundred fifty-two meters (152 m) long.
C. Any building or structure surrounded by water such as a lighthouse shall have sufficient
outside area of ground as on an island, or fire-resistant platform, to provide an adequate
area of refuge from any fire in the structure. Means shall be available for transportation of
occupants away from such structures to the shore or other places of safety such as by boat
or helicopter, in case of fire or other emergency, within a reasonable period of time.
SECTION 10.2.19.9 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) SYSTEM

A. General
1. All Solar PV electrical energy systems, including the array circuit(s), inverter(s), and
controller(s) for such systems shall comply with the installation requirements of the latest
edition of PEC and NFPA 70. All materials used (panels, inverters, battery, and the like)
must be compliant with UL fire safety standards or equivalent international standards
like International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
2. All Electrical Energy Storage for Solar PV Systems such as batteries must be installed in
accordance with the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 70. The interconnected battery
cells shall be considered grounded where the PV power source is installed. Battery
room must be adequately ventilated, with not less than two-hour (2-hr) fire rating, and
with system protection.
3. All Solar PV must have adequate system protection like Direct Current (DC) and
Alternating Current (AC) breakers or fuse, surge protection and safety disconnect or
isolation in case of fire and system maintenance.
4. The plans, design, and specification of the Solar PV System shall be signed and sealed
by a Professional Electrical Engineer (PEE) for the issuance of Electrical Installation
Clearance.
5. Installation of equipment and all associated wiring and interconnections shall
be performed only by qualified Electrical Practitioners or Registered Electrical
Engineer (REE).
B. Solar PV systems with a maximum system voltage over one thousand volts (1,000 V) DC shall
comply with NFPA 70 and other requirements applicable to installations rated over one
thousand volts (1,000 V).
C. Solar PV systems used directly to charge electric vehicles shall comply with latest edition of
PEC and NFPA 70.
D. All Solar PV roof insulation shall comply with the latest civil and structural requirements of
the latest edition of the National Building Code of the Philippines (NBCP) to ensure structural
integrity and consumer safety. All host Structures of Solar PV systems shall comply with the
installation requirements of the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 70.
E. All Solar PV system shall be inspected and properly maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instruction or with the latest edition of PEC. Reports shall be attached to
FSMR and be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.2.19.10 TOWERS

A. Any tower utilized for such purposes as observation, signaling, either as an independent
structure or on top of a building, shall be permitted to have a single stairway or ramp exit if
all of the following conditions are met:
1. The tower is of such size as not to be subject to occupancy by more than twenty-five (25)
persons at any floor level.
157
2. The tower shall not be used for living or sleeping purposes.
3. The construction shall be fire-resistant, noncombustible or constructed of heavy timber.
The interior finish, if any, is Class A or Class B, and there shall be no combustible materials
in, under, or in the immediate vicinity of the tower except necessary furniture such as
bare wooden or metal chairs or benches.
B. In each tower where there is no occupancy below the top floor level and the conditions
required by para “A” above are met, stairs may be open with no enclosure required or,
where the structure is entirely open, fire-escape type stairs may be used.
C. Stairs shall be Class B for new construction. For existing towers, outside stairs or fire-escape
type stairs may be allowed
D. A tower such as a forest observation tower and a railroad signal tower, designed
for occupancy only of not more than three (3) persons therein, may be of any type of
construction, and may be served by ladders instead of stairs. However, if used for living
or sleeping purposes, it shall at least comply with exit requirements in accordance with
Section 10.2.14.6 of this RIRR for family dwellings.
E. Utility/transmitter building shall be provided with appropriate type of automatic fire
extinguishing system and, if subject to occupancy by technician/authorized personnel,
automatic fire alarm system and portable fire extinguishers shall also be provided.
F. Advertisement structures shall be made of fire-resistant materials including its signage
components.
SECTION 10.2.19.11 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES AND WINDOWLESS BUILDINGS

A. General
1. Any area subject to occupancy by fifty (50) or more persons, from which there is no
direct access to outdoors or to another area and no outside light or ventilation through
windows, shall be equipped with approved, supervised automatic fire suppression
system protection in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
2. Any underground structure, building, or floor area lacking direct outside access or
windows and having combustible contents, interior finish, or construction, if subject
to occupancy by more than one hundred (100) persons shall have automatic smoke
venting facilities in accordance with Section 10.2.7.3 of this RIRR and in addition to
automatic fire suppression system protection in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this
RIRR.
3. Any underground structure or windowless building, for which no natural lighting is
provided, shall be provided with emergency lighting in accordance with Section
B. Underground Structures
Where required from underground structure involving upward travel such as ascending
stairs or ramps, such upward exits shall be cut off from main floor areas and shall be provided
with outside smoke venting facilities or other means to prevent the exits serving as flues for
smoke from any fire in the area served by the exits, thereby making the exits impassable.
C. Windowless Buildings
Every windowless building shall be provided with outside access panels on each floor
level. Such panels shall be designed for use of firefighters in accordance with all of the
1. The opening shall have dimensions of not less than five hundred sixty millimeters
(560 mm) in width and eight hundred millimeters (800 mm) in height and shall be
unobstructed to allow for ventilation and rescue operations from the exterior;
2. The bottom of the opening shall be not more than eight hundred millimeters (800 mm)
above the floor;
3. The opening shall be readily identifiable from both the exterior and interior; and
4. The opening shall be readily openable from both the exterior and interior.
D. Road Tunnel
Fire protection and fire life safety requirements for road tunnels shall be provided in
accordance with NFPA 502, Standard for Road Tunnels, Bridges, and Other Limited Access
Highways or other internationally accepted standards. The provisions cited below shall not
158
apply to a roadway or portion of a roadway not fully enclosed on both sides, or not fully
enclosed on top, or any combination thereof.
1. Road tunnel shall be categorized as follows:
a. Category X – Where tunnel length is less than ninety meters (90 m).
b. Category A – Where tunnel length is ninety meters (90 m) but not greater than two
hundred thirty-nine meters (239 m) .
c. Category B – Where tunnel length is two hundred forty meters (240 m) but not greater
than two hundred ninety-nine meters (299 m), and where the maximum distance
from any point within the tunnel to a point of safety exceeds one hundred twenty
meters (120 m).
d. Category C – Where the tunnel length is three hundred meters (300 m) but not greater
than nine hundred ninety-nine meters (999 m).
e. Category D – Where the tunnel length equals or exceeds one thousand meters
(1,000 m).
2. Tunnels described in categories B, C, and D shall have at least one (1) manual fire alarm
and detection means of identifying and locating a fire.
3. Tunnels described in categories B, C, and D without twenty-four hour (24-hr) supervision
shall have an automatic fire detection system in accordance with para 9 below.
4. Closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems with traffic flow indication devices or surveillance
cameras shall be permitted for use to identify and locate fires in tunnels with twenty-four
hour (24-hr) supervision.
5. When water-based firefighting systems are installed in road tunnels, an automatic fire
detection system shall be provided.
6. Ancillary spaces within tunnels defined in categories B, C, and D (such as pump stations
and utility rooms) and other areas shall be supervised by automatic fire alarm systems.
7. Manual fire alarm boxes mounted in National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) Enclosure Type 4 (IP 65) or equivalent boxes shall be installed at intervals of not
more than ninety meters (90 m) and at all cross passages and means of egress from the
tunnel. The system shall be installed, inspected, and maintained in accordance with
8. The manual fire alarm boxes shall be accessible to the public and the tunnel personnel.
The alarm shall indicate the location of the manual fire alarm boxes at the monitoring
station.
9. Automatic fire detection systems shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6
of this RIRR and approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
10. Portable fire extinguishers, with a rating of 2-A:20-B:C, shall be located along the
roadway in approved wall cabinets at intervals of not more than ninety meters (90 m).
To facilitate safe use by motorists, the maximum weight of each extinguisher shall be
nine kilograms (9 kg).
11. The means of egress requirements for all road tunnels shall be in accordance with
Division 5 of this Chapter, except as modified herein. Reflective or lighted directional
signs indicating the distance to the two (2) nearest emergency exits shall be provided
on the side walls at distances of no more than twenty-five meters (25 m).
12. The walking surfaces of the emergency exits, cross passageways, and walkways shall
be slip resistant.
13. Emergency exit doors shall provide protection against fire and ensure pressurization of
escape routes. Doors to the emergency exits shall open in the direction of exit travel.
Horizontal sliding doors shall have a sign identifying them as horizontal sliding doors and
indicating the direction to open.
14. Emergency exit doors shall be one and a half-hour (1.5-hr) rated doors and shall be
installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 80, Standard for Fire Doors and
Fire Windows. Emergency exit doors shall be self-closing door systems.
15. Emergency exits shall be provided throughout the tunnel. Spacing between exits for
protection of tunnel occupants shall not exceed three hundred meters (300 m).
16. The tunnel roadway surface, when supported by a traffic management system, shall be
considered as a part of the egress pathway. Where walkways are provided for egress
159
purposes, the walkway egress path shall have a minimum clear width of one and twelve
hundredths meters (1.12 m), lead directly to an emergency exit, and be protected from
traffic.
17. The emergency exits shall be separated from the tunnel by a minimum of a two-hour
(2-hr) fire-rated construction.
18. Emergency exits shall be pressurized in accordance with NFPA 80.
19. Where portals of the tunnel are below surface grade, surface grade shall be made
accessible by a stair, vehicle ramp, or pedestrian ramp. Where cross-passageways are
used as an emergency exit, provisions shall be included that stop all traffic operation in
the adjacent tunnel.
20. Wet standpipe systems (automatic or semi-automatic) shall be connected to an
approved water supply that is capable of supplying the system demand for a minimum
of one (1) hour. Dry standpipe systems shall have an approved water supply that is
capable of supplying the system demand for a minimum of one (1) hour. Acceptable
water supplies shall include the following:
a. Public or Privately owned waterworks systems that have adequate pressure and flow
rate and a level of integrity acceptable to the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
b. Automatic or manually controlled fire pumps that are connected to an approved
water source;
c. Pressure-type or gravity-type storage tanks that are installed, inspected, and
maintained in accordance with NFPA 22, Standard for Water Tanks for Private Fire
Protection.
21. Fire department connections shall be of the threaded two-way or three-way type
or shall consist with a minimum of one hundred millimeters (100 mm) quick-connect
coupling that is accessible. Each independent standpipe system shall have a minimum
of two (2) fire department connections that are remotely located from each other.
22. Hose connections shall be spaced so that no location on the protected roadway is
more than forty-five meters (45 m) from the hose connection. Hose connection spacing
shall not exceed eighty-five meters (85 m). Hose connections shall have sixty-five
millimeters (65 mm) external treads in accordance with NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire
Hose Connections.
23. Emergency ventilation systems and tunnel operating procedures shall be developed to
maximize the use of the road tunnel ventilation system for the removal and control of
smoke and heated gases that result from fire emergencies within the tunnel. Emergency
ventilation shall be required in tunnels exceeding one thousand meters (1,000 m).
DIVISION 20. HIGH RISE BUILDINGS
SECTION 10.2.20.1 SCOPE

This Section deals with life safety from fires and similar emergencies in high rise buildings.
It covers fire safety features in construction and protection of exits and passageways, and
provisions for fire protection.
SECTION 10.2.20.2 FIRE COMMAND CENTER

For building ten (10) or more floors, a Fire Command Center shall be provided in a location
approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. The Fire Command Center shall be accessible
directly from the exterior of the building at the floor of exit discharge with a sign on the door
stating “Fire Command Center”.
A. The Fire Command Center shall be separated by not less than two (2) hours fire resistive
construction.
B. The Fire Command Center shall be not less than ten square meters (10 m2) with no dimensions
less than one and a half meters (1.5 m) with minimum ceiling height of not less than two and
four tenths meters (2.4 m).
C. The Fire Command Center shall contain the following:
1. Emergency voice/alarm communication system unit which shall provide a
predetermined message (applicable information and directions to occupants) to the
fire area where the alarm originated, actuated by a smoke detector, sprinkler head,
160
water flow device, or manual fire alarm; and operate between the fire command center
and every elevator, elevator lobby, exit stairway, and exit access corridor.
2. Fire department communication unit.
3. Fire detection and alarm system annunciator unit
4. Elevator floor location and operation annunciator.
5. Sprinkler valve and water flow display panels.
6. Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
7. Telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public telephone
system. A telephone station or jack shall also be provided in each fire pump room.
8. Fire pump status indicators.
9. Status indicators and controls for air handling systems.
10. The firefighters control panel for smoke control systems.
11. Emergency power and standby power status indicators.
12. Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the building
core, means of egress, fire protection systems, firefighting equipment and fire department
access.
13. Public address system, where specifically required by other rules of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
D. Shut off valves and water flow devices at the riser connection must be provided on each
floor. Combined sprinkler/standpipe systems must have an individual control valve and
check valve at each sprinkler connection.
SECTION 10.2.20.3 SMOKE CONTROL

High rise buildings shall be designed in such a manner that the levels of smoke concentration
in protected spaces can be maintained within values tolerable by occupants. The protected
spaces shall include stairwells, at least one (1) elevator shaft, and floor spaces readily
accessible to all occupants and large enough to accommodate them. Smoke control systems
in accordance with Section 10.2.7.3 of this RIRR shall be provided in the cited protected spaces
for safe evacuation of all occupants and safety of the responding fire fighters and rescuers
during the conduct of their operations.
SECTION 10.2.20.4 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PROTECTION

High rise buildings shall be protected with approved, supervised sprinkler systems designed
and installed in accordance with NFPA 13. The approved, supervised sprinkler systems must
protect all floor spaces including every closet and concealed spaces/plenums of certain
configuration and construction – particularly where combustible materials are located such as
exposed electrical wiring, combustible duct work, and combustible sound/thermal insulation.
The system shall be interconnected to the Fire Command Center of the building.
SECTION 10.2.20.5 STAIRWELLS

A. All stairwells shall be enclosed and protected in accordance with Division 5 of this Chapter.
All doors on stairwells shall be kept closed. Electronically locked fire exit doors shall be
integrated in the Fire Detection Alarm System to automatically unlock during an emergency.
B. All interior stairwells used as a means of egress shall be pressurized. In no case shall stairwells
in high rise buildings be allowed to be unprotected.
SECTION 10.2.20.6 FIRST-AID FIRE PROTECTION

A. In addition to the other requirements of this RIRR, each floor shall be provided with a
thirty-eight millimeter (38-mm) lightweight flexible hose equipped with a spray nozzle and
connected to the wet standpipe system capable of providing water supply for at least a
period of thirty (30) minutes.
B. Portable fire extinguisher shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.2.20.7 APPLICABILITY OF ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS CODE

This Section shall supplement all other applicable provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
161
DIVISION 21. OPERATING FEATURES

A. Fire Exit Drills
1. Fire exit drills shall be conducted in coordination with the Office of the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
2. Fire exit drills conforming to the provisions of this Division shall be regularly conducted
in schools and in other occupancies where specified by the provisions of Divisions 8
through 20 of this Chapter, or by appropriate action of the C/MFM having jurisdiction
over the area. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall exercise discretion for the necessary
modifications in detail of procedures to make the drills more effective for their intended
purposes.
3. Fire exit drills, where required, shall be held with sufficient frequency to familiarize all
occupants with the drill procedure and to have the conduct of the drill a matter of
established routine.
4. Drills shall be held at unexpected times and under varying conditions to simulate the
unusual conditions obtaining in case of fire.
5. Planning and conduct of drills shall be the responsibility of the management and/or
owners of business establishments. Such planning and drill shall be made in consultation
and coordination with the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. In the conduct of drills, emphasis shall be placed upon orderly evacuation under proper
discipline rather than upon speed.
7. Drills shall include suitable procedures to make sure that all persons in the building, or all
persons subject to the drill, actually participate.
8. Fire alarm facilities, where available, shall be used in the conduct of fire exit drills.
9. The management of every establishment shall submit to the C/MFM having jurisdiction
an after activity report of all drills conducted during the prescribed period throughout
the year.
B. Furnishing and Decorations
1. No furnishing, decorations, or other objects shall be so placed as to obstruct exits,
access thereto, egress therefrom, or visibility thereof.
2. Furnishing or decorations shall be treated with flame retardant where required by the
applicable provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
3. No furnishing or decorations of an explosive or highly flammable character shall be
used in any place of assembly or other occupancy.
C. Automatic Fire Suppression System
All automatic fire suppression systems required by this Chapter shall be continuously
maintained in reliable operational condition at all times and such periodic inspections and
tests shall be made to assure proper maintenance.
D. Alarm and Fire Detection Systems
1. Systems shall be under the supervision of qualified and competent persons, who shall
cause proper tests to be made at specified intervals and have general charge of all
alternations and additions.
2. Systems shall be tested at intervals as recommended by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Fire alarm signaling equipment shall be restored to service as promptly as possible
after each test or alarm and shall be kept in normal conditions ready for operation.
Equipment requiring rewinding or replenishing shall be rewound or replenished as
promptly as possible after test or alarm.
E. Fire Retardant Paints
Fire retardant paints or solutions shall be reapplied at such intervals as necessary to
maintain the necessary flame retardant properties.
F. Recognition of Means of Egress
Hangings or draperies shall not be placed over exit doors or otherwise located as to
conceal or obscure any exit. Mirrors shall not be placed on exit doors nor in or adjacent to
any exit in such a manner as to confuse the direction of exit.
162
G. Preventive Maintenance Record
Preventive maintenance records shall be prepared by the Fire Safety Practitioner in
charge and submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction every after inspection and test.
SECTION 10.2.21.2 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY

A. Drills
The employees or attendants of places or public assembly shall be trained and drilled
in the duties they are to perform in case of fire, panic, or other related emergencies in order
to be of greatest service in effecting the orderly exit of occupants.
B. Opens Flame Devices
No open flame lighting devices shall be used in any place of assembly.
Exception No. 1: Where necessary for ceremonial or religious purposes, the C/MFM having
jurisdiction may permit open flame lighting under such restrictions as are
necessary to avoid danger of ignition of combustible materials or injury to
occupants.
Exception No. 2: Open flame devices may be used on stages where a necessary part
of theatrical performances, provided that adequate precautions,
satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction are taken to prevent ignition
of any combustible materials.
Exception No. 3: Gas lights may be permitted, provided that adequate precautions
satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction are taken to prevent ignition
or any combustible materials.
C. Special Food Service Devices
Portable cooking equipment shall be permitted only as follows:
1. Equipment fueled by small heat sources which can be readily extinguished by water,
such as candles or alcohol-burning equipment (including “solid alcohol”) may be used,
provided adequate precautions satisfactory to the C/MFM having jurisdiction are taken
to prevent ignition of any combustible materials.
2. Candles may be used on tables for food service if securely supported on substantial
non-combustible bases, so located as to avoid danger of ignition of combustible
materials and only if approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Candle flames shall
be protected.
3. “Flaming Sword” or other equipment involving open flames and flamed dishes such
as cherries jubilee, crepes suzette, etc., may be permitted, provided that necessary
precautions are taken subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
D. Smoking
1. Smoking in places of assembly shall be regulated by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. In rooms or areas where smoking is prohibited, plainly visible “NO SMOKING” signs shall
be posted.
3. No person shall smoke in prohibited areas.
4. Where smoking is permitted, suitable ash trays or receptacles should be provided in
convenient locations.
E. Decorations and Stage Scenery
1. Combustible materials shall be treated with an effective flame retardant material. Stage
settings made of combustible materials shall likewise be treated with flame retardant
materials.
2. Only noncombustible materials or fire retardant pressure treated wood may be used for
stage scenery or props, on the audience side of the proscenium arch.
3. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall impose controls on the volume and arrangement
of combustible contents (including decorations) in places of assembly to provide
adequate level of safety to life from fire.
F. Seating
1. Seats in assembly occupancies accommodating more than two hundred (200) persons
shall be securely fastened to the floor except together in groups of not less than three (3)
163
or more than seven (7) and as permitted by the next paragraph. All seats in balconies
and galleries shall be securely fastened to the floor, except in places of worship.
2. Seats not secured to the floor may be permitted in restaurants, night clubs, and other
occupancies where the fastening of seats to the floor may be impractical; Provided,
that in the area used for seating (excluding dance floors, stage, etc.), there shall be not
more than one seat for each one and four tenths square meters (1.4 m2) of net floor area
and adequate aisles to reach exits shall be maintained at all times.
SECTION 10.2.21.3 EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES

A. Drills
1. Fire exit drills shall be conducted regularly in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the following paragraphs.
2. There shall be at least four (4) exit drills a year in consultation and coordination with the
3. Drills shall be conducted during class hours; during the changing of classes; when the
school is at assembly; during recess or gymnastic periods; etc., so as to avoid distinction
between drills and actual fires. If a drill is called, the pupils shall be instructed to form in
line and immediately proceed to the nearest available exit in an orderly manner.
4. Every fire exit drill shall be an exercise by the school management. Teachers shall have
a complete control of the class. Great stress shall be laid upon the execution of each
drill in a brisk, quiet, and orderly manner. Running shall be prohibited. In case there
are pupils incapable of holding their places in a line moving at a reasonable speed,
provisions shall be made to have them taken care of by the more sturdy pupils, moving
independently of the regular line of march.
5. BFP personnel shall be appointed to assist in the proper execution of all drills. The
searching of toilets and other rooms shall be the duty of the teachers or other members
of the staff.
6. As drills simulate an actual fire condition, pupils shall not be allowed to obtain anything
after the alarm is sounded, even when in classrooms, which would contribute to the
confusion.
7. Each class or group shall proceed to a primary assembly point outside the building and
remain there until all are accounted for, leaving only when a recall signal is given to
return to their classrooms, or when dismissed. Such points shall be sufficiently far away
from the building and from each other as to avoid danger from any fire in the building,
interference with fire department operations, or confusion between different classes or
groups. An alternate assembly point shall be planned for and used during other drills to
ensure safety of the children if and when the primary assembly point cannot be used.
8. Where necessary for drill lines to cross roadways, signs reading “STOP! SCHOOL FIRE
DRILL GOING ON” or equivalent shall be carried by assigned personnel to the traffic
intersecting points in order to stop the traffic flow during the drill.
B. Signals
1. All fire exit drill alarms shall be sounded on the fire alarm system and not on the signal
system used to dismiss classes.
2. Whenever any of the school authorities determine an actual fire exists, they shall
immediately call the nearest fire station. At the same time, they shall try to extinguish
the fire as circumstances permit.
3. In order to ensure that pupils will not return to a burning building, the recall signal shall
be one that is separate and distinct from and cannot be mistaken for any other signals.
SECTION 10.2.21.4 DAY CARE OCCUPANCIES

A. Emergency Egress and Relocation Drills
1. Emergency egress and relocation drill shall be conducted at least once every quarter.
2. All occupants of the building shall participate in the drill.
B. Inspection
Fire prevention inspection shall be conducted monthly by a trained senior member of
the staff, after which a copy of the latest inspection report shall be posted in a conspicuous
place in the day care facility.
164
C. Furnishings and Decorations
1. Clothing and personal effects shall not be stored in corridors, unless the building is
protected by an automatic sprinkler system.
2. Artwork and teaching materials shall be permitted to be attached directly to the walls,
provided it shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the wall area in a building that
is not protected throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system
and shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the wall area in a building that is protected
throughout by an approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system.
D. Day Care Staff
Adequate adult staff shall be on duty in the facility and alert at all times where clients
are present.
SECTION 10.2.21.5 HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES

Evacuation Plan and Fire Exit Drills
A. The administration of every hospital and nursing home shall have an approved evacuation
plan for the guidance of all persons in the event of fire. Copies of such plans shall be
made available to all supervisors and personnel. All employees shall be instructed and
kept informed of their detailed duties under the plan. A copy of the plan shall be readily
available at all times, in the telephone operator’s position, or at the security center.
B. Every bed intended for use by institutional occupants shall be easily movable under
conditions of evacuation and shall be equipped with the type and size of casters to allow
easy mobility, especially over elements of the structure such as expansion plates and
elevator thresholds. The C/MFM having jurisdiction may make exceptions in equipping beds
intended for use in areas limited to patients such as convalescent, self-care or psychiatric
patients.
C. Fire exit drills in hospitals shall include the transmission of a fire alarm signal and simulation
of emergency fire conditions, except the movement of infirm or bed-ridden patients to safe
areas or to the exterior of the building. Drills shall be conducted quarterly on each shift to
familiarize hospital personnel (nurses, interns, maintenance personnel and administrative
staff) with signals and emergency action required under varied conditions.
SECTION 10.2.21.6 RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE OCCUPANCIES

A. Emergency Egress and Relocation Drills
1. Emergency egress and relocation drills shall be conducted on a quarterly basis, with
not less than two (2) drills conducted during the night when residents are sleeping.
2. The emergency drills shall be permitted to be announced to the residents in advance.
The drills shall involve the actual evacuation of all residents to an assembly point, and
shall provide residents with experience in egressing through all exits and means of
escape of the building.
3. An assembly point can be located outside the building, in a separate building, or in an
adjacent smoke compartment in the same building.
4. Exits and means of escape not used in any drill shall not be credited in meeting the
requirements of RA 9514 and its RIRR for board and care facilities.
5. Residents who cannot meaningfully assist in their own evacuation or who have special
health problems shall not be required to actively participate in the drill.
B. Smoking
Smoking shall be prohibited in any room, compartment, or area where flammable
or combustible liquids, combustible gases, or oxygen is used or stored and in any other
hazardous location, and the following also shall apply:
1. “NO SMOKING” (or the international symbol for no smoking) signs shall be posted in such
areas.
2. Where smoking is totally prohibited, signs so indicating shall be placed at all major
entrances,
3. Areas where smoking is permitted shall be clearly identified.
4. Ashtrays of noncombustible material and safe design shall be provided and required to
be used in all areas where smoking is permitted.
165
5. Self-closing cover devices into which ashtrays can be emptied shall be made available
to all areas where smoking is permitted and shall be used.
6. Where smoking is permitted, noncombustible safety-type ashtrays or receptacles shall
be provided in convenient locations.
C. Staff
Staff shall be on duty and in the facility at all times when residents requiring evacuation
assistance are present.
D. Inspection of Door Openings
Door assemblies for which the door leaf is required to swing in the direction of egress
travel shall be inspected and tested.
SECTION 10.2.21.7 RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES

A. Hotel Emergency Organization
All employees of hotels shall be instructed and drilled in the duties they are to perform
in case of fire, panic, or other related emergencies.
Drills of the hotel emergency organization shall be held twice a year covering such
points as the operation and maintenance of the available first aid fire appliances, the
testing of guest alerting devices, and a study of instruction for emergency duties.
B. Dormitories, Lodging and Rooming Houses
Fire exit drills shall be regularly conducted at least twice a year.
SECTION 10.2.21.8 MERCANTILE, BUSINESS, AND INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES

In every mercantile, business or industrial occupancy subject to occupancy by fifty (50) or
more persons, fire exit drills shall be held at least twice a year.
SECTION 10.2.21.9 SPECIAL STRUCTURES

A. Waste or refuse shall not be allowed to accumulate in any area or in any manner that
creates a fire hazard.
B. Flammable or Combustible Liquids
1. The use, mixing, dispensing, and storage of flammable or combustible liquids shall be in
accordance with Chapters 3 and 4 of this Rule and the following Codes:
a. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
b. NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
2. Approved flammable or combustible liquids and liquefied petroleum gases used for
special effects shall be allowed.
C. Welding shall be in accordance with NFPA 51, Standard for the Design and Installation
of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes, and NFPA 51B,
Standard for Fire Prevention during Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work.
D. Audience Life Safety. When an audience is present during productions, provisions for life
safety and means of egress shall be subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
E. Emergency Services Notification. The production company shall provide a procedure
acceptable to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for notifying the public emergency services of
emergency incidents
CHAPTER 3. FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

DIVISION 1. SCOPE

This Chapter shall apply to materials and chemicals, which are:
A. Highly flammable that may react to cause fires or explosions;
B. By their presence may create a fire or explosion hazard;
C. By their toxicity, flammability, or reactivity render firefighting dangerous;
166
D. Flammable or combustible that are chemically unstable and may spontaneously form
explosive compounds; and
E. Flammable or combustible that may undergo spontaneous reactions of explosive violence
or with sufficient evolution of heat to be a fire hazard.
DIVISION 2. FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

A Fire Safety Clearance (FSC) for the installation and conveyance of all hazardous materials
shall be issued by the BFP as prerequisite for the issuance of appropriate permits and licenses
from the local and other government agencies concerned.
DIVISION 3. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS, WASTES, AND

HAZARD OF CONTENTS
SECTION 10.3.3.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION

Materials shall be classified into one (1) or more of the following categories of hazardous
materials:
A. Corrosive solids, liquids, or gases;
B. Flammable solids, liquids and aerosols;
C. Flammable, inert and oxidizing cryogenic fluids;
D. Flammable and inert gases;
E. Organic peroxide formulations;
F. Oxidizer solids and liquids;
G. Oxidizing gases;
H. Pyrophoric solids, liquids, or gases;
I. Toxic or highly toxic solids, liquids, or gases;
J. Unstable (reactive) solids, liquids, or gases;
K. Water-reactive solids or liquids;
L. Radioactive materials; and
M. Explosives.
SECTION 10.3.3.2 CLASSIFICATION OF HIGH-HAZARD CONTENTS

A. High-Hazard Level 1 Contents. Materials that present a detonation hazard, including, but
not limited to, the following hazard categories:
1. Class 4 oxidizers;
2. Detonable pyrophoric solids or liquids;
3. Class 3 detonable and Class 4 unstable (reactive) solids, liquids, or gases; and
4. Detonable organic peroxides.
B. High-Hazard Level 2 Contents. Materials that present a deflagration hazard or a hazard
from accelerated burning, including, but not limited to, the following hazard categories:
1. Combustible dusts stored, used, or generated in a manner creating a severe fire or
explosion hazard;
2. Class I organic peroxides;
3. Class 3 solid or liquid oxidizers that are used or stored in normally open containers or
systems or in closed containers or systems at gauge pressures of more than one hundred
three and four tenths kilopascals (103.4 kPa);
4. Flammable gases;
5. Flammable cryogenic fluids;
6. Nondetonable pyrophoric solids, liquids, or gases;
7. Class 3 nondetonable unstable (reactive) solids, liquids, or gases; and
8. Class 3 water-reactive solids and liquids.
167
C. High-Hazard Level 3 Contents. Materials that readily support combustion or present a
physical hazard, including, but not limited to, the following hazard categories:
1. Flammable solids, other than dusts classified as High-Hazard Level 2, stored, used, or
generated in a manner creating a high fire hazard;
2. Class II and Class III organic peroxides;
3. Class 2 solid or liquid oxidizers;
4. Class 3 solid or liquid oxidizers that are used or stored in normally closed containers or
systems at gauge pressures of less than one hundred three and four tenths kilopascals
(103.4 kPa);
5. Class 2 unstable (reactive) materials;
6. Class 2 water-reactive solids, liquids or gases;
7. Oxidizing gases; and
8. Oxidizing cryogenic fluids.
D. High-Hazard Level 4 Contents. Materials that are acute health hazards, including, but not
limited to, the following hazard categories:
1. Corrosive solids, liquids, or gases;
2. Highly toxic solids, liquids, or gases; and
3. Toxic solids, liquids, or gases.
SECTION 10.3.3.3 MIXTURES

Mixtures shall be classified in accordance with the hazards of the mixture as a whole by an
approved, qualified organization, individual, or testing laboratory.
SECTION 10.3.3.4 MULTIPLE HAZARDS

Hazardous materials that have multiple hazards shall conform to the code requirements for
each applicable hazard category.
SECTION 10.3.3.5 CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE

Waste comprised of or containing hazardous materials shall be classified in accordance
with Section 10.3.1.1 of this RIRR as applicable.
DIVISION 4. PERMISSIBLE STORAGE AND USE LOCATIONS
SECTION 10.3.4.1 CONTROL AREA

Hazardous materials shall be stored and used in one (1) or more control areas.
SECTION 10.3.4.2 QUANTITY OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

The quantity of hazardous materials in an individual control area shall not exceed the
Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) for the applicable occupancy set forth in Annex A.
A. For all occupancies not covered by Division 8 through 20 of Chapter 2 of this Rule, the MAQ
of hazardous materials per control area shall be as specified in Annex A, Table 12.
B. The MAQ of hazardous materials per control area in mercantile, storage and industrial
occupancies shall be as specified in Annex A, Table 12, with increased quantities permitted
where storage or display areas comply with this Division.
C. Special Quantity Limits for Mercantile, Industrial, and Storage Occupancies
The MAQ of selected hazardous materials shall be permitted to be increased in
accordance with para “D” of this Section provided in mercantile, industrial, and storage
occupancies is compliant with all of the special controls set forth in para “A” above.
D. Special Controls Required for Increased Quantities
Materials shall be stored in accordance with the following limitations where quantities
of hazardous materials are increased:
1. Storage and display of solids shall not exceed nine hundred seventy-six and four tenths
kilogram per square meter (976.4 kg/m2) of floor area actually occupied by solid
merchandise.
168
2. Storage and display of liquids shall not exceed seventy-six liters per square meter
(76 L/m2) of floor area actually occupied by liquid merchandise.
3. Storage and display height shall not be more than one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m)
above the finished floor.
4. Individual containers less than nineteen liters (19 L) or less than eleven kilograms (11 kg)
shall be stored or displayed on pallets, racks, or shelves.
5. Racks and shelves used for storage or display shall be in accordance with NFPA 400,
Hazardous Materials Code.
6. Containers shall be listed or approved for the intended use.
7. Individual containers shall not exceed forty-five and four tenths kilogram (45.4 kg)
capacity for solids or a thirty-eight liters (38 L) capacity for liquids.
8. Incompatible materials shall be separated in accordance with NFPA 400.
9. Except for surfacing, floors shall be of non-combustible construction.
10. Aisles one and two tenths meters (1.2 m) in width shall be maintained on three (3) sides
of the storage or display area.
11. Hazard identification signs shall be provided in accordance with para “H” of Division 5
of this Chapter and with NFPA 400.
E. Special Maximum Allowable Quantity Increases for Storage in Mercantile, Storage, and
Industrial Occupancies.
The aggregate quantity of non-flammable solid and non-flammable or non-combustible
liquid hazardous materials permitted within a single control area of a mercantile, storage, or
industrial occupancy shall be permitted to exceed the MAQ specified in Annex A, Table 12,
without complying with Protection Level 2, Protection Level 3, or Protection Level 4, provided
that the quantities comply with Annex A, Table 21 and Annex A, Table 22 and that materials
are displayed and stored in accordance with the special limitations in this Section.
SECTION 10.3.4.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL AREAS

A. The maximum number of control areas within a building shall be in accordance with
Annex A, Table 23.
B. No special construction provisions shall be required, provided that only one (1) control area
is present in a building
C. Control areas shall be separated from each other by fire barriers in accordance with
Annex A, Table 23, provided that more than one (1) control area is present in a building.
SECTION 10.3.4.4 PROTECTION LEVELS

The occupancy shall comply with the requirements for Protection Level 1, Protection
Level 2, Protection Level 3, or Protection Level 4, as required for the material in storage or use as
defined in accordance with Chapter 6 through 21 of NFPA 400 and the latest edition of National
Building Code of the Philippines (NBCP), provided that the quantity of hazardous materials in
storage or use exceeds the MAQ for indoor control areas as set forth in Section 10.3.4.2 of
this RIRR. Buildings required to comply with Protection Level 2 or 3 and containing quantities
of high hazard contents exceeding the quantity limits set forth in Annex A, Table 24 shall be in
accordance with NFPA 400 as applicable.
A. Protection Level 1
1. Buildings containing quantities of hazardous materials exceeding the MAQ of
High-Hazard Level 1 contents permitted in control areas shall comply with applicable
regulations for Protection Level 1.
2. High-Hazard Level 1 contents shall include materials that present a detonation hazard
as defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this RIRR.
B. Protection Level 2
1. Buildings, and portions thereof, containing quantities of hazardous materials exceeding
the MAQ of High-Hazard Level 2 contents permitted in control areas shall comply with
applicable regulations for Protection Level 2.
2. High-Hazard Level 2 contents shall include materials that present a deflagration hazard
or a hazard from accelerated burning as defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this RIRR.
169
C. Protection Level 3
2. High-Hazard Level 3 contents shall include materials that readily support combustion or
present a physical hazard as defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this RIRR.
D. Protection Level 4
2. High-Hazard Level 4 contents shall include materials that are acute health hazards as
defined in Section 10.3.3.2 of this RIRR.
E. Protection Level 5 shall apply to semiconductor fabrication facilities where required by the
latest edition of NBCP.
SECTION 10.3.4.5 OUTDOOR CONTROL AREAS.

A. Hazardous materials shall be permitted to be stored or used in outdoor control areas in
accordance with para “E” of this Section.
B. Compliance with the outdoor storage and use requirements shall not be required, provided
that storage or use is in an outdoor control area,
C. Maximum Allowable Quantities (MAQ) of hazardous materials in an outdoor control area
shall be as specified in Annex A, Table 21 and Annex A, Table 22 or Table 25.
D. Number of Outdoor Control Areas.
1. A single outdoor control area shall be permitted on any property.
2. A group of two (2) outdoor control areas shall be permitted where approved and
where each control area is separated by a minimum distance of fifteen meters (15 m),
provided that a property exceeds nine hundred twenty-nine square meters (929 m2).
3. Additional groups of outdoor control areas shall be permitted where approved,
provided that each group is separated by a minimum distance of ninety-one meters
(91 m), provided that a property exceeds three thousand two hundred fifty–two
square meters (3,252 m2).
E. Outdoor Storage and Use Areas. Where the quantity of hazardous materials in outdoor
storage or use exceeds the MAQ for outdoor control areas as set forth in Annex A, Table 25,
the outdoor area shall comply with the applicable outdoor requirements of NFPA 400.
DIVISION 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The manufacture, storage, handling and use of hazardous materials and chemicals shall be
safeguarded with protective facilities or devices as public safety may require.
B. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall require the separation or isolation from other storage
occupancies or buildings of any material or chemical that, in combination with other
substances, may bring about a fire or explosion or may liberate a flammable or poisonous
gas.
C. Globally Harmonized System Safety Data Sheet (GHS SDS), a document that describes
composition of a material, hazardous properties and hazard mitigation, and disposal
information, shall be made available at all times during fire safety inspection.
D. Storage, handling, and use of hazardous chemicals shall be in accordance with applicable
Philippine National Standards (PNS) or internationally recognized standards.
E. Where stored for retail, storage shall be neat and orderly.
F. Cabinets for the storage of hazardous materials shall be approved and substantially
constructed of one and twenty-five hundredths millimeters (1.25 mm) thick sheet iron
or a minimum of two hundred fifty-four millimeters (254 mm) plywood or equivalent,
painted with luminescent-type paint and shall be conspicuously labeled in red letters:
“HAZARDOUS - KEEP FIRE AWAY” and with self-closing and self-latching doors.
170
G. Defective containers shall be disposed of or repaired in accordance with recognized safety
practices. No spilled materials shall be allowed to accumulate on floors or shelves.
H. All hazardous chemicals as defined in this Chapter (specifically stored in buildings, storage
and warehouses) shall either bear especially designed and color-coded labels consisting
of four (4) diamonds arranged into one (1) large diamond indicating 1) its toxicity and
health hazards; 2) its flammability; 3) its reactivity; and 4) firefighting and first aid instructions
or appropriate color-coded labels based on the Globally Harmonized System (GHS)
Classification and Labeling of Chemicals.
I. For hazardous materials to be transported, vehicles shall be properly marked with the
corresponding GHS labels and markings, pursuant to the UN Recommendations on the
Transport of Dangerous Goods, Models Regulation in accordance with Annex A, Table 26,
Classification and Labeling Summary Table.
J. No person shall operate any tank vehicle transporting any corrosive cryogenic, hypergolic,
or pyrophoric materials, unless at all time of such transportation there is displayed upon
each side and the rear of the tank vehicle a sign in letter not less than seven hundred
sixty-two millimeters (762 mm) in height upon a background of sharply contrasting color,
which shall specifically designate the cargo.
K. All buildings and facilities shall have plan for the following during an emergency:
1. Internal security and safety operations;
2. Management of hazardous materials and waste;
3. Radioactive, biological, and chemical isolation and decontamination;
4. Control of entrance into the building/facility during emergencies;
5. Conduct of risk assessment with applicable authorities if it becomes necessary to control
egress from the building/facility;
6. Control of people movement within the building/facility; and
7. Control of traffic access to the building/facility.
L. The storage areas for plastic-based, fire-supporting, fire-conductive, smoke generating,
or toxic gas producing materials that are used as insulators or cushioning material for
crates, boxes, walls, air conditioning ducts, beds, chairs, and the like shall be provided with
automatic fire extinguishing systems of an approved type.
M. All hazardous materials enumerated in this Chapter shall be protected by automatic fire
suppression system and other fire protection system appropriate to the type of hazard.
DIVISION 6. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire safety requirements for the storage, use, and handling of the following hazardous
materials and Chemicals shall comply with applicable Philippine National Standards (PNS)
or internationally-recognized standards.
B. Moreover, NFPA 400, Hazardous Materials Code and the following NFPA Codes or Standards
shall also be used as the basis for fire and life safety requirements:
1. NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
2. NFPA 45, Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
3. NFPA 51A, Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants
4. NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code
5. NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
6. NFPA 59A, Standard for the Production, Storage, and Handling of Liquefied
Natural Gas (LNG)
7. NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities
8. NFPA 395, Standard for the Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids at
Farms and Isolated Sites
9. NFPA 430, Code for the Storage of Liquid and Solid Oxidizers
10. NFPA 432, Code for the Storage of Organic Peroxide Formulations
11. NFPA 490, Code for the Storage of Ammonium Nitrate
171
12. NFPA 495, Explosive Materials Code
13. NFPA 801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling Radioactive Materials
C. Fire safety requirements for the transportation of hazardous materials and chemicals shall
comply with applicable PNS; the Hazardous Materials Regulations of Title 49 (Transportation),
US Department of Transportation-Code of Federal Regulations; or other internationally-
recognized standards.
D. In case of conflict between the above-mentioned standards and the specific requirements
mentioned in Division 7 of this Chapter, the specific requirements shall prevail.
DIVISION 7. MATERIAL-SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 10.3.7.1 CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN)

All raw cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) materials shall be stored, handled, protected
and displayed as follows:
A. On Storage and Handling
1. Cellulose Nitrate in excess of ten kilograms (10 kg) shall be stored in a vented and
sprinklered cabinet or vault.
2. The maximum weight of raw materials to be stored in a cabinet shall be two hundred
twenty-five kilograms (225 kg) with two (2) compartments equally divided.
3. The maximum weight of raw materials to be stored in a workroom shall be four hundred
fifty kilograms (450 kg).
4. All raw materials in excess of four hundred fifty kilograms (450 kg) shall be stored in a
vented vault with a capacity not exceeding forty-two cubic meters (42 m3) with one (1)
automatic sprinkler head for every three and a half cubic meters (3.5 m3) of the total
vault space.
5. Cellulose Nitrate Plastic shall not be stored in any room or compartment or within one
meter (1 m) from any heat producing appliances, such as but not limited to steam pipes,
radiators, chimneys, stove, torch, forge, flame, fire or electric, or similar equipment likely
to produce spark.
6. In factories, operators working in a workroom using cellulose nitrate plastic shall be
stationed at least one meter (1 m) apart, and the amount of material per operator shall
not exceed one half (1/2) day supply and be limited to three (3) tote boxes.
7. All waste cellulose nitrate plastic materials such as shavings, chips, turnings, sawdust,
edging and trimmings shall be stored under water in metal receptacles until removed
from the premises.
8. Smoking shall be strictly prohibited in any building or establishment where cellulose
plastic are stored, displayed or manufactured. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be posted in
conspicuous places.
9. The storage area of cellulose nitrate plastic shall be marked with a sign that states the
following (or equivalent wording):
“NITROCELLULOSE — FLAMMABLE SOLID — KEEP HEAT, SPARKS, AND FLAME AWAY”
B. On Fire Protection
1. All new and existing buildings or any portion thereof, including factories used for the
manufacture or storage of articles of cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) in quantities
exceeding forty-five kilograms (45 kg), shall be equipped with an approved, supervised
sprinkler system and the storage area shall be constructed of fire resistive materials
with two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating. The structural elements shall be of steel, iron,
concrete or masonry construction.
2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in buildings where storing, handling and
displaying of cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) is conducted in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.9 RIRR.
C. On Display
In stores or establishments, displays of cellulose nitrate plastic (pyroxylin) articles shall be
in show cases or show windows.
172
Exception: Articles may be displayed and placed on tables, provided that:
1. It is not over nine hundred millimeters (900 mm) apart;
2. If displayed on counters, such counters shall be arranged in the following
manner:
a. Each table shall measure one meter (1 m) wide and three meters (3 m)
long;
b. The space beneath each table or counter shall be free of storage or
obstruction of any kind; and
c. The display tables shall be arranged and located so as not to obstruct the
passage to exits in the event of emergency; and
3. Lights shall not be located directly above any cellulose nitrate material or
storage, unless the light fixture is provided with a suitable guard to prevent
heated particles from falling.
SECTION 10.3.7.2 COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS

All combustible fibers shall be stored, handled and protected as follows:
1. Common Requirements:
a. Combustible fibers shall not be stored in rooms or buildings with hazardous gases,
flammable liquids, dangerous chemicals or other similar materials.
b. Trucks or automobiles shall not enter any fiber storage room or building. They shall
however be allowed to enter at loading platforms. All forklifts, vehicles and equipment
used within combustible fibers storage areas shall be equipped with flash or spark
suppressors or arresters.
c. Smoking, open flame, and hot works, shall not be permitted in any area where
combustible fibers are handled or stored. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be posted.
d. Agricultural products such as, but not limited to, straw and hay shall not be stored
adjacent to buildings of combustible materials unless a clear distance equal to the
height of the pile is maintained.
e. Storage shall be limited to stocks of one hundred (100) metric tons. A fire resistive wall
with a fire resistance rating of two (2) hours or a clear space of six meters (6m) shall
be maintained between stacks.
f. A one meter (1m) clearance shall be maintained between sprinkler pipes in protected
storage vaults and top of the piles.
2. Specific Requirements for Loose Combustible Fibers
a. Loose combustible fibers shall be stored as shown in Annex A, Table 27, Storage of
Combustible Fibers.
b. Loose combustible fiber exceeding twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3) but not more
than seventy cubic meters (70 m3) may be stored in a “loose house” or detached
structure with opening properly protected against sparks and shall not be used for
any other purpose.
3. Specific Requirements for Baled Combustible Fibers
a. A single block or pile shall contain a maximum of seven hundred cubic meters
(700 m3) of baled fiber.
b. Each block or pile shall be separated from the adjacent storage by an aisle measuring
not less than one thousand five hundred millimeters (1,500 mm) wide or by barriers
consisting of continuous sheets of non-combustible material extending from the floor
to a height of at least three hundred millimeters (300 mm) beyond the topside of the
piles.
c. Fibers in bales bound with combustible tie ropes, as well as jute and other fibers liable
to swell when wet shall be stored to allow for expansion in any direction and shall
have one meter (1 m) clearance from walls to piles.
d. If the storage compartment is less than nine meters (9 m) in width, there shall be a four
173
hundred fifty millimeters (450 mm) clearance from walls to piles and a center aisle of
not less than one thousand five hundred millimeters (1,500 mm) width is maintained.
1. An approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be required in each building or portion
thereof used for storage of combustible commodities when the area exceeds two thirds
(2/3) of the sum of the floor area.
2. The design and installation of an approved, supervised sprinkler system shall conform to
3. Sprinkler discharge densities (liters/square meters) for combustible commodities not
exceeding six and four tenths meters (6.4 m) in height shall conform to Annex A, Table 28,
Sprinkler Discharge Densities for Combustible Commodities Not Exceeding Six Hundred
Forty Centimeters (640 cm) in Height, by Hazard Classification.
4. The protection of combustible commodities six and four tenths meters (6.4 m) and seven
and six tenths meters (7.6 m) in height will require up to thirty percent (30%) increase
in the densities listed in the above table. Commodities piled more than seven and six
tenths meters (7.6 m) in height will require multi-level sprinkler application.
5. Sprinkler system protecting combustible commodities shall be designed and installed
to discharge the required water density within the following prescribed minimum
areas, except that areas shall be not less than three hundred seventy square meters
(370 m2) in calculating water flows when densities of less than one thousand one hundred
forty-one liters per minute per square meter (1,141 L/min/m2) are specified:
a. Low Hazard – three hundred seventy square meters (370 m2)
b. Average – three hundred seventy-eight square meters (378 m2)
c. High – four hundred eighteen square meters (418 m2)
d. Very High – five hundred fifty-seven square meters (557 m2)
6. The above-listed minimum areas are based on the regulations for roof venting, draft
curtains, aisle spacing, size pile and method of storage. Higher densities may be
required in buildings that do not conform to these standards.
7. Sprinkler system shall be designed to utilize sprinklers with ordinal temperature
classification, except that sprinklers with an intermediate classification may be used in
the design of systems to protect high or very high hazard occupancies.
8. A minimum clearance of one meter (1 m) shall be provided between sprinkler deflectors
and top of storage.
9. Draft curtains shall be provided to limit the area of sprinkler operation and to aid the
operation of roof vents.
10. Draft curtains shall be at least two meters (2 m) in depth and shall be of noncombustible
materials. In low or average hazard occupancies, draft curtains shall divide the under
roof area into sections not to exceed nine hundred twenty-nine square meters (929 m2).
In high or very high hazard storage areas, draft curtains shall divide the under roof area
into sections not to exceed five hundred fifty-seven square meters (557 m2).
11. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in combustible commodities storage.
SECTION 10.3.7.3 MATCHES

Matches shall be stored, handled and protected as follows:
1. In wholesale establishments with matches exceeding sixty (60) matchman’s gross
(14,400 matchsticks per matchman’s gross) stored in shipping container, matches shall
be arranged in piles not exceeding three meters (3 m) in height nor more than four
hundred twenty-five cubic meters (425 m3) in volume with aisles at least one and two
tenths meters (1.2 m) wide between piles.
2. Where other materials or commodities are stored on the same floor with matches, a
portion of the room shall be devoted to match storage exclusively, and a clear space
of not less than one and a half meters (1.5 m) between match storage and such other
materials or commodities shall be maintained.
3. Matches shall be stored in a building, trailer, semi-trailer, or metal shipping container
with a two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
174
4. Matches shall not be stored within three meters (3 m) of any elevator shaft opening,
open stairway, or other vertical opening.
5. Where shipping container that contains matches are opened, the contents shall be
transferred to bins provided with metal-lined covers.
6. Where matches are sold in retail, original sealed packages shall be stored in shelves.
When such packages are broken, individual boxes shall be stored in metal or
metal-lined bins.
1. Smoking is prohibited in areas where matches are stored. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be
conspicuously posted in designated areas.
2. The owner shall be responsible for the prompt removal of any hazardous condition,
accumulations of combustible materials, including proper maintenance of equipment
and safety devices.
3. Approved, supervised sprinkler system and portable fire extinguishers shall be provided
throughout the storage and manufacturing areas.
SECTION 10.3.7.4 MAGNESIUM

Magnesium shall be stored, handled and protected as follows:
A. On Storage
1. Magnesium ingots, pigs, and billets shall be carefully piled on firm and generally level
areas. Any combustible material shall not be stored within a distance of seven and six
tenths meters (7.6 m) from any pile of magnesium pigs, ingots, and billets.
2. Outdoor storage of magnesium pigs, ingots and billets shall be in piles not exceeding
forty-five thousand four hundred kilograms (45,400 kg) each, separated by aisles with
width not less than one half (1/2) the height of the pile.
3. Storage of pigs, ingots and billets in buildings shall be on floors of non-combustible
construction. Floors shall be well drained from water. Each pile shall not be larger than
twenty-three thousand kilograms (23,000 kg), and shall be separated by aisles with
width not less than one half (1/2) the height of the pile.
4. All magnesium castings shall be clean and free of chips or fine particles of magnesium.
The size of storage piles of heavy magnesium castings, either in cartons or crates or free
of any packing material, shall be limited to thirty-six cubic meters (36 m3). Aisle width
shall be at least one half (1/2) the height of the piles and shall be at least three meters
(3 m).
5. Piles of stored light magnesium castings, either in cartons or crates or without packing,
shall be limited in size to twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3).
6. Aisle spaces in front of racks shall be equal to the height of the racks. All aisle spaces
shall be kept clear.
7. Combustible rubbish, spare crates, and separators shall not be permitted to accumulate
within the aisles between racks.
8. Wet magnesium scrap (chips, fines, swarf, or sludge) shall be kept under water in
covered and vented steel containers at an outside location. Sources of ignition shall be
kept away from the drum vent and top. Containers shall not be stacked.
9. Storage of dry scrap in quantities greater than one and four tenths cubic meters (1.4 m3)
shall be kept separated from other occupancies by fire-resistive construction without
window openings or by an open space of at least fifteen meters (15 m). Such buildings
shall be well-ventilated.
10. Magnesium powder shall be stored in steel drums or other closed conductive containers.
The containers shall be tightly sealed and stored in a dry location.
11. Magnesium storage in quantities greater than one and four tenths cubic meters
(1.4 m3) shall be separated from storage of other materials that are either combustible
or in combustible containers by aisles with a minimum width equal to the height of the
piles of magnesium products.
12. Magnesium products stored in quantities greater than twenty eight cubic meters
(28 m3) shall be separated into piles each not larger than twenty eight cubic meters
(28 m3 ), with the minimum aisle width equal to the height of the piles but in no case shall
be less than three meters (3 m).
175
13. Where storage in quantity greater than twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3) is in a building
of combustible construction, or the magnesium is packed in combustible crates or
cartons, or there is combustible storage within nine meters (9 m) of the magnesium, the
storage area shall be protected by an automatic firefighting equipment.
14. The size of storage piles of magnesium articles in foundries and processing plants shall
not exceed twenty-five cubic meters (25 m3) and shall be separated by aisles of not less
than one half (1/2) the height of the pile.
15. Storage in quantity exceeding one and four tenths cubic meters (1.4 m3) of fine
magnesium scrap shall be separated from other occupancies by fire-resistive
construction without window openings or by an open space of at least fifteen and a
half meters (15.5 m).
16. Storage in quantity greater than twenty-eight cubic meters (28 m3) of fine magnesium
scrap shall be separated from all buildings other than those used for magnesium scrap
recovery operations by a distance of not less than thirty meters (30 m).
B. On Handling and Processing
1. Magnesium powder production plants shall be located on a site large enough, and
shall be located at least ninety-one and a half meters (91.5 m) away from public roads
and from any occupied structure, such as public buildings, dwellings, and business
or manufacturing establishments, other than those buildings that are a part of the
magnesium powder production plant.
2. Different production operations shall be located in separate but not adjoining buildings
that are located at least fifteen meters (15 m) from each other.
3. All buildings used for the manufacture, packing, or loading for shipment of magnesium
powders shall be single storey, without basements, constructed of non-combustible
materials throughout.
4. Connecting ducts shall be completely without bends. Ducts shall be fabricated and
assembled with a smooth interior, with internal lap joints pointing in the direction of
airflow and without unused capped side outlets, pockets or other dead-end spaces.
5. At each operation, dust shall be collected by means of suitable hoods or an enclosure
which is also connected to a blower located outdoors. Storage bins for powders should
be sealed and purged with inert gas prior to filling.
6. Each machine shall be equipped with its individual dust separating unit. For multi-unit
machines, not more than two dust-producing units may be served by one (1) separator.
7. The entire dust collection system shall be constructed of conductive material and
shall be completely bonded and grounded. It shall not be provided with filters or other
obstructions.
8. Dry dust collectors shall be located outside, in a safe location, and shall be provided
with barriers or other means. The area around the collector shall be posted with the
following:
“CAUTION: THIS DUST COLLECTOR CAN CONTAIN EXPLOSIBLE DUST. KEEP OUTSIDE THE
MARKED AREA WHILE EQUIPMENT IS OPERATING.”
9. All machines shall be provided with a pan or tray to catch chips or turnings, where
they shall be collected every day. Magnesium fines shall be kept separated from other
combustible materials.
10. All electrical wiring, fixture and equipment in the immediate vicinity of and attached
to dust-producing machines, including those used in connection with separator
equipment, shall be of types approved for use in Class II, Group E hazards [see the latest
edition of National Building Code of the Philippines (NBCP)] and installed in accordance
with the latest edition of Philippine Electrical Code (PEC).
11. The power supply to the dust-producing equipment shall be interlocked with the airflow
from the exhaust blower and the liquid level controller of the wet-type dust collector.
12. All equipment shall be securely grounded by permanent ground wires.
13. In powder handling or manufacturing buildings and in the operation of dust-conveying
systems, every precaution shall be taken to avoid sparks from static electricity,
electrical faults, friction, or impact (e.g., iron or steel articles on stones, on each other, or
on concrete).
14. Approved means shall be provided for control of magnesium fire in heat treating ovens.
176
15. Melt rooms shall provide access to facilitate fire control. Floors shall be of noncombustible
construction and be kept clean and free of moisture and standing water.
16. Operators in melting and casting areas shall wear flame-resistant clothing, high foundry
shoes, and face protection. Clothing worn where molten magnesium is present shall
have no exposed pockets or cuffs.
17. Systematic cleaning of the entire grinding area, including roof members, pipes, conduits,
etc., shall be carried out daily. Periodic inspections on buildings and machinery shall be
carried out as frequently as conditions warrant.
C. On Fire Protection
1. Only approved Class D extinguishing agents or those tested and shown to be effective
for extinguishing magnesium fires shall be permitted. A supply of extinguishing agent for
manual application shall be kept within easy reach of personnel while they are working
with magnesium. The quantity of extinguishing agent shall be sufficient to contain
anticipated fires.
2. Dry sodium chloride, or other dry chemicals or compounds suitable for extinguishment
or containment of magnesium fires, shall be permitted to be substituted for Class D fire
extinguishers. All extinguishing materials shall be approved for use on magnesium fires.
3. Approved fire-extinguishing materials shall be provided for every operator performing
machining, grinding or other processing operation on magnesium as follows:
a. Within nine and fourteen hundredths meters (9.14 m), a supply of bulk dry extinguishing
agents in an approved container with a hand scoop or shovel for applying the
material; or
b. Within twenty-two and eighty-six hundredths meters (22.86 m), an approved Class D
portable fire extinguisher. Pressurized extinguishing agents shall be applied carefully
on magnesium powder or chip fire, so as not to disturb or spread the magnesium
powder.
4. Application of wet extinguishing agents accelerates a magnesium fire and could result
in an explosion. The following agents should not be used as extinguishing agents on a
magnesium fire because of adverse reaction:
a. Water;
b. Gaseous-based foams;
c. Halon;
d. Carbon dioxide; and
e. Sand and other high Silicon Dioxide (SiO2)-containing materials.
SECTION 10.3.7.5 FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS

All flammable and combustible liquids shall be stored, handled, transported, used and
manufactured as follows:
Flammable and combustible liquid shall be stored on approved containers or tanks
properly labeled with the physical properties of its content, flammability or combustibility
and precautionary measures.
2. Specific Requirements for Portable Storage
In the storage and dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids in safety cans,
drums or other approved containers not exceeding two hundred twenty-seven liters
(227 L) in individual capacity, and those portable tanks not exceeding two thousand
four hundred ninety-eight liters (2,498 L) in individual capacity, on different types of
occupancies, the following requirements shall be complied:
a. Flammable or combustible liquids specified above shall not be stored near exits
stairways or areas normally used as means of egress and ingress. It shall be stored
either in storage cabinets or inside storage rooms.
b. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in closed containers shall comply
with the following occupancy schedule:
1) Residential occupancies with not more than three (3) dwelling units with detached
177
garages shall store flammable and combustible liquids up to a maximum of
ninety-four liters (94 L).
2) Assembly, business and residential occupancies with more than three (3) dwelling
units shall store Class I and Class II flammable and combustible combined liquids
up to a maximum of thirty-eight liters (38 L) or two hundred twenty-seven liters
(227 L) of Class IIIA liquids.
3) Educational, healthcare, and detention and correctional occupancies shall
store flammable and combustible liquids up to a maximum of four liters (4 L).
4) Mercantile and industrial occupancies, where rooms or areas are accessible to
the public, storage shall be limited to quantities needed for display and normal
merchandising purposes which shall not exceed eighty-one liters (81 L) per
square meter of gross floor area.
c. In rooms or areas not accessible to the public, storage shall be limited to two hundred
twenty-seven liters (227 L) of Class IA, four hundred fifty-four liters (454 L) of Class IB, six
hundred eighty-one liters (681 L) of Class 1C, nine hundred eight liters (908 L) of Class
II, one thousand eight hundred ninety-three liters (1,893 L) of combustible liquids or
any combination of flammable liquids totaling nine hundred eight liters (908 L).
d. Containers less than one hundred thirteen liters (113 L) capacity shall not be stacked
more than one meter (1 m) or two (2) containers high, whichever is greater, unless on
fixed shelving or otherwise satisfactorily secured. Containers more than one hundred
thirteen liters (113 L) shall not be stacked one upon the other. All containers shall be
stored in an upright position.
e. Shelving shall be in a stable construction, of sufficient depth and so arranged that
containers therein will not be easily displaced.
f. Leaking containers shall be secured immediately from any possible source of ignition
and the contents of which shall be transferred to an approved container and
placed to a safe location not accessible to the public. The spill shall be appropriately
contained and collected for proper waste disposal.
g. Dispensing of Class II or III liquids from a single container having a capacity of more
than two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) may be permitted outside of storage
and handling room, using dispensing device and fire control measures. Both the
dispensing container and any reserve containers shall be considered as contributing
to the total allowed capacity under para “e” above.
h. No pile shall be closer than one meter (1 m) to the nearest beam, chord, girder
or other obstruction, and shall be one meter (1 m) below sprinkler deflectors, or
discharge orifices of water spray, or other overhead fire protection systems or other
obstructions.
i. Solid or palletized pile storage shall be so arranged that piles are separated from
each other by at least one and two tenths meters (1.2 m) wide aisle.
j. Main aisle shall be provided with a minimum width of two and four tenths meters
(2.4 m) or of a width providing sufficient space to operate a forklift truck, whenever
necessary.
k. Where the storage of liquid is on racks, a minimum of one and two tenths meters
(1.2 m) wide aisle shall be provided between adjacent rows of racks and adjacent
storage of liquids.
l. Where ordinary combustible commodities are stored in the same area as liquids in
containers, the minimum distance between the two (2) types of storage shall be two
and four tenths meters (2.4 m) wide aisle.
m. Storage cabinets may be used where it is desired to keep more than thirty-eight liters
(38 L) of flammable or combustible liquids inside buildings. Individual container shall
not exceed nineteen liters (19 L) capacity and not more than one hundred ninety
liters (190 L) shall be stored in one cabinet.
n. Storage cabinets shall be approved and shall be substantially constructed to one and
two tenths millimeters (1.2 mm) sheet iron or twenty-five and four tenths millimeters
(25.4 mm) plywood or equivalent. A minimum of fifty millimeters (50 mm) sill shall be
provided, and cabinet shall be liquid tight to the top of the sill.
o. Doors shall be equipped with latching device. Cabinets shall be painted with an
178
approved intumescent type Fire 1 retardant paint. Cabinets shall be conspicuously
labeled in red letters “FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS”.
p. Storage cabinets shall be located at least eight meters (8 m) away from any source
of ignition.
q. Inside storage and handling rooms shall be constructed to meet the required
fire-resistive rating. An approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be installed:
1) Opening to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with noncombustible
liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least one hundred millimeters (100 mm)
in height or the floor in the room shall be at least one hundred millimeters
(100 mm) below the surrounding floors. A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp
is an open-grated trench inside the room. A downgraded flooring shall be
provided for spillage which drains to a safe location or an open-grated trench.
2) The room shall be provided with approved self-closing fire doors. Where other
portions of the building or other properties are exposed, windows shall be of
fire rated construction and properly sealed to avoid the spread of vapor. Wood
of at least twenty-five and four tenths millimeters (25.4 mm) nominal thickness
may be used for shelving rack, dunnage scuff boards, floor overlay and similar
installations.
3) Ventilation shall be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the
room at least six (6) times per hour. Ventilation shall be installed in accordance
with the provisions of NFPA 91, Blower and Exhaust System. It shall be controlled
by a switch located outside the door. The ventilation equipment and any lighting
fixtures shall be operated by the same switch. A pilot light shall be installed
adjacent to the switch if Class I flammable liquids are dispensed or used within
the room.
4) Inside storage and handling rooms shall contain at least one (1) aisle with a
minimum width of one meter (1 m). Storage shall not be closer than one meter
(1 m) to ceiling, or sprinkler heads or other obstructions.
5) Stacking of containers shall be in accordance with Annex A, Table 29, Indoor
Portable Container Storage for Flammable Liquids.
6) Inside storage and handling room shall comply with approved, supervised
sprinkler system as shown in accordance with Annex A, Table 30, Sprinkler Systems
for Inside Storage and Handling Rooms of Flammable Liquids.
r. Outside Storage
1) Storage of over one hundred (100) drums of Class I liquids shall be limited to
groups of one hundred (100) drums, located at least eighteen meters (18 m)
from the nearest building or line of adjacent property and each group shall be
separated by at least twelve meters (12 m).
2) Storage of over three hundred (300) drums of Class II or III liquids shall be limited
to groups of three hundred (300) drums located at least fifteen meters (15 m)
from the nearest building or line of adjoining property and each group shall be
separated by at least nine meters (9 m).
3) The drum shall be stored in a safe location to prevent runoff or drainage toward
other storage of buildings. The area shall be kept clear of grass weeds and other
foreign combustibles. Signs shall be posted prohibiting open flames and smoking.
Fences or other control measures shall be provided where necessary to protect
against tampering or trespassers.
4) Storage of flammable or combustible liquids in closed containers, in quantities
of eighteen thousand nine hundred twenty-five liters (18,925 L) or less, outside of
buildings shall be located with respect to buildings or line of adjoining property
as shown in Annex A, Table 31, Storage of Flammable or Combustible Liquids in
Closed Containers Outside of Buildings. These distances may be reduced with
respect to warehouses and industrial buildings or noncombustible or fire-resistive
construction.
5) In occupancies where the public is invited or allowed to enter, the above
distances shall be double.
6) Combustible materials shall not be stored or be permitted to accumulate
adjacent to flammable or combustible liquid storage outside of buildings in such
179
a manner that constitutes a dangerous exposure to the liquid storage in event of
fire. A distance of not less than four and a half meters (4.5 m) shall be maintained
between the liquid storage and any combustible materials.
7) Storage limitation of portable tanks of flammable and combustible liquids shall
be in accordance with Annex A, Table 32, Outdoor Portable Tank Storage.
s. Dispensing
1) The dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids is limited to not more than
one hundred eight liters (108 L) per container drum at any time and shall be by
approved pumps taking suction through the top of the container.
2) All mixing, blending, and similar operations involving the use of flammable or
combustible liquids shall be performed in an inside storage and handling room
of two-hour (2-hr) fire-resistive construction.
t. Fire Protection
The following are requirements for fire protection in the storage of flammable
liquids:
1) Approved portable first aid fire protection appliances;
2) Approved, supervised sprinkler system;
3) Pre-connected hose line of thirty-eight and one tenth millimeters (38.1 mm)
diameter;
4) Open flames, smoking and other sources of ignition, shall not be permitted in
flammable or combustible liquid storage rooms. A “NO SMOKING” sign shall be
posted; and
5) Materials, which react with water or other liquids to produce a hazard, shall not
be stored in the same room with flammable or combustible liquids.
3. Specific Requirements for Bulk Plant and Storage
In the storage and dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids in bulk and
bulk plant, the following requirements shall be complied:
a. Class I, Class II and Class III flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers with
a capacity exceeding that of portable tanks. Such tanks may be stored aboveground
or underground outside the building.
b. For aboveground tanks:
1) Tanks shall be installed or rest on the ground and on concrete foundation,
masonry, piling or steel. Tank foundation shall be designed to minimize the
possibility of uneven settling of the tank and to minimize corrosion in any part of
the tank resting on the foundation.
2) Tank support for Class I, Class II or Class III liquids shall be installed on a firm
foundation either of masonry or steel.
3) Steel supports or exposed piling shall be protected with materials having a fire
resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours; except that when it is supported
by steel saddle, it shall not be less than three hundred millimeters (300 mm) high
at the lowest point.
4) Tanks when supported by sphere, special engineering considerations shall be
required to prevent excessive concentration of loads on the supporting portion
of the shell.
5) For tanks located in an area subject to flooding, precautions shall be undertaken
to prevent it from floating during rise of water level.
c. For underground tanks:
1) Underground tank storage for Class I, Class II or Class III liquids shall be covered
with a minimum of six hundred millimeters (600 mm) earth or shall be covered with
not less than three hundred millimeters (300 mm) of earth on top of which shall
be placed a slab of reinforced concrete not less than one hundred millimeters
(100 mm) in thickness.
2) Tanks subjected to traffic shall be protected against damage from vehicles
passing over them by at least nine hundred millimeters (900 mm) of earth cover
or five hundred millimeters (500 mm) of well tamped earth, and topped with
180
fifty millimeters (50 mm) of concrete or two hundred millimeters (200 mm) of
asphalted concrete.
3) Asphalted or reinforced pavement used as part of the protection of the tank shall
be extended at least three hundred millimeters (300 mm) horizontally beyond
the outline of the tank in all directions.
4) Where tank may become buoyant due to rise in the level of water table or due
to location in area that may be subjected to flooding, suitable precautions shall
be observed to anchor the tank in place.
d. Piping systems:
1) The design, fabrication, assembly, test, and inspection of piping systems
containing flammable and combustible liquids shall be suitable for the expected
working pressures and structural stresses in conformity with the internationally
accepted standards.
2) Joints shall be made liquid-tight and shall be either welded, flanged, or threaded,
except that listed flexible connectors shall be permitted to be used where
installed.
3) Threaded joints shall be made up tight with a suitable thread sealant or lubricant.
Joints in piping systems handling Class I liquids shall be welded when located in
concealed spaces within buildings.
4) Pipe joints, dependent upon the friction characteristics or resiliency of
combustible materials for mechanical continuity or liquid-tightness of piping,
shall not be used inside buildings. They shall be permitted to be used outside
of buildings aboveground or underground. If used aboveground or outside of
buildings, the piping shall either be secured to prevent disengagement at the
fitting, or the piping system shall be so designed that any spill resulting therefrom
will not expose, cause damage or harm to persons, buildings or structures and
could be readily controlled by remote valves.
5) Pipe systems shall contain a sufficient number of valves to operate it properly and
to protect the plant. Pipe systems connected to pumps shall contain a sufficient
number of valves to control properly the flow of liquid in normal operation and in
event of physical damage. Connection to pipe lines of equipment, such as tank
cars or tank vehicles discharging flammable or combustible liquids into storage
tanks by means of pump, shall be provided with check valves for automatic
protection against backflow.
e. Vents location, arrangement, size and piping:
1) Vent pipes from tanks storing flammable or combustible liquids shall be so
located that the discharge point is outside of buildings; and shall terminate
not less than two and forty-two hundredths meters (2.42 m) above the fill pipe
opening and not less than three and sixty-four hundredths meters (3.64 m) above
the adjacent ground level. Vent pipes shall discharge only upward or horizontally
(not downward) in order to disperse vapors. Vent pipes fifty millimeters (50 mm)
or less in nominal inside diameter shall not be obstructed by devices that will
reduce their capacity and thus cause excessive backpressure. Vent pipe outlet
shall be so located that flammable vapors will not enter building openings
or to be trapped under the eaves of other obstructions. If the vent pipe is
less than three meters (3 m) in length or greater than fifty millimeters (50 mm)
in nominal inside diameter, the outlet shall be provided with a vacuum and
pressure relief device, or there shall be an approved flame arrester located in
the vent line at the outlet. In no case shall a flame arrester be located more
than four and a half meters (4.5 m) from the outlet and from the vent line.
2) Vent lines from tanks shall not be used for any other purpose.
3) Each tank shall be vented through piping adequate in size to prevent blowback
of vapor or liquid at the fill opening while tank is being filled. Vent pipes shall not
be less than thirty-two millimeters (32 mm) in nominal inside diameter.
4) Vent pipes shall be so laid as to drain toward the tank without sags or traps in
which liquid can collect. They shall be so located that they will not be subjected
to physical damages. Vent pipes from tanks storing the same class of liquids may
be connected into one outlet pipe. The outlet pipe shall be at least one pipe size
larger than the largest individual vent pipe connected thereto. In no case shall
181
the point of connection between vent lines be lower than the top of any fill pipe
opening. The lower end of a vent pipe shall enter the tank through the top and
shall not extend into the tank more than twenty-five and four tenths millimeters
(25.4 mm).
f. Fill and discharge lines for Class I, II and III liquids, where practical, shall enter tanks
only through the top and shall be graded toward the tank.
g. The fill-pipe opening shall be located outside of a building. For flammable and
combustible liquid storage, the fill-pipe opening shall not be less than one thousand
five hundred millimeters (1,500 mm) from any door or cellar opening. The fill-pipe
for filling by tank car or tank truck shall not be larger than one hundred millimeters
(100 mm) in nominal inside diameter and shall not be constricted. Fill-pipe opening
shall be identified by a definite color scheme or other means.
h. Gauge openings, if independent of fill-pipe, shall be provided with a liquid-tight
cap or cover. If inside a building, each opening shall be protected against liquid
overflow and possible vapor release by means of a spring loaded check valve or
other approved device.
i. Tanks used for storage of flammable or combustible liquids shall not be installed
inside buildings except in industrial establishments, processing plants and
service stations.
j. The storage of flammable and combustible liquids in aboveground tanks outside of
buildings shall be restricted within the limits established by law or zoning ordinances.
k. Tank Loading and Unloading Facilities
In the loading and unloading of flammable and combustible liquids, the following
requirements shall be complied:
1) Noncombustible materials shall be used for the construction of loading racks
facilities.
2) Tank car loading or unloading facilities shall have a distance of at least seven
and six tenths meters (7.6 m) for Class I liquids and at least four and six tenths meter
(4.6 m) for Class II and Class III liquids, measured from the nearest fill spout or
(liquid or vapor) transfer connection. Buildings for pumps or shelters for personnel
may be a part of the facility.
3) Equipment such as piping, pumps and meters used for the transfer of Class I
liquids between storage tanks and the fill stem of the loading rack shall not be
used for the transfer of Class II or Class III liquids.
4) Remote pumps located in underground tanks shall be installed on the pump
discharge side. A listed and approved leak detection device that will provide
an indication if the piping system is not essentially liquid tight shall be installed.
This device shall be checked and tested at least annually according to the
manufacturer’s specifications to insure proper installation and operation.
5) Loading at the top of a tank vehicle with Class I and Class II liquid without vapor
control is allowed if the following is complied:
a) The valve used for the final control of the flow shall be of the self-closing type
and shall be manually held open; and
b) Automatic means are provided for shutting off the flow when the tank is full.
6) When bottom loading a tank vehicle, with or without vapor control, a positive
means shall be provided for loading a predetermined quantity of liquid, together
with an automatic secondary shutoff control to prevent overfill. The connecting
components between the loading rack and the tank vehicle required to operate
the secondary control shall be functionally compatible.
7) When bottom loading a tank vehicle that is equipped with vapor control, but
when vapor control is not used, the tank shall be vented to the atmosphere to
prevent pressurization of the tank. Such venting shall be at a height not lower
than the top of the cargo tank on the vehicle.
8) When bottom loading a tank vehicle, the coupling between the liquid loading
hose or pipe and the truck piping shall be by means of a dry disconnect coupling.
9) Connections to the plant vapor control system shall be designed to prevent the
escape of vapor to the atmosphere when not connected to a tank vehicle.
182
10) Loading rack facilities shall be equipped with protection against static
sparks during truck filling. Protection shall consist of a bare metallic bond
wire permanently electrically connected to the fill stem or some part of the
fill-stem piping. The free end of such wire shall be provided with a clamp or similar
device for convenient attachment to some metallic part of the cargo tank of the
tank vehicle. The bond wire connection shall be securely fastened prior to the
opening of the dome cover. It shall be maintained in place during the entire
filling operation and the dome covers shall be closed before the bond wire is
disconnected from the cargo tank.
11) Each loading rack facility or property upon which a loading rack facility is
located shall be surrounded by a fence not less than one and a half meters
(1.5 m) high, constructed of wire mesh, metal sheet or masonry.
12) No person shall load or unload, or allow the loading or unloading of a tank
vehicle, unless such vehicle is entirely within such enclosure. No person shall drive
or allow the driving of any tank vehicle, into or from the premises of a bulk plant,
except while traveling in a forward direction.
13) There shall be installed on each loading rack facility, riser pipe between
the ground and the outlet, and at least two (2) valves, one being of the
lever-operated type and the other is of the self-closing type, which may be
readily operated from the loading rack facility platform or top of the vehicle
being filled. It shall be unlawful for any person to tie or unlock such self-closing
valve in the open position.
14) Class I flammable liquids shall not be dispensed into containers unless:
a) the nozzle and container are electrically inter-connected;
b) the metallic floor plate on which the container stands while filling is electrically
connected to the fill stem; or
c) the fill stem is bonded to the container during filling operations by means of a
bond wire.
l. Drainage and Waste Disposal
1) Flammable or combustible liquids spilled at the loading or unloading areas
shall not be directly discharged into the public sewer and drainage system or
natural waterways. Grading driveways or intercepting canals with trench grating
connected to separator pits and/or other equally effective means shall be
constructed.
2) Used or accumulated residues of flammable or combustible liquids shall not be
dumped on the ground, into sewers, drainage ditches or storm drains, but shall
be stored in tanks or tight drums outside of any building until removed from the
premises.
3) In buildings, rooms or other confined spaces in which flammable or combustible
liquids are stored, no combustible waste materials shall be allowed to accumulate.
m. Electrical Equipment
All electrical wirings and electrical equipment located within seven and a half
meters (7.5 m) of any portion of the loading rack facility shall be designed, operated
and installed in accordance with the latest edition of the PEC.
n. Testing
All tanks, whether shop-built or field erected, shall be tested. All piping, before
being covered, enclosed, or placed in use, shall be hydrostatically tested to one
hundred fifty percent (150%) of the maximum anticipated pressure of the system, or
pneumatically tested to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the maximum anticipated
pressure of the system but not less than thirty-four and a half kilopascals (34.5 kPa)
gauge at the highest point of the system. This test shall be maintained for a sufficient
time to complete visual inspection of all joints and connections, but for at least ten
minutes (10 min). A certificate of testing shall be submitted to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
o. Abandonment of Tanks
1) Any tank not used for a period of ninety (90) days, shall be properly safeguarded
or removed in a manner approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
183
2) Tanks “temporarily out of service” shall have fill line, gauge opening and pump
connection secured against tampering. Vent lines shall remain open and
maintained in accordance with the requirements of this Rule for vent lines.
3) Any aboveground tank, which has been abandoned for a period of one (1) year,
shall be removed from the property in a manner approved by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
4) Any underground tank, which has been abandoned for a period of one (1) year,
shall be removed from the ground and the hole properly filled.
5) Tanks which are to be reinstalled for flammable or combustible liquid service
shall comply the same requirements in the installation of tanks.
6) Tanks which are to be placed back in service shall be tested accordingly.
p. On Fire Protection
1) Flammable or combustible liquids shall not be handled, drawn or dispensed
where flammable vapors may reach a source of ignition. Smoking shall be
prohibited except in designated locations. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted
in conspicuous places where hazard from flammable vapors is normally present.
2) Foam fire protection shall be provided for any aboveground tank, except
floating roof type, or pressure tanks operating at or above seventy and four
tenths grams (70.4 g) per square centimeter gauge pressure, and used for the
storage or handling of Class I flammable liquids, such that tank or group of tanks
are spaced less than fifteen meters (15 m) apart, shell to shell, has a liquid surface
area in excess of one hundred forty square meters (140 m2).
3) Legible signs shall be maintained at the entrance gate or gates of each bulk plant
and near each loading rack facility with the words “NO SMOKING”. Restriction on
the use of electronic devices within the premises of bulk plants shall be observed.
4) Signs identifying the pump master switch shall be labeled “EMERGENCY PUMP
SHUTOFF”.
5) The master switch on all individual pump circuits switches shall be set in the “OFF”
position before closing the services station for business at any time.
6) Pressure system shall incorporate with each turbine, an indicator light illuminated
when the turbine is running. Said light shall be visible from the dispensing pump
island, and suitably identifiable as to the system served.
4. Service Stations for Automobile
a. Service stations shall be constructed with facilities for storage, handling and
dispensing of flammable and combustible liquids, including its equipment,
appurtenances and service area in either inside or outside buildings.
b. Service stations or portions thereof where flammable gases such as but not limited
to liquefied petroleum gases (LPG), liquefied natural gases (LNG), or compressed
natural gases (CNG) shall be governed in a separate rule.
c. Buildings used for office, grocery store, rest room, utility room and the like shall
conform to the succeeding paragraphs.
1) The service station location standard for facilities, clearances and distance
applicable to all kinds of lots from mid-block lot, corner lot and passing-thru lot
shall comply with the standards set forth under Philippine National Standards
(PNS) on “Petroleum Products-Retail Outlet-Health, Safety and Environment” -
PNS/DOE FS 1-1:2005.
2) Apparatuses dispensing Class I flammable liquids into the fuel tanks of motor
vehicles of the public shall not be located at a bulk plant, unless separated by a
fence or similar barrier from the area in which bulk operations are conducted.
3) Tanks shall be located to minimize the amount of maneuvering necessary for
the tank truck making the product delivery to reach the fill openings, whenever
possible. Deliveries shall be accomplished without the need for the truck to move
or travel in reverse.
4) Tanks shall be located so that the tank truck making the product delivery will not
be on public right of way, block motorists’ views of roadway, or impede the flow
of vehicles or pedestrians.
184
5) Tank edge shall not be less than one meter (1 m) from the property line or any
other buildings or structures. If soil stability creates concern, qualified professional
assistance is recommended.
6) Underground tanks or tanks under buildings shall be so located with respect to
existing building foundation and support so that the load carried by the latter
cannot be transmitted to the tanks.
7) Dispensing devices at automobile service stations shall be located that all parts
of a vehicle being serviced are within the premises of the service station.
8) Dispensing devices at automobile service stations shall be located not less than
six meters (6 m) from any building openings and public ways. Such dispensing
devices shall also be so located that the nozzle, when hose is fully extended, shall
not reach within one and a half meters (1.5 m) of any building opening.
9) All dispensing devices shall be mounted on a concrete island or shall otherwise
be protected against collision damage by an acceptable means. Dispensing
device shall be securely bolted in place. Dispensing devices shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturers’ instruction. The minimum height of the
concrete island shall be not less than one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm).
10) Emergency controls shall be installed at a location acceptable to the C/MFM
having jurisdiction, but controls shall be not more than thirty meters (30 m) from
dispensers.
d. On Storage and Handling
1) Class I liquid shall be stored in closed containers or tanks located underground or
in special enclosures.
a) Special enclosures shall be liquid and vapor tight without backfill. The sides,
top and bottom of enclosures shall be of reinforced concrete at least one
hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm) in thickness, with openings for inspection
through the top.
b) Tank connection shall be a closed pipe connection or installation.
Precautionary measures shall be provided whereby portable equipment
may be employed to discharge to the outside any vapors, which might
accumulate, should leakage occur.
2) Class I liquids shall not be stored or handled within a building having a basement
or pit into which flammable vapors may travel unless such area is provided with
ventilation designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors therein.
3) Aboveground tanks located in an adjoining bulk plant may be connected by
piping to service station underground tanks. An emergency shut-off valve shall
be provided within the control of service station personnel.
4) Flammable and combustible liquids may be stored in an approved container
inside service station buildings, provided that the following conditions are
observed:
a) Class I liquids stored in approved closed containers of aggregate capacity
not exceeding four hundred fifty-four liters (454 L), provided that a single
container shall not exceed two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) capacity
and equipped with an approved pump; and
b) Class II and III liquids stored in approved containers of not exceeding four
hundred fifty-four liters (454 L) capacity for each class, with an aggregate
capacity not exceeding nine hundred eight liters (908 L).
5) Piping, valves and fittings shall be in accordance with the provisions of Specific
Requirement for Bulk Plant and Storage.
6) Class I liquids shall not be dispensed or transferred within a service station building,
except:
a) when the dispensing device is connected to any pump motor circuit energized
by a switch located on each dispenser and can be operated by removal or
displacement of the nozzle in its bracket;
b) a clearly labeled manually operated pump master switch is provided in an
approved location, within twenty-two meters (22 m) of, but not nearer than,
four and six tenths meters (4.6 m) to any dispensing device. Where such master
185
switch is not visible from all dispensing devices, the location thereof shall be
indicated by approved signs;
c) signs identifying the pump master switch shall be labeled “EMERGENCY PUMP
SHUTOFF”;
d) the master switch on all individual pump circuits switches shall be set in the
“OFF” position before closing the service station for business; and
e) pressure system shall incorporate with each turbine an indicator light
illuminated when the turbine is running. Said light shall be visible from the
dispensing pump island, and suitably identifiable as to the system served.
7) Class II and III liquids may be dispensed in lubrication or service station buildings,
provided that flammable vapors do not reach heating equipment or other
sources of ignition. Smoking shall be prohibited except in designated locations.
“NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted in conspicuous areas where hazard from
flammable vapors is normally present.
8) No delivery of any flammable or combustible liquid shall be made in portable
containers, unless such container is of approved material and construction,
having a tight closure with screwed or spring cover, so designed that the contents
can be dispensed without spilling. The dispensing of flammable liquids into fuel
tanks of vehicles or into a container shall at all times be under the supervision
of a qualified attendant, except in service stations not open to the public. Such
stations may be used by commercial, industrial, governmental or manufacturing
establishments for fueling vehicles used in connection with their activities or
operation. However, personnel of such establishments shall have knowledge
and skills in dispensing flammable and combustible liquids.
9) Dispensing Services
a) Flammable and combustible Class I liquids shall be transferred from
underground tanks by means of fixed pumps designed and equipped to
allow control of the flow and to prevent leakage or accidental discharge.
Supplemental means shall be provided outside of the dispensing device
whereby the source of power may be readily disconnected in the event of
fire or other related accidents.
b) Dispensing pumps that take suction at the top of the container shall be of
approved type as UL and FM -listed or other equivalent internationally
accepted standard.
c) Any device that operates through pressure within a storage tank or container
shall not be allowed, unless the tank or container has been approved as
pressure vessels. In no case shall air or oxygen pressure be used for dispensing
flammable and combustible liquids.
10) Pumps pressure delivery on service station shall be installed above grade level
outside of buildings and shall be located not less than three meters (3 m) from
line of adjoining property of noncombustible materials with at least one (1) hour
fire resistance rating or from a property line that abut upon a public right-of-way
or thoroughfare.
a) Pumps installed above grade level shall be mounted on a concrete foundation
and shall be protected against possible damage by vehicles.
b) Submersible or subsurface pumps shall be installed in accordance with
approved standards.
11) Special dispensing device
a) Approved type are those but not limited to self-service and remote preset
types. At least one (1) qualified attendant shall be on duty while the station
is open to the public. The attendant’s primary function shall be to supervise,
observe and control the dispensing of Class I flammable and combustible
liquids. It shall be the responsibility of the attendant to see to it that the
dispensing of Class I liquids are in approved portable containers.
b) The attendant or supervisor on duty shall be capable of performing the
functions and assuming the responsibilities covered as mentioned hereof.
c) Instructions for the operation of dispensers shall be posted in conspicuous
places.
186
d) Remote preset type devices are to be in the “OFF” position while not in use so
that dispensers cannot be activated without the knowledge of the attendant.
12) If the dispensing of Class I liquids at a service station available and open to the
public is to be done by a person other than the service station attendant, the
nozzle shall be of a listed and approved automatic closing type.
13) Every service station open to the public shall have an attendant or supervisor on
duty duly qualified and/or trained by the BFP.
14) Piping, Valves and Fittings
a) Piping valves and fittings shall be designed for the working pressure and
structural stresses to which they may be subjected. They shall be galvanized
or otherwise protected against external corrosion with an approved material.
All threaded joints or connections shall be made up tight with the use of an
approved pipe joint sealing compound.
b) A check or manual valve shall be provided in the discharge dispensing supply
line from the pump with a union between the valve and the same pump
discharge.
c) An approved impact valve, incorporating a fusible link, designed to close
automatically in the event of severe impact or fire exposure, shall be properly
installed, rigidly mounted, and connected by a union in the dispensing supply
line at the base of each dispensing device.
d) After completion of the installation, the system shall be tested.
15) All electrical equipment, wiring and wiring devices for service stations shall
comply with the latest edition of the PEC.
16) Classified area shall not extend beyond the unpierced wall or other solid partition
as shown in Annex A, Table 33, Electrical Equipment Hazardous Area Service
Stations.
17) Drainage and waste disposal
a) Flammable or combustible liquids spilled within the premises of service
stations shall not be directly discharged into the public sewer and drainage
system or natural waterways. Precautionary measures to contain such spill
shall be adopted but not limited to grading driveways or intercepting canals
with trench grating for containment leading to a catch basin with a capacity
that can accommodate the contents of the largest compartment of the tank
vehicle being dispensed.
b) Used or accumulated residues of flammable or combustible liquids from
separator pits and/or other equally effective means shall not be dumped on
the ground, into sewers, drainage ditches or storm drains, but shall be stored
in tanks or tight drums outside of any building until removed from the premises.
c) Pits intended to contain subsurface pumps or fittings from submersible pumps
shall not be longer than necessary to contain the intended equipment and to
permit the free movement of hand tools operated from above grade.
d) Pits and covers shall be designed and constructed to withstand the external
forces to which they may be subjected. When located above any underground
tank, at least three hundred millimeters (300 mm) of earth or sand cover shall
be maintained over the top of the tank.
e) Pits shall be protected against ignition of vapors by any of the following
methods:
i. Sealing the unpierced cover with mastic or by bolting against a gasket in
an approved manner.
ii. Filling the pit with a noncombustible inert material.
4. Service stations inside buildings
a. Service stations inside buildings shall be separated from other portions of the building
by wall, partition, floor, or floor-ceiling assemblies having a fire resistance rating of not
less than two (2) hours.
b. The dispensing area shall be located at street level, with no dispensing device
located more than fifteen meters (15 m) from which vehicles exit to, or entrance
from, the outside of the building. Such area shall also be provided with an approved
187
mechanical or gravity ventilation system. Ventilating systems shall be electrically
interlocked with Class I dispensing devices so that the same cannot be operated
unless the ventilating fan motors are energized.
c. Dispensing shall be limited to the area required to serve not more than four (4)
vehicles at a time;
d. Where an outside location is impractical, dispensing devices may be approved
inside garages or similar establishments that store, park, service or repair automotive
equipment, provided that the following requirements are complied:
1) The dispensing device shall be located in a well ventilated area of fire-resistive
construction, and shall not be less than six meters (6 m) from any activity involving
sources of ignition;
2) It shall be protected against physical damage from vehicles by mounting impact
barriers on a concrete island or by equivalent means, and shall be located in a
position where it cannot be stuck by vehicle descending a ramp or other slope
out of control; and
3) A remote emergency shutoff electric power to the dispensing unit and the pump
supplying it shall be provided at an accessible location and shall be clearly
labeled as to its intended purpose.
e. Fire Protection
1) A minimum classification of Class 5-B or C fire extinguishers shall be provided
and so located that no pump, dispenser or fill-pipe opening shall be of a greater
distance than nine and fifteen hundredths meters (9.15 m) from such extinguishers
and shall be readily accessible where fires are likely to occur.
2) Placement and size of fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Annex A,
Table 34, Fire Extinguisher Size and Placement for Class B Hazards.
3) Existing service stations with dispensing areas located below street level may
be permitted, provided that an approved automatic sprinkler system is installed
and the provision of para e.1 above shall be complied.
f. Safety Precaution
1) The engine of all vehicles being fueled shall be shut-off during fueling or re-fueling.
2) Smoking, use of electronic devices and open flames are strictly prohibited in
areas where flammable or combustible liquids are dispensed.
3) Signs of the above prohibitions shall be posted within the premises of the service
station. A warning sign shall be conspicuously posted in the dispensing area
indicating that it is unlawful and dangerous to dispense gasoline into unapproved
containers.
4) All vendors using open flames are also prohibited within the premises.
5) Necessary repairs of the service station involving welding, cutting and other
hotworks shall comply with the applicable provisions of Division 17 of this RIRR.
6. Marine Service Stations
a. Marine service stations shall not be located at bulk plants unless separated by a
fence or similar barriers from the area in which bulk operations are conducted.
b. Piers, wharves and floats where flammable or combustible liquid dispensers are
located shall be of fire-resistive construction and impermeable to spills of such liquids
and oils within the immediate area of the dispenser.
c. Flammable and combustible liquids may be stored in approved portable containers
within marine service station buildings. Storage of Class I liquids in approved closed
portable containers shall not exceed thirty-eight liters (38 L) aggregate capacity
except within rooms or buildings approved for such storage or which meet the
requirements of ventilation.
d. Class II or III liquids may be stored and dispensed inside marine service station
buildings from approved containers of not more than four hundred fifty-five liters
(455 L) capacity, provided that:
1) tanks, valves, fittings and piping for flammable or combustible liquids and
liquefied petroleum gases are approved for such use and fully protected from
external-corrosion.
188
2) there shall be no connection between any aboveground tank and any
underground tank except that aboveground tanks located in an adjoining bulk
plant may be connected by piping to marine service station underground tanks
if, in addition to valves at the aboveground tanks, a valve is also installed within
control of marine service station.
3) pipelines of marine service stations attached to piers, wharves or other structures
shall be fully protected against physical damage and excessive stresses.
4) a valve capable of shutting off supply from the shore shall be provided in each
product line at or near the approach of the pier, wharf or other structure; and an
approved quick throw valve shall be provided above each flexible connection
to stop flow to float in the event of rupture or such flexible connections.
5) not more than two (2) flexible connections shall be permitted in any line leading
from any pier or wharf to a float. When unusual conditions exist, additional flexible
connections may be allowed subject to the approval of the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
7) All commodity piping at marine service stations shall be welded or welded
flanged of steel construction. Screwed piping of fifty millimeters (50 mm) or less in
diameter shall be permitted.
8) Piping systems used in handling Class I liquids shall be grounded to control stray
electrical current.
9) Testing of piping systems shall be in accordance with applicable provisions of this
RIRR on testing.
e. Wharves, piers, or floats at marine service stations shall be used exclusively for
the dispensing or transfer of petroleum products to or from marine craft, except
that transfer of essential supplies for ship stores is permitted. Sales of ship stores or
merchandise shall not be allowed in an area where fuel is dispensed into the tank of
motor crafts.
1) Tanks and pumps, other than those integral with approved dispensing devices
that supply flammable or combustible liquids at marine service stations, shall
be located only on shore. Approved dispensing devices with or without integral
pumps may be located on shore piers of solid fill type, open pier, wharves of
floating docks, but only upon express permission of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2) Dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids and liquefied petroleum gases
shall at all times be under the direct control of competent person who is fully
aware of the operation, mechanics, and hazards inherent to fueling of boats.
3) Dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids into the fuel tanks of marine crafts
shall be by means of an approved type hose, equipped with a listed automatic
closing nozzle with latch open device.
4) Hoses used for dispensing or transferring flammable or combustible liquids shall
be reeled, racked or otherwise protected from mechanical damage when not
in use.
5) Fueling of floating marine crafts other than from a marine service station is
prohibited.
6) No delivery of any flammable or combustible liquids shall be made into portable
containers, unless such containers is of approved material and construction,
having a tight closure with screwed or spring cover, so designed that the contents
can be dispensed without spilling.
7) Liquefied petroleum gas cylinders shall not be filled or discharged at any
petroleum marine service station without first obtaining written permission from
the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Approved storage facilities for liquefied petroleum
gas cylinders shall be provided.
8) The dispensing area shall be located away from other structures to provide room
for safe ingress and egress of crafts to be fueled. Dispensing units shall, in all
cases, be at least six meters (6 m) from any activity involving fixed sources of
ignition.
f. Fire Prevention Regulations
1) All marine facilities shall be maintained in a neat and orderly manner and no
189
accumulation of rubbish or waste oils in excessive amounts shall be permitted.
Any spills of flammable or combustible liquids at or upon the water of marine
service stations shall be reported immediately to the BFP and port authorities.
2) Metal containers with tight-fitting or self-closing metal lids shall be provided for
the temporary storage of combustible trash or rubbish.
3) No vessel or craft shall be allowed to moor or berth at any fuel docks serving a
marine services station, except during fueling operations.
4) No construction, maintenance, repair or reconditioning work involving the use
of open flames or arcs or spark-producing devices shall be performed at any
marine service station facility or within fifteen meters (15 m) of the dispensing
facilities including piers, wharves, or floats. The C/MFM having jurisdiction may
grant permission in writing to make repair, provided no fueling is done at the pier,
wharf, of float during the course of such emergency repairs.
5) All electrical wiring and equipment must comply with the latest edition of the PEC
as it applies to wet, damp and hazardous location. Clearly identified emergency
switches readily accessible in case of fire at any dispensing unit shall be provided
on each main float and at the shore approach to the pier, wharf or floating
dock, to shut off power to all pump motors from any individual location and reset
only from the master switch. Each switch shall be identified by an approved sign:
“EMERGENCY PUMP SHUTOFF”. The master switch shall be set in the “OFF” position
before closing a marine service station. Pressure system shall incorporate with
each turbine an indicator light illuminated when the turbine is running. Said lights
shall be visible from the shore approach and from the dispenser location and
suitably identify the system served.
6) Smoking or open flames shall be prohibited within one thousand five hundred
millimeters (1,500 mm) of fueling operations. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted
conspicuously within the premises. Such signs shall have letters not less than one
hundred millimeters (100 mm) in height on a background of contrasting color.
7) Boat owners or operators shall not offer their craft for fueling unless the tanks
being filled are properly vented to dissipate fumes to the outside atmosphere.
8) There shall be prominently displayed at the face of each wharf, pier of float at
such elevation as to be clearly visible from the decks of marine craft being fueled,
a sign or signs with letters not less than eighty millimeters (80 mm) in height in a
background of contrasting color bearing the following or equivalent wording:
WARNING
NO SMOKING - STOP ENGINE WHILE FUELING.
SHUT OFF ELECTRICITY. DO NOT START ENGINE UNTIL AFTER
BELOW-DECK SPACES ARE VENTILATED
g. Fire Protection
1) Appropriate communication means shall be available for calling the Fire
Department. Such means may consist of a proprietary alarm system, a firefighters’
alarm box or telephone not requiring a coin to operate. It must be within thirty
meters (30 m) of the premises of a marine service station.
2) Piers, wharves and floats at marine service stations shall be equipped with wet
standpipes connected to a reliable water supply with piping not less than fifty
millimeters (50 mm) in diameter.
3) Pipe fittings and joints shall be adequately treated to protect metal from
corrosion. A flexible connection may be permitted between the dock or pier
and any floating deck.
4) Hose stations shall be equipped with a thirty-eight millimeter (38-mm) valve, at
least twenty-two meters (22 m) of approved fire hose, and a combination fog
and straight streams shutoff type nozzle. Hose stations shall be so spaced as to
provide protection to any portion of docks, piers, wharves or floating crafts. Hose
shall be enclosed within a cabinet connected and mounted on a reel or rack for
instant use. Hose stations shall be labeled “FIRE HOSE-EMERGENCY USE ONLY”. All
tests and valves must meet the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5) Fire extinguishers each having a rating of 20-B and C shall be provided as follows:
One (1) on each float and one (1) on the pier or wharf within seven and a half
meters (7.5 m) of the head of the gangway to the float, except that where the
190
office is within seven and a half meters (7.5 m) of the gangway or is on the float,
an extinguisher at the head of the gangway need not be provided.
7. Processing Plants
a. On storage and handling
The manner of storage, handling, dispensing and fire protection of flammable
or combustible liquids in Processing Plants shall comply with the requirements and
standards set forth under bulk and bulk plants storage, and the requirements and
standards on portable storage. In addition, the following requirements shall also be
complied:
1) Mixing or blending rooms or buildings shall meet the design requirements in
Chapter 9.9 of NFPA 30.
2) Vessels used for mixing or blending of Class I flammable liquids shall be provided
with self-closing, tight-fitting noncombustible lids that will control fire within such
vessels. Where such devices are impracticable, approved automatic or manually
controlled fire-extinguishing systems/devices shall be provided.
3) All equipment, such as vessels, machinery, and piping, where an ignitable
mixture could be present shall be bonded or connected to a ground. The bond
or ground or both shall be physically applied or shall be inherently present by
the nature of the installation. Electrically isolated sections of metallic piping or
equipment shall be bonded to the other portions of the system or individually
grounded to prevent the hazardous accumulation of static electricity.
8. Refineries, Chemical Plants and Distilleries
On Storage and Handling
The manner of storage, handling, dispensing and fire protection of flammable
or combustible liquids in refineries, chemical plants and distilleries shall comply
the requirements and standards for bulk and bulk plants storage, requirements and
standards on portable storage. In addition, the following requirements shall also be
complied:
a. Processing units shall be located to at least one side to make it accessible for the
purpose of fire control. Where topographical conditions are such that flammable
or combustible liquids may flow from a processing area to constitute a fire hazard
to other properties, provisions shall be made to divert or impound the flow by curbs,
drains or other suitable means.
b. Water shall be available in pressure and quantity sufficient to provide cooling streams
for any unit of any tank in the processing area. Hoses and hydrants shall be available
in sufficient number to provide application for cooling streams.
9. Crude Oil Production
On Storage and Handling
The manner of storage and fire protection of flammable or combustible liquids in
crude oil production shall comply the standards and requirements for bulk and bulk
plants storage and standards and requirements for portable storage. In addition, the
following requirements shall also be complied:
a. Oil wells shall have a minimum distance of fifty meters (50 m) from a surface property
line.
b. No oil well shall be drilled within fifty meters (50 m) or one and a half (1.5) times
the height of the derrick, whichever is greater from any road or highway or major
aboveground utility line or railroad.
c. No oil well shall be drilled nor production equipment and storage tank installed within
less than the following setbacks:
1) One hundred sixteen meters (116 m) from an existing occupied building and/or
habitable dwelling
2) One hundred sixteen meters (116 m) from educational facility, public places
assembly and institutional occupancy
d. No boiler, fired vessel, heater-breather, open flame device or other potential sources
of ignition shall be located nearer than fifty meters (50 m) to any oil well or storage
tank. Vehicles and equipment used in the drilling and well servicing operations are
exempt from the above provision.
191
e. No sump or other basin for the retention of oil or petroleum products shall exceed
three and seven tenths meters (3.7 m) in width.
f. No sump or other basin for the retention of oil or petroleum products, larger than one
and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) deep shall be maintained longer than sixty (60) days
after the cessation of drilling operations.
g. Sumps, diversion ditches or depressions used as sumps shall be securely fenced or
covered.
h. Adequate blowout prevention equipment shall be used on all well servicing
operations. Blowout prevention equipment shall contain pipe rams that enable
closure on the pipe being used. The choke line and kill lines shall be anchored, tied
or otherwise secured to prevent whipping resulting from pressure surges.
i. Blowout prevention equipment shall be inspected daily and a preventer operating
test shall be performed on each round trip, but not more than once every
twenty-four (24) hours. Notation of operating tests shall be made on the daily report.
j. Drilling operations shall not proceed until blowout prevention equipment are tested
and found to be serviceable.
k. Berms shall be constructed around crude oil and condensate storage tanks in the
absence of remote impounding. It shall enclose an area sufficient to contain at least
one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the largest single tank.
l. Not more than two (2) crude oil and condensate storage tanks shall be located
within a single berm.
m. Berms shall be inspected at regular intervals to maintain containment integrity.
n. Where soundproofing material is required during oil field operations, such materials
shall be non-combustible. A fire-retardant treated material may be used and
maintained subject to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
10. Tank Vehicles for Flammable and Combustible Liquids
The manner of storage, handling, operation and fire protection in tank vehicle for
flammable or combustible liquids shall comply the following requirements:
a. On Storage, Handling and Operation
1) Design and Construction of Tank Vehicle
a) Tank vehicles shall be designed, constructed, equipped and maintained in
accordance with NFPA 385, Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flammable and
Combustible Liquid.
Design of the tank vehicle shall consider the structural relationship between
the cargo tank, propulsion equipment, and the supporting members with
due regard to the weight and temperature of the cargo, road performance,
braking and required ruggedness. The general design of the cargo tank and
vehicle chassis shall be arranged to give the best combination of structural
characteristics and vehicle performance.
b) The material used in the construction of cargo tanks shall be compatible with
the chemical characteristics of the flammable and combustible liquids to be
transported.
c) If a single cargo tank is divided into compartments of different specification
construction, each compartment shall conform to the specification
requirements and shall be identified with a permanent non-corrosive metal
plate.
d) Any cargo tank designed for transporting materials at liquid temperatures
above ambient temperatures shall have a non-corrosive metal warning
plate permanently affixed to the tank or tank frame located conspicuously
at the right side near the front specifying the maximum allowable cargo
temperature. Stamped or embossed characters shall be at least thirteen
millimeters (13 mm) in height.
2) Full Trailers and Semi-Trailers
a) Trailers shall be firmly and securely attached to the vehicle drawing them, in
a manner conforming to accepted engineering practice.
b) Each full trailer and semi-trailer shall be equipped with reliable brakes on all
192
wheels, and adequate provision shall be made for their efficient operation
from the driver’s seat of the vehicle drawing the trailer or semi-trailer.
c) Trailer connections shall be such that can prevent the towed vehicle from
whipping or swerving from side to side dangerously or unreasonably, and
shall cause the trailer to follow substantially in the path of the towing vehicle.
3) Operation of Tank Vehicles
a) Tank vehicles shall not be operated unless they are in proper state of
serviceability, devoid of accumulation of grease, oil or other flammable and
from leaks.
b) Drivers shall be thoroughly trained in the operation of tank vehicles and proper
procedures for loading and unloading.
c) Dome covers shall be closed and latched while the tank vehicle is in transit.
d) No tank vehicle shall be operated with a cargo temperature above the
maximum allowable cargo temperature specified on the warning sign.
e) Flammable and combustible liquids shall be loaded only into cargo tanks
whose material used in construction shall be compatible with the chemical
characteristics of the liquid being loaded. The flammable and combustible
liquid being loaded shall also be chemically compatible with the liquid hauled
on the previous load, unless the cargo tank compartment, piping, pumps,
meters and hose has been thoroughly cleaned and completely drained.
f) Class II or Class III liquids shall not be loaded into a compartment adjacent to
Class I liquids unless double bulkheads are provided, nor shall non-compatible
chemicals be loaded into adjacent compartments unless separated by
double bulkheads.
g) Repair of tank vehicles shall be made with caution. No repair shall be made
when there is presence of hazard due to combustible vapors nor any loaded
tank vehicle be repaired in a closed garage.
h) Cargo tank shall not be repaired using any method employing a flame, arc, or
other sources of ignition, unless the tank is maintained vapor-free or otherwise
made safe in an approved manner.
4) Loading and unloading tank vehicles
a) Loading and unloading of tank vehicles shall only be done in approved
locations prescribed by the concerned agency.
b) Flammable or combustible liquid shall not be transferred to or from any tank
vehicles, unless the parking brake is securely set and all other reasonable
precautions have been taken to prevent motion of the vehicle.
c) The driver, operator or attendant of any tank vehicle shall not leave the
vehicle while it is being filled or discharged. Delivery hose, when attached to
a tank vehicle, shall be considered a part of the tank vehicle.
d) Engine of tank vehicles shall be shut down during making or breaking hose
connections. If loading or unloading is done without the use of a power pump,
the tank vehicle motor shall be shut down throughout such operations.
e) Cargo tank or a compartment thereof used for the transportation
of any flammable or combustible liquid shall not be loaded full. The
unfilled space (outage) in a cargo tank or compartment thereof used
in the transportation or combustible liquids shall in no case be less than
one percent (1%). Sufficient space (outage) shall be left vacant in every
case to prevent leakage from or distortion of such tank or compartment by
expansion of the contents due to rise in temperature in transit.
f) The driver, operator or attendant of any tank vehicle shall, before making
delivery to any tank, determine the unfilled capacity of such tank by a
suitable gauging device. To prevent overfilling, he shall not deliver in excess
of that amount.
g) During loading, hatch covers shall be secured on all compartments except in
the receiving compartments.
193
h) Delivery of Class I liquids to underground tanks of more than three thousand
eight hundred liters (3,800 L) capacity shall be made by means of mechanically
tight connections between the hose and the fill pipe.
i) Where a cargo tank is filled through bottom loading, a positive means
shall be provided for loading a predetermined quantity of liquid and an
automatic secondary shut-off control shall be installed in each compartment
to prevent overfill. The secondary shutoff control system shall be labeled as
to manufacturer and type and any electrical system used for secondary
shut-off shall be in accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
j) No material shall be loaded into or transported in a tank vehicle at a
temperature above its ignition temperature unless properly safeguarded in
an approved manner.
k) The cargo tank shall be bonded to the fill stem or to some part of the rack
structure, electrically interconnected with the fill-stem piping, except tank
vehicles loading any flammable or combustible liquids through bottom
connections and tank vehicles used exclusively for transporting Class II and
Class III liquids when loaded at locations where no Class I liquids are handled.
l) The cargo tank shall be bonded to the fill pipe when loading. The
bond-wire connection shall be made prior to opening of dome covers. It
shall be maintained in place during the entire filling operation and the dome
covers shall be securely closed before the bond wire is disconnected from
the cargo tank.
m) No external bond-wire connection or bond-wire integral to a hose shall
be needed for the unloading of flammable and combustible liquids into
underground tanks or when a tank vehicle is loaded or unloaded through
tight connections to an aboveground or through bottom connections.
5) Vapor Recovery Process
a) In all cases where underground tanks are equipped with any type of vapor
recovery system, all connections shall be safe and designed to prevent
release of vapors at grade level and shall remain connected throughout the
loading and unloading process.
b) For bottom loading vehicles, where vapor recovery is not required, the tank
vapor system shall be open to the atmosphere to prevent pressurization of the
tank and the vapor system.
c) The vapor recovery connection of the bottom-loading tank vehicles equipped
with a vapor recovery system shall be used to lead vapor away from the
loading area using terminal vapor recovery system, discharge standpipe, or
by opening the tank fill opening (manholes).
d) Where a “dry disconnect vapor recovery adapter” is used, provisions shall
be made to ensure that the vapor recovery system is fully vented before
unloading to prevent collapse of the tank.
6) Parking and Garaging
a) No person shall leave a tank vehicle unattended on any street, highway,
avenue or alley;
b) No person shall park a tank vehicle at any one point for longer than one (1)
hour except:
i. off a street, highway, avenue of alley.
ii. inside a bulk plant and seven and a half meters (7.5 m) from the property
line or within a building approved for such use.
iii. at other approved locations not less than fifteen meters (15 m) from any
building except those approved for the storage or servicing of such
vehicles.
iv. in case of breakdown or other emergency, the operator must leave the
vehicle to take necessary action to correct the emergency.
c) Tank vehicles shall not be parked or garaged in any building other than those
specifically approved for such use by the concerned agency.
194
b. On Fire Protection and Other Safety Measures
1) Tank vehicles used for the transportation of any flammable or combustible liquids,
regardless of the quantity being transported, whether loaded or empty, shall be
conspicuously and legibly marked. Such markings shall display the following:
a) Vehicle manufacturer;
b) Manufacturer’s serial number;
c) Date of manufacture;
d) Original test date;
e) Certificate date;
f) Design pressure;
g) Head material;
h) Shell material;
i) Weld material;
j) Lining material;
k) Nominal tank capacity by compartment;
l) Maximum product load;
m) Loading limits; and
n) Unloading limits.
2) These markings shall not be modified, obstructed, made inaccessible or
unreadable by paints or any fixtures.
3) Installation of any plate onto the tank with these markings shall not compromise
the safety of the tank.
4) Placards/ warning signs shall comply with NFPA 704, Standard System for the
Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response and/or other
internationally accepted standard for signage. The size of signage shall measure
at least two hundred seventy-three millimeters (273 mm) on both sides and have
a thirteen millimeters (13 mm) inner solid line border. The text indicating the
hazard and the hazard class should be at least forty-one millimeters (41 mm).
5) In addition to the markings and warning signs, a certification signed by a
responsible official of the manufacturer of the cargo tank, or from a competent
testing agency, certifying that each cargo tank is designed, constructed, and
tested in compliance with NFPA 385 and other applicable standards; and such
certification shall be retained in the files of the carrier at all times that such cargo
tank is engaged in the transport of flammable and combustible liquids.
6) Smoking is prohibited while driving, making deliveries, filling or making repairs to
tank vehicles.
7) While loading or unloading, extreme care shall be taken to keep away fire and
to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting matches, or carrying any
flame or lighted cigar, pipe or cigarette.
8) Each tank vehicle shall have at least one (1) unit of twenty pounds (20 lb) or two
(2) units of ten pounds (10 lbs) BC-rating portable fire extinguisher.
9) Fire extinguishers shall be kept and maintained in good operating conditions
at all times. They shall be visibly located in an accessible place on each tank
vehicle and shall be protected from damage and impact.
10) Trailer/tank vehicle operators, contractors, drivers, handlers and crews shall have
undergone proper qualification by a concerned agency. Crews shall include
repair and maintenance personnel.
B. Fire Safety Clearance
1. A FSC shall be obtained from the C/MFM having jurisdiction for the following:
a. Storage, handling or use of Class I flammable liquids in excess of three and eight tenths
liters (3.8 L) in any dwelling or other place of human habitation; or in excess of nineteen
liters (19 L) in any other building or other occupancy; or in excess of thirty-eight liters
(38 L) outside of any building, except:
1). storage or use of flammable liquids in the fuel tank of a motor vehicle, aircraft,
motorboat, mobile power plant or mobile heating plant.
195
2). liquids used for building maintenance, painting, or other similar infrequent
maintenance purposes shall be permitted to be stored temporarily in closed
containers safely secured outside of storage cabinets or inside storage area,
limited to an amount that does not exceed six (6) days of supply at anticipated
rates of use.
b. Storage, handling, or use of Class II or III liquids in excess of ninety-five liters (95 L) in
a building; or in excess of two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) outside a building
except for fuel oil used in connection with oil burning equipment.
c. Work, installation, and use of equipment and premises for the storage, handling and
sale of combustible and flammable liquids.
d. Removal, abandonment, placement on temporarily out of service or otherwise
disposal of any flammable or combustible liquid tank. For this purpose, a proper
disposal and/or abandonment procedure shall be submitted.
2. An MSDS shall be a prerequisite in the application of such fire clearance.
3. Where more than one hundred (100) drums of flammable and/or combustible liquids
are to be stored outside of the buildings, plans of storage area and building structures
shall be submitted showing methods of storage, quantities to be stored, distance from
buildings and property lines, access ways between group of drums, fire protection
facilities, and provisions for drainage and runoff.
SECTION 10.3.7.6 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS

Cryogenic fluids except those used as refrigerants in refrigerating systems shall be stored,
handled and transported as follows:
A. Storage and Handling
1. Cryogenic Fluids shall be stored inside containers with the following design:
a. Containers used for the storage and handling of cryogenic fluids shall be in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the latest edition of Philippine
Mechanical Engineering Code (PMEC), or with the applicable standards of the
Department of Energy (DOE) and/or Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), or other
concerned government agencies.
b. Metallic containers shall be built, inspected and tested in accordance with
applicable provisions of the latest edition of PMEC for Design and Construction of
Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks, depending on the temperature and
pressure of the product stored.
c. Concrete containers shall be built in accordance with the applicable provisions of
the latest edition of NBCP. Barrier materials used in connection with concrete but not
functioning structurally shall be made of materials authorized by the latest edition of
PMEC, Pressure Vessel Safety Requirements.
d. Pressurized containers shall be protected by a pressure-relieving device or devices.
If only one pressure relief device is used, it shall be set to operate a pressure not to
exceed the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (MAWP). Additional relief devices
may be set to operate at a higher pressure but shall not exceed one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the MAWP.
1) Containers that may be subjected to an exposure to fire hazards shall be
protected by pressure relieving devices designed to protect against excessive
pressure caused by such exposures. Such devices shall be set to operate at a
pressure not in excess of one hundred ten percent (110%) of the MAWP, and shall
have a relieving capacity sufficient to prevent the pressure from rising more than
twenty percent (20%) above the MAWP. If only one device is used, it shall be set
to operate at a pressure not to exceed the MAWP.
2) Relief devices shall be located so that they are readily accessible for inspection
and repair and shall be protected against tampering. All relief devices shall be
so designed or located to prevent accumulation of moisture and freezing which
would interfere with the proper operation of the device.
3) No shutoff valves shall be installed between relief valves and container,
except that shutoff valves may be used on multiple valve installations where
the arrangement of the valves will provide the required flow through the relief
devices at all times.
196
4) Outer containers shall be equipped with pressure and vacuum relief devices or
rupture discs to adequately protect the container.
5) Heat exchangers and similar vessels shall be protected with a relieving device of
sufficient capacity to avoid pressure in case of an internal failure.
6) Safety relief valves shall normally be mounted in a vertical position and shall not
be subjected to low temperature except when operating.
e) Containers shall be provided with substantial concrete or masonry foundations,
or structural steel supports on firm concrete or masonry foundations. Foundations
and supports shall be of a material and design to withstand the low temperature
effects of cryogenic fluid spillage. Structural steel supports, above four hundred
sixty millimeters (460 mm) in height, for flammable cryogenic fluid container shall be
protected with protective coating having a fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.
f. Horizontal containers shall be so mounted on foundations as to permit expansion
and contraction. Every container shall be supported to prevent the concentration of
excessive loads on the supporting portion of the shell. That portion on the container
in contact with foundation or saddles shall be protected against corrosion.
g. Secure anchorage or elevation of container shall be provided in an area that may
be subjected to flooding.
h. Storage containers, piping, valves, regulating equipment, and other accessories
shall be protected against physical damage and tampering.
i. Containers shall be secured as may be necessary to prevent shifting or upset.
2. Containers shall be equipped with drainage, dikes and walls having the following
conditions:
a The area surrounding a container for cryogenic fluids shall be diked to prevent
accidental discharge of fluids thereby endangering adjacent containers, buildings
and equipment, adjoining property or reaching waterways.
b Drainage shall be provided at a slope of not less than one percent (1%) away from
the container towards an impounding basin or an appropriate means of disposal
having a capacity equal to the container being served. This termination area and
the route of the drainage system shall be so located that a fire occurring in drainage
system will not seriously endanger adjacent containers or property.
c Where diked areas are utilized to provide the required protection, the following shall
apply:
1) More than one (1) container may be installed in a single area, provided that:
a) the usable volume of the enclosure shall be at least one hundred percent
(100%) of the capacity of the largest container enclosed;
b) containers shall be elevated above grade so that cryogenic liquids will not
reach the outside container wall in the event of a liquid spill; or
c) if cryogenic liquids can reach the outside container wall, the material that
can be wetted by spilled liquid shall be suitable for use at the temperature of
the liquid with the lowest normal boiling point within the enclosure.
2) Dike walls shall be of earth or other materials compatible to the fluid stored,
designed to be liquid tight, and to withstand thermal shock.
3) The dike and diked area shall be kept clear of all weeds, grass, and other
4) Containers of cryogenic fluids shall not be located within dikes enclosing
flammable or combustible liquid containers, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG)
containers or compressed gas containers.
3. Location of Aboveground Containers with Respect to Exposure
a. A cryogenic fluid container or containers with an aggregate capacity in excess
of seven hundred fifteen thousand liters (715,000 L) and their loading stations shall
be located at a minimum of fifteen meters (15 m) from a building utilized for the
production of such fluids. Such container or containers and their loading stations
shall be located at a minimum of thirty meters (30 m) from aboveground storage of
flammable or noncombustible liquids and from any building of such construction or
occupancy which constitutes an exposure of hazard to a container in the event of fire
or explosion in said buildings. When the capacity is seven hundred fifteen thousand
197
liters (715,000 L) or less, the distance required from aboveground storage of flammable
or combustible liquids and buildings which constitute an exposure to hazard shall be
based on the capacity of the container or containers and the physical features of
the installation with three meters (3 m) being the minimum distance allowed.
b. The minimum distance from the edge of a flammable cryogenic container, having a
capacity in excess of seven hundred fifteen thousand liters (715,000 L), to the nearest
building or group of buildings not associated with the cryogenic liquid plant, or to
the property line of public way, shall be sixty meters (60 m). In no case shall the
distance from the dike surrounding the container or the distance from a drainage
area be less than thirty meters (30 m) from the nearest building or group of buildings
or the property line or public way.
c. Flammable cryogenic fluid container with a capacity of eleven thousand liters
(11,000 L) or less shall be located in accordance with NFPA 50A, Standard for Gaseous
Hydrogen Systems at Consumer Sites.
d. Containers and equipment used in the storage and handling of liquid oxygen shall
be installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 55, Standard for the Storage,
Use, and Handling of Compressed and Liquefied Gases in Portable Cylinders.
4. Installation of Belowground Concrete Containers
a. Belowground concrete containers shall be installed on foundation or support of
concrete, masonry piling, steel or a suitable foundation of aggregate and shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of NBCP.
b. The container storage area shall be fenced or otherwise protected. A minimum
of two (2) access openings shall be provided and they shall be of sufficient size to
accommodate emergency equipment.
5. Installation of Cryogenic Inground Containers
a. Natural materials such as earth shall be proven to have adequate chemical and
physical properties for the construction and operation of the container at the
operating temperature.
b. Containers shall be bottomed out in material naturally impermeable or made
impermeable by other approved means based on internationally accepted
standards.
c. Any foundation, such as those for the superstructure of roof, shall be properly
designed and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of the NBCP.
d. The container storage area shall be constructed with masonry fence or otherwise
protected with equally or stronger type of construction. A minimum of two (2) access
openings shall be provided and they shall be of sufficient size to accommodate
emergency equipment.
6. Location of Belowground and Inground Containers with Respect to Exposure
The minimum distance from the edge of belowground and inground flammable
cryogenic containers to the nearest important building, property line or public way
from aboveground flammable or combustible liquid shall be in accordance with the
Annex A, Table 35, Minimum Distance from the Edge of Below Ground and Inground
Cryogenic Containers Based on Container Capacity.
7. Pressure Relief Vent Piping
a. The piping of all relief vents shall be at least equal to the area of opening of the relief
valve and so arranged to not unduly restrict the flow.
b. Relief devices and/or relief device vents shall be so arranged that escaping gas will
discharge unobstructed to the open air and not impinge on personnel, containers,
equipment and structures or enter enclosed spaces.
c. Vents shall be installed in such a manner as to exclude or remove moisture and
condensate, and to prevent malfunction due to freezing or icing. Drains shall be
so installed as to prevent possible flame impingement on the container, piping,
equipment and structures.
8. Dispensing of flammable cryogenic fluids, liquefied, or liquid oxidizers shall be at a
location not less than one and a half meters (1.5 m) in any direction away from any
exterior source of ignition, openings into direct-vent (sealed combustion system)
appliances, or mechanical ventilation air intakes.
198
9. Piping, Materials and Construction
a. All pipings and materials such as gaskets, thread compound, etc., shall be suitable
for the intended use through the full range of pressure and temperature to which
they will be subjected, maintaining a safety factor of four (4) to one (1).
b. The piping system shall be designed and constructed to provide adequate allowance
for expansion, contraction, vibration, settlement, and fire exposure.
c. Joints on all container piping and tubing over fifty millimeters (50 mm) in nominal
diameter shall be made by welding or with welded flanges.
d. Piping outside buildings may be either buried or aboveground. In either case, it shall
be well supported and protected against physical damage and corrosion.
e. All piping and tubing shall be tested after installation, at not less than one and a half
(1.5) times hydraulically, or one and twenty-five hundredths (1.25) times pneumatically,
at the maximum working pressure; and proven free of leaks.
B. Equipment and Devices
1. All cryogenic containers, equipment and devices used for the storage, handling and
transportation of cryogenic fluids shall be of approved type. Approved types are
those covered with appropriate certification from its manufacturers and/or certifying
authority concerned.
2. Electrical Equipment
a. Electrical installations and equipment shall conform to the provisions of the latest
edition of PEC, equipment manufacturers’ instruction and/or other applicable
international standards as deemed necessary.
b. Proper lighting, including emergency lights shall be provided for fire protection
appliances and operating facilities such as walkways, control valves, gauges, and
similar devices or servicing facilities for the cryogenic fluids.
3. Electrical Grounding or Bonding
a. Containers, systems, and equipment used for flammable cryogenic fluids shall be
grounded and/or bonded in accordance with NFPA 77, Recommended Practice
on Static Electricity, and the latest edition of PEC. Suitable means shall be taken to
protect the system against corrosion, including corrosion caused by stray electric
currents.
b. Containers and systems containing cryogenic fluids shall be equipped with lightning
protection when installed outside the building/ structure.
4. Valves and Accessory Equipment
a. All valves and equipment shall be suitable for the intended use at the temperature
of the application and shall be designed for not less than the maximum pressure and
the minimum temperature to which they may be subjected, maintaining a safety
factor of four (4) to one (1).
b. Shutoff valves shall be provided on all container connections. Shutoff valves shall be
located as close as practicable to the container.
c. All liquids and vapor connections on flammable cryogenic fluid containers, except
relief and gauging connections over twelve millimeters (12 mm) pipe size, shall be
equipped with check valves, or remotely controlled automatic quick-closing valves,
and shall remain closed except during operating periods.
d. Shutoff valves shall be installed in the piping system as needed to limit the volume of
liquids discharged in the event of piping or equipment failure. Relief valves shall be
installed between shutoff valves in all pipelines.
e. All inlet and outlet connections, except relief valves, liquid level gauging devices,
and pressure gauges on any container, shall be labeled to designate whether they
are connected to vapor or liquid space.
C. Warning Labels
1. Warning labels and signs shall be posted visibly from any direction of approach on
cryogenic containers and equipment. In addition, they shall be properly marked with
the name of the specific cryogenic fluid, manufacturer/ supplier and contact details.
199
2. The name of the specific cryogenic fluid shall be conspicuously affixed at the entrances
to locations where they are stored, handled, used, or dispensed, and at such other
locations as may be designated by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
3. Warning labels and signs shall be in accordance with para “H” of Division 5 of this
Chapter and not be obscured or removed,
4. Markings on Containers
Each container shall be identified by the attachment of a nameplate in an accessible
place marked with the following information:
a. Builder’s name and date built;
b. Nominal capacity, in liters;
c. MAWP;
d. Maximum permissible specific gravity of liquid to be stored;
e. Maximum level to which container may be filled with stored liquid;
f. Maximum level to which container may be filled with water for container was
designed; and
g. Minimum temperature in degrees Celsius for which container was designed.
5. Vehicles transporting cryogenic fluids shall be in accordance with para “I” of Division 5
of this Chapter and shall also bear the signs, “FLAMMABLE GAS” or “OXIDIZER”.
D. Safety Measures
1. Insulation shall be non-combustible and shall be non-reactive with oxygen-enriched
air.
2. A positive alarm or other approved device based on internationally accepted standard
shall be provided to warn against overfilling.
3. Vehicles transporting cryogenic fluids shall be equipped with at least one (1) unit
of approved type of fire extinguisher, with a minimum rating 20-B and C; and with
adequate chock blocks.
SECTION 10.3.7.7 MEDICAL AND RELATED COMPRESSED GASES

Medical and related compressed gases such as flammable anesthetic; non-flammable
medical gases in hospitals, medical schools, laboratories and similar facilities; bulk oxygen in
industrial and healthcare consumer sites; and other compressed gases of similar and related
uses shall be stored, handled, transported and manufactured as follows:
1. All compressed gas containers, shall be stored in an upright position with the valve
end up. For non-liquefied gases, the axis of the container shall be limited to forty-five
degrees (45˚) from the vertical provided that it is properly secured, except when it is
empty, its content is less than five liters (5 L) or the container is designed for use in a
horizontal position.
2. Racks or fastenings shall be made to protect cylinders from accidental or physical
damage or dislocation.
3. Indoor and outdoor storage of compressed gases shall comply with the material-
specific requirements provided in the MSDS or manufacturer’s technical specifications/
data or other applicable provisions of this RIRR.
4. Indoor storage, use areas and storage buildings shall be provided with mechanical
exhaust ventilation or natural ventilation. When mechanical ventilation is provided, the
system shall be operational during such time as the building or space is occupied.
5. Compressed gases shall be stored in areas dedicated to the storage of such gases
without other storage or uses. If containers of compressed gases in quantities greater
than the Maximum Allowable Quantity (MAQ) per control area, said containers shall be
stored in a room or a gas cabinet with two-hour (2-hr) resistance rating located inside
buildings or structures, with the following conditions:
a. For rooms:
1) Openings between the room and interior spaces shall be protected by self-
closing smoke and draft-control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not
less than two (2) hours.
200
2) Rooms having exterior walls shall be provided with at least two (2) vents in
such walls, each having not less than twenty-three thousandths square meter
(0.023-m2) free area. One vent shall be within one hundred fifty-two millimeters
(152 mm) of the floor and one shall be within one hundred fifty two millimeters
(152 mm) of the ceiling.
3) Rooms with no exterior walls shall be exhausted through a duct to the outdoors.
Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a one-hour (1-hr) rated shaft
enclosure from the room to the outdoors.
4) Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply with the requirements of the
latest edition of PMEC and be provided at a minimum rate of five hundred
eight hundred-thousandths cubic meter per second per square meter
(0.00508 m3/sec/m2) of the area of the room.
5) Rooms shall be protected by an approved, supervised sprinkler system.
b. For gas cabinets:
1) The average velocity of ventilation at the face of access ports or windows shall
not be less than sixty-one meters per second (61 m/s), with a minimum of forty-six
meters per second (46 m/s) at any point of the access port or window to maintain
the temperature of the cylinders at fifty-four degrees Celsius (54 °C).
2) Connected to an exhaust system.
3) Internally protected by a sprinkler system.
6. The storage of compressed gases located outdoors in quantities greater than the
allowable amount shall be located as shown in the Annex B, Illustration of the Storage
of Compressed Gases.
7. Cylinders of Medical Gas Storage containing compressed gases and containers for
volatile liquids shall be kept away from radiators, steam piping, and like sources of heat.
When cylinder valve protection caps are supplied, they shall be secured tightly in place
unless the cylinder is connected for use. Containers shall not be stored in a tightly closed
space such as a closet.
8. Compressed gas systems suitable for the intended use shall be designed and installed
by a Fire Safety Practitioner. A training certificate, duly issued by the gas supplier or any
government agency which has jurisdiction over such gas, of the person in charge of the
compressed gas system, shall also be required prior to the issuance of FSC.
9. Materials, devices and appurtenances used in compressed gas systems shall comply
with the DTI Product Standards or covered by an International Commodity Clearance
(ICC). This does not limit the use of other materials, devices and appurtenances that
are legally acquired and complying with other internationally accepted standards,
qualified and recognized by the Chief, BFP.
10. Compressed gas system controls shall be so designed to prevent materials from entering
or leaving process or reaction systems at other than the intended time, rate or path.
Automatic controls shall be designed to be fail-safe.
11. Piping, including tubing, valves, fittings and pressure regulators, shall comply with the
requirements of hazardous materials and chemicals handling. Piping, tubing, pressure
regulators, valves and other apparatus shall be kept gas-tight to prevent leakage.
Adequate pressure-relief devices shall be provided where refrigerated liquefied gas
can become trapped in the piping.
12. Valves utilized on compressed gas systems shall be suitable for the use intended and
shall be accessible. Valve handles or operators for required shutoff valves shall not be
removed or otherwise altered to prevent access or hinder operation.
13. Venting of gases shall be directed to an approved location. Venting shall comply with
the requirements of the latest edition of PMEC.
14. Compressed gas containers, except those designed for use in a horizontal position,
and all compressed gas containers containing non-liquefied gases, shall be used in
an upright position with the valve end up. The axis of a container being used in an
upright position may be inclined as much as forty-five degrees (45˚) from the vertical,
provided that it is properly secured. Use of nonflammable liquefied gases in the inverted
position when the compressed gas is in the liquid state shall be allowed, provided that
the container is properly secured and the dispensing apparatus is designed for such
liquefied gas use.
201
Exception: Compressed gas containers with an internal volume less than five thousandths
cubic meter (0.005 m3) may be used in horizontal position.
15. The handling of compressed gas containers shall comply with the following requirements:
a. Where containers are moved by hand cart, hand truck or other mobile device, such
carts, trucks or devices shall be designed for the secure movement of containers.
Carts and trucks utilized for moving compressed gas containers outdoors shall be so
designed that the containers will be secured against dropping or otherwise striking
against each other or other surfaces. Containers shall be moved using an approved
method.
b. Ropes, chains or slings shall not be used to suspend compressed gas containers
unless such containers have been designed for such handling. Valves of compressed
gas containers shall not be used for lifting.
16. Compressed gas containers, equipment and devices used for the storage, handling
and transportation of compressed gases shall be of approved type.
17. Approved containers, equipment or devices are those covered with appropriate
certification from its manufacturers and/or certifying authority concerned.
18. Electrical wiring installations and equipment shall conform to the provisions of the latest
edition of the PEC, equipment manufacturers’ instruction and/or other applicable
international standards as deemed necessary.
19. Proper lighting, including emergency lights, shall be provided to illuminate fire protection
appliances and operating facilities such as walkways, control valves, gauges, and
similar devices or servicing facilities for the compressed gas
20. Lighting equipment and facilities shall be of explosion proof type.
21. Container design and construction shall be maintained as follows:
a. Compressed gas containers shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with
the specifications of the latest edition of PMEC, Boiler and Pressure Vessels or shall
comply with appropriate standards of the DOE and DTI.
b. Compressed gas containers that are not designed for refillable use shall not be
refilled after use of the original contents.
c. Partially full compressed gas containers containing residual gases shall be considered
as full for purposes of the controls required.
B. On Manufacturing
1. The compressor air intake shall be located where no contamination from engine
exhausts, fuel storage vents, vacuum system discharges, particulate matter, or odor of
any type is anticipated.
2. The intake to medical air compressors shall be located outdoors above roof level at a
minimum distance of three meters (3 m) from any door, window, exhaust, other intake,
or opening in the building, and a minimum distance of six meters (6 m) above the
ground. Intakes shall be turned down and screened or otherwise be protected against
the entry of vermin or water, with screening that shall be fabricated or composed of a
non-corrosive material such as stainless steel or other suitable material.
3. Ventilating systems having fans with motors or drive belts located in the air stream shall
not be used as a source of medical air intake.
4. Two (2) or more compressors shall be installed as alternate for simultaneous demand.
Compressors shall be sized to serve peak demand with the largest compressor out of
service.
5. A device shall be provided to automatically activate the additional compressors if the
unit in operation is incapable of adequately maintaining pressure. A signal indicating
that the reserve compressor is running shall operate a local audio and visual alarm and
serve to activate remote master alarms.
6. Compressors shall be provided with automatic or manual alternation to allow division of
operating time. If automatic alternation of compressors is not provided, the facility shall
arrange a proper schedule for manual alternation.
7. Each compressor shall be provided with a dedicated disconnect switch, motor starting
device, and overload protection. The disconnect switches shall be installed in the
202
electrical circuit ahead of each motor starter. Where compressor systems having
two (2) or more compressors employ a control transformer or other voltage control
power device, at least two (2) such devices shall be provided. Control circuits shall be
arranged in such a manner that the shutdown of one compressor does not interrupt the
operation of another compressor.
8. Inflatable equipment, devices or balloons shall be pressurized or filled only with
nonflammable gases.
9. Containers, systems, and equipment used for flammable compressed gases shall be
grounded and/or bonded in accordance with the latest edition of PEC. Suitable means
shall be provided to protect the system against corrosion including corrosion caused by
stray electric currents.
10. Containers and systems containing compressed gas under pressure are not required to
be equipped with lightning protection.
11. Compressed gas containers and systems shall be secured and protected against
accidental or physical damage, tampering, and unauthorized entry, and shall be
safeguarded in accordance with the following:
a. Compressed gas containers and systems that could be exposed to accidental or
physical damage shall be protected. Barriers, posts and/or other approved means
of protection shall be provided to protect containers and systems, indoors and
outdoors, from any hazards and/or damages.
b. Compressed gas containers shall be secured to prevent movement from contact,
vibration or seismic activity, utilizing one (1) or more of the following methods:
1) Securing containers to a fixed object with one (1) or more noncombustible restraints.
Containers shall not be secured to plumbing systems or electrical conduits.
2) Securing containers on a cart or other mobile device designed for the movement
of compressed gas containers.
3) Nesting of compressed gas containers at container filling or servicing facilities
or in seller’s warehouses not accessible to the public shall be allowed, provided
that the nested containers, if dislodged, do not obstruct any required means of
egress.
4) Securing of compressed gas containers to or within a rack, framework, cabinet
or similar assembly designed for such use, except when the containers are in the
process of examination, filling, transport or servicing.
5) Securing stationary compressed gas containers to a foundation designed for
such use in accordance with the construction codes.
c. Compressed gas container valves shall be protected from physical damage by
means of protective caps, collars, plugs or similar devices provided for the purpose.
These devices shall always be in place except when the containers are in use or are
being serviced or filled.
d. Compressed gas containers and systems in storage or use shall be separated from
materials and conditions that present potential hazards to them, or to which they
present potential hazards. Separation shall be by fire barrier of two-hour (2-hr) fire
resistance rating and /or distance as shown Annex B, Illustration of the Storage of
Compressed Gases.
C. On Fire Protection and Markings
1. A written emergency action plan to be implemented in the event of spill or leak shall be
prepared, maintained on the premises and made available at all times.
2. Automatic fire suppression and fire detection systems, where required, shall be
connected to the facility fire alarm system and shall be arranged to immediately sound
an alarm.
3. Vehicles shall be in accordance with para “I” of Division 5 of this Chapter and bearing
the words “COMPRESSED GAS” or similar wording.
4. Vehicles shall be equipped with not less than one (1) approved type of fire extinguisher
with a minimum rating of 20-B and C.
5. Vehicles shall be equipped with adequate chock blocks.
203
6. Outdoor storage shall display precautionary sign, readable from a distance of one and
a half meters (1.5 m), the following words:
“CAUTION OXIDIZING GASES STORED WITHIN

NO SMOKING
NO OPEN FLAME”
7. Stationary compressed gas containers shall be properly marked as follows:

a. The name of the gas shall be visible from any direction of approach;
b. Hazard identification signs in accordance with para “H” of Division 5 of this Chapter;
and
c. Signs reading “COMPRESSED GAS” shall be conspicuously posted at the entrance to
rooms or on cabinets containing compressed gases.
8. Portable compressed gas containers shall be marked in accordance with the standards
prescribed by DTI and DOE.
9. Markings used for piping systems shall consist of the name of the contents and include
an arrow indicating direction of flow. Markings shall be provided at each valve; at wall,
floor or ceiling penetrations; at each change of direction; and at a minimum of every
six and ninety-six thousandths meters (6.096 m) or fraction thereof throughout the piping
run.
10. Piping that is designed or intended to carry more than one compressed gas at various
times shall have appropriate signs or markings posted at the manifold, along the piping
and at each point of use to provide clear identification and warning.
11. Piping within gas-manufacturing plants, gas-processing plants and similar occupancies
shall be marked in an approved manner.
12. Out-of-service compressed gas containers shall be marked to indicate that they are no
longer available for service.
SECTION 10.3.7.8 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES (LPG)

The storage, handling, transportation, use and the installation of fuel gas piping systems,
appliances, equipment, and related accessories shall comply with the applicable provisions
of NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, NFPA 54, National Fuel Gas Code and the specific
requirements hereof:
A. Tank Farms
1. All aboveground items of LPG equipment shall be easily accessible for control,
maintenance and firefighting purposes.
2. The tank farm (area around tank and loading/unloading area) shall be enclosed in at
least one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) high industrial chain link fence, or equivalent
protection.
3. The enclosure shall be provided with at least two (2) remote access gates if the area is
one hundred square meters (100 m2) or more. For less than one hundred square meters
(100 m2), a single access gate may be permitted.
4. If the tank farm is enclosed in a structure where there is a necessity for lighting fixtures,
explosion-proof lighting and electrical fixtures shall be provided.
5. Vehicle impact protection shall be provided.
6. The signs shall be clearly visible and legible at the applicable safety distance and should
be firmly fixed to the fence or wall or the tank itself. For underground or mounded tanks
to comply with the above requirement, it is recommended that notices are displayed
adjacent to the installation. For unodorized product, tanks should be clearly marked as
“UNODORIZED” or “UNSTENCHED”. The following safety warnings shall be sufficiently and
conspicuously located for general public awareness:
a. No Smoking, No Open Flame
b. Highly Flammable – LPG
c. Emergency Procedures
d. Emergency Contact Numbers
e. No Unauthorized Entry
204
7. Tank farm storage containers for LPG must be designed, fabricated, tested and marked
in accordance with the applicable ASME Code for Broiler and Pressure Vessel or
API-ASME Code for Unfired Vessels for Petroleum Liquids and Gases for Bulk and
stationary containers.
8. Each LPG tank shall have a stainless steel nameplate or data plate which contains the
following information:
a. Design Code;
b. Manufacturer’s name;
c. Tank serial number;
d. Water capacity in liters;
e. Maximum operating pressure in Megapascal (MPa);
f. Maximum design temperature in degrees Celsius;
g. Date of manufacture/test;
h. Inspecting authorities’ identification, if any;
i. Diameter/length; and
j. Plate thickness – head and shell.
9. The nameplate shall be attached in such a way to minimize corrosion of the name plate
or its fastening means and not contribute to corrosion of the container:
10. Where the tank is buried, mounded, insulated, or otherwise covered so the nameplate
is obscured, the information contained on the nameplate shall be duplicated and
installed on adjacent piping or structure in a clearly visible location.
11. Illegible data plate shall be replaced.
12. Aboveground tank shall be kept free of rust and properly painted.
13. The part of a container in contact with saddles, foundations or masonry must be coated
or protected to minimize corrosion.
14. Containers/tanks shall be installed with liquid interconnections so that the maximum
permitted filling level of each container is at the same elevation.
15. Pressure relief devices on containers shall be installed so that any gas release is vented
upward, away from the container and unobstructed to the open air.
16. A fixed maximum liquid level gauge shall be installed on each LPG tank.
17. Container shall be properly positioned so that the pressure relief valve is in direct
communication with the vapor space of the container.
18. The vaporizing chamber, tubing, pipe coils or other heat exchange surface containing
LPG to be vaporized (heat exchanger) is constructed in accordance with applicable
provisions of the ASME Code for a MAWP of one and seven tenths Megapascal
(1.7 MPa) gauge.
19. The heat exchanger shall be permanently and legibly marked with the following:
a. Markings as required by the ASME Code;
b. MAWP and temperature for which the heat exchanger is designed; and
c. Name and symbol of the manufacturer.
20. Heat exchangers for waterbath vaporizers shall be equipped with a spring-loaded
pressure relief valve and provided with automatic control, which is integral with the
vaporizer, to prevent the passage of liquid through the heat exchanger to the vapor
discharge piping.
21. The immersion heater that provides heat to the waterbath shall be installed so as not to
contact the heat exchanger.
22. A control to limit the temperature of the waterbath shall be provided.
23. LPG tanks shall be provided with the following:
a. Pressure relief device situated at the vapor portion of the vessel;
b. Fixed maximum liquid level device or equivalent high level arm;
c. Liquid level gauge or indicator;
d. Pressure gauge;
205
e. Drains or other means of removing liquid contents;
f. Filling connection; and
g. Service connection.
24. Adequate supply of water for fire protection purposes shall be provided. The water
supply shall be capable of providing protection to the storage tanks, transport facilities
and other equipment for at least sixty minutes (60 min).
25. The application of water shall be by any one of, or combination of fixed monitors, hose
streams, mobile equipment or fixed spray systems, designed and installed to ensure an
adequate supply of water to otherwise unprotected tank, piping system and equipment
surfaces and to tank supports.
26. The tank farm shall be protected with approved insulation on such areas that may be
subjected to impingement of ignited gas from pipelines or other leakage.
27. Roadways or other means of access for emergency equipment, such as fire department
apparatus, shall be provided.
28. The tank farm shall be equipped with portable nine kilograms (9 kg) B and C rated fire
extinguishers.
29. Loose or piled combustible material and weeds, and long dry grass shall not be
permitted within three meters (3 m) of any container/tank.
B. Pipe Line
1. LPG liquid and vapor lines shall be properly labeled or color coded in accordance with
the latest edition of PMEC.
2. Piping systems, including the interconnection of permanently installed containers/tanks
shall be compensated for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration and settling.
3. No non-metallic pipe, tubing or hose for permanently interconnecting containers/tanks
shall be used.
4. Aboveground piping shall be supported and protected against physical damage by
vehicles.
5. The portion of the aboveground piping in contact with a support or a corrosion-causing
substance shall be protected against corrosion.
6. Metallic pipe and tubing shall be installed underground with a minimum three hundred
millimeters (300 mm) cover. The cover shall be increased to four hundred sixty millimeters
(460 mm) if external damage to the pipe or tubing from external forces is likely to result.
If a minimum three hundred millimeters (300 mm) of cover cannot be maintained, the
piping shall be installed in conduit or shall be bridged (shielded).
7. Underground metallic piping shall be protected against corrosion as warranted by
existing soil condition or use Medium Density Poly Ethylene (MDPE) pipe.
8. LPG piping shall not be used as grounding electrode.
9. Piping shall be provided with Emergency Shutoff Valves (ESVs) and Backflow Check
Valves (BCVs).
10. Every ESV and BCV shall be tested annually and documented. Records of annual testing
shall be included in FSMR.
11. Piping system shall be tested and proven free of leaks at not less than the normal
operating pressure at least once (1) a year.
C. Building LPG System
1. LPG pipes entering a building shall not pass through the basement or other confined
spaces or highly hazardous areas. If due to space limitations and same cannot be
avoided, the LPG pipe shall be protected by a secondary containment pipe which
shall be provided with gas leak detectors and properly vented to permit the discharge
of LPG outside the building.
2. LPG pipes shall be located so as not to obstruct ingress and egress of occupant or
people entering the building.
3. LPG pipes shall be located so as to avoid damage from impact from vehicles.
4. LPG pipes must be located so as to avoid being heated, i.e. beside boilers or heaters.
206
5. LPG piping within a building shall be equipped with Gas Leak Sensor (GLS) at strategic
areas like service entrance, or in case of enclosed structures at the base of the riser,
in enclosed meter cabinets and inside residential/commercial units.
6. The GLS shall be attached to a controller and an automatic shut off device.
7. The GAS Leak Detection System (GLDS) shall be interconnected to the Fire Alarm Control
Panel (FACP).
8. The GLDS shall be hard-wired to the electrical system. If same cannot be done due to
limitation of any nature, the convenience outlet intended for power supply of the GLDS
shall be located at the ceiling cavity.
9. The GLS shall be located equivalent to the height of the service connection (stub out)
and shall not be more than one meter (1 m) above the finish floor line or in accordance
with manufacturer’s specifications.
10. The main isolating valve for the LPG pipeline of the building shall be located in an
accessible location.
11. In order to prevent the distribution of gas leakage throughout the building, the LPG
piping inside any building shall not be installed at the following locations:
a. Lift shaft
b. Flues, chimneys and gas vents
c. Circulating air duct and ventilating duct
d. Clothes chute
e. Enclosed staircase
f. In rooms provided with high voltage power facilities
g. Air handling room
h. Unventilated void space
i. Fire protected/smoke free/ enclosed lift lobby areas
j. Within protected corridors or passageways which are routes of escape/ exit
k. Under load bearing foundations and walls
l. In areas or locations owned or exclusively used by a third party
12. Chute used for LPG piping riser and distribution system shall not be used to house other
building utilities.
13. The LPG piping system shall be inspected externally and internally, before being placed
into service by authorized and qualified engineers on the following instances:
a. After installation
b. After construction or repairs
c. After it has contained materials other than LPG
d. After it has been reinstalled in other location
14. Piping system shall be tested annually and documented. Records of annual testing shall
be included in FSMR.
15. LPG piping shall be properly labeled or color coded in accordance with the latest
edition of PMEC.
16. Piping systems shall be compensated for expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration and
settling.
17. Valve positions shall be properly labeled.
18. A gas meter shall be provided as close as possible to the point where the gas service
piping enters the building. Its location shall be such that the meter, meter connections,
gas service piping tee and gas service shut off valve are accessible for inspection,
installation, replacement, removal, locking, unlocking and reading.
19. Gas meters shall not be located where meters will be inaccessible or subjected to
damage such as in public passageways, over doors, in locations subject to dripping
water or unusual moisture conditions, extreme high temperatures.
20. Gas meters shall not be located where there are possible sources of ignition. Meters
shall be securely supported and shall be protected against overpressure, backpressure
and vacuum.
207
21. All rise/meter compartments shall be naturally ventilated by fixed louvers or
pre-cast concrete ventilation blocks at the top and bottom of the compartment to the
atmosphere. The door of the duct opening to the lobby area shall be fire-rated.
22. The service pipe termination and internal piping termination shall be in line and parallel
to the face of the door of the riser shaft or duct to enable the gas meter and control
valve to be installed easily without the need to further pipe adjustments.
D. Minimum Distances of LPG Containers Outside of Buildings
Containers installed outside of buildings, whether of the portable type replaced on a
cylinder exchange basis or permanently installed and refilled at the installation, shall be
located with respect to the adjacent containers, important building, group of buildings,
or line of adjoining property that can be built upon, in accordance with Annex A,
Table 36, Minimum Distances of LPG Containers Outside Buildings, by Water Capacity.
However, for existing LPG facilities with aggregate water capacity of more than eight
thousand liters (8,000 L) located in heavily populated or congested areas, the citing
provisions of Annex A, Table 36 shall be permitted to be modified as indicated in the fire
safety analysis, and the following fire protection are provided, to wit:
1. Fixed monitor nozzle or an approved system for the application of water;
2. Fixed water spray;
3. Gas leak detector; and
4. Fire wall of approved analysis and construction.
SECTION 10.3.7.9 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS AS VEHICLE FUEL

A. Scope
This Section shall govern the storage, installation, operation, repair and maintenance,
fire protection and other safety measures of compressed natural gas (CNG) engine fuel
systems on vehicles of all types, including the following:
1. Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM);
2. Vehicle converters; and
3. Vehicle fuelling (dispensing) systems.
B. General CNG and Equipment Qualifications
1. Containers shall be for CNG service, and its repair or alteration in accordance with
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and/or manufacturer’s instruction. It shall be
fabricated either of steel, aluminum, or composite materials, designed and permanently
marked “CNG” by the manufacturer.
2. Each container or cylinder shall be fitted with one (1) or more pressure relief devices of
approved type and whose discharge flow rate shall not be reduced below that required
for the capacity of the container upon which the device is installed.
3. Pressure relief devices shall be appropriately installed, located, protected, repaired,
adjusted, and tested in accordance with the aforementioned ASME Code and
manufacturer’s instruction.
4. A pressure gauge, if provided, shall be capable of reading at least one and two tenths
(1.2) times the system design pressure. Such gauge shall have an opening not to exceed
one and four tenths millimeters (1.4 mm) (No. 54 drill size) at the inlet connection.
5. A pressure regulator inlet and each chamber service pressure shall be with a pressure
safety factor of at least four (4). Its low-pressure chambers shall provide for overpressure
relief or shall be able to withstand the service pressure of the upstream pressure chamber.
6. Pipes, tubing, fittings, gaskets, and packing material for fuel lines shall be compatible
with the fuel under the service conditions. Such shall be capable of withstanding a
hydrostatic test of at least four (4) times the rated service pressure without structural
failure. The fabrication and testing shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3,
Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping. Piping components, such as strainers,
snubbers, and expansion joints, shall be permanently marked by the manufacturer to
indicate the service ratings.
7. Valves or shutoff valves shall have a rated service pressure not less than the rated service
pressure of the entire system and shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic test of
at least four (4) times the rated service pressure without rupture. Leakage shall not occur
at not less than one and a half (1.5) times the rated service pressure, using dry air as
208
the test medium. The valve body shall bear the permanent marking of “CNG”, service
ratings and ASTM or internationally accepted standards adopted by the manufacturer.
8. Hose, metallic hose, flexible metal hose, tubing, and their connections shall be resistant
to corrosion and exposure to natural gas and can resist the most severe pressures and
temperatures expected under normal operating conditions, with a burst pressure of
at least four (4) times the service pressure. Hose and metallic hose shall be distinctly
marked by the manufacturer indicating its name or trademark, applicable service
identifier, and design pressure.
9. Vehicle fuelling connection devices shall be of the approved type complying with
applicable ASME Code and other internationally accepted standards. The use of
adapters shall be prohibited.
C. Engine Fuel Systems
1. Storage and Installation
a. The storage, installation, inspection, testing, repair and maintenance, and safety
measures of CNG fuel supply systems for vehicular internal combustion engines shall
comply with NFPA 52, Vehicular Fuel Systems Code, manufacturer’s instructions and
other internationally accepted standards.
b. Aluminum or copper pipe, tubing, or fittings shall not be used between the fuel
container and the first-stage pressure regulator.
c. Fuel supply containers, its piping, fittings, and valves located within, below or above
the driver or passenger compartment shall be protected with a means to prevent
damage that can occur due to road hazards, loading, unloading, direct sunlight,
exhaust heat, and vehicle use, including accidental cargo leakage.
d. No portion of a fuel supply container or container appurtenance shall be located
ahead of the front axle or behind the point of attachment of the rear bumper to
the vehicle. Container valves shall be protected from physical damage using the
vehicle structure, valve protectors, or a suitable metal shield. The cylinder shall also
be protected from accidental contact with overhead electrical wiring by metallic or
non-metallic covers.
e. Containers that are installed behind a rear axle of a CNG vehicle shall be installed
transversely.
Exception: Containers shall be permitted to be installed in other orientations where
the container valve and fittings are located at the end of the container
most protected from a source of impact.
f. Each container rack shall be secured to the vehicle body, bed, or frame to prevent
damage from road hazards, slippage, loosening, or rotation using a method capable
of withstanding a static force in the six (6) principal directions of eight (8) times the
weight of a fully pressurized container(s). The container weight shall not be supported
by outlet valves, manifolds, or other fuel connections.
g. Each fuel supply container in the rack shall be secured to its cradle in such a manner
that it is capable of withstanding a static force applied in the six (6) principal directions
of eight (8) times the weight of the fully pressurized container with a maximum
displacement of thirteen millimeters (13 mm).
h. Fuel supply containers located less than two hundred millimeters (200 mm) from the
exhaust system shall be shielded against direct heat.
i. The mounting system shall minimize fretting corrosion between the container and
the mounting system. A resilient gasket that does not retain water shall be installed
between metal clamping bands and their supports and container. The resilient
gasket shall provide insulation to protect clamping bands from galvanic corrosion in
contact with carbon fiber containers.
j. Containers located in a vehicle compartment capable of accumulating natural gas
shall install a pressure relief device vented to the outside through a metallic tube or
hose and shall be maintained to prevent it from being blocked by debris.
k. The minimum clearance from the road to a container, its housing, or fittings,
whichever is lowest where the container is installed below the frame and between
the axles of a CNG vehicle, with the vehicle loaded to its gross weight rating, shall be
in accordance with the following:
1) Three thousand two hundred thirty millimeters (3,230 mm) vehicle wheel base –
209
one hundred eighty millimeters (180 mm) minimum road clearance
2) More that three thousand two hundred thirty millimeters (3,230 mm) vehicle
wheel base – two hundred thirty millimeters (230 mm) minimum road clearance.
l. The venting system for the discharge of pressure relief devices (pressure relief device
channels) shall be constructed of metallic tubing with threaded compression, or flare
fittings and shall be secured at the outer end. It shall not exit into a wheel well nor
restrict the operation of a container pressure relief device or pressure relief device
channel. It shall also be protected by caps, covers, or other means to keep water,
dirt, and insects from collecting in the lines, but shall not restrict the flow of gas.
m. Fuel lines shall be mounted, braced, and supported to minimize vibration and
shall be protected against damage, corrosion, or breakage due to strain or wear.
A fuel line shall be installed, supported, protected, and secured in such a manner
as to minimize the possibility of damage, corrosion, or breakage due to expansion,
contraction, vibration, strains, or wear and to preclude any loosening while in
operation. Where a fuel supply container is located on a trailer, the fuel supply line
shall contain an emergency breakaway device designed to retain CNG on both
sides of the breakaway point.
n. Every cylinder shall be equipped with either a manual valve or a normally closed,
remotely actuated shutoff valve connected directly to the cylinder. Remotely
actuated valves shall be equipped to bleed the cylinder manually. In addition,
a shutoff valve shall be installed that allows isolation of the container(s) from the
remainder of the fuel system.
o. A valve that automatically prevents the flow of gaseous fuel to the engine when
the engine is not running, even if the ignition is switched on, shall be provided in the
system. Where multiple fuel systems are installed on the vehicle, automatic valves
shall be provided, as necessary, to shut off the fuel system not being used.
p. The fuel system shall be equipped with a backflow check valve that prevents the
return flow of gas from the container(s) to the filling connection.
q. A pressure gauge located inside the driver or passenger compartment shall be
installed in such a manner that no gas flows through the gauge in the event of failure.
r. An automatic pressure reducing regulator(s) shall be installed to reduce the fuel
container pressure to a level consistent with the service pressure required by the gas-
air mixer and provided with support so that their weight is not placed on the gas
lines, as well as means to prevent malfunctioning due to refrigeration effects.
s. The fueling connection receptacle shall be mounted to withstand the breakaway
force not greater than sixty-eight kilograms (68 kg) when applied in any horizontal
direction. The receptacle shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. The clearance around the fueling connection shall be free of interference
that prevents the connection of the fueling nozzle.
2. Maintenance, Fire Protection and Other Safety Measures
a. Safety Testing, Maintenance and Repair
1) The complete assembly shall be leak-tested using natural gas or non-flammable
gas. Before use, every connection shall be verified leak-free with a non-corrosive
leak detector solution or a leak detector instrument after the equipment is
connected and pressurized to its service pressure. The testing shall be done
under adequately ventilated conditions.
2) Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to the CNG
container, or if the container is subjected to a pressure greater than one hundred
twenty-five percent (125%) of service pressure, the CNG container shall be
replaced or removed, inspected, and retested in accordance with the document
under which it was originally manufactured before being returned to service.
3) Where a vehicle is involved in an accident or fire causing damage to any part
of the CNG fuel system, the system shall be repaired and retested before being
returned to service.
4) All containers, container appurtenances, piping systems, venting systems, and
other components shall be maintained in a safe condition. Damaged fuel lines
shall be replaced and not be repaired. It shall be verified that the container
retest date or expiration date is current.
210
5) All pressure relief devices on the cylinder shall be maintained in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions and only qualified personnel shall be permitted
to service pressure relief devices.
6) Fire and other safety measures during vehicle maintenance:
a) Close the quarter turn fuel delivery valve nearest the engine unless engine
operation is required.
b) Prohibit torches, welding, or grinding equipment on or near high-pressure fuel
lines and containers.
c) Prevent damage to containers, including actions such as dropping, dragging,
or rolling of the container.
d) Prevent exposure of composite wrapped containers to strong chemicals such
as battery acid or metal cleaning solvents.
e) Prevent hoists or jacks from coming into direct contact with containers.
f) Provision of at least a stand-by 20-B and C type of fire extinguisher readily
available to provide first aid fire protection.
7) A regulated and safe discharge of CNG from vehicle containers shall comply
with the following:
a) The venting or depressurization of a compressed natural gas container shall
be performed only by trained personnel using written procedures. The gas
removed from the container shall be discharged into a closed transfer system
and shall be vented by an approved atmospheric venting method.
b) Personnel performing container depressurization shall:
i. Use grounding to prevent static electrical charge build-up;
ii. Limit the rate of gas release from plastic-lined containers to a value not
greater than that specified by the container’s manufacturer; and
iii. Restrain containers during depressurization to prevent container
movement.
8) Direct gas venting shall be done through a vent tube that will divert the gas
flow to the atmosphere. The vent tube shall have a gas-tight connection to the
container prior to venting, and all components shall be properly grounded. The
vent tube shall be constructed of Schedule 80 pipe of at least fifty millimeters
(50 mm) diameter. The vent tube shall not be provided with any feature that
would limit or obstruct gas flow.
b. Electrical Safety
All electrical wiring installations shall be secured and protected from abrasion
and corrosion to the same standard as the original wiring on the vehicle. In addition,
it shall be sized and fuse-protected.
c. Markings and Safety Labeling
1) Fuel-carrying components shall be labeled or stamped with the following:
a) Manufacturer’s name or symbol;
b) Model designation;
c) Design service pressure;
d) Direction of fuel flow where necessary for correct installation; and
e) Capacity or electrical rating, as applicable.
2) Where a manual valve is used, the valve location shall be indicated with the
words “MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE.” A weather-resistant decal or label with red,
blue, or black letters on a white or silver reflective background shall be used.
3) A vehicle equipped with a CNG fuel system shall bear the following durable
labels:
a) A label readily visible and located in the engine compartment shall include
identification as a CNG-fueled vehicle, system service pressure, installer’s
name or company, container retest date(s) or expiration date, and total
container water volume in liters (gallons); and
211
b). A label located at the fuelling connection receptacle shall include the
identification as a CNG-fuelled vehicle, system working pressure, and
container retest date(s) or expiration date.
Exception: If both labels are located in one of the above areas, the labels
shall be permitted to be combined into a single label.
4) Each vehicle shall be identified in accordance with para “I” of Division 5 of this
Chapter.
D. CNG Compression, Storage, and Dispensing Systems
1. Compression equipment shall be designed for use with CNG and for the pressures and
temperatures to which it can be subjected under normal operating conditions. It shall
have pressure relief devices that limit each stage pressure to the maximum allowable
service pressure for the compression cylinder and piping associated with that stage
of compression. Compression equipment shall incorporate a means to minimize liquid
carryover to the storage system.
2. Unattended CNG compression equipment shall be equipped with a high discharge
and a low suction pressure automatic shutdown control.
3. Engine-driven compressor installations shall conform, where applicable, to NFPA 37,
Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines.
4. Control devices shall be installed so that internal or external icing or hydrate formation
does not cause vehicle or fueling station malfunction.
5. The fueling connection shall prevent the escape of gas where the connector is not
properly engaged or becomes separated. Fueling nozzles shall be listed in accordance
with ANSI/IAS NGV1, Standard for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Fueling
Connection Devices.
6. Locations
a. Outdoors
1) A facility in which CNG compression, storage, and dispensing equipment are
sheltered by an enclosure that is constructed of non-combustible or limited-
combustible materials and that has at least one (1) side predominantly open and
a roof designed for ventilation and dispersal of escaped gas shall be considered
located outdoors.
2) Compression, storage, and dispensing equipment located outdoors shall be:
a) Aboveground and not be beneath electric power lines, located at least three
meters (3 m) from the nearest important building or line of adjoining property
that a building can be built upon or from any source of ignition;
b) More than three meters (3 m) from the nearest public street or sidewalk line
and at least fifteen meters (15 m) from the nearest rail of any railroad main
track;
c) Provided with a clear space of at least one meter (1 m) for access to all valves
and fittings of multiple groups of containers;
d) Provided with a minimum separation of three meters (3 m) from readily
ignitable material of any stationary container; and
e) Provided with a minimum separation of six and one tenth meters (6.1 m)
between containers and aboveground tanks containing flammable or
combustible liquids.
3) During outdoor fueling operations, the point where the fueling connection is
made shall be located at least three meters (3 m) from any important building,
mobile home, public sidewalk, highway, street, or road and at least one meter
(1 m) from storage containers
4) A lesser distance shall be from buildings or walls constructed of concrete or
masonry materials or of other material having a fire resistance rating of at least
two (2) hours, but at least three meters (3 m) from any building openings.
b. Indoors
1) Compression, dispensing equipment, and storage containers connected for use
shall be permitted to be located inside of buildings reserved exclusively for these
purposes or in rooms within or attached to buildings in accordance hereof.
212
2) Storage shall be limited to not more than two hundred eighty-three cubic meters
(283 m3) of natural gas in each building or room.
Exception: CNG stored in vehicle-mounted fuel supply containers.
3) Deflagration (explosion) venting shall be provided in exterior walls or roof only.
4) Rooms within or attached to other buildings shall be constructed of
non-combustible or limited-combustible materials. Interior walls or partitions
shall be continuous from floor to ceiling, shall be securely anchored, and shall
have a fire resistance rating of at least two (2) hours. At least one (1) wall shall be
an exterior wall.
5) Indoor locations shall be ventilated, utilizing air supply inlets and exhaust outlets,
arranged to provide uniform air movement to the extent practical. Inlets shall
be uniformly arranged on exterior walls near floor level. Outlets shall be located
at the high point of the room in exterior walls or the roof. A ventilation system
for a room within or attached to another building shall be separate from any
ventilation system for the other building.
6) Ventilation shall be by a continuous mechanical ventilation system or by a
mechanical ventilation system activated by a continuously monitoring natural
gas detection system where a gas concentration of not more than one-fifth (1/5)
of the lower flammable limit (LFL) is present. The ventilation rate shall be at least
one (1) m3/min per twelve (12) m3 of room volume. In either case, the system shall
shut down the fueling system in the event of failure of the ventilation system.
Reactivation of the fueling system shall be by manual restart conducted by
trained personnel.
7) Where installed, a gas detection system shall be equipped to sound an alarm
and visually indicate when a maximum of one-fifth (1/5) of LFL is reached.
8) Buildings and rooms used for compression, storage, and dispensing shall be
classified in accordance with Annex A, Table 37, Electrical Installations in CNG
Service Stations. No electrical sources of ignition other than electrical installations,
as permitted by the preceding provision, shall be permitted.
9) Pressure relief devices on storage systems shall have pressure relief device
channels to convey escaping gas to the outdoors and then upward to a safe
area to prevent impinging on buildings, other equipment, or areas open to the
public (e.g., sidewalks).
10) Access doors shall have warning signs with the words “WARNING—NO SMOKING—
FLAMMABLE GAS”. Such wording shall be in plainly legible, bright red letters on
a white background with letters not less than twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) in
height.
11) Fast-fill fueling indoors is permitted where storage and compression equipment
is located outdoors complying the aforementioned indoor requirements. In
addition, an emergency manual shutdown device shall be installed as prescribed
hereto and a gas detection system equipped to sound an alarm and visually
indicate when a maximum of one-fifth (1/5) of the Lower flammable limit (LFL) is
reached shall be installed. The detector shall shut down the compressor and stop
the flow of gas into the structure.
7. Installation of Containers and Container Appurtenances (Other Than Pressure
Relief Devices)
a. Storage containers shall be installed aboveground on stable, noncombustible
foundations or in vaults with ventilation and drainage. Horizontal containers shall
have no more than two (2) points of support longitudinally. Where flooding can
occur, each container shall be securely anchored to prevent floating.
b. Containers shall be provided with corrosion protection in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. Horizontally installed containers shall not be in direct
contact with each other.
c. Means shall be provided to prevent the flow or accumulation of flammable or
combustible liquids under containers such as by grading, pads, or diversion curbs.
213
8. Installation of Pressure Relief Devices
a. Pressure relief valves shall discharge to a safe area and escaping gas shall not
impinge on buildings, other equipment, or areas subject to occupancy.
b. Pressure relief valves on pressure vessels shall be in vertical positions and fitted with
rain caps.
c. An overpressure protection device, other than a rupture disc, shall be installed in
the fueling transfer system to prevent overpressure in the vehicle. The set pressure of
the device shall not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the service
pressure of the fueling nozzle it supplies.
9. Installation of Pressure Regulators
Regulators shall be installed so that their operation is not affected by weather, mud,
insects, or debris.
10. Installation of Pressure Gauges
Gauges shall be installed to indicate compression discharge pressure, storage
pressure, and fuel supply container fill pressure.
11. Installation of Piping and Hoses
a. Piping and hose shall be run as directly as practical and with adequate provisions for
expansion, contraction, jarring, vibration, and settling. Exterior piping shall be either
buried or installed aboveground and shall be supported and protected against
mechanical damage. Underground piping shall be buried not less than four hundred
sixty millimeters (460 mm) below the surface of the ground unless otherwise protected
from damage by movement of the ground. Underground and aboveground piping
shall be protected from corrosion in compliance with recognized practices. Threaded
pipe and fittings shall not be used underground.
b. Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be fabricated to minimize vibration
and shall be installed in a protected location, or shielded to prevent damage from
unsecured objects.
c. Piping installation, including its fittings and methods of jointing, shall comply with the
applicable Plumbing Code of Practice for CNG Vehicles.
d. Natural gas shall be vented only to a safe point of discharge. A vent pipe or stack
shall have the open-end protected to prevent entrance of rain and solid material.
Vertical vent pipes and stacks shall have provisions for drainage.
e. The use of hose in an installation shall be limited to the following:
1) A vehicle fueling hose;
2) An inlet connection to compression equipment; or
3) A section of metallic hose not exceeding nine hundred ten millimeters (910 mm)
in length in a pipeline to provide flexibility where necessary. Each section shall
be so installed that it is protected against mechanical damage and is readily
visible for inspection. The manufacturer’s identification shall be retained in each
section.
f. At public fueling stations, provision shall be provided to recycle gas used for
calibration and testing.
12. Testing
a. Piping, tubing and hose, and hose assemblies shall be leak tested after assembly to
prove them free from leaks at a pressure equal to at least the normal service pressure
of that portion of the system.
b. Pressure relief valves shall be tested at least every five (5) years.
13. Installation of Emergency Shutdown Equipment
a. A manually operated container valve shall be provided for each approved storage
cylinder. Each group of ASME storage vessels up to a maximum combined capacity
of two hundred eighty-three cubic meters (283 m3) shall be provided with a manually
operated shutoff valve.
b. The fill line on a storage container shall be equipped with a backflow check valve to
prevent discharge of natural gas from the container in case of the rupture of the line,
hose, or fittings.
214
c. A manually operated shutoff valve shall be installed in a manifold as close to a
container or group of containers as practical.
d. Gas piping from an outdoor compressor or storage system into a building shall be
provided with shutoff valves located outside the building.
e. An emergency manual shutdown device shall be provided at the dispensing area
and at a location remote from the dispensing area. This device, when activated,
shall shut off the power supply and gas supply to the compressor and the dispenser.
f. A breakaway device shall be installed at every dispensing point. Such device shall
be arranged to separate using a force not greater than sixty-eight kilograms (68 kg)
when applied in any horizontal direction.
g. Control circuits shall be arranged so that, when an emergency shutdown device is
activated or electric power is cut off, systems that shut down shall remain down until
manually activated or reset after a safe condition is restored.
h. Each line between a gas storage facility and a dispenser at a fast-fill station shall
have a valve that closes when one of the following occurs:
1) The power supply to the dispenser is cut off; or
2) Any emergency shutdown device at the refueling station is activated.
i. A fast-closing, “quarter turn” manual shutoff valve shall be provided at a fast-fill station
upstream of the breakaway device, readily accessible to the person dispensing
natural gas.
j. A self-closing valve shall be provided on the inlet of the compressor that shuts off the
gas supply to the compressor.
14. Installation of Electrical Equipment
a. Fixed electrical equipment and wiring within areas specified in Annex A, Table 37,
Electrical Installations in CNG Service Stations shall comply with same table and shall
be installed in accordance with the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 70.
b. Electrical equipment on internal combustion engines shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines
and Gas Turbines.
Exception: Listed dispensers shall be permitted to be installed using classified areas in
accordance with the terms of the listing.
15. Stray or Impressed Currents and Bonding
a. Where stray or impressed currents, such as those from cathodic protection, are
used or present in dispensing systems, protective measures shall be taken to prevent
ignition in accordance with API RP 2003, Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of
Static, Lightning, and Stray Currents.
b. Static protection shall not be required where CNG is transferred by conductive or
non-conductive hose, flexible metallic tubing, or pipe connections where both
halves of the metallic couplings are in continuous contact.
16. System Operation
a. A cylinder shall not be charged in excess of the design pressure at the normal
temperature for that cylinder as per manufacturer’s instructions.
b. A fuel supply container shall not have a settled pressure above the service pressure
that is stamped on the container and displayed on a label near the filling connection,
corrected for the ambient temperature at the time of filling.
c. CNG dispensing systems shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when
a fuel supply container reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure. Where an
overpressure incident that results in operation of the overpressure protection system
occurs, the dispenser pressure control system shall be examined and certified by a
qualified technician prior to being returned to service.
d. The transfer of CNG into a fuel supply container shall be performed in accordance
with instructions posted at the dispensing station.
e. Where CNG is being transferred to or from a motor vehicle, the engine shall be turned
off.
215
f. During the transfer of CNG to or from cargo vehicles, the hand or emergency brake
of the vehicle shall be set, and chock blocks shall be used to prevent rolling of the
vehicle.
g. Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing to facilitate disconnection.
h. Bleed connections shall lead to a safe point of discharge.
i. CNG shall not be used to operate any device or equipment that has not been
designed or modified for CNG service.
j. Sources of ignition shall not be permitted within three meters (3 m) of any filling
connection during a transfer operation.
k. A warning sign(s) shall be posted at the dispensing points with the following words:
A. STOP MOTOR.
B. NO SMOKING.
C. FLAMMABLE GAS.
D. NATURAL GAS VEHICLE FUEL CYLINDERS
SHALL BE INSPECTED AT INTERVALS
NOT EXCEEDING THREE (3) YEARS TO ENSURE
SAFE OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE.
E. NATURAL GAS FUEL CYLINDERS PAST THEIR
END-OF-LIFE DATE SHALL NOT BE REFUELED
AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SERVICE.
j. A warning sign with the words “NO SMOKING, FLAMMABLE GAS” shall be posted in all
compressor and storage areas. The lettering shall be large enough to be visible and
legible from each point of transfer. The service pressure of each dispenser shall be
posted in view of the operator.
17. A portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B and C shall be provided
at the dispensing area.
18. Maintenance
a. Containers and their appurtenances, piping systems, compression equipment,
controls, and devices shall be maintained in proper operating condition.
b. After the original installation, vehicle-fueling hoses shall be examined visually at such
intervals as are necessary to ensure that they are safe for use. Hose shall be tested
for leaks per manufacturer’s requirements, but at least annually, and any unsafe
leakage shall be reason for rejection.
c. While in transit, fueling hose and flexible metal hose on a cargo vehicle to be used
in a transfer operation, including their connections, shall be depressurized and
protected from wear and injury.
d. Pressure relief valves shall be maintained in proper operating condition.
19. Vehicle Fueling Appliances in Nonresidential Occupancies
a. Vehicle fueling appliances (VFAs) shall be of the approved type and shall not
exceed a gas flow of twenty-eight hundredths standard cubic meter per minute
(0.28 SCM/min).
b. VFAs shall be permitted to be used to fill stationary containers at vehicle fueling
locations.
c. The installation of VFAs shall comply with the requirements of the provisions set forth
in para “E“ of Section 10.3.7.9 of this RIRR.
d. VFAs shall not be installed within three meters (3 m) of any storage.
Exception: Storage in the vehicle fuel supply container.
e. Where installed indoors in public assembly and educational occupancies, a VFA
shall be located in a portion of the occupancy in accordance with the latest edition
of NBCP or NFPA 101.
E. Residential Fueling Facility
The capacity of a residential fueling facility (RFF) shall not exceed fourteen hundredths
standard cubic meter/min (0.14 SCM/min) of natural gas. Storage of CNG shall be prohibited;
however, CNG shall be permitted to be stored in the vehicle fuel supply container.
216
1. General Safety Requirements
a. All equipment related to RFF installation shall be protected to minimize the possibility of
physical damage and vandalism, such as the use of an enclosure for the compressor
package, similar to that of a central air conditioner.
b. All equipment related to RFF installation shall be designed for the pressure,
temperature, and service expected.
c. Vehicles shall be considered as unclassified electrically with respect to NFPA 70.
d. Natural gas shall not be vented to the atmosphere under normal operation.
e. Unless specifically permitted by the installation instructions, multiple VFAs shall not be
manifolded together on the discharge side.
f. Where more than one VFA are located in a common area, spacing between VFAs
shall not be less than one meter (1 m) unless permitted by the installation instructions.
2. Installation
a. CNG compression and dispensing shall be located and conducted outdoors
wherever practical. However, where not practical (e.g., where inclement weather is
common), compression and dispensing shall be permitted to be located indoors.
b. All RFF equipment shall be installed in accordance with the equipment manufacturer’s
instructions.
c. The RFF shall have a nameplate marked with minimum and maximum gas inlet
pressure and flow rate, gas outlet maximum pressure, and electrical requirements.
d. Indoor Installations
1) Where it is necessary to install the compression unit and refueling connections
indoors, the compression unit shall be mounted or otherwise located such that
the compression unit is vented outdoors.
2) Where the RFF or the vehicle being fueled is located indoors, a gas detector set
to operate at one fifth (1/5) the lower limit of flammability of natural gas shall
be installed in the room. The detector shall be located within one hundred fifty
millimeters (150 mm) of the ceiling or the highest point in the room. The detector
shall stop the compressor and operate an audible or a visual alarm.
e. Outdoor Installations
The RFF shall be installed on a firm, noncombustible support to prevent undue
stress on piping and conduit.
f. Pressure relief valves shall have pressure relief device vents or vent lines to convey
escaping gas to the outdoors and then upward to a safe area to prevent impinging
on buildings, other equipment, or areas open to the public (e.g., sidewalks).
g. For measurement and test purposes, pressure gauges maybe be installed, although
not required.
h. An RFF shall be equipped to stop fuel flow automatically when the container(s)
reaches the temperature-corrected fill pressure.
i. Piping and Hose
1) All piping and hose from the outlet of the compressor shall be supplied as part of
the RFF.
2) All gas piping to the RFF shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 54, National
Fuel Gas Code.
3) The use of hose in an installation shall be restricted to the following:
a) A fueling hose that shall be limited to a maximum length of seven and six
tenths meters (7.6 m) and shall be supported above the floor/ground level
or otherwise protected from mechanical damage from abrasion and being
driven over by a vehicle
b) A maximum of one meter (1 m) in length where used to prevent abrasion
damage resulting from vibration on the inlet or outlet, or both
4) Transfer systems shall be capable of depressurizing to facilitate disconnection.
Bleed connections shall lead to a safe point of discharge.
217
j. Testing
All piping and tubing shall be tested after assembly to be proven free of leaks at
a pressure equal to the maximum service pressure of that portion of the system.
k. Installation of Emergency Shutdown Equipment
1) An RFF shall be equipped with emergency manual shutdown of the gas supply
and electric power. The emergency electrical switch shall be at least one and a
half meters (1.5 m) from the RFF and in view of the RFF.
2) Breakaway protection shall be provided in a manner so that, in the event of a
pull away, natural gas would cease to flow.
3) A breakaway device shall be installed at every dispensing point. Such a device
shall be so arranged as to separate using a force not greater than sixty-eight
kilograms (68 kg) when applied in any horizontal direction.
l. Operation
1) An RFF shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2) A fuel supply container shall not be charged in excess of its maximum allowable
service pressure at normal temperature. Approved containers shall be charged.
3) Where CNG is being transferred to a motor vehicle, the engine shall be stopped.
m. Maintenance and Inspection
1) All RFF equipment shall be inspected and maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
2) After installation, all hoses shall be examined visually as part of this inspection.
Hoses that are kinked or worn shall be replaced.
3) All safety relief valves shall be maintained in proper operating condition in
accordance with the manufacturer or supplier’s recommendation.
SECTION 10.3.7.10 LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS

Production, storage, use and handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) shall be in accordance
with applicable Philippines National Standards, NFPA 59-A, Standard for the Production, Storage
and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas and other internationally accepted standards.
DIVISION 8. OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND CHEMICALS

This Division shall apply to the storage, handling, transport and protection of hazardous
materials and chemicals not covered on Division 7 of this Chapter.
SECTION 10.3.8.2 OXIDIZING MATERIALS

A. Packaged oxidizing materials shall be stored in dry locations and separated from stored
organic materials. Bulk oxidizing materials shall not be stored on or against wooden surfaces.
B. Oxidizing materials shall be stored separately from flammable solids, combustible materials,
hazardous chemicals, corrosive liquids and such other non-combustible materials.
SECTION 10.3.8.3 RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

A. Durable, clearly visible signs of warning of radiation dangers shall be placed at all
entrances to areas or rooms where radioactive materials are used or stored. In addition,
each container in which radioactive materials are used, stored, or transported shall bear
a durable, clearly visible, appropriate warning sign. Such signs shall bear the three-bladed
radiation symbol in magenta or purple on a yellow background in accordance with the
Code of the Philippine Nuclear Research Institute (PNRI) Part 4, Regulations for the Safe
Transport of Radioactive Material in the Philippines.
B. Except for liquids, signs are not required for the storage of manufactured articles such as
instruments or clock dials or electronic tubes or apparatus, of which radioactive materials
are a component part, and luminous compounds, when securely packed in strong
containers, provided the gamma radiation at any surface of the package is less than ten
(10) milliroentgens in twenty-four (24) hours.
218
C. When not in use, radioactive materials shall be kept in adequately shielded fire-resistant
containers of such design that the gamma radiation will not exceed two hundred (200)
milliroentgens per hour or its equivalent at any point of readily accessible surface.
D. The opinion of PNRI shall be obtained in all cases of doubt as to the safety of radioactive
materials. The ruling of the Institute shall be final and non-appealable.
E. Storage, use and handling of Radioactive Materials shall be in accordance with applicable
Codes of PNRI, NFPA 801, Standard for Fire Protection for Facilities Handling Radioactive
Materials and other internationally accepted standards.
SECTION 10.3.8.4 POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS

A. Potentially explosive chemicals shall be stored away from all heat-producing appliances
and electrical devices and shall be protected from extreme heat, fire and explosion.
B. Explosives and blasting agents shall not be stored in the same building or in close proximity
to such materials except in accordance with RA 9514 and its RIRR.
C. Good housekeeping shall be maintained. Broken or cracked bags, packages or other
containers shall be transferred to new and clean container before storing. Other spilled
materials and discarded containers shall be promptly gathered and destroyed in an
approved manner.
D. All electric bulbs shall be equipped with guards to prevent breakage.
E. Open lights or flames and smoking shall be prohibited in or near storage areas.
F. Internal combustion motor vehicles or lift trucks shall not be parked in the room or
compartment where such chemicals are located.
SECTION 10.3.8.5 ORGANIC PEROXIDES

A. A detached, well isolated, ventilated and un-heated storage building constructed with
walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours, a non-combustible floor,
and a light weight insulated roof shall be provided for the storage of twenty-two kilograms
(22 kg) or more of organic peroxides. If not adequately protected by a fast-acting deluge
type automatic firefighting system, the storage building shall be located at minimum
distances from flammable or combustible liquid, building or highway as follows:
WEIGHT OF ORGANIC PEROXIDES DISTANCES

22 kg to 45 kg 23 m
45 kg to 227 kg 30 m
227 kg to 445 kg 38 m
445 kg to 1,364 kg 60 m
1,364 kg to 2,270 kg 92 m
B. The organic peroxides shall be stored in the original shipping containers.
C. Care shall be taken to avoid rough handling or contamination of these chemicals.
D. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the storage and processing areas.
SECTION 10.3.8.6 NITROMETHANE

A. A suitable isolated outdoor storage are shall be provided for nitromethane.
B. Hazardous processing shall not be permitted in the vicinity of this storage area.
C. Nitromethane shall be stored in the original shipping drums, in an underground tank
with suitable corrosion protection and a minimum of six hundred millimeters (600 mm) of
earth over the tank or in barricaded tanks aboveground. If the drum storage is not
adequately protected by a fast-acting deluge automatic type firefighting system, the
storage of nine hundred nine kilograms (909 kg) or more shall be located at minimum
distances in accordance with Annex A, Table 38, Minimum Distance of Nitromethane from
Inhabited Buildings, from inhabited buildings.
D. Care shall be taken to avoid rough handling or contamination of this chemical.
E. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
be prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing area.
219
SECTION 10.3.8.7 AMMONIUM NITRATE
A. All flooring in storage and handling areas shall be of non-combustible material and shall be
without drains, traps, pits or pockets into which any molten ammonium nitrate could flow
and be confined in case of fire.
B. Each storage pile of bags or other authorized packages and container of such materials
shall not exceed three and sixty-five hundredths meters (3.65 m) in height, three and
sixty-five hundredths meters (3.65 m) in width and nine hundred fifteen millimeters (915 mm)
in length.
C. Pile units shall be separated by a clear space of not less than nine hundred twenty millimeters
(920 mm) in width from the top of piles, serving as cross aisles in the storage are which shall
not be less than one thousand two hundred millimeters (1,200 mm) in width.
D. A clearance of not less than seven hundred sixty millimeters (760 mm) shall be maintained
from building walls and partitions, and not less than nine hundred millimeters (900 mm)
from ceilings of roof structural members with a minimum of four hundred fifty millimeters
(450 mm) from sprinklers.
E. Ammonium nitrate storage shall be separated by a space of nine meters (9 m) or by tight
non-combustible partition from storage of organic chemicals, corrosive liquids, compressed
gases, flammable and combustible materials, or other contaminating substance such as
sulfur, coal, flour, and metallic powders such a zinc, copper, and magnesium where storage
of such materials is permitted with ammonium nitrate.
F. Quantities of ammonium or ammonium nitrate fertilizers having no organic coating, in the
form of crystals, flakes, grains or pills including fertilizers, dynamic grade, nitrous oxide grade
and technical grade ammonium nitrate and ammonium nitrate phosphate (containing
sixty percent (60%) of ammonium nitrate by weight) or more than fifty (50) metric tons of
total weight, shall be stored in well-ventilated building of fire-resistive or noncombustible
construction, or in a building of other type of construction equipped with an approved
G. In populated areas, quantities of two thousand five hundred (2,500) tons or more shall be
stored in well-ventilated buildings of one-hour fire-resistive or non-combustible construction
equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system. No combustible material or
ammonium nitrate sensitizing contaminants shall be stored in this building.
H. Storage of ammonium nitrate, coated or mixed with organic anti-caking materials, except
compounded blasting agent shall not be permitted in populated and congested areas.
Outside such areas, quantities of five hundred (500) metric tons or less may be stored in
well-ventilated buildings of fire-resistive or non-combustible construction equipped with an
approved automatic firefighting system.
SECTION 10.3.8.8 HIGHLY TOXIC MATERIALS

A. Highly toxic materials shall be segregated from other chemicals and combustible and
flammable substances in a room or compartment separated from other areas by walls and
floor and ceiling assemblies having a fire-resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour.
B. The storage room shall be provided with adequate drainage facilities and natural or
chemical ventilation to the outside atmosphere.
C. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
SECTION 10.3.8.9 POISONOUS GASES

A. Storage of poisonous gases shall be in rooms of at least one (1) hour fire-resistive construction
and having natural or mechanical ventilation adequate to remove leaking gas. Such
ventilation shall not discharge to a point where gases may endanger any person.
B. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
SECTION 10.3.8.10 CORROSIVE LIQUIDS

A. Satisfactory provision shall be made for containing and neutralizing or safely flushing away
leakage of corrosive liquids which may occur during storage or handling.
B. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed in Division 5 of this Chapter shall
220
SECTION 10.3.8.11 STORAGE CABINETS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. Cabinets for the storage of hazardous materials shall be approved and substantially
constructed of one and twenty-five hundredths millimeters (1.25 mm) thick sheet iron or a
minimum of twenty-five and four tenths millimeters (25.4 mm) plywood or equivalent.
B. Doors shall be self-closing and self-latching.
C. Cabinets shall be painted with luminescent type paint and shall be conspicuously labeled
in red letters: “HAZARDOUS - KEEP FIRE AWAY.”
SECTION 10.3.8.12 DESIGNATION OF CARGO

A. No person shall operate any tank vehicle transporting any corrosive cryogenic, hypergolic,
or phyrophoric materials unless at all time of such transportation there is displayed upon
each side and the rear of the tank vehicle a sign in letter not less than seven hundred
sixty-two millimeters (762 mm) in height upon a background of sharply contrasting color,
which shall specifically designate the cargo.
B. Readily legible warning signs and placards as prescribed Division 5 of this Chapter shall be
prominently placed in the transport, storage and processing areas.
SECTION 10.3.8.13 HAZARDOUS INSULATOR/CUSHIONING MATERIALS

The storage areas for plastic-based, fire-supporting, fire-conductive, smoke generating,
or toxic gas producing materials that are used as insulators or cushioning material for crates,
boxes, walls, air conditioning ducts, beds, chairs, and the like shall be provided with automatic
fire extinguishing systems of an approved type.
CHAPTER 4. FIRE SAFETY FOR HAZARDOUS OPERATIONS

DIVISION 1. SCOPE
This Chapter shall govern the Fire Safety Measures for the following Hazardous Operations:
A. Automobile Wrecking Yards;
B. Bowling Alleys Resurfacing and Refinishing;
C. Dust Producing Machines;
D. Explosives, Ammunitions and Blasting Agents;
E. Fire Works and Pyrotechnics;
F. Spraying, Dipping, Coating Using Flammable or Combustible
Materials and Liquids;
G. Ripening Processes;
H. Fumigation and Insecticidal Fogging;
I. Repair Garages;
J. Lumber Yards, Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities;
K. Mechanical Refrigeration;
L. Motion Picture Projection;
M. Oil Burning Equipment;
N. Manufacture of Organic Coatings;
O. Industrial Ovens and Furnaces;
P. Hot works Operations; and
Q. Safeguarding Building Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations.
DIVISION 2. AUTOMOBILE WRECKING YARDS

This division shall cover automobile wrecking yards, including hot works and the handling
and storage of fuels and fluids, tires, plastics, combustibles, and hazardous materials.
221
A. Automobile wrecking yard shall be operated and maintained with the following
requirements:
1. No automotive wrecking yard shall be so located as to seriously expose adjacent
properties to fire. Serious exposure shall include situations where materials are stored
or operations performed within four and a half meters (4.5 m) of an adjacent private
property line.
2. The entire premises devoted to such yard or plant shall be enclosed with a chain-linked
fence not less than two and a half meters (2.5 m) in height, with two (2) gates of four and
a half meters (4.5 m) width for fire department access.
3. No roof of any building located in a salvage yard shall be used for storage. This applies
to all buildings on a property where salvage work is performed or waste materials are
handled, including those used for storage, vehicle shelters, administration and sales.
4. No motor vehicles, or any part thereof, junk, or other waste materials, shall be stored,
displayed or kept in such a manner as to unnecessarily hinder or endanger firefighting
operations.
5. Vertical openings in such building shall be enclosed with approved automatic
self-closing fire doors in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR.
6. Picking shall be done in rooms separated from storage rooms or other occupancies by
fire resistive walls and doors having a fire resistance of not less than one (1) hour. Picking
rooms shall be provided with exhaust systems to adequately and safely remove dust
and dirt.
SECTION 10.4.2.3 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE REQUIRED

In addition to Business Permit/Permit to Operate an automobile wrecking yard, an FSC
issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction for the following:
A. storage of flammable and combustible liquids
B. storage of hazardous materials
C. hot works operations and burning.
SECTION 10.4.2.4 TIRE STORAGE

A. Separation of yard storage from buildings, vehicles, flammable materials, and other
exposures shall be in accordance with Annex A, Table 39, Representative Minimum Exposure
Separation Distances in Meter for Tire Storage.
B. Sources of ignition such as cutting and welding, heating devices, and open fires shall be
prohibited within the tire storage area.
C. Safeguards shall be provided to minimize the hazard of sparks from equipment such as
refuse burners, boiler stacks, and vehicle exhaust when such hazards are located near the
tire storage area.
D. Piles of tires or altered tire material shall not be located beneath power lines or structures.
E. Smoking shall be prohibited within the tire storage area.
F. Piles of tires or altered tire material shall be at least fifteen meters (15 m) from the perimeter
fence.
G. Provisions for surface water drainage and measures to provide protection of pyrolytic oil
runoff shall be directed around and away from the outdoor tire storage site to an approved
location.
H. Tires shall be removed from rims immediately upon arrival at the storage site.
I. Tires shall not be stored on wetlands, flood plains, ravines, canyons, or steeply graded
surfaces.
SECTION 10.4.2.5 BURNING OPERATIONS

Burning Operation is allowed provided that an FSC shall first be obtained from the C/MFM
having jurisdiction in accordance with Division 4 of Chapter 5 of this Rule.
222
SECTION 10.4.2.6 MOTOR VEHICLE FLUIDS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. The storage, use, and handling of motor vehicle fluids and hazardous materials shall be in
accordance with Chapter 3 of this Rule.
B. Motor vehicle fluids shall be drained from salvage vehicles when such fluids are leaking.
C. Supplies or equipment capable of mitigating leaks from fuel tanks, crankcases, brake
systems, and transmissions shall be kept available on site.
D. Single-use plugging, diking, and absorbent materials shall be disposed of as hazardous
waste and removed from the site in a manner approved by the Department of the
Environment and Natural Resources (DENR).
E. Airbag systems that have been removed from vehicles shall be handled and stored in
accordance with Chapter 3 of this Rule.
F. Lead-acid batteries shall be removed from salvage vehicles when such batteries are
leaking and shall be stored in a manner approved by the Department of the Environment
and Natural Resources (DENR).
SECTION 10.4.2.7 HOUSEKEEPING

A. All materials not necessary for the operation of the facility should be removed as soon as
practicable to reduce unnecessary accumulations of combustible materials.
B. Weeds and other vegetation should be kept clear to prevent a fire from spreading within
the automobile wrecking yard or to another adjacent area.
DIVISION 3. BOWLING ALLEYS RESURFACING AND REFINISHING

Bowling alleys shall conform to applicable requirements of this RIRR, as well as the provisions
of this Division.

The operator/owner of a bowling establishment shall secure an FSC from the C/MFM having
jurisdiction, before performing any refinishing and alley resurfacing operations involving the use
of flammable liquids or materials on the premises.
SECTION 10.4.3.3 CONSTRUCTION

Pin finishes involving the application of flammable or combustible finishes, sanding or buffing
operations, if done within a building, shall be done only in a room having a fire resistance rating
of two (2) hours, provided with vacuum cleaner or a fixed-pipe suction system with remotely
located exhauster and dust collector installed.
SECTION 10.4.3.4 OPERATION

A. During sanding and resurfacing operations, no portion of the premises shall be open to the
public. Personnel who will do the sanding and resurfacing must be competent (with TESDA
certification or its equivalent) to do the job.
B. When flammable solvents/chemicals are being used, an independent means of ventilation
shall be provided to disperse flammable vapors to the open air.
C. Portable fire extinguishers must be provided for immediate use during work.
D. All electric motors or other equipment in the area, which is a potential source of ignition,
shall be shut down. All smoking and use of open flames shall be prohibited during the
application of flammable finishes and for one (1) hour thereafter.
E. Pin servicing work will not be allowed during sanding operation or for a period of
twenty-four (24) hours after sanding/re-varnishing work is finished.
SECTION 10.4.3.5 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. Sanding and buffing machines shall be equipped with approved continuous suction for
collecting dust during sanding and refinishing operations. Contents shall be removed daily
and disposed of safely.
223
B. All electric power tools shall be maintained and effectively grounded.
C. Storage of flammable or combustible liquids in any room shall not exceed an aggregate
of two hundred twenty-five liters (225 L), and it shall be in flammable liquid storage cabinet
or in approved safety containers not exceeding nineteen liters (19 L) individual capacity.
The required distance between cabinets and containers shall be at least ten meters
(10 m) to prevent fire spread. Approved metal waste bin with a self-closing cover shall be
provided for all waste rags, and materials with the contents to be removed daily. Smoking
shall be prohibited at all times in pin finishing rooms.
DIVISION 4. DUST PRODUCING MACHINES

No person shall construct/operate any dust producing machines such as rice mill, saw
mill, feed mill, flour/starch/oat mill, hammer mill, grinders, crushers (stones, lime stones), plant
pulverizing aluminum, coal, cocoa, magnesium, spices, any grain/s elevator for manufacturing,
handling, processing or other material producing dust without FSC issued by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.

A. Building construction, renovation, modification, reconstruction, alteration, repair, addition,
change for use or change of occupancy classification, demolition, and relocation of
building and structures relative thereto shall comply with the latest edition of NBCP.
B. Suitable dust collecting equipment shall be installed and accumulation of dust shall be
kept at a minimum in the interior of the buildings.
C. Spaces inaccessible to housekeeping shall be sealed to prevent dust accumulation, and
opening of firewalls or in fire barriers shall be protected by self-closing fire doors that have a
fire resistance rating equivalent to one (1) hour, including interior stairs, elevators, and man
lifts in accordance with the NFPA 221, Standard for High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls and
Fire Barrier Walls.
D. Electrical wiring, power equipment, and lightning protection system installed, shall conform
to the requirements of latest edition of PEC.
E. In designing explosion prevention, relief and venting shall be directive to a safe outside
location away from platforms, means of egress, or other potentially occupied areas.
F. Where the horizontal travel distance to the means of egress is less than fifteen meters (15 m)
in normally unoccupied spaces, a single means of egress shall be permitted.

A. Properly designed and located vents equipped with explosion proof exhaust fans shall be
required in all buildings where flammable or explosive dusts are manufactured, processed
or generated. The design of such equipment shall be in accordance with internationally
accepted standards or NFPA 68, Explosion Venting.
B. During operation of the machines, if the dust explosion hazard exists in rooms or other
enclosures under normal operating conditions, such areas shall be provided with explosion
relief venting distributed over the exterior wall.
C. Recirculating or recycling exhaust air ventilation systems for dust explosion hazard areas, if
used, shall be equipped with filter systems capable or removing dust from air.
D. Operating controls shall be designed, constructed, and installed, so that the required
conditions of safety for personnel during operation are maintained.

A. All dust-producing or dust-agitating machinery, such as grinding mills and separators,
elevators, elevator legs, spouts, hopper and other conveyors shall be provided with casing
or enclosures maintained as nearly dust-tight as possible
B. All machinery and metal parts of the crushing, drying, pulverizing and conveying systems
shall be provided with grounding system in accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
C. Smoking and the carrying of matches, the use of heating or other devices employing
open flames, or use of any spark-producing equipment is prohibited in areas containing
224
dust-producing or dust-agitating operators. All wiring and electrical equipment of artificial
lighting installed in such areas shall be in accordance with the provisions of the latest edition
of PEC.
D. Static electricity shall be removed from all machinery and other component parts by
permanent grounds and/or bonds. The design of such equipment shall be in accordance
NFPA 77, Static Electricity and other internationally accepted standards.
E. The facility shall develop and implement a written housekeeping program that establish
the frequency and methods determined best to reduce accumulations of fugitive dust on
ledges, floors, equipment, and other exposed surfaces.
F. Separate dust collection systems in each department of manufacturing and handling shall
be provided.
G. Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems shall not be used as the means to collect
dust from localize sources.
H. Dust collection systems that remove material from operations that generate flame, sparks
or hot material shall not be interconnected with dust collection systems that transport
combustible particulate solids or hybrid mixtures.
I. Fire protection systems, where installed, shall be especially designed to address building
protection, process equipment, and the chemical and physical properties of the material
being processed.
J. A means of notification for occupants in the event of fire or other emergencies and annual
training shall be provided. Emergency action plan of all employees shall be coordinated
with local emergency responders and BFP/fire stations, and shall be included in the pre-fire
planning.
K. Fire detection system shall be provided when the operation is intermittent with sound of an
alarm.
L. All fire detection equipment and fire extinguishing systems shall be tested and maintained
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR
DIVISION 5. EXPLOSIVES, AMMUNITION AND BLASTING AGENTS

A. Scope
This Section shall apply to the manufacture, transportation, storage, sale, and use of
explosive materials.
B. Purpose
This Section is intended to provide reasonable safety in the manufacture, storage,
transportation, and use of explosive materials.
C. Application
This Division shall not apply to:
1. Explosives, ammunition and blasting agents used by the AFP; and
2. Transportation and use of explosives, ammunition, or blasting agents by the Mines and
Geosciences Bureau (MGB), the NBI and the PNP Fire Arms and Explosives Unit acting in
their official capacity.
SECTION 10.4.5.2 SECURITY AND SAFETY OF EXPLOSIVE MATERIALS

Explosives, including special industrial high explosive materials, shall be stored in magazines
that meet the requirement of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
A. Basic Requirements
1. All explosive materials not in the process of manufacture, transportation, or use shall be
kept in storage magazines.
2. Ammonium nitrate shall be permitted to be stored in the same magazine with blasting
agents.
3. Ammonium nitrate and blasting agents shall be permitted to be stored in the same
magazine with other explosive materials.
225
4. Where ammonium nitrate is stored in the same magazine with blasting agents, the
magazine shall be designed for the storage of blasting agents.
5. Where ammonium nitrate is stored in the same magazine with explosives and/or blasting
agents, the magazine shall be designed for the storage of explosives.
In determining the maximum quantity of explosive material that is permitted to be
placed in a magazine, half the weight of the ammonium nitrate shall be added to the
weight of the explosive material.
6. Detonators shall be stored in a separate magazine for blasting supplies and not be
stored in a magazine with other explosive materials.
7. Black Powder shall be permitted to be stored in a Type 4 magazine or a magazine of
higher classification in accordance with NFPA 495, Explosive Material Code.
8. Blasting agents shall be permitted to be stored in a Type 5 magazine or a magazine of
higher classification in accordance with NFPA 495.
B. Magazine Construction, Classification and Use
1. Magazine are constructed, classified and used to comply with the requirements of
NFPA 495.
2. The land surrounding magazines shall be kept clear of brush, dried grass, leaves, trash
and debris for a distance of at least fifteen meters (15 m).
3. Magazines shall be kept locked except when being inspected or when explosives are
being placed therein or removed therefrom.
4. Magazines shall be kept clean, dry and free of grit, paper, empty packages and rubbish.
5. Magazines shall not be provided with other than approved artificial heat or light.
Approved electric safety flashlights or safety lanterns may be used.
6. Blasting caps, electric blasting caps, detonating primers and primed cartridges shall
not be stored in the same magazine with other explosives.
7. Packages of explosives shall not be unpacked or repacked in a magazine nor within
forty-five and eight tenths meters (45.8 m) of a magazine or in close proximity to other
explosives. Opened packages of explosives shall be securely closed before being
returned to a magazine.
8. Magazines shall not be used for the storage of any metals, tools nor any commodity,
except explosives, blasting agents and oxidizers used in compounding blasting agents.
The quantity of blasting agents and oxidizers shall be included when computing the
total quantity of explosives for determining distance requirements.
9. Floors of magazines shall be securely fastened in place and shall be capable of
withstanding the loads imposed.
10. The roofs and exterior sides of building-type magazines shall be made of concrete
materials with fire resistance rating of two (2) hours.
11. Magazines shall be ventilated to minimize dampness and heating of stored explosives.
Ventilation openings shall be screened with fourteen (14) Mesh No. 21 protected in a
manner that will maintain the bullet resistance of the magazine.
12. Doors and warning signs shall be in accordance with PD 1866, Codifying The Laws
on Illegal/Unlawful Possession, Manufacture, Dealing in, Acquisition or Disposition of
Firearms, Ammunition or Explosives or Instruments Used in the Manufacture of Firearms,
Ammunition or Explosives, and Imposing Stiffer Penalties for Certain Violations Thereof
and for Relevant Purposes and its Rules and Regulations.
C. Warning Signs
All access roads to explosive storage magazines shall be posted with the following
warning sign:
DANGER.
NEVER FIGHT EXPLOSIVE FIRES.
EXPLOSIVES ARE STORED
ON THIS SITE.
CALL______________________________.
The sign shall be weather resistant with a reflective surface and lettering at least fifty
millimeters (50 mm) high.
226
D. Ignition Source and Control
1. Smoking shall be prohibited in the plant site, except where permit notices are posted.
2. Matches, torches, or other flame-producing devices shall be prohibited from explosives
manufacturing areas without a written permit signed by an authorized person.
3. Portable electrical and electronic equipment shall be permitted only when designated
by the manufacturing process and incorporated into the standard operating instructions.
E. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition
of PEC.
1. Bonding and Grounding
The non-current-carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, including electric
motors, generators, proportioning devices, and other electrical enclosures serving
individual manufacturing processes, shall be electrically bonded together in accordance
with the requirements of the latest edition of PEC. Where the electrical system is required
to be grounded, the grounding conductors shall be connected together and to the
supply system grounding conductor in accordance with the requirements of the latest
edition of PEC.
2. Static Electricity Hazards
a. When processes or conditions exist where the materials in process are able to be
ignited by static electricity with an intensity capable of propagating ignition, means
shall be provided to prevent the accumulation of hazardous levels of static charge.
b. The working area where screening, grinding, blending, and other processing of
static-sensitive explosive materials is done shall be provided with approved static
controls.
F. Ventilation
1. Mechanical ventilation systems shall be in accordance with the latest edition of
Philippine Mechanical Engineering Code (PMEC) and NFPA 5000, Building Construction
and Safety Code.
2. Local exhaust systems shall be provided to collect and remove moisture and odors,
fumes, smoke, gas, mist, heat, dust, or other materials that are present in quantities
above the limits according to applicable laws and regulations.
3. Electric motors used to power fans or blowers used in the ventilation system shall be
located outside of the duct or portion of the system exposed to explosive materials.
4. Explosive dust shall not be exhausted into the atmosphere. Explosive dust shall be
collected using a “wet” collector system or other approved means. Wetting agents
shall be compatible with the explosive materials being collected.
Explosive dusts shall be removed from the collection system on a regular basis to
prevent overloading and accumulation within the system.
SECTION 10.4.5.3 MANUFACTURING, USE AND HANDLING

A. The manufacture of explosives or blasting agents shall be prohibited unless such
manufacture is authorized by law.
1. Emergency procedures shall be developed for each manufacturing facility.
2. Standard operating procedures governing the manufacturing process shall be located
in a location and form accessible to workers.
3. Persons handling explosive materials or working in operating buildings shall be trained
in the following areas:
a. The physical and health hazards of the explosive materials to be manufactured
b. The operational activities involved in processing the materials to include instructions
in emergencies that are anticipated in the manufacturing process
c. The operating rules applicable to the materials in the manufacturing process
d. Plans for emergency procedures in the event of fire or explosion.
e. Where high explosives are manufactured at permanent locations, the facilities shall
be enclosed by fences with gates capable of being locked. The integrity of the
fences and gates shall be checked periodically.
227
f. All buildings containing in-process explosives and precursor chemicals shall be
secured or attended by workers or security personnel.
B. Use, handling and blasting operation of explosives shall be in accordance with the Rules
and Regulations of PD 1866, this Section, and the following conditions:
1. No person shall handle explosives while under the influence of intoxicants or narcotics;
2. No person shall smoke or carry matches while handling explosives or while in the vicinity
thereof;
3. No open flame light shall be used in the vicinity of explosives;
4. Whenever blasting is being conducted in the vicinity of gas, electric, water, fire
alarm, telephone, telegraph or steam utilities, the blaster shall notify the appropriate
representative of such utilities at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of blasting,
specifying the location and intended time of such blasting. In an emergency, this time
limit may be waived by the C/MFM having jurisdiction;
5. Blasting operations shall be conducted in accordance with internationally recognized
standards;
6. Before a blast is fired, the person in charge shall make certain that all surplus explosives
are in a safe place; all persons and vehicles are at a safe distance or under sufficient
cover; and a loud warning signal has been sounded; and
7. Due precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric blasting
caps from current induced by radio or radar transmitters, lightning, adjacent power
lines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precautions shall
include:
a. the suspension of all blasting operations and removal of persons from the blasting
area during the approach and progress of an electrical storm;
b. the posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmitters on all roads
within one hundred seven meters (107 m) of the blasting operations;
c. compliance with internationally recognized good practice when blasting within two
and a half kilometers (2.5 km) of broadcast or high power short wave transmitters;
d. when blasting is done in a congested area or in close proximity to a building, structure,
railway, highway or any other installation that may be damaged by material being
thrown into the air, the blast shall be covered with an adequate blasting mat;
e. tools used for opening packages of explosives shall be constructed of non-sparking
materials;
f. empty boxes and paper and fiber packing materials which have previously contained
high explosives shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be disposed of in a
manner approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction; and
g. explosives shall not be abandoned.
SECTION 10.4.5.4 TRANSPORTATION

A. Vehicles transporting explosive materials shall be driven by and be in the charge only of a
licensed driver who is physically fit, careful, capable, reliable, and able to read and write
the English language and who is not addicted to the use of, or under the influence of,
intoxicants, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs.
B. The driver of a vehicle transporting explosive materials on public highways shall be not less
than twenty-one (21) years old.
C. The driver shall be familiar with traffic regulations, applicable regulations concerning
explosive materials, and provisions of this Chapter.
D. Vehicles used for transporting explosive materials shall be strong enough to carry the load
and in good mechanical condition.
E. Explosive materials transported on a vehicle with an open body shall use portable magazine
securely fastened to the vehicle body to store the explosive materials.
F. Vehicles used for transporting frictional spark-sensitive explosive materials such as Black
Powder and primary explosives shall have no exposed spark-producing surface inside of
the cargo body.
G. Every vehicle used for transporting explosives shall be equipped with not less than two (2)
fire extinguishers. Extinguishers shall be so located as to be readily available for use.
228
H. Every vehicle transporting explosives shall be marked or labeled on both sides and rear
with the word “EXPLOSIVES” in letters not less than eighty millimeters (80 mm) in height on a
contrasting background.
I. Vehicle transporting explosives traveling in the same direction shall not be given within one
hundred meters (100 m) of each other.
J. Explosive materials shall not be transported through any prohibited vehicular tunnel or over
any prohibited bridge, roadway, or elevated highway.
K. Vehicles transporting explosive materials shall avoid congested areas and heavy traffic.
L. Unauthorized persons shall not ride vehicles transporting explosives.
M. Delivery shall only be made by authorized persons into approved magazines or approved
temporary storage or handling area.
N. Other safety measures in transporting of explosive shall be in accordance with the
applicable PNS and other internationally accepted standards.
DIVISION 6. FIREWORKS AND PYROTECHNICS

This Section shall apply to the manufacture, transportation, and storage of fireworks,
pyrotechnic articles, and any component(s) thereof containing pyrotechnic or explosive
compositions, distribution and retail sales of consumer fireworks and use of pyrotechnics before
a proximate audience.
SECTION 10.4.6.2 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED

No person shall manufacture, store, handle and/or use any fireworks and pyrotechnic
materials of any kind or form without securing a FSIC from the C/MFM having jurisdiction, which
is a prerequisite for the granting of permit issued by the PNP in accordance with RA 7183, An Act
Regulating the Sale, Manufacture, Distribution and Use of Firecrackers and Other Pyrotechnic
Devices, as amended.
SECTION 10.4.6.3 MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

A. All manufacturing facilities shall meet all the following conditions:
1. Manufacturing is restricted to production of custom fireworks, pyrotechnic articles,
and any component(s) containing pyrotechnic or explosive materials that are not for
general sale.
2. The facility contains not more than two and three tenths kilograms (2.3 kg) of pyrotechnic
composition, of which not more than twenty-three hundredths kilogram (0.23 kg) is of
explosive composition.
3. All explosive and pyrotechnic compositions are removed to a storage magazine at the
end of each workday.
4. Process buildings shall be single-storey buildings and shall not have basements.
5. Wall joints and openings for wiring, plumbing, and other utilities shall be sealed to
prevent the entry of dusts.
6. Horizontal ledges and surfaces upon which dust can settle and accumulate shall be
minimized.
7. Floors and work surfaces shall not have cracks or crevice in which explosives or
pyrotechnic compositions can lodge.
8. Floors and work surfaces in mixing and loading buildings for salute powder shall be of
conductive materials.
9. Conductive footwear or other grounding techniques for personnel shall be used
wherever exposed salute powder is present.
10. Stoves, exposed flames, and portable electric heaters shall be prohibited in any building
where fireworks, its components, or flammable liquids are or can be present.
11. Means of egress in process buildings shall comply with the following requirements:
a. At least two (2) remotely located means of egress shall be provided from every point
in every undivided floor area of more than nine square meters (9 m2).
229
b. Where process buildings are divided into rooms, means of egress shall be as follows:
1) At least two (2) means of escape shall be provided from each room of more than
nine square meters (9 m2).
2) Toilet rooms shall be permitted to have only one (1) means of egress, provided
that they are located away from or shielded from process areas.
c. An unobstructed means of egress shall be located so that every point within the
room or undivided floor area is within seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) of a means
of egress.
d. Exit doors shall open outward and shall be capable of being pressure actuated from
the inside.
B. All persons engaged in the business of importing, manufacturing, or dealing in fireworks
and pyrotechnic shall meet the following requirements:
1. They shall possess a valid license or permit from permitting agency.
2. They shall comply with all applicable state and local laws and regulations.
3. Copies of all required licenses and permits shall be posted at each manufacturing
facility.
4. License and permit holders shall protect license and permits from loss, theft, defacement,
destruction, or unauthorized duplication.
5. Any loss, theft, defacement, destruction, or unauthorized duplication of a license or
permit shall be reported immediately to the issuing authority.
6. Licenses or permits shall not be assigned or transferred
SECTION 10.4.6.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE OF FIREWORKS AND

PYTROTECHNICS
A. Pyrotechnic Product Information. The pyrotechnic operator shall use products provided
with written information supplied by the manufacturer detailing the following information:
1. Name of the pyrotechnic device and a description of its effect.
2. Performance characteristics of the pyrotechnic device, where used as specified or,
in the case of binary materials, as used in the specified amounts for the designated
materials and equipment.
3. Material safety data sheet (MSDS) for the pyrotechnic materials.
4. The manufacturer’s statement regarding whether the pyrotechnic device or material
is intended for indoor use and whether it is to be used with any cautions or special
considerations.
5. Instructions for the proper method(s) of placing, loading, and using the pyrotechnic
device, including any cautions or special considerations.
6. Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer.
B. Identification of Pyrotechnic Devices or Binary Systems. All pyrotechnic products or binary
systems used shall have been identified or marked by the manufacturer with the following
information:
1. Name of the pyrotechnic device or binary system
2. Name, address, and phone number of the manufacturer
3. Statement describing the conditions of use and potential hazards
4. Manufacturer’s statement regarding whether the pyrotechnic device or binary system
is intended for indoor use
5. The marking on the pyrotechnic device shall be of at least 6-point type size
6. Where the pyrotechnic device is too small to bear the label specified in
para 1 through 5 above, this information shall be printed on the instruction sheet,
shipping container or packaging
C. A zone shall be designed by the local government unit where a manufacturing complex
may be established. The outer perimeter of this zone shall be at least three hundred
meters (300 m) away from the nearest residential units. Once a zone has been defined,
no residential unit shall be permitted nearer than three hundred meters (300 m) from the
perimeter of such zone.
230
D. The manufacturing complex shall be governed by, but not limited to, the following safety
measures:
1. All buildings shall have adequate ventilation, no concrete floors, must be leak-proof;
2. The warehouse must be at least fifty meters (50 m) away from any processing station of
the complex; and
3. The following processing stations of the complex shall be laid out according to the
indicated minimum distance from each other with all sides open:
a. Mixing – fifty (50) metric tons
b. Grinding – forty (40) metric tons
c. Packaging – forty (40) metric tons
d. Assembling (“Nagmimitsa”) – twenty (20) metric tons
e. Loading – twenty (20) metric tons
4. Firecrackers and pyrotechnic devices shall bear labels indicating the name and address
of their manufacturers and warning instructions written in English or Filipino.
SECTION 10.4.6.5 STORAGE OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS AT MANUFACTURING

AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES
A. Storage of consumer fireworks at manufacturing and distribution facilities shall comply with
the following requirements:
1. Permanent buildings and structures including the following:
a. Consumer fireworks storage buildings or areas
b. Consumer fireworks work buildings, rooms, or areas
2. Temporary facilities including the following:
a. Trailers
b. Semitrailers
c. Metal shipping containers
3. Consumer fireworks storage buildings shall not be used as a magazine.
4. Consumer fireworks shall be permitted to be stored in a magazine.
5. Consumer fireworks building shall not be used as process buildings.
6. Work room exterior door and window openings in consumer fireworks storage buildings
shall be equipped with a means for locking.
7. Consumer fireworks storage buildings shall not be used for residential occupancies and
shall not be located in residential areas.
B. An FSEC shall be obtained before construction of any consumer fireworks storage or work
building, room, or area. The plans shall include the design, details, and specifications for the
following:
1. Distances from public ways, buildings, facilities, magazines, motor vehicle fuel–
dispensing stations, retail propane dispensing stations, flammable and combustible
liquid aboveground tank storage, and flammable gas and flammable liquefied gas
bulk aboveground storage and dispensing areas within thirty and a half meters (30.5 m)
of the building used to store or handle consumer fireworks.
2. Vehicle access and parking areas.
3. Location and type of portable fire extinguishers.
4. Floor plan and layout of storage and handling to indicate compliance with this Section.
5. Means of egress.
6. Construction details:
a. Buildings having an area not greater than seven hundred forty-three square meters
(743 m2) shall be permitted to be constructed of any approved construction materials.
b. Buildings having an area greater than seven hundred forty-three square meters
(743 m2) shall be constructed in accordance with one of the following:
1) Buildings shall be constructed of non-combustible or limited combustible
materials.
231
2) Buildings with exterior walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2)
hours shall be permitted to have the roof decking and its supporting structure
and interior partitions constructed of combustible materials.
c. Roof coverings for any building shall have a minimum rating of Class C as determined
in accordance with ASTM E108, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings,
or ANSI/UL 790, Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.
C. Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR
shall be provided in consumer fireworks storage buildings greater than one thousand one
hundred fifteen square meters (1,115 m2).
D. Portable fire extinguishers for consumer fireworks storage or work buildings shall be located
such that the maximum distance of travel to reach an extinguisher from any point shall not
exceed twenty-three meters (23 m).
E. Any portion of an exterior wall of a building or other defined perimeter of a consumer
fireworks storage facility shall be accessible within forty-six meters (46 m) of a public way or
an approved fire apparatus access.
SECTION 10.4.6.6 RETAIL AND SELLING OF CONSUMER FIREWORKS

A. Retail sales of consumer fireworks and pyrotechnics in both new and existing buildings,
structures, and facilities shall comply with the requirements of this Section unless otherwise
indicated.
B. The requirements of this Section shall apply to the following:
1. Permanent buildings and structures, including the following:
a. Stores
b. Consumer Fireworks Retail Sales (CFRS) facilities
2. Temporary facilities, including the following:
a. CFRS stands
b. Tents
c. Canopies
d. Membrane structures
C. A permit for the following shall be obtained:
1. Construction or operation of the following:
a. Permanent building or structure
b. Temporary structure such as a stand, tent, or canopy used for the purpose of the
retail display or sale of consumer fireworks to the public
2. Storage of consumer fireworks in connection with the retail display or sale of consumer
fireworks to the public
D. Plans for facilities other than stands and tents shall include the following:
1. Minimum distances from the following:
a. Public ways
b. Buildings
c. Other CFRS facilities
d. Motor vehicle fuel–dispensing station dispensers
e. Retail propane-dispensing station dispensers
f. Flammable and combustible liquid aboveground tank storage
g. Flammable gas and flammable liquefied gas bulk aboveground storage and
dispensing areas within ninety-one and a half meters (91.5 m) of the facility used for
the retail sales of consumer fireworks
2. Vehicle access and parking areas
3. Location and type of portable fire extinguishers
4. Floor plan and layout of storage and displays to indicate compliance with this Section
and applicable laws
5. Means of egress
6. Construction details
232
E. Consumer fireworks shall only be permitted to be sold at retail in any of the following
buildings or structures, provided that any new building or structure does not exceed one (1)
storey in height and does not contain a basement:
1. Permanent buildings or structures constructed in accordance with the latest edition
of NBCP.
2. Tents, canopies, or temporary membrane structures complying with NFPA 102, Standard
for Grandstands, Folding and Telescopic Seating, Tents, and Membrane Structures
3. Temporary structures constructed in accordance with this Section
4. Temporary CFRS stands greater than seventy-four square meters (74 m2) in area that also
meet the requirements for a permanent structure
5. Vehicles, such as vans, buses, trailers, recreational vehicles, motor homes, travel trailers,
trucks, and automobiles, complying with the applicable requirements for CFRS stands.
F. An automatic sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7
of this RIRR, shall be provided throughout permanent CFRS facilities and stores in which
CFRS are conducted in the following buildings:
1. New buildings greater than two hundred seventy-eight and seven tenths square meters
(278.7 m2) in area.
2. Existing buildings greater than six hundred ninety-four square meters (694 m2) in area.
3. Storage rooms containing consumer fireworks in a new permanent CFRS facility or store
shall be protected with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, and separated from the retail sales area by a fire barrier
having a fire resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour.
G. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided as required for extra (high) hazard occupancy
1. Not less than two portable fire extinguishers with a minimum 2A rating shall be provided,
at least one (1) of which shall be of the pressurized-water type.
2. Where more than one portable fire extinguisher is required, at least one fire extinguisher
shall be of the multipurpose dry chemical type if the facility is provided with electrical
power.
3. Portable fire extinguishers for permanent CFRS facilities and stores shall be located so
that the maximum distance of travel required to reach an extinguisher from any point
does not exceed twenty-three meters (23 m), as specified in Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
4. Portable fire extinguishers for temporary CFRS facilities shall be installed and located so
that the maximum distance of travel required to reach an extinguisher from any point
does not exceed ten and six tenths meters (10.6 m).
H. Smoking shall not be permitted inside or within fifteen and a half meters (15.5 m) of the
CFRS area. At least one (1) sign that reads as follows, in letters at least fifty-one millimeters
(51 mm) high on a contrasting background, shall be conspicuously posted at each entrance
or within three and five hundredths meters (3.05 m) of every aisle directly serving the CFRS
area in a store: “FIREWORKS — NO SMOKING”.
I. At least one sign that reads as follows, in letters at least one hundred two millimeters
(102 mm) high on a contrasting background, shall be conspicuously posted on the exterior
of each side of the CFRS facility.
NO FIREWORKS DISCHARGE
WITHIN 91.5M
J. In permanent CFRS facilities greater than two hundred seventy-eight and six tenths square
meters (278.6 m2) in area, a public address system or a means for manually activating
audible and visible alarm indicating devices located throughout the facility in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.6 of this RIRR, shall be provided at a constantly attended location when
the CFRS facility is occupied.
K. CFRS facilities and stores separation distances shall not be located within fifteen and two
tenths meters (15.2 m) of the following:
1. Retail propane-dispensing station dispensing devices
2. Aboveground storage tanks for flammable or combustible liquid, flammable gas, or
flammable liquefied gas
3. Compressed natural gas-dispensing station dispensing devices
233
L. Consumer fireworks storage or work buildings at distribution facilities shall be separated
from adjacent permanent buildings and structures.
M. Consumer fireworks storage or work buildings shall not be located within fifteen and two
tenths meters (15.2 m) of the following:
1. Motor vehicle fuel–dispensing station dispensing devices
2. Retail propane–dispensing station dispensing devices
3. Compressed natural gas dispensing facilities
4. Aboveground storage tanks for flammable or combustible liquid, flammable gas or
flammable liquefied gas
N. Consumer fireworks storage or work buildings shall not be located within ninety-one and
two tenths meters (91.2 m) of any bulk plant or bulk terminal for the following:
1. Flammable or combustible liquid
2. Flammable gas
3. Flammable liquefied gas
O. Exits provided for consumer fireworks storage or work buildings or areas shall be located
such that the maximum egress travel distance as measured from the remote point to an exit
along the natural and unobstructed path of egress travel shall not exceed sixty and eight
tenths meters (60.8 m).
P. Dead end aisles shall not exceed fifteen and two tenths meters (15.2 m) in length.
Q. CFRS Facility Requirements:
The following construction materials requirements shall apply to new permanent CFRS
facilities not exceeding one (1) storey in height and does not contain a basement:
1. Buildings having an area up to and including seven hundred forty-three square meters
(743 m2) shall be permitted to be constructed of any approved construction materials.
2. Buildings having an area greater than seven hundred forty-three square meters
(743 m2) shall be constructed in accordance with one of the following:
a. Buildings shall be constructed of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials.
b. Buildings with exterior walls having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2)
hours shall be permitted to have the roof decking and its supporting structure and
interior partitions constructed of combustible materials.
3. Roof coverings for any building shall have a minimum rating of Class C as determined in
accordance with ASTM E108, Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings, or
ANSI/UL 790, Standard for Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings.
R. No motor vehicle or trailer used for the storage of consumer fireworks shall be parked within
three meters (3 m) of a CFRS facility, except when delivering, loading, or unloading fireworks
or other merchandise and materials used, stored, or displayed for sale in the facility.
SECTION 10.4.6.7 STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF FIRE WORKS

A. Storage and transportation of fireworks and other pyrotechnic shall be in accordance
with RA 7183, as amended. Any storage, handling, assembly, testing, or transportation of
fireworks materials and devices intended for outdoor display prior to their delivery to the
display site shall be in accordance NFPA 1124, Code for the Manufacture, Transportation,
Storage, and Retail Sales of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic to include the following:
1. Preparation of Fireworks:
a. Shells shall be kept in their shipping cartons until they are prepared, loaded, or set up
for display.
b. Preparation area(s) for display fireworks shall be secured from public access by at
least thirty meters (30 m).
c. Preparation area(s) shall have only authorized personnel in them at any time display
fireworks are being prepared.
d. All fireworks shall be handled carefully while being unloaded from the delivery
vehicle, prepared, loaded, or set up.
234
e. The assembly, minor repair, and installation of fuses and electric match, and similar
activities shall be permitted to be performed in a preparation area, and shall not be
considered manufacturing
f. All electric matches that are attached to display fireworks shall have a shroud
protecting the match head.
B. Inspection
1. Fireworks and pyrotechnics shall be inspected by the operator or assistants following
their delivery to the display site at any time prior to the shells being loaded into their
mortars or into ready boxes.
2. Any fireworks and pyrotechnics having tears, leaks, broken fuses, or signs of having been
wet shall be set aside for review by the operator.
3. If the operator determines that any fireworks and pyrotechnics cannot be repaired shall
be handled as follows:
a. Fireworks and pyrotechnics shall be inspected by the operator or assistants. They
shall not be fired and, after the display, such shells shall be either returned to the
supplier or disposed of in accordance with the supplier’s instructions.
b. At the display site, assembly or repair of fireworks shall not be performed within fifteen
and two tenths meters (15.2 m) of fireworks storage.
c. Assembly of fireworks at the display site shall be limited to ground display pieces from
finished fireworks or pyrotechnic devices and the attachment of black matches,
electric matches, or other ignition sources to fireworks and pyrotechnic devices.
d. Repair of fireworks and pyrotechnic devices at the display site shall be limited to
repairs that do not require disassembly of the device.
C. Ready Boxes
1. A ready box shall be a portable, weather resistant, and fire-resistive container that
protects contents from burning debris with a self-closing cover or equivalent means of
closure.
2. Tarpaulins shall not be used as ready boxes.
3. Manually fired fireworks and pyrotechnics used to reload mortars shall be stored in
ready boxes and shall be separated according to size and designation as salutes.
4. During the performance of an outdoor fireworks display, ready boxes shall be located
at a distance not less than nine meters (9 m) upwind from the mortar placements.
5. If the wind shifts during a display, the ready boxes shall be relocated to be not less than
nine meters (9 m) upwind from the fireworks and pyrotechnic placements.
SECTION 10.4.6.8 DISPLAY CENTER AND SITE SELECTION

A. Display centers for selling firecrackers and pyrotechnics shall be separated from each other
by a firewall with a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours:
1. All malls and other similar establishments shall not be utilized as display centers for
selling of firecrackers and pyrotechnics unless done through media presentation or
other means without necessarily displaying the said firecrackers therein:
2. Fire extinguisher/s shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR;
3. Smoking within fifteen meters (15 m) from a display center shall not be allowed;
4. Testing of firecrackers and pyrotechnics shall be prohibited; and
5. Stoves, exposed flames, and portable electric heaters shall be prohibited.
B. Site Plan shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction within a time period required
prior to the display.
1. The site plan shall include the dimensions of the display site and location of discharge
site(s), spectator viewing area(s), parking area(s), fallout area(s), and the associated
separation distances.
2. After review of the site plan, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall inspect the area
depicted on the site plan.
235
3. When trenches or holes are dug into the ground in order to place mortars, the operator
shall consult with the sponsor and the C/MFM having jurisdiction in order to locate any
buried utility lines in the discharge site.
4. The site for the outdoor land or water display shall have a radius at least as great as
specified for those items in the display with the greatest required radius.
5. For fireworks and pyrotechnics, the minimum required radius of the display site shall
be twenty-two meters (22 m) per twenty-five millimeters (25 mm) of the internal mortar
diameter of the largest fireworks and pyrotechnics to be fired’
6. For Roman candles and cakes, the minimum required radius shall be that specified
for chain-fused aerial shells, comets, or mines, depending on whether they produce
fireworks and pyrotechnics, comet, or mine effects.
7. For Roman candles and cakes producing both aerial shell and comet or mine effects,
the minimum required radius shall be that for aerial shells.
8. During the firing of the display, cakes shall be located a minimum of three meters (3 m)
from any ready box and mortars to be reloaded.
C. Other Site Requirements to be Considered:
1. Distances from the point of discharge of any firework to a health care or detention and
correctional facility shall be at least twice the distances specified.
2. The requirements shall not apply where approved by the health care or detention and
correctional facility.
3. The distance between the discharge site and bulk storage areas of materials that have
a flammability, explosive, or toxic hazard shall be twice that required.
4. The fuel tanks on vehicles or other motorized equipment located in the display site shall
not be considered bulk storage.
5. No spectators or spectator parking areas shall be located within the display site.
6. Dwellings, buildings, and structures shall be permitted to be located within the display
site with the approval the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the owner of the dwelling,
building, or structure, provided that the dwelling, building, or structure is unoccupied
during the display, or if the structure provides protection for the occupants through
noncombustible or fire-resistant construction.
7. The area selected for the discharge of aerial shells shall be located so that the trajectory
of the shells shall not come within seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) of any overhead
object.
D. Fallout Area
1. The fallout area shall be an open area.
2. Spectators, unauthorized vehicles, watercraft, or readily combustible materials shall not
be located within the fallout area during the display.
3. Fire protection and other emergency response personnel and their vehicles shall remain
at or beyond the perimeter of the display site during the actual firing of the display.
E. Minimum Spectator Separation Distance Requirements
1. The minimum spectator separation distance from the point of discharge of each firework
shall be at least as great as those specified in this Section.
2. For aerial shells and comets and mines, Roman candles, and cakes that are discharged
vertically from firing positions elevated seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) or less
aboveground level, the minimum required spectator separation distance shall be the
same as the minimum required radius specified.
3. For aerial shells and comets and mines, and Roman candles and cakes, which are
discharged vertically from firing positions elevated more than seven and six tenths
meters (7.6 m) aboveground level, the minimum required spectator separation distance
required shall be increased by seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) and an additional
seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) for each thirty-meter (30-m) of elevation.
4. For ground display pieces and mines containing only stars or non-splitting or non-
bursting comets fired vertically from any elevation, the minimum required spectator
separation distance from the point of discharge shall be the same as the minimum
display site radius.
236
SECTION 10.4.6.9 FLOATING VESSELS AND FLOATING PLATFORMS
A. Floating vessels and floating platforms shall be permitted to be manned or unmanned,
provided that the firework and pyrotechnic crew remains in control of the site and firing of
the display.
B. Floating vessels and floating platforms shall be held in control at all times, whether self-
propelled, controlled by another vessel, or secured by mooring or anchoring.
C. Construction of Floating Vessels and Floating Platforms
1. Floating vessels and floating platforms shall be of sufficient strength and stability to
safely allow the firing of the display.
2. The types of fireworks and placement of the fireworks launch tubes and accompanying
equipment shall be such that, when fired, the stability of the site structures and
seaworthiness of the floating vessels or platforms shall not be jeopardized.
3. Floating vessels and floating platforms that are manned during electrical firing shall
have a safety shelter meeting the following requirements:
a. It shall be of sufficient size to accommodate all personnel present during the actual
firing of the display.
b. It shall have a minimum of three (3) sides and a roof.
c. It shall have walls and a roof constructed of at least nineteen-millimeter (19 mm)
plywood or equivalent material.
4. A minimum of two (2) separate egress paths shall be provided at all times.
5. Only one (1) egress path from protective barricades or safety shelters shall be required.
D. Rooftops, Bridges, Towers, Parking Decks, and any other Structures
1. Rooftops, bridges, towers, parking decks, and any other structures used as discharge
sites shall be of sufficient strength and stability to safely allow the firing of the display.
2. Rooftops, bridges, towers, parking decks, and any other structures used as discharge
sites shall be approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the owner (or his/her
agent).
3. Other dwellings, buildings, and structures shall be permitted to be located within the
display site, provided all the following requirements are met:
a. Approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
b. Approval of the owner of the dwelling, building, or structure.
c. Assurance that the dwelling, building, or structure is unoccupied during the display,
or the occupants are protected by the dwelling, building, or structure or other means.
E. Operation of the Display
1. The sponsor of the display shall make provisions for fire protection of the display.
2. The sponsor shall consult with the C/MFM having jurisdiction and the operator to
determine the level of fire protection required.
3. The following shall apply to crowd control:
a. Ushers whose sole duty is the enforcement of crowd control shall be located around
the display site and at other locations as determined by the sponsor.
b. The C/MFM having jurisdiction and the operator shall approve the provisions for
crowd control.
4. Ushers shall be positioned around the display site to prevent spectators or any other
unauthorized persons from entering the discharge site.
5. Where required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, approved delineators or barriers shall
be used to aid in crowd control.
6. Portions of the display site, other than the discharge site(s), shall be permitted to be open
to the public prior to the display as long as the preparation arena(s) for display fireworks
shall be secured from public access by at least thirty meters (30 m) are maintained.
7. Unescorted public access to the discharge site shall not be permitted where pyrotechnic
materials are present during the period before the display.
8. The discharge site shall be restricted throughout the display and until the discharge site
has been inspected after the display.
237
9. The operator shall have primary responsibility for safety.
10. The operator shall be responsible for ensuring that a sufficient number of assistants are
available for the safe conduct of the fireworks display.
11. Only the operator, authorized assistants, and inspector(s) representing the C/MFM
having jurisdiction shall be permitted in the display site while the display is in progress.
12. The operator shall be responsible for ensuring that all assistants are trained in the
performance of their assigned tasks and that they are educated with regard to safety
hazards.
13. During the firing of the display, all personnel in the discharge site shall wear the following:
a. Head protection
b. Eye protection
c. Hearing protection
d. Foot protection
e. Cotton, wool, or similarly flame-resistant, long-sleeved, long legged clothing
14. Personal protective equipment (PPE), as necessary, shall be worn by the operator and
assistants during the setup and cleanup of the display.
15. Wherever, in the opinion of the operator, any hazardous condition exists, the fireworks
display shall be stopped until the condition is corrected.
16. If, in the opinion of the operator, the lack of crowd control poses a hazard, the fireworks
display shall be postponed or discontinued immediately until such time as the situation
is corrected.
17. If high winds, precipitation, or other adverse weather conditions prevail or begin such
that a hazard exists in the opinion of the operator or the C/MFM having jurisdiction, the
fireworks display shall be postponed or discontinued until weather conditions improve.
18. One (1) or more spotters shall watch the flight and behavior of aerial shells and other
aerial fireworks to verify that they are functioning as intended.
If any unsafe condition is detected, such as hazardous debris falling into the
audience, the spotter shall signal the shooter to cease firing until the unsafe condition
is corrected.
19. The spotters shall be in direct communication with the shooter during the conduct of
the display.
20. In the event of a condition that requires the entry of fire protection or other emergency
response personnel into the fallout area or security perimeter, the display shall be halted
until the situation is resolved and the area is once again clear.
21. Operators and assistants shall use only flashlights, electric lighting, or other
non-incendive illumination such as chemiluminescent devices for illuminating the firing
area and the ready box area.
22. Control of Ignition Sources:
a. Smoking materials, matches, lighters, or open flame devices shall not be permitted
within fifteen meters (15 m) of any area where fireworks or other pyrotechnic materials
are present.
b. Devices such as fuses, port fires, and torches shall be permitted to be used to ignite
fireworks.
SECTION 10.4.6.10 USE OF PYROTECHNICS BEFORE A PROXIMATE AUDIENCE

The protection of property, operators, performers, support personnel, and the viewing
audiences where pyrotechnic effects are used indoors or outdoors with a proximate audience
shall be in accordance with NFPA 1126, Standard for the Use of Pyrotechnics Before a
Proximate Audience.
SECTION 10.4.6.11 TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC DEVICES ALLOWED

The following common types of firecrackers and pyrotechnic devices may be
manufactured, sold, distributed and used:
A. Firecrackers
1. Baby rocket. A firecracker with a stick so constructed that lighting of the wick
238
will propel the whole thing to lift a few meters before exploding. The firecracker
is about thirty-eight millimeters (38 mm) in length by nine and a half millimeters
(9.5 mm) in diameter while the stick is about a foot in length;
2. Bawang. A firecracker larger than a triangulo with one and four tenths grams (1.4 g) of
powder packed in cardboard tied around with abaca strings and wrapped in shape of
garlic;
3. Small Triangulo. A firecracker shaped like a triangle with powder content less than the
bawang and usually wrapped in brown paper measuring nineteen millimeters (19 mm)
length in its longest side;
4. Pulling of Strings. A firecracker consisting of a small tube about twenty-five millimeters
(25 mm) in length and less than six and four tenths millimeters (6.4 mm) in diameter with
strings on each end. Pulling both strings will cause the firecracker to explode;
5. Paper caps. Minute amount of Black Powder spread in either small strips of paper on a
small sheet used for children’s toy guns;
6. El diablo. Firecrackers tubular in shape about thirty-two millimeters (32 mm) in length
and less than six and four tenths millimeters (6.4 mm) in diameter with a wick; also known
as labintador;
7. Judah’s Belt. A string of firecrackers consisting of either diablos or small triangulos that
can number up to a hundred or thereabout and culminating in large firecracker usually
a bawang;
8. Sky Rocket (Kwitis). A large version of a baby rocket designed to be propelled to a
height of twelve and two tenths meters (12.2 m) to fifteen and two tenths meters (15.2 m)
before exploding;
9. Other types equivalent to the foregoing in explosive content.
B. Pyrotechnic Devices
1. Sparklers. Pyrotechnic devices usually made of Black Powder on a piece of wire or
inside a paper tube designed to light up and glow after igniting;
2. Luces. Any of several kinds of sparklers;
3. Fountain. A kind of sparkler conical in shape which is lighted on the ground and designed
to provide various rising colors and intermittent lights upon being ignited;
4. Jumbo Regular and Special. A kind of sparkler similar to a “fountain” but bigger in size;
5. Mabuhay. Sparklers bunched into a bundle of a dozen pieces;
6. Roman candle. A sparkler similar to a “fountain” but shaped like a big candle;
7. Trompillo. A pyrotechnic device usually fastened at the center and designed to spin first
clockwise and then counter-clockwise and provides various colored lights upon being
ignited;
8. Airwolf. A kind of sky rocket shaped like an airplane with a propeller to rise about twelve
and two tenths meters (12.2 m) to fifteen and two tenths meters (15.2 m) and provide
various kinds of light while aloft;
9. Whistle device. Any of the various kinds of firecrackers or pyrotechnic designed to either
simply emit a whistle-like sound or explode afterwards upon being ignited;
10. Butterfly. Butterfly-shaped pyrotechnic device designed to lift aboveground while
providing light;
11. All kinds of pyrotechnic devices (pailaw);
12. Other types equivalent to the foregoing devices.
SECTION 10.4.6.12 PROHIBITED TYPES OF FIRECRACKERS AND PYROTECHNIC DEVICES

Below is a list of the firecrackers prohibited for sale and manufacture in the country by the
Department of Health (DOH) and the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI).
1. Watusi. Also known as the “dancing firecracker”. It is usually reddish in color, about
thirty-eight millimeters (38 mm) in length and three millimeters (3 mm) in width. It is
usually ignited by friction to produce a dancing movement and a crackling sound.
It was initially allowed for sale and manufacture under RA 7183, but was eventually
banned because it causes poisoning when ingested, especially among children.
239
2. Piccolo. The Department of Health banned it in 2007 because it can explode in the
hands, and may cause death when ingested.
3. Mother Rockets. Firecrackers with a stick designed as a propellant upon lighting the
wick.
4. Pillbox. A firecracker that causes a series of sparks when lit.
5. Boga. Traditional canon made from PVC pipe using denatured alcohol as explosive
ingredient.
6. Big Judah’s belt. A string of firecrackers consisting of smaller firecrackers that number up
to a hundred, and culminating in a larger and more powerful firecracker.
7. Big Bawang. A firecracker packed in cardboard tied around with abaca strings, giving
it the shape of a large garlic.
8. Kwiton. Aerial firecracker which explodes several times when lit.
9. Goodbye Philippines. Giant triangle-shaped firecracker which packs a powerful
explosion.
10. Other banned firecrackers include the Atomic Bomb, Five Star, Pla-pla, Og, Giant
Whistle Bomb, Super Lolo and Atomic Big Triangulo, Lolo Thunder, Kabasi and unlabeled
firecrackers.
SECTION 10.4.6.13 CLEARANCE FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION

No person shall be allowed to conduct firework exhibition without first securing a clearance
from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.4.6.14 REQUIREMENTS FOR FIREWORKS EXHIBITION

A. A permit to possess and display fireworks shall first be secured from the PNP.
B. Fireworks shall be fired at a distance of three and forty-eight hundredths meters (3.48 m)
away from people.
C. All fireworks shall project upward.
D. A responsible person of at least twenty-one (21) years and with adequate knowledge of
handling fireworks shall be assigned to supervise fireworks display.
E. Sufficient approved type of first aid fire protection equipment shall be on hand at the site
during fireworks exhibitions.
F. The nearest fire station shall be notified of such exhibitions.
SECTION 10.4.6.15 DISPOSAL OF UNFIRED FIREWORKS

A. Any fireworks that remain unfired after the display is concluded shall be immediately
disposed properly.
B. Fireworks and pyrotechnics shall be fired in accordance with RA 9514 and its RIRR.
C. Package of unfired fireworks and pyrotechnics shall be returned to the supplier in compliance
with all applicable regulations.
DIVISION 7. SPRAYING, DIPPING, COATING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE

MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS
SECTION 10.4.7.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

An FSC from the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be issued for spraying and dipping
operations utilizing flammable liquid, and powders included within the scope of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.4.7.2 DIPPING, COATING, AND PRINTING USING FLAMMABLE OR

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS
A. This Section shall apply to dipping, roll coating, flow coating, curtain coating, printing,
cleaning, and similar processes, hereinafter referred to as “coating processes” or
“processes,” in which articles or materials are passed through tanks, vats, or containers,
or passed over rollers, drums, or other process equipment that contain flammable or
combustible liquids. It shall also apply to cleaning processes that utilize a solvent vapor, such
as vapor degreasing processes; and to processes that use water-borne, water-based, and
240
water-reducible materials that contain flammable or combustible liquids or that produce
combustible deposits or residues.
B. It shall not apply to processes:
1. that use only non-combustible liquids for processing and cleaning. It shall also not apply
to processes that use only Class IIIB liquids for processing or cleaning, provided the
liquids or mixtures thereof maintain their Class IIIB classification at their point of use.
2. that use a liquid that does not have a fire point when tested in accordance with
ASTM D92, Standard Test Method for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup up to
the boiling point of the liquid or up to a temperature at which the sample being tested
shows an obvious physical change.
C. It shall not apply to fluidized bed powder application.
SECTION 10.4.7.3 LOCATION OF DIPPING, COATING AND PRINTING PROCESSES

A. Location
Areas in which dipping, coating, or printing operations are conducted shall be protected
with approved automatic sprinkler systems that are designed and installed in accordance
with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR. It shall not be located in any building that is classified
as an assembly, educational, day care, health care, ambulatory health care, detention/
correctional, residential, mercantile, business or storage occupancy, unless the following
requirements are met:
1. The process area is separated both vertically and horizontally from all surrounding areas
by construction having a fire resistance rating of at least two (2) hours.
2. The process area is protected by an approved, automatic sprinkler system designed
and installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
B. Basement
Processes utilizing combustible liquids in basements shall be captured and directed
SECTION 10.4.7.4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF DIPPING, COATING, AND

PRINTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
1. Dipping and coating equipment shall be constructed of steel, reinforced concrete,
masonry, or other noncombustible material and shall be securely and rigidly supported.
Supports for dipping and coating tanks that exceed either one thousand nine hundred
liters (1,900 L) capacity or one square meter (1 m2) of liquid surface shall have a fire
resistance rating of at least one (1) hour.
2. Rolls shall be permitted to be covered with polymeric or other combustible materials.
3. If the dipping or coating equipment is enclosed for the purpose of confining vapors
and mists, any panels for light fixtures or for observation shall be of heat-treated glass,
laminated glass, wired glass, or hammered-wired glass, and the panels shall be sealed
to confine vapors or mists to the enclosure.
4. Panels for light fixtures shall be separated from the fixture to prevent the surface
temperature of the panel from exceeding ninety-three degrees Celsius (93 °C).
5. The panel frame and method of attachment shall be designed not to fail under fire
exposure before the vision panel fails.
B. Height
The top of any tank that holds flammable or combustible liquids shall be at least one
hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm) above the floor.
C. Overflow Prevention
To prevent the overflow of burning liquid from a tank if a fire in the tank actuates
automatic sprinklers, one (1) or more of the following shall be done:
1. Drain boards shall be arranged so that sprinkler discharge will not flow into the tank.
2. The tank shall be equipped with automatic-closing covers.
3. The tank shall be equipped with overflow pipes.
D. Liquid Level
The liquid in any dipping or coating tank shall be maintained at a level that is at least one
241
hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm) below the top of the tank to allow effective application
of extinguishing agents in the event of fire.
E. Overflow Pipes
1. Dipping or coating tanks that exceed five hundred seventy liters (570 L) of capacity or
one square meter (1 m2) of liquid surface shall be equipped with a trapped overflow
pipe leading to a safe location.
2. Depending on the area of the liquid surface and the length and pitch of pipe, overflow
pipes for dipping or coating tanks that exceed five hundred seventy liters (570 L)
capacity or one square meter (1 m2) of liquid surface shall be capable of handling
either the maximum rate of delivery of process liquid or the maximum rate of automatic
sprinkler discharge, whichever is greater. The overflow pipe shall be at least seventy-five
millimeters (75 mm) in diameter.
3. Piping connections to drains and in overflow lines shall be designed to permit access for
inspection and cleaning of the interior of the piping.
4. The connection of the overflow pipe to the tank shall be made at a point that is at least
one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm) below the top of the tank.
F. Bottom Drains
Dipping or coating tanks that exceed one thousand nine hundred liters (1,900 L) capacity
shall be equipped with bottom drains arranged to drain the tank in the event of fire.
1. Bottom drains shall be both manually and automatically operable. Manual operation
shall be from a safe and accessible location.
2. Where gravity flow is impractical, automatic pumps shall be provided.
3. Drains shall be trapped and shall discharge to a closed, vented salvage tank or to a
safe location.
G. Salvage Tanks
1. Where a salvage tank is employed, a pumping arrangement shall be provided for the
retrieval of the contents
2. The salvage tank shall be emptied before the dipping or coating tank is refilled.
3. The capacity of the salvage tank or tanks shall be greater than the capacity of the
dipping or coating tank or tanks to which they are connected.
H. Conveyor Systems
Conveyor systems shall be arranged to stop automatically in the event of fire. It shall be
arranged to stop automatically if the required rate of ventilation is not maintained. However,
this requirement shall not apply to web or sheet transport system.
I. Control of Liquid Temperature
1. The dipping or coating tank shall be equipped with a listed, manual reset, high
temperature limit control designed to shut down the conveyor system, if any, and the
heating system if excess temperatures are reached.
2. Heating and cooling units for liquids shall be of an approved type and shall be controlled,
serviced, and maintained in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions.
3. Work pieces shall not be dipped or coated if their surface temperature exceeds the
boiling point of the liquid or a temperature that is fifty-five degrees Celsius (55 °C) less
than the auto ignition temperature of the liquid.
4. Heating systems shall be automatically shut down if the level of liquid in the dipping or
coating tank exceeds or falls below the manufacturers’ recommended operating level.
SECTION 10.4.7.5 VENTILATION

A. Requirements
1. Dipping and coating process areas shall be provided with mechanical ventilation that
is capable of confining the vapor to an area not more than one thousand five hundred
twenty-five millimeters (1,525 mm) from the vapor source and removing the vapors to
a safe location. The concentration of the vapors in the exhaust air stream shall not
exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
2. Where the process does not allow adequate removal of vapors by mechanical
ventilation alone, an enclosure shall be provided and the ventilation shall be capable
of confining all vapors to the enclosure.
242
3. Controls shall be provided to automatically shut down the dipping or coating process
and sound an alarm if the ventilating system fails.
Mechanical ventilation shall be kept in operation at all times while dipping or
coating processes are being conducted and shall continue to operate until the area
no longer constitutes a vapor source.
4. Where dipping or coating processes are conducted automatically without an attendant
constantly on duty, the operating controls of the apparatus shall be arranged so that
the apparatus cannot function unless the exhaust fans are operating.
B. Make-Up Air
Clean make-up air shall be provided to compensate for the air exhausted from dipping
or coating processes. The intake for this make-up air shall be located so that the air
exhausted from dipping or coating processes is not re-circulated.
C. Routing of Exhaust Ducts
Air exhausted from processes shall be conducted by ducts directly to the outside of the
building. Exhaust ducts shall follow the shortest route to the point of discharge and shall
meet the following conditions:
1. Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate a fire wall or fire barrier wall.
2. Exhaust discharge shall be directed away from any air intakes.
3. Exhaust discharge point shall be at least one thousand eight hundred thirty millimeters
(1,830 mm) from any exterior wall or roof.
4. Exhaust discharge point shall be at least three thousand forty eight millimeters
(3,048 mm) from openings into the building.
5. Exhaust discharge point shall be at least three thousand forty eight millimeters
(3,048 mm) above adjoining grade.
6. Exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any combustible construction that
is within seven thousand six hundred twenty-five millimeters (7,625 mm) of the exhaust
duct.
7. Exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any unprotected opening in any
noncombustible or limited-combustible construction that is within seven thousand six
hundred twenty-five millimeters (7,625 mm) of the exhaust duct discharge point.
8. Exhaust duct shall not discharge in the direction of any exit discharge or public way that
is within seven thousand six hundred twenty-five millimeters (7,625 mm) of the exhaust
duct discharge point.
D. Recirculation of Exhaust
Air exhausted from processes shall not be re-circulated unless all of the following
requirements have been met:
1. Recirculation particulate filters as defined in NFPA 34, Standard for Dipping, Coating,
and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible Liquids, shall be used to remove
particulates from the re-circulated air.
2. The concentration of vapors in the exhaust airstream shall not exceed twenty-five
percent (25%) of LFL.
3. Listed equipment shall be used to monitor the concentration of vapors in all exhaust
airstreams.
4. The equipment specified in para 3 above shall initiate a local alarm and shall
automatically shut down the processes if the concentration of any vapor in the exhaust
airstream exceeds twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
All equipment installed to process and remove contaminants from the air exhausted
from the processes shall be approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5. For occupied process areas where a portion of the exhaust air is re-circulated within the
process area, toxicity and worker exposures shall be addressed.
E. Materials of Construction
Exhaust plenums, and exhaust ducts and fasteners shall be constructed of steel.
Concrete shall be permitted to be used. The interior surfaces of the concrete exhaust
plenum or exhaust duct shall be smooth and sealed to facilitate cleaning. Other materials
of construction shall be permitted to be used in cases where the conveyed materials are
not compatible with steel.
243
F. Support of Exhaust Ducts
Exhaust ducts shall be supported to prevent collapse under fire conditions:
1. Duct supports shall be designed to carry the weight of the duct system itself, plus the
anticipated weight of any residues. If sprinkler protection is provided inside the duct
system, then the duct supports shall also be designed to carry the anticipated weight
of any accumulation of sprinkler discharge.
2. Hangers and supports shall be fastened securely to the building or to the structure to
avoid vibration and stress on the duct system.
3. Hangers and supports shall be designed to allow for expansion and contraction.
4. Exhaust ducts shall not use building walls, floors, ceilings, or roofs as component parts.
This provision shall not disallow the use of concrete exhaust plenums or exhaust ducts
where some or all of the plenum or duct is part of the concrete floor.
G. Exhaust Duct Cross-Section
Exhaust ducts shall be permitted to be round, rectangular, or any other suitable shape.
H. Exhaust Duct Access
Exhaust ducts shall be provided with doors, panels, or other means to facilitate
inspection, maintenance, cleaning, and access to fire protection devices.
I. Exhaust Fans and Drives
1. The rotating element of the exhaust fan shall be non-ferrous or the fan shall be
constructed so that a shift of the impeller or shaft will not permit two (2) ferrous parts of
the fan to rub or strike. Necessary allowances shall be made for ordinary expansion and
loading, and to prevent contact between moving parts and the duct or fan housing.
Fan blades shall be mounted on a shaft that shall maintain alignment even when the
blades of the fan are heavily loaded. All bearings shall be of the self-lubricating type or
shall be provided with accessible lubricating ports.
2. All bearings shall be of the self-lubricating type or shall be lubricated from a point
outside the duct or fan housing. Electric motors that drive exhaust fans shall not be
placed inside any duct or fan housing.
3. Belts shall not enter any duct or fan housing unless the belt and pulley are completely
enclosed.
J. Drying Areas
1. Freshly dipped or coated work pieces or materials shall be dried only in spaces that are
ventilated to prevent the concentration of ignitable vapors from exceeding twenty-five
percent (25%) of LFL.
2. If removed from the dipping or coating process area, work pieces or material shall be
dried only in areas that are ventilated to prevent the concentration of vapors from
exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
SECTION 10.4.7.6 STORAGE, HANDLING, AND DISTRIBUTION OF FLAMMABLE AND

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS
A. General
Storage, handling, distribution, and mixing of flammable and combustible liquids shall
meet all applicable requirements of NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
Storage, handling, and mixing of flammable and combustible liquids at process areas also
shall meet the requirements of this Chapter.
Open or glass containers shall not be used for transportation or storage of liquids.
B. Storage in Process Areas
1. The volume of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids stored in a storage cabinet shall not
exceed four hundred fifty-four liters (454 L).
2. The total aggregate volume of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids in a group of storage
cabinets shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantity (MAQ) of flammable and
combustible liquids per control area based on the occupancy where the cabinets are
located.
3. For industrial occupancies, the total aggregate volume of Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA
liquids in a group of storage cabinets in a single fire area shall not exceed the MAQ of
flammable and combustible liquids per control area for industrial occupancies as set
244
forth in the Table 42, Maximum Allowable Quantity of Flammable and Combustible
Liquids per Control Area.
C. Storage in the Vicinity of Process Areas
The quantity of liquid located in the vicinity of the dipping or coating process area but
outside a storage cabinet, an inside storage room, a cutoff room or attached building, or
other specific process area that is cut off by at least a two-hour (2-hr) fire-rated separation
from the dipping or coating process area.
D. Transporting Liquids
Liquids shall be transported from their storage area to the process area only in closed
shipping containers, approved portable tanks and intermediate bulk containers, approved
safety cans, or a piping system.
E. Handling Liquids at Point of Final Use
1. Class I and Class II liquids shall be kept in closed original shipping containers, metal
containers, metal or portable tanks, or metal intermediate bulk containers when
not in use.
2. Where liquids are used or handled, means shall be provided to clean and dispose of
leaks or spills in a prompt and safe manner.
3. Class I and Class II liquids shall be transferred between their original shipping containers
and process tanks, containers, or portable tanks within a building only by means
of the following:
a. containers with a capacity of nineteen liters (19 L) or less
b. approved safety cans
c. through a closed piping system
d. from a portable tank or container by means of an approved pump device drawing
through an opening in the top of the tank or container
e. by gravity through a listed self-closing valve or self-closing faucet
4. Transferring liquids by means of pressurizing the container with air shall be prohibited.
Transferring liquids by pressure of inert gas shall be permitted, provided that the
containers that are pressurized comply with all applicable requirements of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, for construction, test, and maintenance.
5. Class I liquids shall not be dispensed into metal containers or process tanks unless the
nozzle or fill pipe is in electrical contact with the container or process tank. This shall be
accomplished by maintaining metallic contact during filling, by a bond wire, or by any
other conductive path having an electrical resistance not greater than one hundred six
(106) ohms.
6. If a heater is used to heat liquids, the heater shall be low- pressure steam, low- pressure
hot water, or electric.
7. If the heating system is electric, it shall be approved and listed for the specific location
in which it is used.
8. Heaters shall not be subject to accumulation of residue.
9. If used, agitators shall be driven by compressed air, water, low- pressure steam, or
electricity. If powered by an electric motor, the motor shall be approved and listed for
the specific location in which it is used.
F. Liquid Piping Systems
1. Piping systems that convey flammable or combustible liquids between storage tanks,
mixing rooms, and dipping and coating areas shall be of steel or other material having
comparable properties of resistance to heat and physical damage. Piping systems shall
be properly bonded and grounded.
2. Where a tank is filled from the top, the free end of the fill pipe shall be within one hundred
fifty millimeters (150 mm) of the bottom of the tank. Where Class I liquids are handled,
the tank and fill pipe shall have a metallic bond wire permanently connected to the fill
pipe. In addition, for Class I liquids, the tank, piping system, and storage tank shall be
bonded and grounded.
3. Protection against siphoning shall be provided for fill lines having connections below
liquid-level that are not permanently piped to the supply system.
245
4. Where a pump is used to supply liquid to a process, the piping, tubing, hose, and other
accessories shall be designed to withstand the maximum working pressure of the pump,
or means shall be provided to limit the discharge pressure of the pump.
5. Process tanks shall be provided with a limit device to prevent overfilling tanks.
6. Process pumps shall be interlocked with fire detection or automatic fire-extinguishing
systems for the process to shut down the pumps in case of fire.

A. Automatic Fire Protection for Small Dipping Processes
1. Automatic-closing process tank covers shall be actuated by approved automatic
devices and also shall be arranged for manual operation.
2. Covers shall be substantially constructed of non-combustible materials, shall overlap
the sides of the tank by at least twenty-five millimeters (25 mm), and shall have a recess
or flange that extends downward around the tank when it is closed.
3. Chains, wire ropes, or other approved noncombustible apparatus shall be used to
support the cover or operating mechanism. All pulleys, catches, and other fasteners
shall be metal and shall be attached to noncombustible mountings.
B. Automatic Fire Protection for Enclosed Processes and Large Processes
1. The system shall be designed to protect the following areas:
a. For dip tanks: the tank, its drain board, freshly coated work pieces above the drain
board, and exhaust ducts
b. For curtain and flow coaters: open troughs and tanks, canopies or hoods, vapor
drying tunnels, and exhaust ducts
c. For roll coaters and similar processes: open troughs and tanks, coating and transfer
rolls, the web, and open containers of coating materials
d. For vapor degreasers using flammable liquids: the tank and any areas within the unit
that can have solvent accumulation.
2. The extinguishing system shall be designed to simultaneously discharge into the entire
protected area.
C. Requirements for All Fire Protection Systems
Fire protection systems shall be designed and installed so as to minimize splashing of the
solvent or coating materials due to discharge of the fire suppression agent.
D. Specific Requirements for Automatic Carbon Dioxide, Dry Chemical, Clean Agent, and
Water Mist Systems
The fire protection systems shall be capable of discharging their agents into the entire
protected area simultaneously.
E. Specific Requirements for Water-Based Fire Protection Systems.
Water-based fire protection systems shall be designed to allow drainage of water
without raising the level of the coating material to the overflow level.
F. Automatic Fire Protection for Printing Processes
Automatic fire protection shall be provided for the following areas:
1. All printing process areas that contain ordinary combustibles, flammable or combustible
liquids, or combustible construction
2. All printing operations areas, at the ceiling level
3. Areas of printing presses that are shielded from ceiling protection and where
combustibles exist.
SECTION 10.4.7.8 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE

A. General
1. Areas in the vicinity of process operations, especially drain boards and drip pans, shall
be cleaned on a regular basis to minimize the accumulation of combustible residues
and unnecessary combustible materials.
2. Combustible coverings (thin paper, plastic, and so forth) and strippable coatings shall
be permitted to be used to facilitate cleaning operations in dipping and coating areas.
246
3. If excess residue accumulates in work areas, ducts, duct discharge points, or other
adjacent areas, then all process operations shall be discontinued until conditions are
corrected.
4. For printing processes, good housekeeping shall be provided throughout the process
area, with special attention given to presses, ducts, ink troughs, folders, and driers.
Particular attention shall be given to assessing the degree of ink residue and dust
accumulation in the vicinity of the press. Paper scrap, flammable liquids, and cleaning
rags shall not be allowed to accumulate.
B. Waste Containers
1. Rags, other absorbent materials, or wastes that are impregnated with flammable or
combustible liquids shall be deposited in approved waste containers immediately
after use.
2. Storage beyond the immediate work shift shall be in closed metal containers.
3. The closed metal containers shall be placed in a designated location.
4. The lid of the waste container shall remain fully closed and latched when not in use.
5. Waste containers containing flammable liquids shall be located in ventilated areas
6. Waste containers for flammable liquids shall be constructed of conductive materials
and shall be bonded and grounded.
C. Inspection and Testing
Monthly inspections and tests shall be conducted on all process tanks, including
covers, overflow pipe inlets, overflow outlets and discharges, bottom drains, pumps and
valves, electrical wiring and utilization equipment, bonding and grounding connections,
ventilation systems, and all extinguishing equipment. Any defects found shall be corrected.
D. Combustible Dusts and Residues
1. Equipment that produces combustible dusts, such as paper and starch, and surrounding
areas shall be kept clean
2. All process areas shall be kept free of excessive accumulation of deposits of combustible
residues
3. Combustible coverings (thin paper, plastic) and strippable coatings shall be permitted
to be used to facilitate cleaning operations in process areas.
4. When plastic covering is used, it shall be of a static dissipative nature or shall have
a maximum breakdown voltage of four kilovolts (4 kV) to prevent accumulation of a
hazardous static electric charge.
E. Smoking
Signs stating “NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES” shall be conspicuously posted in all
process areas and in flammable and combustible liquids storage areas.
F. Hot Works
Welding, cutting, and other spark-producing operations shall not be permitted in or
adjacent to dipping or coating operations until an FSC for such work has been issued.
The permit shall be issued by C/MFM having jurisdiction following inspection of the area
to ensure that proper precautions have been taken and will be followed until the job is
completed.
SECTION 10.4.7.9 SOLVENT DISTILLATION UNITS (SOLVENT RECYCLERS)

This Section shall apply to solvent distillation units having distillation chambers or still pots
that do not exceed two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) capacity and are used to recycle
Class I, Class II, and Class IIIA liquids.
A. Solvents
Solvent distillation units shall only be used to distill liquids for which they have been
investigated and that are indicated on the unit’s marking or instruction manual. Unstable
or reactive liquids or materials shall not be processed unless they have been specifically
indicated on the system’s markings or in the instruction manual.
B. Location
Solvent distillation units shall be used only in locations in accordance with their approval
or listing. They shall not be located in basements. They shall be located away from potential
sources of ignition, as indicated on the unit’s marking.
247
SECTION 10.4.7.10 ELECTROSTATIC DETEARING APPARATUS
A. Construction
1. A safe distance of six meters (6 m) or at least twice (2) the sparkling distance shall be
maintained between the object or material being deteared, painted or treated and
the electrodes, electrostatic atomizing heads or conductors. A suitable sign indicating
this safe distance shall be conspicuously posted near the assembly.
2. Electrostatic apparatus shall be equipped with automatic means that will de-energize
and ground the high voltage elements and to signal the operator under any of the
following conditions:
a. Stopping of ventilation fans or failure of ventilating equipment from any cause.
b. Stopping of the conveyor carrying goods through the high voltage.
c. Occurrence of a ground fault or excessive current leakage at any point on the high
voltage system.
d. Reduction of clearances to below that specified in para 1 above.
e. De-energizing of the primary side of the power supply.
3. Adequate booths, fencing, railing, or guards shall be placed around the equipment so
that, by either their location or character, or both, they assure that a safe isolation of
the process is maintained from plant storage or personnel. Such railings, fencing, and
guards shall be of conductive material, adequately grounded, and shall be at least
one and a half meters (1.5 m) from processing equipment.
4. Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads shall be adequately supported in
permanent locations, and shall be effectively insulated from the ground. Electrodes
and electrostatic atomizing heads which are permanently attached to their bases,
supports, or reciprocators, shall be deemed to comply with this Section. Insulators shall
be non-ferrous and non-combustible.
5. High-voltage leads to electrodes shall be supported on insulators and shall be guarded
against accidental contact or grounding. Insulators shall be kept clean and dry.
Automatic means shall be provided for grounding the electrode system when it is
electrically de-energized for any reason.
B. Operation
1. Electrostatic apparatus and devices used in connection with paint spraying and paint
detearing operations shall be in accordance with internationally approved standards.
2. Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electric portions of the
equipment, shall be located outside of the spraying or vapor areas, and shall conform
to the requirements of the other provisions of this RIRR.
C. Protection and Maintenance
1. Process zone that are dangerous with regard to fire and accident shall be designated.
2. Signs designating the process zone as dangerous because of fire and accident hazards
shall be conspicuously posted.
3. All electrically conductive objects and devices (such as paint containers, wash cans
and guards) in the process area, except those objects required by the process to be
at high voltage, shall be electrically connected to the ground with a resistance of not
more than one (1) megohm.
4. Access shall be restricted to qualified personnel only.
5. Drip plates and screens subject to deposits of coating materials shall be cleaned
regularly to prevent excess accumulation of residues.
6. The spraying area shall be adequately ventilated.
SECTION 10.4.7.11 SPRAYING USING FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS

A. General Application
1. This Section shall apply to the spray application of flammable or combustible materials,
as herein defined, either continuously or intermittently by any of the following methods:
a. Compressed air atomization
b. Airless or hydraulic atomization
248
c. Electrostatic application methods
d. Fluidized bed application methods
e. Electrostatic fluidized bed application method
f. Other means of acceptable application means
2. It shall also apply to spray application of water-borne, water-based, and water-reducible
materials that contain flammable or combustible liquids or that produce combustible
deposits or residues.
3. It shall apply to spray application processes or operations that are conducted both
indoors and outdoors within temporary membrane enclosures.
4. This Section shall not apply to spray operations that use less than one liter (1 L) of
flammable or combustible liquid in any eight-hour (8-hr) period.
5 It shall not apply to spray application processes or operations that are conducted
outdoors.
6. This Section shall not apply to the use of portable spraying equipment that is not used
repeatedly in the same location.
7. This shall not apply to the use of aerosol products in containers up to and including one
liter (1 L) capacity that are not used repeatedly in the same location.
8. This shall not apply to the spray application of non-combustible materials.
9. This shall also not apply to the hazards of toxicity or to industrial health and hygiene.
10. Operations involving the spray application of flammable and combustible materials
shall be in accordance with NFPA 33, Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable
or Combustible Materials.
B. Operations and Maintenance
1. Combustible Deposits
a. All spray areas shall be kept free of excessive accumulation of deposits of combustible
residues.
b. Combustible coverings (thin paper, plastic) and strippable coatings shall be
permitted to be used to facilitate cleaning operations in spray areas.
c. Where plastic covering is used, it shall be of a static dissipative nature or shall have
a maximum breakdown voltage of four kilovolts (4 kV) to prevent accumulation of a
hazardous static electric charge.
d. If residue accumulates to excess in booths, duct or duct discharge points, or other
spray areas, all spraying operations shall be discontinued until conditions have been
corrected.
2. High-pressure Hose Lines
High-pressure hose lines, which convey flammable or combustible coating material
in “airless” spray application operations, shall be inspected daily and shall be repaired
or replaced as necessary. Hose lines and equipment shall be located so that, in the
event of a leak or rupture, coating material will not be discharged into any space
having a source of ignition.
3. Maintenance Procedures
a. Overspray collectors shall be inspected daily; and clogged filters shall be discarded
and replaced. Maintenance procedures shall be established to ensure that
overspray collector filters are replaced before restriction to airflow is reduced below
the minimum.
b. At the close of the day’s operation, all discarded overspray collector filters, residue
scrapings, and debris contaminated with residue shall be removed immediately to
a designated storage location, placed in a noncombustible container with a tight-
fitting lid, or placed in a water-filled metal container.
4. Waste Containers
a. Approved waste containers shall be provided wherever rags or waste are
impregnated with sprayed material, and all such rags or waste shall be deposited
therein immediately after use. The contents of waste containers shall be placed in a
designated storage location.
249
b. Waste containers for flammable liquids shall be constructed of conductive materials
and shall be bonded and grounded.
C. Handheld Electrostatic Spray Equipment
This provision shall apply to any equipment using electrostatically charged elements for
the atomization, charging, and/or precipitation of flammable and combustible materials
for coatings on articles or for other purposes in which the charging or atomizing device is
handheld and manipulated during the spraying operation.
1. Handheld Apparatus
a. Handheld electrostatic spray apparatus and devices shall be listed. The high-voltage
circuits shall be designed so that they cannot produce a spark capable of igniting
the most hazardous vapor–air mixture or powder–air mixture likely to be encountered
and so that they cannot result in an ignition hazard upon coming into contact with a
grounded object under all normal operating conditions.
b. The electrostatically charged exposed elements of the hand gun shall be capable of
being energized only by an actuator that also controls the coating material supply.
c. Where the liquid coating material is electrically energized, precautions shall be taken
to prevent electric shock.
2. Electrical Components
Transformers, high-voltage supplies, control apparatus, and all other electrical
portions of the equipment, with the exception of the hand gun itself and its connections
to the power supply, shall be located outside the spray area.
3. Grounding
a. The handle of the spray gun shall be electrically connected to ground by a conductive
material. It shall be constructed so that the operator, in normal operating position,
is in electrical contact with the grounded handle by a resistance of not more than
one (1) megohm to prevent buildup of a static charge on the operator’s body. Signs
indicating the necessity for grounding persons entering the spray area shall be
conspicuously posted.
b. All electrically conductive objects in the spray area, except those objects required
by the process to be at high voltage, shall be electrically connected to ground
with a resistance of not more than one (1) megohm. This requirement shall apply to
containers of coating material, wash cans, guards, hose connectors, brackets, and
any other electrically conductive objects or devices in the area. This requirement
also shall apply to any personnel who enter the area.
c. Conductive objects or material being coated shall be electrically connected to
ground with a resistance of not more than one (1) megohm. Areas of contact shall
be sharp points or knife edges, where possible, and those areas of contact shall be
protected from overspray, where practical.
d. Highly resistive objects (i.e. surface conductivity between one hundred eight (108)
and one thousand eleven (1,011) ohms per square) that exhibit a surface voltage
below two thousand five hundred volts (2,500 V), as measured using a non-loading
kilo-voltmeter and when subjected to coronal current not less than that expected in
the application process, shall be considered adequately grounded.
e. Objects or material transported by a conveyor shall be maintained in electrical
contact with the conveyor or other grounding contacts. Hooks and hangers shall be
cleaned to ensure grounding.
D. Drying, Curing, and Fusion Processes
1. Spray Booths and Spray Rooms Used for Ambient Air Drying
If a spray booth or spray room is also used for air-drying, curing, or fusing operations
and the air temperature therein is not elevated above ambient conditions, the
ventilation system shall maintain the concentration of any vapors in the exhaust stream
below twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL. If the temperature in the spray area is elevated
for the purpose of accelerating the drying or curing process
2. Spray Booths and Spray Rooms Used for Drying at Elevated Temperatures
a. The interior surfaces (especially the floor) of the spray area shall be cleaned regularly
to minimize the accumulation of deposits of combustible residues.
250
b. For fully enclosed spray booths and spray rooms, a high temperature limit switch shall
be provided to automatically shut off the drying apparatus if the air temperature
in the spray area exceeds ninety-three degrees Celsius (93 °C). When industrial air
heaters are used to elevate the air temperature for drying or curing in a closed-
top, open-front, or open-face spray booth, a high-limit switch shall be provided to
automatically shut off the drying apparatus if the air temperature in the spray booth
exceeds the maximum discharge air temperature allowed by the standard under
which the heater is listed or ninety-three degrees Celsius (93 °C), whichever is less.
c. Spraying apparatus, drying apparatus, and the ventilating system shall be equipped
with interlocks arranged so that the spraying apparatus cannot be operated when
drying apparatus is in operation or is energized.
d. Where industrial air heaters are used to elevate the air temperature for drying, curing,
or fusing operations, means shall be provided to deter entry into the spray booth or
spray room during the drying, curing, or fusing operation. Interlocks shall be provided
to shut down the drying, curing, or fusing operation if entry is made.
e. Radiant drying apparatus that is permanently attached to the walls, ceiling, or
partitions of the spray area shall be listed for exposure to flammable or combustible
vapors, mists, dusts, residues, or deposits.
f. Radiant drying, curing, or fusion apparatus, which is permanently attached to the
structure of a spray booth and is pendent-mounted or employs the use of a track
or similar system but is suitable only for use in an Ordinary Hazard (general purpose)
location, shall be permitted to be used.
g. Any containers of flammable or combustible liquids shall be removed from the booth
before the drying apparatus is energized.
h. Fuel tanks containing fuel other than gasoline or diesel fuel shall be removed from
any vehicle brought into the spray area.
i. Explosion relief shall not be required for a spray booth or spray room that is alternately
used for drying, curing, or fusing, if all of the following conditions exist:
1) The spray booth or spray room is used for batch-type spray application operations
only.
2) The air heater is not within the re-circulated air path.
3) The ventilation system complies with the applicable requirements of NFPA 86.
3. Flash-Off Areas
a. Flash-off areas that are heated above ambient temperatures to accelerate release
of vapors shall meet the requirements of NFPA 86.
b. Open flash-off areas shall be protected in accordance with the requirements of the
occupancy in which they are located.
c. Enclosed flash-off areas shall be provided with an approved automatic fire protection
system.
4. Spray Booths or Spray Rooms Adjacent or Connected to Rooms or Equipment Used for
Drying, Curing, or Fusing
a. Interconnecting doors and related interlocks shall meet the requirements of
NFPA 86. An interlock shall be provided to prevent spray application operations when
the interconnecting doors are open.
b. Where an interconnecting door is not used, a nine hundred fifteen millimeters
(915 mm) minimum pressurized vestibule shall be provided for separation. Airflow into
the vestibule shall be proven and interlocked, so that loss of ventilation or airflow
shuts down the spray application equipment or the heating equipment. Airflow into
the connected spray booth or spray room shall be capable of confining vapors and
mists to the spray booth or spray room.
c. A high temperature limit switch shall be provided to automatically shut off the drying
apparatus if the air temperature in the spray area exceeds ninety-three degrees
Celsius (93 °C).
d. Fusion apparatus shall be ventilated at a rate that maintains the concentration of
ignitable vapors in the area at or below twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
e. Drying, curing, or fusing apparatus shall be affixed with a permanently attached,
prominently located warning sign (refer to text immediately after this paragraph)
251
indicating that ventilation shall be maintained during the drying, curing, or fusing
period and that spraying shall not be conducted in the vicinity in such manner as to
deposit residue on the apparatus.
WARNING: MAINTAIN VENTILATION DURING DRYING,

CURING OR FUSING PERIOD
E. Miscellaneous Spray Operations
1. Vehicle Undercoating and Body Lining
a. There shall be no open flames or spark-producing equipment within six and one tenth
meters (6.1 m) of the spray operation while the spray operation is being conducted.
b. There shall be no drying, curing, or fusion apparatus in use within six and one tenth
meters (6.1 m) of the spray operation while the spray operation is being conducted.
c. Any solvent used for cleaning procedures shall have a flash point not less than
thirty-seven and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8 °C).
d. The coating or lining materials used shall meet one of the following criteria:
1) Be no more hazardous than UL Class 30-40, when tested in accordance with
ANSI/UL 340, Test for Comparative Flammability of Liquids
2) Not contain any solvent or component that has a flash point below thirty-seven
and eight tenths degrees Celsius (37.8 °C).
3) Consist only of Class IIIB liquids and not include any organic peroxide catalyst
e. Spray undercoating operations that do not meet the requirements of vehicle
undercoating and body lining shall meet all applicable requirements of NFPA 33
pertaining to spray finishing operations.
f. If spray finishing operations are performed at or in a preparation workstation, the
preparation workstation shall be considered an unenclosed spray area and shall
meet all requirements of an unenclosed spray area.
g. Limited finishing workstation shall be designed and constructed to have all the
following:
1) a dedicated make-up air supply and air supply plenum;
2) curtains or partitions that are noncombustible or limited-combustible;
3) a dedicated mechanical exhaust and filtration system; and
4) an approved automatic extinguishing system.
h. The amount of material sprayed in a limited finishing workstation shall not exceed
three and eight tenths liters (3.8 L) in any eight-hour (8-hr) period.
i. Curtains or partitions shall be fully closed during any spray application operations.
j. The area inside the curtains or partitions shall be considered a Class I, Division 1; Class
I, Zone 1; Class II, Division 1; or Zone 21 hazardous (classified) location
k. A Class I, Division 2; Class I, Zone 2; Class II, Division 2; or Zone 22 hazardous (classified)
location, as applicable, shall extend nine hundred fifteen millimeters (915 mm) both
horizontally and vertically beyond the volume enclosed by the outside surface of the
curtains or partitions.
l. Any limited finishing workstation used for spray application operations shall not be
used for any operation that is capable of producing sparks or particles of hot metal
or for operations that involve open flames or electrical utilization equipment capable
of producing sparks or particles of hot metal.
m. Where industrial air heaters are used to elevate the air temperature for drying,
curing, or fusing operations, a high-limit switch shall be provided to automatically
shut off the drying apparatus if the air temperature in the limited finishing workstation
exceeds the maximum discharge-air temperature allowed by the standard that the
heater is listed to or ninety-three degrees Celsius (93 °C), whichever is less.
n. A means shall be provided to show that the limited finishing workstation is in the
drying or curing mode of operation and that the limited finishing workstation is to be
unoccupied.
o. Any containers of flammable or combustible liquids shall be removed from the limited
finishing workstation before the drying apparatus is energized.
252
p. Portable spot-drying, curing, or fusion apparatus shall be permitted to be used in
a limited finishing workstation, provided that it is not located within the hazardous
(classified) location when spray application operations are being conducted.
F. Powder Coating
1. Enclosures
Powder shall be confined by conducting coating operations within one of the
following:
a. A completely enclosed, ventilated room of noncombustible or limited-combustible
construction with smooth surfaces designed to prevent accumulation of powder
and to facilitate cleaning
b. A ventilated spray booth having enclosed, ventilated containers (tanks, bins, etc.)
2. Electrical and Other Sources of Ignition
a. Where the object or material being coated is preheated, the controls shall be set
so that the surface temperature of the object or material does not come within
twenty-eight degrees Celsius (28 °C) of the auto-ignition temperature of the powder
used.
b. All electrically conductive objects in the spray area, except those objects required
by the process to be at high voltage, shall be electrically connected to ground with
a resistance of not more than one (1) megohm. This requirement shall also apply to
any personnel who enter the area.
3. Ductwork
a. Where non-deposited, air-suspended powder (powder overspray) is conveyed by
ductwork to a recovery system, sufficient airflow shall be provided in the ductwork to
maintain the powder concentration in the ductwork at not more than fifty percent
(50%) of the minimum explosive concentration (MEC) of the powder in use. If the
MEC of the powder has not been established, then the exhaust duct powder
concentration shall be maintained below fifteen grams per cubic meter (15 g/m3).
b. Exhaust equipment shall bear an identification plate stating the ventilation rate for
which it was designed.
c. If the coating operation is conducted at an exhaust duct concentration above fifty
percent (50%) of the MEC, listed explosion suppression equipment shall be provided.
d. Air exhausted from the recovery system of a powder operation shall not be
recirculated unless the concentration of particulate matter in the exhaust air has
been reduced to a level that is considered safe for personnel occupational exposure
and equipment continuously monitors the filtration system to signal the operator and
to automatically shut down the operation in the event the filtration system fails to
maintain the air in this condition.
e. Enclosures shall either be listed for the specific application or shall be designed to
resist the destructive effects of an internal deflagration. Any enclosure that is not so
listed and is effectively tight, such as a spray booth, dust collector, powder recovery
device, or other enclosure, shall be provided with one of the following:
1) deflagration venting that meets the requirements of NFPA 68; or
2) deflagration suppression system that meets the requirements of NFPA 69.
f. Ventilation for powder coating being applied via fluidized beds and electrostatic
fluidized beds shall be designed to prevent escape of non-deposited powder from
the enclosure
g. The ventilation system shall confine air-suspended powder to the booth and the
recovery system at all times.
4. Drying, Curing, and Fusing Equipment
The temperature of the object or material being coated shall be maintained at
least twenty-eight degrees Celsius (28 °C) below the auto ignition temperature of the
powder.
5. Operation and Maintenance
a. The area surrounding the spray area, including horizontal surfaces such as ledges,
beams, pipes, hoods, and floors, shall be maintained to prevent the accumulation of
powder.
253
b. Surfaces outside of the spray area shall be cleaned in a manner that does not scatter
powder or create dust clouds. Vacuum sweeping equipment, where used, shall be
of a type approved for use in hazardous locations.
c. The booth exhaust shall remain on during spray are cleaning operations to confine
airborne combustible dust.
d. Means shall be provided to prevent tramp metal or spark-producing material from
being introduced into the powder being deposited.
e. Signs stating “NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAMES” in large letters on contrasting color
background shall be conspicuously posted at all powder coating areas and powder
storage rooms.
6. Electrostatic Fluid Beds
a. The high-voltage circuits shall be designed so that any discharge produced when
the charging electrodes of the bed are approached or contacted by a grounded
object cannot produce a spark that is capable of igniting the most hazardous
powder-air mixture.
b. Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the
equipment, with the exception of the charging electrodes and their connections to
the power supply, shall be located outside the area classified as hazardous.
c. All electrically conductive objects within the powder coating area, except those
objects required by the process to be at high voltage, shall be electrically connected
to ground with a resistance of not more than one (1) megohm. This requirement
shall also apply to any personnel who might enter the area. The powder coating
equipment shall carry a prominent, permanently installed warning regarding the
necessity for grounding these objects.
d. Highly resistive objects (i.e. surface conductivity between one hundred eight (108)
and one thousand eleven (1,011) ohms per square) that exhibit voltage below
two thousand five hundred volts (2,500 V), as measured using a non-loading
kilo-voltmeter and when subjected to coronal current not less than that expected in
the application process shall be considered adequately grounded.
e. Objects or material being coated shall be maintained in electrical contact less than
one (1) megohm with the conveyor or other support to ensure grounding.
f. Hangers shall be cleaned to ensure effective contact. Areas of contact shall be
sharp points or knife edges where possible.
g. The electrical equipment and compressed air supplies shall be interlocked with the
ventilation system so that the equipment cannot be operated unless the ventilation
fans are in operation.
h. The temperature of the object or material being coated shall be maintained at least
twenty-eight degrees Celsius (28 °C) below the auto-ignition temperature of the
powder.
i. The temperature of the object or material being coated shall be maintained at least
twenty-eight degrees Celsius (28 °C) below the auto-ignition temperature of the
powder.
7. Powder Coating Delivery and Circulation
a. All bins, hoppers, and fluid beds that are actively in use in the powder application
process shall be grounded
b. Bins, hoppers, and fluid beds shall be vented to prevent the accumulation of powder
outside of the application process
c. The compressed air supply shall be interlocked with the ventilation system so that the
equipment cannot be operated unless ventilation is in operation.
8. Powder Unloading, Bag Dumping Stations, and Pneumatic Conveying Systems.
Powder unloading, bag dumping stations, and pneumatic conveying systems
located in, connected to, or adjacent to the spray area shall be Class II, Division 2.
9. Screening or Sieving Operations
Ventilation for screening or sieving operations shall be designed to contain and
prevent the accumulation of powder outside of the operation.
254
10. Storage and Handling
Containers, such as but not limited to, bags, jars, boxes, totes, bins, super-sacks,
hoppers, collectors, and so on, containing powder coating material shall be permitted
to be stored directly adjacent to spray areas provided that the container meets all of
a. Is not actively used in the spray process;
b. Is covered or sealed;
c. Is labeled with the contents; and
d. Does not interfere with equipment operation.
11. Housekeeping
a. Areas around the spray area, including horizontal surfaces such as ledges, beams,
pipes, hoods, and floors, shall be cleaned to prevent accumulation of powder.
b. Surfaces shall be cleaned in a manner that does not scatter powder or create dust
clouds.
c. Vacuum sweeping equipment, where used, shall be approved for Class II, Division 2.
12. Spill Clean-up
a. All sources of ignition shall be removed from the area of a spill or accidental release
of powder.
b. Tools used for the clean-up shall be of a type that cannot produce a spark.
c. Vacuum sweeping equipment shall be approved for Class II, Division 2 or Zone 22
locations.
d. The use of brooms for sweeping up the powder shall be done in a way that does not
scatter powder or create dust clouds.
e. Disposal of the spill material shall be in accordance with applicable Philippine
National Standards (PNS).
f. Compressed air, unless in a booth or vented coating area, shall not be permitted
during clean-up.
g. Compressed air lines shall be conductive and grounded.
G. Organic Peroxides and Plural Component Coatings
1. General
Spray application operations that involve the use of organic peroxide formulations
and other plural component coatings shall be conducted in spray areas that are
protected by approved automatic sprinkler systems
2. Prevention of Contamination
Measures shall be taken to prevent the contamination of organic peroxide
formulations with any foreign substance. Only spray guns and related handling
equipment that are specifically manufactured for use with organic peroxide
formulations shall be used. Separate fluid-handling equipment shall be used for the
resin and for the catalyst, and they shall not be interchanged.
a. The wetted portions of equipment and apparatus that handle organic peroxide
formulations shall be constructed of stainless steel (three hundred (300) series),
polyethylene, Teflon, or other materials that are specifically recommended for the
application.
b. Measures shall be taken to prevent contamination of organic peroxide formulations
with dusts or overspray residues resulting from the sanding or spray application of
finishing materials.
c. Spills of organic peroxide formulations shall be promptly removed, so there
are no residues. Spilled material shall be permitted to be absorbed by use of a
noncombustible absorbent, which is then disposed of promptly in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. Storage of Organic Peroxides
Organic peroxide formulations shall be stored in accordance with the requirements
of NFPA 400 and with the manufacturers’ recommendations.
255
4. Handling of Organic Peroxides
Measures shall be taken to prevent handling of organic peroxide formulations to
avoid shock and friction, which can cause decomposition and violent reaction.
5. Mixing of Organic Peroxides with Promoters
Organic peroxide formulations shall not be mixed directly with any cobalt
compounds or other promoters or accelerators, due to the possibility of violent
decomposition or explosion. To minimize the possibility of such accidental mixing, these
materials shall not be stored adjacent to each other.
6. Smoking
Smoking shall be prohibited. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be prominently displayed,
and only non-sparking tools shall be used in any area where organic peroxide
formulations are stored, mixed, or applied
7. Trained Personnel
Only designated personnel trained to use and handle organic peroxide formulations
shall be permitted to use these materials.
8. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)
Where organic peroxide formulations are used, the MSDS or its equivalent shall be
consulted.
H. Styrene Cross-Linked Composites Manufacturing (Glass Fiber-Reinforced Plastics)
1. Scope
The herein provisions shall apply to manufacturing processes involving spray
application of styrene cross-linked thermoset resins (commonly known as glass fiber
reinforced plastics) for hand lay-up or spray fabrication methods, that is, resin application
areas, and where the processes do not produce vapors that exceed twenty-five percent
(25%) of LFL.
2. Resin Storage
The quantity of flammable and combustible liquids located in the vicinity of resin
application areas outside an inside storage room or storage cabinet in any one process
area shall not exceed the greater of any of the following:
a. A supply for one day;
b. The sum of ninety-five liters (95 L) of Class IA liquids in containers and four hundred
fifty-four liters (454 L) of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in containers; or
c. One approved portable tank not exceeding two thousand five hundred liters
(2,500 L) of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids.
3. Electrical and Other Hazards
a. Electrical wiring and utilization equipment located in resin application areas that is
not subject to deposits of combustible residues
b. Electrical wiring and utilization equipment located in resin application areas that is
subject to deposits of combustible residues shall be listed for such exposure and shall
be suitable for Class I, Division 2 or Class I, Zone 2 locations, if applicable
c. All metal parts of resin application areas, exhaust ducts, ventilation fans, spray
application equipment, work pieces or containers that receive the spray stream, and
piping that conveys flammable or combustible liquids shall be electrically grounded.
d. Space heating appliances or other hot surfaces in resin application areas shall not
be located where deposits or residues accumulate.
4. Ventilation
a. Mechanical ventilation shall be designed and installed throughout the resin
application area, however buildings that are not enclosed for at least three-quarters
(3/4) of their perimeter shall not be required to meet this requirement.
b. Local ventilation shall be provided where personnel are under or inside of the work
piece being fabricated.
5. Use and Handling
a. Excess catalyzed resin, while still in the liquid state, shall be drained into an open-top,
256
noncombustible container. Enough water shall be added to the container to cover
the contained resin by at least fifty millimeters (50 mm).
b. In areas where chopper guns are used, paper, polyethylene film, or similar material
shall be provided to cover the exposed surfaces of the walls and floor to allow the
buildup of overchop to be removed. When the accumulated overchop has reached
an average thickness of fifty millimeters (50 mm), it shall be disposed of after a
minimum curing time of four (4) hours.
c. Used paper, polyethylene film, or similar material shall be placed in a noncombustible
container and disposed of when removed from the facility.
I. Spray Application Operations in Membrane Enclosures
1. Scope
a. This provision shall apply to spray application operations and processes for coating
the exterior of a workpiece conducted in membrane enclosures.
b. Spray application operations and processes within the enclosure shall only be
permitted for the workpiece for which the enclosure was erected.
c. Spray application operations for parts removed from the workpiece shall be
conducted in accordance with applicable requirements of NFPA 33.
2. General
Membrane enclosures shall be erected for one hundred eighty (180) days or less.
a. Enclosures erected shall only be used for the duration of a spray operation at a fixed
location which can involve multiple coats for a single workpiece.
b. Membrane material shall not be reused for any other spray application operations.
c. Operations conducted within the enclosure other than spray applications shall meet
the fire and safety requirements for those operations.
d. These operations shall not take place while the spray application operation is in
progress.
3. Location
a. Outside of Buildings. The spray area shall be separated from permanent structures by
a minimum of four and six tenths meters (4.6 m).
b. Inside Buildings. Membrane enclosures for spray painting shall be permitted to
be installed in buildings provided all the requirements in Chapter 18, NFPA 33 are
complied.
4. Membrane Material
Material used for membrane enclosures shall have been tested and passed the
NFPA 701 Test 2 requirements. Testing shall have been performed by an independent
test laboratory.
5. Membrane Enclosure Occupancy
a. During the spray process, only personnel required for the process shall be allowed
inside the membrane enclosure, vessel, or work piece.
b. Travel distance to an exit from within a membrane enclosure shall comply with
Table 40.2.6 for General Industrial Occupancies, NFPA 101.
6. Operations and Maintenance within Temporary Enclosures
a. The spray area shall consist of the interior of the membrane enclosure.
b. No hot works, welding, grinding, or cutting shall take place in the spray area while it
is permitted for spray painting
c. No vehicles, ordinary combustibles, portable buildings, or container storage shall
be located in the one and a half meters (1.5 m) Class I Division 2; Class I Zone 2 area
during spray operations.
d. No smoking or open flames shall be allowed in the paint spray area including the
membrane enclosure while it is permitted for spray painting
e. Hot works adjacent to designated spray painting operations in membrane enclosures
shall be performed only when authorized by the competent person designated for
spray painting.
257
7. Ventilation
a. The ventilation system shall be designed and installed to ensure that the
enclosure is maintained at a pressure that is negative relative to the surrounding
environs.
b. The concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation
system during spray operations and ambient air drying operations shall not exceed
ten percent (10%) of LFL.
c. All spray operations within the membrane enclosure shall cease operations when
the concentration of the vapors and mists in the exhaust stream of the ventilation
system reaches or exceeds ten percent (10%) of LFL.
d. An interlock shall be provided so that the spray apparatus is automatically stopped
if the ventilation system fails to maintain the concentration of the vapors and mists in
the exhaust stream below ten percent (10%) of LFL.
e. Where interlocks cannot be effectively provided for ventilation equipment that uses
plant air, large air storage tanks, or equipment that cannot be instantly shut off, an
audible alarm upon loss of ventilation that will alert all spray paint operators may be
permitted prior to the approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
f. Exhaust air shall be taken from one (1) or more points within three hundred millimeters
(300 mm) of the floor of the enclosure.
g. The location of both the exhaust and make-up air openings shall be arranged to
provide air movement throughout the enclosure and across all portions of the floor
to prevent accumulation of flammable vapors.
h. Air exhausted from the membrane enclosure shall not be re-circulated.
8. Drying
a. Membrane enclosures used for spray application of flammable or combustible
materials shall not be used for drying, curing, or fusing operations at elevated
temperature.
b. Freshly sprayed work pieces shall be dried only in spaces that are ventilated to
prevent the concentration of vapors from exceeding ten percent (10%) of LFL.
9. Record Keeping
a. All equipment shall bear a permanent unique number or other designation to identify
equipment in use.
b. Records of approved equipment shall be kept on file for twelve (12) months. Such
records shall be in the form of a memorandum stating the equipment number, the
owner of the equipment, and the lessor of the equipment, if any, and state that the
owner has accepted the equipment for use at the facility.
10. Storage and Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids
a. Coating Material Handling. Flammable and combustible paints, coatings, and
cleaning agents for equipment within the membrane enclosure and its one and a
half meters (1.5 m) Class I Division 2; Class I Zone 2 area shall not exceed thirty-seven
and nine tenths liters (37.9 L) total at any time.
b. All mixing and storage shall be done outside the membrane enclosure area.
c. When mixing and storage operations are located inside buildings, they shall be
protected
11. Protection
a. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed, inspected, and maintained in accordance
b. Portable fire extinguisher placement shall be determined for each level where
multiple work area levels exist within a membrane enclosure.
c. The minimum size of all extinguishers shall be 4A:80B:C.
d. Pre-engineered extinguishing systems shall not be utilized for fire protection unless
specifically listed for use in membrane enclosures.
258
DIVISION 8. RIPENING PROCESSES
SECTION 10.4.8.1 FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) REQUIRED

An FSIC shall be issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction as required for any fruit and crop
ripening processes using combustible or flammable gas, such as ethylene, acetylene and
the like.

A. The location of buildings in which fruit ripening processes utilizing combustible or flammable
gas are conducted shall be approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. In towns or
municipalities without existing fire stations, the approving authority is the Provincial Fire
Marshal having jurisdiction.
B. Containers storing the gas or materials from which they are generated shall be built in
accordance with internationally recognized practice.
C. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the standards of the
latest edition of PEC.
D. The room shall be air tight to prevent too much of the ethylene from leaking out.
E. Lighting shall be by approved electric lamps or fixtures.
F. Ethylene generators shall be listed and labeled including documentation that ethylene
concentration gas does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the lower explosive limit (LEL).

A. Gas piping shall be of iron pipe. Flexible connectors and hose, when used, shall be
of approved type. Tubing shall be of brass or copper with not less one and twenty-five
hundredths millimeters (1.25 mm) wall thickness.
B. Ethylene gas shall be discharged only into approved rooms or enclosures. Valves controlling
discharge shall be provided by positive and fail-closed control of flow.
C. Ripening room shall be open for at least twenty minutes (20 min) every twelve (12) hours of
operation.
D. Heating of ripening rooms shall be by indirect means utilizing low pressure steam, hot water,
or warm air. Approved electric heaters or approved gas or kerosene heaters shall have
sealed combustion chambers.
E. Steam, hot water pipes and radiators, shall have a clearance of at least twenty-five
millimeters (25 mm) to combustible material.
F. Gas heaters and their vents shall be installed in accordance with internationally recognized
standards and practice. Gas heaters shall be equipped with an automatic pilot device to
shut off the gas supply whenever the flame is extinguished.
G. Burners for gas or kerosene heaters shall be installed in such a manner that the air for
combustion is taken from outside the ripening room and the products of combustion are
discharged to the outside.
H. Kerosene heaters shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
I. Electric heaters shall be of a type having no exposed surface at a temperature higher
than four hundred twenty-six degrees Celsius (426 oC) and with thermostatic elements that
produce no sparks and shall be of a type approved for use in hazardous locations.
J. Protective guards shall be provided around heaters to prevent the possibility of their being
knocked over.
K. Ripening rooms must have adequate refrigeration and air circulation systems
L. Refrigeration and air circulation systems shall be installed with the applicable provisions of

A. Portable fire extinguisher shall be installed in building or structure with ripening rooms.
B. Ripening rooms shall be cleared of all combustible materials at all time. Waste materials
shall be disposed of properly.
C. The combustible or flammable gas shall be introduced by some means under positive
259
control and measured so that the quantity introduced does not exceed one (1) part of gas
to one thousand (1,000) parts of air.
D. Containers other than those in actual use shall be stored outside of the building or in a
special building, except that not more than two portable approved containers not in actual
use may be stored inside the building premises. Such inside rooms or portions of a building
used for storage of these containers shall be constructed of fire resistive walls and doors with
a fire resistive rating of not less than two (2) hours.
E. Open flame heaters and open lights shall be prohibited in the ripening rooms.
F. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted at every entrance and smoking shall be prohibited in
the ripening rooms.
G. Approved warning signs indicating the danger involved and necessary precautions shall
be posted in conspicuous places.
DIVISION 9. FUMIGATION AND THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING
SECTION 10.4.9.1 FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE (FSC)

No person shall engage in fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging without an FSC from
the C/MFM having jurisdiction. An operational license for fumigators from the Fertilizer and
Pesticide Authority (FPA) is a prerequisite for the issuance of such clearance.
For the issuance of clearance, the following must be complied with:
A. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified in writing at least three (3) days before
closing any structure or ship for fumigation or opening spaces for fogging.
B. Notification shall provide the following information:
1. Business name of the applicant, its address and contact number;
2. Location or name of establishment/address to be fumigated or where fogging
operations are to be conducted;
3. Fumigants or insecticides, as well as thermal devices, to be used;
4. Person(s) responsible for the operation; and
5. Date and time of operation.
C. Notice of any fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging shall be served at least one (1)
day to the occupants involved in the premises to give them sufficient time for evacuation or
appropriate preparation for the operation.
SECTION 10.4.9.2 SOURCES OF IGNITION

A. All fires, open flames and similar sources of ignition shall not be allowed in spaces under
fumigation or thermal insecticidal fogging. Heating, if needed, shall be done by indirect
means with steam or hot water.
B. Electricity shall be shut off during operations, except where circulating fans are used. Such
equipment shall be designed and installed in accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
SECTION 10.4.9.3 WATCH PERSONNEL

A. During operation, the premises shall be sealed to keep the fumigant suspended in the air.
The owner/building administrator shall be responsible for the supervision of the operation.
Indoor fogging operations shall be supervised within three (3) to five (5) hours from the time
the premises are fumigated/fogged until all ventilation work is completed.
B. For outdoor operations, the requesting party shall be the one responsible for the supervision.
SECTION 10.4.9.4 SEALING OF BUILDING

Depending on the construction of the building, doors, windows, and all crevices, cracks or
openings in the building, or portion thereof, to be fumigated, except the exit, shall be sealed
with tape and plastic sheet before fumigation materials are applied. In case of houses, a
rubber tent shall be placed over the entire house to confine the poisonous gases or prevent
them from escaping. Irrespective of the type of fumigant employed, paper or other similar non-
fire retardant materials used as sealing or cover materials for buildings, except for approved
tarpaulins, in excess of that required is prohibited.
260
SECTION 10.4.9.5 WARNING SIGNS
Whenever fumigants are used or stored, conspicuous warning signs bearing the “skull and
crossbones” emblem with the words “DANGER, POISON GAS! KEEP OUT!” shall be posted on all
doors and entrances to the premises and upon all gangplanks and ladders from the deck, pier
or land to the ship. The signs shall also include the name of the fumigant used; the fumigator’s
name and his/her address and telephone number; and the date and time of operation. Notices
shall be printed in red ink on white background. Letters in the headlines must be at least fifty-one
millimeters (51 mm) in height. A warning shall state that the occupied premises must be vacated
at least two (2) to three (3) hours before the operation begins and shall not be reentered until
the danger signs are removed by the proper authorities.
SECTION 10.4.9.6 VENTING AND CLEANUP

At the end of the exposure period, fumigators shall safely and properly ventilate the
premises and contents and properly dispose all fumigant containers, residues, debris and other
materials used in the fumigation.
SECTION 10.4.9.7 THERMAL INSECTICIDAL FOGGING LIQUIDS

No thermal insecticidal fogging liquid with a flash point below thirty-eight degrees Celsius
(38 °C) shall be used. During operation, fog shall not be blasted directly against any combustible
object or materials, e.g. cartons, papers, curtains and, or within three meters (3 m) therefrom.
SECTION 10.4.9.8 RESTRICTED FUMIGANTS

Carbon Disulfide (CS2) and Hydrocyanic Acid (HCN) shall be used only in agricultural
fumigations.
DIVISION 10. REPAIR GARAGES

A. Repair garages shall be built in accordance with the latest edition of NBCP, and the
provisions of this Section.
B. A repair garage shall not be located within or attached to a building or structure used for
any purpose other than a repair garage unless separated by walls and floor or floor-ceiling
assemblies having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.
C. Any single area occupied for sales rooms, showrooms, offices, or similar spaces shall be
separated from vehicle repair or parking areas by walls and floor or floor-ceiling assemblies
having a fire resistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.
D. Ceiling assemblies shall be constructed in such a manner as to restrict the passage of
smoke, vehicle exhaust gases, and odors from the repair or parking area to these spaces.
E. In cases of parts storage areas, it shall also be separated from all other portions of the
building by walls or partitions and floor or floor-ceiling assemblies having a fire resistance
rating of not less than two (2) hours.
F. In areas of repair garages used for repair or servicing of vehicles, floor assemblies shall
be constructed of noncombustible materials or, if combustible materials are used in the
assembly, shall be surfaced with approved noncombustible material. Floors shall be liquid
tight to prevent the leakage or seepage of liquids and shall be sloped to facilitate the
movement of water, fuel, or other liquids to floor drains.
G. In areas of repair garages where motor fuels are dispensed or where vehicles are serviced,
floor drains shall be provided. They shall be properly trapped and shall discharge through
an oil separator to the sewer or to an outside vented sump.
H. The contents of oil separators and traps of floor drainage systems shall be collected at
sufficiently frequent intervals to prevent oil from being carried into the sewers. Disposal of
which shall be in accordance with Division 2 of this Chapter and Section 10.3.7.5 of this RIRR.
I. Pits and sub-floor work areas shall comply with the following:
1. Walls, floors, and piers shall be constructed of masonry, concrete, or other suitable
noncombustible material.
2. Pits shall have a minimum of two (2) unobstructed means of egress. Steps shall be
noncombustible, slip resistant, and constructed with no accessible storage space beneath.
261
3. Pits and sub-floor areas shall be provided with an individual ventilating system capable
of providing a complete air change every five minutes (5 min) with the intake located
near floor level.
J. Repair garages shall be limited in height and area, depending on the type of construction,
and shall be provided with proper ventilation fire protective system in accordance with
this RIRR.
K. Below-grade areas occupied for repairing, or communicating areas located below a
repair garage, shall be continuously ventilated by a mechanical ventilating system having
positive means for exhausting indoor air at a rate of not less than one (1) m3/min per square
meter of floor area. An approved means of ventilation shall be provided for introducing an
equal amount of outdoor air.

A. Welding, Cutting and Hotworks Operations
1. Welding, cutting and hotworks operations shall be in accordance with Division 17 of
this Chapter.
2. Electric arc welding generators or transformers, electrical wiring for light, power, heat,
and signal or control circuits, as well as electrically operated equipment, tools, portable
appliances, and devices shall be in accordance with the latest edition of PEC.
B. Spray Painting and Undercoating
1. Spray application operations, and processes shall be confined to spray booths, spray
rooms, or spray areas. There shall be no open flame devices or spark-producing
electrical equipment or appliances within six and one tenth meters (6.1 m) radial
distance horizontally while such operations are conducted.
2. Undercoating materials shall be dry before starting the engine of the undercoated
vehicle.
3. Where only a small portion of a vehicle is spray painted and no accumulations of paint
residues are allowed to form, such occasional painting shall be permitted in an open
area located not less than six and one tenth meters (6.1 m) radial distance horizontally
from all open flame devices or spark-producing electrical equipment or appliances.

A. Fire Protective System
1. Approved, supervised automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in repair garages in
accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR and under the following conditions:
a. Repair garages more than one (1) storey in height or located beneath another
occupancy wherein such repair garage exceeds an area of seven hundred
forty-three square meters (743 m2).
b. One-storey repair garages exceeding an area of one thousand one hundred fifteen
square meters (1,115 m2).
c. All below-grade floors of repair garages, the ceilings of which are less than sixty-one
hundredths meter (0.61 m) above grade.
2. Approved portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in all repair garages conforming
to the provisions of Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
3. All repair garages that exceed a height of fifteen and two tenths meters (15.2 m), have
parking levels below grade, or are unsprinklered and more than one (1) storey in height
shall be provided with one (1) or more standpipes conforming to the provisions Section
B. Housekeeping
1. An authorized employee/officer of the firm, or the owner shall make daily inspections of
the garage and shall be responsible for the prompt removal or repair of any hazardous
condition, including proper maintenance of equipment and safety devices and the
immediate removal of accumulations of combustible materials.
2. Clear aisle space shall be maintained to permit ready access to and the use of
firefighting equipment.
262
3. The contents of oil separators and traps of floor drainage systems shall be collected at
sufficiently frequent intervals to prevent oil from being carried into the sewers.
4. Floors shall be kept clean and free of oil and grease. Only approved water solutions
or detergents, floor-sweeping compounds, and grease absorbents shall be used for
cleaning floors.
5. Metal lockers shall be provided for employees’ clothes.
6. Approved metal receptacles with self-closing covers shall be provided for the storage
or disposal of oil-soaked waste or clothes.
7. Combustible rubbish shall be placed in covered metal receptacles until removed to a
safe place for disposal. Contents of such containers shall be removed daily.
8. “NO SMOKING” signages shall be conspicuously posted on hazardous areas in
accordance with Division 3 of Chapter 5 of this Rule.
DIVISION 11. LUMBER YARDS, WOOD PROCESSING AND

WOODWORKING FACILITIES

A. Open Yard Storage
1. Driveways between and around lumber piles shall be at least four and a half meters
(4.5 m) wide and maintained free from the accumulation of rubbish, equipment or
other articles or materials. Driveways shall be so spaced that a maximum grid system
unit of fifteen meters (15 m) by forty-five meters (45 m) is produced.
2. Permanent lumber storage, operating under a permit from appropriate government
agencies, shall be surrounded with a suitable fence at least one and eight tenths meters
(1.8 m) in height, unless storage is within a building.
B. Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities
1. Building constructions shall be in accordance with the latest edition of NBCP and other
accepted international standards.
2. Processing and wood working facilities shall be properly compartmentalized and
protected through fire walls and fire barriers to prevent spread of fire and explosions or
both between sections of the facility with different hazards in accordance with Section
3. Fire protection features shall include separation of adjacent building by open space,
or separation of adjoining building areas by firewalls and fire partitions, or draft curtain
boards as well as elimination of unnecessary opening through floors.
4. Raw material storage, finished product storage, manufacturing areas, non-
manufacturing areas and high hazard occupancies shall be considered as different
hazards.
5. Walls, floor, doors and openings shall comply with the following:
a. If walls are erected as firewalls between adjoining buildings, then they shall be
designed for a minimum of four-hour (4-hr) fire resistance rating.
b. Interior walls erected as fire barrier between adjoining areas shall be designed for a
minimum of one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance rating.
c. All penetrations of floors and walls shall be provided with fire stopping having a fire
resistance rating equal to that of the floor or wall.
d. Piping and ductwork shall not be embedded in firewalls.
e. Interior walls erected to isolate dust explosion hazards shall be designed for sufficient
explosion resistance to preclude damage to these walls before the explosion pressure
can be safely vented to the outside.
f. Where there are openings in fire-rated assemblies, including conveyor and chute
openings, such shall be protected by approved, automatic-closing fire doors or fire
dampers that have a fire resistance rating equivalent to the fire-rated assembly.
g. Fire doors shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.5.3 of this RIRR.
h. Where there are openings in walls designed to be explosion resistant, such shall
be protected by doors that provide the same degree of explosion protection as
263
the walls. Such doors shall be kept closed at all times when not in use. Such doors
shall not be considered as part of a means of egress. Such doors shall be marked
“NOT AN EXIT.”
6. Surfaces and ledges in dusty areas shall comply with the following:
a. Interior surfaces and ledges shall be designed to minimize dust accumulation.
b. Surfaces not readily accessible for cleaning shall be inclined at an angle of not less
than forty-five degrees (45˚) from the horizontal to minimize dust accumulation.

1. Lumber shall be piled with due regard to stability of piles, and in no case higher than
three meters (3 m). Where lumber is piled next to a property line, it shall not be less than
three meters (3 m) in distance.
2. The burning of shavings, sawdust, and refuse materials shall be permitted only under
boilers, in furnaces, or in incinerators or refuse burners safely constructed which will
eliminate the danger from sparks such as an expansion chamber, baffle, walls, or other
effective arrangements. At boilers or other points where sawdust of shavings are used
as fuel, a storage bin of non-combustible, with raised sill, shall be provided.
3. Smoking shall be prohibited except in specified safe locations in buildings. Large
“NO SMOKING” signs shall be painted on exterior buildings walls and on signs, erected
at driveways’ edges. “NO SMOKING” signs shall be posted throughout all buildings
except in specified locations designated as safe for smoking purposes.
4. Weeds shall be kept down throughout the entire year, and shall be sprayed as often as
needed with a satisfactory weed killer, or grubbed out. Dead weeds shall be removed.
5. Debris such as sawdust, chips and shorts shall be removed daily. Proper housekeeping
shall be maintained at all times.
Dust collecting system, thermal oil heating system, wood pulverizing operations, and
composite board plants shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of Philippine
Mechanical Engineering Code (PMEC) and NFPA 664, Standard for the Prevention of Fires
and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities.

An approved yard hydrant system or water barrels and pails shall be provided for in open
storage yards. Yard hydrant systems shall be installed in accordance with internationally
accepted standards. Water barrels with three (3) pails each shall be located at driveways
so that a travel distance of at least ten meters (10 m) but not more than twenty-three meters
(23 m) along driveways is needed from any part of the open yard to reach a barrel. Portable
fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR.
1. Deflagration venting
a. If a dust explosion hazard exists in equipment, rooms, buildings, or other enclosures,
such areas shall be provided with deflagration venting. An approved fire suppression
system installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
b. Where room or building dust accumulations exceed three millimeters (3 mm) or where
visible dust clouds exist, it shall be considered an explosion hazard. In such rooms or
buildings, an explosion hazard shall be provided with damage-limiting construction,
including deflagration venting to a safe outside location
2. Housekeeping
a. Removal of static dust shall be made for systematic, thorough cleaning of the entire
plant at sufficient intervals to prevent the accumulations of finely divided wood dust
that might be dislodged and lead to an explosion.
b. The use of compressed air or other similar means to remove dust accumulations
from areas that are not readily accessible for cleaning by other methods shall be
permitted only if done frequently enough to prevent hazardous concentrations of
264
dust in suspension. Any open flame or spark-producing equipment shall not be used
during blowdown.
c. Any metal scrap, such as nails, band iron, or any wood containing metal, shall be
separately collected and disposed so that it will not enter the wood-handling or
processing equipment, the dust-collecting system, or the scrap wood hog.
3. Electrical Installation and Maintenance
a. All electrical installation and maintenance shall comply with the provisions of the
latest edition of PEC.
b. Static electricity shall be prevented from accumulating on machines or on equipment
that is subject to accumulation of static electric charge by the following methods:
1) Permanent grounding and bonding wires
2) Grounded metal combs
3) Other effective means
c. Lightning protection, if necessary, shall be installed in accordance with the latest
edition of PEC.
4. Fire Protective System
a. Portable fire extinguishers, and standpipes and hose systems, where required,
shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR. Hose stations of
thirty-eight millimeters (38 mm) diameter shall be provided throughout all
woodworking facilities.
b. Automatic sprinklers, where required, shall comply with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
Deluge heads shall be used to protect hard-to-reach areas, such as spaces between
press cylinders.
DIVISION 12. MECHANICAL REFRIGERATION

A. Scope
The principal applications of refrigeration systems include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Industrial, refining, and chemical processes
a. Controlling vapor pressure of volatiles during distillation, separation, or processing.
b. Shifting solubility relationships to permit segregation and removal of undesired
contents, such as asphalt or wax, in lubricating oils.
2. Manufacturing, freezing, preservation, and distribution of food products
3. Air conditioning
4. Manufacturing, preservation, and distribution of medicine and drugs
5. Environment testing chambers
6. Cold treatment of metals
7. Industrial testing
8. Miscellaneous
a. Cold storage of flowers and furs
b. Ice making and skating rinks
B. Applicability
1. Refrigeration unit and system installations having a refrigerant circuit containing more
than one hundred kilograms (100 kg) of Group A1 or thirteen and six tenths kilograms
(13.6 kg) of any other group refrigerant shall be in accordance with the hereunder
provisions and the latest edition of PMEC.
2. When approved, temporary and portable installations shall be exempt from the
requirements of hereunder provisions.
C. Fire Safety Clearance
An FSC shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisdiction.
265
D. Plans and Specifications
Plans and specifications for devices and systems required by hereunder provisions shall
be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for review and approval prior to installation.
E. Reference Codes and Standards
1. All mechanical refrigeration systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with
the provisions of this Division; latest edition of PMEC; latest edition of NBCP; American
Society of Heating and Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), Inc.;
Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration; International Mechanical Code (IMC); and
other related acceptable codes.
2. Refrigeration systems using ammonia as a refrigerant shall also comply with the
American National Standards Institute/International Institute of Ammonia Refrigeration
(ANSI/IIAR) 2, Standard for Equipment, Design and Installation of Closed-Circuit Ammonia
Mechanical Refrigerating Systems.
SECTION 10.4.12.2 SAFETY FEATURES

A. Emergency Pressure Control System
Refrigeration systems containing more than three kilograms (3 kg) of flammable, toxic, or
highly toxic refrigerant or ammonia shall be provided with an emergency pressure control
system.
1. High and Intermediate Pressure Zones
Each high and intermediate pressure zone in a refrigeration system shall be provided
with a single automatic valve providing a crossover connection to a lower pressure
zone. Automatic crossover valves shall comply with the following:
a. Automatic crossover valves shall be provided to automatically relieve excess system
pressure to a lower pressure zone if the pressure in a high or intermediate pressure
zone rises to within ninety percent (90%) of the set point for emergency pressure relief
devices;
b. Automatic crossover valves shall be capable of manual operation;
c. Refrigeration system zones that are connected to a higher pressure zone by an
automatic crossover valve shall be designed to safely contain the maximum pressure
that can be achieved by interconnection of the two zones; and
d. Operation of an automatic crossover valve shall cause all compressors on the
affected system to immediately stop in accordance with the following:
1) Dedicated pressure-sensing devices located immediately adjacent to crossover
valves shall be permitted as a means for determining operation of a valve.
2) To ensure that the automatic crossover valve system provides a redundant means
of stopping compressors in an overpressure condition, high pressure cutout
sensors associated with compressors shall not be used as a basis for determining
operation of a crossover valve.
2. Low Pressure Zone
a. The lowest pressure zone in a refrigeration system shall be provided with a dedicated
means of determining a rise in system pressure to within ninety percent (90%) of the
set point for emergency pressure relief devices; and
b. Activation of the overpressure sensing device shall cause all compressors on the
affected system to immediately stop.
B. Treatment, Flaring, and Diffusion Systems for Refrigerant Discharge
1. Required systems
Refrigeration systems that are designed to discharge refrigerant vapor to the
atmosphere shall be provided with an approved treatment, flaring, or diffusion system.
a. Systems containing toxic or highly toxic refrigerants shall discharge vapor to the
atmosphere only through an approved treatment system in accordance with
Sections 10.3.6.5 and Section 10.3.7.7 of this RIRR or flaring system in accordance with
para 2 below.
b. Systems containing flammable refrigerants shall discharge vapor to the atmosphere
in accordance with the following:
1) For refrigerants having a density equal to or greater than the density of air,
266
discharge shall be through an approved treatment system or flaring system.
2) For refrigerants having a density less than the density of air, discharge to the
atmosphere shall be permitted, provided that the point of discharge is located
outside of the structure at not less than four and six tenths meters (4.6 m) above
the adjoining grade level and not less than six and one tenth meters (6.1 m) from
any window, ventilation opening, or exit.
c. Systems containing ammonia refrigerant shall discharge vapor to the atmosphere
through a treatment system, through a flaring system, through an approved ammonia
diffusion, or by other approved means, except as follows:
1) Discharge through a treatment, flaring, or diffusion system shall not be required
for ammonia–water absorption unit systems installed outdoors serving a dwelling
unit, provided that the discharge is shielded and dispersed.
2) Discharge through a treatment, flaring, or diffusion system shall not be required
for ammonia-water absorption unit systems containing less than ten kilograms
(10 kg)of ammonia and for which the ammonia circuit is located entirely outdoors.
2. Design of Flaring Systems
a. Flaring systems for incineration of flammable, toxic, or highly toxic refrigerants or
ammonia shall be designed to incinerate the entire discharge.
b. The products of refrigerant incineration shall not pose health or environmental
hazards.
c. Incineration shall be automatic upon initiation of discharge, shall be designed to
prevent blowback, and shall not expose structures or materials to threat of fire.
d. Standby fuel, such as LPG, and standby power shall have the capacity to operate
for one and a half the required time for complete incineration of refrigerant in the
system.
3. Design of Ammonia Diffusion Systems
a. Ammonia diffusion systems shall include a tank containing four liters (4 L) of water
for each kg of ammonia that will be released in one (1) hour from the largest relief
device connected to the discharge pipe.
b. The water used shall be prevented from freezing without the use of salt or chemicals
by burial of the discharge pipe below frost depth or other approved means.
c. The discharge pipe from the pressure relief device shall distribute ammonia in the
bottom of the tank, but no lower than ten meters (10 m) below the maximum liquid
level.
d. The tank shall contain the volume of water and ammonia, described in para 3.a.
above, without overflowing.
e. The tank shall be substantially constructed of not less than two and fifty-one
hundredths millimeters (2.51 mm) (10 gauge) steel.
f. The horizontal dimensions of the tank shall be equal to or less than a half of the
height.
g. The tank shall have a hinged cover or, if the enclosed type, shall have a vent hole at
the top.
h. Pipe connections shall be through the top of the tank.
C. Refrigeration Machinery Rooms
Where required by the latest edition of PMEC, refrigeration systems shall be provided
with a refrigeration machinery room, which shall comply with the following:
1. Refrigerant Vapor Detection, Monitoring, Alarm, and Electrical Systems. Refrigeration
machinery rooms shall have an approved refrigerant vapor detection, monitoring, and
alarm system in accordance with the following and the latest edition of PMEC.
a. The refrigerant vapor detector shall activate approved visual and audible alarm
signaling devices at one of the following refrigerant thresholds:
1) At a value not greater than the corresponding TLV-TWA (or toxicity measure
consistent therewith); not to exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
2) For ammonia, at a concentration not exceeding one thousand (1,000) parts
per million
267
b. Audible and visual alarm signaling devices shall be located inside the refrigeration
machinery room and outside the room at each entrance into the room.
c. Audible alarm signaling devices shall provide a sound level of at least fifteen (15) dB
above the operating ambient noise sound pressure level of the space in which they
are installed and shall provide approved, distinctive audible and visual alarms.
d. Where the quantity of a Group A2, B2, A3, or B3 refrigerant, other than ammonia, in
an independent circuit would exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL if released to
the surrounding room, either of the following shall apply:
1) Electrical equipment shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70, National
Electrical Code for Class I, Division 2.
2) The refrigerant vapor detection system required by this paragraph shall
automatically de-energize all electrical power within the space at vapor
concentrations at or above twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
e. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems shall be powered and supervised as
required for fire alarm systems in accordance with NFPA 72.
f. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems shall transmit a signal to an approved
location.
g. Detection and alarm systems shall be installed and maintained in accordance with
the equipment manufacturers’ specifications and para “B” of this Section.
2. Prohibited Sources of Ignition
Open flames or devices having an exposed surface temperature exceeding four
hundred twenty-seven degrees Celsius (427 °C) shall be prohibited in refrigeration
machinery rooms except as follows:
a. Momentary temperature excursions such as electrical contacts in Group A1 and B1
systems shall be permitted.
b. Open flames or devices having an exposed surface temperature exceeding four
hundred twenty-seven degrees Celsius (427 °C) shall be permitted in refrigeration
machinery rooms used exclusively for direct-fired absorption equipment.
c. Existing nonconforming installations, where the combustion system is interlocked with
the refrigerant detection system to shut off at the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).
d. Direct-vented combustion equipment shall be permitted in accordance with the
latest edition of PMEC.
3. Ventilation Systems
a. Fans providing emergency purge ventilation for refrigerant escape from a refrigeration
room shall have a clearly identified switch of the break-glass type providing on-only
control immediately adjacent to, and outside of, each refrigerant machinery room
means of egress.
b. An emergency purge control shall be provided with a manual reset only.
c. Purge fans shall also respond automatically to the refrigerant concentration detection
system set to activate the ventilation system at the threshold levels set forth by this
Section.
d. Mechanical ventilation systems serving refrigeration rooms shall have switches to
control the power to each fan.
e. The switches shall be key-operated or within a locked glass-covered or tamper-
resistant enclosure at an approved location adjacent to and outside of the principal
entrance to the refrigeration machinery room.
f. Key necessary for operation of ventilation systems shall be located in a single
approved location.
g. Switches controlling fans providing continuous ventilation shall be of the two-position,
on/off type.
h. Switches controlling fans providing intermittent or emergency ventilation shall be of
the three-position, automatic on/off type.
i. Switches shall be labeled identifying both the function and the specific fan being
controlled.
268
j. Two (2) colored and labeled indicator lamps responding to the differential pressure
created by airflow shall be provided for each switch.
k. One (1) lamp shall indicate flow, and the other shall indicate no flow.
l. Exhaust from mechanical ventilation systems in refrigeration rooms shall be
discharged six and one tenth meters (6.1 m) or more from a property line or openings
into buildings.
m. Discharges capable of exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL or fifty percent
(50%) of the immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) value shall be equipped
with approved treatment systems to reduce the discharge concentrations to these
values or lower, except for the following:
1) A treatment system shall not be required when an approved engineering analysis
of plume dispersion demonstrates that the limiting value will not be exceeded at
the property line.
2) A treatment system shall not be required for ventilation provided for an ammonia
refrigeration system.
4. Electrical
a. The refrigeration machinery room shall not be required to be classified as a hazardous
location for electrical equipment except as provided in the latest editions of PMEC,
PEC or NFPA 70.
b. Refrigeration machinery rooms used exclusively for direct-fired absorption equipment
shall be permitted not to be classified as a hazardous location for electrical equipment
in accordance with NFPA 70.
c. Electrical equipment and electrical installations in refrigeration machinery rooms
shall comply with the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 1.
d. Where treatment, detection, or alarm systems are required, such systems shall be
connected to a secondary source of power to automatically supply electrical power
in the event of loss of power from the primary source.
e. A clearly identified switch of the break-glass type or with an approved tamper-
resistant cover shall provide off-only control of refrigerant compressors, refrigerant
pumps, and normally closed, automatic refrigerant valves located in the machinery
room. In addition, this equipment shall be automatically shut off whenever the
refrigerant vapor concentration in the machinery room exceeds the vapor detector’s
upper detection limit or twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL, whichever is lower.
In machinery rooms where only nonflammable refrigerants are used, only
compressors shall be required to be stopped by vapor detection or the cut-off switch.
D. Signs and Labels
1. General
Refrigeration units or systems shall be provided with approved hazard identification
signs in accordance with NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the
Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response or Globally Harmonized System (GHS)
of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals; emergency operational signs, charts, and
labels in accordance with the latest edition of PMEC, and the following:
a. Name and address of the manufacturer or installer;
b. Type and total number of pounds of refrigerant contained in the system; and
c. Field test pressure applied.
2. Systems containing more than fifty kilograms (50 kg) of refrigerant shall be provided with
signs having letters not less than twelve and seven tenths millimeters (12.7 mm) high,
designating the following:
a. Main shutoff valves to each vessel;
b. Mainstream or electrical controls;
c. Remote control switch; and
d. Pressure-limiting device.
269
SECTION 10.4.12.3 OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, AND TESTING
A. Operations and Maintenance
1. General
Refrigeration systems shall be operated and maintained in a safe and operable
condition, free from accumulations of oil, dirt, waste, excessive corrosion, other debris,
or leaks, and in accordance with ASHRAE 15 and the latest edition of PMEC. Ammonia
refrigerator systems shall be maintained in accordance with ANSI/IIAR 7, Developing
Operating Procedures for Closed-Circuit Ammonia Mechanical Refrigerating Systems.
2. Access to System
Refrigeration systems shall be maintained accessible to the BFP.
3. Storage in Machinery Rooms
a. Flammable and combustible materials shall not be stored in refrigeration machinery
rooms except for incidental materials necessary for the safe and proper operation
and maintenance of the system.
b. Storage of materials in a refrigeration machinery room, including reserve supplies of
refrigerants or refrigerant oils, shall be in accordance with other applicable chapters
of this Division.
4. Changing of Refrigerant Type
Refrigerant types shall not be changed without prior notification and approval of
5. Records of Refrigerant Quantities
The person in charge of the premises wherein a refrigeration unit or system subject
to these regulations is installed or maintained shall keep a written record of refrigerant
quantities brought onto and removed from the premises, which shall be made available
to the C/MFM having jurisdiction upon request.
6. Permissible Refrigerant Discharges
Refrigerant shall be only permitted to be released to atmosphere in the following
circumstances:
a. Refrigeration systems operating at pressures below atmospheric and incorporating
automatic purge cycles;
b. Incidental operation of automatic pressure relief valves resulting in minor release of
the refrigerant charge;
c. Incidental minor releases associated with service operations after system pump-
down has been accomplished; or
d. In an emergency.
7. Notification of Fugitive Releases
The BFP shall be notified upon discharges of refrigerant that are not in accordance
with para 6 above.
B. Testing of Equipment
1. Acceptance Testing
The following emergency devices or systems shall be tested to demonstrate their
safety and effectiveness upon completion of the installation or alteration:
a. Treatment and flaring systems
b. Ammonia diffusion systems
c. Fans and associated equipment intended to operate emergency purge ventilation
systems
d. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems
2. Periodic Testing
The following emergency devices or systems shall be tested in accordance with the
manufacturers’ specifications at intervals not exceeding one (1) year:
a. Treatment and flaring systems
270
b. Fans and associated equipment intended to operate emergency purge ventilation
systems
c. Refrigerant vapor detection and alarm systems
3. Records of Required Testing
A written record of required testing shall be maintained on the premises.
4. Testing Personnel Qualifications
Tests of emergency devices or systems required shall be conducted by persons
trained in such testing.
DIVISION 13. MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION

A. Every motion picture projection equipment, except those portable types, shall be kept
securely fastened to a stable surface.
B. Electrical wiring installation and location of associated electrical equipment and
emergency systems/devices shall conform to the latest edition of PEC.
C. Every projection booth shall be of not less than one (1) hour fire resistive construction
throughout and the walls and ceiling shall be finished with incombustible materials. The
ceiling shall be not less than two and four tenths meters (2.4 m) from the finished floor. The
room shall have floor area of not less than seven square meters (7 m2) and three and a half
square meters (3.5 m2) for each additional machine.
D. Every motion picture projection equipment, regardless of the type of film used, shall be
enclosed in a motion picture projection room as provided in para “C” of this Section.
E. No person shall handle, store, use, test, repair, duplicate, transport or destruct nitrate-based
motion picture film without clearance, health and safety training and proper monitoring

A. Processes like splicing, cleaning, repairing, cataloging and marking shall be done in
projection rooms only.
B. No person shall smoke or maintain any other source of ignition within any projection room;
nor shall a manager or projectionist allow any person to smoke or to maintain any other
source of ignition within said room.

A. As a prerequisite for the issuance of FSIC, projectionists/operators shall undergo the required
fire safety orientation/seminar to be conducted by the BFP.
B. In every projection room there shall be installed at least two (2) approved first aid fire
protection appliances of Class ABC type.
C. The operator or any occupant shall, at all times, observe good housekeeping of the
projection room.
DIVISION 14. OIL-BURNING EQUIPMENT

A. The provisions of this Division shall apply to the following:
1. Installation of stationary liquid fuel-burning appliances, including but not limited to
industrial, commercial, and residential -type steam, hot water, or warm air heating
appliances; domestic-type range burners; space heaters; and portable liquid fuel-
burning equipment.
2. All accessories and control systems, whether electric, thermostatic, or mechanical, and
all electrical wiring connected to liquid fuel-burning appliances.
3. Installation of liquid fuel storage and supply systems connected to liquid fuel–burning
appliances.
4. Multi-fueled appliances in which a liquid fuel is one of the standard or optional fuels.
271
B. NFPA 31, Standard for the Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment shall also be used as basis for
fire and life safety requirements.
C. This Division shall not apply to internal combustion engines, oil lamps, or portable devices
not specifically covered in this Division.
SECTION 10.4.14.2 BASIC INSTALLATION AND OPERATION

This Section shall apply to the basic installation and operation requirements for oil-burning
appliances and equipment.
A. Installation of Oil-Burning Appliances and Equipment
1. Before installing or remodeling any oil-burning appliance or equipment for commercial
or industrial application, plans or sketches that show the relative location of burners,
tanks, pumps, piping, and elevations of buildings and their lowest floors or pits relating
to the proposed installation or alteration shall be submitted to the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
2. The installation shall be made in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions,
applicable PNS and international rules and regulations.
a. Such instructions shall include directions and information for attaining proper and
safe installation, maintenance, and use of the appliance or equipment.
b. The instructions shall be left with the owner.
c. If for any reason it becomes necessary to change, modify, or alter a manufacturer’s
instructions in any way, a written approval shall be obtained from the manufacturer
before doing so.
3. The installation shall be made by qualified, competent technicians experienced in
making such installations.
4. The installation shall be accessible for cleaning heating surfaces; for removing burners;
for replacing motors, controls, air filters, chimney connectors, draft regulators, and
other working parts; and for adjusting, cleaning, and lubricating parts requiring such
attention.
5. Oil-burning appliances shall not be installed or located in areas where combustible
dusts or flammable liquids, gases, or vapors are normally present. Return air for warm air
units shall not be taken from such areas.
6. Oil-burning appliances and equipment shall be installed so that a minimum nine tenths
meter (0.9 m) separation is maintained from any electrical panel board and a minimum
one and a half meters (1.5 m) separation is maintained from any unenclosed fuel oil
tank.
7. After installation, the appliance or equipment shall be tested for proper operation and
combustion performance to make certain that the burner is operating in a safe and
acceptable manner and that all accessory equipment, controls, and safety devices
function as intended.
8. Contractors installing industrial oil-burning systems shall furnish diagrams showing the
main oil lines and control valves, one of which shall be posted at the equipment and
another at some point that will be readily accessible in case of emergency.
9. After completing the installation, the installer shall instruct the owner or operator on the
proper operation of the equipment. The installer also shall furnish the owner or operator
with name(s) and telephone numbers of person(s) to contact for technical information
or assistance and for routine or emergency services.
B. Electrical Services
1. Electrical wiring and utilization equipment used in connection with oil-burning
appliances or equipment shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition of PEC
and NFPA 70.
2. Safety control circuits shall be two-wire, one side grounded, with a nominal voltage not
exceeding one hundred fifty volts (150 V).
3. Safety controls or protective devices shall be connected so that they interrupt the
ungrounded conductor and shut all fuel flow to the appliance, including fuel flow to
any pilot flame or burner.
272
4. The control circuit shall be connected to a power supply branch circuit fused at not
more than the value appropriate for the rating of any control or device included in the
circuit.
5. Acceptable Liquid Fuels
a. The type and grade of liquid fuel used in a liquid fuel-burning appliance shall be
that liquid fuel for which the appliance is listed and approved or is stipulated by the
manufacturer. Liquid fuels shall meet one (1) of the following specifications and shall
not contain gasoline or any other flammable liquid:
1) ASTM D 396, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils
2) ASTM D 3699, Standard Specification for Kerosene
3) ASTM D 6448, Industrial Burner Fuels from Used Lube Oils
4) ASTM D 6751, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for
Middle Distillate Fuel
5) ASTM D 6823, Commercial Burner Fuels from Used Lube Oils
b. Crankcase oil or used oil shall not be used as fuel unless all of the following conditions
are met:
1) The installation is in a commercial or industrial occupancy.
2) The oil-burning appliance is designed to burn crankcase oil or used oil and is
listed for such use.
3) The appliance is installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
and with the terms of its listing.
4) The installation meets the applicable requirements of Chapter 12, Used Oil-
Burning Appliances of NFPA 31.
c. Where heavy oils are used, the following shall be required:
1) The oil-burning appliance shall be designed to burn such fuels.
2) Means shall be provided to maintain the oil at its proper atomizing temperature.
3) Automatically operated burners that require preheating of oil shall be arranged
so that no oil can be delivered for combustion until the oil is at the proper
atomizing temperature.
4) An oil-fired appliance that is listed in accordance with ANSI/UL 296A, Standard
for Waste Oil-Burning Air-Heating Appliances shall be used.
d. A properly sized and rated oil filter or strainer shall be installed in the oil supply line to
an oil burner.
6. Use of Crankcase Oil and Used Oil
a. During any storing, handling, or burning of crankcase oil and used oils, care shall be
taken to not mix gasoline with the crankcase oil or used oil.
b. When a mixture could have a flash point below thirty-eight degrees Celsius (38 °C)
or when a mixture could be heated above its flash point, attention shall be given to
electrical installations in areas where flammable vapors or gases can be present in
the atmosphere.
c. Where a supply tank is used, provisions shall be made to prevent stratification of fuel
in the tank.
d. Areas where oil leakage can occur, such as at pumps, heaters, strainers, and burners,
or where maintenance is performed shall be provided with adequate ventilation.
Confined fuel-handling areas and burner sites shall also be provided with adequate
ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided where necessary.
e. Means shall be provided to safely dispose of spills.
7. Temporary Heating
Where salamanders, space heaters, or other heating appliances are used for
temporary heating, all requirements of this Division, including those for maximum
operating temperatures, clearances to combustible materials, venting of combustion
gases, fuel storage, safety, shutoffs, combustion and ventilation air, and electrical wiring,
where applicable, shall be met and all such equipment shall be used in accordance
with its listing.
273
SECTION 10.4.14.3 AIR FOR COMBUSTION AND VENTILATION
A. Applicability
This Section shall apply to those requirements necessary to ensure that adequate air for
safe combustion is provided for oil-burning appliances and equipment.
B. Basic Requirements
1. Oil-burning appliances and equipment shall be installed in locations where available
ventilation permits satisfactory combustion of oil, proper venting of combustion gases,
and maintenance of safe ambient temperatures under normal conditions of use.
2. Appliances shall be located so that they do not interfere with the supply of air within the
space.
3. Where buildings are so tight that normal infiltration does not provide sufficient air for
combustion, outside air shall be introduced.
a. Ducts used to convey air from outdoors shall have the same cross-sectional area as
the free area of the openings to which they connect.
b. The smaller dimension of rectangular air ducts shall not be less than seventy-five
millimeters (75 mm).
4. For residential and similar installations, the requirements of this Section shall be permitted
to be met by application of either one of the methods covered in para “C” and “D”
below. For commercial and industrial installations, the requirements of para “D” below
shall apply.
C. Appliances Located in Unconfined Spaces
1. In unconfined spaces in buildings of conventional frame, brick, or stone construction, air
for combustion and ventilation shall be permitted to be supplied by normal infiltration.
2. If normal infiltration is not sufficient because of tight construction, air for combustion
and ventilation shall be obtained directly from outdoors or from spaces that freely
communicate with outdoors by means of a permanent opening or openings having
a total free area of not less than six hundred forty-five and sixteen hundredths square
millimeters (645.16 mm2) per five thousand (5,000) Btu/hr (4.4 cm2/kW), based on the
total input rating of all appliances in the space.
D. Appliances Located in Confined Spaces
For appliances installed in confined spaces, air for combustion and ventilation shall be
provided using one of the methods set forth in the hereunder provisions.
1. All Air Taken from Inside the Building
a. The confined space shall be provided with two permanent openings, one near the
top of the space and one near the bottom.
b. Each opening shall have a free area of not less than six hundred forty-five and
sixteen hundredths square millimeters (645.16 mm2) per one thousand (1,000) Btu/hr
(22 cm2/kW), based on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.
c. Each opening shall freely communicate with interior areas of the building that, in
turn, have adequate infiltration from the outside.
2. All Air Taken from Outdoors
a. The confined space shall be provided with two permanent openings, one in or near
the top of the space and one in or near the bottom.
b. The openings shall communicate directly or by means of ducts with the outdoors or
to spaces, such as an attic or crawl space, that themselves freely communicate with
the outdoors.
c. Where communicating with the outdoors directly or by means of vertical ducts, each
opening shall have a free area of not less than six hundred forty-five and sixteen
hundredths square millimeters (645.16 mm2) per four thousand (4,000) Btu/hr (5.5 cm2/
kW), based on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.
d. Where communicating with the outdoors by means of horizontal ducts, each
opening shall have a free area of not less than six hundred forty-five and sixteen
hundredths square millimeters (645.16 mm2) per two thousand (2,000) Btu/hr
(11 cm2/kW), based on the total input rating of all appliances in the space.
274
3. Ventilation Air Taken from Inside the Building-Combustion Air Taken from Outdoors
a. The confined space shall be provided with two (2) openings for ventilation.
b. There shall be one (1) opening communicating directly with the outdoors or to
spaces, such as an attic or crawl space, that freely communicates with the outdoors
and has a free area of not less than six hundred forty-five and sixteen hundredths
square millimeters (645.16 mm2) per five thousand (5,000) Btu/hr (4.4 cm2/kW), based
on the total input of all appliances in the space.
E. Combustion Air for Commercial and Industrial Installations
For commercial and industrial oil-burning equipment, permanent means for supplying
an ample amount of outside air shall be provided in accordance with this Section.
1. For furnace or boiler rooms adjacent to outside walls and where combustion air is
provided by natural ventilation from the outside, there shall be a permanent air supply
inlet having a total free area of not less than six hundred forty-five and sixteen hundredths
square millimeters (645.16 mm2) per four thousand (4,000) Btu/hr (5.5 cm2/ kW), based
on the total input rating of the burner or burners, but in no case less than four hundred
twenty-five thousandths square meter (0.425 m2).
2. For furnace or boiler rooms that are not adjacent to outside walls, the supply of
combustion air shall be in accordance with the latest edition PMEC a.
F. Louvers and Grilles
1. In calculating the free area required by para “B” through “E” above, the blocking effect
of louvers, grilles, or screens protecting openings shall be taken into consideration.
2. Screens used in louvers or grilles shall not be smaller than six and three tenths millimeters
(6.3 mm) mesh and shall be accessible for cleaning.
3. If the free area through a particular design of louver or grille is known, it shall be used in
calculating the size of the opening needed to provide the free area required. If the free
area of the design is not known, it shall be assumed that wood louvers will have twenty
percent (20%) to twenty-five percent (25%) free area and metal louvers and grilles will
have sixty percent (60%) to seventy-five percent (75%) free area.
G. Special Conditions
Where an appliance is installed in a location where the operation of exhaust fans, kitchen
ventilation systems, clothes dryers, or fireplaces can create conditions of unsatisfactory
combustion or venting, special provisions shall be made subject to the approval of the
H. Specially Engineered Installations
The size of combustion air openings required by para “C” through “E” shall not govern
when special engineering methods approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction ensure an
adequate supply of air for combustion and ventilation.
SECTION 10.4.14.4 VENTING OF COMBUSTION (FLUE) GASES

A. This Section shall apply to those requirements necessary to ensure the safe venting of
combustion and flue gases from oil-burning appliances and equipment.
1. Oil-burning appliances and equipment other than direct-fired heaters, listed kerosene
stoves, and listed portable kerosene heaters shall be connected to venting systems
and chimneys to remove combustion (flue) gases from the combustion chamber of the
appliance or equipment and to direct them to a point outside the building, as required
by this Chapter.
Exception: As provided for in para “G” of this Section.
2. The installation of oil-burning appliances and equipment shall require careful
consideration of positive and negative pressures in the venting system and chimney
and the formation of corrosive condensate throughout the system.
3. The venting system and chimney shall be designed, constructed, and maintained to
ensure that a positive flow is developed and that this flow is sufficient to remove products
of combustion to the outside atmosphere.
275
C. Draft
1. A chimney shall be capable of producing the minimum draft recommended by the
manufacturer of the appliance.
2. A draft fan, installed so that the fuel supply to the main burner is immediately shut off if
the draft fan fails, shall be permitted to be used to increase low draft.
3. Two (2) or more oil-burning appliances shall be permitted to be connected to a
single chimney, provided that sufficient draft is available for safe combustion in each
appliance and that all products of combustion are safely removed to the outdoors.
4. Where chimney downdraft conditions cause faulty operation that creates a hazard,
corrective steps shall be taken.
D. Draft Regulators
1. A draft regulator shall be provided for each oil-burning appliance that is connected to a
chimney or power venting system unless the appliance design, conditions of installation,
or combinations thereof preclude excessive chimney draft, or the appliance is listed for
use without one.
2. A manually operated damper shall not be placed in the chimney connector from an
oil-burning appliance.
Exception: Where two (2) or more oil-burning appliances are connected to a common
chimney, manual isolating dampers shall be permitted and shall be
interlocked to prevent burner operation unless the damper is in the full-open
position.
3. Automatically operated dampers shall be of an approved type, shall be designed to
maintain a safe damper opening at all times, and shall be arranged to prevent starting
of the burner unless the damper is fully opened.
4. Fixed baffles shall be permitted to be installed in the appliance flue collar where they
are specified by the appliance manufacturer.
Baffles shall be securely fastened into position. When in a closed position, baffles
shall not block off more than eighty percent (80%)of the chimney connector area.
E. Chimney Connectors
1. An oil-burning appliance shall be placed so that the chimney connector is as short as
practicable.
a. For natural-draft appliances, the horizontal length of a chimney connector shall not
exceed three meters (3 m) unless a draft fan is used.
b. For appliances requiring a negative chimney draft, the chimney connector shall not
be longer than seventy-five percent (75%) of the portion of the chimney above the
chimney connector inlet.
2. A chimney connector shall not pass through a floor or ceiling.
3. A chimney connector of a low, medium, or high -heat industrial appliance shall not pass
through a combustible wall or partition.
4. Chimney connectors of appliances other than industrial appliances shall not pass
through combustible walls or partitions unless the installation complies with the following:
a. Chimney connectors shall be permitted to pass through a combustible wall or
partition if guarded at the point of passage by one of the following:
1) Metal ventilated thimbles not less than three hundred millimeters (300 mm) larger
in diameter than the diameter of the connector
2) Metal or burned fire-clay thimbles built in brickwork or other approved fireproofing
materials and extending not less than two hundred millimeters (200 mm) beyond
all sides of the thimble.
b. Chimney connectors shall be permitted to pass through a combustible wall or
partition if all combustible material in the wall or partition is cut away from the
chimney connector a sufficient distance to provide the clearance required from the
connector and non-combustible insulating material is used to close up the opening.
c. Chimney connectors shall be permitted to pass through a combustible wall or
partition if a listed, commercially available or factory-built vent assembly, such as a
Type L vent, that is approved for use with oil-fired appliances is used.
276
5. In masonry chimneys, the chimney connector shall extend through the chimney wall to
the inner face or liner, but not beyond, and shall be firmly cemented in place.
A thimble shall be permitted to be used to facilitate removal of the chimney
connector for cleaning, in which case the thimble shall be permanently cemented in
place with high-temperature cement.
6. The chimney connector shall be sized in accordance with one of the following methods:
a. The connector shall be sized using approved engineering methods, and the
connected appliance shall be marked to indicate the maximum firing rate that can
be used with the venting system.
b. The connector shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
7. The connector, for its entire length, shall not be smaller in effective cross-sectional area
than the flue collar of the appliance, as delivered or as modified in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. Any change in size made to accommodate a chimney
lining system shall be done at the connection to that system.
8. The chimney connector shall be of steel, refractory masonry, or corrosion-resistant
material and shall be maintained in good condition.
9. Where insulation of the chimney connector is required to maintain the temperature
of the combustion products, an insulated Type L chimney connector or a factory-built
chimney connector listed for that purpose shall be used.
10. The chimney connector shall maintain a pitch or rise of at least twenty millimeters per
meter (20 mm/m) of horizontal length of pipe from the appliance to the chimney.
11. The chimney connector shall be installed to minimize the number of elbows and to
avoid sharp turns or other construction features that might create excessive resistance
to the flow of flue gases.
12. Any device that will obstruct the free flow of gases shall not be installed in a chimney
connector or chimney.
Exception: This requirement shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of devices
specifically listed for installation in a chimney connector, such as heat
reclaimers, automatic dampers, or safety controls.
13. The chimney connector shall be securely supported.
14. Each joint of the chimney connector shall be fastened together with at least three (3)
screws.
15. Clearance from combustible construction or materials shall be as specified in Annex A,
Table 44, Clearances to Combustible Material, except as permitted by this Section and
Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
16. The entire length of the chimney connector shall be accessible for inspection, cleaning,
and replacement.
17. Placement of the chimney connector shall maintain minimum fire protection clearances.
18. A connector shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving a fireplace unless the
fireplace opening is sealed or the chimney flue that vents the fireplace is permanently
sealed below the connection.
19. Connectors serving appliances operating under natural draft shall not be connected
into any portion of a mechanical draft system operating under a positive pressure.
20. Connectors for appliances installed in attics or crawl spaces shall be either a Type L
chimney connector or a factory-built chimney connector listed for the purpose, or the
appliance shall be attached directly to the chimney.
21. If two (2) or more openings are provided into a chimney flue, they shall be at different
levels and the smaller connector shall enter at the higher level consistent with available
head room or clearance to combustible material.
22. Regardless of the fuel(s) used, two (2) or more connectors shall not be joined unless the
common connector, the manifold, and the chimney are sized to serve the appliances
connected thereto. Adequate draft shall be available to remove all products of
combustion to the outdoors without leakage, spillage, or backflow from the connectors,
manifold, chimney, or appliances.
277
23. Two (2) or more oil-burning appliances shall be permitted to be connected to a common
venting system, provided the following conditions are met:
a. Each appliance is equipped with a primary safety control.
b. The venting system is designed to meet the requirements of NFPA 211, Standard for
Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances.
24. Oil-burning appliances that are connected to a common venting system shall be
located within the same storey of the building, unless the vent system is specifically
designed for the purpose and has been approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
25. Solid fuel–burning appliances shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving another
appliance burning other fuels, unless specifically listed for such connection.
26. Gas utilization appliances and appliances burning liquid fuel shall be permitted to be
connected to the same chimney flue through separate openings.
27. Gas utilization appliances and appliances burning liquid fuel shall be permitted to be
connected to the same chimney flue through a single opening, provided the appliances
are joined by a suitable fitting located as close as practicable to the chimney and
provided the following conditions are met:
a. Sufficient draft is available for the safe combustion of each appliance and for the
removal of all products of combustion.
b. The appliances so connected are equipped with primary safety controls.
28. Single-wall connector pipe shall be installed by one of the following methods:
a. In accordance with the appliance manufacturer’s instructions
b. With the crimped end toward the chimney
29. The minimum thickness for steel pipe connectors shall meet the requirements of the
Annex A, Table 46, Minimum Thickness for Steel Pipe Connectors.
F. Chimneys
1. Masonry and metal chimneys shall be erected in accordance with the latest edition
of NBCP.
2. Masonry chimneys shall meet the requirements of Chapter 7 of NFPA 211.
3. Metal chimneys shall meet the requirements of Chapter 8 of NFPA 211.
4. Factory-built chimneys shall be listed, installed, and used in accordance with their
listings and with manufacturers’ instructions.
5. Factory-built chimneys shall meet the requirements of Chapter 6 of NFPA 211.
6. The flue gas exit of a chimney shall be at least nine tenths meter (0.9 m) above the
highest point where it passes through the roof of a building and shall be at least six
tenths meter (0.6 m) higher than any portion of a building within three meters (3 m) of
the chimney.
7. Prior to the installation of a new or replacement oil burner or oil-burning appliance, the
installer shall perform a visual inspection of the chimney or flue gas venting system and
shall verify the proper size of the chimney or flue gas venting system.
a. The inspection shall be limited to the clean-out and to the area where the flue gas
connector enters the chimney or flue gas venting system and to the extent possible
with artificial lighting and conventional tools such as a mirror.
b. If deterioration exists or if the chimney or flue gas venting system is found to inhibit
the performance of the oil burner or oil-burning appliance, as specified by the
manufacturer, the owner shall be notified in writing, stating that the chimney or flue
gas venting system to which the appliance is connected shall be examined by a
qualified person in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 14 of NFPA 211.
8. Masonry chimneys shall be lined with an approved clay tile liner or a listed chimney
lining system installed in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
9. When chimneys are relined, the liner shall be listed or shall be of an approved material
that will resist corrosion, softening, or cracking from the flue gases, at a temperature
appropriate to the class of service.
10. All portions of a mechanical draft system under positive pressure during operation shall
be designed and installed so as to prevent leakage of flue gas into the building.
278
G. Special Venting Systems
1. Type L Venting Systems
a. Listed Type L venting systems shall be permitted to be used with appliances that are
listed as suitable for installation with Type L venting systems.
b. Type L venting systems shall be installed and used in accordance with their listings
and the manufacturers’ instructions.
c. Type L venting system shall be capable of producing the minimum draft recommended
by the manufacturer of the appliance.
d. The flue gas exit of a Type L venting system shall be at least six tenths meter (0.6 m)
above the highest point where it passes through the roof of a building and at least six
tenths meter (0.6 m) higher than any portion of a building within three meters (3 m)
of such Type L venting system.
2. Direct Vent Appliances
a. Direct vent appliances (sealed combustion system appliances) shall be listed. They
shall be installed in accordance with their listing and with manufacturers’ instructions.
b. The combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet of a direct vent appliance shall terminate
in the same plane and in the same ambient pressure zone when they terminate in
the outside wall of the structure.
3. Termination of Special Venting Systems
a. A venting system that terminates in the sidewall of a structure shall terminate at least
nine tenths meter (0.9 m) above any air inlet to the structure that is within three meters
(3 m) of the termination point.
Exception No. 1: This requirement shall not apply to the combustion air intake of a
direct vent appliance.
Exception No. 2: This requirement shall not apply to the separation distance between
the circulating air inlet and the vent discharge of a listed outdoor
appliance.
b. The flue gas outlet of an appliance other than a direct vent appliance shall terminate
at least one and two tenths meters (1.2 m) below, one and two tenths meters (1.2 m)
horizontally from, or three tenths meter (0.3 m) above any door, window, or gravity
air inlet of the structure and also shall terminate at least three tenths meter (0.3 m)
above grade.
c. The combustion air inlet and flue gas outlet of a direct vent appliance or the flue gas
outlet of an appliance other than a direct vent appliance shall terminate at least
three tenths meter (0.3 m) from the soffit of the roof of the structure and at least nine
tenths meter (0.9 m) from an inside corner of an L-shaped structure.
d. The exit terminal of a mechanical draft system shall not be less than two and one
tenth meters (2.1 m) above grade when located adjacent to public walkways.
e. Any air inlet and any flue gas outlet of any appliance shall terminate at least one
and a half meters (1.5 m) from the vent outlet of a liquid fuel supply tank.
SECTION 10.4.14.5 INSTALLATION OF OIL BURNERS AND OIL-BURNING APPLIANCES

This Section shall apply to installation of oil burners and oil-burning appliances and
equipment.
A. Basic Requirements
1. Installation of oil-burning boilers with inputs of twelve million five hundred thousand
(12,500,000) Btu/hr (3,663 kW) and above shall meet the applicable requirements of
NFPA 85, Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code.
2. Installation of oil-burning ovens and furnaces within the scope of NFPA 86, Standard for
Ovens and Furnaces, shall meet the applicable requirements of that standard.
3. Oil burners shall be permitted to be installed in boilers and furnaces.
4. Oil burners shall be permitted by the C/MFM having jurisdiction for use in firing ovens,
water heaters, ranges, special furnaces, and the like.
279
5. Where oil burners are installed in appliances originally designed for solid fuel, the ash
door of the appliance shall be removed or bottom ventilation shall be provided to
prevent the accumulation of vapors in the ash pit.
Exception: Where the ash pit is used as part of the combustion chamber.
6. Oil-burning appliances shall be installed in rooms that are large compared with the size
of the appliance.
Exception: An appliance specifically listed for installation in a confined space, such as
an alcove or closet, shall be permitted to be so installed when the installation
complies with its listing.
7. For installations in confined spaces, the clearances from the appliance to the walls
and ceilings shall not be less than those specified in the listing, regardless of the type of
construction.
8. The oil-burning appliance shall have a suitable combustion chamber of firebrick,
stainless steel, or other material, either furnished by the manufacturer or specified in the
manufacturers’ installation instructions.
9. Prior to installation of an oil burner, the furnace, boiler, or appliance into which it is
installed shall be examined and shown to be in good condition. The combustion
chamber and flue gas passages shall be examined and shown to be tight against leaks.
B. Posting of Instructions.
Complete instructions for the care and operation of the appliance, as furnished by the
manufacturer, shall be conspicuously posted near the appliance.
C. Operating Controls
1. Oil burners, other than oil stoves with integral tanks, shall be provided with some means
for manually stopping the flow of oil to the burner.
a. Such device or devices shall be placed in a readily accessible location at a safe
distance from the burner.
b. For electrically powered appliances, the above-cited requirement shall be
accomplished by an identified switch in the burner supply circuit, placed outside of
and adjacent to the entrance to the room where the appliance is located.
c. For appliances that are not electrically powered, an identifiable valve in the oil
supply line, operable from a location that can be reached without passing near the
burner, shall be used.
2. An electrical service disconnect switch, arranged to stop and start the oil burner, shall
be installed at the appliance and shall be located so that it is within easy reach of the
service technician for control of the oil burner while observing the flame.
3. Oil burners shall be equipped with a listed primary safety control of a type appropriate
for the burner.
4. Each oil-burning appliance shall be provided with automatic limit controls that will
prevent unsafe pressure or low water in a steam boiler, low water or over-temperature in
a water boiler, or over-temperature in a furnace or heater.
5. Limiting controls and low-water shutoffs intended to prevent unsafe operation of heating
equipment by opening an electrical circuit to the burner or oil shutoff device shall
be so arranged as to effect the direct opening of that circuit, whether the switching
mechanism is integral with the sensing element or remote from same.
Exception: A limit control that interrupts the pilot circuit of a magnetic-type motor
controller, which, in turn, directly opens the safety circuit when it is necessary
to interrupt a single-phase circuit carrying a load greater than the capacity
of available limit controls or to interrupt a multiphase circuit, is acceptable.
6. A water heater shall be provided with water pressure, temperature, and vacuum-relief
devices.
7. Means shall be provided to prevent siphoning in any boiler or tank with a circulating
water heater attached.
8. Electric motor-driven oil burners with integral oil pumps and electric motor-driven pump
sets for use with burners not equipped with integral pumps shall be provided with a
motor controller that incorporates no-voltage protection and is wired into the power
supply to the motor.
280
9. In systems where either steam or air is used for atomizing the fuel oil or where air for
combustion is supplied by a source that can be interrupted without shutting off the oil
supply, the fuel oil supply and the steam or air supply shall be interlocked so that the fuel
oil supply is shut off immediately upon failure of the steam or air supply.
10. Where automatically operated oil burners are used in installations equipped with
forced- or induced-draft fans, or both, means shall be provided to shut off the oil supply
immediately upon fan failure.
11. Oil burners not equipped to provide safe automatic restarting after shutdown shall
require manual restarting after any control functions to extinguish the burner flame.
12. An acceptance test of the primary safety control shall be conducted on any appliance
where more than one burner is fired in a single combustion chamber or where one
burner is adapted to fire in two (2) or more combustion chambers.
The test shall ensure that the primary safety control will function properly in the event
of ignition failure or unsafe flame extinguishment at any of the burners.
D. Specific Requirements for Installation of Boilers, Furnaces, Floor-Mounted Unit Heaters, and
Water Heaters
1. Appliances shall be installed with clearances from combustible material not less than
those indicated in Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of
Protection.
Exception: Appliances specifically listed for installation with lesser clearances shall be
permitted to be installed in accordance with their listing.
a. In no case shall the clearances used interfere with providing combustion air or
providing access to the appliance.
b. Chimney connectors shall be installed in accordance with para “E” of Section
c. When multiple-fueled appliances using solid fuels are installed, the clearances and
mounting requirements of NFPA 211, shall apply.
2. Appliances shall be permitted to be installed in rooms, but not in alcoves or closets,
with lesser clearances to combustible material, provided the combustible material or
appliance is protected as described in Annex A, Table 44, Clearances to Combustible
Material.
3. Floor-mounted appliances shall be placed in one the following ways:
a. On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface finish
and with no combustible material against the underside thereof.
b. On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the underside
thereof.
c. In accordance with their listing, if listed specifically for installation on a floor
constructed of combustible material.
d. Such construction shall extend not less than three tenths meter (0.3 m) beyond the
appliance on all sides.
Exception No. 1: Appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible floors
although not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the
appliance is protected in accordance with the latest edition of NBCP.
Exception No. 2: An appliance listed for installation under Form I or II in Annex A,
Table 44, Clearances to Combustible Material shall be permitted
to be placed on a combustible floor that is protected with hollow
masonry not less than one hundred millimeters (100 mm) thick
covered with sheet metal not less than twenty-four (24) gauge.
Such masonry shall be laid with ends unsealed and joints matched
in such a way as to permit free circulation of air from side to side
through the masonry. For such installations, the furnace shall
be securely anchored to maintain the clearances required in
Annex A, Table 44, Clearances to Combustible Material.
4. The supply and return duct system of a central heating appliance shall be installed
in accordance with NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems, or NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and
Air-Conditioning Systems, whichever is applicable.
281
5. A return system shall be arranged so that negative pressure from the circulating fan
cannot affect the air supply for combustion or act to draw products of combustion from
joints or openings in the appliance, chimney connectors, or chimney.
6. A down-flow furnace shall be installed so that there are no open passages in the floor
through which flame or hot gases from a fire originating in the room below the floor can
travel to the room above.
7. A down-flow furnace shall be automatically operated and equipped with an approved
temperature limit control that will limit outlet air temperature to ninety-three degrees
Celsius (93 °C). The furnace shall be designed to prevent unsafe temperatures in the
event of reverse flow.
E. Specific Requirements for Attic Furnaces
A furnace installed in an attic shall be listed for such installation and installed in
accordance with its listing.
F. Specific Requirements for Duct Furnaces
1. A duct furnace shall be installed with clearances of at least one hundred fifty millimeters
(150 mm) to adjacent walls, ceilings, and floors of combustible material, unless listed for
installation at lesser clearance and installed in accordance with its listing.
2. A duct furnace and its chimney connector shall be permitted to be installed in a room,
but not in a confined space such as an alcove or closet, with reduced clearances to
combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as described in
Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection and the
requirements for combustion air and accessibility comply with Section 10.4.14.3 and
3. A duct furnace flue pipe shall be installed to provide a clearance to combustible
material of not less than four hundred fifty millimeters (450 mm).
4. A duct furnace shall be firmly supported.
5. Access panels shall be provided in the ducts on both the upstream and downstream
sides of the furnace.
6. Controls shall be located outside the duct except for the sensing element of a control.
G. Specific Requirements for Floor Furnaces
1. Floor furnaces shall not be installed in floors of combustible construction unless
specifically listed for such installation and installed in accordance with their listing.
2. The floor around the furnace shall be braced and headed with a framework of material
not lighter than the floor joists.
3. Floor furnaces shall be supported independently of the floor grilles.
4. A floor furnace shall be placed not closer than one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm)
to the nearest wall and shall be so placed that a door, drapery, or similar object cannot
be nearer than three hundred millimeters (300 mm) to any portion of the register of the
furnace.
5. Wall-register models shall be placed not closer than one hundred fifty millimeters
(150 mm) to a corner.
6. The bottom of a floor furnace shall have at least one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm)
clearance from the ground.
a. Where the ground must be excavated to provide this clearance, the excavation
shall extend at least three hundred millimeters (300 mm) beyond the furnace on all
sides and at least four hundred fifty millimeters (450 mm) on the control side.
b. Where the excavation exceeds three hundred millimeters (300 mm) or where the
ground contour or moisture condition is such that water seepage is likely, a watertight
pan constructed of copper, galvanized iron, or other suitable corrosion-resistant
material, properly anchored in place, or a waterproof concrete pit, shall be provided
under the furnace. The sides of the pan or pit shall extend one hundred millimeters
(100 mm) aboveground level.
7. Floor furnaces shall be made accessible.
a. Openings in foundation walls and trap doors in floors shall not be smaller than four
hundred fifty millimeters (450 mm) by six hundred millimeters (600 mm) in dimension.
282
b. Underfloor passageways to the furnace shall not be smaller than six hundred
millimeters (600 mm) by six hundred millimeters (600 mm).
8. Provision shall be made for proper air supply for combustion.
9. Listed floor furnaces shall be permitted to be installed in an upper floor of a building,
provided the furnace assembly projects below into a utility room, closet, garage, or
similar non-habitable space.
a. In such installations, the floor furnace shall be completely enclosed (entirely separated
from the non-habitable space), with means for air intake and with access facilities for
servicing on the control side.
b. The minimum furnace clearances shall be one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm) to
all sides and bottom.
c. The enclosure shall be constructed of Portland cement plaster on metal lath or
material of equal fire resistance.
10. A floor furnace shall not be installed in the floor of any aisle or passageway of an
auditorium, public hall, or public assembly room or in an exit way from any such room
or space.
11. A floor furnace chimney connector shall be installed with not less than two hundred
twenty-five millimeters (225 mm) clearances to combustible material, unless the
combustible material is protected as described in Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of
Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
H. Specific Requirements for Furnaces Used with Refrigeration Systems
1. A furnace shall not be installed in conjunction with a refrigeration coil where circulation
of cooled air is provided by the blower unless the blower has sufficient capacity to
overcome the external static resistance imposed by the duct system, furnace, and
cooling coil at the airflow required for heating or cooling, whichever is greater.
2. To avoid condensation within heating elements, furnaces used in conjunction with
cooling equipment shall be installed in parallel with or on the upstream side of cooling
coils unless the furnace has been specifically listed for downstream installation.
3. With a parallel flow arrangement, the dampers or other means used to control the flow
of air shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any circulation of cooled air through the unit.
4. Where furnaces are to be located upstream from cooling units, the cooling units shall be
designed or equipped so that excessive temperatures or pressures are not developed.
5. Furnaces shall be permitted to be installed downstream from evaporative coolers or air
washers if the heating element is made of corrosion-resistant material.
a. Stainless steel, ceramic-coated steel, or aluminum-coated steel in which the bond
between the steel and the aluminum is an iron-aluminum alloy shall be considered
corrosion-resistant.
b. Air washers operating with chilled water, which deliver air below the dew point of the
ambient air at the appliance, shall be considered refrigeration systems.
I. Specific Requirements for Industrial Furnaces and Boilers-Stationary Type
1. Stationary-type industrial furnaces and power boilers shall include low-heat, medium-
heat, and high-heat appliances.
2. Low-Heat Appliances
a. Low-heat appliances shall be installed with clearances not less than those specified
by Form III in Annex A, Table 44, Clearances to Combustible Material.
1) Low-heat appliances that are approved for installation with lesser clearances
than specified in the above-cited provision shall be permitted to be installed in
accordance with their listing.
2) Low-heat appliances shall be permitted to be installed with lesser clearances
to combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as
specified in Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of
Protection.
b. Floor-mounted low-heat appliances shall be installed in one of the following ways:
1) On the ground
283
2) On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface
finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
3) On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the
underside thereof:
a) The construction described in para 2.a above and para 2.c below and shall
extend not less than three tenths meter (0.3 m) beyond the appliance on all
sides.
b) Appliances that are listed specifically for installation on a floor constructed
of combustible material shall be permitted to be placed in accordance with
the conditions of their listing.
c. Low-heat appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible floors although
not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the appliance is protected in
accordance with the latest edition of NBCP.
3. Medium-Heat Appliances
a. Medium-heat appliances shall be installed with clearances not less than those
indicated by Form IV in Annex A, Table 44, Clearances to Combustible Material.
b. Medium-heat appliances shall be installed in one of the following ways:
1) On the ground
finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
3) On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the
underside thereof
a) The construction described in this paragraph and para “c” below shall extend
not less than nine hundred millimeters (900 mm) beyond the appliance on
all sides.
b) Medium-heat appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible
floors although not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the
appliance is protected in accordance with the latest edition of NBCP.
c. Rooms containing medium-heat appliances shall be provided with ventilation to
prevent accumulation of hot air over or near the appliance.
4. High-Heat Appliances
a. High-heat appliances shall be installed with clearances to combustible material of
not less than three meters (3 m) at the sides and rear, not less than four and a half
meters (4.5 m) above, and not less than nine meters (9 m) at the front or side where
hot products are removed.
b. Rooms containing high-heat appliances shall be provided with ventilation to prevent
accumulation of hot air over or near the appliance.
c. High-heat appliances shall be placed in either of the following ways:
1) On the ground
finish and with no combustible material against the underside thereof, with floors
extending at least three meters (3 m) on all sides and at least nine meters (9 m)
at the front or side where hot products are removed
J. Specific Requirements for Miscellaneous Heaters (Air Heaters, Salamanders, and so forth).
1. A direct-fired heater or salamander shall not be used in an enclosed space or in
proximity to combustible material.
2. A direct-fired heater or salamander shall be permitted to be used where salamanders
fired by coal or coke are allowed.
3. An air heater shall be of a type designed to discharge air at a temperature not
exceeding one hundred twenty-one degrees Celsius (121 °C).
4. An air heater installed inside a building shall be provided with a chimney connector to
conduct the flue gases to the outside.
5. Flexible ducts shall be made of material resistant to heat and flame and that can
withstand prolonged exposure to temperatures as high as one hundred twenty-one
degrees Celsius (121 °C).
284
K. Specific Requirements for Recessed Wall Furnaces
1. Listed recessed wall furnaces shall be permitted to be installed in walls of combustible
construction.
2. Recessed wall furnaces shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’
instructions.
3. Recessed wall furnaces shall be located so as not to cause a hazard to walls, floors,
curtains, furniture, doors, and so forth.
4. The face of a warm-air register shall be at least nine hundred millimeters (900 mm) from
any wall or combustible surface that is directly opposite the register.
5. Panels, grilles, and access doors that must be removed for normal servicing operations
shall not be attached to the building construction.
6. Adequate combustion and circulating air shall be provided.
L. Specific Requirements for Floor-Mounted Restaurant-Type Cooking Appliances
1. Floor-mounted restaurant-type cooking appliances shall be installed with clearances to
combustible material of not less than four hundred fifty millimeters (450 mm) at the sides
and rear of the appliance and from the chimney connector thereof and not less than
one thousand two hundred millimeters (1,200 mm) above the cooking top and at the
front of the appliance.
2. Floor-mounted restaurant-type cooking appliances that are listed for installation with
lesser clearances than specified in the provision above shall be permitted to be installed
in accordance with the conditions of their listing.
3. Floor-mounted restaurant-type cooking appliances shall be permitted to be installed in
rooms, but not in confined spaces such as alcoves, with lesser clearance to woodwork or
other combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as specified
by Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
4. Where a wall or cabinet of combustible material is located adjacent to the cooking
top section of the appliance and is not shielded from the cooking top section by a
high shelf, warming closet, or other such part of the appliance, the protection specified
in the provision above shall extend for a distance of at least six hundred millimeters
(600 mm) above the surface of the cooking top.
Such wall or cabinet shall be protected even though the appliance is listed for
“close-to-the-wall” installation.
5. Floor-mounted appliances shall be placed in either of the following ways:
a. On floors of fire-resistive construction with non-combustible flooring or surface finish
and with no combustible material against the underside thereof
b. On fire-resistive slabs or arches having no combustible material against the underside
thereof, with such construction in all cases extending not less than three hundred
millimeters (300mm) beyond the appliance on all sides
1) Floor-mounted appliances that are specifically listed for installation on a
floor constructed of combustible material shall be permitted to be placed in
accordance with the conditions of their listing.
2) Floor-mounted appliances shall be permitted to be placed on combustible floors
although not listed for such installation, provided the floor under the appliance is
protected in accordance with the latest edition of NBCP.
M. Specific Requirements for Suspended-Type Unit Heaters
1. Suspended-type unit heaters shall be installed with clearances to combustible material
not less than those specified by Annex A, Table 44, Clearances to Combustible Material.
a. Suspended-type unit heaters that are listed for installation with lesser clearances
shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with their listing.
b. Suspended-type unit heaters shall be permitted to be installed with lesser clearances
to combustible material, provided the combustible material is protected as specified
by Annex A, Table 45, Reduction of Clearances with Specified Forms of Protection.
2. Suspended-type heaters shall be safely and adequately supported.
285
3. Hangers or brackets supporting heaters shall be metal.
4. The location of any suspended unit heater or its ductwork shall be such that a negative
pressure will not be created in the room where the unit heater is located.
5. A suspended unit heater shall not be attached to a warm-air duct system unless listed
for such installation.
N. Specific Requirements for Appliances on Roofs
1. Appliances installed on roofs shall be designed or enclosed to withstand expected
climate conditions.
2. If the appliance is enclosed, the enclosure shall permit easy entry and movement,
shall be of reasonable height, and shall have at least a seven hundred fifty millimeters
(750 mm) clearance between the entire service access panel of the equipment and
the wall of the enclosure.
3. The roof where the appliance is to be installed shall be capable of supporting the
additional load or shall be reinforced to support the additional load.
4. All access locks, screws, and bolts shall be of corrosion-resistant material.
5. Appliances shall be installed in accordance with their listings and with manufacturers’
instructions.
6. Appliances shall be installed on a well-drained surface of the roof.
7. At least one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) of clearance shall be maintained between
any part of the appliance and the edge of the roof or similar hazard.
Exception: Rigidly fixed rails or guards at least one meter (1 m) high shall be permitted to
be used as an alternate to the one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) clearance.
Parapets or other parts of the building structure that are at least one meter
(1 m) high shall be permitted to be used in lieu of rails or guards.
8. Appliances requiring an external source of electrical power shall be provided with a
readily accessible electrical disconnect that will completely de-energize the equipment.
a. This disconnect shall be installed within sight of the equipment.
b. A one hundred twenty volt (120-V) AC grounding-type receptacle outlet shall be
provided adjacent to the equipment.
c. This receptacle outlet shall be connected to the supply side of the electrical
disconnect.
9. Where water stands on the roof at the equipment or in the passageways leading to the
equipment or where the roof is of a water-sealed design, a suitable platform or walkway
or both shall be provided above the water line and adjacent to the equipment and the
control panels so that equipment can be safely serviced.
10. Appliances located on roofs or other elevated platforms shall be accessible.
O. Installation of Outdoor Appliances
1. Appliances listed for outdoor installation shall be permitted to be installed without
additional environmental protection in accordance with the terms of their listing and
shall be accessible for servicing.
2. Appliances that are not listed for outdoor installation shall be permitted to be installed
outdoors if approved for such installation.
In determining suitability for outdoor installation, the following factors shall be
considered:
a. Protection from physical damage;
b. Location of combustion air and other openings into the appliance;
c. Surface temperatures;
d. Weatherproofing;
e. Adequate and safe venting; and
f. Clearances to adjacent combustibles.
286
DIVISION 15. MANUFACTURE OF ORGANIC COATINGS

A. The provisions of this Division shall apply to facilities that use flammable and combustible
liquids, as herein defined, to manufacture organic coatings for automotive, industrial,
institutional, household, marine, printing, transportation, and other applications.
B. These provisions shall not apply to the following:
1. Operations involving the use or application of coating materials
2. Storage of organic coatings in locations other than the manufacturing facility
C. NFPA 35, Standard for the Manufacture of Organic Coatings shall also be used as basis for
fire and life safety requirements.
SECTION 10.4.15.2 LOCATION OF PLANTS AND BUILDINGS

A. Location
1. Organic coatings manufacturing operations shall not be located in the same building
with other occupancies. Operations incidental to or connected with organic coatings
manufacturing shall not be classed as “other operations or occupancies.”
2. Organic coatings manufacturing operations and processes shall be located so that
they are accessible from at least two sides to provide access for firefighting and other
emergency operations.
3. Where topographical conditions will allow an accidental release of flammable or
combustible liquids to flow from organic coatings manufacturing operations and
processes so as to present a fire hazard to other facilities, drainage shall be provided in
accordance with para “B” of Section 10.4.15.3 of this RIRR.
B. General Layout and Design
1. Laboratories, offices, and storage areas that are located in the same building as
organic coatings manufacturing operations shall be separated from the manufacturing
operations by a wall that meets both of the following requirements:
a. The wall shall have a minimum two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
b. Openings in the wall between these areas and the manufacturing area shall be
protected by fire doors having a minimum one and a half hour (1.5-hr) fire protection
rating.
2. Areas where unstable liquids are handled or processed shall be separated from all
adjacent areas by walls that meet both of the following requirements:
b. Openings in the walls between these areas and all adjacent areas shall be protected
by fire doors having a minimum one and a half hour (1.5-hr) fire protection rating.
3. Process Vessels
a. Process vessels shall be located in accordance with Annex A, Table 47, Location of
Process Vessels and Table 48, Reference for Table 47, Location of Process Vessels.
Exception: As provided for in para “c” below.
b. Where unstable liquids are processed and protection for exposures is not provided,
the distance required by para “a” above shall be doubled.
c. The distances required in para “a” above shall be permitted to be waived where
both of the following criteria are met:
1) The vessels are housed within a building.
2) The exterior wall of the building facing the line of adjoining property that can be
built upon is a blank wall having a minimum two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
d. Where Class IA or unstable liquids are handled, the blank wall specified in
para c.2 above shall be designed to provide resistance to damage from an explosion
originating inside the building and the building shall meet all applicable requirements
of para “E” of Section 10.4.15.3 of this RIRR.
287
SECTION 10.4.15.3 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
A. General Construction.
Buildings that house organic coatings manufacturing operations shall meet the
requirements of this Section.
1. The buildings shall be of fire-resistive or non-combustible construction without basements.
2. The first floor of the buildings shall be at or above the grade to provide water drainage
and vapor diffusion.
3. Flammable raw materials and finished stock shall be stored in a detached building or
in an area that is separated from manufacturing areas by a wall that meets both of the
b. Openings in the wall shall be protected by fire doors having a minimum one and a
half hour (1.5-hr) fire protection rating.
4. Internal partitions shall not interfere with ventilation or with means of egress, and shall
be of non-combustible construction.
5. In multi-storey buildings, stairways and elevators shall be enclosed by walls that meet
both of the following requirements:
a. The walls shall have a minimum two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating.
b. Openings in the walls shall be protected by fire doors having a minimum one and a
half hour (1.5-hr) fire protection rating.
6. Means of egress shall be in accordance with Division 5 of Chapter 2 of this Rule. Means
of egress shall not be exposed by the drainage facilities required by para “B” below.
7. Load-bearing supports for vessels and equipment capable of releasing enough liquid
to result in a fire of sufficient intensity and duration to cause structural damage shall be
protected by one (1) or more of the following:
a. Drainage to prevent accumulation of burning liquid under vessels or equipment
b. Fire-resistive construction
c. Fire-resistant protective coatings or systems
d. Water spray systems designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 15, Standard
for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
e. Alternative means that are acceptable to the C/MFM having jurisdiction
B. Drainage
1. Emergency drainage systems for leaks of flammable or combustible liquids and for
fire protection system discharge shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of
NFPA 30.
2. If an emergency drainage system is connected either to a public sewer system or
discharges into public waterways, it shall be equipped with traps or separators.
C. Building Heating
If building heating is provided in areas handling Class I liquids, it shall be provided by
indirect means such as water, steam or warm air, or the heating equipment that is listed and
approved for use within the electrically classified area where it is installed.
D. Ventilation
1. Enclosed process areas that handle or use Class I, Class II or Class III liquids heated
to temperatures at or above their flash points shall be ventilated continuously during
operation of any equipment. Ventilation shall be sufficient to maintain the concentration
of vapors within the area at or below twenty-five percent (25%) of the lower flammable
limit (LFL).
a. Ventilation shall be provided at a rate determined by one of the following:
1) Calculation methods based on anticipated fugitive emissions
2) Sampling of the actual vapor concentrations under normal operating conditions.
The vapor concentration used to determine the required ventilation rate shall be
the highest measured concentration during the sampling procedure.
288
b. Ventilation shall be provided at a rate of not less than three tenths (0.30) m3/min/m2
of solid floor area.
2. Ventilation shall be accomplished by mechanical means and shall take suction at floor
level.
3. Provision shall be made for introduction of sufficient make-up air to ensure proper
operation of the system.
4. The location of both suction and make-up air openings shall be arranged to avoid
short-circuiting and to provide air movement across all portions of the floor to prevent
accumulation of flammable vapors.
5. Ventilation shall be arranged to include all floor areas or pits where flammable vapors
can collect.
6. Exhaust ventilation discharge shall be to a safe location outside the building.
7. Recirculation of the exhaust air shall be permitted only where it is monitored
continuously using a fail-safe system that is designed to automatically sound an alarm,
stop recirculation, and provide full exhaust to the outside in the event that vapor–air
mixtures exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of LFL.
8. Local or spot ventilation shall be permitted to be utilized for up to seventy-five percent
(75%) of the required ventilation.
9. Where there is a potential for vapor emission due to evaporation of Class I liquids,
ventilation shall be provided during shutdown periods at a rate sufficient to maintain a
safe atmosphere.
E. Deflagration (Explosion) Venting
Deflagration venting shall be provided for buildings and structures in which a deflagration
hazard exists
F. Electrical Equipment
1. All electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed and maintained in accordance
with the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 70.
2. Where Class I liquids are exposed to the air, or where Class II or Class III liquids are
exposed to the air at temperatures equal or above their flash points, the equipment used
in the building and the ventilation of the building shall be designed so that flammable
vapor–air mixtures are confined under normal operating conditions to the inside of the
equipment, and to a zone that extends not more than one and a half meters (1.5 m)
from the equipment.
3. Annex A, Table 49, Electrical Area Classification Specific to Organic Coatings
Manufacture and NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code shall be used to
determine the extent of hazardous (classified) locations for purposes of installation of
electrical equipment and wiring.
4. In establishing the extent of hazardous (classified) locations, such locations shall not
extend beyond floors, walls, roofs, or other solid partitions that have no communicating
openings into the hazardous (classified) locations.
5. Where the provisions of this Section require the installation of Class I, Division 1 or
Class I, Division 2 electrical equipment, ordinary electrical equipment, including switch
gear, shall be permitted to be used if the following requirements are met:
a. The electrical equipment shall be installed in a room or enclosure that is maintained
under positive pressure with respect to the classified area in accordance with
NFPA 496, Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
b. Ventilation makeup air shall not be contaminated.
c. Pressurized rooms and enclosures in classified areas shall be designed to prevent the
flow of liquids into the rooms or enclosures.
SECTION 10.4.15.4 PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS

A. Transfer of Flammable and Combustible Liquids
1. Transfer of Class I, Class II, and Class III liquids from storage tanks to process areas shall
be through a closed piping system by means of gravity flow or by pumps.
a. Where liquid transfer is by gravity flow, one (1) or more fail-closed, remotely actuated
valves shall be provided at suitable locations in the piping system to stop the flow of
289
liquids in an emergency. Operation of these valves shall be by means of emergency
shut-offs located near each point of use and at the storage tanks.
Exception: Emergency shut-offs shall not be required at the storage tanks if the
remotely actuated valves are closed automatically by a fire detection,
fire suppression, or fire alarm system.
b. Where liquid transfer is by pumps, one (1) or more emergency switches shall be
provided to shut down all pumps and to stop the flow of liquids in an emergency. The
emergency switches shall be located at exits from the process areas, at other safe
locations outside the process areas, and at the pumps.
Exception: Emergency switches shall not be required at the pumps if the pumps are
shut off automatically by a fire detection, fire suppression, or fire alarm
system.
2. Transfer of liquids to and from vessels, containers, tanks, and piping systems by means of
air or inert gas pressure shall be permitted only where all of the following requirements
are met:
a. Vessels, containers, tanks, and piping systems shall be designed for such pressurized
transfer and shall be capable of withstanding the anticipated operating pressure.
b. Safety and operating controls, including pressure relief devices, shall be provided to
prevent overpressure of any part of the system.
c. Where necessary, fail-closed, remotely actuated valves shall be provided at suitable
locations in the piping.
d. Only inert gas shall be used to transfer Class I liquids.
e. Inert gas shall be used to transfer Class II and Class III liquids that are heated above
their flash points.
3. Positive displacement pumps shall be provided with pressure relief discharging back
to the supply tank or vessel, the pump suction, or another suitable location or shall be
provided with interlocks to prevent overpressure.
4. Dispensing of the following liquids from large containers to smaller containers shall be
by means of an approved drum pump or by gravity using an approved self-closing
valve:
a. Class I liquids
b. Class II or Class III liquids heated to temperatures at or above their flash points
5. Containers and mix tanks that contain Class I, Class II, or Class III liquids shall be covered
with rigid lids to prevent spills whenever they are moved or transported from one location
to another.
B. Piping, Valves, and Fittings
Piping, valves, and fittings shall be designed and installed in accordance with
Chapter 27 of NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, and the subsequent
requirements:
1. All piping, valves, and fittings in flammable or combustible liquid service shall be
designed for the working pressures and structural stresses to which they will be subjected.
2. Piping, valves, and fittings shall be of steel or other material approved for the service
intended. Cast-iron valves, fittings, and pipe shall not be used.
3. Valves shall be of types that indicate whether they are open or closed (e.g., a rising
stem, plug, or ball valve). Valves shall be mounted in a manner so that vibration will not
cause them to open.
4. Terminal valves on remote pumping systems shall be of the spring-loaded, self-closing
type and shall be permitted to be held open manually or by a fusible link.
5. Pumps of remote pumping systems shall be controlled by valves, or by operation of a
meter, or shall be automatically shut off by a fire detection, fire suppression, or fire alarm
system.
6. Piping for Class I, Class II, and Class III liquids shall meet the following requirements:
a. Piping shall not be routed through enclosed exits.
b. Piping having flanged connections, valves, checks, meters, or other joints or devices
that can leak shall not be run through tunnels, stair towers, elevator towers or other
290
areas where personnel could be confined, or in concealed spaces or in trenches
with solid covers
7. Piping systems shall be provided with a means of relieving trapped liquids, such as relief
valves or drainage.
8. Listed flexible connectors shall be permitted to be used where vibration exists or where
frequent movement is necessary.
9. Approved hose shall be permitted to be used at dispensing stations and transfer stations.
10. Solvent piping that enters equipment such as mixers and kettles shall be bonded to the
equipment and shall be designed to minimize generation of static electricity due to
free fall or excessive agitation.
11. Before being placed in service, all piping shall be hydrostatically tested to not less than
one and a half (1.5) times the expected working pressure for a minimum of thirty minutes
(30 min) to determine whether the piping is free of leaks.
C. Kettles, Reactors, and Vessels
Closed Reactors and Thin-Down Tanks
1. Reactor systems shall be designed to safely manufacture the products assigned to them.
Design factors shall include, but not be limited to, materials of construction, pressure
rating, emergency vent system, cooling and heating capacity, condenser capacity,
instrumentation, and other design features.
2. The following safeguards shall be provided for all reactors:
a. Furnace room ventilation shall be maintained with a high-level exit and a low-level
entry.
b. Gas furnaces shall be provided with an accessible, identified external gas shutoff
valve for emergency use.
c. Reactors shall be provided with emergency pressure relief systems sized and located
using an approved design method.
d. Discharge piping from pressure relief systems shall be directed to a blow-down tank
or catch tank that is sized and located using an approved design method or to a safe
location.
3. The following additional safeguards shall be provided for direct-fired heaters:
a. The fire box shall be instrumented to shut down fuel in case of flameout to prevent
explosions within.
b. The external area under the kettle where the fire box or furnace is located shall be
completely sealed from the process area, particularly the operating floor, to prevent
any spills from being ignited.
c. The furnace air intake shall be remotely located from the process area.
d. The exhaust from the fire box shall be piped or ducted away from the process area
to prevent its igniting flammable materials due to spills or upsets during processing.
e. Combustible materials shall not be stored in the furnace room, nor shall the furnace
room contain any piping of flammable materials except those connected to the
kettle or fire box as part of the process.
f. The reactor shall be provided with a high-temperature limit switch that will
automatically shut down heating and, if desired, initiate automatic cooling.
4. Reactors and thin-down tanks shall be designed and procedures shall be established to
prevent violent foaming when materials are added to hot reactor contents.
D. Dispersion Equipment
1. Two-roll mills or other mills operating with close clearances and that are used for the
processing of flammable and heat-sensitive materials, such as nitrocellulose, shall
be located in a detached building or in a non-combustible structure without other
occupancy.
a. The amount of nitrocellulose or other flammable material brought into the area shall
be no more than that required for a single batch.
b. A remote, manually operated water spray system, designed in accordance with
NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection, shall be provided
to protect mills.
291
2. Installations that consist of a single disperser and drive that can be used in more than
one fixed mix tank shall be equipped with a device to lock the disperser and drive’s
agitator in place to prevent contact between the agitator blades and the walls of the
mix tank.
a. The agitator shall be bonded to the tank when in use.
b. Each tank shall be provided with a cover.
E. Ball Mills and Pebble Mills
1. Ball mills and pebble mills shall be grounded.
2. Metal chutes or funnels used for adding flammable or combustible liquids to mills shall
be extended into the mill as far as possible to minimize free fall. They shall be bonded to
the mill or to ground so that static electric charges can dissipate.
3. Where it is necessary to pressure-unload a ball mill or pebble mill, inert gas shall be
used. Air shall not be used.
4. Each mill shall be provided with a relief valve to protect it from overpressure. The pressure
relief valve shall be set no higher than the design pressure of the vessel.
F. Mixers and Mixing Tanks
1. Tanks and other vessels needed for processing and manufacturing of organic coatings
shall be permitted in the process area, but shall not be considered storage tanks for
purposes of application of this Section.
2. Mixers used for flammable or combustible products shall be equipped with rigid covers.
Covers shall be permitted to have slots or openings to accommodate mixer shafts or
other operational needs.
3. Where gravity flow is used, a shutoff valve shall be installed as close as practical to
the vessel being unloaded and a control valve shall be provided near the end of the
discharge pipe. Discharge piping shall be bonded to the receiving container so that
static electric charges can dissipate.
4. Mixing tanks shall be designed to safely manufacture the products assigned to them.
Mixing tanks that are provided with heating systems shall be provided with safe
operating temperature limit controls that will automatically shut off the heating system
when the limits are exceeded. The safe operating limits shall be determined by means
of a process hazard analysis.
5. Portable process mixing tanks and containers shall be secured to prevent the tank from
moving, as well as to prevent contact between the mixing blade and the tank/container.
SECTION 10.4.15.5 MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Tank Car and Tank Vehicle Unloading and Loading
Tank car and tank vehicle unloading and loading facilities shall be designed and
operated in accordance with NFPA 30.
B. Flammable and Combustible Liquid Storage
1. The storage of Class I, Class II, and Class III liquids shall meet the requirements NFPA 30.
2. Where liquids cannot be stored in outside aboveground tanks or in underground tanks
because of temperature or production considerations, tanks shall be permitted to be
installed inside of buildings or structures, provided the installation is in accordance with
NFPA 30.
3. Storage tanks inside buildings shall be permitted only in areas that meet the following
requirements:
a. The areas shall be at or above grade.
b. The areas shall have drainage.
c. The areas shall be separated from process areas by construction having a minimum
d. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with non-combustible, liquid-
tight raised sills or ramps at least one hundred millimeters (100 mm) in height, or the
floor in the storage area shall be at least one hundred millimeters (100 mm) below
the surrounding floor. An open-grated trench inside the room that drains to a safe
location shall be permitted as an alternative.
292
e. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with fire doors having a
minimum one and a half hour (1.5-hr) fire protection rating.
f. The areas shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor.
4. Hot box installations shall include the following controls:
a. Unless the area is provided with adequate containment, the hot box shall have
containment for at least the volume of the largest container or portable tank.
b. Containers shall be sealed.
c. If there is the potential for overheating, the system shall be designed with high
temperature limits to actuate audible alarms and shut down the heating source.
d. When electrical equipment is provided, all electrical wiring and utilization equipment
shall be suitable for Class I, Division 2 locations if the enclosed liquids are either Class
I or are Class II or Class III heated up to or above their flash points.
5. Portable drum heaters shall be designed for the hazardous locations in which they are
used and shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
C. Storage of Finished Products
1. Finished products in containers, intermediate bulk containers, and portable tanks that
are Class I, Class II, or Class III liquids shall be stored outdoors, in a separate building,
or in a room separated from the process area by a wall or partition having a minimum
Openings in such walls shall be protected by fire doors having a minimum one and
a half hour (1.5-hr) fire protection rating.
2. Inside storage shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA 30.
D. Outdoor Storage
Outdoor storage of liquids in containers, intermediate bulk containers, and portable
tanks shall meet the requirements NFPA 30.
E. In-Plant Transportation and Storage of Portable Shipping Tanks.
The storage of portable shipping tanks shall be in accordance with NFPA 30.
1. Full or partially full portable shipping tanks shall be permitted to be stacked two-high,
provided they are of the nesting design.
2. All materials-handling equipment used for transporting or lifting portable shipping tanks
shall be of ample capacity to lift or transport the full load safely and shall meet the
requirements of NFPA 505, Fire Safety Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks Including
Type Designations, Areas of Use, Conversions, Maintenance, and Operations.
3. Floors of buildings and shipping docks shall be structurally able to carry the wheel loads
resulting from transporting full portable shipping tanks by means of materials-handling
equipment.
4. Portable shipping tanks shall be permitted to be emptied by any of the following
three (3) methods:
a. Contents shall be permitted to be pumped from the top. The pump, pipelines, hose,
or other containers or tanks shall be bonded and grounded.
b. Contents shall be permitted to be pumped from a valve at the bottom of the
portable shipping tank. The pump, pipelines, hose, or other containers or tanks shall
be bonded and grounded.
c. Contents shall be permitted to be discharged by gravity from a valve at the bottom
of the portable shipping tank. The portable shipping tank, pipelines, hose, and
receiving vessel shall be bonded and grounded.
5. Portable shipping tanks shall not be pressure-unloaded unless done in accordance with
para A.2 of Section 10.4.15.4 of this RIRR.
6. Portable shipping tanks shall be filled by gravity or pump. Where filling through an open
manhole, the fill pipe shall be bonded to the portable shipping tank.
F. Power-Operated Industrial Trucks
1. Only those power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as
Type DX or EX, as defined in Rule 3 of this RIRR, shall be permitted to be used in areas
where ignitable vapors exist under normal operating conditions.
293
2. Power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type DX, EX, EE,
or DY shall be permitted to be used in areas where Class I liquids and their vapors are
normally within a closed system or container from which the liquid or vapor can escape
only in the event of accidental rupture or breakdown of such equipment.
3. Power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type CNS, GS,
LPS, DS, ES, GS/CNS, or GS/LPS shall be permitted to be used in areas where Class I
liquids are stored in sealed containers if permitted by the Department of Energy (DOE).
4. Only those power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as
Type DX or EX shall be permitted to be used in areas where combustible dusts are or
can be in suspension in the air continuously, intermittently, or periodically under normal
operating conditions in quantities that can produce ignitable mixtures.
5. Power-operated industrial trucks that are approved and designated as Type DX, EE, EX,
or DY shall be permitted to be used in areas where combustible dusts are present but
not normally in suspension in the air, and where dusts will not be thrown into suspension
in the air by the normal operation of equipment in quantities that can produce ignitable
mixtures, but where deposits of such dusts can be ignited by arcs or sparks originating in
the truck.
SECTION 10.4.15.6 SPECIAL HAZARDS

A. Nitrocellulose
1. Handling
a. Handling of containers of nitrocellulose shall be done in a manner that prevents
generation of frictional heat.
b. The following precautions shall be taken when moving containers of nitrocellulose:
1) When containers are moved using a wheeled hand truck, the hand truck shall
be fitted with a “grab” to hold the top of the container.
2) When power-driven industrial trucks are used, the containers shall be held in
place on the transportation pallet, if used, or held in place by a properly designed
drum-holding device to ensure the container is secure during movement.
c. Containers shall not be dropped. If containers must be lowered from one (1) elevation
to another, handling equipment shall be used and the containers kept under control
at all times.
2. Storage
a. Inside areas used to store nitrocellulose shall meet the following requirements:
1) The room or building shall be separated from the production area by construction
having a minimum two-hour (2-hr) fire resistance rating with any penetrations
sealed or protected in accordance with the provisions of NFPA 221, Standard for
High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls, and Fire Barrier Walls.
2) Openings into the room or building shall be protected by fire doors or by other
opening protectives having a minimum one and a half hour (1.5-hr) fire resistance
rating.
3) The room or building shall be protected by an automatic sprinkler system, either
wet-pipe, preaction, or deluge, that provides a density of fourteen and three
tenths (14.3) L/min/m2 over the entire storage area.
4) The electrical area classification of a room or an attached building shall be
determined based on the classification of the adjacent process area.
5) A detached building shall not be required to be classified for purposes of
electrical installation.
b. Outside storage of nitrocellulose shall meet the following requirements:
1) Storage shall be on a detached pad or in a detached non-combustible structure
such as a roofed shed that is located in accordance with Annex A, Table 50,
Separation Distances for Nitrocellulose Storage.
2) Where storage is protected by a sprinkler system that provides a density of
fourteen and three tenths (14.3) L/min/m2 over the entire storage area, the
distances in Annex A, Table 50, Separation Distances for Nitrocellulose Storage
shall be permitted to be reduced by fifty percent (50%).
294
3) Detached storage areas shall not be classified for purposes of electrical
installations, and general-purpose electrical equipment and wiring methods
shall be permitted.
c. Storage of other commodities in the same area as nitrocellulose shall be limited to
inert materials and non-combustible materials that are chemically compatible with
the nitrocellulose. Such materials shall be separated from the nitrocellulose by a
minimum distance of six meters (6 m)
d. Storage of flammable liquids shall not be permitted in the same storage area as
nitrocellulose.
e. Nitrocellulose shall be stored only in its original shipping container or a container that
is approved for storing nitrocellulose.
f. Containers of nitrocellulose shall not be opened in the main storage area but only at
the point of use or at a location set aside for the purpose.
g. Containers of nitrocellulose shall be stored in an upright position with the lid up and
shall not be stacked more than two-high.
h. Nitrocellulose shall be stored in such a manner that the stock will be rotated to ensure
that the oldest material is used first and that nitrocellulose is not stored for more than
two (2) years.
i. Where building heat is necessary, it shall be provided by indirect means, such as low-
pressure steam, hot water, or warm air. Heating units, radiators, steam and hot water
pipes, and warm air outlets shall be located so that containers of nitrocellulose do
not come in contact with them.
j. The storage area shall be marked with a sign that states “NITROCELLULOSE —
FLAMMABLE SOLID — KEEP HEAT, SPARKS, AND FLAME AWAY”, or equivalent wording.
3. Use in Process Area
a. The amount of nitrocellulose brought into the operating area at any one time shall
not exceed the amount required for a single shift.
b. Containers shall remain closed until ready for use.
c. Where only part of a container is used, the lid and closure shall be replaced
immediately and the closure securely fastened.
d. If it is necessary to fork or scoop nitrocellulose out of a container, a spark-resistant
scoop shall be used.
e. Spilled nitrocellulose shall be cleaned up immediately. Clean-up procedures shall
include the following:
1) Material that has dried or is suspected of having dried shall be wet with water or
solvent and placed in a covered metal container.
2) The material shall be removed at the end of the day or shift and disposed of
properly.
f. After containers of nitrocellulose are emptied, the covers shall be replaced and the
closure securely fastened.
g. Used nitrocellulose shall be placed in a covered waste container, wet down with
water, and removed at the end of the day or shift and disposed of daily.
h. Containers, rim rings of fiber containers, and vessels shall be bonded and grounded
during transfer operations.
4. Waste Disposal
Sweepings and other small quantities of nitrocellulose that cannot be used shall be
wet down with water or solvent and placed in a covered metal container. The waste
material shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations.
B. Monomers
Monomers shall be stored, handled, and used in accordance with manufacturers’
instructions.
1. Bulk Storage of Liquid Monomers
a. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall meet all applicable requirements of NFPA 30.
295
b. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall not be located in the same diked area as or
in the drainage path of any storage tank that holds a material that is incompatible
with the monomer.
c. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall be provided with separate normal vents that
meet the requirements of NFPA 30.
d. Storage tanks for liquid monomers shall be provided with emergency vents that meet
1) The emergency vents shall be capable of relieving the excess internal pressure
and evolution of gas, liquid, or vapour resulting from polymerization or runaway
reaction.
2) The emergency vents shall be designed in accordance with methods that are
appropriate for the specific monomer.
2. Storage of Solid Monomers
Solid monomers shall be stored, handled, and used in accordance with the
manufacturers’ instructions.
3. Waste Disposal
Waste monomers or material contaminated with monomers shall be disposed of
according to applicable government regulations regarding hazardous waste.
C. Organic Peroxide Formulations.
Organic peroxide formulations shall be stored in accordance with NFPA 400, Hazardous
Materials Code, and shall be handled and used in accordance with the manufacturers’
instructions.
SECTION 10.4.15.7 CONTROL OF IGNITION SOURCES

A. Ignition Sources
Precautions shall be taken to prevent the ignition of flammable materials in organic
coatings manufacturing facilities by sources including, but not limited to the following:
1. Open flames
2. Lightning
3. Hot surfaces
4. Radiant heat
5. Smoking
6. Hot works
7. Spontaneous ignition
8. Frictional heat or sparks
9. Static electricity
10. Electrical sparks
11. Stray currents
12. Ovens, furnaces, and heating equipment
B. Smoking shall be limited to designated areas that are identified and provided with disposal
containers.
C. Hot Works shall not be performed unless an FSC for hot works operations have been secured
D. Repair of Electrical Equipment
Where electrical equipment is repaired or replaced, the integrity of the area’s electrical
classification shall be maintained in accordance with para “F” of Section 10.4.15.3 of
this RIRR.
E. Static Electricity Hazards
1. All equipment such as tanks, machinery, and piping, where a flammable mixture might
be present, shall be bonded and connected to a ground.
a. The bond or ground, or both, shall be physically applied or shall be inherently present
by the nature of the installation.
296
b. For purposes of dissipating static electric charges, the resistance to ground of a
metallic grounding path shall not exceed twenty-five (25) ohms and the resistance
to ground of a non-conductive or semi-conductive grounding path shall not exceed
one (1) megohm.
c. Electrically isolated sections of metallic piping or equipment shall be bonded to the
other portions of the system or grounded to prevent external ignition hazards.
d. Where flammable liquids are transferred to or from portable containers greater
than three and eight tenths liters (3.8 L) in size, all metallic elements, including the
containers, shall be bonded together, and one element shall be grounded.
e. A bond or ground connection shall meet the following requirements:
1) All materials shall be electrically conductive.
2) Materials used shall have sufficient mechanical strength, corrosion resistance,
and flexibility for the service intended.
3) If wire is used, it shall be no smaller than No. 10 AWG wire, preferably uninsulated.
4) Permanent connections shall be made with electrical cable lugs or bolted
clamps or by brazing, welding, or other suitable means.
f. Bonding clamps for portable equipment shall be of the opposed-point type and
shall be attached so that metal-to-metal contact with bonded equipment is assured.
Exception: Other types of clamps that provide secure metal-to-metal contact shall
be permitted to be used.
g. Rubber or leather belts used to transmit power shall be made of conductive
material or treated with a conductive belt dressing. Such dressings shall be checked
periodically to ensure reliability.
h. When adding powders to Class I liquids, it shall be done in a manner that minimizes
the generation of static electricity.
2. Powders shall not be conveyed through solid plastic piping that is not antistatic.
3. Fill pipes or side diverters shall be used to transfer nonconductive Class I liquids in
quantities greater than two hundred twenty-seven liters (227 L) at a time.
4. Plastic packaging film, including stretch wrap and shrink wrap, shall not be applied or
removed in any area that is designated as a hazardous (classified) location.
F. Lightning Protection
Where required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction, lightning protection systems meeting
the requirements of the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 780, Standard for the Installation of
Lightning Protection Systems, shall be provided.
SECTION 10.4.15.8 MANAGEMENT OF FIRE HAZARDS

A. Scope
This Section shall apply to the management methodology used to identify, evaluate,
and control the fire and explosion hazards involved in manufacturing organic coatings.
Organic coatings manufacturing operations that involve the use of flammable and
combustible liquids shall be reviewed to ensure that fire and explosion hazards resulting
from loss of containment of liquids are provided with corresponding fire prevention and
emergency action plans.
Exception: Operations that involve only the use of Class II or Class III liquids handled at
temperatures below their flash points and that do not involve the use of Class I
liquids need not undergo this review.
C. Evaluation of Hazards
The extent of fire prevention and control that is provided shall be determined by means
of an engineering evaluation of the operation and application of fire protection and
process engineering principles. The hazard evaluation shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:
1. Analysis of the fire and explosion hazards of the operation;
2. Analysis of hazardous materials and chemicals and hazardous reactions used in the
operation and the safeguards taken to control them;
297
3. Analysis of the applicable facility design requirements in this Section;
4. Analysis of the applicable operation and protection requirements in this Section;
5. Analysis of local conditions, such as exposure to and from adjacent properties and
exposure to floods, earthquakes, and windstorms; and
6. Analysis of the emergency response capabilities of the local emergency services.
D. Emergency Action Plans
A written emergency action plan that is consistent with available resources and
personnel shall be established to respond to fires and related emergencies. The emergency
action plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Procedures to be followed in case of fire, such as sounding the alarm, notifying the fire
department, evacuating personnel, and controlling and extinguishing the fire;
2. Procedures and schedules for conducting drills of these procedures;
3. Appointment and training of personnel to carry out assigned duties. These duties shall
be reviewed at the time of initial assignment, as responsibilities or response actions
change, and whenever anticipated duties change;
4. Maintenance of fire protection equipment; and
5. Procedures for shutting down or isolating equipment to reduce the release of liquid. This
shall include assigning personnel responsible for maintaining critical plant functions or
the shutdown of plant processes.
E. Management of Change
The hazard evaluation conducted in accordance with para “C” above shall be repeated
whenever the fire or explosion hazards change significantly. Conditions that might require
repeating a review include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Changes in the materials in process;
2. Changes in process equipment;
3. Changes in process controls; and
4. Changes in operating procedures or assignments.
F. Fire Investigation
All fires shall be investigated.
SECTION 10.4.15.9 FIRE PROTECTION

A. Scope
This Section shall apply to the commonly recognized management control systems
and methods used to prevent or minimize the loss from fire or explosion in organic coatings
manufacturing facilities.
B. Automatic Sprinkler Protection
1. Important manufacturing and storage buildings shall be protected by sprinkler systems
installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR.
2. An automatic sprinkler system shall be permitted to be equipped with firefighting foam
that is compatible with the materials protected. Such systems shall be designed in
accordance with one of the following:
a. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
b. NFPA 11, Standard for Low, Medium, and High -Expansion Foam Systems.
c. NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water
Spray Systems.
3. Water supplies for fire protection systems shall be capable of providing the pressure and
capacity needed to meet the highest flow demand in any fire, with ample reserve for
necessary hose demand.
4. Drainage facilities shall be provided for water from sprinkler systems.
C. Fire Hydrants
Where public hydrants and water mains are not available or are inadequate, private
hydrants and water mains shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 24, Standard for the
Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances.
298
D. Emergency Notification
An approved means for prompt notification of fire to those within the plant and to the
available public or private fire department shall be provided.
E. Portable Fire Extinguishers
Listed portable fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9
of the RIRR.
F. Standpipe and Hose Systems
Where provided, standpipe and hose systems shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 14. Only combination nozzles or spray nozzles shall be used.
G. Hose Connections
Where provided, thirty-eight and one tenth millimeters (38.1 mm) hose connections
shall be installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR. Only combination nozzles
or spray nozzles shall be used.
H. Fixed Local Application Extinguishing Systems
Manufacturing equipment and tanks shall be permitted to be protected by foam, inert
gas, or dry chemical extinguishing systems.
SECTION 10.4.15.10 TRAINING AND EMERGENCY PLANNING

A. Basic Training Requirements
1. Personnel responsible for the use and operation of portable fire control equipment shall
be trained in the use of that equipment. Refresher training shall be conducted at least
annually.
2. Personnel shall be trained in the methods of manually actuating fixed extinguishing
systems and of notifying public or private fire departments and emergency
organizations.
3. All personnel shall be made aware of special hazards and shall be instructed as to the
identity and potential dangers of hazardous materials.
4. Personnel shall be trained in proper procedures for safe operation of processes, as well
as emergency shutdown procedures.
B. Emergency Planning
1. Planning for fire control measures shall be coordinated with local emergency response
agencies.
2. Procedures shall be established to provide for safe shutdown of operations under
emergency conditions.
3. Provisions shall be made for training, inspection, and testing of associated alarms,
interlocks, and controls.
Exception: Where shutdown of an operation would increase the hazard, other
emergency procedures shall be permitted to be established.
4. The emergency procedure shall be kept readily available and up to date.
SECTION 10.4.15.11 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

A. General
1. Fire protection equipment shall be tested and maintained in accordance with
applicable PNS and other internationally accepted standards.
2. Inspection and testing of fire protection equipment shall be performed in accordance
with recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.
3. Water-based fire protection systems shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in
accordance with NFPA 25.
4. Procedures shall be established to control leakage and prevent spillage of liquids during
maintenance operations.
5. Combustible waste material and residues in operating areas shall be kept to a minimum,
stored in covered metal containers, and disposed of daily.
6. Outside storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, trash, or other unnecessary
299
7. Aisles established for movement of personnel shall be maintained clear of obstructions
to permit orderly evacuation and ready access for manual firefighting activities.
B. Confined Space Entry
Where it is necessary for an employee to enter a tank, a pit, a manhole, or any other
confined space, such entry shall be authorized by the individual-in-charge.
C. Cleaning Tanks and Vessels
Cleaning of storage tanks and process vessels shall be done in a manner and with
controls to prevent fires.
D. Floor Cleaning
Floor cleaning shall be done in a manner that minimizes fire hazards.
DIVISION 16. INDUSTRIAL OVENS AND FURNACES

A. Applicability
1. The hereunder provisions shall apply to ovens, dryers, and furnaces; thermal oxidizers;
and any other heated enclosure used for processing of materials and related equipment.
The terms “ovens”, “dryers”, and “furnaces” are used interchangeably.
2. Stated provisions shall apply to new installations and to alterations or extensions to
existing equipment.
3. Industrial ovens and furnaces shall comply with this Division and the applicable provisions
of NFPA 86, Standard for Ovens and Furnaces.
An FSC shall be secured from the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
C. Plans and Specifications
Plans and specifications for devices and systems required by hereunder provisions shall
be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for review and approval prior to installation.
SECTION 10.4.16.2 LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION

A. Location
1. General
a. Furnaces and related equipment shall be located so as to protect personnel and
buildings from fire or explosion hazards.
b. Furnaces shall be located so as to be protected from damage by external heat,
vibration, and mechanical hazards.
c. Furnaces shall be located so as to make maximum use of natural ventilation, to
minimize restrictions to adequate explosion relief, and to provide sufficient air supply
for personnel.
d. Where furnaces are located in basements or enclosed areas, sufficient ventilation
shall be supplied so as to provide required combustion air and to prevent the
hazardous accumulation of vapors.
e. Furnaces designed for use with special atmospheres or fuel gas with a specific gravity
greater than air shall be located at or above grade and shall be located so as to
prevent the escape of the special atmosphere or fuel gas from accumulating in
basements, pits, or other areas below the furnace.
2. Structural Members of the Building
a. Furnaces shall be located and erected, so that the building structural members
are not affected adversely by the maximum anticipated temperatures or by the
additional loading caused by the furnace.
b. Structural building members shall not pass through or be enclosed within a furnace.
3. Location in Regard to Stock, Processes, and Personnel
a. Furnaces shall be located so as to minimize exposure to power equipment, process
equipment, and sprinkler risers.
300
b. Unrelated stock and combustible materials shall be located at a distance from a
furnace, a furnace heater, or ductwork, so that the combustible materials will not be
ignited, with a minimum separation distance of eight tenths meter (0.8 m).
c. Furnaces shall be located so as to minimize exposure of people to possible injury
from fire, explosion, asphyxiation, and hazardous materials and shall not obstruct
personnel travel to exitways.
d. Furnaces shall be designed or located so as to prevent an ignition source to flammable
coating dip tanks, spray booths, and storage and mixing rooms for flammable liquids
or to prevent exposure to flammable vapor or combustible dusts.
e. The requirement of para “d” above shall not apply to integral quench systems.
f. Equipment shall be protected from corrosive external processes and environments,
including fumes or materials from adjacent processes or equipment that produces
corrosive conditions when introduced into the furnace environment.
4. Floors and Clearances
a. Space shall be provided above and on all sides for the following:
1) Inspection, maintenance, and operation purposes
2) Operation of explosion venting
3) Operation and unobstructed discharge of sprinklers
b. In addition to the requirement of para “a” above, provisions shall be included for
the installation of automatic sprinklers and the functioning of explosion venting, if
applicable.
c. Furnaces shall be constructed and located to keep temperatures at combustible
floors, ceilings, and walls less than seventy-one degrees Celsius (71 °C).
d. Where electrical wiring is present in floor channels, the wiring shall be installed in
accordance with the latest edition of PEC and NFPA 70.
e. Floors in the area of mechanical pumps, oil burners, or other equipment using oil
shall be provided with a non-combustible and non-porous surface to prevent floors
from becoming soaked with oil.
B. Furnace Design
1. Furnaces and related equipment shall be designed to minimize the fire hazard inherent
in equipment operating at elevated temperatures.
2. Furnace components exposed simultaneously to elevated temperatures and air
(oxygen) shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
3. Furnace structural supports and material-handling equipment shall be designed with
the structural strength needed to support the furnace and work when operating at
maximum operating conditions, including maximum temperature.
4. Furnaces shall withstand the strains imposed by expansion and contraction, as well as
static and dynamic mechanical load.
5. Heating devices and heating elements of all types shall be constructed or located so as
to resist mechanical damage from falling work, material handling, or other mechanical
hazards.
6. Furnace and related equipment shall be designed and located so as to provide access
for required inspection and maintenance.
a. Ladders, walkways, or access facilities shall be provided, so that equipment can be
operated or accessed for testing and maintenance.
b. Means shall be provided for entry by maintenance and other personnel.
7. Radiation shields, refractory material, and insulation shall be retained or supported so
they do not fall out of place under designed use and maintenance.
8. External parts of furnaces that operate at temperatures in excess of seventy-one
degrees Celsius (71 °C) shall be guarded by location, guard rails, shields, or insulation to
prevent accidental contact with personnel.
a. Bursting discs or panels, mixer openings, and other parts of the furnace from which
flame or hot gases could be discharged shall be located or guarded to prevent
injury to personnel.
301
b. Where impractical to provide adequate shields or guards, warning signs or permanent
floor markings visible to personnel entering the area shall be provided.
9. Observation ports or other visual means for observing the operation of individual burners
shall be provided and shall be protected from radiant heat and physical damage.
10. Each portion of a closed cooling system that can exceed the design pressure shall be
equipped with the following:
a. Pressure relief
b. Flow switches equipped with audible and visual alarms
11. Open cooling systems utilizing unrestricted sight drains observable by the operator shall
not require flow switches.
12. Where a cooling system is critical to continued safe operation of a furnace, the cooling
system shall continue to operate after a safety shutdown or power failure.
13. Furnaces shall be designed to minimize fire hazards due to the presence of combustible
products or residue in the furnace.
14. Furnace hydraulic systems shall utilize either fire-resistant fluids or flammable hydraulic
fluids where approved and failure of hydraulic system components cannot result in a fire
hazard.
15. The metal frames of furnaces shall be electrically grounded.
16. Water-cooled components, such as vacuum vessels, shall be designed with minimum
wall thicknesses in accordance with vessel standards.
17. A corrosion allowance shall be specified where appropriate.
C. Explosion Relief
1. Fuel-fired furnaces and furnaces that contain flammable liquids, gases, or combustible
dusts shall be equipped with unobstructed explosion relief for freely relieving internal
explosion pressures, except in the following cases:
a. Explosion-relief shall not be required on furnaces with shell construction having four
and eight tenths millimeters (4.8 mm) or heavier steel plate shells reinforced with
structural steel beams and buckstays that support and retain refractory or insulating
materials that are required for temperature endurance, which makes them unsuitable
for the installation of explosion relief.
b. Explosion-relief panels shall not be required for low-oxygen atmosphere ovens
designed and protected in accordance with NFPA 86.
c. The requirements for explosion relief shall not apply to thermal oxidizers.
d. The requirements for explosion relief shall not apply to Class D furnaces.
f. Explosion-relief panels shall not be required in the work chamber of indirect-fired
ovens where it is demonstrated by calculation that the combustible concentration in
the work chamber cannot exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the lower flammable
limit (LFL) under any conditions.
g. Explosion relief shall not be required for the combustion chamber of an indirect-fired
oven that incorporates a single combustion airflow path through the heat exchanger
and does not recirculate the products of combustion.
2. Explosion relief shall be based on one of the following:
a. The amount of explosion relief area shall be at least ninety-three thousandths square
meter (0.093 m2) of relief area for each four hundred twenty-four thousandths cubic
meter (0.424 m3) of furnace volume.
b. The amount of explosion relief shall be based on the requirements of NFPA 68,
Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting.
3. Hinged panels, openings, or access doors equipped with approved explosion-relief
hardware shall be permitted to be included in the ratio specified in para 2 above.
4. Explosion-relief vents shall be arranged so that, when open, the full vent opening
provides an effective relief area.
a. The operation of vents to their full capacity shall not be obstructed.
b. Warning signs shall be posted on the vents.
302
5. Explosion-relief vent(s) shall be located as close as practical to each known source of
ignition to minimize damage.
6. Explosion-relief vents shall be located or retained so that personnel are not exposed to
injury by operation of the vents.
7. Where explosion relief is required, explosion-relief vents shall activate at a surge pressure
that does not exceed the design pressure of the oven enclosure.
8. Explosion-relief vents for a long furnace shall be distributed throughout the entire furnace
length with the maximum distance between explosion-relief vents not to exceed five
times the oven’s smallest inside dimension (width or height).
D. Ventilation and Exhaust System
1. Building Makeup Air
A quantity of makeup air shall be admitted to oven rooms and buildings to provide
the air volume required for oven safety ventilation and combustion air.
2. Fans and Motors
a. Electric motors that drive exhaust or recirculating fans shall not be located inside the
oven or ductwork, except within vacuum furnaces.
b. Oven recirculation and exhaust fans shall be designed for the maximum oven
temperature and for material and vapors being released during the heating process.
3. Ductwork
a. Ventilating and exhaust systems, where applicable, shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 91, unless otherwise noted in these provisions.
b. Wherever furnace ducts or stacks pass through combustible walls, floors, or roofs,
either non-combustible insulation or clearance, or both, shall be provided to
prevent combustible surface temperatures from exceeding seventy-one degrees
Celsius (71 °C).
c. Where ducts pass through non-combustible walls, floors, or partitions, the space
around the duct shall be sealed with non-combustible material to maintain the fire
resistance rating of the barrier.
d. Ducts shall be constructed entirely of sheet steel or other non-combustible material
capable of meeting the intended installation and conditions of service, and the
installation shall be protected where subject to physical damage.
e. Access doors shall be provided to allow for inspection and cleaning of the interior
surfaces of ducts handling flammable vapors or combustible solids.
f. No portions of the building shall be used as an integral part of the duct leading to the
approved point of discharge.
g. All ducts shall be made tight throughout and shall have no openings other than
those required for the operation and maintenance of the system.
h. All ducts shall be braced where required and shall be supported by metal hangers
or brackets.
i. Ducts handling flammable vapors shall be designed to minimize the condensation
of the vapors out of the exhaust airstream onto the surface of the ducts.
j. Ducts handling combustible solids shall be designed to minimize the accumulation
of solids within the ducts.
k. Hand holes for damper, sprinkler, or fusible link inspection or resetting and for purposes
of residue clean-out shall be equipped with tight-fitting doors or covers.
l. Exposed hot fan casings and hot ducts [temperatures exceeding seventy-one
degrees Celsius (71 °C)] shall be guarded by location, guard rails, shields, or insulation
to prevent injury to personnel.
m. Exhaust ducts shall not discharge near openings or other air intakes where effluents
can be entrained and directed to locations creating a hazard.
E. Mountings and Auxiliary Equipment
1. Pipes, valves, and manifolds shall be mounted so as to provide protection against
damage by heat, vibration, and mechanical hazard.
303
2. Furnace systems shall have provisions such as motion stops, lockout devices, or other
safety mechanisms to prevent injury to personnel during maintenance or inspection.
3. Instrumentation and control equipment shall meet the following criteria:
a. Located for ease of observation, adjustment, and maintenance
b. Protected from physical and thermal damage and other hazards
4. Auxiliary equipment such as conveyors, racks, shelves, baskets, and hangers shall be
non-combustible and designed to facilitate cleaning.
5. External Heat Exchangers
External heat exchangers used for the purpose of extracting heat from a recirculating
cooling gas shall be enclosed in a vacuum-tight chamber that has a leak rate not
exceeding the leak rate specified by the manufacturer for the furnace chamber.
a. Heat exchangers, components, and connections shall be free from water and air
leaks.
b. Heat exchangers shall be installed or located to prevent damage from vibration and
thermal damage due to expansion and contraction.
c. Heat exchanger components shall have the design strength to resist permanent
deformation while exposed to the simultaneous maximum pressure of the coolant
source and the maximum vacuum or pressure attained in the furnace.
6. Fans and Motors for Gas Quenching Systems
a. Fans shall not be exposed to any temperature in excess of their design temperature
rating.
b. Electric fan motors shall be interlocked to prevent operation at less than a chamber
pressure of forty-eight kilopascals (48 kPa) absolute in order to prevent motor failure.
c. Where motor windings are exposed to Argon gas or other ionizing gases, the voltage
on the motor shall be limited to two hundred sixty volts (260 V) maximum.
7. Quenching Gas
When introduced at the quenching temperature, the recirculating gas shall be one
that is not harmful to the heating elements, furnace heat shields or insulation, or work.
SECTION 10.4.16.3 COMMISSIONING, OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, INSPECTION

AND TESTING
A. Commissioning
1. Commissioning shall be required for all new installations or for any changes that affect
the safety system.
2. All pertinent apparatus shall be installed and connected in accordance with the system
design.
3. The furnace shall not be released for operation before the installation and checkout of
the required safety systems have been successfully completed.
4. Any changes to the original design made during commissioning shall be reflected in the
documentation.
5. Set points of all safety interlock settings shall be documented.
6. During commissioning, all furnace piping that conveys flammable liquids or flammable
gases shall be inspected for leaks.
B. Training
1. Personnel who operate, maintain, or supervise the furnace shall be thoroughly instructed
and trained in their respective job functions under the direction of a qualified person(s).
2. Personnel who operate, maintain, or supervise the furnace shall be required to
demonstrate an understanding of the equipment, its operation, and practice of safe
operating procedures in their respective job functions.
3. Personnel who operate, maintain, or supervise the furnace shall receive regularly
scheduled refresher training and shall demonstrate understanding of the equipment, its
operation, and practice of safe operating procedures in their respective job functions.
4. The training program shall cover startup, shutdown, and lockout procedures in detail.
304
5. The training program shall be kept current with changes in equipment and operating
procedures, and training materials shall be available for reference.
C. Operations
1. The furnace shall be operated in accordance with the design parameters.
2. Operating instructions that include all of the following shall be provided by the furnace
manufacturer:
a. schematic piping and wiring diagrams;
b. startup procedures;
c. shutdown procedures;
d. emergency procedures, including those occasioned by loss of special atmospheres,
electric power, inert gas, or other essential utilities; and
e. maintenance procedures, including interlock and valve tightness testing.
3. When the original equipment manufacturer no longer exists, the user shall develop
inspection, testing, and maintenance procedures.
4. Operating procedures shall be established that cover normal and emergency
conditions.
5. Operating procedures shall be directly applicable to the equipment involved and shall
be consistent with safety requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
6. Procedures shall be consistent with safety requirements and shall be kept current with
changes in equipment and personnel.
7. Where different modes of operation are possible, procedures shall be prepared for
each operating mode and for switching from one mode to another.
8. Personnel shall have access to operating instructions at all times.
9. Safety devices shall not be removed or rendered ineffective.
D. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance
1. Safety devices shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the furnace manufacturer to provide instructions for
inspection, testing, and maintenance.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the user to establish, schedule, and enforce the frequency
and extent of the inspection, testing, and maintenance program, as well as the
corrective action to be taken.
4. All safety interlocks shall be tested for function at least annually.
5. The set point of temperature, pressure, or flow devices used as safety interlocks shall be
verified at least annually.
6. Safety device testing shall be documented at least annually.
7. Calibration of continuous vapor concentration high limit controllers shall be performed
in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall be performed at least
once per month.
8. Pressure and explosion relief devices shall be visually inspected at least annually to
ensure that they are unobstructed and properly labeled.
9. Valve seat leakage testing of safety shutoff valves and valve proving systems shall be
performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
a. Testing frequency shall be at least annually.
b. The installation of a valve proving system or a valve with proof of closure shall not
replace the requirement for seat leakage testing.
10. Safety shutoff valves shall be replaced before they exceed their maximum allowable
number of lifetime open-closed cycles. The number of safety shutoff valve cycles shall
be determined in one of the following ways:
a. By counting the number of actual safety shutoff valve open-closed cycles
b. By estimating the time to reach ninety percent (90%) of lifetime total cycles based on
normal cycling rates
11. Manual shutoff valves shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
305
12. Lubricated manual shutoff valves shall be lubricated and subsequently leak tested for
valve closure at least annually.
13. Equipment isolation valves and emergency shutoff valves shall be exercised at least
annually.
14. Oxygen piping and components shall be inspected and maintained.
15. The temperature indication of the excess temperature limit interlock shall be verified to
be accurate.
16. Whenever any safety interlock is replaced, it shall be tested for function.
17. Whenever any temperature, pressure, or flow device used as a safety interlock is
replaced, the set point setting shall be verified.
18. An inspection shall be completed at least annually to verify that all designed safety
interlocks are present and have not been bypassed or rendered ineffective.
E. Record Retention
Records of inspection, testing, and maintenance activities shall be retained for a period
of one (1) year or until the next inspection, testing, or maintenance activity, whichever is
longer.
F. Procedures
The user’s operational and maintenance program shall include procedures that apply
to entry into equipment in accordance with all applicable regulations.

A. General
A study shall be conducted to determine the need for fixed or portable fire protection
systems for ovens, furnaces, or related equipment.
1. The determination of the need for fire protection systems shall be based on a review of
the fire hazards associated with the equipment.
2. Where determined to be necessary, fixed or portable fire protection systems shall be
provided.
B. Types of Fire Protection Systems
1. Where automatic sprinklers are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 13, unless otherwise permitted para 2 below.
2. Where sprinklers that protect only ovens are installed and connection to a reliable
fire protection water supply is not feasible, a domestic water supply connection shall
be permitted to supply these sprinklers subject to the approval of the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
3. Where water spray systems are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 15.
4. Where carbon dioxide protection systems are provided, they shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems.
5. Where foam extinguishing systems are provided, they shall be installed in accordance
with NFPA 11.
6. Where dry chemical protection systems are provided, they shall be installed in
accordance with NFPA 17.
7. Where water mist systems are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with
NFPA 750.
C. Special Considerations
1. Where water from a fixed protection system could come in contact with molten
materials, such as molten salt or molten metal, shielding shall be provided to prevent
water from contacting the molten material.
2. Galvanized pipe shall not be used in sprinkler or water spray systems in ovens, furnaces,
or related equipment.
3. Where sprinklers are selected for the protection of ovens, furnaces, or related equipment,
the use of closed-head sprinkler systems shall be prohibited, and only deluge sprinkler
systems shall be used where the following conditions exist:
306
a. In equipment where temperatures can exceed three hundred twenty-nine degrees
Celsius (329 °C).
b. Where flash fire conditions can occur.
D. Drawings and Calculations
Prior to the beginning of installation of a fixed fire protection system, installation drawings
and associated calculations depicting the arrangement of fixed protection installations
shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for review and approval.
E. Means of Access
Where manual fire protection is determined to be necessary as a result of the review
required in para “C” above, doors or other effective means of access shall be provided
in ovens and ductwork so that portable extinguishers and hose streams can be used
effectively in all parts of the equipment.
F. Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment
All fire protection equipment shall be inspected, tested, and maintained as specified in
the following standards:
1. NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers
2. NFPA 11, Standard for Low, Medium, and High -Expansion Foam
3. NFPA 12, Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems
4. NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems
5. NFPA 15, Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection
6. NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems
7. NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems
8. NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire
Protection Systems
9. NFPA 750, Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems
DIVISION 17. WELDING, CUTTING, AND OTHER HOT WORK OPERATIONS

A. Applicability
1. Welding, cutting and other hot work shall comply with NFPA 51B, Standard for Fire
Prevention During Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work, and this Division.
2. This Division shall apply to the following welding, cutting and other hot work processes:
a. Welding and allied processes;
b. Heat treating;
c. Grinding;
d. Thawing pipe;
e. Powder-driven fasteners;
f. Hot riveting;
g. Torch-applied roofing systems installation in conjunction with Chapter 9 of NFPA 241,
Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; and
h. Similar applications producing or using a spark, flame, or heat.
3. This Division shall NOT apply to the following:
a. Candles;
b. Pyrotechnics or special effects;
c. Cooking operations;
d. Electric soldering irons;
e. Design and installation of gas cutting equipment and welding equipment covered
in NFPA 51, Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen–Fuel Gas Systems for
Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes;
307
f. Additional requirements for welding, cutting and other hot work operations in
confined spaces; and
g. Lockout/tagout procedures during welding, cutting and other hot work possible
oxygen deficiency.
4. Acetylene cylinder charging plants shall comply with NFPA 51A, Standard for Acetylene
Cylinder Charging Plants.
An FSC shall be secured from the C/MFM having jurisdiction concerned prior to any
welding, cutting and other welding, cutting and other hot work operation, according to
the following schedules:
1. Annual – for business establishments requiring almost daily repair or maintenance due
to its nature of business or operations.
2. Per Project Duration – for new construction or renovation. For project duration exceeding
one (1) year, a new FSC valid for one (1) year or a fraction thereof shall be secured.
SECTION 10.4.17.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR WELDING, CUTTING AND OTHER HOT WORKS
A. Management. Safety officer or building administrator shall be responsible for the safe
operations of welding, cutting and other hot work activity.
1. Management shall establish permissible areas for welding, cutting and other hot work.
2. Management shall designate a Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI).
3. All equipment shall be examined to ensure it is in a safe operating condition.
4. When found to be incapable of reliable safe operation, the equipment shall be repaired
by qualified personnel prior to its next use or be withdrawn from service and tagged out
of service.
5. Management shall ensure that only approved apparatus, such as torches, manifolds,
regulators or pressure-reducing valves, and acetylene generators, are used.
6. Management shall ensure that all individuals involved in the welding, cutting and other
hot work operations, including contractors, are familiar with the provisions of this Division.
a. Individuals involved in welding, cutting and other hot work operations shall be trained
in the safe operation of their equipment and in the safe use of the process.
b. Individuals involved in welding, cutting and other hot work operations shall have an
awareness of the inherent risks involved and understand the emergency procedures
in the event of a fire.
7. Management shall advise all contractors about site-specific flammable materials,
hazardous processes or conditions, or other potential fire hazards
B. Permit Authorizing Individual (PAI). In conjunction with management, the PAI shall be
responsible for the safe operation of welding, cutting and other hot work activities.
1. The PAI shall consider the safety of the hot work operator and fire watch with respect to
personal protective equipment (PPE) for other special hazards beyond welding, cutting
and other hot work.
2. The PAI shall determine site-specific flammable materials, hazardous processes, or other
potential fire hazards that are present or likely to be present in the work location.
3. The PAI shall ensure the protection of combustibles from ignition by the following means,
otherwise, welding, cutting and other hot work shall not be performed :
a. Considering alternative methods to welding, cutting and other hot work;
b. Moving the work to a location that is free from combustibles;
c. If the work cannot be moved, moving the combustibles to a safe distance or having
the combustibles properly shielded against ignition; and
d. Scheduling welding, cutting and other hot work so that operations that could expose
combustibles to ignition are not begun during welding, cutting and other hot work
operations.
4. The PAI shall determine that fire protection and extinguishing equipment are properly
located at the site.
308
5. Where a fire watch is required in accordance with para “D“ of Section 10.4.17.2 of this
RIRR, the PAI shall be responsible for ensuring that a fire watch is at the site.
6. Where a fire watch is not required, the PAI shall make a final check thirty minutes
(30 min) after the completion of welding, cutting and other hot work operations to
detect and extinguish smoldering fires.
C. Hot Work Operator. The hot work operator shall handle equipment safely and use it as
follows so as not to endanger lives and property:
1. The operator shall have the PAI’s approval before starting welding, cutting and other
hot work operations.
2. All equipment shall be examined to ensure it is in a safe operating condition, and, if
found to be incapable of reliable safe operation, the equipment shall be repaired by
qualified personnel prior to its next use or be withdrawn from service.
3. The operator shall cease welding, cutting and other hot work operations if unsafe
conditions develop and shall notify management, the area supervisor, or the PAI for
reassessment of the situation.
D. Fire Watch
1. The fire watch shall be trained to understand the inherent hazards of the work site and
of the welding, cutting and other hot work.
2. The fire watch shall ensure that safe conditions are maintained during welding, cutting
and other hot work operations.
3. The fire watch shall have the authority to stop the welding, cutting and other hot work
operations if unsafe conditions develop.
4. The fire watch shall have fire-extinguishing equipment readily available and shall be
trained in its use.
5. The fire watch shall be familiar with the facilities and procedures for sounding an alarm
in the event of a fire.
6. The fire watch shall watch for fires in all exposed areas and try to extinguish them only
when the fires are obviously within the capacity of the equipment available. If the fire
watch determines that the fire is not within the capacity of the equipment, the fire watch
shall sound the alarm immediately.
7. The fire watch shall be allowed to perform additional tasks, but those tasks shall not
distract him or her from his or her fire watch responsibilities, except as outlined in para
“D“ of Section 10.4.17 of this RIRR.
E. Contractors. Before starting any welding, cutting and other hot work, contractors and their
clients shall discuss the planned project completely, including the type of hot work to be
conducted and the hazards in the area.
F. Mutual Responsibility. Management, contractors, the PAI, the fire watch, and the operators
shall recognize their mutual responsibility for safety in welding, cutting and other hot work
operations.
SECTION 10.4.17.3 FIRE PREVENTION PRECAUTIONS

A. Personal protective clothing shall be selected to minimize the potential for ignition, burning,
trapping hot sparks, and electric shock.
B. Permissible Areas
1. Welding, cutting and other hot work shall be allowed only in areas that are or have
been made fire safe.
2. Welding, cutting and other hot work shall be performed only in designated areas.
3. In order for a location to be a designated area, the area shall meet the requirements in
para D.2 below.
4. Prior to the start of any welding, cutting and other hot work in a designated area, at a
minimum, the hot work operator shall perform the following:
a. The location is verified as fire resistant.
b. The requirements of para D.2.c below are met.
c. Fire extinguishers are in working condition and readily available.
309
d. Ventilation is working properly.
e. Equipment is in working order.
5. Permanent areas designated for welding, cutting and other hot work shall be reviewed
at least annually by the PAI.
6. Signs shall be posted designating welding, cutting and other hot work areas as deemed
necessary by the PAI.
C. Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work Operations shall not be allowed in the following areas:
1. In areas not authorized by Management;
2. In sprinklered buildings where sprinklers are impaired, unless the requirements of
NFPA 25 are met;
3. In the presence of explosive atmospheres (i.e., where mixtures of flammable gases,
vapors, liquids, or dusts with air exist);
4. In the presence of uncleaned or improperly prepared equipment, drums, tanks, or
other containers that have previously contained materials that could develop explosive
atmospheres; and
5. In areas with an accumulation of combustible dusts that could develop explosive
atmospheres.
D. Certification issued by the Management for Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work Operations
1. Before welding, cutting and other hot work operations begin in a non-designated
location, the Management upon the recommendation of PAI shall issue a certification
allowing such welding, cutting and other hot work operations, which is a prerequisite for
the issuance of FSC.
2. The certification shall indicate the period of welding, cutting and other hot work
activities.
3. Before issuing a certification allowing welding, cutting and other hot work operations,
the following conditions shall be verified by the PAI:
a. The welding, cutting and other hot work equipment to be used shall be in satisfactory
operating condition and in good repair.
b. Where combustible materials, such as paper clippings, wood shavings, or textile
fibers, are on the floor, the floor shall be swept clean for a radius of eleven meters
(11 m) and the following criteria also shall be met:
1) Combustible floors shall be kept wet, covered with damp sand, or protected by
a listed welding blanket, welding pad, or equivalent.
2) Where floors have been wet down, personnel operating arc welding equipment
or cutting equipment shall be protected from possible shock.
c. All combustibles shall be relocated at least eleven meters (11 m) in all directions from
the work site, and the following criteria also shall be met:
1) If relocation is impractical, combustibles shall be protected by a listed welding
blanket, welding pad, or equivalent.
2) To prevent the entrance of sparks, the edges of covers at the floor shall be tight
including at the point at which several covers overlap where a large pile is being
protected.
d. Openings or cracks in walls, floors, or ducts within eleven meters (11 m) of the site shall
be covered or sealed with listed fire-rated or noncombustible material to prevent the
passage of sparks to adjacent areas.
e. Ducts and conveyor systems that might carry sparks to distant combustibles shall be
shielded, or shut down, or both.
f. If welding, cutting and other hot work is done near walls, partitions, ceilings, or roofs
of combustible construction, they shall be protected by a listed welding curtain,
welding blanket, welding pad, or equivalent.
g. If welding, cutting and other hot work is done on one side of a wall, partition, ceiling,
or roof, one of the following criteria shall be met:
1) Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition of combustibles on the other side
by relocating the combustibles.
310
2) If it is impractical to relocate combustibles, a fire watch shall be provided on the
side opposite from where the work is being performed.
h. Welding, cutting and other hot work operations shall not be attempted on a partition,
wall, ceiling, or roof that has a combustible covering or insulation, or on walls or
partitions of combustible sandwich-type panel construction.
i. Welding, cutting and other hot work operations that is performed on pipes or other
metal that is in contact with combustible walls, partitions, ceilings, roofs, or other
combustibles shall not be undertaken if the work is close enough to cause ignition by
conduction.
j. Fully charged and operable fire extinguishers that are appropriate for the type of
possible fire shall be available immediately at the work area.
k. If existing hose lines are located within the welding, cutting and other hot work area
defined by the permit, they shall be connected and ready for service but shall not be
required to be unrolled or charged.
l. The following shall apply to welding, cutting and other hot work operations done in
close proximity to a sprinkler head:
1) A wet rag shall be laid over the sprinkler head and then removed at the conclusion
of the welding or cutting operation.
2) During welding, cutting and other hot work operations, special precautions shall
be taken to avoid accidental operation of automatic fire detection or suppression
systems (e.g., special extinguishing systems or sprinklers).
m. The operator and nearby personnel shall be suitably protected against dangers such
as heat, sparks, and slag.
n. In instances where the scope of work and the tools used to conduct welding, cutting
and other hot work operations result in possible travel of slag, sparks, spatter, or similar
mobile sources of ignition farther than eleven meters (11 m), the PAI shall be allowed
to extend the distances and areas addressed in para D.2 through para D.4 of this
Section.
o. In instances where the scope of work and tools used to conduct welding, cutting
and other hot work operations are known to be incapable of generating slag, sparks,
spatter or similar mobile sources of ignition capable of leaving the immediate area
of the applied welding, cutting and other hot work, the PAI shall be allowed to do the
following:
1) Reduce the distances and areas addressed in para D.2 through para D.4 of this
Section to distances and areas that he or she considers fire safe for the intended
operation.
2) Describe those distances and areas on the certification for welding, cutting and
other hot work.
4. The area shall be inspected by the PAI at least once per shift while the certification for
welding, cutting and other hot work is in effect to ensure that it is a fire-safe area.
E. Fire Watch
1. A fire watch shall be required by the PAI when welding, cutting and other hot work
is performed in a location where other than a minor fire might develop or where the
following conditions exist:
a. Combustible materials in building construction or contents are closer than eleven
meters (11 m) to the point of operation.
b. Combustible materials are more than eleven meters (11 m) away from the point of
operation but are easily ignited by sparks.
c. Wall or floor openings within an eleven-meter (11 m) radius expose combustible
materials in adjacent areas, including concealed spaces in walls or floors.
d. Combustible materials are adjacent to the opposite side of partitions, walls, ceilings,
or roofs and are likely to be ignited.
2. A fire watch shall be maintained for at least thirty minutes (30 min) after completion
of welding, cutting and other hot work operations in order to detect and extinguish
smoldering fires. The duration of the fire watch shall be extended if the PAI determines
the fire hazards warrant the extension.
311
3. More than one fire watch shall be required if combustible materials that could be ignited
by the welding, cutting and other hot work operation cannot be directly observed by
the initial fire watch.
F. Hot tapping or other cutting and welding on a flammable gas or liquid transmission or
distribution utility pipeline shall be performed by a crew that is qualified to make hot taps.
G. Cylinder use and storage shall be in accordance with NFPA 1, Fire Code, Chapter 63,
Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids.
SECTION 10.4.17.4 PUBLIC EXHIBITIONS AND DEMONSTRATIONS

A. The hereunder provisions shall apply to oxy-fuel gas welding and cutting operations at
public exhibitions, demonstrations, displays, and trade shows, referred to hereinafter as the
“site,” in order to promote the safe use of compressed gases in public gatherings.
B. Installation and operation of welding, cutting, and related equipment shall be done by,
or under the supervision of, a competent operator, to ensure the personal protection of
viewers and demonstrators as well as the protection from fire of materials in and around the
site and the building itself.
C. Site
1. Sites involving the use and storage of compressed gases shall be located so as not to
interfere with egress during an emergency.
2. The site shall be constructed, equipped, and operated in such a manner that the
demonstration minimizes the possibility of injury to viewers.
D. Fire Protection
1. Each site shall be provided with a portable fire extinguisher of appropriate size and type
2. The public, combustible materials, and compressed gas cylinders at the site shall be
protected from flames, sparks, and molten metal.
3. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified in advance of the use of a site for public
exhibitions, demonstrations, and trade shows.
E. Cylinders
1. Gas Capacity Limitation
a. Cylinders containing compressed gases for use at the site shall not be charged in
excess of one-half (1/2) of their maximum permissible content.
b. Cylinders of non-liquefied gases and acetylene shall be charged to not more than
one-half (1/2) of their maximum permissible charged gauge pressure (kPa).
c. Cylinders of liquefied gases shall be charged to not more than one-half (1/2) of the
maximum permissible capacity (kg).
2. Storage
a. Cylinders located at the site shall be connected for use.
b. A sufficient number of additional cylinders shall be allowed to be stored at the site to
furnish approximately one (1) day’s consumption of each gas used.
c. Other cylinders shall be stored in an approved storage area, but not near a building
exit.
3. Cylinders in excess of eighteen kilograms (18 kg) total weight being transported to or
from the site shall be carried on a hand truck or motorized truck.
4. Process hose shall be located and protected so that they will not be physically damaged.
5. Cylinder valves shall be closed when equipment is unattended.
6. If cylinders are designed to be equipped with valve protection caps, such caps shall
be in place, except when the cylinders are in service or are connected and ready for
service.
7. Cylinders shall be secured so that they cannot be knocked over.
F. Arc Welding Equipment
1. Electrical equipment shall be of an approved type and shall be installed and
used in accordance with NFPA 1, Fire Code, Chapter 11.1, Electrical Fire Safety and
manufacturers’ requirements.
2. Damaged cables shall be removed from service until repaired or replaced.
312
DIVISION 18. SAFEGUARDING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION AND
DEMOLITION OPERATIONS

A. Structures undergoing construction, alteration, or demolition operations, including those in
underground locations, shall be in accordance with NFPA 241, Standard for Safeguarding
Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations, and this Division.
B. A fire protection plan shall be submitted to the C/MFM having jurisdiction for approval.
C. In buildings under construction, adequate escape facilities shall be maintained at all times
for the use of construction workers. Escape facilities shall consist of doors, walkways, stairs,
ramps, fire escapes, ladders, or other approved means or devices arranged in accordance
with Division 5 of Chapter 2 of this Rule insofar as they can reasonably be applied to buildings
under construction.
D. Fire department access roads provided in accordance with Section 10.5.7.2 of this RIRR shall
be provided at the start of a project and shall be maintained throughout construction.
E. Permanent fire department access road markings shall not be required until the building is
complete or occupied for use.
SECTION 10.4.18.2 PROCESSES AND HAZARDS

A. Temporary Heating Equipment
1. Temporary heating equipment shall be installed taking into consideration its clearance
to combustible material, equipment, or construction.
2. Temporary heating equipment shall be installed, used, and maintained in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions, except as otherwise provided in para 3 below.
3. Where instructions, as addressed in para 2 above, are not available, temporary heating
equipment shall be used in accordance with recognized safe practices.
4. Temporary heating equipment shall be situated so that it is secured.
5. Only personnel familiar with the operation of the temporary heating equipment shall
be allowed to operate such devices.
6. Temporary heating equipment, where utilized, shall be monitored for safe operation
and maintained by properly trained personnel.
7. Temporary heating equipment and devices noted to be damaged or considered to be
a potential safety hazard shall not be used.
8. Temporary heating equipment using exposed radiant heating wires shall not be used.
9. Temporary electrical heating equipment shall be equipped with tip-over protection
and overheat cutoffs.
10. Chimney or vent connectors, where required from direct-fired eaters, shall be maintained
at least four hundred sixty millimeters (460 mm) from combustibles and shall be installed
in accordance with NFPA 211.
11. Oil-fired heaters shall comply in design and installation features of NFPA 1, Fire Code,
Section 11.5, Heating Appliances.
12. Fuel supplies for liquefied petroleum gas-fired heaters shall comply with Section 10.3.7.8
of this RIRR.
13. Refueling operations shall be conducted in an approved manner. This might necessitate
the removal of the heater prior to refueling. The appliance also should be allowed to
cool prior to refueling.
B. Waste Disposal
1. Accumulations of combustible waste material, dust, and debris shall be removed from
the structure and its immediate vicinity at the end of each work shift or more frequently
as necessary for safe operations.
2. Rubbish shall not be burned on the premises without first obtaining an FSC from the
3. Materials susceptible to spontaneous ignition, such as oily rags, shall be stored in an
appropriate disposal container.
313
4. Trash chutes, where provided, shall comply with the following:
a. A trash chute safety plan shall be submitted to and approved by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
b. Trash chutes used on the exterior of a building shall be of noncombustible construction.
If trash chutes are of combustible construction, it shall be protected in accordance
with the following:
1) The interior of combustible trash chutes shall be provided with not less than one
temporary automatic sprinkler within a recess near the top of the chute.
2) The temporary sprinkler shall be protected by the recess as well as an appropriate
sprinkler guard.
3) The temporary sprinkler shall be connected to any available water supply with an
appropriate fire hose, or a flexible, commercial rubber hose, with a diameter of
not less than nineteen millimeters (19 mm) and an appropriate flexible connector.
C. Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Flammable Gases
1. Storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with
Section 10.3.7.5 of this RIRR, except as modified by the following:
a. Storage of Class I and Class II liquids shall not exceed two hundred twenty-seven liters
(227 L) within fifteen meters (15 m) of the structure.
b. Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and combustible materials not
necessary to the storage.
c. Open flames and smoking shall not be permitted in flammable and combustible
liquids storage areas.
d. Such storage areas shall be appropriately posted as “NO SMOKING” areas.
e. Storage areas shall be appropriately posted with markings in accordance with
NFPA 704, Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for
Emergency Response or Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling
of Chemicals (GHS).
2. Handling of flammable and combustible liquids at point of final use
a. Handling of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with
Section 10.3.7.5 of this RIRR, except as modified by the following:
b. Class I and Class II liquids shall be kept in approved safety containers.
c. Means shall be provided to dispose of leakage and spills promptly and safely.
d. Class I liquids shall be dispensed only where there are no open flames or other sources
of ignition within the possible path of vapor travel.
3. Storage and Handling of Combustible and Flammable Gases
a. Storage and handling of combustible and flammable gases shall be in accordance
b. Open flames and smoking shall not be permitted in flammable gas storage areas.

A. Fire Safety Program
1. An overall construction or demolition fire safety program shall be developed.
2. All of the following items shall be addressed in the fire safety program:
a. Good housekeeping
b. On-site security
c. Fire protection systems
1) For construction operations, installation of new fire protection systems as
construction progresses
2) For demolition operations, preservation of existing fire protection systems during
demolition
d. Organization and training of an on-site fire brigade
e. Development of a pre-fire plan with the C/MFM having jurisdiction
314
f. Rapid communication
g. Consideration of special hazards resulting from previous occupancies
h. Protection of existing structures and equipment from exposure fires resulting from
construction, alteration, and demolition operations
B. Owner’s Responsibility for Fire Protection
1. The owner shall designate a Safety Officer who shall be responsible for the fire prevention
program and who shall ensure that it is carried out to completion.
a. The Safety Officer shall have the authority to enforce the provisions of NFPA 241,
Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations and
other applicable fire protection standards.
b. The Safety Officer shall have knowledge of the applicable fire protection standards,
available fire protection systems, and fire inspection procedures.
c. Inspection records shall be available for review by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Where guard service is provided, the Safety Officer shall be responsible for the guard
service.
3. Pre-fire Plans
a. Where there is a fire brigade, the Safety Officer shall be responsible for the
development of pre-fire plans in conjunction with the BFP.
b. Pre-fire plans shall be updated as necessary.
c. The pre-fire plan shall include provisions for on-site visits by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
4. Safety Officer Responsibilities
a. The Safety Officer shall be responsible for ensuring that proper training in the use of
protection equipment has been provided.
b. The Safety Officer shall be responsible for the presence of adequate numbers and
types of fire protection devices and appliances and for their proper maintenance.
c. The Safety Officer shall be responsible for supervising the permit system for welding,
cutting and other hot work operations.
d. A weekly self-inspection program shall be implemented, with records maintained
and made available.
e. Impairments to the fire protection systems or fire alarm, detection, or communications
systems shall be authorized only by the Safety Officer.
f. Temporary protective coverings used on fire protection devices during renovations,
such as painting, shall be removed promptly when work has been completed in the
area.
5. Site Security
a. Where guard service is provided, the guard(s) shall be trained in all of the following:
1) Notification procedures that include calling the nearest fire station and
management personnel
2) Function and operation of fire protection equipment
3) Familiarization with fire hazards
b. Guards shall be informed of any special status of emergency equipment or hazards.
c. Security fences shall be provided.
d. Entrances (e.g., doors and windows) to the structure under construction, alteration,
or demolition shall be secured.
C. Fire Alarm Reporting
1. There shall be a readily available fire alarm box near the premises, telephone service to
the responding fire department, or equivalent facilities.
2. Instructions shall be issued for the immediate notification of the BFP in the case of a fire.
Where telephone service is employed, the local BFP station number and site address
shall be conspicuously posted near each telephone.
315
D. Access for Fire Fighting
1. A suitable location at the site shall be designated as a command post and provided
with plans, emergency information, keys, communications, and equipment, as needed.
2. The Safety Officer shall respond to the location command post whenever fire occurs.
3. Where access to or within a structure or an area is unduly difficult because of secured
openings or where immediate access is necessary for life-saving or firefighting purposes,
the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be permitted to require a key box to be installed in
an accessible location.
4. The key box shall be an approved type and shall contain keys to gain access.
E. Stairs
1. In all buildings over one (1) storey in height, at least one stairway shall be provided that
is in usable condition at all times and that meets the requirements of NFPA 101.
2. This stairway shall be extended upward as each floor is installed in new construction
and maintained for each floor still remaining during demolition.
3. The stairway shall be lighted.
4. During construction, the stairway shall be enclosed where the building exterior walls
are in place.
5. All exit stairs shall be provided with stair identification signs to include the floor level, stair
designation, and exit path direction as required to provide for safe egress.
F. Standpipes
In all new buildings in which standpipes are required or where standpipes exist in
buildings being altered or demolished, such standpipes shall be maintained in conformity
with the progress of building construction in such a manner that they are always ready for
use.
G. First-Aid Firefighting Equipment
1. The suitability, distribution, and maintenance of portable fire extinguishers shall be in
2. Wherever a tool-house, storeroom, or other shanty is located in or adjacent to the
building under construction or demolition, or where a room or space within that building
is used for storage, a dressing room, or a workshop, at least one (1) approved portable
fire extinguisher shall be provided and maintained in an accessible location, unless
otherwise permitted by para 3 below.
3. The requirement of para 2 above shall be permitted to be waived where the structure
does not exceed fourteen square meters (14 m2) in floor area or is equipped with
automatic sprinklers or other approved protection.
4. At least one (1) approved fire extinguisher also shall be provided in plain sight on each
floor at each usable stairway as soon as combustible material accumulates.
5. Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided on self-propelled equipment.
6. Free access to permanent, temporary, or portable first-aid fire equipment shall be
maintained at all times.
SECTION 10.4.18.4 SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALTERATION OPERATIONS

A. Scaffolding, Shoring, and Forms
1. Accumulations of unnecessary combustible forms or form lumber shall be prohibited.
2. Combustible forms or form lumber shall be brought into the structure only when needed.
3. Combustible forms or form lumber shall be removed from the structure as soon as
stripping is complete.
4. Those portions of the structure where combustible forms are present shall not be used
for the storage of other combustible building materials.
5. During forming and stripping operations, portable fire extinguishers or charged hose
lines shall be adequately provided to protect the additional combustible loading.
B. Temporary Separation Walls
1. Protection shall be provided to separate an occupied portion of the structure from a
portion of the structure undergoing alteration, construction, or demolition operations
316
when such operations are considered as having a higher level of hazard than the
occupied portion of the building.
2. Walls shall have at least a one-hour (1-hr) fire resistance rating.
3. Opening protectives shall have at least a forty-five minute (45-min) fire resistance rating.
4. Non-rated walls and opening protectives shall be permitted when an approved
automatic sprinkler system is installed.
C. Fire Protection During Construction
1. Water Supply
a. A water supply for fire protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made
available as soon as combustible material accumulates.
b. There shall be no delay in the installation of fire protection equipment.
c. Where underground water mains and hydrants are to be provided, they shall be
installed, completed, and in service prior to commencing construction work on any
structure.
2. Sprinkler Protection
a. If automatic sprinkler protection is to be provided, the installation shall be placed in
service as soon as practicable.
b. The details of installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 13.
c. Where sprinklers are required for safety to life, the building shall not be occupied until
the sprinkler installation has been entirely completed and tested so that the protection
is not susceptible to frequent impairment caused by testing and correction, unless
otherwise permitted by para “d” below.
d. The provision of para “c” above shall not prohibit occupancy of the lower floors
of a building, even where the upper floors are in various stages of construction or
protection, provided that both of the following conditions are satisfied:
1) The sprinkler protection of the lower occupied floors has been completed and
tested in accordance with para “c” above.
2) The sprinkler protection of the upper floors is supplied by entirely separate systems
and separate control valves so that the absence or incompleteness of protection
in no way impairs the sprinkler protection of the occupied lower floors.
e. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized
personnel and shall be accompanied by the notification of duly designated parties.
f. Where the sprinkler protection is regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection
of newly completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the
end of each work shift to ascertain that protection is in service.
3. Standpipes
a. General
1) The pipe size, hose valves, hose, water supply, and other details for new
construction shall be in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this RIRR.
2) On permanent Type II and Type III standpipes, hose and nozzles shall be provided
and made ready for use as soon as the water supply is available to the standpipe,
unless otherwise permitted by para 3 below.
3) In combined systems where occupant hose is not required, temporary hose and
nozzles shall be provided during construction.
b. Standpipe Installations in Buildings Under Construction. Where required by the
C/MFM having jurisdiction, in buildings under construction, a standpipe system,
either temporary or permanent in nature, shall be installed in accordance with the
following provisions.
1) The standpipes shall be provided with conspicuously marked and readily
accessible fire department connections on the outside of the building at the
street level and shall have at least one (1) standard hose outlet at each floor.
2) The pipe sizes, hose valves, hose, water supply, and other details for new
construction shall be in accordance with NFPA 241.
3) The standpipes shall be securely supported and restrained at each alternate
floor.
317
4) At least one (1) approved hose valve for attaching fire department hose shall
be provided at each intermediate landing or floor level in the exit stairway, as
determined by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
5) Valves shall be kept closed at all times and guarded against mechanical injury.
6) Hose valves shall have National Hose (NH) standard external threads for the valve
size specified in accordance with NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections,
unless modified by para 7 below.
7) Where local fire department connections do not conform to NFPA 1963, the
C/MFM having jurisdiction shall designate the connection to be used.
8) The standpipes shall be extended up with each floor and shall be securely
capped at the top.
9) Top hose outlets shall be not more than one floor below the highest forms, staging,
and similar combustibles at all times.
10) Temporary standpipes shall remain in service until the permanent standpipe
installation is complete.
D. Alteration of Buildings
1. Where the building is protected by fire protection systems, such systems shall be
maintained operational at all times during alteration.
2. Where alteration requires modification of a portion of the fire protection system, the
remainder of the system shall be kept in service and the fire department shall be notified.
3. When it is necessary to shut down the system, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall have
the authority to require alternate measures of protection until the system is returned to
service.
4. The fire department shall be notified when the system is shut down and when the system
is returned to service.
5. All required exit components shall be maintained in accordance with Division 5 of
Chapter 2 of this Rule as deemed necessary by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
6. Fire-resistive assemblies and construction shall be maintained.
E. Fire Safety During Demolition
1. If a building intended to be demolished contains a sprinkler system, the C/MFM having
jurisdiction shall be notified before rendering the system inoperative.
2. Demolition operations involving the use of welding, cutting and other hotwork shall be
in accordance with Division 17 of this Chapter.
3. Combustible waste material shall not be burned at the demolition site unless approved
by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. Combustible materials shall be removed from the site
as often as necessary to minimize the hazards therefrom.
4. Upon the determination by the C/MFM having jurisdiction that the demolition site is of a
hazardous nature, qualified personnel shall serve as an on-site fire watch.
F. Torch-Applied Roofing Systems
1. An FSC shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Torch-applied roofing systems shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 241.
G. Tar Kettles
1. General
a. These provisions shall apply to any type of equipment including, but not limited to,
chassis-mounted equipment used for preheating or heating tar, asphalt, pitch, or
similar substances for roofs, floors, pipes, or similar objects.
b. An FSC shall be secured from C/MFM having jurisdiction.
c. Operating kettles shall not be located inside of or on the roof of any building.
d. The kettle shall be operated in a controlled area. The area shall be identified by the
use of traffic cones, barriers, and other suitable means as approved by the C/MFM
318
e. Kettle Supervision
1) An operating kettle shall be attended by a minimum of one (1) employee who is
knowledgeable of the operations and hazards.
2) The employee shall be within seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) of the kettle and
shall have the kettle within sight.
f. Fire Extinguishers
1) Two (2) approved 4-A:40-B:C fire extinguishers shall be provided and maintained
within seven and six tenths meters (7.6 m) of the operating kettle.
2) A minimum of one (1) approved 4-A:40-B:C fire extinguisher shall be provided
and maintained on the roof in close proximity to the roofing operations while the
roofing material is being applied.
3) Fire extinguishers shall be mounted in an accessible and visible or identified
location.
g. Exits
1) Roofing kettles shall not block exits, means of egress, gates, roadways, or
entrances.
2) Kettles shall not be closer than three meters (3 m) from exits or means of egress.
2. Fuel System
a. Fuel containers shall be constructed and approved for the use for which they were
designed.
b. LPG hose, container, regulators and burners shall be in accordance with
Section 10.3.7.8 of this RIRR and NFPA 58.
c. LPG cylinders shall be secured to prevent accidental tip-over.
d. Regulators shall be required on any cylinders.
e. Upon determination by the C/MFM having jurisdiction that the physical damage
to the container is a danger, protection shall be provided to prevent such
physical damage.
f. LPG containers for roofing kettles shall not be used in any building.
3. Maintenance
a. Roofing kettles and all integral working parts shall be in good working condition and
shall be maintained free of excessive residue.
b. All piping used for pumping heated material to the roof shall be installed in a manner
to prevent loss of heated material.
c. Flexible steel piping shall not be used on the vertical extension of piping systems.
d. Flexible steel piping shall be limited to those connections that are immediately
adjacent to the pump kettle or discharge outlet.
e. No single length of flexible piping shall exceed one and eight tenths meters (1.8 m) in
length, and all piping shall be able to withstand a pressure of at least four (4) times
the working pressure of the pump.
f. Roofing Kettle Doors
1) All roofing kettles shall have doors permanently attached.
2) Roofing kettle doors shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and shall be
provided with handles that allow them to be opened without the operator
having to stand in front of same.
3) All kettles shall have an approved, working visible temperature gauge that
indicates the temperature of the material being heated.
g. All kettle doors shall be tightly closed and latched when in transit.
4. Construction
a. Minimum Requirements
1) This provision shall apply to all roofing kettles or tar pots in excess of three and
eight tenths liters (3.8 L) capacity.
2) No roofing kettle shall have a capacity in excess of five barrels (5 bbl).
319
b. The materials and methods of construction of roofing kettles shall be acceptable to
c. Roofing kettles of two-barrel (2-bbl) capacity or less shall be constructed of
steel sheet having a thickness of not less than two and sixty-seven hundredths
millimeters (2.67 mm) (No. 12 Manufacturers’ Standard Gauge). Kettles of more
than two-barrel (2-bbl) capacity shall be constructed of steel sheet having a
thickness of not less than three and forty-three hundredths millimeters (3.43 mm)
(No. 10 Manufacturers’ Standard Gauge). All supports, corners, and the top and
bottom of the fire box shall be bound with angle iron or other reinforcements
approved by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. All doors shall be hinged, closely fitted,
and adequately latched. Fire boxes shall be of sufficient height from the ground or
shall be provided with a system of shields or insulation to prevent heat damage to
the street surface.
d. Lids that can be gravity operated shall be provided on all roofing kettles. The tops
and covers of all kettles shall be constructed of steel sheet having a thickness of not
less than one and nine tenths millimeters (1.9 mm) (No. 14 Manufacturers’ Standard
Gauge) that is close fitting and attached to the kettle with hinges that allow gravity
to close the lid.
e. The chassis shall be substantially constructed and capable of carrying the load
imposed upon it whether it is standing still or being transported.
f. Fuel containers, burners, and related appurtenances of roofing kettles in which LPG
is used for heating shall be in accordance with Section 10.3.7.8 of this RIRR.
g. Fuel containers that operate under air pressure shall not exceed seventy-six liters
(76 L) in capacity.
h. All fuel containers shall be maintained in accordance with applicable PNS, NFPA
and other internationally accepted codes and standards or shall be at least three
meters (3 m) from the burner flame or at least six tenths meter (0.6 m) therefrom when
properly insulated from heat or flame.
H. Asbestos Removal
1. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours prior to the
commencement and closure of asbestos removal operations.
2. Approved signs shall be posted at the entrance, exit and exit access door,
decontamination areas, and waste disposal areas for asbestos removal operations.
a. The signs shall state that asbestos is being removed from the area; that asbestos is a
suspected carcinogen; and that proper respiratory protection is required.
b. Signs shall have a reflective surface, and lettering shall be a minimum of fifty-one
millimeters (51 mm) high.
3. Handling, storage and transportation of asbestos shall be in accordance with RA 6969,
Toxic Substances and Hazardous and Nuclear Wastes Control Act of 1990 and DENR
Administrative Order No. 2000-02, Chemical Control Order for Asbestos.
CHAPTER 5. MISCELLANEOUS SAFETY MEASURES

DIVISION 1. WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS

This Division shall cover the fire safety measures and explosion prevention at water and
waste water treatment units, plants or facilities, including but not limited to their unit processes
and operations, such as collection and pumping, liquid and solid treatment systems, and
related appurtenances, service areas and premises.
SECTION 10.5.1.2 GENERAL SAFETY PRACTICES

A. Basic control procedures shall be adopted by the plant owner or operator to minimize
potential fire and explosion incidents in water or waste water treatment plants, and shall
be contained in the FSCR or FSMR as prerequisite for the issuance of FSC and/or FSIC by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction. It shall include hazard evaluation, process and equipment
controls, ventilation, materials of construction, and education.
320
B. Observance of fundamental electrical safety practices shall be pursued by the plant owner
or operator through proper electrical classification of hazardous locations, and the proper
selection, installation, and operation of electrical equipment, motors, and devices that are
suitable for these locations. Electrical systems, devices and installations, and its operations
and maintenance shall comply with the latest edition of PEC and manufacturer’s instructions
and in cases where applicable, with the NFPA 70, NEC and other internationally accepted
standards.
C. The plant owner or operator or their duly authorized representatives shall ensure that the
handling of chemicals, fuels and materials used, including but not limited to solvents,
oxidizing materials, chlorine, lime, hydrogen, oxygen, acetylene, petroleum liquids, oils,
and a variety of chemicals and specialty gases used in treatment processes, laboratory
analyses and instrumentation calibration, and generated wastes in or around water or
waste water treatment plants that present potential hazards of fire and explosion, shall be
made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this RIRR.
SECTION 10.5.1.3 HAZARD EVALUATION

A. A hazard evaluation shall be initiated early in the design process and hazard prevention
and protection recommendations shall be integrated into plant process specifications and
design considerations.
B. Identification of potential hazards associated with the raw water or raw waste water
entering the plant, the materials used in the treatment processes, and materials or wastes
produced by the treatment processes and operations shall be completely understood and
evaluated.
C. Risk evaluation shall prescribe specific control measures to be incorporated at the design
stage of the plant, as well as during the operation and maintenance of the plant. These
measures shall include, but not be limited to, address fail-safe design, emergency controls,
redundant instrumentation, occurrence of leaks and spills, venting and pressure relief
systems, pipe and equipment support, anchorage and vibration prevention, and damage
limiting construction in relation to fire and/or explosion.
D. Special attention shall be given to more potential hazards associated with fuel gases, sewer
and sludge gases, specialty gases, liquids, solids, dusts, their mixture or when mixed or
reacted with oxygen or other gases, construction and maintenance materials, repairs and
welding, cutting and other hotworks as sources of ignition, fire and/or explosion. As a result
of this evaluation, a written plant safety plan shall be prepared and carried out through an
integrated safety program, done and implemented in close coordination with the C/MFM
E. The evaluation shall be reviewed and updated periodically as conditions at the plant
change. A report shall be prepared and maintained by the plant operator/owner and shall
be made available to the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.5.1.4 PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL

A. Plant processes and equipment operations manuals shall be prepared and made available
at all times to plant technicians and/or operators at their respective stations, readily made
accessible for reference, even to the Fire Safety Inspectors. These manuals shall identify or
prescribed control of fire and explosions, covering among others the removal of possible
accumulation of source of fuel or explosive materials, limitation of oxygen required for
combustion, removal of sources of ignition, and means of fire suppression and explosion
venting (prevention) and shielding (protection), as well as emergency evacuation when
applicable.
B. Identification of different potential sources of ignition shall be considered in each part of
the plant system, whether collection, liquid treatment, solid treatment, or fuel and chemical
handling. Control of ignition resulting from one (1) or more causes, such as open flames
and hot surfaces, electrical arcs, sparks, or chemical reactions, shall be covered by the
above-mentioned manuals and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this RIRR
and/or in applicable cases by therein adopted Code of Practices prescribed by the
manufacturer or internationally accepted standards.
C. To address control and/or reduce the potential for ignition within the plant, the following
measures are prescribed:
1. All entry sites within a plant, collection system, manholes, pumping stations and other
facilities shall be properly protected from unauthorized entries. It shall be provided with
321
appropriate security system and protection by or in combination of security fencing,
lockable gates/doors, at least two (2) hours fire rated compartmentation, posting of
guards and/or installation of electronic video camera monitoring system as applicable,
and made accessible only to authorized personnel and/or persons in authority.
2. Introduction of ignition sources at these sites, as well as other parts of the plant, shall be
limited and regulated by an accepted life and safety procedural guidelines, supervised
by a Fire Safety Practitioner. As a general rule, introduction of ignition sources in these sites
or areas shall be limited and adequate ventilation shall always be provided. Provided
further, in cases where welding, cutting and other hotworks or repair, rehabilitation,
maintenance and other related activities that may introduce ignition are carried in a
water or wastewater treatment plant, an appropriate FSC shall first be secured from
3. Removal by vacuum or coverage with foam shall be necessary in the event that a
foreign combustible material enters the sewer system.
4. Chemicals and fuels shall always be stored in accordance with applicable provisions
of this RIRR and/or manufacturer’s instructions or international acceptable standards
as adopted in the plant. In cases of having two (2) or more degrees of safety, the most
stringent degree of requirement shall prevail.
SECTION 10.5.1.5 VENTILATION

A. Ventilation rates for enclosed spaces containing used water or waste water exposed to the
atmosphere shall be based on the calculated vaporization rate of the most volatile liquid
anticipated to be present in the plant.
B. In considering ventilation requirements, the designer shall base his/her calculations upon
the surface area of channels, tanks, or other vessels containing the used water or waste
water exposed to atmosphere, the temperature of used water or waste water, the ambient
air temperature, and the vaporization rate of the volatile liquid. Allowance shall be made
for vaporization of volatile liquid from the free water surface in connecting sewers within
a reasonable distance from the structure, turbulence that may accelerate vaporization of
the volatile liquid, inefficiency of the ventilation system in purging the enclosures, and any
other factors that the designer could reasonably expect to effect the rate of release of the
flammable vapour to the structure.
C. Ventilation rate shall conform to Annex A, Table 51, Minimum Ventilation Rates in Water and
Waste Water Treatment Plants which presents typical ventilation rates for various areas in
the treatment plants or shall be based on actual calculations whichever is greater.
SECTION 10.5.1.6 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION

A. For the purpose of this RIRR, the selection and/or usage of materials for the construction
of treatment plants shall require the understanding of its classification and suitability
of its application as divided in three basic categories, such as: (1) combustible, (2) non-
combustible, and (3) limited combustibility, and shall comply with NFPA 220, Standards Types
of Building Construction, or applicable internationally accepted standards for treatment
plants.
B. Construction materials being considered for treatment plants shall be selected based on
the fire hazard and fire risk evaluation. The application of these materials shall be based
on the reduction or elimination of the effects of fire or explosion by maintaining structural
integrity, controlling fire spread and smoke generation, preventing the release of toxic
products of combustion, and maintaining serviceability and operation of the facility.
C. All buildings or unit processes that are considered critical to the integrity of treatment
plants shall be of non-combustible type and shall be constructed in accordance with the
latest edition of National Building Code of the Philippines (NBCP). Fire safety measures in
buildings as prescribed in this RIRR and other internationally accepted standards shall also
be observed.
D. In specific cases for waste water treatment plants, notwithstanding the applicability of some
provisions to water treatment plants for similar applications, the following prescriptions shall
be observed strictly:
1. Sewers that handle or may handle flammable or hazardous materials shall be of non-
322
2. Manholes, factory-built pumping stations, and other structures entered by personnel
that handle raw or partially treated waste water shall be constructed only of
non-combustible materials.
3. Non-combustible materials shall be used for air supply and exhaust systems. Provided, in
cases when combustible or limited combustible materials are used to control corrosion,
approved smoke and fire dampers shall be installed. A separate smoke ventilation
system shall be preferred; however, smoke venting shall be allowed as integrated into
normal ventilation system using automatic or manually positioned dampers and motor
speed control.
4. No cellular or foamed plastic materials shall be used as interior finish. Interior finishes
shall provide a maximum degree of fire resistance, with minimum flame spread rate
and smoke generation for particular application. This information shall be secured from
material manufacturers and supported by test certificates attesting to its validity.
5. In cases of plastic or fibreglass-reinforced plastic products and/or materials of
construction in unit process, such as rotating biological contactors, bio-towers, filters
or trickling filters, inclined plate or tube settlers, ventilation ducts, and other equipment
which may be subject to corrosion, extreme care shall be taken with open flames, such
as cutting torches, during maintenance or repair operations, as these materials may
present a considerable fuel load, if ignited.
SECTION 10.5.1.7 EDUCATION

A. The role of education in the promotion of general safety and mitigation measure shall be
given importance in this particular case. In-house training programs, such as but not limited
to plant emergency organization, and housekeeping, operation, repair and maintenance
(preventive and rehabilitation), first aid, occupational health and safety, fire prevention and
suppression techniques, for all plant personnel shall be established. A priority objective shall
be to provide information on how to (1) understand, (2) identify, (3) prevent, and (4) handle
hazardous sources or situation relating to potential fire, explosion, and toxicity problems.
B. A close liaison shall be established, pursued and sustained between the C/MFM having
jurisdiction, including other authorized emergency personnel, and treatment plant’s
owner or operator, specially its safety personnel so that mutually approved emergency
procedures, including familiarity of the plant, shall be established.

The fire protection and suppression measures in treatment plants shall include but not be
limited to the following:
A. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
Approved, supervised sprinkler systems shall be installed in buildings or structures
located at the treatment plant in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR and/or
other internationally accepted standards. Provided further, that in certain areas, such
as chemical storage areas, underground tunnels or structures, or areas where electrical
hazard is a principal concern, the use of other appropriate fire protection measures shall
be considered based on manufacturer’s instructions and/or internationally accepted
standards, subject to the evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
B. Chemical Suppression System
Clean agent, chemical wetting agent, foam, and dry chemical systems shall be installed
or used whenever applicable, in buildings or structures located at treatment plants based
on manufacturer’s instructions and/or internationally accepted standards, subject to the
evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
1. Chemical wetting agents, ionized water mists, and foam extinguishing systems shall be
used, whenever applicable, for wet wells, grit and screening processes, primary clarifiers,
and pits and tanks, where floating flammable liquid may collect on the surface.
2. Clean agents, ionized water mists, inert gas suppressants, and carbon dioxide
extinguishing systems shall be used, whenever applicable, where electronics and
computer equipment are located.
3. Clean agent, ionized water mists, carbon dioxide, and dry chemical extinguishing
systems shall be considered or used in chemical storage areas, underground tunnels or
structures, or where electrical hazard is a principal concern and where water damage
would seriously impair the integrity of the treatment plant.
323
C. Standpipes and Hydrants
Standpipes, hose streams, and hydrants shall be provided where appropriate in buildings
or structures located at treatment plants in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this RIRR
and/or other internationally accepted standards.
D. Fire Suppression Supply Systems
1. Water supplies shall be capable of delivering the total demand of sprinklers, hose
streams, foam and other chemical systems in accordance with Sections 10.2.6.7 and
2. In areas where there is no public water supply or where the public water supply is
inadequate, treatment plant effluent or recycled water shall be used for fire protection.
3. In cases when the plant water system is used as the principal source for fire protection,
the system shall be capable of providing an adequate quantity and pressure, and have
sufficient standby capacity to meet all fire water flow requirements. If the plant water
system is used as back up to public water supply, the system shall provide easy access
and connections for pumper equipment or firefighting apparatus.
4. When fire pumps are the source of supply used in the plant water system, multiple
pumps with sufficient capacity to meet fire flow requirements, even with the largest
pump out of service shall be provided. Pumps used shall be automatic starting with
manual shutdown or mechanical equipment.
E. Fire Extinguishers
Portable fire extinguishers of appropriate types shall be provided in buildings or
structures located at treatment plant in accordance with Section 10.2.6.9 of this RIRR
and/or other internationally accepted standards. In some areas of treatment plant, such as
basements, underground pipe galleries connecting buildings, and other areas which are
not occupied continuously, optional reduction of the portable units shall be considered and
may be requested, depending on frequency of occupancy, intended use and equipment
contained in the space, and hazards potential for fire and/or explosion subject to the
evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
F. Special Fire Protection and Miscellaneous Measures
Special fire protection and miscellaneous measure shall be considered in some
treatment plants and processes having unique problems or situations, such as but not
limited to the following:
1. Applicable special or alternative fire protection measures during construction at both
new and existing treatment plant facilities shall be considered based on safety to life,
protection of property, and potential for delays in construction, as well as plant or unit
process start up as recommended by qualified Fire Safety Practitioner and subject to
the evaluation and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
2. Lightning protection shall be provided for structures in accordance with the latest edition
of PEC and NFPA 780, Lightning Protection Guide, Appendix L (Principles of Lightning
Protection).
3. Traffic flow and crowd management arrangements shall be made to permit rapid
entry to the plant by firefighters, police and other authorized personnel of concerned
government agencies, in cases of fire or other emergencies.
4. The plant emergency organization, where provided, shall be properly instructed and
trained in the use of all fire protection equipment located at the treatment plant.
5. Early detection and notification system in case of fire and explosion shall also be
established to protect the integrity of the buildings and unit processes. Protective
measures to detect flame, heat or smoke shall be selected and installed where needed
in accordance with Section 10.2.6.4 of this RIRR and/or manufacturer’s instruction and
other internationally accepted standards, subject to the evaluation and approval of
6. Where appropriate, central station, local protective auxiliary, remote station, or
proprietary sprinkler water flow alarms shall be provided based on manufacturer’s
instructions and/or other internationally accepted standards, subject to the evaluation
and approval of the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
324
DIVISION 2. SMOKING
SECTION 10.5.2.1 DESIGNATED AND PROHIBITED SMOKING AREAS

A. In areas where flammable and combustible materials are stored or handled,
“NO SMOKING” signages shall be posted in each building, structure, room or place in
which smoking is prohibited. Such signs shall be conspicuously and suitably located. The
C/MFM having jurisdiction shall designate specific safe locations, if necessary, in any
building structure, or place in which smoking may be permitted.
B. It shall be unlawful for any person during that period of the year declared by the C/MFM
having jurisdiction as the hazardous season, to light, ignite or smoke any tobacco, cigarette,
pipe, or cigar in or upon any brush or forest covered land or land covered with flammable
materials. However, nothing in this Section shall apply to the area within the boundaries of
any established smoking areas as designated by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.5.2.2 NO SMOKING SIGNAGES

A. The letters “NO SMOKING” shall be made readable and recognizable within a minimum
distance of fifteen and twenty-five hundredths meters (15.25 m) at any given time, at least
one hundred millimeters (100 mm) high preferably with white-colored letters upon a red
background. The posting location of such signs shall be in conspicuous places or as deemed
required by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
B. Likewise, the designated smoking areas shall be properly identified by the placement
of a signage identifying such area on its entrance. Such area shall adopt precautionary
measures relative to fire safety.
C. In no case shall a signage of “SMOKING AREA” be of different color from the “NO SMOKING”
sign. The “SMOKING AREA” sign shall be posted on the entrance of the area designated
as such.
DIVISION 3. MANUFACTURE AND SALE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

This Division prescribes the guidelines for the regulation of fire safety measures in the
manufacture, sale, servicing and maintenance of fire extinguishers, including but not limited to
prescribing standards and requirements thereof.
SECTION 10.5.3.2 MANUFACTURE AND SALE

No person shall engage in the manufacture, sale or servicing of fire extinguishers unless an
FSIC is obtained from the C/MFM having jurisdiction, as a prerequisite for the grant of permit or
license by the DTI.
An FSIC shall be issued only upon payment of two per centum (2%) of the manufacturer’s/
dealer’s/servicing firm’s gross sales.
A. Standards
1. All locally manufactured fire extinguishers shall be classified, tested and rated in
accordance with the PNS No. 27:1984, Rules for Classification, Fire Testing and Rating of
Portable Fire Extinguishers or latest PNS. Provided that in the absence, non-coverage
or limitation of existing PNS on other quality standard requirements, adoption of other
internationally accepted standards and/or alignment to the International Organization
for Standardization (ISO) norms shall be applicable for its manufacture, including but
not limited to its containers (cylinders or tanks), types of chemical extinguishing agents
used, accessories and ancillary devices.
2. All extinguishers that are made and imported from other countries shall be considered
acceptable when manufactured in accordance with International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) norms and/or internationally accepted standards and/or listings
or certifications, such as but not limited to the following agencies:
a. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
b. Underwriter Laboratory, Incorporated (UL)
c. Factory Manual, Incorporated (FM)
d. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
325
e. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPC or LPCB)
f. European Committee for Standardization (CE or CEN)
g. Australia Standards Association (ASA)
h. Japan Industrial Standard Committee (JIS or JISC)
i. Korea Fire Industry Technology Institute (KFI)
3. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as to preclude the use of other standards,
if and when, such standards are proven to be equal or more stringent that the
above-listed standards, as evaluated and recommended by the Fire Code Technical
Staff and approved by Chief, BFP.
B. Fire Extinguishers Marks and Labels
All fire extinguishers manufactured or sold in the Philippines shall be marked and labeled
providing the following information:
1. Containers (tanks or cylinders) shall have permanent markings (stamped, pressed or
embossed) that identify its manufacturer (e.g., logo or initials or abbreviation or symbols),
date of manufacture/fabrication, lot number and applicable standards (e.g., ASME,
ANSI, ASTM, etc.) or patent registration in case of original invention.
2. Basic product labels or marks presenting the following information, among others:
a. Name, address, and contact details of the manufacturer and/or dealer
b. Date of original filling of the container
c. Chemical contents. The extinguishing agent shall be identified both under the
common name and the chemical formula. Where the extinguishing agent is a
formula, details on their proportions shall likewise be indicated.
d. Type of extinguishers
1) Whether or not useful for Class A, B, C, or D fires for locally manufactured types or
appropriate classifications for imported types based on adopted standards; and
2) Numerical rating of the extinguisher.
e) Opening instructions
f) Safety procedure in usage
C. Tagging of Serviced Fire Extinguishers
Whenever any person duly qualified by the DTI or its equivalent services a fire extinguisher,
a tag shall at least indicate:
1. The month and year the services are performed;
2. The chemical name and formula of the contents;
3. The type of extinguisher serviced; and
4. The name, address, contact details and certificate of registration number of the
servicing firm.
SECTION 10.5.3.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

A. Preventive maintenance audit of fire extinguisher shall be conducted periodically by the
building owners or persons responsible in accordance with the PNS No 27:1984, at least
once (1) every twelve (12) months.
B. If after inspection it shows that servicing is necessary, it shall be performed by the legitimate
supplier/manufacturer duly licensed by DTI.
SECTION 10.5.3.4 PROHIBITED TYPES OF EXTINGUISHERS

The following types of fire extinguishers and/or extinguishing agents are prohibited for
manufacture or sale:
A. All inverting types which require inversion of the extinguisher before its operation;
B. Soda-acid extinguishers;
C. Stored pressure or cartridge-operated foam solution, water or loaded stream;
D. Vaporizing liquids (e.g., carbon tetrachloride);
326
E. Thermal special hazards single station extinguishers with extinguishing capability of less
than four and a half cubic meters (4.5 m3);
F. Fire extinguishers containing Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) in accordance with the
phase out schedule by DENR; and
G. Other types which may be prohibited and banned hereinafter by proper authorities.
SECTION 10.5.3.5 PROHIBITED ACTS

The following are declared prohibited acts with regard to fire extinguishers:
A. Removal of inspection tags attached to fire extinguishers.
B. Refilling a discharged extinguisher with an extinguishing agent other than what the unit was
designed to contain.
C. Selling extinguishers not appropriate to the hazard.
D. Selling any extinguisher prohibited under Section 10.5.3.4 of this RIRR.
E. Selling defective or substandard extinguishers.
F. Using/installing two (2) or more thermal special hazard vaporizing liquid unit in rooms with
volume greater than the nominal capability of one (1) unit.
G. Installing pressure gauges in fire extinguishers that do not indicate the actual pressure of the
interior of the fire extinguisher, such as but not limited to, using defective or not calibrated
gauges; not providing, or blocking the connection between the gauge and the interior; or
fixing/tampering the indicator or needle to indicate a certain pressure.
DIVISION 4. OPEN BURNING
SECTION 10.5.4.1 WHEN ALLOWED

Open burning is allowed provided that an FSC shall first be obtained from the C/MFM
SECTION 10.5.4.2 EXCEPTIONS

An FSC shall not be required in the following:
A. Fires for outdoor food cooking/preparation, provided that such fire is built and maintained
in a pit fully containing the fire, or a fire proof container made of brick, stone, metal or other
fire proof material to prevent fire from spreading.
B. Fires that are used for recreation and ceremony such as symbolic torch, camp fires, and
religious/cultural fires, provided that burning must be attended and supervised at all times.
SECTION 10.5.4.3 PROHIBITION ON OPEN BURNING

The following acts shall be prohibited:
A. When atmospheric conditions or circumstances make the fire hazardous or produce
excessive or unnecessary smoke, soot, odors, visible emissions, heat, flame or radiation so
as to cause nuisance, hazard or to violate other laws, rules and regulations, issuances and
ordinances, specifically as provided under RIRR of RA 8749, such as:
1. burning using any materials in any quantities which shall cause the emission of toxic
and poisonous fumes. Such materials include but are not limited to plastic, polyvinyl
chloride, polypropylene, paints, ink, wastes containing heavy metals, organic chemicals,
petroleum related compound, industrial wastes, ozone depleting substances and other
similar toxic and hazardous substances; and,
2. burning or cause open burning of waste materials in the premises of any establishment,
firm, company, government or private entity or organizations within the area of their
jurisdiction, including recognized or unrecognized dumpsites in any quality or quantity.
B. Discarding burning objects or dropping any lighted match, cigar, cigarette or other burning
substance, on or near combustible material or in places where fire is likely to occur.
C. Depositing hot ashes or cinders, or smoldering coals, or greasy or oily substances liable to
spontaneous ignition, into any combustible receptacle.
D. Kindling of fire upon the land of another without permission of the owner thereof or his/her agent.
E. Use of sky lantern and the like.
327
Outdoor burning, when authorized shall be subject to the following requirements:
A. The location thereof shall not be less than fifteen meters (15 m) from any structure and
adequate provision is made to prevent fire from spreading to within fifteen meters (15 m) of
any structure.
B. Burning is permitted only when wind direction and other meteorological conditions such
as smoke and other pollutants will not present hazard to any public road, landing strip,
navigable water, or have a negative effect on any building, structure or sensitive receptor/
electronic equipment.
C. Any residual fires and/or smoldering objects that continue to emit smoke shall be extinguished
each day at the end of the burning activity.
D. Other fire safety measures necessary that may be imposed by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
SECTION 10.5.4.5 PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE

Application for FSC shall be filed in writing before the Office of the C/MFM having jurisdiction
at least two (2) days prior to the date of burning.
SECTION 10.5.4.6 RESPONSIBLE PERSON FOR OUTDOOR BURNING

A. The applicant shall be the responsible person for outdoor burning who shall be present
prior and during the burning activity. He shall be liable for the consequences, damages, or
injuries resulting from the said burning.
B. The granting of the herein FSC does not exempt or excuse the applicant thereof
from complying with all other applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and orders of
governmental entities having jurisdiction.
DIVISION 5. INCINERATOR
Incinerators shall comply with the Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act
No. 8749, Clean Air Act.
DIVISION 6. USE OF EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES,

DEVICES AND VACANT BUILDINGS
SECTION 10.5.6.1 TOY BALLOONS

No person without any authority from the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall inflate any toy
balloon or other similar device with any toxic, explosive or flammable gas, or sell, give away or
furnish any such balloon/device when so inflated. Open flame shall be prohibited in the vicinity
where toy balloons are inflated, or where inflated toy balloons are present.
SECTION 10.5.6.2 TRACER BULLETS AND SIMILAR DEVICES

No person shall possess or fire or discharge or cause to be fired any tracer bullet or tracer
charge, or any type of projectile or device, such as fireworks, that discharges smoldering or
flammable material, in any brush or grass-covered area, or any area where flammable materials
are present.
SECTION 10.5.6.3 ASPHALT KETTLES

It shall be unlawful to transport over any highway, road or street any asphalt kettle beneath
which is being heated by an open fire, coals or ashes. Heating of asphalt kettles inside or on the
roof of any building shall be done only with an FSC issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction. There
shall be at least one (1) approved fire extinguisher of a minimum 12-B or C classification within
nine meters (9 m) of each asphalt kettle being heated and one (1) additional fire extinguisher
of 16-B or C classification in the area of work being covered.
328
SECTION 10.5.6.4 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND OTHER DEVICES
A. Use and Installation
It shall be unlawful to use and/or install any electrical wiring appliance, apparatus or
device in violation of the latest edition of the PEC.
B. Fire Hazard
The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall notify the local Building Official of the existence of any
hazardous electrical installation. He/She may order the use of such installation discontinued
immediately until correction or the hazard be effected.
SECTION 10.5.6.5 TRAPDOORS TO BE CLOSED

All trapdoors and scuttle covers, except those that are automatic in their operations, in any
building other than single-family dwelling, shall be kept closed at all times, in order to prevent
the easy passage of smoke and heat in case of fire.
SECTION 10.5.6.6 SHAFTWAYS TO BE MARKED

To preclude accidents during fire operations, every outside window in a building used for
manufacture purposes or for storage which opens directly on any hoist way or other vertical
means of communication between two (2) or more floors in such buildings shall be plainly
marked with the word “SHAFTWAY” in red letters, at least one hundred fifty millimeters (150 mm),
on a white background. Such warning sign shall be placed as to be easily discernible from the
outside of the building. Every door or window opening on such shaftway from the interior of the
building shall be similarly marked with the warning word “SHAFTWAY” so placed as to be easily
visible to anyone approaching the shaftway from the interior of the building.
SECTION 10.5.6.7 USE OF TORCHES OR FLAME-PRODUCING DEVICES FOR

REMOVING PAINT
Any person using a torch or other flame-producing device for removing paint from any
surface within a building or structure shall secure an FSC issued by the C/MFM having jurisdiction
and provide one (1) approved fire extinguisher or water hose equipped with a suitable nozzle,
sufficient in length to reach all portions of the building, and connected to the water supply on
the premises where such operation is being done. In all cases, the person doing the removal of
paint shall remain on the premises one (1) hour after the torch or flame-producing device has
been used.
SECTION 10.5.6.8 HAZARDOUS WARNING LIGHTS

It shall be unlawful to maintain any torch or lantern utilizing an open flame along any
excavation or road, or any place where the dislodgement of such torch or lantern might permit
the same to roll, or slide on to any brush-covered land, or any land containing flammable
material.
SECTION 10.5.6.9 OPEN FLAME DEVICES IN PORTS/WHARVES

A. No person shall use any open flame device for maintenance or repair on any boat, ship or
wharf without a permit from the Philippine Coast Guard (PCG) and/or the Philippine Port
Authority (PPA).
B. No person shall use any portable barbecue, brazier or cooking device on any boat, ship or
wharf without a permit from the PCG and/or the PPA.
C. Any open flame device used for lighting or decoration on the exterior of any boat, ship or
wharf must be approved by the PCG and/or the PPA.
SECTION 10.5.6.10 VACATING PREMISES

Upon vacating or abandoning any premise, the occupant thereof shall remove any and
all noxious and hazardous material or waste matter which has been deposited, allowed to
come to rest, or permitted to accumulate thereon, and such premises shall be left in clean and
neat condition.
SECTION 10.5.6.11 VACANT BUILDINGS

Every person owning, or in charge or control of, any vacant building shall remove therefrom
all accumulation of flammable or combustible waste or rubbish and shall securely lock,
barricade, or otherwise secure all doors, windows and other openings thereof.
329
DIVISION 7. URBAN AND RURAL PRE-FIRE PLANNING
SECTION 10.5.7.1 HYDRANT

A. Project developers or owners of housing or condominium projects shall provide a hydrant
system and develop the source of water used for the purpose of providing adequate water
supply for fire suppression use on both economic and socialized housing in connection
with RA 9514 and its RIRR. The maximum distance of fire hydrants shall not exceed two
hundred fifty meters (250 m) and capable of delivering water of at least three thousand
seven hundred eighty-five liters per minute (3,785 L/min) for one (1) hour.
B. Industrial/Storage Occupancy with a floor area of five thousand square meters (5,000 m2)
shall provide at least one (1) fire hydrant.
C. Local Government Units (LGUs) in coordination with the BFP shall provide each community
with fire hydrants and cisterns or elevated tanks that will suffice the requirement pertaining
to provision of water for firefighting operation.
D. All reservoir or water tanks must provide a twenty per centum (20%) fire reserve over and
above the Average Daily Demand Supply (ADDS).
E. In communities where no public water supply is available, a water well or any other devices
with water impounding capability shall be provided.
F. Posting of “NO PARKING” signage near fire hydrants.
SECTION 10.5.7.2 FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS ROADS

Fire department access roads shall be provided and maintained in accordance with
the following:
A. Approved fire department access roads shall be provided for every facility, building, or
portion of a building hereafter constructed or relocated, the height and width of which
shall be able to accommodate the largest fire apparatus of the nearest fire station.
B. When fire department access roads cannot be provided due to location on property,
topography, waterways, nonnegotiable grades, or other similar conditions, the C/MFM
having jurisdiction shall be authorized to require additional fire protection features.
C. A fire department access road shall extend to within fifteen meters (15 m) of at least one (1)
exterior door that can be opened from the outside and that provides access to the interior
of the building.
D. Fire department access roads shall be provided such that any portion of the facility or
any portion of an exterior wall of the first storey of the building is located not more than
forty-six meters (46 m) from fire department access roads as measured by an approved
route around the exterior of the building or facility.
E. When buildings are protected throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 10.2.6.7 of this RIRR, the distance shall be permitted to
be increased to one hundred thirty-seven meters (137 m).
F. Multiple access roads for the fire department shall be provided upon determination by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction if a single road access is impaired by vehicle congestion,
condition of terrain, climatic conditions, or other factors that limit the said access. The
following might warrant multiple fire department access roads:
1. Railroad tracks that cross a single fire department access road;
2. Potential for mud slides along a single fire department access road;
3. Single fire department access road that is below the one hundred-year (100-year) flood
elevation; and
4. Commercial or residential projects that generate large traffic counts on fire apparatus
access roads.
G. Fire department access roads shall have an unobstructed width of not less than six and one
tenth meters (6.1 m).
H. Fire department access roads shall have an unobstructed vertical clearance of not less
than four and one tenth meters (4.1 m)
I. Vertical clearance shall be permitted to be reduced, provided such reduction does not
impair access by fire apparatus, and approved signs are installed and maintained indicating
the established vertical clearance when approved.
330
J. Vertical clearances or widths shall be increased when vertical clearances or widths are not
adequate to accommodate fire apparatus.
K. Fire department access roads should be kept clear of obstructions such as parked vehicles,
fences and other barriers, dumpsters, and excess vegetation.
L. Fire department access roads should be kept clear of obstructions such as parked vehicles,
fences and other barriers, dumpsters, and excess vegetation.
SECTION 10.5.7.3 DESIGNATION OF FIRE LANE

The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall direct the installation of fire lanes, signages or other
approved notices for emergency use in coordination with concerned government agencies.
A. Curb top and side shall be painted red and the words “FIRE LANE” shall be stenciled on the top
and side of all red curbs at a maximum interval of fifteen and twenty-four hundredths meters
(15.24 m). Letters shall be seventy-six millimeters (76 mm) in height with a minimum nineteen
millimeters (19 mm) in stroke.
B. Outlining or painting the fire lane area in red with the words “FIRE LANE NO PARKING”
in white, at intervals of not more than fifteen and twenty-four hundredths meters
(15.24 m) or as otherwise directed by the BFP. Size of lettering shall be not less
than six hundred ten millimeters (610 mm) in height and seventy-six millimeters
(76 mm) in stroke.
C. Fire lane shall have an unobstructed width of not less than six and one tenth meters
(6.1 m) and shall have an unobstructed vertical clearance of not less than four and one
tenths (4.1 m).
D. Fire lane shall be provided such that any portion of the facility or any portion of an exterior
wall of the first storey of the building is located not more than forty-six meters (46 m) from fire
department access roads as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the
building or facility.
E. The enforcement of fire lanes involving public roads shall be the responsibility of the BFP in
coordination with the LGU and other concerned government agencies.
RULE 11. PROHIBITED ACTS

SECTION 11.0.0.1 PROHIBITED ACTS AND OMISSIONS
The following are declared as prohibited acts and omissions:
A. Obstructing or blocking the exit ways or across to buildings clearly marked for fire safety
purposes, such as but not limited to aisles in interior rooms, any part of stairways, hallways,
corridors, vestibules, balconies or bridges leading to a stairway or exit of any kind, or
tolerating or allowing said violations;
B. Constructing gates, entrances and walkways to building components and yards, and
temporary or permanent structures on public ways, which obstruct the orderly and easy
passage of firefighting vehicles and equipment;
C. Prevention, interference or obstruction of any operation of the Fire Service, or of duly
organized and authorized fire brigades;
D. Obstructing designated fire lanes or access to fire hydrants;
E. Overcrowding or admission of persons beyond the authorized capacity in movie houses,
theaters, coliseums, auditoriums or other public assembly buildings, except in other assembly
areas on the ground floor with open sides or open doors sufficient to provide safe exits;
F. Locking fire exits during period when people are inside the building;
G. Prevention or obstruction of the automatic closure of fire doors or smoke partitions or
dampers;
H. Use of fire protective of firefighting equipment of the Fire Service other than for firefighting
except in other emergencies where their use are justified;
I. Giving false or malicious fire alarms;
J. Smoking in prohibited areas as may be determined by Fire Service, or throwing of cigars,
cigarettes, burning objects in places which may start or cause fire;
K. Abandoning or leaving a building or structure by the occupant or owner without appropriate
safety measures;
331
L. Removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating any authorized mark, seal, sign or tag
posted or required by the Fire Service for fire safety in any building, structure or processing
equipment; and
M. Use of jumpers or tampering with electrical wiring or overloading the electrical system
beyond its designated capacity or such other practices that would tend to undermine the
fire safety features of the electrical system.
RULE 12. FIRE CODE TAXES, FEES/CHARGES AND FINES

SECTION 12.0.0.1 SOURCES OF INCOME
Pursuant to Section 12, in relation to Section 13 of RA 9514, the following shall be the sources
of income of the BFP:
A. Fees to be charged for the issuance of certificates, permits and licenses as provided for in
Section 7 of RA 9514;
B. One-tenth of one per centum (0.10%) of the verified estimated value of buildings or structures
to be erected, from the owner thereof, but not to exceed fifty thousand (PhP 50,000.00)
pesos, at least fifty per centum (50%) to be paid prior to the issuance of the building
permit, and the balance, after final inspection and prior to the issuance of Certificate of
Occupancy;
C. One-hundredth of one per centum (0.01%) of the assessed value of buildings or structures
annually payable upon payment of the real estate tax, except on structures used as single
family dwellings;
D. Two per centum (2%) of all premiums, excluding re-insurance premiums for the sale of fire,
earthquake and explosion hazard insurance collected by companies, persons or agents
licensed to sell such insurances in the Philippines;
E. Two per centum (2%) of gross sales of companies, persons or agents selling firefighting
equipment, appliances or devices, including hazard detection and warning systems; and
F. Two per centum (2%) of the service fees received from fire, earthquake, and explosion
hazard reinsurance surveys and post loss service of insurance adjustment companies doing
business in the Philippines directly through agents.
SECTION 12.0.0.2 FIRE CODE REVENUES

A. The classification of Fire Code revenues and rates are prescribed in the following schedule:
1. Fire Code Construction Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (B) of this RIRR.
2. Fire Code Realty Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (C) of this RIRR.
3. Fire Code Premium Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (D) of this RIRR.
4. Fire Code Sales Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (E) of this RIRR.
5. Fire Code Proceeds Tax. Tax prescribed in Section 12.0.0.1 (F) of this RIRR.
6. Fire Safety Inspection Fee. Fee charged for the conduct of Fire Safety Inspection
equivalent to fifteen percent (15%) of all fees charged by the Local Government Unit
or Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA), but in no case shall be lower than Five
Hundred Pesos (PhP500.00).
7. Storage Clearance Fee. Fee derived from storage of flammable and combustible
materials.
8. Conveyance Clearance Fee. Fee derived from transporting flammable and combustible
materials.
9. Installation Clearance Fee. Fee derived from installation of tanks, pipes of flammable
and combustible substances, building installations, and other fire protection system and
warning system.
10. Fire Code Fines. Fees derived from imposition of administrative fines and penalties.
11. Other Fees. Fees derived from fireworks display, fumigation/fogging, fire drill, hotworks,
filing fees for FSEC, protest and appeal fee, and other clearances as provided under this
RIRR.
B. The account codes of the above classified taxes, fees/charges and fines shall be prescribed
by the Commission on Audit (COA).
332
SECTION 12.0.0.3 ASSESSMENT
A. The assessment of Fire Code taxes, fees/charges and fines as revenue is vested upon the
BFP. However, the BFP may enter into agreement with the LGUs allowing the latter to be
deputized as assessors. The Chief, BFP shall prescribe the procedural rules for such purpose,
subject to the approval of the Secretary, DILG.
B. The Chief, BFP or the Regional Director having jurisdiction shall designate a Fire Code Fee
Assessor in every City and Municipal BFP office upon recommendation of C/MFM having
jurisdiction.
C. The Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative shall exercise the general power to
assess the prescribed Fire Code taxes, fees/charges and fines for installations, structures,
facilities and operations not within the jurisdiction of any C/MFM or in any other conditions
as the need thereto arises.
D. The result of the assessment shall be the basis for issuance of Order of Payment Slip (OPS) by
the C/MFM having jurisdiction for purposes of collection and deposit.
E. In cases where there is apparent misdeclaration of any of the sources of income enumerated
under Section 12.0.0.1 of this RIRR, nothing prohibits the BFP from reviewing the submitted
documents.
SECTION 12.0.0.4 SCHEDULE OF FEES AND FINES

A. Fees – The following are the schedule of fees:
1. FSIC shall be issued upon payment of a fee as prescribed hereunder:
a. FSIC for Certificate of Occupancy- Fifteen percent (15%) of all fees charged by
the Office of the Building Official of the Local Government Unit (LGU) or Philippine
Economic Zone Authority (PEZA), but in no case shall be lower than Five Hundred
Pesos (PhP500.00).
b. FSIC for Business Permit - Fifteen percent (15%) of all fees charged by the Local
Government Unit, but in no case shall be lower than Five Hundred Pesos (PhP500.00).
c. FSIC for annual inspection certificate - Fifteen percent (15%) of all fees charged by
the PEZA, but in no case shall be lower than Five Hundred Pesos (PhP500.00).
2. Storage Clearance Fee - storage clearance shall be issued upon payment of a fee
based on the storage capacity as indicated:
a. Flammable/Combustible Solids
1) Calcium carbide
STORAGE CAPACITY ANNUAL FEES
(in kilograms) (in PhP)
From 40 to 80 49.00
Over 80 to 200 63.00
Over 200 to 2,000 126.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 189.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 252.00
Over 20,000 to 40,000 315.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 472.00
Over 200,000 630.00
2) Pyroxylin
From 40 to 200 42.00
Over 200 to 800 84.00
Over 800 to 2,000 168.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 315.00
Over 4,000 to 12,000 630.00
Over 12,000 to 40,000 1049.00
Over 40,000 2097.00
333
3) Matches
From 100 to 400 42.00
Over 400 to 2,000 210.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 420.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 839.00
Over 20,000 1,678.00
4) Nitrate, phosphorous, bromine, sodium, picric acid and other hazardous

chemicals of similar flammable, explosive, oxidizing or lacrymatory properties:
From 20 to 100 42.00
Over 100 to 400 63.00
Over 400 to 2,000 158.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 315.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 460.00
Over 20,000 630.00
5) Shredded combustible materials, such as wood shaving/excelsior (kusot),

sawdust, kapok, straw and hay; combustible loose fibers: cotton waste (estopa),
sisal, oakum; and other similar combustible shavings and fine materials:
From 0.25 to 3 42.00
Over 3 to 14 112.00
Over 14 to 28 189.00
Over 28 to 70 315.00
Over 70 486.00
6) Tar, resin, waxes, copra, rubber, cork, bituminous coal and similar combustible
materials:
From 200 to 400 49.00
Over 400 to 4,000 98.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 189.00
Over 20,000 315.00
b. Flammable/Combustible Liquids
1) For flammable liquids having flashpoint of -6.67oC or below, such as gasoline,
ether, carbon bisolphide, naptha, benzol (benzene), collodion, aflodin and
acetone.
(in liters) (in PhP)
From 20 to 100 35.00
Over 100 to 200 42.00
Over 200 to 400 84.00
Over 400 to 2,000 168.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 252.00
Over 4,000 to 6,000 350.00
Over 6,000 to 8,000 420.00
334
Over 8,000 to 10,000 504.00
Over 10,000 to 12,000 672.00
Over 12,000 to 14,000 839.00
Over 14,000 to 16,000 1,007.00
Over 16,000 to 32,000 1,259.00
Over 32,000 to 40,000 1,678.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 2,517.00
Over 200,000 to 800,000 3,775.00
Over 800,000 to 2,000,000 5,033.00
Over 2,000,000 to 6,000,000 6,711.00
Over 6,000,000 to 8,000,000 8,388.00
In excess of 8,000,000 4.00/400 liters
2) For flammable liquids having flashpoint of above -6.67oC and below 22.8 oC such
as alcohol, amyl, toluol, ethyl, acetate and like.
From 20 to 100 32.00
Over 100 to 200 42.00
Over 200 to 400 63.00
Over 400 to 2,000 105.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 168.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 350.00
Over 20,000 to 100,000 839.00
Over 100,000 to 200,000 1,678.00
Over 200,000 2,097.00
3) For liquids having flashpoint of 22.8 oC to 93.3 oC, such as kerosene, turpentine,
thinner, prepared paints, varnish, diesel oil, fuel oil, kerosene, cleansing solvent,
polishing liquids and similar
From 20 to 100 18.00
Over 100 to 200 28.00
Over 200 to 400 42.00
Over 400 to 4,000 105.00
Over 4,000 to 20,000 315.00
Over 20,000 to 40,000 420.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 630.00
Over 200,000 to 400,000 1,049.00
Over 400,000 to 2,000,000 1,678.00
Over 2,000,000 to 3,600,000 1,748.00
Over 3,600,000 2,098.00
4) For combustible liquids having flash point greater than 93.3 oC that is subject to
spontaneous ignition or is artificially heated to a temperature equal to or higher
than its flash point, such as crude oil, petroleum oil and others.
From 20 to 100 18.00
Over 100 to 200 28.00
Over 200 to 400 42.00
335
Over 400 to 2,000 84.00
Over 2,000 to 4,000 105.00
Over 4,000 to 80,000 315.00
Over 80,000 630.00
c. Flammable Gases
1) Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) in liter water capacity
a) For bulk storage
200 and below 70.00
Over 200 to 2,000 140.00
Over 2,000 to 8,000 280.00
Over 8,000 to 20,000 699.00
Over 20,000 to 200,000 1,398.00
Over 200,000 to 400,000 5,592.00
For every additional 4,000 liters or
35.00
fraction thereof, in excess of 400,000
b) For other than bulk storage

60 and below 6.00
Over 60 to 100 7.00
Over 100 to 200 11.00
Over 200 to 400 14.00
Over 400 to 800 28.00
Over 800 to 1,200 42.00
Over 1,200 to 2,000 56.00
For every additional 400 liters water
4.00
capacity in excess of 2,000
2) Other flammable gases in liter water capacity

From 20 to 100 21.00
Over 100 to 400 42.00
Over 400 to 2,000 126.00
Over 2,000 to 8,000 252.00
Over 8,000 to 40,000 630.00
Over 40,000 to 200,000 1,259.00
Over 200,000 to 400,000 1,888.00
Over 400,000 3,146.00
3. Conveyance Clearance Fee – Conveyance Clearance shall be issued to vehicles

transporting any explosives, flammable liquids and combustible materials over streets,
water, or through pipelines, to load and unload such explosives, flammable liquids
or combustible materials in or from any vessel, boat, craft, or railway upon payment
of fee based on their capacity by the owner of vehicles transporting flammable or
combustible materials during his/her application for FSIC for business operation at
his/her principal place of business, on the rate prescribed below:
336
a. For each cargo truck, motor vehicle, tank truck, tank trailer, and tank
semi-trailer carrying flammable or combustible liquids:
1) For first 2,000 liters 1,748.00
2) For every additional 400 liters or fraction
70.00
thereof
b. For each cargo truck, or motor vehicle, tank truck, tank trailer, and tank
semi-trailer carrying explosives and/or combustible materials, including
hazardous chemicals and gases:
1) For the first 500 kilograms 1,049.00
2) For every additional 100 kilograms or
70.00
fraction thereof
c. For loading and unloading to or from a boat, vessel, craft, or railway tank
cars and the transfer of packages of containers of explosives, flammable
liquids or combustible materials, including hazardous chemicals and gases
at terminals or piers:
1) For the first 2,000 liters or kilograms 700.00
2) For every additional 400 liters or 100
kilograms or fraction thereof not exceeding 350.00
40,000 liters or 10,000 kilograms
3) For every additional 4,000 liters or 1,000
kilograms or fraction thereof in excess of 35.00
40,000 liters or 10,000 kilograms
d. For transfer of flammable or combustible liquids to shore tanks at terminal,

including the discharge of flammable or combustible cargo to bulk lighters
undertaken at bay, and its subsequent transportation by water to petroleum
wharves, or transfer by bulk lighters from said terminals to vessel at bay:
1) For the first 2,000 liters 700.00
175.00
thereof not exceeding 400,000 liters
3) For every additional 4,000 liters or fraction
70.00
thereof in excess of 400,000 liters
e. For transfer or conveyance of flammable or combustible liquids or gas in bulk

done by lighters or through pipelines:
1) For first 2,000 liters 700.00
70.00
thereof in excess of 2,000 liters
4. Installation Clearance Fee – For installation of gas and flammable and combustible
liquid syste,k ms other than at bulk premises, installation of equipment, utilities, facilities
mentioned in Section 10.2.7.1 to Section 10.2.7.5 of this RIRR, and installation of fire
protection and warning systems, an Installation Clearance shall be issued upon payment
of the amount prescribed below:
a. Gases (LPG, CNG and other compressed

280.00
gases exceeding 454 liters water capacity
• For every additional 100 liters water
capacity or fraction thereof in excess of 70.00
454 liters
b. Flammable and combustible liquids in
1,049.00
aboveground and underground tanks
c. Equipment, utilities and facilities mentioned in Section 10.2.7.1 to Section
10.2.7.5 of this RIRR, and fire protection and warning system – One-tenth of
one per centum (0.10%) of the verified estimated value of the equipment,
utilities, facilities to be installed.
337
5. Other Fees – for the issuance of clearances relative to the conduct of the following
activities and/or authentication of documents:
a. Appeal Fee mentioned under Rule 14 of this

1,000.00
RIRR
b. Certified true copy of Fire Safety Inspection
Certificate, Building Fire Safety Clearance and 350.00
Fire Clearance
c. Electrical Installation
1) 5KVA or less 100.00
2) Over 5KVA to 50KVA 100.00 + 10.00/KVA
3) Over 50KVA to 300KVA 550.00 + 5.00/KVA
4) Over 300KVA to 1,500KVA 1,800.00 + 5.00/KVA
5) Over 1,500KVA to 6,000KVA 4,800.00 + 2.50/KVA
6) Over 6,000KVA 8,425.00 + 1.25/KVA
d. Filing Fee for Fire Safety Evaluation Clearance
200.00
(FSEC)
e. Fire Drill 1,000.00
f. Fire Incident Clearance 350.00
g. Fire Prevention and Safety Seminar 2,000.00
h. Fireworks Display 1,049.00
i. Fumigation/Fogging 350.00
j. Open Flame 525.00
k. Protest Fee mentioned under Rule 14 of this
500.00
RIRR
l. Soundstage and Approved Production Facilities
and Locations (mentioned in para “B” of Section
2,000.00
10.2.19.6 and para “C” of Section 10.2.19.6 of
this RIRR)
m. Welding, Cutting and Other Hotworks
1) 1-5 welding/oxy-acytylene 500.00
2) 6-10 welding/cutting machine 1,000.00
3) more than 10 welding/cutting machine 1,500.00
B. Administrative Fines – The following is the schedule of Fire Code Administrative Fines:
1. Failure to provide safety measures for the manufacture, storage, handling,

display and/or use of the following hazardous materials required in Section 7,
paragraph (b) of Republic Act No. 9514.
DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE OF FINES
PhP 2,843.20/kg or less,
a. Cellulose nitrate plastic of any kind but not exceeding
PhP 8,885.00
PhP 2,843.20/m3 or less,
b. Combustible fibers but not exceeding
PhP 28,432.00
c. Cellular materials such as foam rubber, PhP 2,843.20/m3 or less,

sponge rubber and plastic foam but not exceeding
PhP 28,432.00
PhP 2,843.20/liter or less,
d. Flammable and combustible liquids or
but not exceeding
gases of any classification
PhP 50,000.00
e. Flammable paints, varnishes, stains and
but not exceeding
organic coatings
PhP 17,770.00
338
3
f. High piled or widely spread combustible PhP 568.64/m or less, but
stock not exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
PhP 2,843.20/kilo or less,
g. Metallic magnesium in any form but not exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
h. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing materials,
organic peroxide, nitromethane,
ammonium nitrate or any amount of highly PhP 2,843.20 per
toxic pyrophoric, hypergolic or cryogenic kilogram/liter or less, but
materials or poisonous gases as well as not exceeding
material compounds which when exposed PhP 50,000.00
to heat or flame become a fire conductor
or generate excessive smoke or toxic gases
i. Blasting agents, explosives and special
industrial explosive materials, blasting PhP 14,216.00 per
caps, black powder, liquid nitro-glycerin, kilogram/liter or less, but
dynamite, nitro-cellulose, fulminates of not exceeding
any kind and plastic explosives containing PhP 50,000.00
ammonium salt or chlorate
j. Liquid nitro-glycerine and liquid
but not exceeding
trinitrotoluene
PhP 50,000.00
PhP 14,216.00 per
k. Firework materials of any kind or kilogram or less, but not
form exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
PhP 2,843.20 per
matchman gross, but not
l. Matches in commercial quantities
exceeding
PhP 50,000.00
m. Hot ashes, live coals and embers PhP 1,421.60/m3, but not
exceeding PhP 28,432.00
PhP 284.30 per liter in
n. Mineral, vegetable or animal oils and other excess of twenty-five (25)
derivative/by-products liters, but not exceeding
PhP 28,432.00
o. Recycling, reuse and resale of combustible
and flammable liquids and other PhP 284.30 /m3, but not
combustible waste materials for recycling exceeding PhP 28,432.00
or resale
PhP 28,432.00 to
p. Explosive dusts and vapors PhP 50,000.00
per violation
q. Agriculture, forest, marine or mineral PhP 2,843.20/m3 or less,
products which may undergo spontaneous but not exceeding
combustion PhP 28,432.00
r. Any other substance with potential to cause
Similar nature shall be
harm to persons, property or environment
penalized accordingly
because of one (1) or more of the following:
1) The chemical properties of the substance;
2) The physical properties of the substance;
3) The biological properties of the substance. Without limiting the definition
of hazardous material, all dangerous goods, combustible liquids and
chemicals are hazardous materials.
339
2. Failure to provide safety measures for the following hazardous operations or
processes as required in Section 7, para “C” of RA 9514.
a. Welding, cutting and other hotworks PhP 2,843.20 to
PhP 28,432.00
b. Industrial baking and drying PhP 28,432.00 to
PhP 50,000.00
c. Waste Disposal PhP 28,432.00 to
PhP 50,000.00
d. Pressurized/forced-draft burning equipment PhP 28,432.00 to
PhP 50,000.00
e. Smelting and forging PhP 37,500.00 to
PhP 50,000.00
f. Motion picture projection using electrical arc PhP 2,843.20 to
lamp PhP28,432.00
g. Refining, distillation and solvent extraction PhP 37,500.00 to
PhP 50,000.00
3. Failure to provide safety measures for other

hazardous operations or processes not included PhP 37,500.00 to
in the preceding enumeration but mentioned in PhP 50,000.00
Chapter 4 of Rule 10 of this RIRR
4. Failure to provide the following safety construction, and protective and

warning systems as required in Section 7, paragraph (d) of Republic Act
No. 9514.
a. Fire protection features such as sprinkler alarms,
PhP 37,500.00 to
hose boxes, hose reels, standpipe alarms and
PhP 50,000.00
other firefighting equipment
PhP 37,500.00 to
b. Fire alarm systems
PhP 50,000.00
c. Fire walls to separate adjoining property and
PhP 37,500.00 to
storage areas from other occupancies in the
PhP 50,000.00
same building
d. Provisions for confining the fire at its source such
as fire resistive floors and walls extending up to PhP 37,500.00 to
the next floor slab or roof, curtain boards and PhP 50,000.00
other fire containing or stopping components
e. Termination of all exits in an area affording safe PhP 37,500.00 to
passage to a public way or safe dispersal area PhP 50,000.00
f. Stairways, vertical shafts, horizontal exits and
PhP 37,500.00 to
other means of egress sealed from smoke and
PhP 50,000.00
heat
g. A fire exit plan for each floor of the building,
showing the routes from each room to PhP 37,500.00 to
appropriate exits, displayed prominently on PhP 50,000.00
the door of each room
h. Self-closing fire resistive doors leading to PhP 37,500.00 to
corridors PhP 50,000.00
i. Fire dampers in centralized air- conditioning PhP 37,500.00 to
ducts PhP 50,000.00
PhP 37,500.00 to
j. Roof vents for use of firefighters
PhP 50,000.00
k. Properly marked and lighted exits with provision
PhP 37,500.00 to
for emergency lights to adequately illuminate
PhP 50,000.00
exit ways in case of power failure
340
5. Failure to observe the following declared prohibited acts and omissions as
required under Section 8 of Republic Act No. 9514.
a. Obstructing or blocking the exit ways or across
to buildings clearly marked for fire safety
purposes, such as but not limited to aisles
PhP 37,500.00 to
in interior rooms, any part of the stairways,
PhP 50,000.00
corridors, vestibules, balconies or bridges
leading to a stairway or exit of any kind or
tolerating or allowing said violations
b. Constructing gates, entrances and walkways
to building components and yards, and
PhP 37,500.00 to
temporary or permanent structures on public
PhP 50,000.00
ways, which obstruct the orderly and easy
passage of firefighting vehicles and equipment
c. Prevention, interference and obstruction of
PhP 37,500.00 to
any operation of the BFP or of duly organized
PhP 50,000.00
and authorized fire brigades
d. Obstructing designated fire lanes or access to PhP 37,500.00 to
fire hydrants PhP 50,000.00
e. Overcrowding or admission of alarms beyond
the authorized capacity in movie houses,
theaters, coliseum, auditorium or other public PhP 37,500.00 to
assembly buildings, except in other assembly PhP 50,000.00
areas on the ground floor with open sides or
open doors sufficient to provide safe exits
f. Locking fire exits during period when people PhP 37,500.00 to
are inside the building PhP 50,000.00
g. Prevention or obstruction of the automatic
PhP 37,500.00 to
closure of fire doors or smoke partition or
PhP 50,000.00
dampers
h. Use of fire protective or firefighting equipment
PhP 37,500.00 to
of the BFP other than for firefighting except in
PhP 50,000.00
other emergencies where their use are justified
PhP 37,500.00 to
i. Giving false or malicious fire alarms
PhP 50,000.00
j. Smoking in prohibited areas as may be
determined by the BFP, or throwing of cigars, PhP 37,500.00 to
cigarettes, burning objects in places which PhP 50,000.00
may start or cause fire
k. Properly marked and lighted exits with provision
PhP 37,500.00 to
for emergency lights to adequately illuminate
PhP 50,000.00
exit ways in case of power failure
l. Removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating
any authorized mark, seal, sign or tag posted PhP 37,500.00 to
or required by the BFP for fire safety in any PhP 50,000.00
building, structure or processing equipment
m. Use of jumpers or tampering with electrical
wiring or overloading the electrical system
PhP 37,500.00 to
beyond its designed capacity or such other
PhP 50,000.00
practices that would tend to undermine the fire
safety features of the electrical system
6. Failure to post or inadequate posting of required PhP 12,500.00 to
signages PhP 27,500.00
Php 37,500.00 to
7. Failure to provide or inadequate means of egress
PhP 50,000.00
341
8. Failure to secure and submit documentary requirements such as, but not
limited to:
a. A copy of fire insurance policy submitted within PhP 12,500.00 to
the prescribed time limit PhP 27,500.00
b. FSIC for the year of default;
50% of the total amount
1. Failure to renew FSIC for less than a year to be paid by the
applicant;
100% of the total amount
to be paid by the
2. Failure to renew FSIC for a year or more
applicant for each year
of default;
c. FSEC not secured prior to the construction of PhP 37,500.00 to
the building PhP 50,000.00
d. Storage, Conveyance, Installation and other
clearances (e.g., fireworks display, fumigation/ PhP 37,500.00 to
fogging, fire drill, welding, cutting and PhP 50,000.00
other hotworks)
9. Failure to comply within the period specified in the PhP 37,500.00 to

affidavit of undertaking PhP 50,000.00
10. Use of open flame lighting devices in places of

PhP 37,500.00 to
assembly except those enumerated as exceptions
PhP 50,000.00
in para “B” of Section 10.2.21.2 of this RIRR
11. Obstruction in the conduct of fire safety inspection, PhP 37,500.00 to

fire arson investigation and fire operations. PhP 50,000.00
12. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not
included in this listing, shall likewise be fined with the same amount.
SECTION 12.0.0.5 MANNER OF COLLECTION

The BFP shall collect the prescribed Fire Code revenues thru any of the following options:
A. Direct deposit with Authorized Government Depository Bank (AGDB);
B. Collection by BFP or deputized collecting officers;
C. Electronic mode of payment; and
D. Other options that the Chief, BFP may later prescribe, subject to the existing accounting
and auditing rules and regulations.
SECTION 12.0.0.6 DESIGNATION OF COLLECTING OFFICER

The Chief, BFP or the Regional Director having jurisdiction shall designate a Collecting
Officer in every City and Municipal BFP office upon recommendation of their respective
SECTION 12.0.0.7 UTILIZATION

A. BFP shall prepare an annual program subject to the approval of the DILG Secretary. Based
on the approved program, DBM shall release to the BFP the full amount remitted as certified
by the BTr thru the issuance of Special Allotment Release Order (SARO) and Notice of Cash
Allocation (NCA), or equivalent issuances.
B. The eighty percent (80%) of all revenues collected by the BFP shall be used for its
modernization as herein prescribed. The Chief, BFP is authorized, subject to the approval
of the Secretary of the Interior and Local Government, to use the income generated under
RA 9514 and its RIRR for the procurement and improvement of fire protection, fire investigation,
rescue, and paramedics equipment, facilities, supplies and materials; related technical
services necessary for BFP; and abatement of fire hazards. The remaining twenty percent
(20%) shall be allocated by the BFP to the Local Government Units (LGUs) in accordance
with the guidelines as set forth in a Memorandum Circular issued by the DILG Secretary or a
342
Joint Circular with other concerned government agencies through the issuance of funding
checks subject to existing accounting and auditing rules and regulations. The twenty
percent (20%) Local Government Unit (LGU) share shall be appropriated exclusively for the
use of the operation and maintenance of it’s local fire station, including but not limited to
the construction and repair of the fire station.
C. The BFP shall prepare progressive modernization plans for its capability building and
resource allocation at the national, regional, provincial and city/municipal levels, as well
as determine among others the optimal number of equipment, including, but not limited to
firetrucks and fire hydrants, received by every local government unit for the proper delivery
of fire protection services in its jurisdiction.
D. Standards shall be established and regularly updated to serve as guide in the procurement
of the firefighting and investigation supplies and materials. The Bureau of Product Standards
(BPS) of the Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) shall evaluate, determine and certify if
the supply so procured conforms to the product standards fixed by the BFP. For this purpose,
the BFP shall submit to the BPS a detailed set of product standards that must be complied
with in the procurement of firefighting and investigation supplies and materials.
SECTION 12.0.0.8 MONITORING

The Chief, BFP shall, within six (6) months from the effectivity of this RIRR, submit to the
Secretary of the Interior and Local Government for his/her approval, a management tool or
mechanism that would ensure effective monitoring of the enforcement of the Fire Code to
include the amount of Fire Code fees collected.
A. Every Fire Marshal shall keep a secured permanent recording system for efficient and
effective accounting and monitoring of all collected taxes, Fire Code fees, fines and other
charges.
B. Detailed procedures in assessment, collection, monitoring/reporting shall be embodied in
a manual of procedures to be approved by the Secretary, DILG.
RULE 13. ADMINISTRATIVE COURSES OF ACTION

SECTION 13.0.0.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES
A. Fines
Before a fine is imposed, the violator shall first be informed of his/her violation/s and
ordered to correct the same immediately, if feasible, or within a reasonable period of time
as prescribed in Section 13.0.0.6 of this RIRR. At the expiration of the period to comply the
deficiency/deficiencies, a reinspection shall be conducted to determine compliance. If
compliance is not effected or if compliance does not conform to the required standards, the
first violation is committed and the violator shall be fined and further ordered to effect the
correction. Repeated failure on the part of the violator to effect corrections will constitute
subsequent violations. Administrative fines shall be imposed for every violation.
B. Abatement
1. All fire hazards shall be abated immediately. Abatement is any act that would remove
or neutralize a fire hazard. Such acts are specified in the Notice to Comply.
2. Abatement includes, among others, any one (1) or combination or all of the following:
a. Removal of the source of ignition;
b. Rearranging or adjusting articles within the minimum clearances or dimensions;
c. Reduction in the amount/quantity of flammable, combustible and/or hazardous materials;
d. Changes in procedure in the conduct of hazardous operation;
e. Constructions to limit and control the spread of fire and smoke;
f. Installation of fire protective and/or warning systems; and
g. Remodeling, repairing, strengthening, reconstructing, removal and demolition,
either partial or total, of the building or structure.
h. Where there is inaction on the part of the violator, abatement may be made
summarily by the BFP if this is the only recourse to remove the imminent danger to life
and property and achieve fire safety. In this case, the provisions of Sections 9, 10 and
11 of RA 9514 applies.
343
C. Closure
Closure of the building shall be resorted to by the BFP when the offender fails to comply
with the abatement order or when the deficiency constitutes a clear and imminent danger
to life and property.
SECTION 13.0.0.2 FIXING OF FINES

A. Administrative fines shall be determined as follows:
1. When the violation carries an administrative fine which has a rate per unit volume,
weight or unit, the fine shall be computed by multiplying the weight/volume/unit by the
rate.
2. Where the violation carries a fine within a certain range (for example, PhP25,000.00
– PhP37,500.00), the fine increases with the number of times a violation of the same
provision is committed:
a. First violation (Notice to Correct Violation) – the fine shall be the minimum amount in
the range.
b. Second violation (Abatement Order) – the fine shall be the maximum amount in the
range.
3. When two (2) or more offenses are committed, the same procedures in para A.1 and A.2
above shall be followed, but the fine shall be sum of all administrative fines; Provided,
that the total fines shall not exceed fifty thousand pesos (PhP50,000.00).
B. Failure to Pay Fine – Failure on the part of the violator to pay the administrative fine within
the period fixed in the Notice shall constitute a ground for the issuance of Closure Order for
the building or the portion thereof.
SECTION 13.0.0.3 JURISDICTION

Abatement, administrative fines, closure of the building, and assessment and declaration
for public nuisance shall be imposed by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
SECTION 13.0.0.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES

A. When the Inspection Report submitted by the Fire Safety Inspector (FSI) indicates violation
of RA 9514 and its RIRR, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall immediately issue Notice to
Comply within which compliance shall be effected within the period provided for under
Section 13.0.0.6 of this RIRR. Such Notice shall include, among others, a citation of the
specific provision/s of RA 9514 and its RIRR violated and the specific actions/corrections
that should be complied for period of not exceeding fifteen (15) days. The original copy of
such Notice shall be served upon the person responsible not exceeding three (3) days from
its issuance.
B. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply, a re-inspection shall be conducted.
When the after re-inspection report submitted by the FSI indicates non-compliance of the
Notice, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall impose the following:
1. Put up a sign in front of the building or structure that it is a fire hazard. Specifically, the
notice shall bear the words “WARNING: THIS BUILDING/STRUCTURE IS A FIRE HAZARD”,
which shall remain posted until such time that the owner, administrator, occupant or
other persons responsible for the condition of the building, structure and their premises
or facilities correct the same, but such period shall not exceed fifteen (15) days from the
lapse of the initial period given in the notice/order to comply;
2. Impose the corresponding administrative fines; and
3. Issue the Notice to Correct Violation. The said notice shall include, among others, a
citation of the specific provision/s of RA 9514 and its RIRR violated and the specific
actions/corrections that should be complied for a period not exceeding fifteen (15)
days
C. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply provided for under the Notice to Correct
Violations, a re-inspection shall be conducted. When the reinspection report submitted by
the FSI indicates non-compliance of the order contained in the Notice to Correct Violations,
the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall:
1. Effect the continuous posting of the sign in front of the building or structure that it is
a fire hazard. Specifically, the notice shall bear the words “WARNING: THIS BUILDING/
STRUCTURE IS A FIRE HAZARD”, which shall remain posted until such time that the owner,
344
administrator, occupant or other persons responsible for the condition of the building,
structure and their premises or facilities correct the same, but such period shall not
exceed fifteen (15) days from the lapse of the period given in the Notice to Correct
Violations.
2. Impose the administrative fine for the violation; and
3. Issue abatement order to the owner, administrator or occupant of the building, structure
and their premises or facilities for a period not exceeding fifteen (15) days.
D. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply provided for under the Abatement
Order, a re-inspection shall be conducted. When the re-inspection report submitted by the
FSI indicates non-compliance of the Abatement Order, the C/MFM having jurisdiction shall:
1. Effect the continuous posting of the sign in front of the building or structure that it is
a fire hazard. Specifically, the notice shall bear the words “WARNING: THIS BUILDING/
STRUCTURE IS A FIRE HAZARD”, which shall remain posted until such time that the owner,
administrator, occupant or other persons responsible for the condition of the building,
structure and their premises or facilities abate the same.
2. Implement Closure Order after its service to the owner/responsible person in the
building/establishment. Copy of the order shall also be sent to the Office of the Mayor
and Business Permit and Licensing Office (BPLO) for the revocation of the business
permit. Any existing FSIC shall be revoked.
E. During re-inspection under para “B” and “C” of this Section, if initial compliance is effected
by the owner, the NTCV or Abatement Order may not be issued. In lieu thereof, the owner
may be allowed to execute an Affidavit of Undertaking, specifically containing, among
others, the period of completion of work, which shall not exceed up to a period of six (6)
months. However, after determination of C/MFM concerned, if a longer period is required
for its completion, it may be extended for another duration not exceeding six (6) months.
For this purpose, the owner shall attach in his/her affidavit the following, if applicable:
1. Duly executed and notarized contract of works, entered into by the building establishment
and the contractor;
2. Duly signed and sealed proposed plans, specifications, and bill of materials
and labor; and
3. Authority to execute Affidavit of Undertaking, in case of corporation, partnership or
association.
The C/MFM having jurisdiction may approve or disapprove the Affidavit of Undertaking
through the issuance of Notice of Approval or Notice of Disapproval, respectively. Failure to
comply within the period specified in the Affidavit of Undertaking shall be a ground for the
issuance of closure order and imposition of administrative fine.
F. In cases where the building owner/administrator refuses or disallows the conduct of fire
safety inspection, the FSI shall indicate in the AIR the fact that he/she is not allowed to
inspect and submit the same to the Chief, FSES/U. The C/MFM having jurisdiction shall notify
the owner/administrator through a letter, sent through registered mail, stating therein that
ten (10) days after receipt thereof an actual inspection shall be conducted under a new
Inspection Order (IO). Refusal of the building owner/administrator to be inspected under the
new Inspection Order (IO) shall cause the C/MFM having jurisdiction to send a letter to the
Business Processing and Licensing Office (BPLO) recommending the immediate revocation
of the business permit issued.
SECTION 13.0.0.5 PUBLIC NUISANCE

A. Any building or structure assessed as a fire trap on account of the gravity or palpability of
the violation, or is causing clear and present imminent danger to adjoining establishments
and habitations shall be declared as public nuisance by the C/MFM having jurisdiction.
Clear and present imminent danger shall mean absence of secondary exit or if at least
five (5) of the following fire safety violations are committed:
1. Insufficient exit width;
2. Absence of fire-resistive enclosure for main and secondary exits;
3. Swing of exit door against the flow of travel;
4. Obstructed/padlocked fire exit;
5. Absence of fire wall;
345
6. Absence/defective fire alarm and smoke detection system;
7. Absence/inadequate automatic battery-operated emergency light or illuminated exit
signs.
8. Absence of standpipe system;
9. Absence of automatic fire suppression system;
10. Absence or defective smoke management system;
11. Absence of fire safety measures in the manufacture, storage, handling, display, and/or
use of hazardous material/s, as required in Section 7, para “B” of RA 9514;
12. Absence of fire safety measures for hazardous operations or processes as required in
Section 7, para “C” of RA 9514;
B. Procedures
1. A notice of declaration as a public nuisance shall be issued by the C/MFM having
jurisdiction within twenty-four (24) hours upon assessment to the owner, administrator,
occupant or other person responsible for the condition of the building, structure and
their premises or facilities. The notice shall contain the grounds relied upon in declaring
the same as public nuisance.
2. Upon receipt of the notice, the owner, administrator, occupant or other person
responsible for the condition of the building, structure and their premises or facilities shall
cause the immediate abatement of the hazard therein specified within the following
periods:
a. If the assessed value of the nuisance or the amount to be spent in abating the
same is not more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00), the owner,
administrator or occupant thereof shall abate the hazard within fifteen (15) days
from receipt of the order declaring said building or structure a public nuisance; or
b. If the assessed value is more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00), the
owner, administrator or occupant thereof shall abate the hazard within thirty (30)
days from receipt of the order declaring said building or structure a public nuisance;
3. Failure to comply within five (5) days from the receipt of the notice shall cause the
C/MFM to put up a sign in front of the building or structure, at or near the entrance of
such premises, notifying the public that such building or structure is a “FIRETRAP”, which
shall remain posted until the owner, administrator, occupant or other person responsible
for the condition of the building, structure, facilities and their premises abate the same
within the specified period. After the lapse of the said period, without the hazard being
abated, Closure Order shall be issued.
4. Failure of the owner, administrator, occupant or other person responsible for the
condition of the building, structure, facilities and their premises, which are vital to the
public to abate the same, shall constrain the BFP to employ all corrective measures
to abate hazards, which shall include but not be limited to remodeling, repairing,
strengthening, reconstructing, removal and demolition, either partial or total, of the
building or structure, subject to the availability of funds appropriated for this purpose.
SECTION 13.0.0.6 PERIOD FOR CORRECTING VIOLATIONS

A. Immediately or within twenty-four (24) hours
1. Obstructing or blocking the exit ways or access to building clearly marked for fire
safety purposes, such as but not limited to aisles in interior rooms, any part of stairways,
hallways, corridors, vestibules, balconies or bridges leading to a stairway or exit of any
kind, or tolerating or allowing said violations;
2. Prevention, interference or obstruction of any operation of the BFP, or of duly organized
and authorized fire brigades;
3. Obstructing designated fire lanes or access to fire hydrant;
4. Overcrowding or admission of person beyond the authorized capacity in movie houses,
theatres, coliseums, auditorium or other public assembly buildings except in other
assembly areas on the ground floor with open sides or open doors sufficient to provide
exits;
5. Locking fire exits during periods when people are inside the building;
6. Prevention or obstruction of the automatic closure of fire doors or smoke partitions or
dampers;
346
7. Use of fire protective or firefighting equipment of the Fire Service other than for firefighting
except in other emergencies where their use are justified;
8. Giving false or malicious fire alarms;
9. Smoking in prohibited areas as may be determined by the Fire Service, or throwing
cigars, cigarettes, or burning objects in places which may start or cause fires;
10. Removing, destroying, tampering or obliterating any authorized mark, seal sign, or
tag posted or required by the Fire Service for fire safety in any building, structure or
processing equipment;
11. Use of jumpers or tampering with electrical wiring or overloading the electrical system
beyond its designed capacity or such other practices that tend to undermine the fire
safety features of the electrical system;
12. Failure to observe fire safety precaution for the following:
a. Hot ashes, live coals and embers;
b. Flammable paints, varnishes, stains and organic coatings;
c. Flammable and combustible liquids or gases of any classification;
d. Metallic magnesium in any form;
e. Blasting agents, explosives and special industrial, explosive materials, blasting caps,
black powder, dynamic, nitrocellulose, fulminates of any kind, and plastic explosives
containing ammonium salt or chlorate;
f. Liquid nitroglycerine and liquid trinitrotoluoene;
g. Firework materials of any kind or form;
h. Explosive dusts and vapors;
i. Welding, cutting and other hotwork;
j. Industrial/commercial baking and drying;
k. Smelting and forging; or
l. Refilling, distillation and solvent extraction of flammable/combustible liquids; and
13. Other violations similar to or of the same nature as any of the above, but not included
in this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.
B. Within three (3) days
1. Constructing gates, entrances and walkways to building components and yards, which
obstruct the orderly and easy passage of firefighting vehicles and equipment;
2. Abandonment or leaving a building or structure by the occupant or owner without
appropriate safety measures;
3. Failure to submit copy of fire insurance policy within the prescribed time limit;
4. Failure to observe fire safety precaution for the following:
a. High piled or widely spread combustible stock;
b. Corrosive liquids, oxidizing materials, organic peroxide, nitromethane, ammonium
nitrate or any amount of highly toxic pyrophoric, hypergolic or cryogenic materials
or poisonous gases, as well as materials compounds which when exposed to heat or
flame become a fire conductor or generate excessive smoke or toxic gases;
c. Matches in commercial quantities (more than sixty (60) watchman’s gross);
d. Combustible waste materials for recycling or resale;
e. Agricultural, forest, marine or mineral products which may undergo spontaneous
combustion;
f. Waste disposal of combustible materials;
g. Pressurized/forced-draft burning equipment; or
h. Motion picture projection using electrical lamp; and
5. Other violations similar to or the same nature as any of the above, but not included in
this listing, shall likewise be allocated the same period.
347
C. Within seven (7) days
1. Failure to provide the fire safety precautions for the following:
a. Combustible fibers;
b. Cellular materials such as foam rubber, sponge rubber and plastic foam;
c. Mineral, vegetable or animal oils and other derivative by-products.
D. Within ten (10) days
1. Failure to provide fire walls to separate adjoining building or warehouse and storage
areas from other occupancies in the same building; and
E. Within fifteen (15) days
1. Failure to provide, install and maintain the following:
a. Fire alarm system;
b. Provision for confining the fire at its source such as fire resistive floor slab or roof, curtain
boards and other fire containing or stopping components;
c. An emergency evacuation plan for each floor of the building showing the routes
from each room to appropriate exits, displayed prominently on the door of each
room;
d. Properly marked and lighted exits with provisions for emergency lights to adequately
exit ways in case of power failure;
2. Failure to develop and implement fire safety and education programs.
3. Failure to provide or effect the following:
a. Fire protection features such as sprinkler systems, hose boxes, hose reels or standpipe
system and other firefighting equipment;
b. Termination of all exits in area affording safe passage to a public way or safe dispersal
area;
c. Stairways, vertical shafts, horizontal exits and other means of egress sealed from
smoke and heat;
d. Self-closing fire resistive door leading to corridors;
e. Fire dampers in centralized air-conditioning ducts; or
f. Roof vents for use by fire fighters; and
SECTION 13.0.0.7 PENALTIES FOR SPECIFIC INDIVIDUALS

A. Against Private Person
1. Administrative Penalties
a. The owner, administrator, occupant or other person responsible for the condition
of the building, structure, facilities and their premises who violates any provision of
RA 9514 and its RIRR shall be penalized by:
1) Administrative fine of not exceeding Fifty thousand pesos (PhP50,000.00); or
2) Closure of such buildings, structures, facilities and their premises which do not
comply with the requirements; or
3) Both such administrative fine and closure to be imposed by the proper authorities,
provided that payment of the fine and closure of such buildings, structures,
facilities and their premises shall not absolve the violator from correcting the
deficiency or abating the fire hazard.
b. Fire safety practitioner who violated any provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR through
his/her failure to perform duties and responsibilities; or who performed any willful
348
act of impropriety or dishonesty in the preparation of FSCR, FSCCR, or FSMR shall be
penalized by:
1) Administrative fine of not exceeding Fifty thousand pesos (PhP50,000.00); and
2) Revocation of his/her Certificate of Competency as Fire Safety Practitioner.
2. Punitive Penalties
a. In case of willful failure to correct the deficiency or abate the fire hazard as provided
in the preceding Subsection, the violator shall, upon conviction, be punished by:
1) Imprisonment of not less than six (6) months nor more than six (6) years, or
2) By a fine of not more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00) or
3) Both such fine and imprisonment. Provided, however, that in the case of a
corporation, firm, partnership or association, the fine and/or imprisonment shall
be imposed upon its officials responsible for such violation, and in case the guilty
party is an alien, in addition to the penalties herein prescribed, he/she shall
immediately be deported: Provided, finally, that where the violation is attended
by injury, loss of life and/or damage to property, the violator shall be proceeded
against under the applicable provisions of the Revised Penal Code.
b. Any person who, without authority, maliciously removes the sign that a building or
structure is a fire hazard/firetrap placed by the authorized person in RA 9514 and its
RIRR shall be liable for imprisonment for thirty (30) days or a fine not exceeding one
hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00) or both in the discretion of the court.
c. Any person, who disobeys the lawful order of the fire ground commander during a
firefighting operation, shall be penalized with imprisonment of one (1) day to thirty
(30) days and a fine of five thousand pesos (PhP5,000.00).
3. In all cases mentioned above, regardless of whether the violation is categorized as
administrative or punitive, the C/MFM shall have the authority to determine whether a
criminal charge is going to be instituted and shall initiate the filing thereof.
B. Against Public Officer
1. Administrative
The following acts or omissions shall render the public officer/employee in charge
of the enforcement of RA 9514 and its RIRR, and other pertinent laws, administratively
liable and shall be punished by reprimand, suspension or removal at the discretion of
the disciplining authority, depending on the gravity of the offense:
a. Unjustified failure of the public officer/employee to conduct inspection of buildings
or structures at least once a year;
b. Deliberate failure to put up a sign in front of the building or structure within his/her
area of responsibility found to be violating RA 9514 and its RIRR, and other pertinent
laws, that the same is a “FIRE HAZARD” or a “FIRETRAP”;
c. Endorsing to the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative the certification,
or submitting a report that the building or structure complies with the standards set
by RA 9514 and its RIRR or other pertinent laws when the same is contrary to fact;
d. Issuance or renewal of Certificate of Occupancy or Business Permit without the FSIC
issued by the Chief, BFP or his/her duly authorized representative;
e. Failure to cancel the Certificate of Occupancy or Business Permit after the owner,
administrator, occupant or other person responsible for the condition of the building,
structure and other premises fails to comply with the notice/order for compliance
with the standards set by RA 9514 and its RIRR and other pertinent laws, within the
specified period;
f. Failure to abate a public nuisance within fifteen (15) days after the owner,
administrator, occupant or other responsible person fails to abate the same within
the period contained in the notice to abate;
g. Abusing his/her authority in the performance of his/her duty through acts of
corruption and other unethical practices; or
h. Engaging in the preparation and/or signed the FSCR, FSCCR, or FSMR, or perform any
act of impropriety or corruption in relation thereto; or
i. Other willful impropriety or gross negligence in the performance of his/her duty as
provided in RA 9514 and its RIRR.
349
2. Punitive
In case of willful violation involving the above-mentioned acts or omissions
enumerated under Section 11 subpara 2.A of RA 9514, the public official shall, upon
conviction, be punished by imprisonment of not less than six (6) months nor more than
six (6) years, or by a fine of not more than one hundred thousand pesos (PhP100,000.00)
or both such fine and imprisonment: Provided, That where the violation is attended by
injury, loss of life and/or property, the violator shall be proceeded against under the
applicable provisions of the Revised Penal Code.
SECTION 13.0.0.8 CONDUCT OF HIGHWAY MONITORING

The BFP, in coordination with the Land Transportation Office (LTO), Highway Patrol Group
(HPG) or, in their absence, the Local PNP, shall conduct highway monitoring to ensure that
the handling and transport of hazardous materials and chemicals is in accordance with the
provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR. Should violations be found during the conducted monitoring,
the erring person or entity shall be proceeded under the applicable provisions of RA 9514 and
its RIRR and the guidelines that hereinafter be issued.
SECTION 13.0.0.9 REMOVAL OF HAZARD

Where hazardous materials and chemicals found during the conduct of highway
monitoring, regular inspection or upon report of any concerned citizen pose an imminent threat
or danger to the residents of the building, adjoining property, or the public in general, the BFP if
found practicable, shall take immediate custody of the same and turn it over to the concerned
government agency. If the hazardous materials and chemicals found are flammable though
minimal in quantity or volume, they shall be deposited to the fire station concerned and shall
be released only to the owner upon compliance of the applicable provisions of RA 9514 and its
RIRR. This is without prejudice to the institution of legal action against the owners for violating
the provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR.
RULE 14. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 14.0.0.1 PROTEST
A. Any party aggrieved by the action(s) or findings of the C/MFM may challenge the same by
filing a VERIFIED PROTEST to the Office of the Provincial Fire Marshal or District Fire Marshal,
as the case may be, within five (5) days from receipt of a notice or order. In case the action
to be protested is rendered by a Provincial Fire Marshal or District Fire Marshal, the same
shall be filed before the Office of the Regional Director.
B. Any request for reconsideration, request for extension of time to comply, and such other
matters pertaining to the issued notice or order shall be treated as a protest, hence shall
conform to the requirement as to form herein prescribed and pay the corresponding
protest fee.
C. No protest shall be given due course without the payment of a non-refundable protest
fee as indicated in the schedule of fees, the Official Receipt of which shall be attached
to the protest. Payment shall be made at the fire station whose findings is the subject of
the protest.
D. The verified protest shall contain the following information:
1. the name and address of the protestant;
2. the notice or order being protested;
3. the name and office address of the fire marshal who issued the notice or order; and/or
4. such other matters and information pertinent and relevant to the proper resolution of
the protest.
E. The protest must be supported by attaching therewith certified true copy of the notice or
order subject of the protest.
F. The protest is verified by an affidavit that the affiant has read and understood the contents
thereof and that the allegations therein are true and correct of his personal knowledge or
based on authentic records. An unverified protest shall be considered unsigned, produces
no legal effect, and results to the outright dismissal of the protest.
G. In addition, the protestant shall likewise certify under oath that: (1) protestant has not
theretofore commenced any action or filed any claim involving the same issues in any
350
court, tribunal or quasi-judicial agency and to the best of his knowledge, no such other
action or claim is pending therein; (2) if there is such other pending action or claim, a
complete statement of the present status thereof; (3) and if he should thereafter learn that
the same or similar action or claim has been filed or is pending, he shall report such fact
within five (5) days to the office where the protest is filed.
H. Failure to comply with the foregoing requirements shall be a ground for the outright dismissal
of the protest.
I. Upon receipt of the protest, the concerned District/Provincial Fire Marshal or Regional
Director may require the concerned fire marshal to forward all the necessary records
which shall include the Inspection Order (IO), After Inspection Report (AIR) and such other
documents that may aid the prompt disposition of the case.
J. The protest shall be resolved within a period of fifteen (15) days from receipt of the complete
records of the case.
SECTION 14.0.0.2 APPEAL

A. Resolutions by the Provincial Fire Marshal, District Fire Marshal or the Regional Director over
a protest may be challenged by filing a verified appeal to the next higher authority within
five (5) days from the receipt of the decision or resolution appealed from. The decision of
the Regional Director in the exercise of its appellate jurisdiction shall be final and executory,
except decision on closure order in which case said decision may be appealed to the
Chief, BFP then to the Secretary of the DILG.
B. No appeal shall be given due course without the payment of a non-refundable appeal fee
as indicated in the schedule of fees, the Official Receipt of which shall be attached to the
appeal. Payment shall be made at the fire station whose findings is the subject of the appeal.
C. Upon receipt of the appeal, the appellate authority may require the lower unit concerned
to submit its comment on the appeal and the submission of the entire records of the case.
D. The appeal shall be resolved within a period of thirty (30) days from receipt of the complete
records of the case, except when appeal is taken to the DILG.
SECTION 14.0.0.3 EFFECT OF FILING A PROTEST OR APPEAL

The filing of a protest or an appeal shall in no way stay the running of the period of
correction indicated in the Notice to Comply/Correct Violation or Abatement/Closure Order,
unless otherwise ordered by the higher authorities to where the protest or appeal is filed.
SECTION14.0.0.4 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION

A. Cooperation with BFP
RA 9514 and its RIRR are designed to achieve fire safety in the community. To this end,
inspections are to be conducted by BFP. Inspection of buildings, structures, facilities and
their premises shall be done by duly designated Fire Safety Inspectors (FSI) in distinctive
uniform, with proper identification cards and Inspection Orders (IO). Citizens can assist in
achieving the goals of public fire safety by cooperating with the FSI.
B. Individual and Group Initiative
All persons are encouraged to inspect their own premises and to abate any fire hazard
therein, as well as take the necessary fire safety precautions. They shall strive to organize
themselves into effective fire safety and fire prevention organizations in their community
and places of work to avoid unnecessary loss of life and property.
SECTION 14.0.0.5 IMPLEMENTING DETAILS

The Chief, BFP shall have the authority to issue such further implementing details as may
be necessary to carry out the provisions of RA 9514 and its RIRR, with the approval of the
Secretary, DILG.
SECTION 14.0.0.6 ALTERNATIVE AND/OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES

A. In cases of existing buildings which when forced to comply will compromise its structural
stability and/or integrity, the Chief, BFP may accept adequate alternative and/or remedial
fire safety measures in lieu of the fire safety requirements of this RIRR upon application by
the owner/occupant/building administrator of the building or structure.
351
B. For this purpose, a Fire Safety Technical Committee shall be created to assist the Chief, BFP
in determining the adequacy of the said alternative measures.
C. The basis for the evaluation of the Fire Safety Technical Committee shall be in accordance
with the implementing guidelines approved by the Chief, BFP.
SECTION 14.0.0.7 SEPARABILITY CLAUSE

If any provision of this RIRR is declared invalid & unconstitutional, the other provisions not
affected thereby shall remain valid and subsisting.
SECTION 14.0.0.8 REPEALING AND AMENDING CLAUSE

All administrative orders, rules and regulations, memoranda, circulars and other issuances
inconsistent herewith or contrary to the provisions of these rules and regulations are hereby
repealed and/or modified accordingly.
SECTION 14.0.0.9 EFFECTIVITY

These Implementing Rules and Regulations shall take effect thirty (30) days after publication
of the last installment in the Official Gazette or in a newspaper of general circulation.
Recommend Approval:
Approved by:
Date:
352
ANNEX A: TABLES
TABLE 12: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY (MAQ) OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PER
CONTROL AREA
High Storage Use — Closed Systems Use — Open Systems

Hazard Liquid Liquid Liquid
Material Class Solid Gas scf
b
Solid Gas scf
b
Solid
Protection Gallons Gallons Gallons
Level Kilograms (kg) Kilograms (kg) kilograms
(kg) (kg) (kg)
Physical Hazard Materials
II 3 N/A 54.4c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
Combustible
III-A 3 N/A 149.7c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
liquido
III-B N/A N/A 5,987.4c,m N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
Combustible
See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note
metals
Cryogenic fluid Flammable 2 N/A 20.4j,k N/A N/A 20.4j,k N/A N/A 20.4j,k
[55: Table Oxidizing 3 N/A 20.4c,d N/A N/A 20.4c,d N/A N/A 20.4c,d
6.3.1.1] Inert N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL
Explosives See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note See note
Gaseous, 2 N/A N/A 453.6c,d N/A N/A 453.6c,d N/A N/A

Flammable gasl Liquefied, 2 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A
[55: Table Liquefied 2 N/A N/A (136.1)p,q,r N/A N/A (136.1)q N/A N/A
6.3.1.1] Petroleum
(LP)
I-A 3 N/A 13.6 c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
Flammable IB and IC 3 N/A 54.4 c,d N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
liquido Combination 3 N/A 54.4c,d,n N/A N/A See note N/A N/A See note
(IA, IB, IC)
Flammable
solid N/A 3 56.7c,d N/A N/A 56.7c, d N/A N/A 11.3c,d N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A

Inert Gas
Liquefied N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A
UD 1 0.5c,i (0.5)c,i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i
I 1 2.3c,d (2.3)c,d N/A 0.5c,d (0.5)c,d N/A 0.5c,d (0.5)c,d
Organic II 2 22.7c,d (22.7)c,d N/A 22.7d (22.7)d N/A 4.5c,d (4.5)c,d

peroxide III 3 56.7 c,d
(56.7) c,d
N/A 56.7 d
(56.7) d
N/A 11.3 c,d
(11.3)c,d
IV N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
V N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
4 1 0.5c,i (0.5)c,i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i N/A 0.1i (0.1)i
3f 2 or 3 4.5c,d (4.5)c,d N/A 0.9d (0.9)d N/A 0.9d (0.9)d

Oxidizer
2 3 113.4c,d (113.4)c,d N/A 113.4d (113.4)d N/A 22.7d (22.7)d
1 N/A 1,814.4 c,e

(1,814.4) c,e
N/A 1,814.4 e
(1,814.4) e
N/A 453.6 e
(453.6)e
Oxidizing gas Gaseous 3 N/A N/A 680.4c,d N/A N/A 680.4c,d N/A N/A
[55: Table
6.3.1.1] Liquefied 3 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A
Pyrophoric N/A 2 1.8 c,i

(1.8) c,i
N/A 0.5 i
(0.5) i
N/A NP NP
Pyrophoric Gas Gaseous 2 N/A N/A 22.7c,i N/A N/A 22.7c,i N/A N/A
[55:
Table 6.3.1.1] Liquefied 2 N/A N/A (1.8)c,i N/A N/A (1.8)c,i N/A N/A
4 1 0.5 c,i
(0.5) c,i
N/A 0.1 i
(0.1) i
N/A 0.1 i
(0.1)i
Unstable 3 1or 2 2.3c,d (2.3)c,d N/A 0.5d (0.5)d N/A 0.5d (0.5)d
(reactive) 2 2 22.7 c,d
(22.7) c,d
N/A 22.7 d
(22.7) d
N/A 4.5 d
(4.5)d
1 N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
Gaseous
4 or 3 1 N/A N/A 4.5c,i N/A N/A 4.5c,i N/A N/A
Unstable
(reactive) Gas
detonable 3 2 N/A N/A 22.7c,d N/A N/A 22.7c,d N/A N/A
[55: Table
6.3.1.1]
non detonable
2 3 N/A N/A 340.2c,d N/A N/A 340.2c,d N/A N/A
1 N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A
353
Liquefied
4 or 3 1 N/A N/A (0.5)c,i N/A N/A (0.5)c,i N/A N/A
Unstable
(reactive)
detonable 3 2 N/A N/A (0.9)c,d N/A N/A (0.9)c,d N/A N/A
Gas [55: Table
6.3.1.1]
non-detonable
2 3 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A
1 N/A N/A N/A NL N/A N/A NL N/A N/A
3 2 2.3 c,d
(2.3) c,d
N/A 2.3 d
(2.3) d
N/A 0.5 d
(0.5)d
Water reactive 2 3 22.7c,d (22.7)c,d N/A 22.7d (22.7)d N/A 4.5d (4.5)d
1 N/A NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
Health Hazard Materials
Corrosive N/A 4 2,268.0cd 226.8cd N/A 2,268.0d 226.8d N/A 453.6d 45.36d
Corrosive Gas Gaseous 4 N/A N/A 367.4c,d,g N/A N/A 367.4c,d,g N/A N/A
[55:
Table 6.3.1.1] Liquefied 4 N/A N/A (68.0) c,d
N/A N/A (68.0) c,d
N/A N/A
Highly toxic N/A 4 4.5cd (4.5)c,d N/A (4.5)d (4.5)d N/A 1.4d (1.4)d
Highly toxic gas Gaseous 4 N/A N/A 9.1d,g N/A N/A 9.1d,g N/A N/A
[55:
Table 6.3.1.1] Liquefied 4 N/A N/A (1.8) d,g
N/A N/A (1.8) d,g
N/A N/A
Toxic N/A 4 226.8c,d (226.8)c,d N/A 226.8c,d (226.8)c,d N/A 56.7d (56.7)d
Gaseous 4 N/A N/A 367.4c,d N/A N/A 367.4c,d N/A N/A

Toxic gas
Liquefied 4 N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A (68.0)c,d N/A N/A
For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4536 kg; 1 gal = 3.785 L; 1 ft3 = 0.0283 m3.

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)].
N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for
informational purposes.
See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials
having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
a. Unlimited amounts of gas are permitted to be used for personal medical or emergency medical use.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in
safety cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in
accordance with this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of
duties is not required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States
Pharmacopeia or the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their
intended purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
for maintenance purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be
approved.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
[5000: Table 34.1.3.2(a)]
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
factor of 10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
combustible liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in
individual containers that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]
354
CONTROL AREA IN ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCIES
Gasa
Liquid Gallonsk
Material Class Solid kilograms (at NTP) scf
(kg)
(kg)
Flammable and I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
combustible III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
liquidb,c,l III-B N/A 54.4 N/A
Flammable N/A 4.5 N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Oxidizing N/A 4.5 N/A
Explosivesd,e,f,g see note see note see note see note
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefied N/A N/A (9.1)
Flammable gasc,h
Petroleum
Flammable solid N/A 2.3 N/A N/A
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 3.8 litersi N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4 181.4 N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Oxidizing gash
Liquefied N/A N/A NPh
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
Organic peroxides III (11.3) (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) NP
4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPh
1 NL (NL) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
Water-reactive 2 4.5 (4.5) N/A
1 NL (NL) N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 (45.36) NP
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 (56.7) NPj

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)].
N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for informational
purposes.
See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having
multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in safety
cabinets with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
c. Fuel in the tank of operating mobile equipment is permitted to exceed the specified quantity where the equipment is operated in accordance with
this code.
d. The use of explosive materials required by federal, state, or municipal agencies while engaged in normal or emergency performance of duties is not
required to be limited. The storage of explosive materials is required to be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 495.
e. The storage and use of explosive materials in medicines and medicinal agents in the forms prescribed by the official United States Pharmacopeia or
the National Formulary are not required to be limited.
f. The storage and use of propellant-actuated devices or propellant-actuated industrial tools manufactured, imported, or distributed for their intended
purposes are required to be limited to 50 lb (23 kg) net explosive weight.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for maintenance
purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary for maintenance
purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to be approved.
j. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods. [5000: Table
34.1.3.2(a)]
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion factor of
10 lb/gal (1.2 kg/L) shall be used.
l. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or combustible
liquids, with the remainder of the product consisting of components that do not burn, shall not be limited, where packaged in individual containers
that do not exceed a 1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]
355
CONTROL AREA IN EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCIES
Liquid Gallonsm Gasa

Material Class Solid Kilograms
(kg) (at NTP) scf (kg)
I and II N/A 4.5 N/A
Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,l
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Flammable gasc,h
Petroleum
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 0.5i N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4j N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Oxidizing gash
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
Organic peroxides III 11.3 (11.3) N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPh
1 NL (NL) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 45.36 NP

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials
having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids is permitted where stored in safety cabinets
with an aggregate quantity not to exceed 180 gal (681 L).
this code.
g. The storage and use of small arms ammunition, and components thereof, are permitted where in accordance with NFPA 495
j. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
k. Storage in laboratories only; additional 20 lb (9 kg) units are permitted where minimum 20 ft (6.1 m) separation is provided.
l. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
m. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion factor of
n. Storage shall be permitted to be increased 100% if the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance
with NFPA 13.
o. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or combustible
356
TABLE 15: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITIES (MAQ) OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PER
CONTROL AREA IN DAY-CARE OCCUPANCIES
Liquid Gallonsk Gasa

kg (at NTP) scf (kg)
Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Flammable gasc,g
Petroleum
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 0.5i N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4h 181.4h N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Oxidizing gasg
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted.
NL: Not limited.
purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2,
materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
this code.
g. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for maintenance
purposes,patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
h. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
l. Storage shall be permitted to be increased 100% if the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with
NFPA 13.
m. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or combustible
357
CONTROL AREA IN HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES

Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Explosivesd,e,f, see note see note see note see note
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Flammable gasc,g
Petroleum
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5h 0.5h N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4i N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPg
Oxidizing gasg
Liquefied N/A N/A NPg
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A NP NP NP
4 NP NP NP
3 NP NP NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 1.4 NPj
Toxic N/A 56.7 56.7 NPj

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for
informational purposes.
See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having
multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
this code.
h. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary for maintenance
i. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
NFPA 13.
that do not exceed a
1.3-gallon capacity. [30:9.1.4(4)]
358
CONTROL AREA IN AMBULATORY HEALTH CARE OCCUPANCIES

Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Explosivesd,e,f see note see note see note see note
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Flammable gasc,g
Petroleum
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5h 0.5h N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4i N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPg
Oxidizing gasg
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
4 NP NP NP
3 NP NP NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited.
this code.
h. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary for maintenance
i. The permitted quantities are not limited in a building protected throughout by automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.
NFPA 13.
359
CONTROL AREA IN DETECTION AND CORRECTIONAL OCCUPANCIES

Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
III-B N/A 54.4n N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Explosivesd,e,f see note see note see note see note
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Flammable gasc,g
Petroleum
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5h 0.5h N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4i 181.4i N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPg
Oxidizing gasg
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
4 NP NP NP
3 NP NP NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPg
1 NL (NL) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A

NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not
limited.
Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here
for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
h. Containers, cylinders, or tanks not exceeding 250 scf (7.1 m3) content measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) and used for
maintenance purposes, patient care, or operation of equipment shall be permitted.
i. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
approved.
k. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
l. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
360
TABLE 19: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITIES OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PER
CONTROL AREA IN RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCIES CONSISTING OF LODGING
AND ROOMING HOUSES, HOTELS, DORMITORIES, APARTMENTS, AND
RESIDENTIAL BOARD AND CARE FACILITIES

Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,m
III-B N/A 54.4 N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Gaseous N/A N/A NP
Liquefiedj N/A N/A (9.1)
Flammable gasc,h
Petroleum
4 NP NP N/A
3 4.5i 0.5i N/A
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 N/A
1 1,814.4 181.4 N/A
Gaseous N/A N/A NPh
Oxidizing gash
Liquefied N/A N/A N/A
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
IV NL NL N/A
V NL NL N/A
4 0.1 (0.1) NP
3 0.5 (0.5) NP
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) NPh
1 NL NL NP
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Highly toxic N/A 1.4 (1.4) NPk
Toxic N/A 56.7 (56.7) NPk
NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not limited. Note:
The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided here for informational
b. Storage in excess of 10 gal (38 L) of Class I and Class II liquids combined or 60 gal (227 L) of Class IIIA liquids are permitted where stored in safety
this code.
purposes, operation, or sanitation of equipment. Storage containers and the manner of storage are required to beapproved.
j. Storage containers are not permitted to exceed 0.325 ft3 (0.0092 m3) capacity.
k. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
l. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion factor of
361
CONTROL AREA IN BUSINESS OCCUPANCIES

Flammable and
III-A N/A 27.2 N/A
combustible liquidb,c,k
III-B N/A 54.4 N/A
Cryogenic fluid
Gaseous N/A N/A 453.6
Liquefiedj N/A N/A (9.1)
Flammable gasc
Petroleum
4 NP NP NP
3 4.5h 0.5h NP
Oxidizers
2 113.4 11.3 NP
1 1,814.4 181.4 NP
Gaseous N/A N/A 680.4
Oxidizing gash
Liquefied N/A 6.8 N/A
I NP NP N/A
II NP NP N/A
IV 45,359.2 (45,359.2) N/A
V NL NL N/A
Pyrophoric materials N/A 0.5 (0.5) 4.5
4 0.1 (0.1) 0.9
3 0.5 0.5 4.5
Unstable Reactive
2 4.5 (4.5) 340.2
1 NL (NL) NL
3 0.5 (0.5) N/A
1 NL NL N/A
Corrosives N/A 453.6 (45.36) 367.4
Highly toxic i
N/A 1.4 (1.4) 9.1
Toxici N/A 56.7 (56.7) 367.4
NTP: Normal temperature and pressure [measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa)]. N/A: Not applicable. NP: Not permitted. NL: Not
limited. Note: The hazardous material categories and MAQs that are shaded in this table are not regulated by NFPA 400 but are provided
here for informational purposes. See Chapter 2 for the reference code or standard governing these materials and establishing the MAQs. In
accordance with 1.1.1.2, materials having multiple hazards that fall within the scope of NFPA 400 shall comply with NFPA 400.
h. A maximum quantity of 220 lb (99 kg) of solid or 22 gal (83 L) of liquid Class 3 oxidizer is permitted where such materials are necessary
approved.
i. Gas cylinders not exceeding 20 scf (0.57 m3) measured at 70°F (21°C) and 14.7 psi (101 kPa) are permitted in gas cabinets or fume hoods.
j. Conversion. Where quantities are indicated in pounds and when the weight per gallon of the liquid is not provided to the AHJ, a conversion
k. Medicines, foodstuffs, cosmetics, and other consumer products that contain not more than 50% by volume water-miscible flammable or
362
TABLE 21: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY (MAQ) PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
CONTROL AREA FOR SELECTED HAZARD CATEGORIES IN MERCANTILE,
STORAGE, AND INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCIES
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITYab

Solids Liquids
HAZARD CATEGORY
kilogram liters
Physical Hazards Materials: Nonflammable and Noncombustible Solids and Liquids

Oxidizers
Class 3 616 511
Class 2 1,021 852
Class 1 8,165c 6,814c
Note: Maximum quantities for hazard categories not shown are required to be in accordance with Table 5.2.1.1.3.
a. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13. Where
footnote b also applies, the increase for both footnotes is permitted to be applied.
b. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets in accordance with NFPA1.
Where footnote a also applies, the increase for both footnotes is permitted to be applied.
c. Quantities are not limited in buildings protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with NFPA 13. [5000: Table 34.1.3.3.1(a)]
TABLE 22: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY (MAQ) PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR
CONTROL AREA FOR SELECTED HAZARD CATEGORIES IN MERCANTILE AND
STORAGE OCCUPANCIES
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITYab

HAZARD CATEGORY Solids Liquids
kilogram liters
Physical Hazards Materials: Nonflammable and Noncombustible Solids and Liquids
Unstable (reactive)
Class 3 250 208
Class 2 522 435
Water-reactive
Class 3 250 208
Class 2 522 435
Health Hazards Materials: Nonflammable and Noncombustible Solids and Liquids

Corrosive 4,536 3,785
Highly Toxic d
9 8
Toxicd 454 378
a. Maximum quantities for hazard categories not shown are required to be in accordance with Table 5.2.1.1.3.
b. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13. Where
footnote b also applies, the increase for both footnotes can be applied.
c. Maximum quantities are permitted to be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets in accordance with NFPA1.
Where footnote (a) also applies, the increase for both footnotes is permitted to be applied. [5000:Table 34.1.3.3.1(b)]
d. Toxic or highly toxic solids or liquids displayed in original packaging in mercantile or storage occupancies and intended for maintenance,
operation of equipment, or sanitation when contained in individual packaging not exceeding 100 lb (45.4 kg) shall be limited to an
aggregate of 1200 lb (544.3 kg) or 120 gal (454.2 L). The increases allowed by footnotes a, b, and c shall not apply to highly toxic solids and
liquids.
363
TABLE 23: DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS
Maximum Fire
Number of
Allowable Resistance
Floor Level Control
Quantity per Rating for
Areas per Floor
Control Area (%)* Fire Barriers† (hr)
Above grade
>9 5.0 1 2
7–9 5.0 2 2
4–6 12.5 2 2
3 50.0 2 1
2 75.0 3 1
1 100.0 4 1
Below grade
1 75.0 2 1
2 50.0 32 1
Lower than 2 NP NP N/A
NP: Not permitted. N/A: Not applicable.
*Percentages represent the MAQ per control area shown in Table
5.2.1.1.3, with all the increases permitted in the footnotes of that table.
†Fire barriers are required to include floors and walls, as necessary, to provide a complete separation from other control areas.
TABLE 24: DETACHED BUILDINGS REQUIRED WHERE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS

AMOUNT SHOWN
Gas Hazard Quantity of Material

Class scf Nm3*
Individual bulk
hydrogen 15,000
N/A N/A
compressed gas (425)
systems
3 1,200 N/A
Oxidizers
2 2,000 N/A
I 25 N/A
Organic peroxides
II 50 N/A
Unstable (Reactive) 3, undetonable 1 2,000 (57)
materials 2 25 10,000 (283)
Water-reactive 3 1 N/A
materials 2, deflagrating 25 N/A
Pyrophoric gases N/A 2,000 (57)
For SI units, 1 ton = 0.9 met ton.
N/A: Not applicable.
*See Table 21.2.5.
[55: Table 6.5]
364
OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA
Storage Use — Closed Systems Use — Open Systems
Material Class Liquid Liquid Liquid

Solid Gas scf Solid Gas scf Solid
Gallons Gallons Gallons
Kilograms (kg) Kilograms (kg) Kilograms
(kg) (kg) (kg)
Physical Hazard Materials
Flammable gas
Gaseous N/A N/A 1,360.8 N/A N/A 680.4 N/A N/A
Liquefied N/A N/A (136.1) N/A N/A (68.0) N/A N/A
Flammable solid 226.8 N/A N/A 113.4 N/A N/A 22.7 N/A
Organic
Detonable 0.5 (0.5) N/A 0.1 (0.1) N/A 0.1 (0.1)
peroxide
I 9.1 9.1 N/A 4.5 (4.5) N/A 0.9 0.9
II 90.7 90.7 N/A 45.4 (45.4) N/A 9.1 9.1

Organic
III 226.8 226.8 N/A 113.4 (113.4) N/A 22.7 22.7
peroxide
IV NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
V NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
4 0.9 (0.9) N/A 0.5 (0.1) N/A 0.1 (0.1)
3 18.1 (18.1) N/A 9.1 (0.9) N/A 0.9 (0.9)

Oxidizer
2 453.6 (453.6) N/A 226.8 (113.4) N/A 22.7 (22.7)
1 NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
Oxidizing gas
Gaseous N/A N/A 2,721.6 N/A N/A 2,721.6 N/A N/A
Pyrophoric 3.6 (3.6) 45.36 1.8 (1.8) 4.5 0 0
4 0.9 (0.9) 9.1 0.5 (0.5) 0.9 0.1 (0.1)
Unstable 3 9.1 (9.1) 90.7 4.5 (4.5) 4.5 0.5 (0.5)
(Reactive) 2 90.7 (90.7) 453.6 45.4 (45.4) 113.4 4.5 (4.5)
1 NL NL 680.4 NL NL NL NL NL
3 9.1 (9.1) N/A 4.5 (4.5) N/A 0.5 (0.5)
Water-reactive 2 90.7 (90.7) N/A 45.4 (45.4) N/A 4.5 (4.5)
1 NL NL N/A NL NL N/A NL NL
Health Hazard Materials

Corrosive 9,071.9 907.2 N/A 4,535.9 453.6 N/A 453.6 45.4
Corrosive gas
Gaseous N/A N/A 734.8 N/A N/A 367.4 N/A N/A
Highly toxic 9.1 (9.1) N/A 4.5 (4.5) N/A 1.4 (1.4)
Highly toxic gas
Gaseous N/A N/A 18.1* N/A N/A 9.1* N/A N/A
Liquefied N/A N/A (3.6)* N/A N/A (1.8)* N/A N/A
Toxic 1,000 (1,000) N/A 226.8 22.7 N/A 56.7 (56.7)
Toxic gas
Gaseous N/A N/A 734.8 N/A N/A 367.4 N/A N/A
For SI units, 1 lb = 0.4535 kg; 1 gal = 3.785 L; 1 scf3 = 0.0283 Nm3.

N/A: Not applicable. NL: Not limited.
Notes:
(1) Table values in parentheses correspond to the unit name in parentheses at the top of the column.
(2) For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10.
(3) The aggregate quantities in storage and use cannot exceed the quantity listed for storage.
(4) The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials allowed in outdoor storage per single property
under the same ownership or control used for retail or wholesale sales is permitted to exceed the MAQ where such storage is in accordance with 5.2.1.13.3.
*Permitted only where stored or used in approved exhausted gas cabinets, exhausted enclosures, or fume hoods.
365
TABLE 26: CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
GHS European and some South American

NFPA 400 ERG
(Physical Hazards) Regulations
Class 1 - Explosives Explosives
Flammable gases
Flammable Gases 2 - Emission of gas due to pressure or
Inert gases Class 2 - Gases
Gases Under Pressure chemical reaction
Flammable Aerosols
Class 3 - Flammable Liquids
Flammable cryogenic fluids 3 - Flammability of liquids (vapors)
(and Combustible Liquids Flammable Liquids
Inert cryogenic fluids and gases or self-heating liquid
[U.S.])
Class 4 - Flammable
Solids; substances liable to
spontaneous combustion; 4 - Flammability of solids or self-
Flammable solids Flammable solids
substances which, on heating solid
contact with water, emit
flammable gases
Oxidizer solids or liquids Oxidizing Solids
Class 5 - Oxidizing Substances
Oxidizing cryogenic fluids Oxidizing Liquids 5 - Oxidizing (fire-intensifying) effect
and Organic Peroxides
Oxidizing gases Oxidizing Gases
Organic Peroxide
Organic Peroxide
Formulations
Toxic or highly toxic solids, Class 6 - Toxic Substances
6 - Toxicity or risk of infection
liquids, or gases and Infectious Substances
Class 7 - Radioactive
7 - Radioactivity
Materials
Corrosive solids, liquids, or Class 8 - Corrosive
Corrosive to Metal 8 - Corrosivity
gases Substances
Pyrophoric solids, liquids, or Pyrophoric Solids
gases Pyrophoric Liquids
Class 9 - Miscellaneous
Unstable (reactive) solids, Dangerous Goods/ Self-Reactive 9 - Risk of spontaneous violent
liquids, or gases Hazardous Materials and Substances reaction
Articles
Self-Heating
Substances
NOTE: The risk of spontaneous violent
reaction within the meaning of digit 9
includes the possibility, due to the nature
of a substance, of a risk of explosion,
disintegration and polymerization reaction
followed by the release of considerable
heat or flammable and/or toxic gases .
• Doubling of a digit indicates an
intensification of that particular hazard
(i .e ., 33, 66, 88) .
• Where the hazard associated with a
substance can be adequately indicated by
a single digit, the digit is followed by a zero
(i .e ., 30, 40, 50) .
• A hazard identification number prefixed by
the letter “X” indicates that the substance
will react dangerously with water (i .e ., X88)
TABLE 27: STORAGE OF COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS
Volume of Material
Method of Storage
in cubic meters (m3)
0–3 Combustible Fiber Storage Bin* with self-closing cover
Combustible fiber storage room having 1-hr fire resistance
3.1 – 14
barrier
Combustible fiber storage vault having 2-hr fire resistance barrier
14.1 – 28
and approved opening
Combustible fiber storage vault with approved opening and
28 up (protected)
protected by approved, supervised sprinkler system
366
TABLE 28: SPRINKLER DISCHARGE DENSITIES FOR COMBUSTIBLE COMMODITIES NOT
EXCEEDING 640 CM IN HEIGHT, BY HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
COMMODITY CLASS
HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
I or II II or III III or IV
Low 8.2 8.2 10.2
Average 9.4 11.4 13.5
High 14.3 17.1 20.4
Very High
TABLE 29: INDOOR PORTABLE CONTAINER STORAGE FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
LITERS
CLASS LEVEL UNPROTECTED
STORAGE LEVEL PROTECTED STORAGE
LIQUID STORAGE MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM PER PILE
PER PILE
Ground & Upper Floors 10,409 2,498
IA
Basement NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED
IB
IC
II
Basement 20,818 NOT PERMITTED
III
Basement 31,226 NOT PERMITTED
TABLE 30: SPRINKLER SYSTEMS FOR INSIDE STORAGE AND HANDLING ROOMS OF
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
SPRINKLER FIRE
MAXIMUM SIZE TOTAL LITERS
SYSTEM RESISTANCE
(Floor Area) ALLOWED
PROVIDED RATING
Yes 2 hours 46.5 sq. m 18, 925
No 2 hours 46.5 sq. m 7, 570
Yes 1 hour 13.9 sq. m 3,785
No 1 hour 13.9 sq. m 1,893
TABLE 31: STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN CLOSED

CONTAINERS OUTSIDE OF BUILDINGS
DISTANCE FROM BUILDING OR LINE OF ADJOINING
QUANTITY IN LITERS
PROPERTY WHICH MAY BE BUILT UPON IN METERS
CLASS I
1 to 568 (3 drums) 4.5
568 to 1,892 (3 to 10 drums) 7.5
1,893 to 18,925 (10 to 100 drums) 15.0
CLASS II or III
1 to 568 (3 drums) 1.5
568 to 1,892 (3 to 10 drums) 3.0
1,893 to 18,925 (10 to 100 drums) 9.0
367
TABLE 32: OUTDOOR PORTABLE TANK STORAGE
DISTANCE TO DISTANCE TO
MAXIMUM DISTANCE
PROPERTY LINES STREET ALLEY
CLASS PER PILE BETWEEN PILES
CAN BE BUILT UPON PUBLIC WAY
(Liter) (meter)
(meter) (meter)
IA 8,327 1.5 6.0 3.0
IB 16,654 1.5 6.0 3.0
IC 33,308 1.5 6.0 3.0
II 66,616 1.5 3.0 1.5
Combustible 66,540 1.5 3.0 1.5
TABLE 33: ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREA SERVICE STATIONS
NEC CLASS I,
LOCATION GROUP D EXTENT OF CLASSIFIED AREA
DIVISION
Any pit, box or space below grade level, any
1 part at which is within the Division 1 to 2 of
classified area
Underground Tank-fill Up to forty-six centimeters (46 cm) level within
Opening a horizontal radius of three meters (3 m) from a
2 loosen fill connection and within the horizontal
radius of one and a half meters (1.5 m) from a
tight fill connection
Within ninety-one centimeters (91 cm) of open
1
Underground Tank-Vent and off vent, extending in all directions
Discharging Area between ninety-one centimeters (91 cm)
Upward 2 and one and a half meters (1.5 m) of open and
off vent, extending in all directions
Any pit, box or space below grade level,
Dispenser-Pits 1 any part of which is within the Division 1 or 2
classified area
The area one and two tenths meters (1.2 m)
Dispenser-Enclosure 1 vertically above grade within the enclosure of
forty-six centimeters (46 cm) in all direction
Up to forty-six centimeters (46 cm) above
Dispenser-Outdoor grade level within six meters (6 m)
horizontally of any edge of enclosure
Up to forty-six centimeters (46 cm) above
Dispenser-Indoor with
grade or floor level within seven and six tenths
Mechanical 2
meters (7.6 m) horizontally of any edge of
Ventilation enclosure
Any pit, box or space below grade level if any

1 part is within a horizontal distant of three meters
(3 m) from any edge of pump
Remote Pump
Within ninety-one centimeters (91 cm) of any
Outdoor
edge of pump, extending in all directions. Also
2 up to forty six centimeters (46 cm) above grade
level within three meters (3 m) horizontally from
any edge of pump
368
1 Entire area within any pit
Within one and a half meters (1.5 m) of any
edge of pump, extending, in all directions. Also
Remote Pump Indoor up to ninety-one centimeters (91 cm) above
2
floor or grade level within seven and six tenths
meters (7.6 m) horizontally from any edge of
pump.
1 Entire area within any pit
Lubrication Room Area up to forty-six centimeters (46 cm) above

2 floor or grade level within entire lubrication
room
Lubrication Room
Within ninety-one centimeters (91 cm), of any
Dispenser for Class I 2
fill or dispensing point, extending in all directions
Liquids
Special Enclosure
Inside Building per 1 Entire enclosure
Sec.23.703 (b)
If there is any opening of these rooms within the
extent of an outdoor classified area, the entire
room shall be the same
Sales Storage and Rest as the area classification at the point of the
Ordinary
Rooms opening. If there is any opening of these rooms
within the extent of an indoor classified area,
the room shall be classified the same as if the
wall, curb or partition did not exit.
TABLE 34: FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIZE AND PLACEMENT FOR CLASS B HAZARDS
Maximum Travel Distance to

Basic Minimum
Type of Hazard Extinguishers
Extinguisher Rating
(m)
5-B 9.15
Light (low)
10-B 15.25
10-B 9.15
Ordinary (moderate)
20-B 15.25
40-B 9.15
Extra (high)
80-B 15.25
TABLE 35: MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE EDGE OF BELOWGROUND AND INGROUND
CRYOGENIC CONTAINERS BASED ON CONTAINER CAPACITY
CONTAINER CAPACITY MINIMUM DISTANCE

Less than one thousand nine One hundred fifty-five centimeters
hundred liters (1,900 L) (155 cm)
One thousand nine hundred liters (1,900 L) to three Seven and seventy-five hundredths
thousand eight hundred liters (3,800 L) meters (7.75 m)
Over three thousand eight hundred liters (3,800 L) Fifteen and a half meters (15.5 m)
369
TABLE 36: MINIMUM DISTANCES OF LPG CONTAINERS OUTSIDE BUILDINGS, BY
WATER CAPACITY
MINIMUM DISTANCES (in meters)

WATER CAPACITY PER
CONTAINER Mounded or
Aboveground Between
(in liters) Underground
Containers Containers
Containers
Less than 500 3.0 0 0
500 to 1,000 3.0 3.0 0
Above 1,000 to 1,900 3.0 3.0 1.0
Above 1,900 to 7,600 3.0 7.6 1.0
Above 7,600 to 114,000 15.0 15.0 1.5
Above 114,000 to 265,000 15.0 23.0
Above 265,000 to 341,000 15.0 30.0
1/4 of sum
Above 341,000 to 454,000 15.0 38.0 of diameters
Above 454,000 to 757,000 15.0 61.0 of adjacent
containers
Above 757,000 to 3,785,000 15.0 91.0
Above 3,785,000 15.0 122.0
TABLE 37: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS IN CNG SERVICE STATIONS
Division or
Location Extent of Classified Area
Zone
Containers (other than mounted
2 within 3 m of container
fuel supply containers)
Area containing compression and ancillary equipment

Outdoors 2 up to 4.6 m from equipment
Indoors 2 up to 4.6 m from equipment
Dispensing Equipment
Outdoors 1 Inside the dispenser enclosure

Outdoors 2 from 0 – 1.5 m from the dispenser
Indoors 1 Inside the dispenser enclosure
Indoors 2 entire room, with adequate ventilation
Outdoors
Discharge from relief valves or 1.5 m in all directions from
1
vents the point source
beyond 1.5 m but within 4.6 m in all
2
directions from point of discharge
valves, flanges of screwed
none unclassified
fittings
Discharge from relief valves
within 15 degrees of the line of 1 4.6 m
discharge
370
TABLE 38: MINIMUM DISTANCE OF NITROMETHANE FROM INHABITED BUILDINGS
APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF
WEIGHT DISTANCE
DRUMS
Beginning of 908 kg 4 30 m
909 kg to 4,546 kg 20 60 m
4,547 kg to 9,091 kg 40 90 m
9,092 kg to 18,182 kg 80 120 m
18,183 kg to 36,364 kg 160 150 m
TABLE 39: REPRESENTATIVE MINIMUM EXPOSURE SEPARATION DISTANCES IN METER

FOR TIRE STORAGE
Exposed Face
Pile Height
Dimension
meters 2.4 m 3.0 m 3.7 m 4.3 m 4.9 m 5.5 m 6.1 m
7.6 17 19 20 22 23 25 26
15.2 23 26 28 30 33 34 36
30.0 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
45.0 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
61.0 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
75.0 30 35 39 42 44 47 50
TABLE 40: MINIMUM THICKNESS OF SPRAY BOOTH EXHAUST DUCTS, BY DIAMETER
Diameter of Duct Minimum Thickness

20 cm or less 0.60 mm
20 cm to 46 cm inclusive 0.75 mm
46 cm to 76 cm inclusive 0.90 mm
Over 76 cm 1.20 mm
TABLE 41: CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM EXHAUST DUCTS AND UNPROTECTED

COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION FOR SPRAY BOOTHS, BY TYPE OF
PROTECTION USED
Protection Used Clearance required
Gauge 28 sheet metal on 1/4-inch asbestos millboard. 30.48 cm

Gauge 28 sheet metal on 1/8-inch asbestos millboard space out
22.86 cm
1 inch (2.54 cm) on noncombustible spacers.
Gauge 22 sheet metal on 1-inch (2.54 cm) coated batts
7.62 cm
reinforced with wire mesh or the equivalent.
Where ducts are protected with an approved automatic sprinkler
system, the clearance required in section “V” of this section may 15.24 cm
be reduced.
371
TABLE 42: MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE
LIQUIDS PER CONTROL AREA
LIQUID CLASS QUANTITY

IA 115 L
IB & IC 460 L
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
IA, IB, IC
460 L
COMBINED
II 460 L
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IIIA 1,265 L
IIIB 50,600 L
TABLE 43: DIAMETER OF BOTTOM DRAINPIPES BY TANK CAPACITY
Tank capacity (liters) Pipe diameter

1,900 L to 2,850 L 8 cm
2,851 L to 3,800 L 10 cm
3,801 L to 9,500 L 13 cm
9,501 L to 15,000 L 15 cm
Over 15,000 L 20 cm
TABLE 44: CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
Clearance (centimeters)
Ep
Classification C Ec
A D Furnace
as to Type of Duct3 B Front Chimney4 Casing
Above2 Rear Plenum
Appliance Connector Sides5
Sides6
Form I 59 5 60 45 15 15 5 or 1510
Form IA 15 - 60 45 15 15 -
Form II 7
15 5 60 45 15 15 5
Form III 8
45 45 120 45 45 45 45
Form IV 120 - 240 90 90 90 -
Form V 15 - 60 45 45 45 -
For multiple-fueled appliances that can fire solid fuels, see NFPA 211, Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning
Appliances, and NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems.
2. This column indicates clearances above the top of the appliance casing or above the top of the furnace bonnet or plenum.
3. This column indicates clearance from a horizontal run of warm-air duct within 3 ft (900 mm) of upflow, downflow, or horizontal type warm-air
furnaces.
4. See Section 6.5 for installation of chimney connectors.
5. This column indicates clearances from the sides of the appliance casing.
6. This column is applicable only to a warm-air furnace provided with an external plenum for connection to duct systems and indicates
clearances from all sides of the outlet air plenum.
7. The clearance from the bottom of a suspended (horizontal) furnace that is not otherwise classified as a low-heat industrial appliance shall
not be less than 6 in. (150 mm).
8. The clearance to combustible material from the bottom of a suspended (horizontal) furnace that is not classified as a low-heat industrial
appliance under Form III, from a suspended-type unit heater that is classified under Form V, or from a unit heater that is classified as a low-
heat industrial appliance under Form III shall not be less than 18 in. (450 mm).
9. This clearance shall be permitted to be reduced to 1 in. (25 mm) for a listed, forced-air or gravity system equipped with a limit control that
cannot be set higher than 200°F (93°C).
10. Clearance is 2 in. (50 mm) for upflow warm-air furnaces and 6 in. (150 mm) for downflow warm-air furnaces.
Description of Classifications for Use with Table 43.
Form I. Automatically fired upflow- or downflow-type warm-air furnaces, excluding horizontal types not larger than 100 ft3 (2.8 m3) in size
(excluding blower compartments and burner equipment).
Form IA. Floor-mounted unit heaters, not larger than 100 ft3 (2.8 m3) in size, excluding blower or fan compartment and burner.
Form II. Horizontal-type warm-air furnaces; water wall-type boilers operating at not more than 250°F (121°C) for water boilers and at not more
than 15 psig (gauge pressure of 103 kPa) pressure for steam boilers; water heaters not larger than 100 ft3 (2.8 m3) in size (excluding
burner equipment and blower compartments of furnaces).
Form III. Low-heat industrial appliances; floor-mounted-type and suspended-type warm-air furnaces not classified under Forms I and II; steam
boilers operating at not more than a gauge pressure of 50 psi (gauge pressure of 345 kPa) pressure and not classified under Form
II; water boilers operating at a water temperature not more than the temperature of saturated steam at not more than a gauge
pressure of 50 psi pressure and not classified under Form II; unit heaters not classified under Forms IA or V.
Form IV. Medium-heat industrial appliances; steam boilers operating at a gauge pressure of over 50 psi pressure.
Form V. Suspended-type unit heaters not more than 100 ft3 (2.8m3) in size (excluding fan compartment and burner equipment).
372
TABLE 45: REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION
Allowable Clearance with Specified Protection (centimeters)

Where the required clearance with no protection from the appliance or
chimney connector is:
Type of Protection1 90 cm 45 cm 30 cm 22.5 cm 15 cm
Sides And Sides Sides Sides Sides

Above Above Above Above Above
Rear And Rear And Rear And Rear And Rear
(a) 8.75 cm thick

-
masonry wall without 60 - 30 - 22.5 - 15 - 12.5
ventilated air space
(b) 1.25 cm insulation
board over 2.5 cm
60 45 30 22.5 22.5 15 15 12.5 10 7.5
glass fiber or mineral
wool batts
(c) 0.05 cm
(24-gauge) sheet
metal over 1 in. glass
fiber or mineral wool 15 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
batts reinforced with
wire on rear face with
(d) 8.75 cm thick
masonry wall with - 30 - 15 - 15 - 15 - 15
(e) 0.05 cm
(24-gauge) sheet
45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 5
metal with ventilated
air space
(f) 1.25 cm thick
insulation board with 45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
(g) 0.05 cm
(24-gauge) sheet
air space over 0.05 45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
cm (24-gauge) sheet
air space
(h) 2.5 cm glass fiber
or mineral wool batts
sandwiched between
2 sheets 0.05 cm 45 30 22.5 15 15 10 12.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
(24-gauge) sheet
air space
(1) The type of protection specified is applied to and covers all surfaces of combustible material within the distance specified as the required clearance
with no protection.
(2) Reduction of clearances from combustible materials cannot interfere with combustion air, draft regulators, or accessibility for servicing.
(3) All clearances are measured from the outer surface of the combustible material to the nearest point on the surface of the appliance or connector,
disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.
(4) Spacers and ties are of noncombustible material. No spacer or tie can be used directly opposite an appliance or connector.
(5) With all clearance reduction systems using ventilated air space, adequate provision for air circulation is to be provided as described.
(6) Provide at least 1 in. (25 mm) clearance between the reduction system and combustible walls and ceilings for reduction systems using ventilated air
space.
(7) If a wall protector is mounted on a single flat wall away from corners, adequate air circulation can be provided by leaving only the bottom and top
edges, or only the side and top edges open, with at least a 1 in. (25 mm) air gap.
(8) Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) are to have a minimum density of 8 lb/ft3 (128 kg/m3) and a minimum melting point of 1500°F (816°C).
(9) Insulation material used as part of a clearance reduction system is to have a thermal conductivity of 1 (Btu/in.)/(ft2/hr·°F) or less.
(10) Provide at least 1 in. (25 mm) between the appliance or connector and the protector. In no case is the clearance between the appliance or
connector and the combustible material to be reduced below that allowed in the table.
(11) All clearances and thicknesses are minimum. Larger clearances and thicknesses are acceptable.
373
TABLE 46: MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR STEEL PIPE CONNECTORS
Thickness
Pipe Diameter (centimeters) Sheet Metal Gauge
Up to 22.5 26
>22.5 up to 25 24
>25 up to 40 22
>40 16
TABLE 47: LOCATION OF PROCESS VESSELS
Process Vessels Having Emergency Relief

Stable Liquids Unstable Liquids
Venting to Permit Pressure (kPa)
Distance in 2.5 times distance in
≤17.2 Table 48 Table 48
(table below) (table below)
1.5 times distance in 4 times distance in Table
>17.2 Table 48 48
(table below) (table below)
TABLE 48. REFERENCE FOR TABLE 47, LOCATION OF PROCESS VESSELS
Capacity of Vessel
Minimum Distance
(gal)
From Property Line That Is or Can Be Built From Nearest Side of Any Public
upon, Including the Opposite Side of a Way or from Nearest Important
Public Way Building on Same Property
≤275 1.5 m 1.5 m
276–750 3.0 m 1.5 m
751–12,000 4.5 m 1.5 m
12,001–30,000 6.1 m 1.5 m
30,001–50,000 9.1 m 3.0 m
374
TABLE 49: ELECTRICAL AREA CLASSIFICATION SPECIFIC TO ORGANIC COATINGS
MANUFACTURE
NEC Class I
Location Extent of Classified Area
Division Zone
The entire area associated with such equipment
Indoor open head 1 0 where flammable gases or vapors are present
mills installed in areas continuously or for long periods of time
provided with ventilation Area within 1.5 m of any edge of such equipment,
in accordance with 1 1
extending in all directions
para “D” of Section
10.4.15.3 where Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of
flammable vapor–air such equipment, extending in all directions; also,
mixtures can exist under 2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or grade level within
normal operation 1.5 m to 7.6 m horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
Indoor closed head The immediate area of the mill and the supporting
mills installed in areas 1 0 tanks where flammable gases or vapors are present
with ventilation in continuously or for long periods of time
accordance with para Area within 1.5 m of any edge of such equipment,
“D” Section 10.4.15.3 1 1
where flammable
vapor–air mixtures are Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of such
contained within the mill equipment, extending in all directions; also,
and within connected 2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or grade level within
tanks, resulting in small 1.5 m to 4.6 m horizontally from any edge of such
vapor loss equipment
Indoor open mixing 1 0 where flammable gases or vapors are present
equipment installed in continuously or for long periods of time
areas
Area within 1.5 m of any edge of such equipment,
provided with ventilation 1 1
in accordance with para
“D” Section 10.4.15.3 Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of
where flammable vapor– such equipment, extending in all directions; also,
air mixtures can exist 2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or grade level within
under normal operation 1.5 m to 7.5 m horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
Indoor closed mixing where flammable gases or vapors are present
1 0
equipment installed areas continuously or for long periods of time mixtures can
provided with ventilation exist inside the mixing tank under normal operation
in accordance with para Area within 1.5 m of any edge of such equipment,
1 1
“D” Section 10.4.15.3 extending in all directions
where flammable vapor– Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of
air mixtures can exist such equipment, extending in all directions; also,
inside the mixing tank 2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or grade level within
under normal operation 1.5 m to 4.5 m horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
The interior of the mining tank where flammable
Indoor sealed mixing
gases or vapors are present continuously or for long
equipment installed 1 0
periods of time mixtures can exist inside the mixing
in areas provided
tank under normal operation and the only
with ventilation in
accordance with para Area within 0.9 m of any edge of such equipment,
“D” Section 10.4.15.3 1 1 extending in all directions emissions are through the
where flammable vapor– vents opening to the outside of the building
air mixtures can exist
inside the mixing tank Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of such
2 2
under normal operation equipment, extending in all directions
375
1 0 where flammable gases or vapors are present
Indoor resin plate continuously or for long periods of time
and frame filter press
Area within 1.5 m of any edge of such equipment,
equipment installed with 1 1
no local ventilation where
flammable vapor–air Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of
mixtures can exist such equipment, extending in all directions; also,
under normal operation 2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or grade level within
1.5 m to 7.5 m horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
Indoor resin plate The entire area associated with such equipment
and frame filter press 1 0 where flammable gases or vapors are present
equipment installed continuously or for long periods of time
with surrounding local Area within 1.5 m of any edge of such equipment,
1 1
ventilation where extending in all directions
flammable vapor–air
mixtures can exist under Area between 1.5 m and 2.4 m of any edge of
normal operation only such equipment, extending in all directions; also,
within the ventilation 2 2 space up to 0.9 m above floor or grade level within
enclosure 1.5 m to 4.5 m horizontally from any edge of such
equipment
TABLE 50: SEPARATION DISTANCES FOR NITROCELLULOSE STORAGE
Wet Nitrocellulose Distance to Property Line or

(Dry Weight) Nearest Important Building
(lb) (meters)
≤1,000 15.0
1,000–5,000 22.5
5,000–10,000 30.0
10,000–25,000 37.5
25,000–50,000 45.0
>50,000 As approved by authority having jurisdiction
TABLE 51: MINIMUM VENTILATION RATES IN WATER AND WASTE WATER TREATMENT
PLANTS
Description Ventilation Rates
Wet wells, screen rooms, and other enclosed spaces with used
15 air changes per hour
water or waste water exposed to atmosphere(1)
Rooms or spaces intended for storage or conveyance of used
water or waste water solids, (e.g., grits, sludge, hardened or 12 air changes per hour
cakes of fats and grease, etc.)
Equipment rooms, tunnels, and other below grade spaces.
• With gas piping and/or gas handling equipment(1) 12 air changes per hour or
40 km/min velocity in tunnels
• With diesel fuel or other volatile combustible liquid tanks,
or galleries
pumps and supply piping(1)
10 air changes per hour or
Without gas piping 27 km/min velocity in tunnels
or galleries
(1)The superscript (1) - prescribed the installation of combustible gas detector and alarm system to monitor and provide warnings for the explosive
level of the confined combustible vapors.
(2)The ventilation rates prescribed above are considered to be the minimum necessary for protection against combustible vapors.
(3)Ventilation rates shall be increased above those recommended if unusual accumulations of volatile combustible liquid or combustible
vapors are expected or if toxic gases may be present.
376
TABLE 52: FIRE RESISTIVE STANDARDS
Minimum Thickness (in mm) for the given

Type of Assembly and Material Fire Resistance
4 HRS 3 HRS 2 HRS 1 HR
FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
Solid RC Slab
- Average cover to reinforcement 25 25 20 15
- Overall Depth 150 150 125 100
SOLID PRE-STRESSED
Concrete Slab
- Average cover to reinforcement 65 50 40 25
- Overall Depth 150 150 125 100
PARTITIONS
- Solid Concrete 175 175 150 125
- Solid Masonry 200 175 150 125
- Hallow Unit Masonry 300 250 200 150
PROTECTION FOR METAL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
- Concrete 75 50 38 25
- Solid Masonry 100 75 55 38
- Metal lath with vermiculite or perlite
50 38 20 12
gypsum plaster
EXTERIOR WALL
- Solid Concrete 180 150 125 75
- Solid Masonry 200 175 150 100
- Hallow Unit Masonry 300 250 200 150
COLUMN
- Reinforced Concrete 450 400 300 200
377
ANNEX B: ILLUSTRATION OF THE STORAGE OF COMPRESSED GASES
These distances do not apply where protective structures having fire resistance rating of two (2)
hours interrupt the line-of-sight between un-insulated portions of the bulk oxygen storage installation
and the exposure. The protective structures protect un-insulated oxygen storage containers or
supports, control equipment, and system piping (or parts thereof) from external fire exposure. Liquid
oxygen storage containers are insulated. Such containers may provide line-of-sight protection for
un-insulated system components. Interruption of the line-of-sight means that an “eye” on any part
of the un-insulated portion of the bulk oxygen storage installation cannot “see” any part of the
exposure.
378
BFP VISION
A modern fire service fully
capable of ensuring a fire–safe
nation by 2034.
BFP MISSION
We commit to prevent and
suppress destructive fires;
investigate its causes; enforce
fire code and other related
laws; respond to man-made
and natural disasters, and other
emergencies.
379
Our P ledge
This is our AGENCY............................... Bureau of Fire Protection
Focused of this VISION �� A modern fire service fully capable of

ensuring a fire–safe nation by 2034.
and fulfilling this MISSION �� We commit to prevent and suppress

destructive fires; investigate its causes;
enforce fire code and other related
laws; respond to man-made and natural
disasters, and other emergencies.
And we, the life blood of this

agency, and guardians of your
life and the countrys gains,
COMMIT ourselves to �� Seek and provide fire safety and
other emergency needs; Expand our
services’ reach by making ourselves
available beyond office hours when
needed or by engaging in projects and
activities that will make services easily
available; Return value of your money
and paid taxes, by raising the quality
of our services through continuous
development of our people and
other resources; value your views,
suggestions and contributions and
embody all these in our day-to-day
affairs and interactions with...
for one REASON, that is �� YOU.
380
Our Core Values
R RELIABILITY — We serve 24/7.
E EFFICIENCY — We find ways.
S SELFLESSNESS — We risk our lives so
P
that others may live.
ROFESSIONALISM — We conduct ourselves

in the professional manner.
O ONENESS — We work as a team.
N NATIONALISM — We contribute in the

in the preservation of our country’s gains.
S SERVICE — We continually
I
improve our services.
INTEGRITY — We uphold ehtical
V
norms and moral standards.
VIBRANCY — We adapt to positive
E
change.
EFFECTIVENESS — We do the right things
at the right time.
381
About the Cover…
Artist:
INSP GABRIEL G SOLANO, UAP
Chief, Material Production and
Development Section, FSID-DFSE
Member, Fire Code Technical Staff
for IRR Revision
Head Secretariat, Fire Code
Technical Staff, February – April
2018
Member, Fire Code Technical Staff,
2017 – Present
Narrative:
The cover dubbed “The Fire Code
Into Modernity” depicts the vision
of the new Implementing Rules and
Regulations to be more responsive
and adoptive to current trends
in fire safety and building design
as it to usher in a new era for the
BFP. It contains in the design, icons
representing the significant new
provisions of the RIRR such as that
for fixed guideways/railways, airports, solar power installations, conveyance, wind
turbines and historical structures among others.
The map of the globe with the Philippines at the center depicts the vision for
the Fire Code to be an internationally recognized safety standard at par with its
referral codes such as the NFPA. The bands of red and orange ribbon symbolizes the
stringent enforcement policies of the BFP as the sole law enforcing agency of the
RA 9514 or the Fire Code of the Philippines.

382
DIRECTORY
NAME ADDRESS CONTACT NOS.
383
DIRECTORY
384
DIRECTORY
385
DIRECTORY
386
DIRECTORY
387
140 1
FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT MANUAL
2012 Edition
FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT DIVISION

Directorate for Fire Safety and Prevention
Barangay Bagong Pag-asa, Agham Road, Diliman,
Quezon City
www.bfpresponse.gov.ph
fsedbfpnhq@yahoo.com
2 139
Sources
FIRE SAFETY
RA 9514 otherwise known as the Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008
NFPA 10 2007 Edition
ENFORCEMENT
BFP Citizen’s Charter
Essentials of Fire Fighting 4th Edition
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT MANUAL
CSUPT DANILO R BARADI
2012 Edition
SR SUPT IGMEDIO U BONDOC JR.
ENGR. MARIANO V JOSEPH JR.
INSP GEORGIAN DM PASCUA
INSP MARITES B UBAS
INSP RYAN C BOLITO
SFO2 MARLO SERITO
FO2 ARLENE DN MECINAS
FO2 DEXTER CERILLA
FO2 GIDEON GANDOLPOS
FO1 MARCIAL ALBARIDO JR
FO1 LORDJIM LUZA
FO1 NEYGEE ANGILOG
FO1 JENNYLYN LIM
FO1 MARICEL PINCA
FO1 JAYSON ELVIÑA
ENGR. BAYANI MENDOZA
138 3
… in pursuit for service excellence!
GDM
4 137
a. Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008
b. Amended Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008
PREFACE
c. Comprehensive Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008
d. Repealed Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008
F
I
T
he enactment of RA 9514 or the Fire Code
ANSWER KEY
1. a 2. b 3. b 4.d 5.d 6. b 7. b 8.d 9. b of the Philippines of 2008 is a milestone in
10. c
19. b
11. a
20. c
12. a
21. c
13. c
22. c
14. b
23. c
15. c
24. d
16. a
25. a
17. a 18. a
R the history of the Bureau of Fire Protection.
It has been a long dream of the BFP and it finally
E
came into being. It serves as an effective tool of the
BFP in achieving its mission and the realizing its vision.
S The enforcement of the new Fire Code re-

quires a comprehensive and thorough knowledge on
A the code in order to effectively and efficiently exe-
cute it. With the various memoranda, and guidelines
F crafted, our fire safety enforcers and other BFP person-
nel who are in the frontline services will be properly
E guided so as to observe the standard procedures in

the implementation and enforcement of RA 9514. In
T
the same manner, with the reports and data submit-
ted by the field offices, it would be easy to monitor
the implementation of the new Fire Code.
Y This new fire safety enforcement manual is an-
chored on the Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008 and
its Implementing Rules and Regulations. It basically
M composes of the various issuances and circulars issued
by the Chief, BFP and the SILG as far as the implemen-
A tation and enforcement of the new Fire Code are

concern. This manual will serve as the basic tool for
N
our fire safety enforcers in the performance of their
duties and responsibilities. The compilations attached
are the significant documents that would address cer-
U tain issues and concerns regarding the implementa-
tion of the code.
A
L
136 5
a. No, the Fire Code does not provide any exemption
from payment of fire code fees and taxes. Section 4 of
RA 9514 provides that the provision of the fire code
OFFICER IN CHARGE apply to all persons, private and public buildings con-
structed and erected before its effectivity.
b. No, only public schools and local government units are

exempted from paying fire drill fee.
M I
highly commend the officer and personnel of
the Directorate for Fire Safety and Prevention c. Yes, government agencies are exempted from paying
for coming up with the Fire Safety Enforce- fire drill fee as prescribed under Section 12.0.0.4 of the
ment Manual. Indeed, this publication would help not IRR of fire code of the Philippines.
E
only our fire safety officers but also the general public
who may need clarification relative to the implementa- d. Yes, the Department of Agriculture has autonomy and
tion of Republic Act 9514 or the new Fire Code of the therefore may not comply with other requirements of
Philippines of 2008. the law.
S
Your laudable endeavor resonates your commit- 24. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply provided
ment and dedication in providing efficient and effec- for under the notice to correct violations. FO3 Dimalus Otan and
tive public service to our clientele. I encourage you to FO3 Laging T Ama conducted a re-inspection on the apartment
generate more innovative ideas to further enhance the of Mr Matih Gasulo located at Diliman, Quezon City. Based on
Bureau’s fire safety campaign. their submitted re-inspection report, no compliance was made
S
by Mr Matih Gasulo. What should the City Fire Marshal do?
Keep up the good work!
a. Put up a sign in front of the building or structure that
the building is a fire hazard, impose the corresponding
administrative fines, and issue abatement order.
A b. Recommend the building for cancellation of its’ busi-

ness permit at the Business Licensing Office
G
c. Furnish the BFP higher office of the re-inspection report
submitted by the fire safety inspectors for their appro-
priate action.
d. Request the building owner to execute affidavit of un-
E
dertaking specifically thereof among others the pe-
riod of completion of work.
25. RA 9514 is an act establishing a comprehensive fire code of

the Philippines repealing Presidential Decree No. 1185 . The said
act is also known as_______________.
6 135
requested for an exemption for the installation of sprinkler system
for the four storey residential building they started to construct in
October 29, 2009 or before the effectivity of the Implementing
Rules and Regulations of RA 9514. The plans and specifications of
the building were approved based on the provisions of PD 1185 DIRECTOR FOR FIRE SAFETY
or the old fire code of the Philippines where sprinkler system for
four storey residential building is not a mandatory requirement.
AND PREVENTION
Can the BFP grant the request exemption of Ma. Cecilia Ramos?
M T
a. Yes, under Memorandum Circular Number 2011-06, all
residential occupancies erected or constructed before he long wait is over. The realization of our
the effectivity of RA 9514, including those buildings whose dream of becoming world-class and mod-
plans and specifications were approved based on the ern fire protection agency is just within our
finger tips. We have now R.A. 9514, otherwise known as
E
requirements of PD 1185 and are compliant with the fire
safety requirements of PD 1185 are exempted from install- the Fire Code of Philippines 2008 that certainly guaran-
ing sprinkler system. tees bright future not only for us but also to the commu-
nity, as it opens the gate of hope, the avenue of oppor-
b. Yes, under Section 14.0.0.4 para. B of the IRR of RA tunity, and the boulevard of change.
S
9514, the chief, BFP is given authority to exempt buildings
erected before the effectivity of the IRR of RA 9514 which However, no matter how we think that every-
when forced to comply will compromise the structural in- thing is perfect and everything is in its proper place, it is
tegrity/stability of the building. still difficult to attain the optimum. There will always be
errors and shortcomings, but of course, a room to cor-
S
rect our mistakes and an option to strengthen our weak-
c. No, because the BFP has not yet issued FSIC for occu-
nesses.
pancy, besides there is still time to comply with the re-
quirements of the new fire code of the Philippines. MC
It is for this reasons, that I would like to laud the
2011-06 provides two years grace period for these existing
people behind the conceptualization of this Fire Safety
establishments to fully comply with the fire safety require-
A
Enforcement Manual. This is again another unparalleled
ments and measures under RA 9514 and its IRR.
accomplishment. Through this, BFP personnel in the field
will be guided accordingly and became a catalyst of a
d. No, RA 9514 and its IRR do not provide any authority for
better Fire Bureau.
the Chief BFP to grant exemption. Further, Section 2 of RA
G
9514 provides that, the provisions of the Fire Code shall
Congratulations for having a job well done!!!.
apply to all persons and all private and public buildings,
facilities or structures erected or constructed before and
after its effectivity.
E
23. The Department of Agriculture requested Quezon City Fire
District to conduct fire drill in their office in Agham. The fire code
fee assessor required them to pay 200 pesos for the fire drill. How-
ever, DA refuse to pay the 200 pesos fire drill fee citing that they
are government agency and therefore exempted from paying
such. Is the contention of DA proper?
134 7
or structure that the building is fire hazard
d. Recommend for cancellation of permit at the Depart-
CHIEF, FIRE SAFETY ment of Health
ENFORCEMENT DIVISION 18. For purposes of determining required exits, the occupant load
of business purposes shall be no less than one (1) person per
_______ square meters of gross floor area.
a. 9.3 b. 9.2
c. 9.1 d. 9.4
M T he promulgation of the Fire Code of the Phil-

ippines of 2008 has been a milestone of the
BFP in its service to the community. The RA
9514 serves as our weapon in achieving our mandates.
19. According to the Implementing Rules and Regulations of the
RA 9514, storage of fireworks and other pyrotechnics shall be in
accordance with RA__________.
a. 7182 b. 7183
E
c. 7138 d. 7128
The Office of the Fire Safety Enforcement Division
in its enormous desire to effectively implement and en- 20. What are the instances where approved supervised sprinkler
force the Fire Code came up with this Fire Safety Man- system becomes mandatory for residential occupancy?
ual which would serve as an additional tool for every
S
a. All residential occupancy regardless of height, occu-
BFP personnel in the field to efficiently and effectively pant load and number of accommodation shall be
perform their duties and functions. protected by approved supervised sprinkler system.
It is with great pride and honour that I wish to b. All residential buildings with three (3) storeys in height
S
congratulate my staff for their collaborative efforts and shall be provided with approved supervised sprinkler
dedication that contributed much to make this project system.
a success. This wok and deed is worthy of praise and
emulation. c. All residential building with four storeys or more in height
shall be provided with approved supervised sprinkler
A
Mabuhay!!! system.
d. none of the above.
21. When should the BFP impose administrative fines for buildings
G
with violation?
a. When during fire safety inspection, a violation is found/
noted.
b. Upon issuance of notice to comply
c. When after lapse of notice to comply and re-
E
inspection shows no compliance was effected by
the owner
d. There is no administrative fine being imposed by the
BFP
22. Ms. Ma. Cecilia A. Ramos, Proprietress of J-Par Construction

8 133
TITLE PAGE
the specific actions/corrections that should be com- T MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NUMBER: SOP-2011-006 13
plied for a period not exceeding fifteen days.
d. Issue abatement order to the owner, administrator or
occupant of the building, structure and their premises
A SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR THE EFFECTIVE TRANSI-
TORY COMPLIANCE FROM THE OLD FIRE CODE
of facilities for a period not exceeding fifteen days.
15. A high rise building is one which the distance between the
B (PD1185) TO THE NEW FIRE CODE OF 2008 (RA9514)
AMENDING SEC. 14.0.0.7 OF THE IMPLEMENTING
RULES AND REGULATIONS OF RA 9514.
floor of the topmost storey and ground level is _______ meters or
more.
a.13 b. 14
L MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NUMBER: 2011-05 15
c.15 d. 20
E INTENSIFYING FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT IN THE B
REAU OF FIRE PROTECTION AND INSTITUTIONALIZING
STANDARD PROCESSES IN THE CONDUCT OF INSPEC-
16. After the lapse of the prescribed period to comply provided
TION AND DEFINING ACCOUNTABILITIES OF CON-
for under the notice to correct violations. FO3 Dimalus Otan and
CERNED BFP PERSONNEL IN THE INSPECTION AND ISSU-
FO3 Laging T Ama conducted a re-inspection on the apartment
ANCE OF FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
of Mr Matih Gasulo located at Diliman, Quezon City. Based on
their submitted re-inspection report, no compliance was made O MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NUMBER: 2010-017 18
by Mr Matih Gasulo. What should the City Fire Marshal do?
a. Put up a sign in front of the building or structure that the
building is a fire hazard, impose the corresponding
F GUIDELINES IN THE APPROVAL OF ALTERNATIVE AND/
OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES
administrative fines, and issue abatement order.
b. Recommend the building for cancellation of its’ busi- MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NUMBER: 2012 –06 28
ness permit at the Business Licensing Office
COLLECTION OF FIRE CODE REVENUES
c. Furnish the BFP higher office of the re-inspection report
submitted by the fire safety inspectors for their appro- C
priate action.
O
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NO: 2011-73 30
d. Request the building owner to execute affidavit of un-
IMPLEMENTING DETAILS OF SECTION 14.0.0.7 OF THE
dertaking specifically thereof among others the pe-
IRR OF RA 9514
riod of completion of work.
17. In an inspection report submitted by FO3 Mahly Lito and FO3

N MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NUMBER: SOP-2012-001 33
Dinah Marunong, on their inspection conducted at St. Therese

Doctor’s Hopsital located at Parañaque City. The following viola- T STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) IN THE
PREPARATION AND ISSUANCE OF INSPECTION ORDER,
AFTER INSPECTION REPORT AND LEVEL OF AUTHORITY
tions were reflected; Absence of standpipe system and defective
fire alarm and smoke detection system. Based on that report
what should the City Fire Marshal do?
E OF CITY/MUNICIPAL FIRE STATION, PROVINCIAL/ DIS-
TRICT OFFICES AND REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS IN THE
CONDUCT OF FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION
a. Recommend for declaration as public nuisance to the
Chief, BFP.
b. Issue Notice to Comply citing thereof the specific provi-
N MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
DATED MAY 7, 2012 41
sion/s of the Fire Code and its IRR violated and the
specific actions/corrections that should be complied T CLARIFICATION RE. SELECTION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER
FOR ENCLOSED/ AIRCONDITIONED OFFICES
for period of not exceeding 15 days
c. Issue Notice to Correct Violations, impose administra-
tive fines and posting of the sign in front of the building
S
132 9
TITLE PAGE
T MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
DATED OCTOBER 5, 2011 43
room or space where the unit is installed?
a. Fire Alarm b. Smoke Alarm
A PROPER INTERPRETATION OF SECTION 10.5.3.5 PARA F
OF THE IRR OF RA 9514 OTHERWISE KNOWN AS THE
c. Smoke Detector d. Sprinkler
B FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES OF 2008 RE: FIRE EXTIN-

GUISHER PROHIBITED FOR MANUFACTURE, SALE CON-
TAINING OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCE (ODS)
11. Which of the following statement is true about the effect of
sprinkler systems on Life Safety?
a. Preventing fire spread upwards in multistory buildings
L MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS

DATED OCTOBER 5, 2011 48
b. Fires are too small to activate the sprinkler system
c. Smoke generation reaches occupants before the sprin-
kler system activates
E REQUEST FOR EXEMPTION FROM PAYMENT OF FIRE
CODE CONSTRUCTION TAX
d. All of the above
12. It refers to fire-rated wall with specified degree or fire resis-

tance, built of fire-resistive materials and usually extending from
MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS the foundation up to and through the roof a building, that is de-
O DATED SEPTEMBER 16, 2012

ISSUANCE OF CONVEYANCE CLEARANCE
51 signed to limit the spread of a fire within a structure or between
adjacent structures.
a. Fire Wall b. Fire Door
F MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
c. Veneer Wall d. Cantilever Walls
DATED 15 OCTOBER 2012 53 13. Who is responsible for the inspection of all buildings, structures,
INTESIFIED FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION OF ALL BUSINESS facilities and premises, hazardous operations, storage facilities
ESTABLISHMENT SELLING/RETAILING PETROLEUM PROD- and transportation vehicles of hazardous materials and the deter-
C UCTS/FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS USING “PORTABLE CON-

TAINER”
mination of compliance of provisions of the Fire Code of the Phil-
ippines and its IRR?
a. Chief, Fire Safety Enforcement Section
O MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
b. Chief Operations
c. City/Municipal Fire Marshal
N 15 OCTOBER 2012
ISSUANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY (COC) TO
56 d. Fire Safety Enforcer
14. After conducting Fire Safety Inspection at the University of

MEMBERS OF COMPANY FIRE BRIGADE AS REQUIRE-
T MENT FOR ISSUANCE OF FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CER-
TIFICATE (FSIC)
GDM School Of Engineers, you found that the following violations
exist in the building, insufficient exit width and defective fire alarm
E MEMORANDUM TO ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS

15 OCTOBER 2012 60
and smoke detection system. Given those violations, what action
should you recommend to your Fire Marshal towards the owner/
administrator of the building?
N GUIDELINES IN THE PROCESSING OF FIRE SAFETY IN-

SPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) DURING RENEWAL OF
a. Recommend for declaration as Public Nuisance to the
Chief BFP.
b. Issue Notice to comply with the person responsible for
T
BUSINESS PERMITS SPECIFFICALLY IN AREAS WHERE
ONE-STOP-SHOP IS BEING IMPLEMENTED the violation within five (5) days from submission of the
Report.
S c. Issue the notice correct violation stating the specific

provision/s of the Fire Code and its IRR violated and
10 131
TITLE PAGE
(appearance of breathing) T Letter Reply to Ma. Consorcia L Tamayo
Board Member, UPH-Jonelta System
c. Smoke-stained windows
d. All of the above
A Perpetual Help Hospital of Manila
Requesting for 60-day extension to comply with the
64
6. It refers to the portion of a roadway or public way that should

be kept open and unobstructed at all times for the expedient
conduct of fire fighting operations.
B proposed alternative/remedial fire safety measures in
lieu of automatic sprinkler system
a. Fire Escape
c. Fire Exit
b. Fire Lane
d. Fire Protective Assembly
L Letter Reply to Mr. Nepomuceno 66
Clarification on the basis for computing fire safety
7. Which of the phrases about Assembly Occupancies is most ap-

E inspection fee.
propriate?
Letter reply to Atty Chito M. Cruz 69
a. Assembly Occupancies include stores, markets, and
General Manager
other rooms buildings, or structures for the display and/
National Housing Authority
or sale of merchandise.
b. Assembly Occupancies include, but not limited to, all O Seeking opinion/comment relative to the: (a) fire
safety requirement under the fire code and, (b) on
buildings or portions of buildings used for gathering
together of fifty (50) or more persons for such purposes
as deliberation, worship, entertainment, eating, drink-
F the Elevator Requirement, relative to the recommen-
dation of DPWH on the optimum level of medium-rise
ing, amusement, awaiting transportation, or similar buildings for the Informal Settler Families (ISFs) in
uses. Metro Manila.
c. Assembly Occupancies include all buildings or struc-
tures utilized primarily for sheltering of goods, merchan-
dise, products, vehicles, or animals. C Department of Justice Secretary Opinion
Department of Justice’s opinion on whether eco-
72
d. Assembly Occupancies refer to two or more classes of nomic and socialized housing projects under Batas
occupancies occurring/ located/situated/ existing in
the same building and/or structures so intermingled
O Pambansa (B,P. Blg. 220 are covered by Republic Act
9514 (the “Fire Code”), or whether they are exempt
that separate safeguards are impracticable.
8. Which type of occupancy a Gasoline Station belongs?

N from the Automatic Fire Suppression System require-
ment, and Whether or not the height standard set for
AFSS requirement is that of a four-storey (4-storey) or
a. Storage Occupancy
b. Industrial Occupancy
T more building, or a fifteen-meter (15-meter) bar.
c. Miscellaneous Occupancy
d. Mercantile Occupancy
E CONVEYANCE CLEARANCE FORM 83
RELEVANT REGULATIONS ON FIRE EXTINGUISHER 86

9. It refers to an act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.
a. Fire Safety Inspection b. Abatement
N - FIRE CODE PROVISIONS ON PORTABLE
AND WHEELED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
88
c. Issuance of Notice to Comply

sure
d. Stoppage or Clo-
T - SELECTION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER 88
10. It refers to alarm initiating device designed to actuate when

visible or invisible products of combustion are present in the
S - DISTRIBUTION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER 88
130 11
TITLE PAGE
T RELEVANT REGULATIONS ON FIRE EXTINGUISHER
- ARRANGEMENT IN A BUILDING 91
FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT EXAMINATION
A MEANS OF EGRESS 95
Instruction: Choose the best answer of the following questions.
1. What are the four elements of fire tetrahedron?

- COMPONENT OF MEANS OF EGRESS 96
B - CAPACITY OF MEANS OF EGRESS
- ARRANGEMENT OF MEANS OF EGRESS
97
100
a. Oxygen, fuel, heat and self-sustained chemical chain
reaction
b. Air, fuel, heat and self-sustained chemical chain reac-
L - TRAVEL DISTANCE
- HEADROOM
- DOORS
101
102
103
tion
c. Air, fuel, gas and self-sustained chemical chain reac-
E - RAMPS
- FIRE ESCAPE STAIRS
105
106
tion
d. Oxygen, wood, heat and self-sustained chemical chain
reaction
- LADDER 107
e. Oxygen, fuel, gas and self-sustained chemical chain
reaction
FEATURES OF FIRE PROTECTION 108
O TAKE A QUIZ 128

2. It is the transfer of heat by the movement of heated fluids or
gases, usually in upward direction?
F GOLDEN RULES FOR FIRE SAFETY INSPECTORS 137 a. Radiation

c. Conduction
b. Convection
d. Friction
AKNOWLEDGEMENT 138
3. Which of the following phrases about the classification of fire is
true?
C a. The primary mechanism of extinguishment when deal-
ing with Class B fires is cooling to reduce the tempera-
O
ture of fuel to slow or stop the release of pyrolysis prod-
ucts.
b. Household appliances, computers, transformers, elec-
N tric motors and overhead transmission lines are typical

sources of Class C fires
c. No single agent effectively controls fire in all combusti-
T ble liquids
d. Either b or c
E 4. It is the systematic removal of heated air, smoke, and fire gases

from a burning building and replacing them with cooler air.
N a. Overhauling
c. Fire Fighting
b. Rescue and Extrication
d. Ventilation
T 5. Which of the following phrases is a sign of a potential back-

draft?
S a. Pressurized smoke coming from small cracks

b. Smoke puffing at intervals from the building
12 129
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
Agham Road, Barangay Bagong Pag-Asa, Diliman, Quezon City

Tel. Number (02) 426-4399
MEMORAN DUM CIRCULAR January 4, 2011

NUMBER : 2011-06
TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS AND PROVINCIAL, CITY AND

MUNICIPAL FIRE MARSHALS
Re : SUPPLEMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR THE EFFECTIVE TRANSI-

TORY COMPLIANCE FROM THE OLD FIRE CODE (PD1185)
TO THE NEW FIRE CODE OF 2008 (RA9514) AMENDING
SEC. 14.0.0.7 OF THE IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGU-
LATIONS OF RA 9514.
TAKE A QUIZ The passage of Republic Act No. 9514, otherwise known
as the Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008, on 19 December 2008
(Test your I.Q on Fire Safety)
was an enormous landmark for the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP)
considering that the old fire code, Presidential Decree Number
1185 had long been passed 26 August 1977, or thirty-one years
ago.
RA 9514 ushers more of stringent provisions in pursuance of

the State policy and this Department’s mandate to further
strengthen public safety and ensure the effective implementa-
tion of different measures on fire protection and prevention, de-
tection and suppression. As a consequence, those existing pri-
vate and public establishments, buildings, structures and facilities,
occupancies and their premises or portion thereof
(“occupancies” for brevity) deemed compliant under the old fire
code are now non-compliant since the enactment of RA 9514 in
2008.
To address this peculiar situation and to allow reasonable

period for these existing establishments to fully comply with the
fire safety requirements and measures under RA 9514 and Its Im-
plementing Rules and Regulations (IRR), Section 14.0.0.7 of IRR is
hereby amended to read as follows:
128 13
“ Section 14.0.0.7
These implementing rules and regulations shall
take effect 30 days after publication of the last installment in a Extinguishing Requirements
newspaper of general circulation.  All buildings shall be protected throughout by an ap-
prove, supervised sprinkler system except in buildings
Transitory Clause. The owner, administrator or oc- where all guest sleeping rooms or guest suites have a
cupant of buildings or structures existing at the time of the effec- door opening directly outside at the street or grade
tivity of the RA 9514 and its IRR is given two (2) years to comply level or exterior exit access in buildings up to and in-
with the provisions of the requirements for Installation of Auto- cluding three (3) storeys in height.
matic Fire Suppression System (sprinkler system), provided, how-
E. Mercantile
ever, that the building or structures, must be compliant to the
provisions on fire safety system and requirements of PD 1185 Definition
during the period of compliance” It include stores, markets, and other rooms, buildings, or
structures for the display and/or sale of merchandise.
Examples
 Malls
 Supermarkets
 Department Stores
 Shopping Centers
Approved by:  Flea Markets
 restaurants of less than 50 persons capacity;
 public/private dry and wet markets;
 water refilling stations;
 water refilling stations;
 hardwares/construction supplies;
 showrooms; and
 auction rooms
Occupant Load
TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD FAC-

TOR
(square meters per per-
son)
6. Mercantile 18.6
14 127
3. All corridors serving as access to exits at least a
one (1) hour fire-resistance rating.
4. There is not more than 6.10 m of travel distance

to reach an exit from entrance door of any living Republic of the Philippines
unit. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT
Exit Details Francisco Gold Condominium II
Edsa Cor. Mapagmahal St., Diliman
 Corridors with a required capacity of more than 50
Quezon City
persons shall be of sufficient width to accommodate
the required occupant load but shall have a width of
not less than 112 cm. OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY
 Corridors with a required capacity of not more than 50
persons shall not be less than 91 cm. January 4, 2011
Travel Distance
 Within any individual living unit to nearest exit = 15.50 MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR
m NUMBER: 2011-05
 Entrance door to any apartment to an exit = 31 m if
not sprinklered, 46 m if sprinklered TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS, PROVINCIAL, DISTRICT,
CITY AND MUNICIPAL FIRE MARSHALS
Discharge from Exits
 Discharge from exits shall be the same as required for SUBJECT : INTENSIFYING FIRE SAFETY ENFORCEMENT IN THE
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION AND INSTITUTIONALIZ-
hotels
ING STANDARD PROCESSES IN THE CONDUCT OF
INSPECTION AND DEFINING ACCOUNTABILITIES OF
Segregation of Dwellings
CONCERNED BFP PERSONNEL IN THE INSPECTION
AND ISSUANCE OF FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFI-
 Dwelling units in row apartments shall be separated
CATE
from each other by partition walls having a fire resis-
tance rating of four (4) hours. Such walls shall be con-
Ensuring public safety is a policy of the state and a man-
structed solidly and continuously from the ground to
date of this Department to which we adhere to the highest de-
level one (1) meter above the ridge line of the roof.
gree.
Protection of Vertical Openings
With report reaching this Department of violations relative
Same as for hotels
to the issuance of Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC), you are
hereby ordered to strictly enforce RA 9514 and its implementing
rules and regulations on the matter of fire safety inspection and
Alarm System issuance of the FSIC and other clearances.
 4 or more storey in height or more than 12 units shall
have automatic fire alarm and detection system Henceforth, the following guidelines must be observed in
 3 storeys or less shall be protected with manual fire the course of the fire safety inspection by the respective Fire Mar-
alarm system, dwelling units shall be installed with sin- shals of establishments, buildings, structures and facilities and oc-
gle station or multi-station smoke detectors cupancies (“occupancies” for brevity) within their territorial juris-
126 15
diction:
1. Fire safety inspection must be conducted promptly, Subdivision of Building Spaces

ensuring that the fire safety requirements under Rule No Sprinkler
10 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of Separation of rooms shall be at least 1 hour fire resistance
RA 9514 are strictly complied with. No FSIC shall be rating
issued without the full compliance to the provisions of
With Sprinkler
Section 7 of RA 9514.
Separation shall be at least ½ hour
2. A routinary fire safety inspection of all occupancies Apartment Buildings (Section 10.2.12.4)
within there area of responsibility shall be conducted
by the respective City/Municipal Fire Marshal or his au- Exit Details
thorized representative and shall ensure that all inspec-
tion shall have been completed before the end of the  Every living unit shall have access to at least two (2)
year. The City/Municipal Fire Marshall shall ensure that separate exits.
an inspection is actually conducted as he is the pri-
Exception 1: Any living unit, which has an exit directly to
mary official responsible, therefore in the event of any
the street or yard at ground level or by way of an outside
failure or lapses to conduct the same. Thereafter, an
stairway that serve a maximum of two units or an en-
accomplishment report shall be made by the City/
closed stairway with fire-resistance rating of one (1) hour
Municipal Fire Marshal to his immediate superior and
or more serving that apartment only and not communi-
indicating thereat those who are compliant and those
cating with any floor below the floor of exit discharge or
who have violations. No FSIC shall be issued if no in-
other area not a part of the apartment served, may have
spection has been made.
a single exit.
3. In addition to “Notice to Comply/Notice to Correct Vio- Exception 2: Apartment buildings of not more than three
lations” to the erring occupancies, the City/Municipal storeys in height with not more than six (6) living units per
Fire Marshal shall then issue written report notifying the floor, with a smokeproof enclosure or an outside stairway
Local Chief Executive wherein all the local names of as the exit, immediately accessible to all apartments
non-compliant establishments are listed, and expressly served thereby, may have a single exit.
stating therein a recommendation not to issue any of
the following permits, or revoke existing ones, when ap- Exception 3: Any building not more than three (3) storeys
plicable—Business or Mayor’s Permit, Permit to Operate, in height with no floor below the floor of exit discharge or,
Occupancy Permit, PHILHEALTH Accreditation for Hospi- in case there is such a floor, with the street floor construc-
tals, DOH License to Operate, and other licenses being tion of at least one-hour fire resistance, may have a single
issued by the local government unit (LGU). The written exit, under the following conditions:
notice to the LGU must be submitted within the seven 1. The stairway is completely enclosed with a parti-
(7) calendar days following the last month of the quar- tion having a fire resistance rating of at least one
ter when inspection is conducted. (1) hour with self-closing fire doors protect-ing all
openings between the stairway enclosed and the
4. For all occupancies, specially residential, storage, building.
health care and public assembly occupancy, the Pro- 2. The stairway does not serve any floor below the
vincial/District Fire Marshal shall conduct a bi-annual floor of exit dis-charge,
audit by making actual verification and examination
16 125
Fire Detection and Alarm Systems that the fire safety inspection reports submitted by the
a. An automatic fire detection and alarm system shall be City/Municipal Fire Marshals are in accordance with the
provided for any hotel or dormitory having accommoda- provisions of RA 9514 and its IRR. Any finding derived
tions for fifteen (15) or more guests. For less than 15 guests, from the audit shall be indicated in the written bi-annual
a manual fire alarm system shall be installed. report submitted to the Regional Director. The same pe-
riod of inspection and report mentioned in the preced-
b. Every sounding device shall be of such character and ing paragraphs applies in the conduct of audit and ac-
so located as to arouse all occupants of the building or tual verification. The Provincial/District Fire Marshal shall
section thereof endangered by fire. be primarily accountable for failure to conduct the req-
c. An alarm-sending station and manual fire alarm box uisite audit subject of this provision.
shall be provided at the hotel desk or other convenient
central control point under continuous supervision of re- 5. All bi-annual reports furnish to the Regional Director shall
sponsible employees. be submitted to the Chief, BFP who is under obligation
d. Suitable facilities shall be provided for immediate notifi- to make the same report to the Secretary of this Depart-
cation of the BFP. ment.
e. Positive fire alarm sequence may be permitted. 6. The foregoing guidelines are mandatory in nature and
f. Hotels and dormitories including its guest rooms and any violation committed by the responsible officials
guests suites shall be required to be equipped with both mentioned herein shall be meted with penalties set forth
audible and visible notification appliance. in Section 11 (2) and sub-articles of RA 9514.
g. In hotels and dormitories not equipped with automatic
fire detection and alarm system, guest rooms, living area 7. This Memorandum Circular shall take effect immedi-
and sleeping rooms within a guest suite shall be installed ately.
with single-station smoke detectors.
For strict compliance.
Protection of Vertical Openings
 Any required exit stair which is so located that it is nec-
essary to pass through the lobby or other open space
to reach the outside of the building shall be continu-
ously enclosed down to the lobby level.
 No floor below the floor of exit discharge, used only for
storage, heating requirements, or other than hotel oc-
cupancy open to guest or the public, shall have un-
protected openings to floors used for hotel purposes.
Extinguishing Requirements
 All buildings shall be protected throughout by an ap-

prove, supervised sprinkler system except in buildings
where all guest sleeping rooms or guest suites have a
door opening directly outside at the street or grade
level or exterior exit access in buildings up to and in-
cluding three (3) storeys in height.
124 17
Travel Distance
 From the door of any room to nearest exit = 30 meters
 Within guest suite or room to corridor door = 23 m if no
AFSS, 38 with AFSS
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES Discharge from Exits
Francisco Gold Condominium II  At least half of the required number of units of exit
EDSA Cor. Mapagmahal St., Diliman
Quezon City from upper floors, exclusive of horizontal exits, shall
load directly to the street or through a yard, court, or
passageway with protected openings and sepa-rated
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR from all parts of the interior of the buildings.
NUMBER: 2010-017
 A maximum of fifty percent (50%) of the exits may dis-
charge through areas on the floor of exit discharge
provided:
SUBJECT: GUIDELINES IN THE APPROVAL OF ALTERNATIVE
AND/OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES 1. Such exits discharge to a free and unobstructed
way to the exterior of the building, which way is
I. GENERAL readily visible and identifiable from the point of
discharge from the exit.
Pursuant to Section 10 (c) and 54 of Republic Act (RA) 2. The floor of discharge into which the exit dis-
6975 and Section 5 of Republic Act (RA) 9514 otherwise known as charge is provided with AFSS and any other por-
The Fire Code of the Philippine of 2008, and in compliance with tion of the level of discharge with access to the
Section 14.0.0.3 of its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR), discharge area is provided with AFSS or separated
these guidelines are hereby prescribed to promote public safety from it in accordance with the requirements for
relative to application and approval/acceptance of Alternative the enclosure of exit.
and/or Remedial Fire Safety Measures for existing public or pri-
vate buildings, facilities or structures and their premises or portion 3. The entire area on the floor of discharge is sepa-
thereof. rated from areas below by construction having a
minimum fire-resistance rating of two (2) hours.
II. SCOPE Protection of Guest Rooms
a. In any new hotel building every corridor shall be sepa-
These Implementing Guidelines shall apply to all existing
rated from guest rooms by partitions having at least a one
private or public buildings, facilities or structures and their prem- (1) hour fire resistance rating.
ises or portion thereof erected or constructed before the effectiv-
ity of RA 9514 and its IRR, where compliance with the fire safety b. Each guest room shall be provided with a door having
requirements as specified in the IRR of RA 9514 will compromise a fire protection rating at least twenty (20) minutes.
the structural stability/integrity of the said buildings, facilities or c. Openings in corridor partitions other than door open-
structures which necessitates Alternative and/or Remedial Fire ings shall be prohibited.
Safety Measures.
d. Doors that open directly onto exit access corridors shall
These also apply to existing public and private buildings, be self-closing and self-latching.
facilities, structures and their premises or portion thereof granted
18 123
D. Lodging or Rooming Houses – includes building in with Certificate of Exemption to install Automatic Fire Sprinkler Sys-
which separate sleeping rooms are rented providing tem (AFSS) by the Chief, Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) and/or
sleeping accommodations for a total of fifteen (15) or the Director General of the Philippine Constabulary/Integrated
less persons, on either a transient or permanent basis; National Police (PC/INP) under Presidential Decree No. 1185.
with or without meals, but without separate cooking
facilities for individual oc-cupants. III. OBJECTIVE
E. Single-and-Two Family Dwellings – includes detached A. To prescribe guidelines in the application and ap-
dwellings in which each living unit is occupied by proval of Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety
members of a single family. Measures.
Occupant Load (Section 10.2.12.2 para A) B. To rationalize the selection or identification of appro-
priate Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety Meas-
TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD ures in lieu of the fire safety requirements for installa-
FACTOR tion of AFSS to existing public or private buildings,
structure or facilities and their premises or portion
(square meters per thereof.
person) C. To establish the procedure to be followed by the line
units of the BFP prior to the final action of the Chief,
BFP.
5. Residential 18.6
IV DEFINITION OF TERMS
1. Republic Act 9514 – The Fire Code of the Philippines of

Requirements (Section 10.2.12.2) 2008 amending Presidential Decree 1185.
2. Automatic Fire Suppression System- an integrated sys-
 No residential occupancy shall have its means of tem of underground or overhead piping connected
egress pass through any nonresidential occupancy in to a source of extinguishing agent or medium, de-
the same building, signed in accordance with fire protection engineering
Except: standards to include, but not limited to Automatic Fire
Sprinkler System which when actuated by its auto-
In buildings with approved, supervised sprinkler system
matic detecting device suppresses fire within the area
provided that the means of egress shall not pass through a high
protected even without human intervention.
hazard content and the means of egress shall be separated by a
3. Approved Supervised Sprinkler System (ASSS) - an in-
construction of not less than 1 hour.
tegrated network of hydraulically designed piping sys-
Hotels and Dormitories (Section 10.2.12.3) tem installed in a building, structure or facility with out-
lets arranged in a systematic pattern. It automatically
Exits details discharges water when activated by heat or combus-
 Corridors, other than those in within individual guest tion products of fire.
rooms or individual guest suites, shall be of sufficient 4. Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety Measures- set
width to accommodate the required occupant load of fire safety rules, regulations, and standards specifi-
and shall not be less than 112 cm. cally applied to existing public or private buildings,
structures or facilities and their premises or portion
thereof constructed or erected prior to the implemen-
122 19
tation of RA 9514, which has no existing ASSS required accommodations.
under the said law.
5. Fire Safety Technical Committee- a group created to Examples
evaluate and recommend appropriate action relative 1. Hotels
to application for Alternative and/ or Remedial Fire
Safety Measures. 2. Motels
3. Apartelles
V. AUTHORITY TO GRANT APPROVAL/ACCEPTANCE
4. Pension Houses
Pursuant to Section 4.0.0.4 of the IRR of RA 9514, only the
Chief, BFP may approve the Alternative and/or Remedial Fire 5. Inns
Safety Measures in lieu of the fire safety requirements in the instal- 6. Apartments
lation of AFSS to existing public or private buildings, facilities or
structures and their premises or portion thereof constructed or 7. Condominiums
erected prior to the implementation of RA 9514, provided that
any aggrieved party may appeal to the Secretary, DILG. 8. Dormitories
9. Lodging or rooming houses

VI. PROCEDURES
10. one- and two-family dwellings
A. Requirements of the Application
Classification (Section 10.2.12.1)
All applications for Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety A. Hotels – includes buildings or groups of building under
Measures in lieu of the fire safety requirements pursuant to section the same management in which there are more than
14.0.0.4 of the IRR of R.A 9514 shall be supported by the following fifteen (15) sleeping accommodations for hire, primar-
documents: ily used by transients who are lodged with or without
meals, whether designated as a hotel, inn, motel, or
1. Letter request stating the reason/s for applying Alter- by any other name. So called appartelle, condotel or
native and/or Remedial Measures in lieu of the fire pension houses shall be classified as hotels, because
safety requirements in the installation of ASSS. they are potentially subject to transient occupancy
like that of hotels.
2. As-built plans certified by Architect or Civil Engineer
showing among others, the fire exits, floor and/or loca- B. Dormitories – includes buildings where group sleeping
tion of the fire hose, standpipes, valves, fire alarm accommodation are provided for persons, not mem-
bells, call points, switch boxes, fire extinguishers, smoke bers of the same family group in one room or in series
and heat detectors, emergency lights and source of of closely associated room under joint occupancy
power and water, and other fire safety requirements. and single management, as in college dormitories,
convents, fraternity houses, military barracks, and the
3. Certified true copies of the building and/or renova- like.
tion, and Occupancy Permits (OP) issued by the Build- C. Apartment Buildings – includes buildings containing
ing Official. three (3) or more living units independent cooking
and bathroom facilities, whether designated as con-
4. Certified true copies of Fire Safety Correction Sheet/ dominium, row house, apartment house, tenement,
Checklist/Clearance and Fire Safety Inspection Certifi- garden apartment, or by any other name.
20 121
any wall. cate (FSIC) (if any) from the Office of the City/
Municipal Fire Marshal (OC/MFM).
 Shall be interconnected to the alarm system.
Extinguishment (Section 10.2.10.3 para F) 5. Certified true copy of the latest Fire Safety Inspection
Report (FSIR) or Notice to Comply and/or Notice to
 Approved, supervised sprinkler system shall be pro- Correct Violation (NTC/ NTCV).
vided throughout all hospitals, nursing homes, and resi-
dential-custodial care facilities. 6. Certification from Structural Engineer, preferably a
member of the Associations of Structural Engineers of
 Shall be electrically interconnected with the fire alarm
the Philippines (ASEP), declaring that the said build-
system.
ings, facilities or structures cannot support additional
 Control valve shall be electrically monitored so that at load for the installation of ASSS.
least a local alarm will sound when the valve is closed.
Hazardous Areas (Section 10.2.10.3 para G) 7. Proposed Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety
Measures, including designs and specifications, to be
 Any hazardous area shall be segregated and pro- installed and/or constructed in lieu of the fire safety
tected in accordance with Section 10.2.6.8 of this IRR. requirements, duly certified by Qualified Technical
Hazardous areas include, but are not limited to the Personnel/ Fire Safety Engineer/ FALAR Practitioners
following: and approved by the owner/authorized representa-
1. Boiler and heater rooms tive.
2. Laundries 8. Copy of Fire Safety and Prevention Program (Fire Bri-

3. Kitchens gade Organization) including evaluation plan certi-
4. Handricraft shops fied by the Chief, Fire Brigade/Chief Safety Officer of
5. Repair shops the buildings, facilities or structures concerned and
6. Employee locker rooms approved by the owner/authorized representative.
7. Soiled linen rooms
8. Paint shops 9. Current Certificate of Fire Drill issued by OC/MFM.
9. Rooms or spaces, including shops, used for the
storage of combustible supplies and equipment in quantities 10. Affidavit of Undertaking absolving the BFP from any
deemed hazardous by the Chief, BFP or his duly authorized repre- criminal/administrative liability in case of fire and fire
sentative. related deaths and injuries.
10. Trash collection rooms
11. Gift shops Note: Photocopied documents shall be certified true copy
by the authorized official of the issuing office.
B. Processing and Approval of Application

D. Residential
1. All applications for Alternative and/or Remedial
Definition
Fire Safety Measures together with the required docu-
 Are those occupancies in which sleeping accommo- ments shall be submitted to the OC/MFM concerned for
dations are provided for normal residential purposes pre-evaluation and endorsement to the BFP Regional Di-
and include all buildings designed to provide sleeping rector thru the District/Provincial Fire Marshals
120 21
D/PFM). exceeding 0.46 m2 in steel frames shall be provided in all doors in
2. The Office of the Regional Director concerned shall TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR
evaluate the application and recommend appropri-
ate action (re approval/disapproval) before endors- (square meters per person)
ing the same to the Chief, BFP (ATTN: Chairperson, Fire
Safety Technical Committee (FSTC)).
Health Care
3. The Chairperson of the FSTC or his authorized repre-
sentative shall conduct physical inspection of the ex- a. sleeping departments 11.1
isting public or private buildings, facilities or structure
and their premises or portion thereof being applied for b. inpatient treatment de-
and evaluate the proposed Alternative and/or Reme- partments 22.3
dial Fire Safety Measures presented.
4. The inspection and evaluation reports, together with

the application and supporting documents, shall be smoke partitions.
carefully evaluated and deliberated by the FSTC and Stops are required on the head and sides of door frames
thereafter recommend the approval/disapproval of in smoke partitions and center mullions are prohibited.
the application by the Chief, BFP.
5. Approved proposed Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Protection of Vertical Opening

Safety Measure shall be properly issued with corre-  Any stairway, ramp, elevator shaft, light and ventila-
sponding Bureau Order enumerating among others tion shaft, chute and other openings between storeys
the name of the building, facility or structure, location/ shall be enclosed with noncombustible materials.
address, owner/administrator, the Alternative and/or
Remedial Fire Safety Measures to be installed/  A door in a stairway enclosure shall be self-closing,
constructed in lieu of the fire safety requirement and shall normally be kept in closed position.
the condition of its approval (i.e. grace period to in- Alarm Systems (Section 10.2.10.3 para F)
stall/construct the alternative and/or remedial fire
safety measure, observance of fire safety require-  Every building shall have an electrically supervised
ments, etc). Disapproved proposal shall be referred automatic fire alarm system capable of being manu-
back to the Regional Director concerned for subse- ally operated.
quent information to the owner/representative.
 Fire alarm system shall be installed with provisions for
future connection to the nearest BFP station.
C. Issuance of Certificate of Exemption
Detection System (Section 10.2.10.3 para F)
1. Upon completion of the installation and/or construc-
tion of the Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety  automatic heat and/or smoke detection system shall
Measures, the owner/representative shall formally re- be installed in all corridors of hospitals, nursing homes,
quest the OC/MFM concerned for an inspection of and residential-custo-dial care facilities.
the completed fire safety measures.  in no case shall smoke detectors be spaced further
apart than 9 m on centers or more than 4.60 m from
22 119
 Exit access doors from hospital sleeping rooms, diag- 2. An inspection will be conducted by the OC/MFM con-
nostic and treatment rooms or areas such as X-ray, cerned and endorse its findings to the Office of the
surgery and physical therapy, all doors between these Regional Director concerned, thru the D/PFM.
spaces and the required exits, and all exit doors serv-
ing these spaces shall be at least 112 cm. Doors to 3. The Office of the Regional Director concerned shall
residential-custodial sleeping rooms and door to nurs- evaluate findings and recommend appropriate ac-
ery sleeping rooms and all exit doors serving these tion (re: approval/disapproval) to the C, BFP (ATTN:
spaces shall be at least 91 cm wide. Chairperson, FSTC).
4. The Chairperson of the FSTC or his authorized repre-

Each of the following systems shall be so arranged as to sentative shall conduct physical inspection of the ex-
initiate the self-closing action throughout the entire health care isting public or private buildings, facilities or structures
facility. and their premises or portion thereof to evaluate com-
a. The required alarm system; pliance with the approved Alternative and/or Reme-
b. The required automatic fire detection system; and dial Fire Safety Measures.
c. An approved automatic fire suppression system. 5. The inspection and evaluation reports shall be deliber-
Protection (Section 10.2.10.3) ated upon by the FSTC. The result of the deliberation
Subdivision of Building Spaces will be the basis of the recommendation for the ap-
proval/disapproval of the Chief, BFP.
 Smoke partitions shall be provided, regardless of building 6. Upon approval, a corresponding certificate in the
construction type, as follows: form of Bureau Order shall be issued by the Chief, BFP
a. To divide into at least two (2) compartments every sto- enumerating among others, the name of building, fa-
rey used by inpatients for sleeping or treatment and any cility or structure; address/location; owner/
storey having an occupant load of fifty (50) or more per- administrator; the Alternative and/or Remedial Fire
sons. Safety Measures installed/constructed in lieu of fire
b. maximum area of each smoke compartment to no safety requirement; and the condition of approval/
more than 2,100 m2, of which both length and width shall acceptance. Disapproved application shall be re-
be no more than 46 m. ferred back to the Office of the Regional Director con-
cerned for subsequent information to the concerned
Smoke partitions shall be provided on storeys which are owner/representative.
usable but unoccupied.
Any smoke partition shall be constructed in accordance 7. After compliance of the required Alternative and/or
with Section 10.2.6.9 of the IRR and shall have a fire resistance Remedial Fire Safety Measures and the corresponding
rating of at least one (1) hour. certificate of approval by the Chief, BFP, FSIC may
Corridor openings in smoke partitions shall be protected now be issued by the concerned OC/MFM.
by a pair of swinging doors, door to swing in a direction opposite
from the other. The minimum width of each door for hospitals and VII. ALTERNATIVE AND/OR REMEDIAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES
nursing homes shall 112 cm, while that for residential-custodial A. Fire Safety Construction
care institutions shall be 81 cm.
1. All interior partitions must be made of fire resistive mate-
 Vision panels of approved transparent wired glass not rials including parts or components, extending from
118 23
slab to slab.
Defend-in-place strategy
2. Rooms, vertical and horizontal openings or parts  Proper design, construction and compartmentation
thereof must be totally enclosed.
 Provision for detection, alarm and extinguishment;
3. All pipes chase must be constructed with fire collar or  Fire prevention and the planning, training and drilling in
fitted with sealant. programs for the isolation of fire and transfer of occu-
pants to areas of refuge or evacuation of building.
4. All exposed steel structure components must be cov- ER, OR, ICU, DR (Section 10.2.10.1 para C)
ered/coated with fire resistive materials to protect its
structural stability during conflagration.  ER, OR, ICU, DR and other similar facilities shall not be
located at the 2nd Floor or basement. For existing it
5. All firewalls must be extended 20% more from the es- shall be provided with ramps.
tablished standard requirement.
Occupant Load (Section 10.2.10.1 para E)
6. All other fire safety construction components must be Exit Details (Section 10.2.10.2)
constructed in accordance with established standard Travel Distance
requirement for any type of occupancy.
 any room door and an exit = 30 meters
B. Occupancy Load  any point in a room and an exit = 46 meters
 any point in a room or suite and an exit access door
1. Actual occupant load and egress capacity for all of the room or suite = 15 meters
kinds of occupancies must not exceed the established
 Aisles, corridors and ramps shall not be less than 244
occupant load standard for any type of occupancy.
cm. Suite or rooms of more than 93 m2 shall have at
least two exit doors remote from each other.
C. Fire Protection
Doors
1. Installation of any or all the following pre-engineered
Locks shall not be permitted on patient sleeping room
suppression systems:
doors.
a. Ceiling Type Fire Suppression System using other
extinguishing agents with automatic heat and
smoke detection. Exception No. 1: Key-locking devices that
restrict access to the room from the corridor and that are
b. Liquefied Gaseous Fire Suppression System in high operable only by staff from the corridor side shall be per-
hazard areas within the building premises or struc- mitted. Such devices shall not restrict egress from the
ture. room.
Exception No. 2: Door-locking arrangements
2. Installation/Provision of portable fire protection (fire shall be permitted in health care occupancies, or portions
extinguisher) for the different types of hazard in any of health care occupancies, where the clinical needs of
type of occupancy shall be increased by 20% from the patients require specialized security measures for their
the standard requirements. safety, provided that keys are carried by staff at all times.
3. Provision/Installation of dry and wet standpipe. Wet Exit Details (Section 10.2.10.2)
24 117
 If protected with AFSS the operation of the system standpipe must be operational with fire keys and not
shall automatically actuate electrical school’s fire through gravity or overhead tanks.
alarm system.
4. Installation of automatic alarm and signaling system
according to established standards.
Automatic Fire Suppression System
D. Means of Egress (Exit Details)
Every portion of educational buildings below the floor of
exit discharge shall be protected with complete automatic sprin- 1. Provision/Construction of a minimum of two (2) secon-
kler protection . dary fire exits, remote from each other, with travel dis-
tance of 20% less from the standard requirements.
Hazardous Areas
2. Installation/Provision of all the following in the secon-
Separated from other parts of the building with construc- dary exits, to wit:
tion having not less than a 1 hour fire resistance rating and all
openings shall be protected with self-closing fire doors or shall be a. Fire resistive door with panic hardware.
provided with AFSS .
Cooking Equipment b. Self-closing fire door with minimum width of 20%
more from standard requirement.
Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic
c. Battery-operated emergency light in all of the stair
kitchen hood fire suppression.
landings.
Special Provision for Pre-Schools (Section 10.2.9.8) d. Termination of all exits to public egress, continuous
and unobstructed at all times.
Rooms used for pre-schoolers, first grade and second
grade pupils shall not be located above or below the floor of exit 3. All fire exits must be mechanically pressurized.
discharge.
4. Installation of illuminated exit signs in conspicuous
C. Health Care place leading to emergency exits.
Definition
E. Fire Safety and Prevention Programs
Used for purposes of medical or other treatment or care
of persons where such occupants are mostly incapable of self 1. Creation of fire brigade organization with Certificate
preservation because of age, physical or mental disability, or be- of Competency (COC) of members issued by the BFP.
cause of security measures not under the occupants’ control.
 Hospitals 2. Compulsory attendance for all members of the fire
 Nursing Homes brigade in all fire safety seminars conducted in the
 Birth Centers building, facility or structure.
 Residential custodial care centers such as nurseries,
homes for the aged and the like. 3. Conduct of fire evacuation drill quarterly with corre-
Fundamental Requirements (Section 10.2.10.1 para B) sponding certification issued by the OC/MFM con-
cerned.
116 25
Any interior stairways and other vertical openings in edu-
4. Compulsory attendance of all occupants to at least cational buildings shall be enclosed and protected except :
two (2) fire safety seminars in the building annually.  When it serves only one adjacent floor other than a
basement,
5. Compulsory briefing/orientation of all new tenants
and/or occupants on fire safety program of the build-  It is not connected to other stairway serving other floor
ing within one (1) month upon regular employment in  It is not connected with corridors or stairways serving
any office/business within the building, facility or struc- other floors.
ture.
Protection (Section 10.2.9.5)
VIII. GRACE PERIOD Interior Corridors
 constructed of not less than ½ hour fire resistance rat-
The owner/administrator/occupant shall complete the
ing and all openings therein protected accordingly
construction/renovation of the building, facility or structure in-
cluding the installation and final testing of fire protection and  room doors may be 44 mm solid bonded core wood
warning systems and other requirements in the approved appli- doors or the equivalent.
cation within six (6) months from the date of approval of the pro- Except:
posed Alternative and/or Remedial Fire Safety Measure, pro-
vided, that a duly notarized Affidavit of Undertaking shall be exe- When all classrooms served by such corridors have
cuted by the owner or his authorized representative stating com- at least one door directly to the outside or to an exterior
pliance with the conditions set, notwithstanding appropriate TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD
measures undertaken to ensure reasonable fire safety during FACTOR
compliance.
(square meters per
IX. REPEALING CLAUSE person)
All directives, issuances, memoranda inconsistent with this

Memorandum Circular are hereby repealed or amended ac- Educational
cordingly.
a.net classroom area 1.9
Certificates of Exemption on the installation of Automatic
Fire Suppression System (sprinkler system) issued prior to this b.net area of shops, laboratories 4.6
Memorandum Circular, except those eligible Certificates of Ex- and similar vocational rooms
emption with corresponding BFP Order or PC/INP Order, signed
and issued by the Chief, BFP or Director General, PC/INP, respec-
tively, are hereby nullified. However, all eligible Certificates of Ex-
emption issued earlier are subject to review/ renewal within sixty balcony.
(60) days upon effectivity of this Memorandum Circular.
Fire Alarm System
 Approved fire alarm facilities capable of being manu-
ally operated shall be provided in every educational
building.
26 115
X. EFFECTIVITY
Exit Details (Section 10.2.9.2) This Memorandum Circular shall take effect immediately.
Minimum Number of Exits
 Room or space with OL of 50 or more persons shall

have at least two doorways
Access to Exit
 Minimum corridor width = 1.83 m
Exit Arrangement BY AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY, DILG:
 Dead – end corridor shall not extend more than 6 m

 Classrooms located at the basement shall have access
to at least 1 exit that leads directly to the exterior with- ATTY. MARIUS P. CORPUS
out entering the floor above Undersecretary for Public Safety
Additional Exit Details

 Educational buildings used by persons with physical or
mental handicaps shall have additional features as
may be required by the Chief, BFP or his duly author-
ized representatives.
Windows for Rescue and Ventilation (Section 10.2.9.4)
1. It can readily be opened from the inside without the
use of tools.
2. It provides a clear opening with a minimum dimension
of 560 mm in width and 800 mm in height.
3. The bottom of window opening is not more than
eighty two (82)centimeters above the floor;
4. Where storm windows, screens, or anti-burglar devices
are used, these shall be provided with quick opening
mechanism so that they may be readily opened from
the inside for emergency egress and shall be so ar-
ranged that when opened they will not drop to the
ground.
Protection (Section 10.2.9.5)
Vertical Openings
114 27
Building Service Equipment (Section 10.2.8.9)
 Cooking equipment shall be protected by automatic

kitchen hood fire suppression
Republic of the Philippines Plan of Exit Ways (Section 10.2.8.10)

Francisco Gold Condominium  A plan showing the capacity and location of the exit
EDSA Cor. Mapagmahal St., Diliman Quezon City ways and aisles shall be submitted for approval by the
C/MFM and approved copy of such plans shall be
kept prominently on display in the premises.
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NUMBER: 2012 –06
Overcrowding (Section 10.2.8.11)
FOR : LOCAL CHIEF EXECUTIVES, CITY TREASURERS AND
OTHER CONCERNED LOCAL GOVERNMENT  The C/MFM upon finding any overcrowding condition
OFFICIALS AND WITHIN THE NATIONAL CAPITAL or obstructions in aisles, passageways or other means
REGION of egress; or upon finding any condition which consti-
tutes a serious menace to life, shall cause the perform-
SUBJECT : COLLECTION OF FIRE CODE REVENUES ance, presentation or entertainment to be stopped
until the condition or obstruction is corrected.
DATE : 09 JANUARY 2011
______________________________________________________________________ B. Educational Occupancies
In view of the necessity of maximizing the resources of the Bureau of Fire Definition (Division 3, Chapter 2, Rule 10)
Protection ( hereinafter referred to as “BFP”, for brevity) in accordance
with Republic Act No. 9514 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations,  All buildings or portions thereof used for the gathering
all government officials within the National Capital Region (hereinafter of group of six (6) or more persons for purposes of in-
referred to as “NCR”, for brevity) are hereby directed to recognize the struction.
authority of the BFP in the assessment and collection of the Fire Code
Revenues, particularly the FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION FEE. Examples
 School
The authority of the BFP in the assessment and collection of the Fire  Universities
Code Revenues is clearly granted in Section 13 and Section 13-A of Re-
public Act No 9514, otherwise known as the “Fire Code of the Philippines  Colleges
of 2008”, to wit:  Academies
“ Section 13. Collection of Taxes, Fees and Fines—  Nursery schools
All taxes, fees and fines provided in this Code shall  Kindergartens
be collected by the BFP: Provided, that twenty per-
cent (20%) of all such collections shall be set aside  Child care facilities
and retained for use by the city of municipal gov-
ernment concerned, which shall appropriate the Occupant Load (Section 10.2.9.1 para B)
same exclusively for the use of the operation and
maintenance of its local fire station, including the
 For nurseries for sleeping quarters = 3.3 sq. meters per
construction and repair of fire station: Provided,
further, that the remaining eighty percent (80%) person
shall be remitted to the National Treasury under a  For areas with fixed seats = no. of fixed seats
trust fund assigned for the modernization of the BFP.
28 113
c. in case of assembly occupancy located below
the level of exit discharge, throughout all storeys Section 13-A. Assessment of Fire Code Taxes, Fees
intervening between that storey and the level of and Fines.– The assessment of fire code taxes, fees
and fines is vested upon the BFP. The BFP shall sub-
exit discharge.
ject, subject to the approval of the DILG, prescribe
the procedural rules for such purpose.”
TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD
The Fire Safety Inspection Fee is among the Fire Code Revenues, which
FACTOR
the BFP is authorized to collect as prerequisite to the grants of permits
and/or licenses by local government. Section 12.0.0.2 (A)(6) of the Im-
(square meters per plementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act No. 9514 states, to wit:
person)
“6. Fire Safety Inspection Fee. Fee charged for
the conduct of Fire Safety Inspection equivalent
Assembly to ten per centum (10%) of all fees charged by
the building official, or by the Local Government
a. concentrated use without 0.65 or by other government agencies concerned in
fixed seats the granting of pertinent permits or licenses”
1.4 Based on the foregoing, all concerned government officials within their
b. less concentrated use
respective territorial jurisdictions in the NCR are hereby directed to abide
by the pertinent provisions of Republic Act No. 9514 and its Implement-
c. standing room or waiting space 0.28 ing Rules and Regulations on the authority of the BFP to assess and col-
lect the necessary Fire Safety Inspection Fees, required to be paid by the
applicants prior to the issuance of their Business Permits. All collections
made prior to the effectivity of this circular are hereby ordered to be
turned over to the possession and custody of the City Fire Marshall con-
Exemption (Section 10.2.8.8 para E no. 3) cerned for proper remittance to the National Treasury under the trust
fund assigned to the BFP.
 Single multipurpose room of less than 1115 m2 that are
not used for exhibition or display and are not part of The City Fire Marshalls within the NCR are hereby directed to coordinate
mixed occupancy; with the concerned local government officials of their respective jurisdic-
tions as regards the efficient and expeditious procedure for the collec-
 Assembly occupancy with all sides open; and
tion of the subject fees.
 Places of worship at the level of exit discharge with
sufficient means of egress. Please be guided accordingly.
Clear width per seat served (in mm)

No. of
Passageways,
seats
Stairs Ramps, and Door-
ways
Unlimited 7.6 AB 5.6C
112 29
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION Example 2: CAPACITY FACTORS FOR THEATER TYPE SEATING
Agham Road, Barangay Bagong Pag-Asa, Diliman, Quezon City An auditorium has 5000 seats. It is not smoke protected.
Tel. Number (02) 426-4399 One stair is 1780 mm wide; riser height is 190 mm; handrails are
positioned at each side; there is no handrail along the center of
May 18, 2011
the aisle. One ramp is 1120 mm wide and rises with a slope of 1 in
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR 9 to the rear exit door.
NO: 2011-73 Exit Details
TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS AND PROVINCIAL, (Section 10.2.8.2)
CITY AND MUNICIPAL FIRE MARSHALS
Location of Exits
SUBJECT : IMPLEMENTING DETAILS OF SECTION 14.0.0.7 OF Main exit – ½ of the total occupant load
THE IRR OF RA 9514
Other exits – 2/3 of the total occupant load
DATE : 06 MAY 2011 Minimum Corridor Width
______________________________________________________________________
112 cm (serving 50 or more persons)
I. BACKGROUND Protection (Section 10.2.8.8)
The Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 9514 otherwise 1. Fire Detection and Alarm System
known as the Fire Code of the Philippines , Section 14.0.07 as amended * All assembly occupancies – manual fire alarm system
provides:
* More than 300 persons – through automatic detection
These Implementing Rules and Regulations shall took effect 30 system
days after publication of the last installment in a newspaper of 2. Extinguishing Requirement
general circulation.
 The following assembly occupancies shall be pro-
Transitory Clause. The owner, administrator or occupant of build- tected through by an approved, supervised sprinkler
ings or structures existing at the time of the effectivity of RA 9514 system:
and its IRR is given two (2) years to comply with the provisions on
the requirements for installation of the Automatic Fire Suppres-
a. bars with live entertainment;
sion System (sprinkler system), provided, however, that the build- b. dance halls;
ings or structures must be compliant to the provisions on fire
c. discotheques; and
safety system and requirements of PD1185 during the period of
compliance. d. assembly occupancies.
 Buildings containing assembly occupancies with oc-
Pursuant to the policy of the State to strengthen public safety
and promoting economic development through the prevention and
cupant load of more than 300 shall protected by an
suppression of all kinds of destructive fires, RA 9514 is now more stringent approved, supervised sprinkler system:
in implementing fire safety measures and requirements. One of these a. throughout the storey containing the assembly
requirements is the installation of automatic fire facilities such as the occupancy ;
Automatic Fire Suppression System (AFSS) which has proven to be of
great help in ensuring fire safety, preventing loss of life and of mitigating b. throughout all storeys below the storey contain-
damage of property caused by fire. However, with its implementation, ing the assembly occupancy;
30 111
24.conference rooms; and many buildings were affected and find it difficult to comply instantane-
ously, hence, the amendment of Section 14.0.0.7 of the IRR of 9514 and
25. mortuary chapels or funeral homes
these implementing details, giving two (2) years moratorium to affected
buildings and structures.
 Restaurants and drinking establishments with an occu-
II. SCOPE
pant load of less than 50 persons shall be classified as
mercantile occupancies. These implementing guidelines shall apply to all buildings or
 Occupancy of any room or space for assembly pur- structures existing at the time of the effectivity of the IRR of RA 9514 on
poses by less than fifty (50) persons in a building of November 18, 2009 and were compliant to the provisions of PD 1185.
other occupancy and incidental to such other occu-
These also apply to all buildings or structures that were not re-
pancy shall be classified as part of the other occu- quired AFSS installation by PD 1185 and its IRR but are now required to
pancy and subject to the provisions applicable install AFSS due to the changes introduced by RA 9514 and its IRR.
thereto.
Further, these also apply to new buildings applying for FSIC for
occupancy whose Fire Safety Correction Sheets were approved prior to
Occupant Load the effectivity of the IRR or RA 9514 on November 18, 2009. These build-
 Area having fixed seats – no. of fixed seats installed. ings were not required to install sprinkler systems upon approval of its Fire
Safety Correction Sheets, however by virtue of the provisions of RA 9514,
 Posting of occupant load in a conspicuous place near the they are required to install sprinkler system upon application of FSIC for
main entrance/exit of the room. occupancy.
 Waiting space shall not encroach upon the required clear
width of exits III. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Exit Details 1. The two (2) year moratorium/ period of compliance shall com-
mence on February 14, 2011.
CAPACITY FACTORS FOR THEATER TYPE SEATING
2. Upon application of a building/structure owner or administra-
tor for Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC), the MFM/CFM or its au-
* If riser exceed 178 mm: thorized representative, shall evaluate the documentary requirements
A = 1 + (riser height – 178/125) and conduct inspection on buildings/structure to determine compliance
with Presidential Decree 1185. After evaluation and inspection, the fol-
* If stair has no handrail within 760 mm” lowing have to be observed:
B = 1.25
a. Should the building/structure fall within the scope embodied
* If ramp is steeper than 1: 10 in slope used
in Item II of this circular, then the two (2) years moratorium is ap-
upwards: plicable. The owner or administrator thereof will be required to
execute an Affidavit of Undertaking, stating that they will com-
C = 1.10
ply with the provisions of RA 9514 on the requirements for installa-
Example 1: CAPACITY FACTORS FOR THEATER TYPE SEATING tion of AFSS within the two-year moratorium period. After com-
plying with the other requirements of the Fire Code, an FSIC will
An auditorium has 5000 seats. It is not smoke protected. then be issued in accordance with the provisions of RA 9514 and
One stair is 1780 mm wide; riser height is 178 mm; handrails are its IRR.
positioned at each side; an additional handrail runs along the
center of the aisle. One ramp is 1120 mm wide and rises with a b. Should the building/structure not fall within the scope enumer-
slope of 1 in 12 to the rear exit door. ated in item II, the two-year moratorium is not applicable.
110 31
3. If the building/structure is not covered by this circular granting FIRE PORTECTION FEATURES FOR DIFFERENT TYPE OF
two-year moratorium, the owner or administrators thereof shall apply for
an Alternative/Remedial Measures under Memorandum Circular No.
OCCUPANCIES
2010-17. The issuance of the Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) shall A. PLACES OF ASSEMBLY
be dependent on the compliance of the approved alterative/remedial
measures. Definition
IV. REPEALING CLAUSE Buildings or portions of buildings used for gathering to-
gether of fifty (50) or more persons for such purposes as delibera-
All directives, issuances, memoranda inconsistent with this tion, worship, entertainment, eating, drinking, amusement, await-
Memorandum Circular are hereby repealed or amended accordingly ing transportation or similar uses.
V. EFFECTIVITY Examples
1. theaters;
This Memorandum Circular shall take effect immediately. 2. assembly halls;
3. auditorium;
4. exhibition halls;
5. museum;
6. restaurants;
7. drinking establishments;
8. places of worship;
9. classrooms of 50 persons and over capacity;
Approved by: 10. libraries;
11. internet shops of over 50 persons capacity;
12. dance halls;
13. club rooms;
14. skating rinks;
15. gymnasiums
16. cockpit arenas;
17. bowling facilities;
18. pool rooms;
19. armories;
20. passenger stations and terminals of air, surface, under-
ground, and marine public transportation facilities;
21. Recreational facilities;

22. piers;
23.court-rooms;
32 109
Agham Road, Barangay Bagong Pag-Asa, Diliman, Quezon City

Tel. Number (02) 426-4399
FEB. 14, 2012

Date
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR
NUMBER: SOP-2012-001
SUBJECT : STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)

IN THE PREPARATION AND ISSUANCE OF
INSPECTION ORDER, AFTER INSPECTION
REPORT AND LEVEL OF AUTHORITY OF CITY/
MUNICIPAL FIRE STATION, PROVINCIAL/
DISTRICT OFFICES AND REGIONAL
HEADQUARTERS IN THE CONDUCT OF FIRE
FEATURES OF SAFETY INSPECTION
_______________________________________________________________
FIRE PROTECTION I. Applicability
This SOP shall apply to the conduct of fire safety inspec-

tions and remedial measures to be taken by the Fire Safety In-
spectors, Plan Evaluators, Chief of concerned fire safety unit/
section/branch in the municipality/city, district/province, region
and national levels. It governs the jurisdictional/relationships be-
tween and among the BFP organizational units and the Fire Code
of the Philippines of 2008 and its Implementing Rules and Regula-
tions (IRR). This also applies to all officers and personnel of the BFP
whose duties and responsibilities pertain to the enforcement of
the Code.
II. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

A. Inspection Order (IO)
1. Issuance of IO. All fire safety inspection conducted by

any BFP office and personnel duly authorized to perform inspec-
tion shall be covered by an Inspection Order (IO) issued for the
specific purpose and place to be inspected. The IO should not
contain any all-embracing purpose such as “valid for inspections
108 33
of any building, business, commercial or industrial establishments
Ladders
within area of jurisdiction”.
 No ladder shall be used as a fire escape except in sin-
2. Format of IO. The IO shall be in the FORM shown in An- gle and two family dwellings and residential apart-
nex “A” hereof, and no inspection shall be conducted using any ments of not more than three (3) storey provided that
other form of IO not conforming thereto. the height shall not exceed nine meters (9m).
 For purposes of this subsection, mezzanine floors shall
The IO shall contain the names of Fire Safety Inspector
be counted as ordinary floor.
(FSI) or Inspectors who shall conduct the inspections, and no in-
spection shall be performed by any personnel whose name is not Illumination and Markings of Means of Egress
indicated therein and any other unauthorized personnel be al-
 Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to
lowed to participate in the inspection.
maintain the specified degree of illumination in the
event of failure of the normal lighting for a period of at
3. Purpose of IO. Inspection Order shall be issued for the
least one and one half (1½) hours.
following purposes:
 All emergency lighting systems installed in accor-
a. To conduct inspection during construction, renovation, dance with this section shall be properly maintained.
modification or alteration on the basis of issued Fire Safety Clear-
ance to deter-mine whether the plans, and specifications are Protection of Vertical Openings
being followed and safety precautions are being observed;  Openings between storeys shall be enclosed or pro-
tected to prevent the spread of fire or smoke, except
b. To conduct Fire Safety Inspection required under RA openings of building protected by automatic fire sup-
9514, known as Fire Code of the Philip-pines of 2008 and its Imple- pression system
menting Rules and Regulations prior to the issuance of Fire Safety
Exemption:
Inspection Certificate;
 Building with low or ordinary hazard occupancy pro-
c. To conduct business and routine inspection required tected with approved, supervised sprinkler automatic
fire suppressions system up to three (3) communicat-
under Section 9.0.2.4 of the IRR of RA 9514;
ing floor levels.
d. To conduct Fire Safety Inspection prior the issuance of a. The arrangement is permitted by the applica-
ble occupancy section of this Chapter.
Fire Safety Clearance required under Division 5 of Section 9.0.4.2
of the IRR of RA 9514;
b. The lowest or next to the lowest level is a street
floor;
e. To conduct inspection prior to the issuance of Installa-
tion Clearance required under Section 10.2.7.6 of the IRR of RA
9514; c. The entire area, including all communicating
floor levels, is sufficiently open and unobstructed
so that it may be assumed that a fire or other dan-
f. To conduct re-inspection required under Section 13.0.0.4 gerous condition in any part will be immediately
of the IRR of RA 9514; and obvious to the occupants of all communicating
levels and areas;
g. Other inspection that may be issued by the duly author-
ized representative of the Chief, BFP for the purpose of the en-
forcement of RA 9514 and its IRR.
34 107
TABLE 7. Fire Escape Stairs
4. Administrative Control on Issuance of IO. Every IO shall
PARTICULARS DIMENSIONS
be chronologically numbered and recorded in an official log
book. Computer based recording of IO is likewise encouraged.
Minimum widths 60 cm clear between rails Entries in the log book shall contain the IO Number; the name(s)
of the FSI’s who will conduct the inspection; the exact address of
building/establishment subject of inspection; the purpose of in-
Minimum horizontal dimension any
60 cm spection - whether for supervisory inspection of building under
landing of platform
construction, or final inspection of newly constructed/modified/
renovated building, or initial inspection of business, commercial or
Maximum rise 23 cm industrial establishments, or verification or investigation of com-
plain, etc; the date of issuance and actually received by the
Minimum tread, exclusive of nosing 23 cm FSI’s; and date it was served or cancelled, as the case maybe.
5. Service of IO and Limitation of its Issuance

Solid, 13 mm diameter per-
Tread construction
foration permitted a. Service of IO shall mean the conduct of actual inspec-
tion and submission of necessary report to the Chief, Fire Safety
Winders (spiral) None Enforcement Section (C,FSES) of the respective Province/District/
City/Municipal fire station for his evaluation. In case the FSI was
not allowed by the owner/occupant/administrator or his duly au-
Risers None
thorized representative to conduct inspection, the FSI shall write
“Addressee Refuses to Receive the IO and Allow Inspection” in
Maximum height between landings 3.66 m the remarks portion of the IO, and shall immediately return the
same to the ISSUING office.
Headroom, minimum 2.00 m
b. The inspector whose IO was not accepted and not al-
lowed to conduct inspection shall be required to prepare a letter
Door or case-ment windows signed by the head of office (Municipal/City Fire Marshal, Provin-
61 cm by 1.98 m or cial/District Fire Marshal or Regional Director) authorizing the in-
Access to escape double hung win- spection, notifying addressee that ten (10) days upon receipt of
dows 76.20 cm by letter, actual inspection of subject place shall be conducted un-
91.44 cm clear
der a new IO, copy of which shall be attached to the letter. The
letter together with the IO shall be sent thru registered mail and
Not over 30.50 cm above SHALL BE CONSIDERED SERVED upon receipt of the registered
Level of access opening
floor; steps if higher mail.
c. Actual inspection shall be conducted during the actual

Swinging stair section permit
Discharge to ground operation of the business establishment or any structure, facilities,
-ted
and hazardous operation.
45 per unit* access by door; d. Issued IO shall be immediately conducted within two
Capacity number of persons 20 if access by climb- (2) days from its issuance. Concerned fire safety inspector shall
ing over window rail
106 35
prepare and submit the necessary report within twenty-four (24)
hours after the conduct of actual inspection. Where the period Smoke proof enclosures may be by any of the following means:
falls during non-working days, the report shall be submitted imme-
diately on the following working day.  Natural ventilation
 Mechanical Ventilation
e. Any IO which was not served within five (5) days upon  Stairway Pressurization
its issuance shall be accordingly cancelled and the cancellation
shall be likewise recorded in the logbook.
Ramps
f. Issuance of IO shall be limited only to five (5) IOs for TABLE 6. DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR NEW RAMPS
every individual or team of fire safety inspectors in a day. How-
ever, no IO shall be issued to individual or team of fire safety in-
spectors who still have two (2) pending IO to be served. Dimensional Criteria
Feature
g. IO shall not be issued to FSI who is actually absent from
mm in
work.
6. Wearing of Proper Attire and BFP ID. All BFP personnel Minimum width clear of all 1120 44
issued with IO shall wear their proper uniform with BFP ID during
the conduct of actual inspection: obstructions, except projections
GOA for Uniformed BFP Personnel
Barong for Non-uniformed BFP Personnel. not more than 4½ in. (114 mm) at
B. AFTER INSPECTION REPORT (AIR) or below handrail height on each

side
1. Inspection during Construction. The frequency and re-
sult of fire safety inspection conducted to monitor compliance of
building under construction with the approved plans shall be re- Maximum slope 1 in 12
corded in the Construction Logbook Sheet kept in the site by
whoever is responsible for the construction. Whenever the result Maximum cross slope 1 in 48
shows any violation or non-compliance with the approved plans,
the City/Municipal Fire Marshal shall issue a written notice inform-
ing the person (responsible for the construction) of the violation Maximum rise for a single ramp run 760 30
noted. A copy of the notice shall also be sent to the Building Offi-
cial.
2. Inspection after Construction. The procedure in the

preparation and issuance of AIR after construction shall be in ac-
cordance to Section 9.0.2.3 of the IRR of RA 9514 or the Fire Code
of the Philippines of 2008.
3. Periodic Inspections of Occupancy.
36 105
a. The result of actual inspection conducted under issued
TABLE 4. DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR EXISTING STAIRS IO shall be duly recorded in the prescribed and standard form for
AIR which shall be accomplished by the FSI upon conclusion of
Dimensional Criteria his inspection and prior leaving the premises of the place in-
spected.
Feature
mm in b. The AIR shall be accomplished in three (3) copies, one
for BFP, 2nd for the Building Official or Business Licensing Office, as
the case maybe, and 3rd for the owner/administrator)
Minimum width clear of all 915 36
c. In case the AIR is refused to be signed, the FSI should
obstructions, except projections
write the phrase “REFUSED TO SIGN” over the portion of the AIR
not more than 114 mm (4½ in) at or where the name and signature of the receiving party is indi-
cated.
below handrail height on each side
d. In case the AIR is not accepted, the FSI may leave the
copy to the guard or any occupant of the place found therein
Maximum height of risers 205 8 with sufficient discernment or understanding, or may send it by
registered mail, in cases where personal service cannot be made
upon the addressee, or upon his representative or any other oc-
Minimum tread depth 230 9 cupant of the place inspected.
Minimum headroom 2000 80 C. Fire Safety Inspection
1. Authority of Fire Safety Inspectors. As provided under

Maximum height between landings 3660 144 the Code, fire safety inspection shall be done by the Fire Safety
Inspectors, and in places where there are no such inspectors, the
Fire Marshal shall, in addition to his duties and functions, act as
safety inspectors.
TABLE. 5 NEW STAIR WIDTH
2. Jurisdiction of Inspection by City/Municipal Fire Stations.
Total Cumulative Width The City/Municipal Fire Stations shall conduct fire safety inspec-
Occupant tion thru duly designated FSI of its Fire Safety Enforcement
Branch/Unit. The inspection shall be limited to the following:
Load Assigned to mm in
the Stair a. Inspection of buildings, structures or facilities during
construction, renovation or modification to determine
whether the approved plans are followed and safety
<2000 persons 1120 44 measures are observed in the working areas.
b. Inspection of the buildings, structures or facilities after

>2000 persons 1420 56
completion of construction, renovation or modification
and prior to the issuance of Occupancy Permit by the
104 37
Building Official to determine compliance with approved Doors
plans and with the working condition of the installed fire
* min width – 71 cm clear width
protective and/or warning system, IF ANY.
* max width – 122 cm
c. Inspection on all industrial, commercial or business es-
tablishment in connection with their application for per- * provision for re-entry mechanism for four (4) or more
mits and/or licenses with the local governments or other storeys in height (every 4 storey)
government agencies, and during their on-going opera-
NO RE – ENTRY
tions.
PROCEED TO _______ FLOOR
d. Inspection on storage, handling and/or use of explo-
sives or of combustible, flammable, toxic and other haz- AND ________ FLOOR
ardous materials.
Stairs
e. Inspection conducted periodically on all existing build- TABLE 3. DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA FOR NEW STAIRS
ings, structures or facilities, including all industrial, commer-
cial or business operations, to determine the presence of
any fire hazards; the type of occupancy; the prohibited Dimensional Criteria
acts being committed or tolerated therein; and to check
Feature
or test the required fire protective and/or warning system.
mm in
3. Jurisdiction of District/Provincial Offices. The district/
provincial offices shall also conduct fire safety inspections within
the areas under their jurisdiction thru duly DESIGNATED FSI of its Minimum Width See Table for New Stair Width
Fire Safety Enforcement Section. Inspection shall be limited to the
following:
Maximum height of risers 180 7
a. Re-inspection or verification inspection of the building,
structure or facility initially inspected by the city/municipal
FSI when the result of which indicate no compliance with Minimum height of risers 100 4
the requirements and/or where there is deficiency in its
compliance, as indicated in the AIR submitted to the Dis-
Minimum tread depth 280 11
trict/Provincial Offices
b. Inspection of buildings, structures or facilities and indus- Minimum headroom 2000 80

trial, commercial or business establishment’s subject of
any complaints, where the act or omission being com-
plained of pertains to the inspections conducted by the Maximum height between
3660 144
city/municipal FSI’s. landings
4. Jurisdiction of BFP Regional Headquarters. The Regional

Headquarters may constitute a composite team or “Task Force”,
which may be composed of personnel from their Operations Divi-
38 103
sion, Fire Safety Enforcement Section and Fire Safety Inspectors
from district/provincial offices and city/municipal fire stations, in-
spection shall be limited to the following cases;
a. Processing of requests for alternative and/or remedial

fire safety measures endorsed by the District/Provincial
Offices prior endorsement to BFP-National Headquarters;
b. Re-inspection of actual conditions in buildings, struc-

tures or facilities, industrial, commercial or business estab-
lishments on controversies appealed/elevated by the
owner/administrator to Region.
c. Re-inspection/verification of the fire safety inspection of

buildings, structures, or facilities inspected by the FSI’s of
district/provincial offices but did not comply with the fire
safety requirements or when there is deficiency with the
compliance;
d. In cases of an aftermath of natural or man-made disas-

Illustration 2. Travel Distance ter where fire safety and life safety situations in buildings,
structures or facilities are adversely affected; and
Headroom
e. To cover areas where there is a failure in the enforce-
 Minimum headroom shall not be less than 2 meters.
ment of the Fire Code.
5. Jurisdiction of BFP National Headquarters. The BFP Na-

tional Headquarters thru the Directorate for Fire Safety and Pre-
< vention MAY conduct inspection on all buildings, structures and
facilities and in any industrial, commercial or business establish-
ments in any city, municipality, province or region, limited to the
following cases:
<2m a. Evaluation of basis of recommendations for the sum-

mary abatement of fire hazards involving alteration, reno-
vation or modification of buildings, structures or facilities,
or its closure or demolition declared as public nuisance;
<2
b. Re-inspection/verification of the fire safety inspection of
buildings, structures, or facilities inspected by the compos-
ite team or task force of the Regional Offices.
Illustration 3. Headroom c. Random Validation of the administrative action taken
102 39
in the field offices to determine if the procedure has been
properly observed Illustration 1. Arrangement of Means Egress
III. EFFECTIVITY
This SOP shall take effect immediately upon approval.
Travel Distance
46 m – no sprinkler
61 m – with sprinkler
* unless modified by individual occupancies
* along the walking surface
* starting from the most remote point
* giving 30 cm clearance from the corner
* ending at the center of the doorway or other
point at which the exit begins
40 101
Division 8 through 17 of the IRR of RA 9514. Republic of the Philippines
B. When the occupant load for any storey or portion Department of the Interior and Local Government
thereof is more than five hundred (500) but not more BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION
than one thousand (1000), the means of egress s h a l l NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
not be less than three (3); in excess thereof, t h e Agham Road, Brgy. Bagong Pag-asa, Quezon City
means of egress shall not be less than four (4).
MEMORANDUM
Arrangement of Means of Egress
TO : All Regional Directors
 provide access for each occupant to not less than two exits SUBJECT : CLARIFICATION RE. SELECTION OF FIRE
by separate ways of travel. EXTINGUISHER FOR ENCLOSED/ AIRCONDITIONED
OFFICES
 provide exit access without passing through any intervening
rooms. DATE : May 7, 2012
_______________________________________________________________
This pertains to the issue raised by GAY A TIDALGO, Officer
 Interlocking or scissor stairs shall be considered only as a sin-
-in-Charge, Department of Trade and Industry, Agusan Del Norte
gle exit for new buildings.
regarding the alleged requirement on the usage of HCFC 123
chemical for fire extinguisher instead of monoammonium phos-
 Shall be remote from each other as possible, determined as phate (MAP) for enclosed/ air-conditioned offices.
follows
A. No Sprinkler: Let it be clarified that the Fire Code of the Philippines does
not provide specific type of fire extinguisher to be installed in en-
One-half (1/2) of the length of the maximum over- closed/ air-conditioner offices. As general requirement, fire extin-
all diagonal dimension of the building or area to be guisher shall be determined by the character of the fires antici-
served, measured in a straight line between the nearest pated, the construction and occupancy of the individual prop-
edge of the exit doors or exit access doors. erty, the hazard to be protected, ambient-temperature condi-
tions, and other factors. Fire extinguisher shall be selected de-
B. With sprinkler pending on the classes of hazards to be protected. If a building
or room poses Class A, B,C & D hazards, such building shall be
The minimum separation distance between two
provided with fire extinguishers capable of suppressing the same
exits or exit access doors shall not be less than one-third
fire potentials as might be present. MAP and other dry chemical
(1/3) the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimen-
fire extinguishers are for use on Class A-B-C fires and/or Class B-C
sion of the building or area to be served. fires. Hence, they may be allowed in an enclosed/ air-
conditioned office as long as they are capable of suppressing
C. Where exit enclosures are provided and are intercon- the fire hazards therein. Provided that for the protection of deli-
nected by not less than 1-hour fire resistance-rated corri- cate electronic equipment (which may be found in computer
dor, exit separation shall be measured along the line of rooms/shops), the following provisions of the Fire Code shall ap-
travel within the corridor. ply:
Section 10.2.6.7.F.3.C of the Implementing Rules Regula-
100 41
tions (IRR) of RA 9514 TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR
“3. Application for Specific Hazards (square meters per person)

XXX
C. Fire Extinguishers for the protection of delicate elec-
tronic equipment shall be selected from either a carbon dioxide 4. Detention and Correctional 11.1
type or a halogenated agent type.”
However, due to their ozone depleting potential, halo-

genated extinguishing agent are included in the DENR Adminis- 5. Residential 18.6
trative Order No. 2008-04, List of Controlled Substances of the
Montreal Protocol. Corollary hereof, clean agent extinguishers
are used as their replacement. These clean agents include hy-
drochlorofluorocarbon (HCCF), hydrofluorocarbon (HFC), per- 6. Mercantile
fluorocarbon (PFC), or fluoroidiocarbon (FIC). HCFC 123 though
may still be used to substitute halon-containing fire extinguishers, a.Street floor
suppressors and fire fighting paraphernalia until its phase out in
2040. b.Upper floors 2.8
Henceforth, all Regional Directors are directed to ensure 5.6

that the provisions in the selection, application and distribution of
fire extinguisher as stipulated in Section 10.2.6.7 of the Implement-
7. Business 9.3
ing Rules and Regulations of the Fire Code of the Philippines are
observed by their respective City/Municipal Fire Marshals.
8. Industrial 9.3
For strict compliance.
9. Storage Maximum probable popu-

lation
Minimum Width
It shall not be less than nine hundred fifteen millimeters

(915 mm) except when specifically provided under Division 8 to
Division 17 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations of RA 9514.
Number of Means of Egress
A. The number of means of egress from any balcony,

mezzanine, storey, or portion thereof shall not be less
than two (2), except when specifically permitted in
42 99
the floor area by the occupant load factor assigned to that use. Republic of the Philippines
Department of the Interior and Local Government
Gross Floor Area BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION
______________________________ NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
=
Agham Road, Brgy. Bagong Pag-asa, Quezon City
Occupant Load Factor
MEMORANDUM
Table 2. Occupant Load Factor
TO : All Regional Directors, Provincial, District,
City/Municipal Fire Marshals and All
TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD Concerned
FACTOR
(square meters per SUBJECT : Proper Interpretation of Section 10.5.3.5
person) para. F of the IRR of RA 9514 otherwise
known as the Fire Code of the Philippines of
2008 re: Fire Extinguisher prohibited for
1.Assembly
manufacture or sale containing Ozone De-
pleting Substances (ODS)
a. concentrated use without fixed
seats
DATE : 05 October 2011
0.65
b. less concentrated use
1.4 Section 10.5.3.5 para. F of the IRR of RA 9514, oth-
erwise known as the Fire Code of 2008, provides that the fire ex-
c. standing room or waiting space tinguishers containing Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) are
0.28
prohibited for manufacture or sale. Plain reading of the said sec-
tion implies that all fire extinguisher, as long as it contains ODS,
can no longer be used in any occupancy as basis for compli-
2. Educational
ance the required fire protection appliance under the Fire Code.
a.net classroom area
Thus, some fire safety inspectors in the field offices,
no longer recommend the use of fire extinguishers containing
b.net area of shops, laboratories and 1.9 ODS, and allegedly advised some of our clients to replace those
similar vocational rooms who have existing fire extinguishers found to have ODS.
4.6
As a consequence thereof, there are manufactur-
ers, dealers or suppliers that lodge a clarification and complaint
3. Health Care
before the SILG and this office, concerning the effect of the
aforesaid provision of the IRR of RA 9514, which totally prohibit the
a. sleeping departments
manufacture and use of fire extinguishers containing ODS. One of
the fire extinguishers they cited is HCFC 123, where some of our
b. inpatient treatment departments 11.1
BFP personnel in the field offices informed their clients that it is al-
ready prohibited under the Fire Code.
22.3
98 43
Protective Enclosures
On the other hand, prior to the effectivity of RA
* three storeys or less – one (1) hour
9514, the Department of the Environment and Natural Resources
(DENR) issued a DENR Administrative Order No. 2004-08 concern- * four or more storeys – two (2) hours
ing the regulation of the importation, exportation, use, manufac- * any opening shall be protected by an approved self-
ture, distribution, processing, storage, possession and sale, as well closing fire resistive door
as the ban on importation and phasing-out schedule and con- * no exit enclosure shall be used for other purposes
trols of ODS, which reads in part:
“Section 4. BAN ON IMPORTATION OF ODS Table 1. Capacity of Means of Egress

The ban on importation, except for essential uses, in
any amount, of the following substances whether Level Compo-
alone or in mixtures as previously enunciated in the
Notice to the Public dated December 1998 is Stairways nents and
hereby affirmed: Ramps
a. Annex A Group I
Area (width per person) (width per
- CFC 11 and CFC 12 banned for impor- person)
tation for manufacturing products and
equipment since 01 January 1998.
- CFC 113 since 0? January 1996
- CFC 114 and CFC 115, except as com-
mm in mm in
ponent in R-502, since 01 January 1998.
b. Annex A Group II since 01 January Board and Care 10 0.4 5 0.2

1999
c. Annex B Group I since 01 Janu-
ary 1999
d. Annex B Group II since 01 Janu- Health Care, Sprin- 7.6 0.3 5 0.2
ary 1996 klered
e. Annex B Group III since 01 January
1996
Section 5. PHASE-OUT SCHEDULE AND CON-

TROLS OF IMPORTATION OF ODS
Health Care, Non- 15 0.6 13 0.5
Sprinklered
5.1 The Department through the
Bureau will allow importation of Annex A,
Group I & II, Annex B Group I, II & III for: High Hazards 18 0.7 10 0.4
a. Essential uses as defined by the Mont-
real Protocol, as amended; and All Others 7.6 0.3 5 0.2
b. For the servicing requirements of ex-
isting equipment.
5.2 Consistent with Section 4 and Section 5.1

hereof, an import quota allocation system Occupant Load
shall be implemented by the Department Shall be the maximum number of persons that may be in
through the Bureau. For this purpose, individ-
ual annual import quota per substance un-
space at any time, as determined by the City/Municipal Fire Mar-
der Annex A, Group I specifically CFC-11, shal but shall not be less than the number computed by diving
44 97
CFC-12 and CFC-115 in R-502 shall be deter-
MEANS OF EGRESS mined by the Department through the Bu-
reau.
5.3 In case of mixtures or blends

Means of Egress - A continuous and unobstructed way of travel containing any of the substances under An-
from any point in a building or structure to a public way consist- nex A, Group I specifically CFC-12 and CFC-
12 and CFC-115, the calculation of import
ing of three separate and distinct parts: (1) the exit access, (2)
quota shall be based on the percent con-
the exit, and (3) the exit discharge. tent by weight of these substances.
1. Exit Access. That portion of a means of egress that
leads to an exit. 5.4 The annual import quota is non-cumulative, thus,
any remainder of the quota Allocation for a par-
ticular substance is deemed consumed at the
end of the calendar year. The total annual im-
2. Exit. That portion of a means of egress that is sepa- ports shall be within the phase-out schedule be-
rated from all other spaces of a building or structure low:
by construction or equipment as required to provide
For Annex A, Group 1 (specifically CFC-11, CFC-12 and
a protected way of travel to the exit discharge.
CFC-115 in R502):
3. Exit Discharge. That portion of a means of egress a. Starting 01 January 1999, imports shall not ex-
ceed the recorded
between the termination of an exit and a public way average of the annual importation for the period
1995-1997 by
ODP weight;
COMPONENTS OF MEANS OF EGRESS:
 Doors b. Starting 01 January 2005, imports shall have been
reduced by fifty
percent (50%) based on the recorded average of
 Stairs and outside stairs the annual importation
for the period 1995 1997 by ODP weight.
 Horizontal exits
c. Starting 01 January 2007, imports shall have been
reduced by eighty
 Ramps five percent (85%) based on the recorded average
of the annual
importation for the period 1995-1997 by ODP
 Exit passageway weight.
 Escalators d. Starting 01 January 2010, all importation will be

prohibited.
 Fire Escape Stairs, Ladders and slide escapes For Annex C:
a. Starting 01 January 2016, imports shall not exceed

 Illumination of means of egress the recorded annual
importation for year 2015 by ODP weight.
 Exit markings
b. Starting 01 January 2040, importation shall have
been absolutely
prohibited.
5.5 Beginning 01 January 2005, all importation for CFC-11 will be
96 45
absolutely
prohibited.
5.6 Beginning 01 January 2010, all kinds of importation of sub-

stances, except
Essential use (alone or in mixture) under Annex A, Group I as
provided under
Section 5.2 will be prohibited.
5.7 The Department, through the Bureau, may accelerate the
phase out schedules for
Servicing as may be deemed necessary through the issu-
ance of an appropriate
policy instrument.
… xxx.” (Underscores supplied)
(DENR Administrative Order No. 2008-04 and pertinent an-

nexes of List of Controlled Substances of the Montreal Protocol is
hereto attached as an integral part hereof.)
Well settled in statutory construction that amendment by

implication is neither presumed nor favored. On the contrary,
every statute should be harmonized with other laws on the same
MEANS OF EGRESS
subject, in the absence of a clear inconsistency between them.
[People v. Olarte, 108 Phil. 756, (1960)]
In view thereof, since the DENR is the appropriate govern-

ment agency which regulates the importation, exportation, use,
manufacture, distribution, processing, storage, possession and
sale of ODS, and in order to harmonize and reconcile the provi-
sions of the IRR of RA9514 with other laws and regulations, the
provision of Section 10.5.3.5 para. F of the IRR of RA 9514, which
prohibits the manufacture or use of fire extinguishers containing
ODS, shall be read and interpreted in accordance with the phas-
ing out schedule and controls of importation of ODS set forth in
the DENR Administrative Order No. 2004-08.
Wherefore, concerned BFP personnel in the field offices

are advised to strictly observe the phasing-out schedule set forth
in DENR Administrative Order No. 2004-08, and shall refrain from
advising our clients or from not allowing the use of fire extinguish-
ers containing substances listed under Annex C (including HCFC
123), since the start of absolute ban for importation of these sub-
stances is scheduled on January 01, 2040, unless otherwise the
DENR accelerated the phasing-out schedule.
46 95
Distribution of Fire Extinguishers For your information and widest dissemination.
 Portable fire extinguishers are most effectively utilized

when they are readily available in sufficient number
and with adequate extinguishing capacity for use by
persons familiar with their operation.
 In fire emergencies where fire extinguishers are relied

upon, someone usually has to travel from the fire in or-
der to obtain the device, and then return to the fire
before beginning extinguishing operations. This takes
time, with the number of seconds or minutes governed
mainly by the travel distance involved in securing the
fire extinguisher and placing it in operation.
 Sometimes fire extinguishers are purposely kept nearby

(as in welding operations); however, since a fire out-
break usually cannot be prejudged as to location, fire
extinguishers are more often strategically positioned
throughout areas.
 Travel distance is not merely a simple circle radius mat-

ter, but is the actual distance the user of the fire extin-
guisher will need to walk. Consequently, travel dis-
tance will be affected by partitions, location of door-
ways, aisles, piles of stored materials, machinery, and
so forth.
94 47
Example 1.
Department of the Interior and Local Government 10,000 sq. m.
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION ____________ = 50 2-A extinguisher for low hazard
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS 200 sq. m
10,000 sq. m
____________ = 100 3-A extinguisher for moderate hazard
MEMORANDUM 100 sq. m
TO :CSUPT NIMFA D CUARTEL 10,000 sq. m

Regional Director, R- 4A ____________ = 134 4-A extinguisher for high hazard
75 sq. m
SUBJECT : Request for Exemption from Payment of Fire Code
Construction Tax 6. Fire extinguishers could be mounted on exterior walls or,
as shown in Figure 2, on building columns or interior walls,
DATE : 05 October 2011 and conform to both distribution and travel distance rules.
_______________________________________________________________
This pertains to your letter dated 27 September 2011 re- 90 m
questing a definitive direction on the request of the National
Housing Authority (NHA) in view or in relation to the recent issu-
ance as contained in a Memorandum signed by Chief, BFP
dated 07 June 2011, re: Assessment and Collection of Fire Code
Tax/Fee on All Government Sponsored Projects, and that of Sec- 30 m
tion 12.0.0.2 Fire Code Revenues and Section 12.0.0.04 Schedule
of Fees and Fines more particularly para C and para D.
Likewise, per your letter, Linear Construction Corporation,

which was subcontracted by the NHA for the construction of one
(1) - unit 3 storey (15 classrooms) school building In Sta. Rosa, La-
guna, categorized as socialized housing project by the National .
Housing Authority, is asking exemption from payment of Fire Code FIGURE 2. Configuration Representing 14 Fire Extinguishers
Construction Tax by invoking Section 19 of RA 7279. Mounted on Building Columns or Interior Walls, in Which Require-
ments for Both Travel Distance and Fire Extinguisher Distribution
Scrutiny of Section 19 of RA 7279, the exemption specifi- are Met.
cally refers only to the NHA per se, which is exempted from the
payment of all fees and charges of any kind, whether local or
national, such as Income and real taxes. However, in so far as
private sector is concerned, participating in socialized housing,
the applicable provision is Section 20 of RA 7279, which partly
provides:
"(d) Exemption from the payment of the following:
48 93
to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not exceed 15 m for
ordinary hazard. It is necessary to select fire extinguishers (1) Project-related income taxes;
that fulfill both the distribution and travel distance require- (2) Capital gains tax on raw lands used for the project;
ments for a particular occupancy classification. (3) Value-added tax for the project contractor con-
cerned;
3. If a building floor area were unobstructed and circular (4) Transfer tax for both raw and completed projects; and
in shape with a radius of 15 m. it would be possible to (5) Donor's tax for lands certified by the local government units to
place one fire extinguisher at the center without exceed- have been donated for socialized housing purpose."
ing the 15 m travel distance. In that case, an area of
353.25 sq. m. However, as Table 1 requires for a maximum Since the afore-quoted provision specifically mentions
area of 200 square meter per fire extinguisher of 2A rating only those five classes of taxes, the same cannot be expanded to
for low or ordinary hazard, the building should be include fire code taxes.
equipped with at least two (2) 2A rating fire extinguisher.
Well settled in the principle governing tax is exemption is
4. This placement, along outside walls, would not be ac- that, "Exemption from taxation are highly disfavored in law, and
ceptable because the travel distance rule is clearly vio- he who claims an exemption must be able to justify his claim by
lated. In Figure 1, relocation or additional fire extinguish- the clearest grant of organic or statute law. An exemption from
ers, or both, are needed. The shaded areas indicate the common burden cannot be permitted to exist upon vague
“voids” that are farther than 15 meters to the nearest ex- implications (Asiatic Petroleum CO. [P.I.], Ltd. V. Llanes, 49 Phil.
tinguisher. The dots represent extinguishers. 466 cited in Collector of Internal Revenue V. Manila Jockey Club,
Inc., 98 Phil 670; Davao Light & Power Co., Inc, v. Commissioner of
Customs, et al., L-28739 &L-28902, March 29, 1972)."
To reiterate, the fourth paragraph of Memorandum dated

07 June 2011, re: Assessment and Collection of Fire Code Tax/Fee
on All Government Sponsored Projects signed by the Chief, states
that, "...the BFP cannot grant request for exemption / waiver in
assessing and collecting Fire Code Fees for government spon-
sored projects, as it is not expressly provided for under RA 9514,
thus, it is beyond the authority of the BFP to grant the same."
FIGURE 1. A Diagrammatic Representation of Extinguishers Lo-
cated Along the Outside Walls of a 90 m × 30 m . Be informed further, that recently, the Chief, BFP, in his let-
ter reply dated 14 September 2011 to FELICISIMO F. LAZARTE, JR..
5. Example 1 is for fire extinguishers having ratings that cor- Group Manager, Northern & Central Luzon Mngt. Office, denied
respond to protection areas of 10,000 square meters with the latter's request from payment of fees charged for the issu-
the minimum ratings permitted by Table 1 with corre- ance of certificates, permits and licenses, in the absence of
sponding minimum protection areas. As the number of clear, categorical and express provision of the Fire Code which
lower-rated extinguishers increases, meeting the travel authorizes the Chief, BFP to grant the same.
distance requirement generally becomes less of a prob-
lem. In view thereof, in resolving the issue, please be guided by
the above discussions and the two issuances by the Chief, BFP,
dated 07 June 2011 and letter reply dated 14 September 2011.
92 49
For information and guidance. Referring to Table 1, there should be One (1) 4-A rating fire
extinguisher for every 200 sq.m. Although, it would appear that 1
fire extinguisher will suffice. However, it should also comply with
travel distance of 15 m. Therefore, to fulfill the area and travel
distance requirements, two (2), 2-A rating for ordinary combusti-
ble materials should be provided.
Arrangement in a Building.
The actual placement of fire extinguishers can best be
accomplished through a physical survey of the area to be pro-
tected. In general, selected locations should have the following
characteristics:
(1) Provide uniform distribution

(2) Provide easy accessibility
(3) Be relatively free from blocking by storage and equip-
ment, or both
(4) Be near normal paths of travel
(5) Be near entrance and exit doors
(6) Be free from the potential of physical damage
(7) Be readily visible
(8) Be installed on a floor-by-floor basis
Class A Fire Extinguisher Distribution
1. Table 1 is a guideline for determining the minimum num-

ber and rating of fire extinguishers for Class A fire protec-
tion needs in accordance with the occupancy hazard. In
certain instances, through a fire protection analysis of spe-
cific areas, process hazards, or building configurations, fire
extinguishers with higher ratings can be required. This does
not mean, however, that the recommended maximum
travel distances can be exceeded.
2. Where the floor area of a building is less than 200 sq.

meter, at least one fire extinguisher of the minimum size
recommended should be provided. The first step in calcu-
lating Class A fire extinguisher needs is to determine the
proper class of occupancy (light, ordinary, or extra haz-
ard). Depending on the rating of the fire extinguisher (1-A
to 40-A), the maximum area that it will protect can be de-
termined. The requirements in Table 1 also specify that the
travel distance (actual walking distance) from any point
50 91
Table 1. FIRE EXTINGUISHER Republic of the Philippines
FOR DIFFERENT TYPES OF CLASS A HAZARDS Department of the Interior and Local Government
LOW MODERATE HIGH NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
HAZARD HAZARD HAZARD Agham Road, Brgy. Bagong Pag-asa, Quezon City
MIN. EXTINGUISHER 2-A 3-A* 4-A*
MEMORANDUM
RATING
MAXIMUM TRAVEL DIS- 15 12 10 TO :ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
TANCE TO EXTINGUISHER
(m) SUBJECT :ISSUANCE OF CONVEYANCE CLEARANCE
MAXIMUM AREA PER EX- 200 100 75 DATE :16 September 2012
TINGUISHER (m2) _______________________________________________________________
1. Table 1 is a guideline for determining the minimum num- The Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) has been receiving is-
ber and rating of fire extinguishers for Class A fire protection sues and concerns pertaining to clients who are engaged in
needs in accordance with the occupancy hazard. In certain in- handling and transporting of petroleum products from one place
stances, through a fire protection analysis of specific areas, proc- to another. Purportedly, clients who already acquired Convey-
ess hazards, or building configurations, fire extinguishers with ance Clearance from a certain BFP local station were required to
higher ratings can be required. This does not mean, however, pay for another set of Conveyance Clearance Fees by the sta-
that the recommended maximum travel distances can be ex- tion that has jurisdiction on the area of destination of intended
ceeded. delivery.
2. Where the floor area of a building is less than 200 During the Management Committee (MANCOM) Meeting
square meter, at least one fire extinguisher of the minimum size held last July 4, 2012, the body agreed that Conveyance Clear-
recommended should be provided. ance issued by Fire Marshals having operational jurisdiction
thereat be considered valid and effective nationwide, in the ab-
Example1: Compute the number of fire extinguishers of sence of any violation specified by existing laws and policies.
an office having a dimension of 5 meters by 40 meters.
In view hereof, you are directed to advise all City/
Referring to (Classification of Hazard), office is classified as Municipal Fire Marshals, within your respective areas of responsi-
low hazard. bility, to acknowledge and accept Conveyance Clearances is-
sued to clients by a local BFP station, where said clearance was
Area = 40m x 5m = 200 sq. m. originally applied. They are not, however, barred from conduct-
ing verification and inspection on the actual condition of the
flammable, combustible and hazardous materials being trans-
40m ported, in accordance to the packaging and other safety stan-
dard requirements set forth by the Fire Code of the Philippines
(RA 9514) and other pertinent laws on fire safety. Should violations
5m be found, the City/Municipal Fire Marshal must notify the Issuing
Officer of such and recommend for the outright cancellation or
revocation of the subject clearance. Failure to comply with this
90 51
directive shall be dealt with accordingly. Fire extinguishers shall be selected for the Classes
of hazards to be protected..
For guidance and strict compliance.
A. Class A Hazards
 Water Type
 Multipurpose dry chemical
 Wet chemical type
B. Class B hazards
 Aqueous Film-forming foam (AFFF)
 Film-forming fluoroprotein foam (FFFP)
 Carbon dioxide
 Dry Chemical type
C. Fire extinguishers for protection of Class C haz-

ard shall be selected from types that are specifi-
cally listed for use on Class C hazards.
D. Fire extinguishers and extinguishing agents for

the protection of Class D Hazards shall be of types
approved for use on the specific combustible-
metal hazard.
fire extinguishers suitable for such Class A, B,C,D, fire

potentials as might be present.
D. Fire extinguishers provided for building protection can
be considered also for the protection of occupancies
having a Class A fire potential.
E. Buildings having an occupancy hazard subject to
Class B or Class C fires, or both, shall have a standard
complement of Class A fire extinguishers of building
protection, plus additional Class B or Class A fire extin-
guishers, or both.
F. Rooms or areas shall be classified generally as light
(low) hazard, ordinary (moderate) hazard, or extra
(high) hazard. Limited areas of greater or lesser hazard
shall be protected as required.
G. On each floor level, the area protected and the travel
distances shall be based on fire extinguisher installed.
52 89
- parking garages Republic of the Philippines
- workshops or support service areas of Department of the Interior and Local Government
low hazard occupancies BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION
- warehouses containing Class I or Class NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
II commodities as defined by NFPA Agham Road, Brgy. Bagong Pag-asa, Quezon City
231, Standard for General Storage.
3. High Hazard. Extra hazard occupancies are locations MEMORANDUM

where the total amount of Class A combustibles and
Class B Flammables present, in storage, production TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
use, finished product, or combination thereof, is over
and above those expected in occupancies classed SUBJECT : INTESIFIED FIRE SAFETY INSPECTION OF ALL
as ordinary (moderate)hazard. These include the fol- BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENT SELLING/RETAILING
lowing: PETROLEUM PRODUCTS/FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
- woodworking USING “PORTABLE CONTAINER”
- vehicle repair
- aircraft and boat servicing DATE : October 15, 2012
- cooking areas _______________________________________________________________
- showrooms
- convention center displays One of the issues and concerns raised during the 1 st Se-
- storage and manufacturing processes mester Command Conference held on September, 2012 is the
absence of clear cut policy of the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS in dealing with business establishments involved in the retailing of
petroleum products.
SELECTION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Be informed that under Section 7 of RA 9514, the Chief,
Selection of fire extinguisher for a given situation shall be BFP or his duly authorized representatives is mandated to ensure
determined by the following, to wit: that safety measures are observed in the manufacture, storage,
1. Character of fires anticipated handling and /use of hazardous materials involving flammable
2. Construction and occupancy of the individual prop- and combustible liquids or gases of any classification through
erty conduct of inspection.
3. Hazard to be protected
4. Ambient-temperature conditions Relative thereto, you are hereby ordered to strictly en-
force RA 9514 and its Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR)
DISTRIBUTION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS on the matter of fire safety inspection and issuance of the Fire
Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) and other clearances to all
1. General Requirements establishments involved in the retailing of Petroleum Products.
A. Fire extinguishers shall be provided for the protection Henceforth, the following guidelines must be observed in
of both the building structure and the occupancy the course of fire safety inspection by the respective fire marshals
B. Required building protection shall be provided by fire of establishments selling or retailing petroleum products/ flamma-
extinguishers suitable for Class A fires. ble liquids within their areas of jurisdiction:
C. Occupancy hazard protection shall be provided by
88 53
1. Selling and retailing of petroleum products using FIRE CODE PROVISIONS ON PORTABLE AND WHEELED FIRE EXTIN-
“portable container” is not prohibited under the fire GUISHERS
code of the Philippines provided that Section
10.3.4.2.1, IRR of RA 9514 specifically on storage and  The City/Municipal Fire Marshal having jurisdiction shall
handling is observed. designate the type and number of fire extinguishers to
be installed and maintained in all buildings, structures,
“Flammable and combustible liquid shall be stored on facilities, but not be less than the minimum require-
approved containers or tanks properly labeled with ments.
physical properties of its content, flammability or com-
bustibility and precautionary measures.”  All buildings, structures and facilities shall be installed
with portable fire extinguishers that are designed, in-
2. For mercantile and industrial occupancies where rooms stalled and maintained in accordance with Section
or areas are accessible to the public, storage shall be 10.2.6.7 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations of
limited to quantities needed for display and normal RA 9514. Fire extinguishers shall be installed even if the
merchandising purposes which shall not exceed property is equipped with automatic sprinklers, stand-
eighty one liters (81liters) per square meter of gross pipe and hose, or other fixed protection equipment.
floor area
CLASSIFICATION OF HAZARDS
3. No FSIC shall be issued to establishment involved in the
retailing of petroleum products without full compli- 1. Low Hazard. Light hazard occupancies are locations
ance to the provisions of RA 9514 and Its IRR especially where the total amount of Class A combustible mate-
to the provision on storage and handling of flamma- rials, including furnishings, decorations, and contents is
ble and combustible materials. of minor quantity. This classification anticipates that
majority of content items are either noncombustible or
4. In case a violation is found during the conduct of inso arranged that a fire is not likely to spread rapidly.
spection, the City/Municipal Fire Marshal shall immedi- This includes the following:
ately issue Notice to Comply/Notice Correct Violation - Offices
to erring establishment or cause the non-issuance or - classrooms
cancellation/revocation of Business Permit when ap- - churches
plicable. - assembly halls
- guest room areas of hotels/motels
5. The Municipal/City Fire Marshal shall immediately issue
2. Moderate Hazard. Ordinary hazard occupancies are
order to pay fine to owner/administrator of establish-
locations where the total amount of Class A combusti-
ment which fails to provide safety measures on flam-
bles and Class B flammables are present in greater
mable and combustible liquids in accordance to
amount than expected under light (low) hazard occu-
para. B.1-D of Section 12.0.0.4 of the IRR of RA 9514.
pancies. These include the following:
6. The Municipal/City Marshal may also seek assistance - dining areas
from the Philippine National Police to confiscate pe- - mercantile shops and allied storage
troleum products/ hazardous materials stored in an - light manufacturing
inappropriate/ not approved container of a recalci- - research operations
trant establishment. Confiscated petroleum products/ - auto showrooms
54 87
hazardous materials shall only be returned to owners
of the establishment until fire safety requirements are
complied.
RELEVANT REGULATIONS
ON FIRE EXTINGUISHER
86 55
Republic of the Philippines within a building approved for such use.
b. At other approved locations not less than fifteen meter (15
Department of the Interior and Local Government
m) from any building except those approved for the stor-
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION age or servicing of such vehicles.
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS c. When, in case of breakdown or other emergency, the op-
Agham Road, Brgy. Bagong Pag-asa, Quezon City erator must leave the emergency.
C. Tank vehicles shall not be parked or garaged in any building other than
those specifically approved for such use by the concerned agency.
D. FIRE PROTECTION AND OTHER SAFETY MEASURES
MEMORANDUM 1. Tank vehicles used for the transportation of any flammable or combustible
liquids, regardless of the quantity being transported whether loaded or
empty shall be conspicuously and legibly marked. Such marking shall
TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
display the following:
Vehicle manufacturer
SUBJECT : ISSUANCE CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY (COC) Manufacturer’s serial number
TO MEMBERS OF COMPANY FIRE BRIGADE AS Date Manufacture
Original Test date
REQUIREMENT FOR ISSUANCE OF FIRE SAFETY
Certificate date
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC) Design pressure
Head material
DATE : October 15, 2012 Shell material
Weld material
_______________________________________________________________
Lining material
Nominal tank capacity by compartment
This pertains to the issue on the issuance of Certificate Maximum product load
of Competency (COC) for members of fire brigade as additional Loading limits
Unloading limits
requirement for the grant of Fire Safety Inspection Certificate 2. These markings shall not be modified, obstructed, made inaccessible or
(FSIC) to business establishment where organization of fire bri- unreadable by paints or any fixtures.
gade is required. The said issue was raised during the 1 st Semester 3. Installation of any plate onto the tank with these markings shall not com-
Command Conference on September, 2012. promise the safety of the tank
4. The size of signage shall measure at least two hundred seventy three milli-
meters (273mm) on both sides and have thirteen millimeters (13mm)
Be reminded that under Section 6.0.2.1, Rule 6 of the Im- inner solid line border. The text indicating the hazard and the hazard
plementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of RA 9514 states that, class should be at least forty-one millimeters (41mm)
5. Smoking is prohibited while driving, making deliveries, filling or making re-
pairs to tank vehicles.
“Section 6.0.2.1 Requirements 6. While loading or unloading, extreme care shall be taken to keep away fire
and to prevent persons in the vicinity from smoking, lighting matches, or
A. All business establishments em- carrying any flame or lighted cigar, pipe or cigarette.
ploying at least fifty (50) persons shall, in 7. Each tank vehicle shall have at least one (1) unit of twenty pounds (20 lb)
or two (2) units of ten pounds (10lbs) B-C-rating portable fire extinguisher.
addition for the requirements set forth un- 8. Fire extinguishers shall be kept and maintained in good operating condi-
der Section 7 of RA 9514 for the grant of tions at all times. They shall be visibly located in an accessible place on
Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC), es- each tank vehicle and shall be protected from damage and impact.
tablish an organization of fire brigade to 9. Trailer/tank vehicle operators, contractors, drivers, handlers and crews shall
have undergone proper qualification by a concerned agency. Crews
deal with fire and other related emergen- shall include repair and maintenance personnel.
cies…” E. OTHER CONDITIONS
1. This permit must always be conveyed while the tank is in operation and should be
SURRENDERED or RENEWED upon expiration.
Further, the IRR of RA 9514 defines fire brigade as group of 2. Violation of any of the above conditions when the tank truck is loaded shall IPSO
firefighters, primarily performing fire suppression activities in areas FACTO immediately cause this Permit to become NULL and VOID and shall hold its
operator or owner of the cargo truck liable to the penalties provided for by the RA
such as, but not limited to, community/barangay, company, and 9514 or the Fire Code of the Philippines ____________________.
56 85
CONDITIONS: other government and non-government establishments.
A. OPERATION OF TANK VEHICLES
1. Cargo vehicle shall be at all times in good state of serviceability, devoid of To qualify as a member of fire brigade, individuals must be
accumulation of grease, oil or other flammable and from leaks. available to respond to fire alarms and attend required training
2. Driver shall be thoroughly trained in the operation of tank vehicles and programs, for this purpose and in accordance to Section 6.0.3.1
proper procedures for loading and unloading
of the IRR of RA 9514, the Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP) issued
3. Dome covers shall be closed and latched while the tank vehicle is in tran-
sit. Memorandum Circular Number 2009-017 re. Guidelines on the
4. Repair of tank vehicles shall be made with caution. No repair shall be Issuance of Certificate of Competency (COC) for Fire Volunteers,
made when there is presence of hazard due to combustible vapors nor Members of Fire Brigades, Fire Safety Practitioners and Organiza-
any loaded tank vehicle be repaired in a closed garage.
tion dealing with Fire Safety. The COC shall be synonymous with
5. Cargo tank shall not be repaired using any method employing a flame,
arc, or other sources of ignition, unless the tank is maintained vapor-free the license to practice fire safety, thus no person shall be allowed
or otherwise made safe in an approved manner. to render fire safety or fire fighting services unless the require-
B. LOADING AND UNLOADING TANK VEHICLES ments on certificate of competency are complied with.
1. Flammable or combustible liquid shall not be transferred to or from any
tank vehicles, unless the parking brake is securely set and all other rea-
sonable precautions have been taken to prevent motion of the vehicle. The said provision of the law applies to all business estab-
2. The driver, operator, or attendant of any cargo vehicle shall not leave the lishments employing at least fifty (50) persons. Business establish-
vehicle while it is being filled or discharged. Delivery hose, when at- ments shall refer to all occupancies, government or private of-
tached to a tank vehicle, shall be considered to be part of the tank ve-
fices and buildings. Hence, all business establishments are man-
hicle.
3. Engine of tank vehicles shall be shut down during the making or breaking datorily required to comply with this provision, among other fire
hose connections. If loading or unloading is done without the use of a safety requirements of the fire code, before they can be granted
power pump, the tank vehicle motor shall be shut down throughout the with Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC).
operations.
4. Cargo tank or a compartment used for the transportation of any flamma-
ble or combustible liquid shall not be loaded liquid full. No tank vehicle Relative thereto, all Regional Directors are hereby di-
compartments shall be loaded to a volume in excess of 99% of its ca- rected to ensure that said provisions of the law including the re-
pacity. quirements of MC 2009-017, are properly observed within their
5. The driver, operator or attendant of any tank vehicle shall before making
areas of responsibility.
delivery to any tank, determine the unfilled capacity of such tank by a
suitable gauging device. To prevent overfilling, he shall not deliver in
excess of that amount. For strict compliance.
6. During loading, hatch covers shall be secured on all compartments except
in the receiving compartments.
7. The cargo vehicle shall be bonded to the fill pipe when loading. The bond
-wire connection shall be made prior to opening the dome covers. It
shall be maintained in place during the entire filling operation and the
dome covers shall be securely closed before bond wire is disconnected
from the tank vehicle. Tank vehicle and vehicle chassis shall be electri-
cally bonded. Provisions shall be made in the truck structure for the
bondage of vehicle to the fill pipe during vehicle loading operations.
Hose shall be duplex metal lined or equivalent with approved shut-off
nozzle and an adequate bonding cable securely closed before the
bond wire is disconnected from the cargo truck.
C. PARKING AND GARAGING
1. No person shall leave a tank vehicle unattended on any street, highway,
avenue or alley
2. No person shall park a tank vehicle at any one point for longer than one
(1) hour except:
a. Off a street, highway, avenue of alley Inside a bulk plant and
seven and a half meters (7.5m) from the property line or
84 57
Republic of the Philippines Republic of the Philippines
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT City or
Department of the Interior and Local Government BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION Municipal
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
Agham Road, Brgy. Bagong Pag-asa, Quezon City FIRE SAFETY CLEARANCE FOR
CONVEYANCE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND
CHEMICALS IN CARGO VEHICLES
MEMORANDUM
___________
TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS
DATE
Control No. ________________
SUBJECT : MONITORING OF FIRE CODE SALES TAX
This CLEARANCE is issued for the transportation / conveyance of Flammable Liquids by Cargo
Tank to any point of delivery.
DATE : October 15, 2012 ISSUED TO _______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ ADDRESS ________________________________________________________________________________
This pertains to the issue raised during the 1 st Semester TYPE OF VEHICLE ______________________________PLATE NUMBER ______________________________
MOTOR NUMBER_______________________________CHASSIS NUMBER ___________________________
Command Conference on September, 2012 regarding the ab- NAME OF DRIVER: _____________________________ LICENSE NUMBER ___________________________
sence of clear policy/directives in monitoring of fire code sales If with trailer, TRAILER NUMBER______________________________________________________________
QUANTITY & DESCRIPTION __________________________________________________________________
tax particularly of Ace Hardware and other similar business estab- Destination shall be from Terminal to________________________________________________________
lishments selling fire fighting appliances. Fire Code Sales Tax refers
This clearance is granted subject to substantial compliance with Section 10.3.1.2,
to two percent (2%) of gross sales of companies, persons or Division 2, Chapter 3, Rule 10 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations of Republic Act 9514,
agents selling firefighting equipment, appliances or devices, in- otherwise known as Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008 for the storage of hazardous materials
cluding hazard detection and warning system. and chemicals and conditions stated at the back hereof
Be informed that the said issue has already been clarified This CLEARANCE expires on _________________________________________________________
in a Memorandum signed by then Chief, BFP, DIR. ROLANDO M

BANDILLA, CESO IV, dated January 26, 2011. Hence, the under- Recommending Approval: Approved by:
signed reiterates the key points of the said Memorandum:
_____________________________________
1. The assessment and collection of fire code sales tax is ________________________________
Chief, Fire Safety Enforcement Section City Fire Marshal
vested with the City/Municipal Fire Marshal over enti-
ties or companies selling firefighting equipment, appli- Fee: P_____________________
O.R. No. ___________________
ances or devices including hazard detecting and Date issued _______________
warning system within his area of jurisdiction. An entity Issued on __________________
NOTE:
is within his jurisdiction if it is registered with its office as 1. NOT VALID WITHOUT DRY SEAL, WITH ALTERATIONS AND WITH ERASURES. THIS CER-
an entity conducting business, the PRINCIPAL PLACE TIFICATE IS NON-TRANSFERABLE.
OF BUSINESS. 2. Violation of aforementioned laws shall IPSO FACTO immediately cause this Permit
to become NULL AND VOID
2. The Fire Code Sales Tax should be based on the “gross

sales” of companies, persons or agents selling fire-
fighting equipment, appliances or devices, including
hazard detection and warning systems. The term
“gross sales” should include all sales made by the
company on a yearly basis. This is to be determined
58 83
"economic and socialized housing units" with the modifier "adequate." by the City/Municipal Fire Marshal having jurisdiction
Fire calamity chooses no color, no age, no economic or social standing, based on their gross receipts.
this is the very wisdom behind the cross-cutting and horizontal applica-
tion of the Fire Code. Hence, the policy behind B.P. Big. 220 itself makes
it abhorrent to sacrifice "adequacy", which includes compliance with the 3. The company involved in selling of fire fighting appli-
minimum mandatory requirements for fire protection as deemed wise ance should settle payment of the said tax for them to
and necessarily by the BFP, in the interest of lowering construction costs. be issued with Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC).
When PHINMA agreed to the economic and socialized housing 4. Further, for “branches or local offices” such as in the
contract approved under B.P. Big. 220, it agreed not only to build or con- case of ACE Hardware, the manager/administrator, in
struct economic and socialized housing for the underprivileged but to
addition to other fire code requirements, shall show a
build and construct adequate ones that are fit and safe for human oc-
proof that fire code sales tax has already been settled
cupancy. In other words, PHINMA also agreed to take on the equally
significant social and moral responsibility inherent to the said project un- by their main or principal office before they can be
der B.P. Big. 220. grant of FSIC.
It does not escape our notice the laudable effort of PHINMA to

propose alternative remedies in lieu of the required AFSS. However, as For guidance, information and widest dissemination.
aptly pointed out by BFP, the exemption sought cannot be granted, for
to do so is tantamount to undermining the policy of the stated in ensur-
ing public safety.
In sum, while PHINMA projects were approved under B.P. Big.

220, a law, which has been in effect since 1982, PHINMA cannot hide
behind the cloak of the 15-meter bar in order to exempt itself from the all
-too-important AFSS requirement. R.A. No. 9514, which came into effect
in 2D08, - prevails insofar as fire safety requirements are concerned. The
"4-storey or more" standard, therefore, prevails.
Please be guided accordingly.
Very truly yours,
82 59
Department of the Interior and Local Government "CHAPTER 2. FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS. STRUCTURES AND
BUREAU OF FIRE PROTECTION FACILITIES
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS
"DIVISION 1. SCOPE
"A. This Chapter deals with life safety from fire and like emergen-
cies in buildings, structures and facilities. It covers construc-
tion, protection and occupancy features to minimize dan-
MEMORANDUM ger to life from fire, smoke, vapor and fumes before buildings
TO : ALL REGIONAL DIRECTORS are vacated. It also discusses procedures and guidelines in
fire drills required for all types of occupancies to prevent
SUBJECT :GUIDELINES IN THE PROCESSING OF FIRE panic in times of emergencies. It specifies the number, size,
and arrangement of means of egress sufficient to permit
SAFETY INSPECTION CERTIFICATE (FSIC)
prompt and safe escape of occupants from buildings, or
DURING RENEWAL OF BUSINESS PERMITS structures or facilities in case of fire or other conditions dan-
SPECIFFICALLY IN AREAS WHERE ONE-STOP- gerous to life and property." (Emphasis supplied}
SHOP IS BEING IMPLEMENTED
In addition to the foregoing, no less than the State Principles and
DATE :24 September 2012 State Policies mentioned in Sections 5 and 9, Article II of the Constitution,
mandates the primacy of certain considerations, to wit:
"The maintenance of peace and order, the protection of life,

I. BACKGROUND
liberty, and property, and promotion of the general welfare are
essential for the enjoyment by all the people of the blessings of
Pursuant to Rule 9 Division 4 Section 9.0.4.1 Implementing democracy.
Rules and Regulation (IRR) of Republic Act 9514 otherwise known
as the Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008, which categorically XXX XXX XXX
states that "Upon compliance of the fire safety requirements un-
der Rule 10 of this IRR, a Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) "The State shall promote a just and dynamic social order that will
shall be issued by the BFP as a pre-requisite for the issuance of ensure the prosperity and independence of the nation and free
Business or Mayor's Permit, Occupancy Permit, PHILHEALTH Ac- the people from poverty through policies that provide adequate
social services, promote full employment, a rising standard of
creditation for Hospitals, DOH License to Operate and other li-
living, and an improved quality of life for all." (Emphasis supplied]
censes issued by other government agencies."
On the other hand, while R.A. No. 9514 was meant to address,
In line with the tenets of the Fire Code, the BFP Local Of- among other things, the worsening fire casualty statistics in the country,
fices/Fire Stations then designates the task to the Fire Safety In- B.P. Big. 220 was crafted due to the subsisting and omnipresent chronic
spector’s (FSI’s) of conducting inspection of a building or struc- problem of poverty, thus, the policy of said law, to wit:
ture within their area of responsibility each time the owner, ad-
"SECTION 1. It is hereby declared a policy of the Government to
ministrator or occupant shall renew his/her business permit or per-
promote and encourage the development of economic and
mit to operate as a requirement for the issuance of FSIC which in
socialized housing projects, primarily by the private sector, in
the same way is a pre-requisite in granting business permits as order to make available adequate economic and socialized
stipulated in Section 4.0.0.3 A (4 and 5) of the IRR of RA 9514. housing units for average and low-income earners in urban and
rural areas." (Emphasis supplied]
Applying the provisions indicated under the Fire Code,
It is not for nothing that B.P. Big. 220 itself qualifies the phrase
60 81
the phase of securing a FSIC covers a minimum period of five (5)
The 15-meter criterion may have been the prevailing gen- days processing commencing from application until the issuance
erally accepted standard at the time the B.P. Big. 220 IRR was of the FSIC. However, with the emergence of several Business Per-
revised in 2001, which was when the old Fire Code was still in ef- mit Licensing Offices (BPLO) of local government agencies/units
fect. which are all offering a one-stop-shop system in the renewal of
permits and licenses for the convenience of the applicants, it is
However, with the passage of R.A. No. 9514 and its IRR, appropriate for the BFP to adjust to the demands of this times
which prescribed standards that "shall [not] be construed to pro- and work on delivering improved service to the public by coming
hibit a better type of design, building construction, more exits, or up with a proposal of implementing a one stop shop scheme for
otherwise safer conditions than the requirements specified in expediency and feasibility. With this modification, BFP becomes
[Chapter 2, Rule 10 thereof]" (i.e., minimum standards) there is no more responsive and effective in its commitment of providing
other possible conclusion other than that the agency recognized better services by employing specific guideline such as a “One
by the law as having the required expertise on fire safety meas- Stop Shop Policy” in the issuance of Fire Safety Inspection Certifi-
ures (i.e., the BFP) has read what are to be considered as "within cate (FSIC).
the generally accepted levels of safety"; hence, the 4-storey or
more/more than 12 units criterion to supplant the old 15-meter II. PURPOSE
benchmark.
A.To hasten the issuance of FSIC for the benefit of the ap-
Finally, this conclusion is also supported by the principle in plicants in the renewal of their permits and/or licenses.
statutory construction summed up in the Latin maxim "ratio legis
est anima" (the reason for the law is its veiy soul), which dictates B. To improve the quality of service provided to the appli-
that, in construing provisions of statutes, the policies of the law cants by implementing a policy for the expeditious administration
should prevail. of applications.
We need not reiterate the obvious significance of the Fire C. To give ample time for applicants in correcting any vio-
Code and its IRR. The State's policy of ensuring public safety and lations previously identified by Fire Safety Inspectors as to avoid
promotion of economic development through the prevention delay in the processing of their applications
and suppression of all kinds of destructive fire (Section 2 quoted
above) is a non-negotiable fact. On the other hand, the raison D. To manage and reduce the work load of all BFP Local
d'etre for the various safety requirements detailed in the IRR, in- Offices/Fire Stations by giving prompt service to applicants.
cluding the mandatory requirement of automatic fire detection
and alarm system for certain types of buildings, may be gleaned III. PROCEDURE
from certain provisions under Rule lo of the
1. All City/Municipal Fire Marshall having jurisdiction shall
IRR, thus: observe periodic fire safety inspection of any building,
"RULE 10. FIRE SAFETY MEASURES structure and establishment two (2) or three (3)
months in advance before the scheduled renewal of
'CHAPTER 1. COVERAGE any permits or licenses by the BPLO in pursuant to Sec-
"This Rule covers the Fire Safety Measure for Buildings, tion 7 of RA 9514.
Structures and Facilities, Hazardous Materials and Wastes, Hazard-
ous Operations and Processes and Miscellaneous Hazardous 2. All Fire Safety Inspection Certificates (FSIC) for busi-
Premises and/or conditions, that by its very nature or relation to ness or permit to operate shall have a validity of 365
life, property and environment poses threat or danger. days or one (1) year from the date of issuance unless
80 61
revoked/cancelled for justifiable cause in accordance schedule of fees/fire service charges and administrative penalties
to Rule 13 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations therefore as provided in the pertinent provisions of the Fire Code.
(IRR) of RA 9514;
Hence, between the earlier law, B.P. Big. 220, and the IRR
3. Only buildings, structures and establishments found issued by the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLURB) on
to have no violation during the periodic inspection and the one hand; and the later and more specific special law relat-
with valid FSIC shall be recommended for issuance of ing to fire prevention and suppression, and the IRR issued by the
business or permit to operate provided that pertinent Bureau of Fire Protection on the other, we have no reservations in
fire code fees are collected; stating that the latter law and the IRR issued by the latter agency,
which was mandated by said law to administer and enforce its
4. Proof of payment of the following fire code reve- provisions, supersedes conflicting provisions found in the earlier
nues, whenever applicable, shall be presented in addi- lam.
tion to the other documentary requirements prior to the
granting of business permit, to wit: This conclusion is further reinforced by the fact that the IRR
a. Fire safety inspection fee of B.P. Blg. 220 relied upon by PHINMA cites, in its preambular por-
b. Fire code construction tax tion, Presidential Decree (P.D.) No. 1185 or the old Fire Code as
c. Fire code realty tax one of the bases for its issuance, thus:
d. Fire code premium tax
e. Fire code sales tax "Pursuant to Section 3 of BP 220, the Housing and
f. Fire code proceed tax Land Use Regulatory Board is authorized to establish
g. Storage clearance fee and promulgate two levels of standards and techni-
cal requirements for the development of economic
h. Conveyance clearance fee
and socialized housing projects/units in urban and
i. Other fees
rural areas from those provided in PD 957, PD 1216,
PD 1096, and PD 1185, hence the following rules are
5. All buildings, structures and establishments found to hereby promulgated." [Emphasis supplied]
have violated any provisions of the fire code shall only
be recommended for issuance of business permit upon Such law, P.D. No. 1185, was expressly repealed by Sec-
correction of the violations noted in the periodic in- tion 15 of R.A. No. 9514, which also expressly states that "all... rules
spection; and regulations insofar as they are inconsistent with [said] Act,
are hereby repealed or amended as the case may be." Hence,
6. All City/Municipal Fire Marshals shall ensure that all the certain provisions of the IRR for B.P. Big. 220, which were is-
buildings, structures and establishments with issued sued on the basis of, among others, P.D. No. 1185, and which are
business permit during the one stop shop are inspected inconsistent with those set forth in R.A. No. 9514, are deemed re-
within three (3) days upon receipt of payment of perti- pealed or amended.
nent fire code fees; and
Further support for the conclusion that the fifteen (15)-
7. All Regional Directors are responsible for the dissemi- meter criterion has been superseded is found in Section 4 of the
nation, information and implementation of this guide- IRR of B.P. Big. 220 itself, which states that one of the basis for me
line to give better services to the owner, administrator minimum design standards set forth therein are the "generally ac-
or occupant of buildings, structures and establishments cepted levels of safety", and lists, first and foremost among the
who shall renew his/her permits and/or licenses. parameters used in formulating such design standards, the con-
sideration for the "protection and safety of life, limb, property and
general public welfare "
62 79
units, automatic fire detection and alarm systems are required. IV. EFFECTIVITY
The requirement, to emphasize, is mandatory based on the lan- All Memorandum Circular inconsistent herewith are
guage used in the above-quoted provisions in the IRR, which uses hereby amended accordingly.
the words "shall” and "mandatory" in prescribing such require-
ment. The only exceptions appear to be, as follows: This guideline shall take effect immediately upon ap-
proval.
(1) buildings provided with approved, supervised sprinkler
protection in accordance with Section 10.2.6.5 of the
IRR;
(2) buildings that are equipped with "better type of de-
sign, building construction, more exits, or otherwise
safer conditions than the requirements specified in"
Chapter 2, Rule 10 of the IRR; and
(3) in case of existing buildings only, which when forced to
comply will compromise the structural stability/
integrity, the Chief, BFP may accept adequate alter-
native and/or remedial fire safety measures in lieu of
the fire safety requirements of this IRR upon applica-
tion by the owner/occupant/building administrator of
the building or structure.
In so holding, we note, first and foremost, the primacy of

R.A. No. 9514, otherwise known as the Revised Fire Code of the
Philippines of 2008, insofar as prescribing minimum fire safety stan-
dards and requirements is concerned, pursuant no less to the pol-
icy of the State, as stated in Section 2 thereof, to wit:
"SECTION 2. It is the policy of the State to ensure

public safety, promote economic development
through the prevention and suppression of all
kinds, of destructive fires, and promote the profes-
sionalization of the fire service as a profession. To-
wards this end, the State shall enforce all laws,
rules and regulations to ensure adherence to stan-
dard fire prevention and safety measures, and
promote accountability in the fire protection and
prevention service." [Emphasis supplied}
Such primacy of the Fire Code translates into a concomi-

tant primary of the authority of the Chief of the BFP, with the ap-
proval of the Secretary of the Interior and Local Government
(SILG), to issue rules and regulations and prescribe standards,
78 63
A letter reply to Ma. Consorcia L Tamayo requesting for 60
-day extension to comply with the proposed alternative/remedial On your second query as to which standard is applicable
fire safety measures in lieu of automatic sprinkler system to the subject projects of PHINMA, whether it is the "four (4) sto-
_______________________________________________________________ reys or more in height" or "more than twelve (12) apartment units"
April 16, 2012 criterion set forth in the Fire Code or the "15-meter or more" in
height benchmark under B.P. Big. 220, we bring your attention to
the following legalities.
Ma. Consorcia L Tamayo
Board Member, UPH-Jonelta System PHINMA cites as basis for their request for exemption the
Perpetual Help Hospital of Manila provision in the IRR of B.P. Big. 220 which requires the installation
1504 Laon-laon cor. Gelinos St., Sampaloc, Manila of an automatic fire alarm and suppression system for buildings
that are 15 meters or more in height. It claimed that since its pro-
jects are covered by B.P. Big. 220, this is the benchmark that
Dear Madame; would determine whether the mandatory AFSS requirement is ap-
plicable to such projects. Hence, although its Medium Rise Build-
This pertains to your request for a 60-day extension to comply with ings (MRB) consists of five (5) storeys with a total of 29 units, the
your proposed action plan in lieu of automatic sprinkler system to same is still exempt from the mandatory AFSS requirement be-
be installed in your building (University of Perpetual Hospital) lo- cause the total height of the building is only 12.7s meters owing to
cated at 1504 Laon-laon cor. Gelinos St., Sampaloc, Manila the lower floor-to-floor height of only 2.55 meters.
which has standing Closure Order issued by CSUPT SANTIAGO E
LAGUNA on October 13, 2011 for failure to comply among others On the other hand, this conflicts the above-quoted provisions of
the installation of automatic sprinkler system. You further claim as the Fire Code and its IRR, which, as already stated, is mandatorily
certified by your Professional Structural Engineer that your build- applicable to ''all persons and all private and public buildings,
ing is not structurally capable of having an automatic sprinkler facilities or structures erected or constructed before and after its
system because it might compromise the building structure, effectivity," and which provides that the applicable criterion, inso-
hence, you proposed for alternative plan of corrections. far as the requirement for automatic fire detection and alarm
system is concerned, is the number of storeys (i.e., 4 or more) or
Please be informed that the procedure in the granting of alterna- the num.ber of total units [i.e., more than 12) in the building.
tive and/or remedial fire safety measures shall be coursed
through the City/Municipal Fire Marshal for pre-evaluation and In resolving such conflict, the Department is of the opinion
endorsement to the BFP higher offices. Only the Chief, BFP may that the provisions in B.P. Big. 220 (which was enacted in 1982)
approve the alternative and/or remedial fire safety measures in and in its Revised IRR (which came into effect in 2001) insofar as
lieu of the fire safety requirements in the installation of automatic they are in conflict with specific provisions and requirements in
fire suppression system provided further that any aggrieved party R.A. No. 9514 (which passed into law in 2008), and its IRR (which
may appeal to the Secretary, DILG. An alternative fire safety plan came into effect in
shall first be approved by the BFP before the requesting party can 2009), have been repealed by the latter law and IRR.
start installing or constructing its alternative and/or remedial fire
safety measures. In other words, we are of the opinion that the effective and appli-
cable criterion in determining whether or not an automatic fire
Hence, we regret to inform you that your request for 60 days ex- detection and alarm system is required for the projects of
tension cannot be granted for failure to observe the BFP’s estab- PHINMA is either the "four (4) storeys or more" or "more than
lished procedure relative to this case. Moreover, we request you twelve (12) apartment units" criterion in the IRR of R.A. No. 9514.
to coordinate with the local BFP station within your area in your Hence, since its Medium Rise Buildings consist of 5 storeys and 29
64 77
through central station accredited by the case is Manila Fire District for evaluation of your proposed alter-
BFP shall be mandatory to the following native fire safety plan. However, we lay stress that pending the
types of occupancy: approval of your request for alternative and/or remedial fire
“a. xxx safety measures, the closure order previously issued by the Re-
“b. XXX . gional Director is still executory.
"c. All educational institutions, hotels and
apartment buildings (condominium) of at Hoping that this merit your feat to a safe and compliant opera-
least four (4) storey in height; xxx tion.
xxx xxx xxx
"SECTION 10.2.12.4 APARTMENT BUILDINGS

"A. General Requirements — xxx Sincerely yours,
"B. Exit Details — xxx
"C. Protection —
xxx xxx xxx
4. Alarm Systems — xxx

"a. Every apartment building of four
(4) storeys or more in height, or
more than twelve (12) apart-
ment units shall have an auto-
matic fire detection and alarm
system in accordance with Sec-
tion 10.2.6.4 of this IRR, except
buildings provided with ap-
proved, supervised sprinkler pro-
tection in accordance with
Section 10.2.6.5 of this IRR.
"b. Apartment buildings of not more

than three (3) storeys in height
shall be provided with manual
fire alarm system, provided that
dwelling units shall be installed
with single - station or multi sta-
tion smoke detec-
tors." (Emphasis supplied).
The provisions of the Fire Code and of the IRR defining

their respective scope cannot be more explicit, they shall apply
to all persons and all private and public buildings, facilities or
structures erected or constructed before and after their respec-
tive dates of effectivity.
76 65
A letter reply to Mr. Nepomuceno regarding his requests clarification on mable liquids and gases, toxic and other hazardous
the basis for computing fire safety inspection fee. materials and operations, and their wastes;
_______________________________________________________________ "E. Fire safety planning, design, construction, repair, main-
tenance, rehabilitation and demolition;
April 16, 2012
"F. Fire protective and warning equipment or systems;
"G. All land transportation vehicles and equipment, ships
MR. PEDRITO M NEPOMUCENO or vessels docked at piers or wharves or anchored in
4F R.G. Castelo Building seaports; and
219 Apo St., Barangka Ilaya "H. Petroleum industry installations.
1550 Mandaluyong XXX XXX XXX
"RULE 10. FIRE SAFETY MEASURES

Dear Mr. Nepomuceno:
XXX XXX XXX
Greetings of peace and happiness!
"CHAPTER 2. FIRE SAFETY IN BUILDINGS. STRUCTURES AND
We have received your letter dated February 17, 2012 addressed to SEC. FACILITIES
JESSE ROBREDO, DILG which was referred to this office by Att. Domnina XXX XXX XXX
Rances, Head, Executive Assistant, DILG regarding the following issued,
to wit: "DIVISION 6. FEATURES OF FIRE PROTECTION
XXX XXX XXX
1. What exactly is the basis for computing fire safety inspection
fee? And, why the following items, such as Sanitary Inspec-
"SECTION 10.2.6.4 FIRE DETECTION, ALARM, AND COMMU-
tion Fee, Environment Inspection Fee, Garbage Collection
NICATION SYSTEMS
Fee and Fire Inspection Fee (Local Ordinance) are included
in the assessment of fire safety inspection fee?
"A. General — xxx
2. What is the justification for the inclusion of the above items in
the assessment of fire safety inspection fee? What is there to "B. Signal Initiation —
be inspected by the BFP?
"1 . As provided in Divisions 8 through 17 of this
3. Does the local ordinance imposing similar fire inspection fee Chapter, activation of the complete fire alarm
have legal basis? system shall be initiated by, but not be limited
to, any or all of the following means of initia-
tion;
First Issue and Second Issue, since they are related:
"a. Manual initiation.
The pertinent provision of the Fire Code of the Philippines of 2008 regard- "b. Automatic detection.
ing the basis of fire safety inspection fee is provided under Section "c. Extinguishing system operation.
12.0.0.2 of the IRR of the Code which reads, “A. The classification of Fire
Code revenues and rates are prescribed in the following schedule: xxx… "C. Smoke Alarms — xxx
6. Fire Safety Inspection Fee. Fee charged for the conduct of Fire Safety "D. Occupant Notification — xxx
Inspection equivalent to ten per centum (10%) of all fees charged by the "E. Emergency Forces Notification —
building official, or by the Local Government or by other government "l.xxx
agencies concerned in the granting of pertinent permits or licenses.
"2. xxx
Xxx…” (Underscores ours)
"3. Automatic fire department notification
66 75
The foregoing provision should be interpreted in the light of the authority
Pertinent provisions of R.A. No. 9514 read, as follows: of the BFP to issue a Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC) as prerequi-
site to the grant of permit or license provided under Section 9.0.4.1 of the
Code, which reads:
"Section 4. Applicability of the Code. — The provisions of the Fire
Code shall apply to all persons and all private and public build-
“Upon compliance of the fire safety requirements under
ings, facilities or structures erected or constructed before and af- Rule 10 of this IRR, a Fire Safety Inspection Certificate (FSIC)
ter its effectivity. shall be issued by the BFP as a pre-requisite for the issu-
ance of Business or Mayor’s Permit, Permit to Operate, Oc-
XXX XXX XXX cupancy Permit, PHILHEALTH Accreditation for Hospitals,
DOH License to Operate and other permits or licenses be-
"Section 7. Inspections, Safety Measures, Fire Safety, Construc- ing issued by other government agencies”
tions, and Protective and/or Warning Systems. — As may be de-
As can be gleaned above, there are different kind of FSIC being issued
fined and provided in the Rules and Regulations, owners, adminis-
by the BFP DEPENDING ON THE NATURE AND PURPOSE OF THE fsic BEING
trators or occupants of buildings, structures and their premises or
APPLIED FOR. That is why Section 12.0.0.2 of the IRR of the Code uses the
facilities and other responsible persons shall be required to com- conjunctive word “or” as basis in computing the pertinent fire inspection
ply with the following, as may be appropriate: fee. Thus, in answering the first issue regarding the exact basis of fire in-
spection fee; it varies depending on the FSIC being applied for, which
XXX XXX XXX could be summarized as follows:
"d. Provision on Fire Safety Construction, Protective If the FSIC being applied is for Business or Mayor’s Permit, the fee
and Warning System. — Owners, occupants, or should be based on 10% of all fees charged by the Local
Government (i.e. Mayor’s Permit Fee, sanitary Inspection
administrator of buildings, structures and their
Fee, Environmental Inspection Fee, garbage Collection Fee,
premises or facilities, except such other building or
Fire Inspection Fee (local ordinance), and other fees being
structures as may be exempted in the rules and collected by local government in granting said permit);
regulations to be promulgated under Section 5
hereof, shall incorporate and provide therein fire If it is for Occupancy Permit, the fee should be based on 10% of
safety construction, protective and warning sys- all fees charged by the Building Official (i.e. Building Inspec-
tem, and shall develop and implement fire safety tion Fee, Electrical Inspection Fee, Mechanical Inspection
programs, to wit: xxx" [Emphasis supplied] fee, Plumbing Inspection Fee) and
If it is for the purpose of obtaining permit or license from other

On the other hand, relevant portions of the IRR are as follows:
concerned government agency, it should be base on 10%
of all fees charged by such government agency in the
"RULE 2. COVERAGE " granting of pertinent permits or licenses.
"This IRR shall cover the following: Likewise, section 12.0.0.2 of the IRR of the Code uses the word “10% of all
"A. All persons; fees.” It is basic in statutory construction that where the law does not
"B. All private or public buildings, facilities or structures distinguish, we should not also distinguish. Thus, for purposes of obtaining
and their premises erected or constructed before and mayor’s or Business Permit, the basic in computing the fire inspection
after the effectivity hereof; should be based on all fees being charged by the local Government
including all regulatory fees through its local ordinance (which may also
"C. Design and installation of mechanical, electronics
include Building Inspection Fee, Electrical Inspection fee, Mechanical
and electrical systems relative to fire protection;
Inspection fee and Plumbing Inspection Fee, other than those charged
“D. Manufacturing, storage, • handling and/or use, and by the building official on granting Building or Occupancy Permit) in
transportation of explosives and/or combustible, flam- granting Mayor’s or Business Permit. However, if those fees such as Build-
74 67
ing Inspection Fee, Electrical Inspection Fee, Mechanical Inspection Fee requirement under the Fire Code.
and Plumbing Inspection Fee are not being charged by the local gov-
ernment in granting said permit, then they should be excluded. In support or its request for exemption, PHINIVIA submitted the
following justification:
Hence, in answering the second issue and as pointed out earlier; the
inclusion of Sanitary Inspection Fee, Environmental Inspection Fee, Gar-
"The building technology we adopted is a
bage Collection Fee, and Fire Inspection Fee in the assessment of Fire
box system/load bearing structure without
Inspection is justified by the use of the word “10% of all fee.” To reiterate
columns and beams. The system will have
and emphasis, the determining factor as to the basis of the computation
a lower floor to floor height of only 2.55
or fire inspection fee on the kind of FSIC being applied for.
meters and a 5 storey building will have a
total building height of 12.75 meters.
Third Issue:
Hence, under B.P. Big. 220 standards, AFSS
is not required. However, the Fire Code of
Please be informed that in so far as the third issue is concerned, regard-
2008 requires AFSS for buildings with height
ing the legality of the local ordinance imposing fire inspection fee, it is
of more than 15 meters and more than 4
already beyond the purview of our mandate to pass upon the issue.
storey.
We hope to enlighten you on this matter. Should you have other con-
"We therefore would like to request that
cern, please do not hesitate to communicate further with us.
the Fire Code of 2008 will allow variance
and exemption for projects approved un-
der B.P. Big. 220 standards particularly on
Very truly yours,
AFSS requirement. That AFSS will not be
required for buildings with height of not
more than 15 meters and 5 storey or lower.
It will only require AFSS for buildings of more
than 5 storey and more than 15 meters in
height." (Emphasis supplied]
The Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), on the other hand,

which already had opportunity to rule on the matter, denied the
exemption sought by PHINMA, hence, your request for this De-
partment's opinion.
With respect to the first issue you raised, the Department is

of the opinion that the subject project of PHINMA is covered by
the provisions of R.A. No. 9514 (Fire Code) and, thus, is not ex-
empted from compliance with the Automatic Fire Suppression
System (AFSS) requirement under the Fire Code
The answer lies in the express provisions of R.A. No. 9514 itself, par-
ticularly Section 4 on "Applicability of the Code" and Section 7 on
"Inspections, Safety Measures, Fire Safety, Constructions, and Pro-
tective and/or Warning Systems," as well as of its Implementing
Rules and Regulation (IRR), which was issued pursuant to Section
14 in relation to Section 5 of the law.
68 73
Department of Justice’s opinion on whether economic Letter reply to Atty Chito M. Cruz seeking opinion/comment rela-
and socialized housing projects under Batas Pambansa (B,P. Blg. tive to the: (a) fire safety requirement under the fire code and,
220 are covered by Republic Act 9514 (the “Fire Code”), or (b) on the Elevator Requirement, relative to the recommendation
whether they are exempt from the Automatic Fire Suppression of DPWH on the optimum level of medium-rise buildings for the
System requirement, and Whether or not the height standard set Informal Settler Families (ISFs) in Metro Manila.
for AFSS requirement is that of a four-storey (4-storey) or more _______________________________________________________________
building, or a fifteen-meter (15-meter) bar.
_______________________________________________________________ 11 July 2012
Republika ng Pilipinas
KAGAWARAN NG KATARUNGAN Atty. Chito M Cruz
Department of Justice General Manager
Manila National Housing Authority
Dear Atty. Cruz:

LML-L-O4FI2- 462
Greetings!
4 June 2012
This pertains to your letter dated 06 June 2012 addressed to Hon.
Secretary JESSE M. ROBREDO Jesse M Robredo, Secretary, DILG which was referred to the Bu-
Department of Interior and Local Government reau of Fire Protection (BFP) on 18 June 2012, seeking an opinion/
EDSA cor. Mapagmahal St., comment relative to the: (a) fire safety requirement under the fire
Diliman, Quezon City code and, (b) on the Elevator Requirement, relative to the rec-
ommendation of DPWH on the optimum level of medium-rise
Dear Secretary Robredo: buildings for the Informal Settler Families (ISFs) in Metro Manila.
This refers to your query on the following: Fire Safety requirement under the Fire Code:
(1) Whether economic and socialized housing projects ap- The issue on fire safety requirement of the Fire Code was also
proved under Batas Pambansa (B.P.) Big. 220 are covered by Re- raised by PHINMA, where it requested the BFP for the approval of
public Act (R.A) No. 9514 (the "Fire Code"), or whether they are their alternative measures in lieu of sprinkler system and invoked
exempt from the Automatic Fire _ Suppression System (AFSS) re- BP220, but the same was denied by the BFP. Hence, it was
quirement under the latter law; and brought to the Department of Justice for its legal opinion, to re-
solve the following issues:
2) Whether or not the height standard set for AFSS require-
ment is that of a four-storey (4-storey) or more building, or a fif- 1. Whether economic and socialized housing projects ap-
teen-meter (15-meter) bar. proved under Batas Pambansa (B.P.) Blg. 220 are cov-
ered by RA 9514 (Fire Code of 2008), or whether they
A review of your request and its attachments show that are exempt from the Automatic Fire Suppression Sys-
PHINMA Properties, Inc., (PHINMA), whose economic and social- tem (AFSS) requirement under the law; and
ized housing projects were approved under B.P. Blg. 220, is seek-
ing exemption from your Office from compliance with the AFSS 2. Whether or not the height standard set foe AFSS re-
72 69
quirement is that of a four-storey (a-storey) or more with paragraph (2) hereof shall be subject to a monthly operation
building, or a fifteen-meter (15-meter0 bar. with a written record of the findings made and kept by the build-
ing management. Such record shall be included in the submission
On 04 June 2012, Hon. Leila M. De Lima, Secretary, DOJ, issued of FALAR 3."
her legal opinion, LML-L-04F12-462. On the first issue, she opined
that, “… the Department is of the Opinion that the subject pro- Plain reading of the above quoted provision reveals, that the
ject of PHINMA is covered by the provision of R.A. 9514 (Fire same merely states that elevator installation shall be in accor-
Code) and, thus, is not exempted from compliance with the dance with the PSME Code. But nothing in the Fire Code that ex-
Automatic Fire Suppression System (AFSS) requirement under the pressly and mandatorily requires any five (5) -storey or more build-
Fire Code.” Likewise, as the second issue the Honorable Secretary ing to be provided with elevator. Thus, we submit that, insofar as
concludes that, “…" xxx... In sum, while PHINMA projects were ap- the IRR of BP 220, as you have quoted in your letter, expressly
proved under B.P. Big. 220, a law, which has been in effect since states that "Provision of elevators shall be required for buildings 6
1982, PHINMA cannot hide behind the cloak of the 15meter bar storeys and beyond," the same should be the controlling law.
in order to exempt itself from the all-too-important AFSS require-
ment. R.A. No. 9514, which came into effect in 2008, prevails in Hence, we disagree with the footnote to the table of cost com-
so far as fire safety requirements are concerned. The "4-storey or parison from the DPWH indicating that, "... the stricter provision of
more" standard therefore, prevails." R.A. 9514 requiring elevator for a 5-storey building, shall prevail;"
since, as pointed out above, nothing in the RA 9514 and its IRR
Hence, as explained above, in so far as the fire safety require- which made it a mandatory requirement for 5-storey or more
ments are concerned, the buildings to install an elevator.
provisions of the Fire Code of 2008 prevails over BP 220. Thus, the
requirements for automatic fire detection and alarm system un- We hope to have clarified and enlightened you on said issue.
der Section 10.2.12.4 for 4-storey building are required, regardless
of whether it is less than 15 meters in height.
Sincerely yours.
(b) Elevator requirement:
With regard to the issue on the elevator requirement, the perti-

nent provision regarding the elevator is provided under para. A,
Section 10.2.7.5 of the IRR of RA 9514, which reads:
"A. Elevator installations shall be in accordance with the

PSME Code.
B. All new elevators shall conform to the firefighters' emer-

gency operations requirements of ASME A17.1 Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators except buildings of less than 5-storeys in
height.
C. Elevators shall be subject to periodic inspections and

tests by building management, without prejudice to the power or
authority of the BFP to conduct inspections. All elevators
equipped with firefighters' emergency operation in accordance
70 71
REVISED IMPLEMENTING
RULES AND REGULATIONS
FOR PD 957
A JOINT PROJECT OF THE RULES AND STANDARDS

DEVELOPMENT GROUP AND THE TECHNICAL WORKING
GROUP ON THE REVISION OF THE IRR
2009 EDITION
LIST OF BOARD RESOLUTIONS INCORPORATED IN THE REVISED
IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR PD 957
1. Board Res. No. 725, series of 2002, “Amending the Revised

Implementing Rules and Regulations for Presidential Decree No. 957
and Batas Pambansa No. 220”.
2. Board Res. No. 748, series of 2003, “Further Relaxing the

Requirements for the Issuance of Certificate of Registration and License
to Sell”.
3. Board Res. No 763, series of 2004, “Amending Sections 9, 10 & 11 of

the Revised Implementing Rules and Regulations for PD 957”.
4. Board Res. No. 794, series of 2006, “Amending Provision on

Signatories to Subdivision Development Plan and Site Development
Plan for Projects under PD 957 & BP 220”.
5. Board Res. No. 812, series of 2007, “Approving the Fastracking of the
Issuance of Certificate of Registration and License to Sell”.
6. Board Res. No. 839, series of 2009, “Requiring Subdivision and

Condominium Owner/Developer to Submit a Copy of the
Special/Temporary Permit from the Professional Regulations
Commission and of the Separate Permit from the Department of Labor
and Employment for Foreign Architects who Signed on Plans Required
Under the Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of PD 957 and BP
220”.
7. Board Res. No. 830-A, series of 2009, “Amending the Minimum Level
of Development Requirement in the Issuance of License to Sell for
Subdivision and Condominium Projects Under Board Resolution No.
830, Series of 2008”.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE PAGE
RULE I. MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS
Section 1. Design Standards and Guidelines for Residential Subdivision 1

Projects
Section 2. Design Standards and Guidelines for Residential Condominium 24
Projects
Section 3. Conversion of Existing Structures to Condominium Projects 29
Section 4. Variances 29
RULE II. APPROVAL OF SUBDIVISION PLAN
Section 5. Application for Approval of Subdivision Development Plan 30
RULE III. APPROVAL OF CONDOMINIUM PLAN
Section 6. Application for Approval of Condominium Plan 34
RULE IV. REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SUBDIVISION

AND CONDOMINIUM PROJECT
Section 7. Application for Registration 36
Section 8. Application for License to Sell 0
Section 9. Notice of Publication 40
Section 10. Certificate of Registration 41
Section 11. License to Sell 41
Section 12. Performance Bond 41
RULE V. REGISTRATION OF REAL ESTATE DEALERS, BROKERS

AND SALESMEN
Section 13. Application for Registration of Brokers and Salesmen 42

Section 15. Bonds 43
TITLE PAGE
RULE VI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 16. Definition of Terms 43
Section 17. Submission of Semestral Reports on Operations 46
Section 18. Display of Certificate of Registration or License to Sell 46
Section 19. Lost or Destroyed Certificate of Registration or License to Sell 46
Section 20. Advertisement 47
Section 21. Time of Completion 47
Section 22. Transfer of Ownership or Change of Name 47
Section 23. Alteration of Plans 47
Section 24. Non-forfeiture of Payments 48
Section 25. Registration of Conveyances 48
Section 26. Mortgages 48
Section 27. Realty Tax and Other Charges 48
Section 28. Complaints Against Owners, Developers, Dealers 48
Brokers and Salesmen
Section 29. Administrative Fines 48
Section 30. Criminal Penalties 48
Section 31. Identification of Lot Subject of Sale 49
Section 32. Broker/Salesman as Witness to Sales 49
Section 33. Fees 49
Section 34. Applicability 49
Section 35. Transitory Provisions 49
Section 36. Separability Clause 49
Section 37. Effectivity 49
TITLE PAGE
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Parks and Playgrounds Alocation 5

Table 2. Facilities According to the Number of 6
Saleable Lots/Dwelling Units for Subdivision Projects
1 Hectare and Above
Table 3. Hierarchy of Roads 7
Table 4. Road Right-of-Way 8
Table 5. Width of Planting Strips and Sidewalks 10
Table 6. Minimum Lot Area 13
Table 7. Minimum Lot Frontage 14
Table 8. Planning Design Standards for a Residential Subdivision Project 18
Under PD 957
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Interconnecting Road 9

Figure 2. Setback Requirement Along Main Public Road 9
Figure 3. Road Intersections 11
Figure 4. Road Grade/Slope 12
Figure 5. Firewall Requirement for Rowhouses 15
ANNEXES
Annex A. Presidential Decree No. 957 50

Presidential Decree No. 1216 63
Rules and Regulations Implementing Sec.31 of PD 957 65
as Amended by PD 1216
Annex B. The Condominium Act 68
Annex C. Resolution No. R-53 (Variance) 82
REVISED RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING THE SUBDIVISION
AND CONDOMINIUMBUYER'SPROTECTIVEDECREE (PD 957) AND OTHER
RELATED LAWS
Pursuant to Article IV Section 5 c) of Executive Order No. 648 the

following rules are hereby promulgated by the Housing and Land Use
Regulatory Board (HLURB) to implement Presidential Decree Nos. 957, 1216,
1344 and other related laws applicable to open market and medium cost
subdivision and condominium projects.
RULE I MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS
Section 1. Design Standards for Subdivision
Residential subdivision projects shall conform with the following minimum

design standards, applicable local government units' (LGU) zoning ordinances
as well as pertinent provisions of the National Building Code if project is with
housing component:
A. Site Criteria
1. Location
Conformity with Zoning Ordinance/Comprehensive Land Use Plan
Subdivision projects shall be located in residential zones or other areas

appropriate for residential uses. If there is no Zoning Ordinance or approved
Comprehensive Land Use Plan, the dominant land use principle and site
suitability factors cited herein shall be used in determining suitability of a
project.
Subdivision projects supportive of other major urban activities (e.g. housing

for industrial workers) may be allowed in area zoned for the said urban
activities.
2. Physical Suitability
Subdivision projects shall be located within suitable sites for housing and
outside hazard prone areas and protection areas as provided for by
pertinent laws. Critical areas (e.g. areas subject to flooding, landslides and
those with unstable soil) must be avoided.
The site shall be stable enough to accommodate foundation load without

excessive earthmoving, grading or cutting and filling.
3. Accessibility
The site must be served by a road that is readily accessible to public

transportation lines. Said access road shall conform with the standards set
herein to accommodate expected demand caused by the development of
the area. In no case shall a subdivision project be approved without the
necessary access road/right-of-way. Said access road right-of-way may
be constructed either by the developer or the local government unit.
B. Planning Considerations
1. Area Planning
Planning and designing of subdivision projects shall take into account the
following:
a. safety and general welfare of the future occupants:
b. adequate, safe, efficient and integrative road circulation system

servicing every lot therein;
c. judicious allocation of land uses for diversity and amenity;
d. preservation of site
e. proper siting or orientation of lots;
f. harmony with existing and proposed development in the vicinity;
g. Application of workable design principles or parameters for a well

planned and self-sustaining environment.
When a developer or planner submits a Planned Unit Development (PUD)

type of project, the layout shall likewise conform to the standards for
residential/condominium projects.
a. Open spaces
Open spaces shall conform to the provisions of P.D. 1216 and its
implementing rules and shall include the following:
a. 1 Streets -adequate and safe means of vehicular and pedestrian

circulation and easements for utilities and planting strips, shall be
provided.
a. 2 Walks -paved walks shall be provided to the living units from

streets, parking spaces and from living units to play areas.
a. 3 Parks and playground - suitable recreational area(s) shall be

allocated within the subdivision. Where applicable, a hierarchy of
such recreational areas may be provided for, such that, a
strategically located main park area is supplemented or
complemented by one or more smaller pocket(s) or areas for
recreational use. These areas must be accessible to living units and
free from any form of hazard or risk_ Said parks and playgrounds
shall be cleared and free from any debris. Parks and playgrounds as
much as possible shall be at street level.
b. Facilities and Amenities
Areas required for subdivision facilities and amenities shall be

judiciously allocated in accordance with the provisions herein
specified.
c. Density
Density of subdivision projects shall conform with the residential

densities set forth in the zoning ordinance of the city/municipality
where project is located. Where there is a mixture of housing types
within the subdivision (such as single-detached, row house, town
houses, etc.), density shall include the total number of dwelling units
in multi-storey structure plus the total number of lots intended for
single and semi-detached houses.
2. Site Preservation
a. Slope
The finished grade shall have a desired slope to allow rain water to be
channeled into street drains. Where cut and fill is necessary, an
appropriate grade shall be attained to prevent any depression in the
area.
Grading and ditching shall be executed in a manner that will prevent

erosion or flooding of adjoining properties.
b.Preservation of Site Assets
Suitable trees with a caliper diameter of 200 millimetres or more,

shrubs and desirable ground cover per Department of Environment
and Natural Resources (DENR) rules shall be preserved. Where a
good quality top soil exists in the site, it shall be banked and shall be
preserved for finishing grades of yards, playgrounds, parks and
garden area.
c. Ground Cover
Grass, shrubs, plants and other landscaping materials used for ground
cover shall be of a variety appropriate for its intended use and location.
They shall be planted so as to allow well-tended cover of the area.
3. Easements
Subdivision projects shall observe and conform to the following

provisions on easements as may be required by:
a. Chapter IV, Section 51 of The Water Code, on water bodies;
b. National Power Corporation (NPC), on transmission lines;
c. PHIVOLCS per Resolution No. 515, Series of 1992, on identified fault

traces;
d. Other public utility companies and other entities' right-of-way;
e. National/local government units for projects abutting national roads

(primary roads) where adequate easement shall be provided for,
including loading and unloading areas;
f. Other related laws.
4. Circulation
Depending on the classification of roads adjacent to the subdivision and

the size of the project site, road network should result into a hierarchy of
functions and should define and serve the subdivision as one integrated
unit.
a. Roads complemented with pathwalks within the subdivision must be

so aligned to facilitate movement and to link the subdivision to the
nearest major transportation route and/or adjacent property.
Whenever there are existing roads within the project site which shall
be made part of the subdivision plan, these shall be improved in
accordance with the standards set forth herein.
b. Streets should conform to the contours of the land as far as

practicable
Where a proposed project adjoins a developed property, roads within

the said project shall be connected/integrated/aligned with existing
ones.
Where a proposed project adjoins undeveloped property, a provision

for future connection shall be mandatory.
c. As far as practicable, streets shall be laid out at right angles to

minimize critical intersections such as blind corners, skew junction,
etc.
d. Roads shall conform to sound engineering practices.
e. Subdivision projects shall comply to the pertinent requirements of
Batas Pambansa No. 344, otherwise known as the Accessibility Law.
5. Installation of Street Names/Signs:

The developer shall bear the cost of installation of street names/signs
coincident with the construction of streets.
C. Design Parameters
1. Land Allocation
For open market and medium cost subdivision projects with an area of one
(1) hectare or more, the percentage (%) allocation of land shall be as
follows:
a. saleable area — maximum of 70% of the gross area
b. non-saleable area — minimum of 30% of the gross area
The following non-saleable area shall be observed consistent with PD No.

1216:
b.1 Parks/Playgrounds
Allocation of area for parks and playgrounds shall be mandatory for

projects one (1) hectare or more and shall be deemed non-buildable
area. The same shall be strategically located within the subdivision
project. Area allocated for parks and playgrounds shall in no case be
less than 100 square meters.
The percentage requirement for parks/playgrounds shall be as follows:
Table 1. Parks and Playgrounds Allocation
DENSITY PARKS/PLAYGROUNDS
(No. of Lots/Dwelling Unit Per Hectare) Allocation in Percent of Gross Area
(%)
20 and below 3.5

21 —25 4.0
26 —35 5.0
36 — 50 6.0
51 — 65 7.0
Above 65 9.0
b.2 Community Facilities
Mandatory provision of areas for community facilities, such as

neighbourhood multi-purpose center both for open market and medium
cost housing projects with area one (1) hectare and above. These
areas are non-saleable. However, the developer may provide
additional areas for community facilities such as schools and
commercial/retail centers in excess of the mandatory requirement set
forth in this rule which shall be deemed saleable. The use of the said
area shall be indicated in the plan and shall be annotated in the title
thereto. (Refer to Table 2)
Table 2. Facilities According to the Number of Saleable Lots/

Dwelling Units for Subdivision Projects I hectare and Above
No. of Neighborhood Convenience

Saleable Multi-Purpose Stores & Other Elementary High Tricycle
Lots and/or Center* Commercial School** School** Terminals**
Dwelling Unit Centers*
10 & below - - - - -
11 – 99 - - - - -
100 – 499 x - - - -
500 – 999 x - - - -
1000 – 1499 x - - - -
1500 – 1999 x x x - x
2000 – 2499 x x x x x
2500 & Over x x x x x
* Mandatory non-saleable
** Optional saleable but when provided in the plan the same shall be annotated
in the title
b.3 Circulation System
b.3.1 Hierarchy of Roads
The circulation system for open market and medium cost housing
projects shall have the following hierarchy of roads:
Table 3. Hierarchy of Roads
Project Size Range

(Has.) Open Market Medium Cost
2.5 & below major, minor, motor major, minor, motor

court, alley court, alley
Above 2.5 – 5 major, collector, minor, -do-

motor court, alley
Above 5 – 10 -do- major, collector, minor,

motor court, alley
Above 10 – 15 -do- -do-
Above 15 – 30 -do- -do-
Above 30 -do- -do-
Minimum road right-of-way shall be in accordance with b.3.2 of

this section.
In no case shall a major road be less than 10 meters when used

as main access road and/or as future connection.
a) Major Road -a street or road linking the site and serves as the
main traffic artery within the project site and shall traverse the
longer axis of the property.
b) Collector Road -a street or a road that services pedestrian /

vehicular traffic from minor roads leading to major roads.
c) Minor Road -a road which main function is to provide direct

access to lots and other activity centers.
d) Motor Courts -shall have a right-of-way of not less than 6

meters in width with provision for sufficient space for vehicular
turn around in the form of a cul-de-sac, loop, branch or "T",
with a maximum length of 60 meters inclusive of terminal.
e) Service Roads -roads which provide for the distribution of

traffic among individual lots and activity centers.
f) Alley -a 2-meter wide walkway which shall be used to break a
block and to serve pedestrians and for emergency purposes. It
shall not be used as access to property.
b.3.2 Road Right-of-Way (ROW)
The corresponding right-of-way for hierarchy of roads shall be as

follows:
Table 4. Road Right-of-Way
Project Size Right – Of – Way (ROW)

(Hectares) (Meters)
Open Market Medium Cost
Major Collector Minor Major Collector Minor
2.5 & below 10 - 8 10 - 8
Above 2.5 – 5 12 10 8 10 - 8
Above 5 – 10 12 10 8 12 10 8
Above 10 – 15 12 10 8 12 10 8
Above 15 – 30 15 12 10 12 10 8
Above 30 15 12 10 15 12 10
ROW Carriageway ROW Carriageway
Motor Court 6 5 6 5
Alley 2 2 2 2
Note: a 6-m service road,

both ends connecting to a
minor road, shall be allowed
for blocks not exceeding 60
meters.
a) Major roads shall maintain a uniform width of road right-of-way.

Tapering of road width shall not be allowed where the road
right-of-way is wider than the prescribed standard for the
interconnecting road 2.5the proposed su2.5vision.
b) Interior Subdivision project must secure right-of-way to the

nearest public road and the right-of-way shall be designated as
interconnecting road with a minimum width of 10 meters. This fact
shall be annotated on the title of said road lot and must be donated
and deemed turned over to the LGU upon completion of the said
interconnecting road. (See Figure 1)
Figure 1. Interconnecting Road
c) Subdivision projects abutting main public road must provide a

setback of 3-meter deep by 5-meter in length at both sides of the
subdivision entrance to accommodate loading and unloading of
passengers (see Figure 2).
Figure 2. Setback Requirement Along Main Public Road

d) Subdivision projects shall have provision for future expansion
where applicable, by designating the major roads, as prescribed
in Sec. 1.C.b.3.2 as the interconnecting road right-of-way for both
open market and medium cost housing projects.
b.3.3 Planting Strips
Planting strips shall be observed with the following road

specifications:
Table 5. Width of Planting Strips and Sidewalks
Road Width Open Market Medium Cost

(m) Planting Strip Sidewalk Planting Strip Sidewalk
(m.) (m) (m.) (m)
15.00 1.30 1.20 1.30 1.20

12.00 0.80 1.20 0.80 1.20
10.00 0.80 1.20 0.80 1.20
8.00 0.40 0.60 0.40 0.60
6.00 (Service Road) optional optional
b.3.4 Road Pavement
All roads for both open market and medium cost housing projects
shall be paved with either concrete or asphalt. Concrete pavement
shall have a minimum thickness of 150 millimeters and a minimum
compressive strength of 20.7 Mega Pascal (Mpa) while asphalt shall
have a minimum thickness of 50 millimeters.
Sidewalk pavement shall have a minimum compressive strength of

17.2 Mega Pascal.
b.3.5 Road Intersection Roads should intersect at right angles as much as

practicable. Multiple intersections along major roads shall be
minimized. Distance between offset intersections should not be less
than 20 meters from corner to corner. Intersections should occur on
straight sections instead of on curved sections of road and on gentle
grades with clear sight distance.
Road intersections shall be provided with adequate curb radii

consistent with sound engineering principles. (see Figure 3)
b.3.6 Road Grade/Slope
Crown of the roads shall have a slope of not less than 1.5 percent,
while curbs and gutters shall not be less than 7 percent to 9 percent
(see Figure 4).
Grades and vertical curbs shall conform to the design requirements

of the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH).
FIGURE 4. ROAD GRADE/SLOPE
2. Lot requirements
a. Lot Layout:
The following shall be considered when plotting the subdivision project:
a. 1 Preservation of site assets and proper siting orientation of lots; blending

with existing and proposed development in the vicinity; and
a. 2 Application of workable design principles/parameters for a well planned

environment.
To accommodate a wider range of clientele (in terms of income level and

lifestyle), and to provide diversity in housing design in a subdivision
project, the owner/developer is encouraged to allocate areas for various
housing types such as single -detached, duplex/single attached and
rowhouses.
b. Minimum Lot Area The minimum lot area for various types of housing
under open market and medium cost housing project shall be as follows:
Table 6. Minimum Lot Area
TYPES OF HOUSING OPEN MARKET MEDIUM COST

(Sqm.) (Sqm.)
a. Single Detached 120 100

b. Duplex/Single Attached 96 80
c. Rowhouse 60 50
Saleable lots designated as duplex/single attached and/or rowhouse lots

shall be provided with housing units.
Price of saleable lots intended for single-detached units shall not exceed 40
percent of the maximum selling price of house and lot packages.
c. Lot Design
c.1 Saleable lots shall be designed such that they are not bisected by
political boundaries, water courses, drainage ways and utility lines.
c.2 A lot shall be served by an independent access road.
c.3 Whenever possible, lot frontage elevation shall be at street level.
c.4 Lot lines shall preferably be made perpendicular to street lines.
c.5 Deep lots and irregularly shaped lots shall be avoided.
c.6 Lots shall be planned with adequate width for side yards.
c.7 Lots shall be protected against risks.
c.8 Lots shall not be laid out if potential risks exist e.g. erosion, slides,
flooding, fault lines, etc.
d. Lot Frontage
The minimum lot frontages for various types of housing under open market
and medium cost housing projects shall be as follows:
Table 7. Minimum Lot Frontage
TYPES OF HOUSING/LOT FRONTAGE (m.)
1. Single Detached
a. Corner Lot 12
b. Regular Lot 10
c. Irregular Lot 6
d. Interior Lot 3
2. Duplex/Single Attached 8
3. Rowhouse 4
The number of rowhouses shall not exceed 20 units per block/cluster but in
no case shall this be beyond 100 meters in length.
3. Length of Block
Maximum length of block shall be 400 meters, however, blocks exceeding 250
meters shall be provided with an alley approximately at mid-length.
4. Shelter Component
a. Minimum floor area for open market housing shall be 42 square meters and 30
square meters for medium cost housing.
b. Minimum level of completion -complete house for all types of dwelling units
based on the submitted specifications.
Provision of firewall shall be in conformity with the Fire Code of the Philippines
and mandatory for duplexes/single attached units and every unit for rowhouses
(refer to Fig. 5).
Figure 5. Firewall Requirement for Rowhouse
5. Yard/Setback
The minimum setback of dwelling units both for open market and medium cost
housing projects shall conform to the National Building Code of the Philippines.
6. Water Supply System
a. Specific Rules:
The subdivision water supply shall be mandatory or obligatorily connected to an

appropriate public water system or community system provided that the water
supply is enough to meet the total daily requirements of the anticipated
population.
When neither a public water system, nor an acceptable community system is

available, a centralized water supply system shall be accepted, provided that:
a.1 The technical consultant of the developer shall determine the location and
discharge capacity of the water source(s) within the subdivision;
a.2 The permit to drill well(s) or tap water lines from the appropriate government
agencies shall be obtained;
a.3 The water source shall be sufficient to meet the daily water requirements of every
household in the subdivision;
a.4 No hazards shall exist in the immediate vicinity of the water source that might
reduce or pollute the supply;
a.5 Water distribution shall be assured.
Accordingly, every water service entrance or connection shall be provided with a

pressure-compensating, self-regulating, constant flow valve or fitting to ensure
equitable distribution of water, water and power conservation, and long-term
savings on operational costs of the water system.
a.6 Each subdivision shall have at least an operational deepwell and pumpsets with
sufficient capacity to provide Average Daily Demand (ADD) to all homeowners.
b. Water Requirement -Every dwelling unit shall be served by an individual supply of

water sufficient to meet the total hourly domestic needs of every household for any
8 hour period.
The Average Daily Demand (ADD) for both open market and medium cost housing
projects is 150 liters per capita per day (LCPD) household connection. (Per Board
Resolution No. 506, series of 1992)
c. Fire Protection Demand -Provision for fire protection shall comply with the
requirements of the National Fire Protection Code.
d. Water Tank Capacity -20% ADD plus fire reserve.
e. Pipes -Pipes shall conform to the standards required by Metropolitan Waterworks

and Sewerage System (MWSS) and/or Local Water Utilities Administration
(LWUA).
7. Electrical power supply
Mandatory individual household connection to primary and/or alternate sources of

power.
Installation practices, materials and fixtures used shall be in accordance with the
provisions of the Philippine Electrical Code and/or local utility company.
Provision of street lighting per pole is mandatory at 50-meter distance and every other
pole if distance is less than 50 meters.
Electrical bills for streetlights shall be proportionately shouldered by the

users thereof prior to issuance of Certificate of Completion (COG) and turn-over of
open space to LGU.
8. Sewage Disposal System
The sewage disposal system for open market and medium cost subdivision projects
shall either be any of the following:
a. Connection to Community Sewer System
Connections shall be made to an approved public or community sewer system,

subject to the requirements and provisions of the Sanitation Code of the
Philippines and other applicable rules and regulations.
b. Septic Tanks
Where community sewer system is not available, sewage shall be

disposed of and treated in individual septic tanks.
Construction of individual septic tanks shall conform to the design standards of

Sanitation Code of the Philippines (PD 856) and National Plumbing Code of the
Philippines (RA 1378).
9. Drainage System
The drainage system of the subdivision shall conform to the natural drainage
pattern of the subdivision site, and shall drain into appropriate water bodies or
public drainage system. In no case shall drainage outfalls drain into a private lot. Its
layout shall conform to sound engineering design/ principles certified by a duly
licensed civil/sanitary engineer. Drain lines shall be of durable materials and
approved installation practices.
For both open market and medium cost subdivision projects, underground drainage
system shall be properly engineered and environmentally sound and shall be
provided with adequate Reinforced Concrete Pipes (RCP), catch basins manholes,
inlets and cross drain for efficient maintenance. Minimum drainage pipes diameter
shall be 30 centimeters.
10. Garbage Disposal System
The subdivision shall have a sanitary and efficient refuse collection and disposal
system, whether independently or in conjunction with the municipal/city garbage
collection and disposal services.
The Summarized Planning and Design Standards for Open Market and A Medium
Cost Subdivision Projects is presented in Table 8.
TABLE 8. Planning and Design Standards
For a Residential Subdivision Project
Under PD 957
Section 2. Design Standards and Guidelines for Residential Condominium
Projects
A. Site Criteria
Conformity to Comprehensive Land Use Plan/Zoning Ordinance/National Building

Code
1. Residential condominium projects shall preferably be located in areas zoned as

or appropriate for residential uses.
2. Condominium projects shall likewise conform to the minimum building

requirements, lot occupancy, open spaces, parking and other requirements of the
National Building Code of the Philippines and its Implementing Rules and
Regulations.
B. Planning Consideration
1. Area Planning
a. Supplementary and supportive activities to residential use shall be allowed

provided that the privacy, order, health and safety of the residents are not
jeopardized nor threatened and that the land use plan and/or zoning ordinance
of the locality can accommodate such mixture of land uses.
b. Open spaces shall be provided within the project site pursuant to the National
Building Code of the Philippines and its Implementing Rules and Regulations.
These shall include courts, yards, setbacks, light wells, uncovered driveways,
access roads, parking spaces, buffer strips, parks and playgrounds. Except as
may hereafter be otherwise provided these spaces shall be open from the
ground to the sky. The open space shall also be allocated for basic utilities and
community facilities or common areas.
c. Easements for utilities, such as drainage system, water supply, power lines
and communication lines, shall be integrated with land circulation system.
d. Building orientation on lot shall take into account proper ventilation, sunlight
and land characteristics.
e. No development shall be allowed within the 5-meter mandatory easement on

both sides of the Marikina Valley Fault Trace and such other fault traces as may
be identified by PHIVOLCS. (Approved per Board Res. No. 515, Series of
1992)
2. Site Preservation/Alteration
a. Slope
The finished grade shall have a desired slope to allow rainwater to be

channeled into street drains. Where cut and fill is necessary an appropriate
grade shall be attained to prevent any depression in the area.

b. Preservation of Site Assets
Suitable trees with a caliper diameter of 200 millimeters or more, as well as

shrubs and desirable ground cover shall be preserved in accordance with the
implementing rules and regulations of DENR. Where good quality top soil
exists in the site, it shall be banked and shall be preserved for finishing grades
of yards, playgrounds, parks and garden area.
c. Ground Cover
Grass, shrubs, plants and other landscaping materials used for ground cover
shall be of variety appropriate for its intended use and location. They shall be
so planted as to allow complete and permanent cover of the area.
C. Design parameters
1. Space location
Space allocations shall provide areas for living, dining, kitchen, sleeping, toilet
and bath, laundry/ drying area and storage -the minimum sizes of which shall be
in accordance with the requirements of the National Building Code of the
Philippines and its Implementing Rules and Regulations/referral codes.
a. Parks/Playground and/or Other Recreational Areas
a.1 Parks/Playground (exclusive of easements, access roads, driveways,

parking space) shall be required for:
a.1.1 Projects with a gross saleable area of 1.000 square meters: Or

a.1.2 Projects with ten (10) or more condominium units. Except when the
condominium is part of a subdivision project or a park/playground
not more than or 800 meters away and in reaching it, the
pedestrian will not be unduly exposed to hazard.
a.2 The minimum area for a single park/playground shall be 50 square
meters. Increments of 3.00 square meters for every additional family
dwelling type in excess of 10 units shall be added.
a.3 Parks/playground or other recreational facilities may not be required if the

condominium is located not more than or 800 meters from a publicly
accessible park/playground/or other recreational facilities.
a.4 Parks/playground shall be properly landscaped to accommodate both

active and passive activities.
a.5 Parks/playground may be accommodated in the yard/s provided such

yards are adequate and usable as park.
a.6 Other facilities (optional) such as tennis courts, swimming pool, etc. may
be integrated with the park/playground.
b. Parking Space Requirement
b.1 For Residential Condominium Units
b.1.1 The parking slot requirement for residential condominium project

snail be in accordance with the provisions of the National Building
Code of the Philippines.
b.1.2 Off-site parking may be allowed in addition to the on-site parking

provided that the designated parking area is part of the project and
provided further that the required distance shall be in accordance
with the National Building Code of the Philippines.
b.1.3 Compliance with additional parking spaces as required by local

ordinances shall be mandatory.
b.2 For Commercial Condominium Units
b.2.1 The minimum parking slot requirement shall be in accordance with

the provisions of the National Building Code of the Philippines.
b.2.2 Off-site parking may be allowed in addition to the on-site parking

provided that the designated parking area is part of the project or the
project is within the commercial subdivision where common parking
area is part of the approved subdivision plan and provided further
that parking arrangements are explicitly indicated in the contract of
sale of property to be developed. Off-site parking shall not be located
200 meters away from condominium project.
c. Access Roads
Roads shall serve every building, parking space, park/playground and

service points (e.g. garbage collection points). Minimum roads or
right-of-way shall be 8 meters, 6 meters thereof shall be the carriageway
and the remaining 2 meters shall be developed as sidewalk/planting strip.
Path walks shall be provided for pedestrian circulation with a minimum

width of 1.2 meters.
Construction of roads, sidewalk and path walks, shall be in accordance

with the standards of residential subdivision. Space for turnaround at
dead end shall be provided.
Direct vehicular access to the property shall be provided by public street

or alley.
An independent means of access shall be provided to each dwelling, or

group of dwellings in a single plot. Without trespassing adjoining
-
properties. Utilities and service facilities must be independent for each
dwelling unit.
An independent means of access to each living unit shall be provided

without passing through any yard of a living unit or any other yard.
c.1 Hierarchy of Roads
For horizontal condominium projects, the hierarchy of roads shall be

the same as the minimum design standard requirements for
subdivision projects.
c.2 Pavement
All roads (major, minor, motorcourt) for both residential and

commercial condominium projects shall be paved with
concrete/asphalt.
d. Basic Facilities and Services
d.1 Service Area (Laundry/Drying Area)
Adequate laundry and drying areas shall be provided.
Where such services areas are held in common, they shall have
suitable outdoor locations, fenced or screened and kept away from
living rooms, entrance or front yards.
d.2 Water supply, power, sewerage and drainage utilities shall conform to
the requirements of a subdivision.
d.2.1 Reservoir/Water Tank
For multi-storey buildings.
If the height of the building requires water pressure in excess of

that in the main water line, a water tank shall be provided.
Tank shall also be required if the peak drawn should reduce the
pressure on the highest usable floor to less than 0.06 Mpa the
minimum pressure required for satisfactory operation of fixtures,
particularly those with flush valves.
d.2.2 Capacity -20% Average Daily Demand plus fire reserve
d.3 Mechanical Equipment and Service Areas
d.3.1 Provision of elevators shall conform to the plans and

specifications of the duly licensed architect/engineer who shall
determine the requirement for elevators including the number
of cars, capacity, safety features and standards, elevator type,
speed and location in relation to the over-all design and use of
the building; the design architect/engineer shall certify under
oath that all the components thereof are in accordance with the
National Building Code of the Philippines, the Accessibility Law
and national industry standards and other pertinent laws.
d.3.2 Compliance to the provisions of the Fire Code of the Philippines,

shall be mandatory
d.4 Refuse Collection/Disposal
Centralized garbage depository area and efficient refuse collection

and disposal services shall be provided whether independently or in
conjunction with the city or municipality garbage collection and
disposal services. It shall conform to the provisions of the Sanitation
Code of the Philippines and its Implementing Rules and
Regulations/pertinent referral codes.
2. Floor Area Requirements
a. Single-Occupancy Unit
Single occupancy units shall have a minimum floor area of 18 square

meters, however, a net floor area of 12 square meters may be allowed
provided that:
a.1 These are intended for students/employees/workers and provided

further that the condominium project to which these will be integrated
is within highly urbanized areas.
a.2 The same shall be provided with common basic facilities such as
laundry/drying area and support amenities such as visitor's lounge
and dining area.
a.3 Said facilities/support amenities including all other measures that will
ensure compliance with the intended use of the unit shall be explicitly
indicated in the master deed/ contract to sell.
b. Family Dwelling Unit
The minimum floor area of family condominium units shall be 36 square

meters and 22 square meters for open market and medium cost
condominium project respectively.
Section 3. Conversion of Existing Structures to Condominium Projects.
Existing structures may be converted into condominium projects upon proper

application there for with the Board and compliance with the requirements of
condominium laws and these rules and standards.
Section 4. Variances
These design standards and requirements may be modified or varied by the Board
in cases of large scale government and private residential subdivision or
condominium projects, housing in areas for priority development or urban land
reform zones, resettlement or social housing projects for low income groups, or
housing projects financed by any government financing institution, or in cases
where strict observance hereof will cause extreme hardship to the subdivision or
condominium owner/developer.
1. The location is unique and different from the adjacent locality, and because
of its uniqueness, the owners cannot obtain a reasonable return on the
residential subdivision/condominium projects;
2. The hardship is not self-created;
3. The proposed variance is due to existing permanent structures

(concrete/steel) and is necessary to permit a reasonable use of the
residential subdivision/condominium;
4. The variance will not alter the essential character of the location where the
residential subdivision for which the variance is sought, is located, and will
not substantially or permanently affect the use of the other residential
subdivision/condominium in the same locality; particularly those within a 1
kilometerradius thereof;
5. The variance will not give rise to unauthorized reclassification of the
approved residential subdivision/condominium plan (i.e. whether partial or
full alteration of the plan), and will not adversely affect the public health,
safety or general welfare of the community. (Per Commission Proper
Resolution No. R-53, S. 1982)
RULE II
APPROVAL OF SUBDIVISION PLAN
Section 5. Application for Approval of Subdivision Development Plan
Every registered owner or developer of a parcel of land who wishes to convert the
same into a subdivision project shall apply with the Board or the local government
unit (LGU) concerned for the approval of the subdivision development plan by filing
the following:
A. For Optional Application for Preliminary Subdivision Development Plan
1. At least 2 sets of Site Development Plan (Schematic Plan) at a scale ranging

from 1:200 to 1:2,000 showing the proposed layout of streets, lots, parks and
playgrounds and other features in relation to existing conditions in the area
prepared, signed and sealed by any licensed and registered architect,
environmental planner, civil engineer, or geodetic engineer. (Amended
per Board Res. No. 794, Series of 2006)
2. One (1) set of the following documents duly signed and sealed by a licensed
geodetic engineer:
a. Vicinity map indicating the adjoining land uses, access, as well as

existing facilities and utilities at least within 500 meters from the property
boundaries of the project, drawn to any convenient scale.
b. Topographic Plan to include the following:
(1) Boundary Lines: bearings, distances tie point or reference point,

geographic coordinates of the tie point or Bureau of Lands
Locational Monument (BLLM);
(2) Streets, easements, width and elevation of road right-of-way within

the project and adjacent subdivisions/areas;
(3) Utilities within and adjacent to the proposed subdivision project;

location, sizes and invert elevations of sanitary and storm or
combined sewers; location of gas lines, fire hydrants, electric and
telephone poles and street lights, if any. If water mains and sewers
are not within or adjacent to the subdivision, indicate the direction
and distance to and size of nearest one, showing invert elevations of
sewers, if applicable.
(4) Ground elevation of the subdivision: for ground that slopes less than
2%, indicate spot elevations at all breaks in grade, along all drainage
channels and at selected points not more than 25 meters apart in all
directions: for ground that slopes more than 2%, either indicate
contours with an interval of not more than 0.5 meter if necessary due
to irregular land or need for more detailed preparation of plans and
construction drawings.
(5) Water courses, marshes, rock and wooded areas, presence of

preservable trees in caliper diameter of 200 millimeters, houses,
barns, shacks, and other significant features.
(6) Proposed public improvements: highways or other major

improvements planned by public authorities for future construction
within/adjacent to the subdivision.
c. Survey Plan of the lot(s) as described in TCT(s).
3. At least 2 copies of Certified True Copy of Title(s) and Current Tax Receipt
4. Right to use or deed of sale of right-of-way for access road and other utilities
when applicable, subject to just compensation for private land.
Approval of the preliminary subdivision development plan will be valid only for a
period of 180 days from date of approval.
B. For Application for Subdivision Development Permit
1. All requirements for application for preliminary subdivision development plan

as specified in Sec.5.A of this Rule.
2. Subdivision Development Plan consisting of the site development plan at any

of the following scales: 1:200; 1:1,000; or any scale not exceeding 1:2,000;
showing all proposals including the following:
a. Roads, easements or right-of-way and roadway width, alignment, gradient,

and similar data for alleys, if any.
b. Lot numbers, lines and areas and block numbers.
c. Site data such as number of residential and saleable lots, typical lot size,
parks and playgrounds and open spaces.
The subdivision development plan shall be prepared, signed and sealed by

any licensed and registered architect, environment planner, civil engineer
or geodetic engineer. (Amended per Board Res. No. 794, Series of 2006)
Civil and Sanitary Works Design
Engineering plans/construction drawings based on applicable engineering code

and design criteria to include the following:
a. At least 2 copies of road (geometric and structural) design/plan duly signed and
sealed by a licensed civil engineer.
(1) Profile derived from existing topographic map, showing the vertical control,
designed grade, curve elements and all information needed for
construction.
(2) Typical roadway sections showing relative dimensions of pavement, sub-

base and base preparation, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, shoulders
benching and others.
(3) Details of miscellaneous structures such as curb and gutter (barrier,

mountable and drop), slope protection wall, rip rapping and retaining wall.
b. At least 2 copies of storm drainage and sanitary sewer system duly signed and
sealed by a licensed sanitary engineer or civil engineer.
(1) Profile showing the hydraulic gradients and properties of sanitary and storm
drainage lines including structures in relation with the road grade line.
(2) Details of sanitary and storm drainage lines and miscellaneous structures
such as various types of manholes, catch basins, inlets (curb, gutter, and
drop), culverts and channel linings.
c. At least 2 copies of site grading plan with the finished contour lines
superimposed on the existing ground the limits of earthwork embankment
slopes, cut slopes, surface drainage, drainage outfalls and others, duly signed
and sealed by a licensed civil engineer.
3. At least 2 copies of water system layout and details duly signed and sealed by a
licensed sanitary engineer or civil engineer. Should a pump motor have a
horsepower (HP) rating of 50 HP or more, its pump rating and specifications
shall be signed and sealed by a professional mechanical engineer.
4. Certified true copy of Tax Declaration covering the property (ies) subject of the
application for the year immediately preceding.
5. Certified true copy of Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) or

Certificate of Non-coverage (CNC) duly issued by the DENR, whichever is
applicable.
6. Zoning Certificate from HLURB Regional Office.
7. Certified true copy of DAR conversion order.
8. At least 2 copies of project description for projects having an area of 1 hectare

and above to include the following:
a. Project profile indicating the cost of raw land and its development (total project
cost), amortization schedule, sources of financing, cash flow, architectural plan,
if any, and work program;
b. Audited financial statement for the last 3 preceding years;
c. Income tax return for the last 3 preceding years;
d. Certificate of Registration from Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC);
e. Articles of incorporation or partnership;
f. Corporation by-laws and all implementing amendments; and
g. For new corporations (3 years and below) statement of capitalization and

sources of income and cash flow to support work program.
10. Plans, specifications, bills of materials and cost estimates duly signed and
sealed by the appropriate licensed professionals.
11. Application for permit to drill from the National Water Resources Board
(NWRB).
12. Traffic impact assessment (TIA) for subdivision projects 30 hectares and
above.
13. Copy of the special/temporary permit from the Professional Regulation

Commission (PRC) and of the separate permit from the Department of
Labor and Employment (DOLE) for foreign architects who signed on
plans required under the Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 957.
(per Board Res. No. 839, series of 2009)
14. List of names of duly licensed professionals who signed the plans and other
similar documents in connection with application filed indicating the following
information:
a. Surname;
b. First name;
c. Middle name;
d. Maiden name, in case of married women professional;
e. Professional license number, date of issue and expiration of its validity
f. Professional tax receipt and date of issue
g. Taxpayer's Identification Number (TIN)

If the establishment of the subdivision project is physically feasible and does not
run counter to the approved zoning and land use plan of the city or municipality and
the subdivision plan complies with these Rules, the same shall be approved and a
development permit shall be issued upon payment of the prescribed processing
fee.
A development permit shall only be valid for a period of 3 years from date of
issuance if no physical development is introduced.
If project has been issued a development permit, a locational clearance is deemed

incorporated therein.
The owner or developer shall cause the necessary surveys of the project and
prepare the survey returns with technical description and computations duly signed
and sealed by a licensed geodetic engineer to be submitted together and in
accordance with the approved subdivision plan, to the Land Management Sector
(LMS) for verification and approval; pursuant to Section 50 of PD 1529 (Property
Registration Decree) and sections 4 & 5 of PD 957 and subject to the provisions of
RA 8560 and its implementing rules and regulations.
RULE III APPROVAL OF CONDOMINIUM PLAN
Section 6. Application for Approval of Condominium Plan
Any registered owner or developer of a parcel of land who wishes to develop the
same into a condominium project shall apply with the Board by filing the following:
A. At least 2 sets of Condominium Plan at any of the following scales: 1:200; 1:400;
or any scale not exceeding 1:400 duly signed and sealed by a licensed architect:
1. Site development plan to include parking and parks and playground layout, if
applicable.
2. Floor plan(s)
3. Sections and elevations
B. At least 2 copies of vicinity map indicating the adjoining land uses, access, as
well as existing facilities and utilities at least within 500 meters from the property
boundaries of the project, drawn to scale and duly signed and sealed by a
licensed geodetic engineer.
C. Building specifications and estimated cost.
D. Zoning Certificate from HLURB Regional Office
E. Certified true copy of DAR conversion order.

F. Certified true copy of Environmental Clearance Certificate (ECC) or Certificate of
Non-coverage (CNC) duly issued by the DENR, whichever is applicable.
G. Certified true copy of title(s) and current tax receipt.
H. Right to use or deed of sale of right-of-way for access road and other utilities
when applicable.
I. One (1) copy of project study to include the following:
1. Project profile indicating among others, the development cost, total project
cost, amortization schedules, sources of financing, marketability, cash flow,
architectural building plans and work program/project time table;
2. Audited financial statement for the last 3 preceding years;
3. Income tax return for the last 3 preceding years;
4. Certificate of registration from Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC);
5. Articles of incorporation or partnership;
6. Corporation by-laws and all implementing amendments, and
7. For new corporations (3 years and below) statement of capitalization and

J. Permit to drill from NWRB or certificate of coverage from concerned local

franchise holder.
K. Copy of the special/temporary permit from the Professional Regulation

Commission (PRC) and of the separate permit from the Department of
Labor and Employment (DOLE) for foreign architects who signed on
plans required under the Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 957.
(per Board Res. No. 839, series of 2009)
L. List of names of duly licensed professionals who signed the plans and other
similar documents in connection with application filed indicating the following
information;
1. Surname
2. First name
3. Middle name
4. Maiden name, in case of married women professional;
5. Professional licensed number, date of issue and expiration of its validity; and
6. Professional tax receipt and date of issue.

7. Taxpayer's Identification Number (TIN)
If the establishment of the condominium project is physically feasible and does

not run counter to the approved Comprehensive Land Use Plan and Zoning
Ordinance of the city or municipality and the plan complies with these Rules, the
condominium plan shall be approved and a development permit shall be issued
upon payment of the prescribed processing fee.
A development permit shall only be valid for a period of 3 years from date of
issuance if no physical development is introduced.
If project has been issued a development permit, a locational clearance is

deemed incorporated therein.
The owner or developer shall submit the condominium plan in accordance with
the requirements of the National Building Code to the building official of the city or
municipality where the property lies and the same shall be acted upon subject to
the conditions and in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 4 of
the Condominium Act (R.A. No. 4726).
RULE IV
REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF SUBDIVISION
AND CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS
Section 7. Application for Registration
A. Common Requirements
The owner or the real estate dealer interested in the sale of lots or units in a
subdivision project or condominium project, respectively, shall register the
project with the Board by filing the following:
1. Sworn Registration Statement using either:
a. HLURB Form 001 for Corporation; or

b. HLURB Form 003 for Single Proprietorship
2. Certified True Copy of Transfer Certificate of Title (TCT) or Original

Certificate Of Title (OCT) duly stamped with original marking "CERTIFIED
TRUE COPY" by the proper Register of Deeds and bearing its seal or
security marker.
a. When a project covers more than 20 individual titles without the required
marks described above, the following shall be required:
a.1 Photocopy of TCTs

a.2 Certification from the register of deeds concerned with its seal or
security mark giving the following information:
a.2.1 TCT or OCT numbers;

a.2.2 Name of all registered owner(s) and their sharing, if any;
a.2.3 Area covered by each title;
a.2.4 Number of OCT or TCT from which the title is derived;
a.2.5 Statement of all uncancelled liens and encumbrances, if any;
a.2.6 Lot and block numbers as well as PSD/PSU/PCS number, etc.
b. When certified copy of the TCT was issued more than one month prior to the
application for Certificate of Registration (CR), affidavit of the owner that the
property is free from liens and encumbrances. When the applicant is not the
owner, deed from the registered owner showing clearly the authority of the
applicant to the property, e.g., its development and sale of individual lots or
units; to sign and receive documents; and, other relevant authority. In case
the subdivision/condominium project or portion thereof is mortgaged,
affidavit of undertaking to submit title; certification from the mortgagee
regarding outstanding balance of loan and amortization schedule; mortgage
of contract; and, affidavit of undertaking of mortgagor
3. Duly audited balance sheet (certified copy of the original) issued and signed by
the authorized official of the applicant and under the latter's authority.
a. When individual persons are involved and no balance sheet can be submitted,
income tax returns for the preceding year duly received by BIR office and tax
receipts evidencing payment.
b. When applicant is a new corporation, partnership, association or single

proprietorship, i.e., no financial statement or income tax return has been
prepared yet, sworn statement declaring.
b. 1 other assets or sources of funds and other resources;
b.2 The nature of control or ownership over such assets, funds or resources;
b.3 Commitment to the effect that, if necessary, the same shall be used to
complete the project.
4. Articles of Incorporation (or of Partnership or Association), amendments thereof

and existing by-laws (or its equivalent) clearly indicating the authority of the
applicant to engage in real estate trade particularly in the development and
selling of lots or units. When an applicant deviates from the intended line of
business stipulated in its articles of incorporation (or partnership or association),
authorization from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and/or the
appropriate government agency to engage in the development and selling of the
subject project.
5. A copy of any circular, prospectus, brochure, advertisement, or communication

used/to be used for public offering of subject project and for circulation upon
approval by the Board.
6. Sample copy of Contract to Sell to be used in the public offering of lots, units
or lots and units. When amendments shall be effected on the form contract
submitted for notification/approval by HLURB, pro-forma affidavit signifying
willingness to change project name.
7. Certified true copy of Environmental Compliance Certificate

(ECC)/Certificate of Non-coverage (CNC), whichever is* applicable, duly
issued by the Department of Environmental and Natural Resources (DENR)
8. Zoning Certificate from HLURB Regional Office
9. Certified true copy of DAR conversion order.
(In cases where the property involved is located in an area already

classified as residential, commercial, industrial or other similar
development purposes as provided in CLUPs approved pursuant to EO
72, Series of 1993, a DAR Conversion Order shall no longer be required
as a precondition for issuance of Certificate of Registration and
License to Sell). (Amended per Board Res. No. 748, Series of 2003)
10. Electrical plan and specifications duly signed and sealed by a licensed
professional electrical engineer and duly approved by the local franchise
holder.
11. Permit to operate a deepwell and subsequent submission of confirmed water

resistivity test from the National Water Resources Board (NWRB). Water
potability test results from concerned government agencies/Maynilad.
B. Additional Requirements
1. For Condominium Projects
a. Master Deeds with Declaration of Registration and Declaration of

Restrictions evidenced by the proper annotation thereof in the titte(s) of the
property and the certified true copy of such title(s) from the Register of
Deeds.
b. Building Permit
2. For Subdivision Projects:
a. 2 copies of verified survey returns with label for all non-saleable areas
including but not limited to parks and playgrounds, community facilities and
roads and easements.
b. Copy of the following documents in case the development permit was

issued by the Local Government Unit (LGU) pursuant to the 1991 Local
Government Code and related issuances:
b.1 Sangguniang Resolution/Ordinance granting of development permit/
subdivision development plan containing the following information:
b.1.1 full name of the grantee or permittee and his address;
b.1.2 complete project name and its location;
b.1.3 date of the resolution or ordinance;
b.1.4 project area;
b.1.5 full listing of title(s) covering the project;
b.1.6 legal basis of the approval (PD 957, EO 648 and other related
laws);
b.2 Certified true copy of resolution conferring authority to the mayor or

other local government official to issue development permit in cases
where the same was not granted by the Sangguniang
Pangbayan/Panlungsod.
Evidence of approval of the subdivision scheme by the local

government official must be any original copy or one certified as true
copy thereof by the authorized local government official, indicating
clearly his full name and position and the date of approval. It must
contain the same data as described above. Most important of all, it
must bear an indication of Sanggunian approval such as but not limited
to words like "APPROVED BY AUTHORITY OF THE SANGGUNIAN"
or others of similar import, it being understood that the Sanggunian has
properly issued such authority.
b.3 Proof of compliance to Sec. 18 of RA 7279 in any of the following

manner:
b.3.1 Development permit of socialized housing projects within the

main subdivision.
b.3.2 License to sell of socialized housing project offered as

compliance if location of compliance is not within the main
subdivision project.
b.3.3 Joint venture agreement with LGU or other housing agencies.
b.3.4 Certified true copy of bond issued by the LGU where the main
project is located or by any of the housing agencies.
b.4 one (1) set of subdivision development plan.
c. Project study
d. Copy of brochures and other forms of advertisements.

Section 8. Application for License to Sell
The owner or the real estate dealer interested in the sale of tots or units in a
subdivision or condominium project shall apply with the Board for a License to Sell
by submitting the following:
A. Program of development (bar chart with S-curve, Gantt chart/PERT-CPM, etc.)

signed and sealed by licensed engineer or architect indicating work activities,
duration and costing.
B. Affidavit of undertaking to perform the following:
1. Segregation of the individual titles for all lots or units within the project;
2. Submission of proof that titles to the saleable lots or units have been issued,
which proof may include a certification from concerned register of deeds
indicating the lots/blocks or units or data similar to those required under the
requirement for Certificate of Registration only when required by the Board;
3. Submission of a Certified True Copy of title of the common areas/open space,

which title shall expressly indicate the kind of common use approved therefor,
on or before a definite date (to be specified by applicant subject to approval by
the Board).
C. Duly accomplished and notarized fact sheet
D. Proof showing the required minimum level of development before the

issuance of license to sell: (Per Board Res. No. 830-A, Series of 2009)
a. For subdivision projects – land clearing and grubbing, road tracing and
entrance gate if included in the brochure or advertisement.
b. For condominium projects – excavation per approved plan/excavation

permit.
Section 9. Notice of Publication (Amended per Board Res. No. 763, Series of
2004)
Upon evaluation of the completeness and veracity of the documents submitted, the
Board shall cause the publication, at the expense of the applicant, a notice of
pending application for Certificate of Registration in two (2) newspapers of
general circulation, one published in English and another in Pilipino, once a
week for two
(2) consecutive weeks reciting that a registration statement for the sale of
subdivision lots and condominium units has been filed with the Board; and that the
aforesaid application as well as the papers attached thereto, are open to inspection
during the business hours by interested parties. In addition, a 3’ x 6’ billboard
notice of the project shall be posted on the project site until the issuance of the
license to sell.
As used herein, an interval of seven (7) calendar days between the two (2)
publications shall be strictly observed.
Failure to publish the notice of filing of registration statement within two (2)
weeks from receipt of notice to publish issued by the Board, the
owner/developer shall be required to re-file the application for Certificate of
Registration.
Section 10. Certificate of Registration
After five (5) days from the completion of the publication as provided for in Section
9, and upon submission of the affidavit of publications executed by the
publisher, and an affidavit attesting to the posting of the billboard notice on the
site, the Board shall, in the absence of any impediment, issue a Certificate of
Registration upon payment of the prescribed fees. (per Board Res. No. 812, Series of
2007)
Section 11. License to Sell (Amended per Board Res. No. 763, Series of 2004)
No owner or dealer shall sell any disposable subdivision lot or condominium unit in the
registered project without a license to sell issued by the Board within two (2) weeks
from the registration of each project.
Upon proper application therefore, submission of the required work program,

performance bond as provided for in Section 12 of this Rule and payment of the
prescribed license fee by the owner or dealer, the Board shall issue a license to sell the
lot or unit in the project or portion thereof covered by the performance bond, provided
that, the submitted registration statement and other pertinent documentary
requirements can establish that the proposed sale of the subdivision lot or
condominium unit to the public is not fraudulent.
Section 12. Performance Bond (Amended per Board Res. No. 763, Series of 2004)
The performance bond required may be in any of the following forms or a combination
thereof:
A. A surety bond callable upon demand amounting to 20% of the development cost
of the unfinished portion of the approved plan issued by a duly accredited bonding
company (whether private or government) and acceptable to the Board; or,
B. Real estate mortgage to be executed by the applicant as mortgagor in favor of the

Republic of the Philippines as mortgages, the latter as represented by and acting
through the HLURB, over a property other than that subject of the application, free
from any liens and encumbrance and provided, that the value of the property,
computed on the basis of the zonal valuation schedule of the Bureau of Internal
Revenue, shall be at least 20% of the total development cost; or,
C. Other forms of security equivalent to 10% of the development cost of the

unfinished portion of the approved plan which may be in the form of the following:
1. Cash Bond;
2. Fiduciary deposit made with the cashier and/or disbursing officer of the Board;
3. A certificate of guaranty deposit issued by any bank or financing institution of
good standing in favor of the board for the total development cost;
4. A letter from any bank of recognized standing certifying that so much has
been set aside from the bank account of the applicant in favor of the board
which amount may be withdrawn by the chief executive officer of the board
or by his duly authorized representative, at any time the principal fails or
refuses to comply with his duties and obligations under the bond contract;
5. Any irrevocable credit line to be utilized in the development of the project

from any bank of recognized standing and a refinancing re-structuring
program indicating sources of funding from duly accredited funding
institutions.
RULE V
REGISTRATION OF REAL ESTATE DEALERS, BROKERS AND
SALESMEN
Section 13. Application for Registration of Brokers and Salesmen
No broker or salesman shall engage in the business of selling subdivision lots or

condominium units without securing a certificate of registration by filing with the
Board a registration statement in quadruplicate containing the following
information:
a. Name, age and address
b. If a corporation, partnership, or association, its office address and branch offices

and the names and addresses of its executive officers and directors.
c. Statement that applicant is qualified to act as real estate broker or salesman

pursuant to law.
d. If applicant is a salesman, the name and address of the dealer or broker who
employs him, attaching a copy of appointment.
e. If the applicant is a broker, the names and addresses of salesmen employed by

him.
Section 14. Certificate of Registration
The certificate of registration for brokers and salesmen shall expire on the first day
of December of each year Renewal of registration for the succeeding year shall be
granted upon filing an application made not less than 30 or more than 60 days
before the first day of the ensuing year and upon payment of the prescribed fee
without the necessity of filing further statements or information, unless specified by
the Board. All applications filed beyond said period shall be treated as original
applications.
Section 15. Bonds
The Bond required under Section 6 of the Decree may be either a cash or
a surety bond issued by a duly accredited bonding company whether
private or government agency. The bond shall contain a clause stating
among others that it shall remain in full force and effect unless it is
ordered, cancelled or released by the Board. The bond shall be executed
in favor of the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board conditioned upon
the faithful and honest discharge by the applicant, as well as the salesman
working under a broker or dealer, of their duties and shall further provide
that upon failure to discharge those duties, the applicant shall be liable on
the bond to any and all persons who may suffer loss by reason of such
failure. The amount of the bond shall be P5, 000 for Dealers/Brokers and
P1, 000 for Salesmen. These bonds shall no longer be required if
equivalent bonds or securities have already been posted by applicants for
the same purpose with other government agencies pursuant to law.
A dealer, broker or salesman may apply in writing with the Board for the
cancellation and release of his bond stating therein his reasons. In
appropriate cases, the Board may require the applicant to cause the
publication of a notice there for at the latter's expense in a newspaper of
general circulation slating, among others, the fact of such application.
The proof of publication shall be submitted to the Board. Any person,
having any claim for money or property against the dealer, broker or
salesman in his real estate service or practice, must file his claim with the
Board within 15 days from the date of publication. If the reason for the
cancellation of the bond is his cessation from further engaging in the
business of selling subdivision lots or condominium units, the dealer, broker or
salesman shall surrender his certificate of registration to the Board and his name
shall be cancelled from the Register of Dealers, Brokers and Salesmen.
RULE VI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 16. Definition of Terms
For purposes of these rules, the following words and phrases are defined:
a. Board or HLURB -shall mean the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board.
b. Block a parcel of land bounded on the sides by streets or alleys or pathways or

other natural or man-made features, and occupied by or intended for buildings.
All lands fronting on one side of a street between the nearest streets,
intersecting, meeting or crossing the aforesaid street.
c. Commercial Condominium a building, or group of buildings, used for office,

businesses, professional services and other commercial enterprise organized,
owned and maintained as a condominium.
d. Common Areas -means the entire project excepting all units separately
granted, held or reserved.
e. Community Facilities -facilities or structures intended to serve common needs

and for the benefit of the community such as schools, places of worship,
hospitals, health centers, barangay centers and other similar facilities/amenities
per PD 1216.
f. Condominium shall mean an interest in real property consisting of a separate

interest in a unit in a residential, industrial or commercial building and an
undivided interest in common directly or indirectly, in the land on which it is
located and in other common areas of the building. A condominium may
include, in addition, a separate interest in other portions of such real property.
Title to the common areas, including the land, or the appurtenant interests in
such areas, may be held by a corporation specially formed for the purpose in
which the holders of separate interests shall automatically be members or
shareholders, to the exclusive of others, in proportion to the appurtenant
interest of their respective units in the common areas.
A building in which each individual unit is held in separate private ownership

and all floor space, facilities and outdoor areas used in common by all tenants
are owned, administered and maintained by a corporation created pursuant to
the provisions of the appropriate statute.
An individual dwelling unit under individual ownership in a multiple units

development with common elements in which:
a. The units comprise not only the space enclosed by the unit boundaries, but
all material parts of the land within the space;
b. The common element means all the property within the development except
the units;
c. The common element is owned by all of the owners as tenants in common.
A building or group of buildings, in which units are owned individually, and the
structure, common areas and facilities are owned by the owners on a
proportional undivided basis.
g. Condominium Project means the entire parcel of real property divided or to be

divided in condominium, including all structures thereon.
h. Condominium Unit -means a part of the condominium project intended for any
type of independent use or ownership, including one or more floors (or part or
parts of floors) in a building or buildings and such accessories as may be
appended thereto.
i. Dealer -shall mean any person directly engaged as principal in the business of
buying, selling or exchanging real estate whether on full time or part-time basis.
A bulk buyer shall mean any person who acquires a lot or a portion of the
subdivision and who, with or without re-subdividing or introducing housing or
other facilities, sells the same, under its previous license to sell or in a new
license to sell in his name to the public.
j. Decree -shall mean Presidential Decree No. 957 otherwise known as "The
Subdivision and Condominium Buyer's Protective Decree."
k. Dwelling Unit – structure designed or used as residence.
One or more rooms that may be used as a residence, each unit having sleeping,
cooking and toilet facilities.
One or more habitable rooms designed or intended for use by 1 or more

individuals as an independent and separate housekeeping establishment in
which separate kitchen and sanitary facilities are provided for the exclusive use
of such individual or individuals, with a private entrance from outside the building
or from a common hallway or stairway inside the building.
Dwelling Types:
1. Single Detached -a dwelling unit completely surrounded by yards.
2. Single Attached -a dwelling unit with one side attached to a firewall.
3. Duplex -a dwelling unit containing 2 separate living units each of which is

separated from another by a firewall and provided with independent access.
4. Rowhouse dwelling units containing 3 or more living units designed in such

a way that they a but each other and are separated from each other by a
firewall each unit provided with independent access.
l. Firewall any wall which subdivides a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or
above the roof. Extension above the roof is 1 millimeter.
m. Frontage -the side of a lot which abuts a street.
n. Living Unit -a dwelling, or portion thereof, providing complete living facilities for
one family, including provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, bathing and
toilet facilities and laundry facilities, the same as a single-family dwelling.
o. Lot portion of a subdivision or any parcel of land intended as a unit for transfer or
ownership for building development.
Types of Lots. -Lots shall be defined as follows:
1. corner lot -a lot situated at the intersection of two or more streets.
2. regular lot -a lot fronting on one street and the remaining sides bounded by
lot lines.
3. interior lot -a lot located at the inner portion of a block with a minimum of
three-meter (3-m) wide access which forms part of the lot.
4. through lot -a lot bounded on two opposite sides by roads.
5. irregular lot -any lot which is not rectangle nor square-shaped
p. Medium Cost and Open Market – refers to housing projects where prices of
house and lot packages are within the suggested price ranges as determined
through HUDCC resolution and falling under the standards prescribed in these
rules.
q. Open Space -shall refer to an area reserved exclusively for parks, playgrounds,
recreational uses, schools, roads, places of worship, hospitals, health centers,
barangay centers and other similar facilities and amenities.
r. Project -means the entire parcel of real property divided or to be divided in

condominiums, including all structures thereon.
Section 17. Submission of Semestral Reports on Operations
Every owner or dealer of a registered subdivision or condominium project shall

submit to the Board semi-annual reports on operations showing the sales status
indicating therein name of buyer, lot/block no., TCT no., date of purchase, name of
mortgagee, mode of acquisition, extent /development status, changes in corporate
officers and their addresses within 60 days after the end of each semester. Copies
of corporate reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission shall also be
furnished to the Board.
Section 18. Display of Certificate of Registration and License to Sell
The Certificate of Registration and License to Sell issued by the Board shall be
displayed in a conspicuous place in the principal office of the owner, dealer, broker
or salesman, as the case may be and a Xerox copy thereof in all its branches and
offices.
Section 19. Lost or Destroyed Certificate of Registration or License
Upon loss or destruction of a Certificate of Registration or License to Sell a

duplicate copy thereof may be issued by the Board after satisfactory proof of such
loss or destruction, and payment of the prescribed fee. The fact that such duplicate
has been issued shall be made of record.
Section 20. Advertisement
All advertisements for the sale of subdivision lots and condominium units shall be
declared and approved by the Board pursuant to Section 19 of the Decree.
Section 21. Time for Completion
Every owner or developer shall construct and provide the facilities, infrastructures,
other forms of development, including water supply and lighting facilities and as far
as practicable improvements, which are offered and indicated in the approved
subdivision or condominium plans, brochures, prospectus, printed matters, letters
or in any form of advertisement, within one (1) year or within such other period of
time as may be fixed by the Board from the date of the issuance of license to sell for
the subdivision or condominium project.
Request for extension of time to complete development of a subdivision or

condominium project may be granted only in cases where non-completion of
project is caused by fortuitous events, legal orders or such other reasons that the
board may deem fit/proper with the written notice to lot or unit buyers without
prejudice to the exercise of their rights pursuant to Section 23 of the Decree.
The request for extension of time for completion shall be accompanied by a revised
work program duly signed and sealed by a licensed engineer or architect with
project costing and financing scheme there for. In appropriate cases, the Board
may require the posting of additional performance bond amounting to 20% of
development cost of the unfinished portion of the approved development plan, or
issue such orders it may deem proper.
Section 22. Transfer of Ownership or Change of Name
Request for transfer of ownership and/or change of name may be granted only if
there is a deed of absolute sale over the subdivision and condominium project
sought to be transferred and/or the name thereof changed with an undertaking on
the part of the transferee to assume full responsibility for the completion of the
development thereof. The requirements in Sections 7 and 13 hereof shall be
observed whenever applicable.
Such request for transfer of ownership or change of name shall be published at

applicant's expense in a newspaper of general circulation within the city or
municipality where the project is located at least once a week for two (2)
consecutive weeks.
Section 23. Alteration of Plans
Request for alteration of subdivision plans may be granted if the requirements of

Section 22 of the Decree are complied with. Alteration of condominium plans shall
be in accordance with Section 4 of the Condominium Act as amended by Sections
1 and 2 of RA 7899.
Section 24. Non-forfeiture of Payments
No installment payment made by a buyer in a new or existing subdivision or

condominium project for the lot or unit he contracted to buy shall be forfeited in
favor of the owner or developer when the buyer, after due notice to the owner or
developer and clearance from the Board desists from further payment due to the
failure of the owner or developer to develop the project according to the approved
plans and within the time limit for complying with the same. Such buyer may at his
option be reimbursed the total amount paid including amortization interests but
excluding delinquency interests, with interest thereon at the legal rate.
Section 25. Registration of Conveyances
Sales or conveyances of the subdivision lots and condominium units shall be

registered within 180 days from execution thereof by the seller with the Register of
Deeds of the province or city where the property is situated pursuant to Section 17
of the Decree. Except as may otherwise be provided for by law, the Board may in
appropriate cases cause the Register of Deeds to cancel registration, entries or
annotations on titles made on this regard.
Section 26. Mortgages
Mortgage of any unit or lot by the owner or developer shall be cleared with the
Board pursuant to Section 18 of the Decree.
Section 27. Realty Tax and Other Charges
No realty tax assessment or other charges shall be imposed on a lot or unit buyer
except as provided for in Section 26 and 27 of the Decree.
Section 28. Complaints Against Owners, Developers. Dealers, Brokers and

Salesmen
Complaints or proceedings against owners, developers, dealers, brokers and

salesmen shall be resolved in accordance with the Rules of Procedure to Govern
the Conduct of Hearings before the Board.
Section 29. Administrative Fines
Any owner or dealer who fails to register an existing subdivision project or

condominium project within the period prescribed under these rules and regulations
shall be penalized in accordance with the approved schedule of fines. The
implementation and payment of these administrative fines shall not preclude
criminal prosecution of the offender under Section 39 of the Decree.
Section 30. Criminal Penalties
Any person violating any provisions of these rules shall be guilty of an offense and
shall suffer the penalties provided for under Section 39 of the Decree.
Section 31. Identification of Lot Subject of Sale
The owner or dealer of a subdivision project shall attach to and shall form part of
the sales document of any lot, a sketch plan clearly showing the area, boundaries
and dimensions of the lot in relation with the block and the whole project, as well as
the location of the project in relation with public roads and other land marks, to be
certified by a licensed geodetic engineer and signed by the seller and buyer.
Section 32. Broker/Salesman as Witness to Sales
The broker or salesman who negotiated the sale of a subdivision lot or

condominium unit shall act as one of the witnesses to the sales document with an
indication of his Certificate of Registration number and renewal date. If the sale was
directly made by the owner or dealer, that fact must be so stated in the sales
document.
Section 33. Fees
The Board or the local government unit concerned shall collect fees in accordance
with the schedule of fees approved by the Board or the local government
concerned.
Section 34. Applicability

These Rules shall apply only to residential subdivision and condominium projects
as defined by the Decree and related laws.
Section 35. Transitory Provisions
The provisions of Rule II. Section (5) Subsection (A) (1) and Subsection (B) (2) of
these Rules to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject to further review thereof,
licensed architects who are not licensed environmental planners may in the
meantime still continue to sign site development plans/subdivision development
plans of subdivision projects, for a period of 2 years from the date of effectivity of
these Rules.
Section 36. Separability Clause
The provisions of these Rules are hereby declared separable, and in the event any
of such provisions are declared null and void, the validity of all other provisions
shall not be affected thereby.
Section 37. Effectivity
These Rules shall take effect immediately after its publication once in any
newspaper of general circulation.
ANNEX A
MALACANANG
Manila
PRESIDENTIAL DECREE NO. 957
REGULATING THE SALE OF SUBDIVISION LOTS AND CONDOMINIUMS,

PROVIDING PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS THEREOF
WHEREAS, it is the policy of the State to afford its inhabitants the requirements
of decent human settlement and to provide them with ample opportunities for
improving their quality of life;
WHEREAS, numerous reports reveal that many real estate subdivision owners,
developers, operators, and/or sellers have reneged on their representations and
obligations to provide and maintain properly subdivision roads, drainage,
sewerage, water systems, lighting systems, and other similar basic requirements,
thus endangering the health and safety of home and lot buyers;
WHEREAS, reports of alarming magnitude also show cases of swindling and

fraudulent manipulations perpetrated by unscrupulous subdivision and
condominium sellers and operators, such as failure to deliver titles to the buyers or
titles free from liens and encumbrances, and to pay real estate taxes, and
fraudulent sales of the same subdivision lots to different innocent purchasers for
value;
WHEREAS, these acts not only undermine the land and housing program of the
government but also defeat the objectives of the New Society, particularly the
promotion of peace and order and the enhancement of the economic, social and
moral condition of the Filipino people;
WHEREAS, this state of affairs has rendered it imperative Mat the real estate.
subdivision and condominium businesses be closely supervised and regulated and
that penalties be imposed on fraudulent practices and manipulations committed in
connection therewith.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, FERDINAND E MARCOS, President of the

Philippines, by virtue of the powers vested in me by the Constitution, do hereby
decree and order:
Title I TITLE AND DEFINITIONS
SEC. 1. Title. -This decree shall be known as THE SUBDIVISION AND

CONDOMINIUM BUYER'S PROTECTIVE DECREE.
SEC. 2. Definition of Terms. -When used in this decree, the following terms
shall unless the context otherwise indicates, have the following respective
meanings:
a) Person. -"Person" shall mean a natural or a juridical person. A juridical

person refers to a business firm whether a corporation, partnership, cooperative or
association or a single proprietorship.
b) Sale or Sell. -"Sale" or "Sell" shall include every disposition, or attempt to
dispose, for a valuable consideration, of a subdivision lot, including the building
and other improvements thereof, if any, in a subdivision project or condominium
unit in a condominium project. "Sale" and "Sell" shall also include a contract to sell,
a contract of purchase and sale, an exchange, an attempt to sell, an option of sale
or purchase, a solicitation of a sale, or any offer to sell, directly or by an agent, or
by a circular, letter, advertisement or otherwise.
A privilege given to a member of a cooperative, corporation, partnership, or

any association and/or the issuance of a certificate of receipt evidencing or giving
the right of participation in, or right, any land in consideration of payment of the
membership fee or dues, shall be deemed a sale within the meaning of this
definition.
c) Buy and Purchase. -The term "Buy" and "Purchase" shall include any
contract to buy, purchase, or otherwise acquire for a valuable consideration a
subdivision lot, including the building and other improvements, if any, in a
subdivision project or a condominium unit in a condominium project.
d) Subdivision Project. -"Subdivision Project" shall mean a tract or a parcel of

land registered under Act No. 496 which is partitioned primarily for residential
purposes into individual lots with or without improvements thereon, and offered to
the public for sale, in cash or in installment terms. It shall include all residential,
commercial, industrial and recreational areas, as well as open spaces and other
community and public areas in the project.
e) Subdivision Lot. -"Subdivision Lot" shall mean any of the lots, whether
residential, commercial, industrial, or recreational, in a subdivision project.
f) Complex Subdivision Plan. -"Complex Subdivision Plan" shall mean a

subdivision plan of a registered land wherein a street, passageway or open
space is delineated on the plan.
g) Condominium Project. -"Condominium Project" shall mean the entire parcel

of real property divided or to be divided primarily for residential purposes into
condominium units, including all structures thereon.
h) Condominium Unit. -"Condominium Unit" shall mean a part of the

condominium project intended for any type of independent use or ownership,
including one or more rooms or spaces located in one or more floors (or part of
parts of floors) in a building or buildings and such accessories as may be appended
thereto.
i) Owner. -"Owner" shall refer to the registered owner of the land subject of a
subdivision or a condominium project.
j) Developer. -"Developer" shall mean the person who develops or improves

the subdivision project or condominium project for and in behalf of the owner
thereof.
k) Dealer. -"Dealer" shall mean any person directly engaged as principal in the
business of buying, selling or exchanging real estate whether on a full-time or
part-time basis.
l) Broker. -"Broker" shall mean any person who, for commission or other
compensation, undertakes to sell or negotiate the sale of a real estate belonging to
another.
m) Salesman. -"Salesman" shall refer to the person regularly employed by a

broker to perform, for and in his behalf, any or all the functions of a real estate
broker.
n) Authority. -"Authority" shall mean the National Housing Authority.
Title II
REGISTRATION AND LICENSE TO SELL
SEC. 3. National Housing Authority. -The National Housing Authority shall

have exclusive jurisdiction to regulate the real trade and business in accordance
with the provisions of this Decree.
SEC. 4. Registration of Project. -The registered owner of a parcel of land who

wishes to convert the same into a subdivision project shall submit his subdivision
plan to the Authority which shall act upon and approve the same, upon a findings
that the plan complies with the Subdivision Standards and Regulations enforceable
at the time the plan is submitted. The same procedure shall be followed in the case
of a plan for a condominium project except that, in addition, said Authority shall act
upon and approve the plan with respect to the building or buildings included in the
condominium project in accordance with the National Building Code (R.A. No.
6541).
The subdivision plan, as so approved, shall then be submitted to the Director of

Lands for approval in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 44 of
the Land Registration Act (Act No. 496 as amended by R.A. No. 440): Provided,
that in case of complex subdivision plans, court approval shall no longer be
required. The condominium plan, as likewise so approved, shall be submitted to the
Register of Deeds of the province or city in which the property lies and the same
shall be acted upon subject to the conditions and in accordance with the procedure
prescribed in Section 4 of the Condominium Act (R.A. No. 4726).
The owner or the real estate dealer interested in the sale of lots or units,
respectively, in such subdivision project or condominium project shall register the
project with the Authority by filing therewith a sworn registration statement
containing the following information:
a) Name of the owner;
b) The location of the owner's principal business office, and if the owner is a
non-resident Filipino, the name and address of his agent or representative in
the Philippines authorized to receive notice;
c) The names and addresses of all the directors and officers of the business
firm, if the owner;
d) The general character of the business actually transacted or to be

transacted by the owner;
e) A statement of the capitalization of the owner, including the authorized and
outstanding amounts of its capital stock and the proportion thereof which is
paid-up.
The following documents shall be attached to the registration statement:
a. A copy of the subdivision plan or condominium plan as approved in

Accordance with the first and second paragraphs of this section;
b A copy of any circular, prospectus, brochure, advertisement, letter, or

Communication to be used for the public offering of the subdivision lots or
condominium units;
c. In case of a business firm, a balance sheet showing the amount and general
character 01 its assets and liabilities and a copy of its articles of incorporation
or articles n partnership or association, as the case may be, with all the
amendment thereof and existing by-laws or instruments corresponding
thereto;
d A title to the property which is free from all liens and encumbrances: Provided,
however, that in case any subdivision lot or condominium unit is mortgaged, it
is sufficient if the instrument of mortgage contains a stipulation that the
mortgagee shall release the mortgage on any subdivision lot or condominium
unit as soon as the full purchase price for the same is paid by the buyer.
The person filing the registration statement shall pay the registration fees
prescribed therefore by the Authority.
Thereupon, the Authority shall immediately cause to be published a notice of

the filing of the registration statement at the expense of the applicant -owner or
dealer, in two newspapers of general circulation, one published in English and
another in Pilipino, once a week for two consecutive weeks, reciting that a
registration statement for the sale of subdivision lots or condominium units has
been filed in the National Housing Authority; that the aforesaid registration
statement, as well as the papers attached thereto, are open to inspection during
business hours by interested parties, under such regulations as the Authority may
impose; and that copies thereof shall be furnished to any party upon payment of the
proper fees.
The subdivision project or the condominium project shall be deemed registered

upon completion of the above publication requirement. The fact of such registration
shall be evidenced by a registration certificate to be issued to the applicant-owner
or dealer.
SEC. 5. License to Sell. Such owner or dealer to whom has been issued a
registration certificate shall not, however, be authorized to sell any subdivision lot
or condominium unit in the registered project unless he shall have first obtained a
license to sell the project within two weeks from the registration of such project.
The Authority, upon proper application therefore, shall issue to such owner or
dealer of a registered project a license to sell the project if, after an examination of
the registration statement filed by said owner or dealer and all the pertinent
documents attached thereto, he is convinced that the owner or dealer is of good
repute, that his business is financially stable, and that the proposed sale of the
subdivision lots or condominium units to the public would not be fraudulent.
Sec. 6. Performance Bond – No license to sell subdivision lots or

condominium units shall be issued by the Authority under Section 5 of this Decree
unless the owner or dealer shall have filed an adequate performance bond
approved by said Authority to guarantee the construction and maintenance of the
roads, gutters, drainage, sewerage, water system, lighting systems, and full
development of the subdivision project or the condominium project and the
compliance by the owner or dealer with the applicable laws and rules and
regulations.
The performance bond shall be executed in favor of the Republic of the

Philippines and shall authorize the Authority to use the proceeds thereof for the
purposes of its undertaking in case of forfeiture as provided in this Decree.
SEC. 7. Exempt Transactions. -A license to sell and performance bond shall

not be required in any of the following transactions:
a) Sale of a subdivision lot resulting from the partition of land among co-
owners and co-heirs.
b) Sale or transfer of a subdivision lot by the original purchaser thereof and any
subsequent sale of the same lot.
c) Sale of a subdivision lot or a condominium unit by or for the account of a

mortgagee in the ordinary course of business when necessary to liquidate
a bona fide debt.
SEC. 8. Suspension of License to Sell. -Upon verified complaint filed by a

buyer of a subdivision lot or a condominium unit or any interested party, the
Authority may, in its discretion, immediately suspend the owner's or dealer's license
to sell pending investigation and hearing of the case as provided in Section 13
hereof.
The Authority may motu propio suspend the license to sell if, in its opinion, any
information in the registration statement filed by the owner or dealer is or has
become misleading. Incorrect, inadequate or incomplete or the sale or offering for
sale of the subdivision or condominium project may work or tend to work a fraud
upon prospective buyers.
The suspension order may be lifted if, after notice and hearing, the Authority is
convinced that the registration statement is accurate or that any deficiency therein
has been corrected or supplemented or that the sale to the public of the subdivision
or condominium project will neither be fraudulent nor result in fraud. It shall also be
lifted upon dismissal of the complaint for lack of legal basis.
Until the final entry of an order of suspensions, the suspension of the right to sell
the project, though binding upon all persons notified thereof, shall be deemed
confidential unless it shall appear that the order of suspension has in the meantime
be violated.
SEC. 9. Revocation of Registration Certificate and License to Sell. -The
Authority may, moto propio or upon verified complaint filed by a. buyer of a
subdivision lot or condominium unit, revoke the registration of any subdivision
project and the license to sell any subdivision lot or condominium unit in said
project by issuing an order to this effect, with his findings in respect thereto, if upon
examination into the' affairs of the owner or dealer during a hearing as provided for
in Section 14 hereof, it shall appear there is satisfactory evidence that the said
owner or dealer:
a) Is insolvent; or
b) Has violated any of the provisions of this Decree or any applicable rule or
regulation of the Authority, or any undertaking of his/its performance bond; or
c) Has been or is engaged or is about to engage in fraudulent transactions; or
d) Has made any misrepresentation in any prospectus, brochure, circular or

Other literature about the subdivision project or condominium project that
has been distributed to prospective buyer; or
e) Is of bad business repute; or
f) Does not conduct his business in accordance with law or sound business
principles.
Where the owner or dealer is a partnership or corporation or an unincorporated

association, it shall be sufficient cause for cancellation of its registration certificate
and its license to sell, if any member of such partnership or any officer or director of
such corporation or association has been guilty of any act or omission which would
be cause for refusing or revoking the registration of an individual dealer, broker or
salesman as provided in Section 11 hereof.
SEC. 10. Registers of Subdivision Lots and Condominium Units. -A record

of subdivision lots and condominium units shall be kept in the Authority wherein
shall be entered all orders of the Authority affecting the condition or status thereof.
The registers of subdivision lots and condominium units shall be open to public
inspection subject to such reasonable rules as the Authority may prescribe.
Title III
DEALERS, BROKERS AND SALESMEN
SEC. 11. Registration of Dealers, Brokers and Salesmen. -No real estate
dealer, broker or salesman shall engage in the business of selling subdivision lots
or condominium units unless he has registered himself with the Authority in
accordance with the provisions of this section.
If the Authority shall find that the applicant is of good repute and has complied
with the applicable rules of the Authority, including the payment of the prescribed
fee, he shall register such applicant as a dealer, broker, or salesman upon his filing
a bond, or other security in lieu thereof, in such sum as may be fixed by the
Authority conditioned
upon his faithful compliance with the provisions of this Decree: Provided, that the
registration of a salesman shall cease upon the termination of his employment with
a dealer or broker.
Every registration under this section shall expire on the thirty-first day of
December of each year. Renewal of registration for the succeeding year shall be
granted upon written application therefore made not less than thirty nor more than
sixty days before the first day of the issuing year and upon payment of the
prescribed fee, without the necessity of filing further statements or information,
unless specifically required by the Authority. All applications filed beyond said
period shall be treated as original applications.
The names and addresses of all persons registered as dealers, brokers or

salesman shall be recorded in a Register of Brokers, Dealers and Salesman kept
in the Authority which shall be open to public inspection.
SEC. 12. Revocation of Registration as Dealers, Brokers, Salesmen. -

Registration under the preceding section may be refused or any registration
granted there under, revoked by the Authority if, after reasonable notice and
hearing, it shall determine that such applicant or registrant:
1) Has violated any provision of this Decree or any rule or regulation made
hereunder; or
2) Has made a material false statement in his application for registration; or
3) Has been guilty of a fraudulent act in connection with any sale of a

subdivision lot or condominium unit; or
4) Has demonstrated his unworthiness, to transact the business of dealer,

broker, or salesman, as the case may be.
In case of charges against a salesman, notice thereof shall also be given

the broker or dealer employing such salesman.
Pending hearing of the case, the Authority shall have the power to order the
suspension of dealer's, broker's or salesman's registration; provided, that such
order shall state the cause for the suspension.
The suspension or revocation of the registration of a dealer shall carry with it

all the suspension or revocation of the registrations of all his salesman.
Title IV
PROCEDURE FOR REVOCATION OF
REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE
SEC. 13. Hearing. -In the hearing for determining the existence of any ground
or grounds for the suspension and/or revocation of registration certificate and
license to sell as provided in Sections 8 and 9 hereof, the following shall be
complied with:
a) Notice -No such hearing shall proceed unless the respondent is furnished
with a copy of the complaint against him or is notified in writing of the
purpose of such hearing.
b) Venue – The hearing may be held before the officer or officers designated
by the Authority on the date and place specified in the notice.
c) Nature of Proceedings -The proceedings shall be non-litigious and summary

in nature without regard to legal technicalities obtaining in courts of law. The
Rules of Court shall not apply in said hearing except by analogy or in a
suppletory character and whenever practicable and convenient.
d) Power Incidental to the Hearing - For the purpose of the hearing of other
Proceeding under this Decree, the officer or officers designated to hear the
complaint shall have the power to administer oaths, subpoena witnesses,
conduct ocular inspections; take dispositions, and require the production of
any book, paper, correspondence, memorandum, or other record which are
deemed relevant or material to the inquiry.
SEC. 14. Contempt.
a) Direct Contempt. -The officer or officers designated by the Authority to hear

the complaint may summarily adjudge in direct contempt any person guilty of
misbehavior in the presence of near the said hearing officials so as to
obstruct or interrupt the proceedings before the same or of refusal to be
sworn or to answer as a witness or to subscribe an affidavit or deposition
when lawfully required to do so. The person found guilty of direct contempt
under this section shall be punished by a fine not exceeding fifty (P50.00)
pesos or imprisonment not exceeding five (5) days, or both.
b) Indirect Contempt. -The officer or officers designated to hear the complaint

may also adjudge any person in indirect contempt on grounds and in the
manner prescribed in Rule 71 of the Revised Rules of Court.
SEC. 15. Decision. The case shall be decided within thirty (30) days from the
time the same is submitted for decision. The decision may order the revocation of
the registration of the subdivision or condominium project, the suspension,
cancellation, or revocation of the license to sell and/or the forfeiture, in whole or in
part, of the performance bond mentioned in Section 6 hereof. In case forfeiture of
the bond is ordered, the Decision may direct the provincial or city engineer to
undertake or cause the construction of roads and of other requirements for the
subdivision or condominium as stipulated in the bond, chargeable to the amount
forfeited. Such decision shall be
immediately executory and shall become final after the lapse of 15 days from the date
of receipt of the Decision.
SEC. 16. Cease and Desist Order – Whenever it shall appear to the Authority that
any person is engaged or about to engage in any act or practice which constitutes or
will constitute a violation of the provisions of this Decree, or of any rule or regulation
thereunder, it may, upon due notice and hearing as provided in Section 13 hereof, issue
a cease and desist order to enjoin such act or practices.
SEC. 17. Registration – All contracts to sell, deeds of sale and other similar
instruments relative to the sale or conveyance of the subdivision lots and condominium
units, whether or not the purchase price is paid in full, shall be registered by the seller in
the Office of the Register of Deeds of the province or city where the property is situated.
Whenever a subdivision plan duly approved in accordance with Section 4 hereof,

together with the corresponding owner's duplicate certificate of title, is presented to the
Register of Deeds for registration, the Register of Deeds shall register the same in
accordance with the provisions of the Land Registration Act, as amended: Provided,
however, that if there is a street, passageway or required open spare delineated on a
complex subdivision plan hereafter approved and as defined in this Decree, the
Register of Deeds shall annotate on the new certificate of title covering the street,
passageway or open space, a memorandum to the effect that except -by way of
donation in favor of a city or municipality, no portion of any street, passageway, or open
space delineated on the plan shall be closed or otherwise disposed of by the registered
owner without the requisite approval as provided under Section 22 of this Decree.
SEC. 18. Mortgages. No mortgage on any unit or lot shall be made by the
owner or developer without prior written approval of the Authority. Such approval shall
not be granted unless it is shown that the proceeds of the mortgage loan shall be used
for the development of the condominium or subdivision project and effective measures
have been provided to ensure such utilization. The loan value of each lot or unit
covered by the mortgage shall be determined and the buyer thereof, if any, shall be
notified before the release of the loan. The buyer may, at his option, pay his installment
for the lot or unit directly to the mortgagee who shall apply the payments to the
corresponding mortgage indebtedness secured by the particular lot or unit being paid
for with a view to enabling said buyer to obtain title over the lot or unit promptly after full
payment thereof.
SEC. 19. Advertisements. Advertisements that may be made by the owner or

developer through newspaper, radio, television, leaflets, circular or any other form
about the subdivision or the condominium or its operations or activities must reflect the
real facts and must be presented in such manner that will not tend to mislead or
deceive the public.
The owner or developer shall be answerable and liable for the facilities,
improvements, infrastructures or other forms of development represented or promised
in brochures, advertisements and other sales propaganda disseminated by the owner
or developer or his agents and the same shall form part of the sales warranties
enforceable against said owner or developer, jointly and severally. Failure to comply
with these warranties shall also be punishable in accordance with the penalties
provided for in this Decree.
SEC. 20. Time of Completion. - Every owner or developer shall construct and
provide the facilities, improvements, infrastructures and other forms of development,
including water supply and lighting facilities, which are offered and indicated in the
approved subdivision or condominium plans, brochures, prospectus, printed matters,
letters or in any form of advertisement, within one year from the date of the issuance of the
license for the subdivision or condominium project or such other period of time as may be
fixed by the Authority.
SEC. 21. Sales Prior to Decree. - In cases of subdivision lots or condominium units
sold or disposed of prior to the effectivity of this Decree, it shall be incumbent upon the
owner or developer of the subdivision or condominium project to complete compliance
with his or its obligations as provided in the preceding section within two years from the
date of this Decree unless otherwise extended by the Authority or unless an adequate
performance bond is filed in accordance with Section 6 hereof.
Failure of the owner or developer to comply with the obligations under this and the
preceding provisions shall constitute a violation punishable under Sections 38 and 39 of
this Decree.
SEC. 22. Alteration of Plans. - No owner or developer shall change or alter the
roads, open spaces, infrastructures, facilities for public use and/or other form of
subdivision development as contained in the approved subdivision plan and/or
represented in its advertisements, without the permission of the Authority and the written
conformity or consent of the duly organized homeowners' association, or in the absence of
the latter, by the majority of the lot buyers in the subdivision.
SEC. 23. Non-Forfeiture of Payments. - No installment payment made by a buyer in

a subdivision or condominium project for the lot or unit he contracted to buy shall be
forfeited in favor of the owner or developer when the buyer, after due notice to the owner
or developer, desists from further payment due to the failure of the owner or developer to
develop the subdivision or condominium project according to the approved plans and
within the time limit for complying with the same. Such buyer, may at his option, be
reimbursed the total amount paid including amortization interest but excluding deliquency
interests, with interest thereon at the legal rate.
SEC. 24. Failure to Pay Installments. - The rights of the buyer in the event of his
failure to pay the installments due for reasons other than the failure of the owner or
developer to develop the project shall be governed by Republic Act No.6552
Where the transaction or contract was entered into prior to the effectivity of Republic
Act No.6552 on August 26, 1972, the defaulting buyer shall be entitled to the
corresponding refund based on the installments paid after the effectivity of the law in the
absence of any provision in the contract to the contrary.
SEC. 25. Issuance of Title. - The owner or developer shall deliver the title of the lot or
unit to the buyer upon full payment of the lot or unit. No fees, except those required for the
registration of the deed of sale in the Registry of Deeds, shall be collected for the issuance
of such title. In the event a mortgage over the lot or unit is outstanding at the time of the
issuance of the title to the buyer, the owner or developer shall redeem the mortgage or the
corresponding portion thereof within six months from such issuance in order that the title
over any fully paid lot or unit may be secured and delivered to the buyer in accordance
herewith.
SEC. 26. Realty Tax. -Real estate tax and assessment on a lot or unit shall be
paid by the owner or developer without recourse to the buyer for as long as the title has
not passed the buyer; Provided, however, that if the buyer has actually taken
possession of occupied the lot or unit, he shall be able to the owner or developer for
such tax and assessment effective the year following such taking of possession and
occupancy.
SEC, 27. Other Charges. -No owner or developer shall levy upon any lot or unit
buyer a fee for an alleged community benefit. Fees to finance services for common
comfort, security and sanitation may be collected only by a properly organized
homeowners association and only with the consent of a majority of the lot or unit
buyers actually residing in the subdivision or condominium project.
SEC. 28. Access to Public Offices in the Subdivision. -No owner or

developer shall deny any person free access to any government office or public
establishment located within the subdivision or which may be reached only by passing
through the subdivision.
SEC. 29. Right of Way to Public Road. -The owner or developer of a

subdivision without access to any existing public road or street and such right of way
must be developed and maintained according to the requirement of the government
authorities concerned.
SEC. 30. Organization of Homeowners Association. -The owner or

developer of a subdivision project or condominium project shall initiate the organization
of a homeowners association among the buyers and residents of the projects for the
purpose of promoting and protecting their mutual interest and assist in their community
development.
Sec. 31. Donation of Roads and Open Spaces to Local Government. -The
registered owner or developer of the subdivision or condominium project, upon
completion of the development of said project may, at his option, convey by way of
donation the roads and open spaces found within the project to the city or municipality
wherein the project is located. Upon acceptance of the donation by the city or
municipality concerned, no portion of the area donated shall thereafter be converted to
any other purpose or purposes unless after hearing, the proposed conversion is
approved by the Authority.
SEC. 32. Phases of Subdivision. -For purposes of complying with the

provisions of this Decree, the owner or developer may divide the development and sale
of the subdivision into phases, each phase to cover not less than ten (10) hectares.
The requirement imposed by this Decree on the subdivision as a whole shall be
deemed imposed on each phase.
SEC. 33. Nullity of Waivers. -Any condition, stipulation, or provision in contract

of sale whereby any person waives compliance with any provision of this Decree or of
any rule or regulation issued there under shall be void.
SEC. 34. Visitorial Powers. -This Authority, through its duly authorized
representative may, at any time, make an examination into the business affairs,
administration, and condition of any person, corporation, partnership, cooperative, or
association engaged in the business of selling subdivision lots and condominium units.
For this purpose, the official authorized to do so shall have the authority to examine
under oath the directors, officers, stockholders or members of any corporation,
partnership, association, cooperative or other persons associated or connected with
the business and to issue subpoena or subpoena duces tecum in relation to any
investigation that may arise therefrom.
The Authority may also authorize the Provincial, City or Municipal Engineer, as
the case may be, to conduct an ocular inspection of the project to determine whether
the development of said project conforms to the standards and specifications
prescribed by the government.
The books, papers, letters, and other documents belonging to the person or
entities herein mentioned shall be open to inspection by the Authority or its duly
authorized representatives.
SEC. 35. Take-Over Development. The Authority, May take-over or cause the
development and completion of the subdivision or Condominium project at the
expense of the owner or developer, jointly and severally, in cases where the owner or
developer has refused or failed to develop or complete the development of the Project
as provided for in this Decree.
The Authority may, after such take-over, demand, collect and receive from the
buyers the installment payments due on the lots, which shall be utilized for the
development of the subdivision.
SEC. 36. Rules and Regulations. The Authority shall issue the necessary
standards rules and regulations for the effective implementation of the provisions of
this Decree. Such standards, rules and regulations shall take effect immediately after
their publication three (3) times a week for two consecutive weeks in any newspaper of
general circulation.
SEC. 37. Deputization of Law Enforcement Agencies. The Authority may

deputize the Philippine Constabulary or any law enforcement agency in the execution
of its final orders, rulings or decisions.
SEC. 38. Administrative Fines. The Authority may prescribe and impose fines
not exceeding ten thousand pesos for violations of the provisions of this Decree or of
any rule or regulation thereunder. Fines shall be payable to the Authority and
enforceable through writs of execution in accordance with the provisions of the Rules
of Court.
SEC. 39. Penalties. Any person who shall violate any of the provisions of this
Decree and/or any rule or regulation that may be issued pursuant to this Decree shall,
upon conviction, be punished by a fine of nor more than twenty thousand (P20,000.00)
pesos and/or imprisonment of not more than ten (10) years. Provided, that in the case
of corporations, partnerships, cooperatives, or associations, the President, Manager or
Administrator or the person who has charge of the administration of the business shall
be criminally responsible for any violation of this Decree and/or the rules and
regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
SEC. 40. Liability of Controlling Persons. -Every person who directly or
indirectly controls any person liable under any provision of this Decree or of any rule or
regulation issued thereunder shall be liable jointly and severally with and to the same
extent as such controlled person unless the controlling person acted in good faith and
did not directly or indirectly induce the act or acts constituting the violation or cause of
action.
SEC. 41. Other Remedies. -The rights and remedies provided in this Decree
shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available under
the existing laws.
SEC. 42. Repealing Clause. -All laws, executive order, rules and regulations,
or parts thereof inconsistent with the provisions of this Decree are hereby repealed or
modified accordingly.
SEC. 43. Effectivity. -This Decree shall take effect upon its approval.
th
DONE in the City of Manila, this 12 day of July, in the year of our Lord,
Nineteen hundred and seventy-six.
(SGD.) FERDINAND E. MARCOS

President Republic
of the Philippines
By the President:
(SGD.) JACOBO C. CLAVE

Presidential Executive Assistant
REVISED IMPLEMENTING
RULES AND REGULATIONS
FOR BP 220
(WITH AMENDMENTS)
HOUSING AND LAND USE REGULATORY BOARD

NOVEMBER 2008
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
RULE I. General Provisions 1
Section 1. Scope of Application 1

Section 2. Declaration of Policies 1
RULE II. Minimum Design Standards and Requirements 1

For Economic and Socialized Housing Projects
Section 3. Compliance with Standards and Guidelines 1

Section 4. Basis and Objectives of the Minimum Design Standards 1
Section 5. Technical Guidelines and Standards for Subdivisions 2
Section 6. Building Design Standards and Guidelines 22
Section 7. Variances/Exemptions 37
RULE III. Approval of Subdivision Plans and Building Designs 37
Section 8. Approval Required 37

Section 9. Approval of Proposed Residential Houses of 37
Average and Low-Income Earners
Section 10. Application for Approval of Subdivision Development Plan 37
Section 11. Evaluation of Land Development and Structural
Design Components of the Project 41
Section 12. Survey and Approval of Subdivision Plan 41
RULE IV. Registration and Licensing of Economic and 42

Socialized Housing Projects
Section 13. Application for Registration 42

Section 14. Application for License to Sell 45
Section 15. Notice of Publication 46
Section 17. License to Sell 46
Section 18. Monitoring of Project 47
RULE VI. Miscellaneous Provisions 48
Section 19. Definition of Terms 48

Section 20. Conformance to the Requirements of Other 50
Pertinent Laws, Rules and Regulations
Section 21 . Non-Development 51
Section 22. Organization and Registration of Homeowners 51
Section 23. Donation of Roads, Open Spaces and Water Supply 51
Section 25. Separability Clause 51
Section 26. Effectivity 51
i
List of Tables
Table 1 Parks and Playground Allocation 5

Table 2 Required Facilities According to the No. of Saleable Lots 6
Table 3 Community facilities Allocation 6
Table 4 Hierarchy of Roads 7
Table 5 Right-of-Way 8
Table 6 Width of Planting Strips and Sidewalks 10
Table 7 Minimum Lot Area 13
Table 8 Minimum Lot Frontage 13
Table 9 Planning Design Standards 17
Table 10 Private Open Space Requirement 23
Table 11 Minimum Setback per Storey 30
List of Figures
Figure 1 Interconnecting Road 9

Figure 2 Setback Requirement Along Main Public Road 9
Figure 3 Curb Radii Dimension 11
Figure 4 Road Grade (Slope) 12
Figure 5 Minimum Ceiling Heights 24
Figure 6 Mezzanine Floor 24
Figure 7 Door Openings 25
Figure 8 Stairway Design 27
Figure 9 Winding and Circular Stairways 27
Figure 10 Firewall for Dwelling Units on Property Line 28
Figure 11 Non-Residential Use 29
Figure 12 Distance Between 2-Storey Buildings 30
Figure 13 Distance Between 3-Storey Buildings 31
Figure 14 Distance Between Blank Walls of Two Buildings 31
Figure 15 Measurement of Distance Between Buildings 32
Figure16 Parking Layout 32
ii
Annexes
Annex 1 Section 3.1007 Detached Single and Two Family 53

Dwellings of the Rules and Regulations Implementing
The Fire Code of the Philippines (PD No. 1185)
Annex 2 Board Resolution No. R-532, S. 1993 55

Approving the Rules and Regulations Implementing
PD 953
Annex 2.A Rules Implementing PD 953 56
Annex 2.B Memo Circular No. 29, S. 2005 61

Supplemental Rules and Regulations to Implement PD 953
Annex 3 Registration Statement 62

HLURB Form No. 001
Annex 4 Registration Statement 64

HLURB Form No. 003
Annex 5 Commission Proper Resolution No. R-97, S. 1982 65
Annex 6 Batas Pambansa Blg. 220 67
iii
REVISED RULES AND STANDARDS FOR ECONOMIC AND
SOCIALIZED HOUSING PROJECTS TO IMPLEMENT
BATAS PAMBANSA BLG. 220
Pursuant to Section 3 of BP 220, the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board is
authorized to establish and promulgate two levels of standards and technical
requirements for the development of economic and socialized housing
projects/units in urban and rural areas from those provided in PD 957, PD 1216,
PD 1096, and PD 1185, hence the following rules are hereby promulgated.
RULE I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. Scope of Application

These rules and standards shall apply to the development of economic and
socialized housing projects in urban and rural areas as defined in Section 2 of BP
Blg. 220. They shall apply to the development of either a house and lot or a house
or lot only.
Section 2. Declaration of Policies

It is a policy of the government to promote and encourage the development of
economic and socialized housing projects, primarily by the private sector in order
to make available adequate economic and socialized housing units for average
and low income earners in urban and rural areas.
RULE II
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS
FOR ECONOMIC AND SOCIALIZED HOUSING PROJECTS
Section 3. Compliance with Standards and Guidelines

Development of economic and socialized housing projects shall be in accordance
with the minimum design standards herein set forth.
Section 4. Basis and Objectives of the Minimum Design

Standards
The minimum design standards set forth herein are intended to provide minimum
requirements within the generally accepted levels of safety, health and ecological
considerations. Variations, however are also possible, as may be based on some
specific regional, cultural and economic setting, e.g., building materials, space
requirement and usage. This minimum design standards encourages the use of
duly accredited indigenous materials and technology such as innovative design
and systems, modular systems and components among others. The parameters
used in formulating these Design Standards are:
1
A. Protection and safety of life, limb, property and general public welfare.
B. Basic needs of human settlements, enumerated in descending order as

follows:
1. Water
2. Movement and circulation
3. Storm drainage
4. Solid and liquid waste disposal
5. Park/playground
6. Power
The provision of these basic needs shall be based on the actual setting
within which the project site is located.
C. Affordability levels of target market
Affordable cost - refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter
based on the needs and financial capability of Program Beneficiaries and
Appropriate Financing Schemes (RA 7279)
D. Location
Both economic and socialized housing projects shall be located within

suitable site for housing and outside potential hazard prone and protection
areas.
Section 5. Technical Guidelines and Standards for Subdivisions

In determining whether an economic and socialized housing shall be allowed, the
following guidelines shall be considered.
A. Site Criteria
1. Availability of basic needs
The prioritized basic needs cited earlier shall preferably be available with
reasonable distance from the project site, but where these are not available,
the same shall be provided for by the developer.
2. Conformity with the Zoning Ordinance or Land Use Plan of the

City/Municipality
Generally, housing projects should conform with the zoning ordinance of the
city/municipality where they are located, thus, shall be in suitable sites for
housing. However, where there is no zoning ordinance or land use plan, the
predominant land use principle and site suitability factors cited herein shall
be used in determining suitability of a project to a site.
Furthermore, if the project is undoubtedly supportive of other land uses and

activities (e.g., housing for industrial workers) said project shall be allowed.
2
3. Physical Suitability
A potential site must have characteristics assuring healthful, safe and

environmentally sound community life. It shall be stable enough to
accommodate foundation load without excessive site works. Critical areas
(e.g., areas subject to flooding, land slides and stress) must be avoided.
4. Accessibility
The site must be served by a road that is readily accessible to public

transportation lines. Said access road shall conform to the standards set
herein of these Rules to accommodate expected demand caused by the
development of the area. In no case shall a subdivision project be approved
without necessary access road/right-of-way constructed either by the
developer or the Local Government Unit.
B. Planning Considerations
1. Area Planning
Project design should consider not only the reduction of cost of

development to a minimum but also the provision for possible future
improvement or expansion, as in the prescription of lot sizes, right-of-way of
roads, open space, allocation of areas for common uses and facilities.
Land allocation and alignment of the various utilities (roads, drainage, power
and water) of the subdivision shall be integrated with those of existing
networks as well as projects outside the boundaries of the project site, e.g.
access roads set forth herein and should follow the standard specifications
of the Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH).
2. Site Preservation/Alteration
a. Slope
The finished grade shall have a desired slope to allow rain water to be
channeled into street drains. Where cut and fill is necessary, an
appropriate grade shall be attained to prevent any depression in the
area.

b. Preservation of Site Assets
Suitable trees with a caliper diameter of 200 milimeters or more, shrubs

and desirable ground cover shall be preserved. Where a good quality top
soil exists in the site, it shall not be removed and shall be preserved for
finishing grades of yards, playgrounds, parks and garden area.
3
c. Ground Cover
Grass, shrubs, plants and other landscaping materials used for ground
cover shall be of variety appropriate for its intended use and location.
They shall be so planted as to allow complete and permanent cover of
the area.
3. Easements
Subdivision projects shall observe and conform to the provisions of

easements as may be required by:
a. Chapter IV, Section 51 of the Water Code of the Philippines on water

bodies
b. National Power Corporation (NPC) on transmission lines
c. Fault traces as identified by PHIVOLCS per Resolution No. 515,

series of 1992
d. Right-of-way of other public companies and other entities.
e. For projects abutting national roads (primary roads) adequate

easement shall be provided for road including loading and unloading
as may be required by national/local government units.
f. Other related laws
4. Circulation
a. Depending on the classification of roads adjacent to the subdivision

and the size of the project site, road network should result into a
hierarchy of functions and should define and serve the subdivisions
as one integrated unit.
b. Roads complemented with pathwalk within the subdivision must be

so aligned to facilitate movement within and in linking the subdivision
to the nearest major transportation route and adjacent property.
Whenever there is/are existing roads within the project site which
shall be made part of the subdivision, these shall be improved in
accordance with the standards set forth herein.
c. Streets should conform to the contours of the land as much as

practicable.
d. Provisions of major street extension for future connection to adjoining

developed and/or underdeveloped properties shall be mandatory and
integrated or aligned with existing ones, if any.
e. Streets shall be so laid out to minimize critical intersections such as

blind corners, skew junctions, etc.
4
f. Roads shall conform with civil work design criteria as per Section
10.B.3 of this rules and sound engineering practices.
C. Design Parameters
1. Land Allocation
a. Saleable Areas
There shall be no fixed ratio between the saleable portion and non-saleable
portion of a subdivision project.
b. Non-saleable Areas
Non-saleable areas shall conform with the minimum requirements for open
space comprising those allotted for circulation system, community facilities
and parks and playgrounds.
b.1 Allocation of Area for Parks and Playgrounds
Area allocated for parks and playgrounds shall be mandatory for projects 1
hectare or above and shall be strategically located within the subdivision
project.
Allocated areas for parks and playgrounds shall be non-alienable and non-
buildable for community hall but buildable for basketball court. It shall be
exclusive of those areas allocated for community facilities and shall vary
according to the density of lots and/or dwelling units in the subdivision,
whichever is applicable, as shown below:
Table 1: Parks and Playgrounds Allocation
ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING

Density Allocation Density Allocation
(No. of lots/DU* (% of gross area (No. of lots/DU* (% of gross area
per hectare) for PP**) per hectare) for PP**)
150 and below 3.5 % 150 and below 3.5 %
151 – 160 4% 151 – 160 4%
161 – 175 5% 161 – 175 5%
176 – 200 6% 176 – 200 6%
201 - 225 7% 201 – 225 7%
Above 225 9% Above 225 9%
* Dwelling units
** Parks and Playgrounds
In no case shall an area allocated for parks and playgrounds be less than
100 square meters. An addition of 1% increment for every 10 or fraction
thereof above 225.
The site shall not be subject to flooding nor situated in steep slopes. Sites
potentially hazardous or dangerous to the health and safety of users
5
especially children, should be avoided, e.g., along rivers, near dumping site,
etc.
Location of parks shall be based on hierarchy, accessibility and shall be free

from hazards, risks, barriers, etc.
b.2 Area Allocated for Community Facilities
Mandatory provision of area for neighborhood multi-purpose center both for

economic and socialized housing projects with a gross area of 1 hectare
and above. These areas are non-saleable. However, the developer may
provide for areas for community facilities such as schools and
convenience/retail centers in excess of the requirement set forth in this Rule
which shall be deemed saleable. The use of the said area shall be indicated
in the plan and annotated in the title thereto. (Refer to Table 2)
Table 2: Facilities According to the Number of Saleable Lots/

Dwelling Units for Subdivision Projects 1 Hectare and Above
No. of Saleable Neighborhood

Convenience/ Elementary High Tricycle
Lots and/or Multi-Purpose
Retail Center** School** School** Terminal*
Dwelling Unit Center*
10 & below - - - - -
11 – 99 - - - - -
100 – 499 x - - - -
500 – 999 x - - - -
1000 – 1499 x - - - -
1500 – 1999 x x x - x
2000 – 2499 x x x x x
2500 – 3000 x x x x x
* Mandatory Provision of area
** Optional Saleable but when provided in plan the same shall be annotated in the title.
Community facilities shall be strategically located and easily accessible

where they can serve a maximum number of population, preferably near or
side by side by park/playground.
The area allocated for community facilities shall vary with the density of the
subdivision, i.e., number of lots and/or living units whichever is applicable,
as shown below:
Table 3: Community Facilities Allocation

Density Allocation Density Allocation
(No. of lots/DU* (% of gross area (No. of lots/DU* (% of gross area
per hectare) for CF**) per hectare) for CF**)
150 and below 1.0 150 and below 1.0
151 – 225 1.5 151 – 225 1.5
Above 225 2.0 Above 225 2.0
* Dwelling units
** Community Facilities
6
b.3 Circulation System
The area allocated for circulation system shall not be fixed, as long as the
prescribed dimension and requirements for access (both for project site and
dwelling units) specified in these Rules are complied with.
Land circulation system shall comply with the pertinent requirements of BP

344 otherwise known as the Accessibility Law.
Below are the planning considerations to be observed for circulation layout:
a. Observance of the hierarchy of roads within the subdivision.

b. Conformance to natural topography.
c. Consideration for access and safety, e.g., adequate radius,
minimum number of roads at intersections, moderate slope/grade,
adequate sight distance, no blind corners, etc.
d. Optimization as to number of lots to lessen area for roads, at the
same time enhances community interaction.
b.3.1 Hierarchy of Roads
Hierarchy of roads (with respect to function, dimensions and project

area) shall be observed when planning the road network such that no
major or minor road align with an alley or pathwalk.
Table 4: Hierarchy of Roads
PROJECT SIZE ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED

RANGE (has) HOUSING HOUSING
Major, minor, motor court, Major, minor, motor
2.5 has. And below
alley court, pathwalk
Above 2.5 – 5 - do - - do -
Major, collector, minor,
Above 5 - 10 - do -
Motor court, alley
Major, collector, minor,
Above 10 - 15 - do -
Motor court, pathwalk
Above 15 – 30 - do - - do -
Above 30 - do - - do -
b.3.2 Road Right-Of-Way
The corresponding right-of-way for hierarchy of roads shall be as follows:
7
Table 5: Road Right-of-Way
PROJECT SIZE RIGHT OF WAY (m)

RANGE
(has.) ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING
Major Collector Minor Major Collector Minor
2.5 and below 8 - 6.5 8 - 6.5
Above 2.5 – 5.0 10 - 6.5 10 - 6.5
Above 5.0 – 10 10 8 6.5 10 - 6.5
Above 10 - 15 10 8 6.5 10 8 6.5
Above 15 – 30 12 8 6.5 10 8 6.5
Above 30 15 10 6.5 12 10 6.5
Motor Court 6 5 6 5
Alley 2 - - -
Pathwalk - - 3 -
The minimum right-of-way of major roads shall be in accordance with the

preceding table. However, in cases where the major road will serve as
interconnecting road, it shall have a minimum right-of-way of 10 meters. It shall
have a 15-centimeter mix gravel (pit run) base course on well-compacted sub
grade.
Major roads shall maintain a uniform width of road right-of-way. Tapering of

road width shall not be allowed where the road right-of-way is wider than the
prescribed standard for the interconnecting road of the proposed subdivision.
Minor roads shall have a right-of-way of 6.50 meters wide.
Interior subdivision project must secure right-of-way to the nearest public road
and the right-of-way shall be designated as interconnecting road with a
minimum width of 10 meters. This fact shall be annotated on the title of the said
road lot and must be donated and deemed turned over to the LGU upon
completion of the said interconnecting road. (See Figure 1: Interconnecting
Road)
8
Figure 1: Interconnecting Road
Subdivision projects abutting a main public road must provide sufficient

setbacks with a minimum dimension of 3.0 meters in depth and 5.0
meters in length at both sides of the subdivision entrance to
accommodate loading and unloading of passengers. (See Figure 2:
Setback Requirement Along Main Public Road)
Figure 2: Setback Requirement Along Main Public Road
Contiguous projects or projects to be developed by phases shall be

provided with interconnecting roads with a minimum right-of-way of 10.0
meters.
Alley shall have a width of 2.0 meters intended to break a block and to
serve both pedestrian and for emergency purposes, both ends connecting
to streets. It shall not be used as access to the property.
Pathwalk shall have a width of 3.0 meters intended only to provide

pedestrian access to property for socialized housing projects. It shall
have a maximum length of 60 meters.
9
b.3.3 Planting Strips
Planting strips as required under PD 953 and its Implementing Rules and
Regulations shall be observed in accordance with the following road
specifications:
Table 6: Width of Planting Strips and Sidewalks

RIGHT-OF-WAY Planting Strip Sidewalk Planting Strip Sidewalk
(m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
15 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2
12 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2
10 0.8 1.2 0.8 1.2
8 0.4 0.6 0.4 0.6
6.5 Optional 0.5 Optional 0.5
Note: Refer to Supplemental Rules and Regulations to Implement PD 953

Tree Planting. – Every owner of existing subdivision is required
among others to plant trees in designated area as per Resolution No.
R-532, series of 1993. (Approving the Rules and Regulations
Implementing PD 953 “Requiring the Planting of Trees in Certain
Places and Penalizing Unauthorized Cutting, Destruction, Damaging
and Injuring of Certain Trees, Plans and Vegetation”).
b.3.4 Road Pavement
Major, minor roads and motor court for economic and socialized housing
projects shall be paved with asphalt with minimum thickness of 50
millimeters or concrete with minimum thickness of 150 millimeters and a
minimum compressive strength of 20.7 Mpa at 28 days. Sidewalk or alley
shall be of macadam finish.
b.3.5 Road Intersection
Roads should intersect at right angles as much as practicable. Multiple

intersections along major roads shall be minimized. Distance between
offset intersections should not be less than 20 meters from corner to
corner.
Road intersections shall be provided with adequate curb radii consistent

with sound engineering principles. (See Figure 3: Curb Radii Dimension)
10
Figure 3: Curb Radii Dimension
11
b.3.6 Road Grade/Slope
Crown of the roads shall have a slope of not less than 1.5 to 9 percent.
(See Figure 4: Road Grade Slope)
Grades and vertical curbs shall conform to the design requirements of the
Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH).
Figure 4 : Road Grade (Slope)
RIGHT OF WAY
2. Lot Requirement
a. Lot Planning
a.1 A lot shall be served by an independent access either by a road,

motor court, or path walk. Path walk shall have a maximum length
of 60 meters intended only as pedestrian access to property for
socialized housing projects.
a.2 Deep lots and irregularly shaped lots shall be avoided.
a.3 Whenever possible, lot frontage elevation shall be at street

level.
a.4 Lots shall be protected against physical hazards. No lot shall be

laid out where potential risks exist (e.g. erosion, slides, flooding,
fault lines, etc.)
a.5 Lots shall be protected against non-conforming uses and/or other

risks through the provision of adequate buffer strips, protective
walls, and roads or other similar devices.
12
a.6 Lot shall be so laid out that administrative boundaries, water
courses/drainage ways utility lines do not bisect the lots.
b. Minimum Lot Area(Amended per Board Res. No. 824, Series of 2008)
The minimum lot area of various types of housing for economic and
socialized housing project shall be as follows:
Table 7. Minimum Lot Area
Type of Housing Economic (sq.m.) Socialized (sq.m.)

a. Single detached 72 64
b. Duplex/single
attached 54 48
c. Row houses 36 28
Note:
1. Saleable lots designated as duplex/single attached and/or row house lots

shall be provided with housing components.
2. Price of saleable lots intended for single detached units shall not exceed 40%
of the maximum selling price of the house and lot package.
c. Lot Frontages(Amended per Board Res. No. 824, Series of 2008)
The minimum lot frontages for various types of housing both for
economic and socialized housing projects shall be as follows:
Table 8. Minimum Lot Frontage
Types of Housing/Lot Economic Housing Socialized

Housing
1. Single detached
a. Corner lot 8m 8m
b. Regular lot 8m 8m
c. Irregular lot 4m 4m
d. Interior lot 3m 3m
2. Duplex/single attached 6m 6m
3. Row house 4m 3.5m
Note:
For row houses, there shall be a maximum of 20 units per block or cluster but in no
case shall this be more than 100 meters in length.
13
3. Length of Block
Maximum block length is 400 meters. However, block length exceeding 250
meters shall already be provided with a 2-meter alley approximately at
midlength.
4. Shelter Component
a. Floor Area Requirement
The minimum floor area requirement for single-family dwelling shall be

22 square meters for economic housing and 18 square meters for
socialized housing.
b. Minimum Level of Completion
The minimum level of completion for economic housing shall be

complete house based on the submitted specifications. For socialized
housing project, it shall be shell house with doors and windows to
enclose the unit.
Provision of firewall shall be mandatory for duplex and single-attached

units and at every unit for row houses.
5. Setback/Yard
The minimum setback of dwelling unit both for economic and socialized
housing project shall be as follows:
a. Front Setback 1.5 m.

b. Side yard 1.5 m (from the building line)
c. Rear yard 2.0 m.
d. Abutments May be allowed per requirements of the
National Building Code of the Philippines
6. Water Supply
Whenever a public water supply system exists, connection to it by the

subdivision is mandatory.
Each lot and/or living unit shall be served with water connection (regardless
of the type of distribution system). Water supply provided by the local water
district shall be potable and adequate. It shall be complemented/
supplemented by other sources, when necessary, such as communal well,
which may be located strategically for ease and convenience in fetching
water by residents and at the same time not closer than 300 meters from
each other.
If public water supply system is not available, the developer shall provide for
an independent water supply system within the subdivision project.
Minimum quantity requirement shall be 150 liters per capita per day.
14
Each subdivision must have at least an operational deep well and pump
sets with sufficient capacity to provide average daily demand (ADD) to all
homeowners provided a spare pump and motor set is reserved.
Likewise, required permits from the NWRB shall be obtained and standards
of the Local Water Utilities Administration (LWUA) shall be complied with.
If ground reservoir is to be put up, an area shall be allocated for this

purpose (part of allocation for community facilities). The size shall depend
on volume of water intended to be stored. It shall be protected from
pollution by providing buffer of at least 25 meters from sources of
pollution/contamination.
For elevated reservoir, structural design shall comply with accepted

structural standards or the National Building Code of the Philippines. The
elevated reservoir or water tank capacity must be 20% average daily
demand plus fire reserve.
Alternative sources of water supply may be availed of such as collected rain

water and other devices with water impounding capacity.
Provision for fire protection shall comply with the requirements of the Fire
Code of the Philippines. Whichever is applicable, the Local Government
Unit shall provide each community with fire hydrants and a cistern that are
operational at all times.
For a multi-storey building, a water tank shall be provided if the height of the
building requires pressure in excess of that in the main water line. Capacity
should be 20% average daily demand plus fire reserve.
7. Electrical Power Supply
When power is available within the locality of the project site, its connection
to the subdivision is required. Actual connection, however, may depend on
the minimum number of users as required by the power supplier.
Provision of street lighting per pole shall be mandatory if poles are 50-meter
distance and at every other pole if the distance is less than 50 meters.
Installation practices, materials and fixtures used, shall be in accordance

with the provisions of the existing rules and regulations of the National
Electrical Code of the Philippines or the Local Electric Franchise
Holder/Local Electric Cooperative or the local utility company.
Electric bills shall be proportionately shouldered by the users prior to

issuance of Certificate of Completion (COC) and turn over of open space to
Local Government Unit (LGU).
15
8. Sewage Disposal System
a. Septic Tank
The sewage disposal system shall be communal or individual septic tank

conforming to the design standard of the Sanitation Code of the
Philippines.
b. Connection to Community Sewer System
Whenever applicable, connections shall be made to an approved public

or community sewer system, subject to the requirements and provisions
of the Sanitation Code of the Philippines and other applicable rules and
regulations with regard to materials and installation practices.
9. Drainage System
The design of the drainage system of the subdivision shall take into
consideration existing development of adjacent areas relative to their
impact/effect on its drainage system, if any. Further, it shall conform with
the natural drainage pattern of the subdivision site, and shall drain into
appropriate water bodies or public drainage system or natural outfalls. In no
case shall drainage outfalls drain into a private lot. Its layout shall conform
with sound engineering design principles certified by a duly licensed
civil/sanitary engineer. Drain lines shall be of durable materials and
approved installation practices.
The minimum drainage system for economic and socialized housing shall
be concrete lined canal with load bearing cover.
In case of non-existence of drainage system in the locality, catchment area

for drainage discharge shall be provided for and developed by the
owner/developer in consultation with local authorities or private entities
concerned, to prevent flooding of adjacent property. Moreover, said
catchment area shall be made safe and maintained.
If applicable, underground drainage system shall be provided with adequate

reinforced concrete pipes (RCP), catch basins, manholes/inlets and cross
drain for efficient maintenance. Minimum drainage pipe shall be 300
milimeters.
10. Garbage Disposal System
Garbage disposal shall be undertaken by the local government or in the

absence thereof, by individual lot owners or homeowners association, with
proper observance of sanitary practices and methods.
11. Fire Firefighting
The Homeowners Association shall form fire brigade in collaboration with

the barangay fire brigade. Water for fire fighting shall be part of the water
16
supply requirements and shall comply with the requirements of the
local/district fire unit of the Philippine National Police.
Table 9: PLANNING AND DESIGN STANDARDS

FOR A RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION PROJECT
UNDER BP 220
PARAMETERS ECONOMIC HOUSING SOCIALIZED HOUSING

Within suitable sites for housing and outside potential hazard prone and
1. Project Location
protection areas.
2. Land Allocation
for Projects 1
hectare and above
a. Saleable Area a. Variable
b. Non-saleable b. See open space requirement as per b.1, b.2 and b.3
area
Mandatory allocation for parks and playgrounds per tabulation below:
b.1 Area for parks Density % of Density % of

and (No. of Lots or Gross Area (No. of Lots or Gross Area
playgrounds Dwelling Unit for Parks & Dwelling Unit for Parks &
for projects 1 Per Hectare) Playgrounds Per Hectare) Playgrounds
hectare &
above. 150 & below 3.5% 150 & below 3.5%
151 – 160 4.0% 151 – 160 4.0%
161 – 175 5.0% 161 – 175 5.0%
176 – 200 6.0% 176 – 200 6.0%
201 – 225 7.0% 201 – 225 7.0%
Above 225 9.0% Above 225 9.0%
An addition of 1% increment for every 10 or fraction thereof above 225.
In no case shall an area allocated for parks and playgrounds be less

than 100 square meters. The same shall be strategically located within
the subdivision project.
b.2 Area for Mandatory provision of area for neighborhood multi-purpose center both
community for economic and socialized housing projects with area of 1 hectare and
facilities above. These areas are non-saleable. However, the developer may
provide for areas for community facilities such as schools and
convenience/retail centers in excess of the mandatory requirement set
forth in this rule which shall be deemed saleable. The use of the said
area shall be indicated in the plan and annotated in the title thereto.
(Refer to Table 2)
Density % of Gross Area Density % of Gross Area

(No. of lots or for Community (No. of lots or for Community
DwellingUnits Facilities DwellingUnits Facilities
Per Hectare) Per Hectare)
150 & below 1.0% 150 & below 1.0%

151 – 225 1.5% 151 – 225 1.5%
Above 225 2.0% Above 225 2.0%
b.3 Circulation
Observe hierarchy of roads
System
17
3. Minimum Lot Area

3.1 Single Detached 72 sqm. 64 sqm.
3.2 Duplex/Single- 54 sqm. 48 sqm.
Attached
3.3 Row house 36 sqm. 28 sqm.
Saleable lots designated as duplex/single-attached and/or row house

lots shall be provided with housing components.
Price of saleable lots intended for single-detached units shall not

exceed 40% of the maximum selling price for house and lot package.
4. Minimum Lot
Frontage
4.1 Single
Detached 8 m. 8 m.
a. Corner lot 8 m. 8 m.
b. Regular lot 4 m. 4 m.
c. Irregular lot 3 m. 3 m.
d. Interior lot 6 m. 6 m.
4.2 Single Attached/
Duplex 4 m. 3.5 m.
4.3 Row house
5. Length of Block Maximum length of block is 400 meters. However, blocks exceeding
250 meters shall be provided with a 2-meter alley approximately at
midlength.
6. Road Right-of-Way
Project Size Range Major Collector Minor Major Collector Minor

(m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
2.5 has. & below 8 - 6.5 8 - 6.5
above 2.5 – 5 has. 10 - 6.5 10 - 6.5
Above 5 – 10 has. 10 8 6.5 10 - 6.5
Above 10 – 15 has. 10 8 6.5 10 8 6.5
Above 15 – 30 has. 12 8 6.5 10 8 6.5
Above 30 has. 15 10 6.5 12 10 6.5
Motor Court 6 5 6 5
Alley 2 - 2 -
Pathwalk - - 3 -
18
The minimum right-of-way of major roads shall be in accordance with

the preceding table. However, in cases where the major road will serve
as interconnecting road, it shall have a minimum right-of-way of 10
meters. It shall have a 15-centimeter mix gravel (pit run) base course
on well-compacted subgrade.
Major roads shall maintain a uniform width of road right-of-way.

Tapering of road width shall not be allowed where the road right-of-way
is wider than the prescribed standard for the interconnecting road of the
proposed subdivision.
Minor road shall have a minimum right-of-way of 6.50 meters.
Note:
1. Interior subdivision project must secure right-of-way to the nearest

public road and the right-of-way shall be designated as
interconnecting road with a minimum right-of-way of 10 meters.
This fact shall be annotated on the title of said road lot and must be
donated and deemed turned over to the LGU upon completion of
the said interconnecting road. (See figure 1)
2. Subdivision projects abutting main public thoroughfare must provide

sufficient setbacks (at least 3.0 meters in depth by 5.0 meters in
length) at both sides of the subdivision entrance to accommodate
loading and unloading of passengers. (See figure 2)
3. Contiguous projects or projects to be developed by phases shall be

provided with interconnecting road with a minimum right-of-way of
10 meters.
4. Alley shall have a width of 2.0 meters intended to break a block and
to serve both pedestrian and for emergency purposes, both ends
connecting to streets. It shall not be used as access to property.
5. Pathwalk shall have a width of 3.0 meters intended only to provide

pedestrian access to property for socialized housing projects. It
shall have a maximum length of 60 meters.
7. Hierarchy of Roads
per Project Size
Range
2.5 has. & below Major, minor, motor court, alley Major, minor, motor court,
pathwalk
Above 2.5 – 5 has. -do- -do-
Above 5 – 10 has. Major, collector, minor, motor court, -do-
alley
Above 10 – 15 has. -do- Major, collector, minor, motor
court, pathwalk
Above 15 – 30 has. -do- -do-
Above 30 has. -do- -do-
19
8. Roads
Specifications
8.1 Planting Strip

(PS)
Sidewalk (SW)
ROW PS SW
15.0 m. 1.30 m 1.20 m

12.0 m. 0.80 m 1.20 m
10.0 m. 0.80 m 1.20 m
8.0 m. 0.40 m 0.60 m
6.5 m. optional 0.50 m
Refer to Supplemental Rules and Regulations to Implement PD 953 for

specific tree species, Annex 2.B.
8.2 Road Pavement
Major
Concrete/Asphalt
Minor
Concrete/Asphalt
Motor Court
Macadam
Sidewalk
Macadam
Pathwalk/alley
Macadam
Concrete road pavement shall have a minimum thickness of 150
milimeters and a minimum compressive strength of 20.7 MPa at 28
days. Asphalt pavement shall have a minimum thickness of 50
milimeters.
9. Water Supply Mandatory connection to appropriate public water system. Each

subdivision shall have at least an operational deepwell and pump sets
with sufficient capacity to provide ADD to all homeowners provided
further that a spare pump and motor set is reserved. Water supply shall
be potable and adequate.
9.1 Minimum Water 150 liters per capita per day for household connection
Supply Req’t.
9.2 Fire Protection Provision for fire protection facilities shall comply with the requirements
Demand of the Fire Code of the Philippines.
10. Electrical Power Mandatory individual household connection to primary and alternate
Supply sources of power if service is available in the locality.
Mandatory provision of street lighting per pole if 50-meter distance; at

every other pole, if the distance is less than 50 meters.
Electric bills shall be proportionately shouldered by users prior to

issuance of COC and turn over of open space to LGU.
Installation practices, materials and fixtures used shall be in accordance

with the provision of the Philippine Electrical Code and local utility
company.
20
11. Drainage System The drainage system for economic and socialized housing projects shall
be made of concrete lined canal with adequate capacity and with load
bearing cover.
The drainage system must conform with the natural drainage pattern of
the subdivision site, and shall drain into appropriate water bodies, public
drainage system or natural outfalls.
If applicable, underground drainage system shall be provided with

adequate reinforced concrete pipes (RCP), catch basins,
manholes/inlets and cross drain for efficient maintenance. Minimum
drainage pipe diameter shall be 300 milimeters.
12. Sewage Disposal

System
12.1 Septic Tank Individual septic tank conforming to the standards and design of the
Sanitation Code of the Philippines.
Construction of individual septic tanks shall conform to the standards

and design of the Sanitation Code of the Philippines.
12.2 Connection to Whenever applicable, connection shall be made to an approved public

Community or community sewer system subject to the requirements and provisions
Sewer System of the Sanitation Code of the Philippines and other applicable rules and
regulations.
13. Garbage Disposal Provide sanitary and efficient refuse collection and disposal system
System whether independently or in conjunction with the local government
garbage collection and disposal services.
14. Shelter
Component
14.1Minimum Floor
Area
a. Single 22 sqm. 18 sqm.
Detached
b. Duplex/ 22 sqm. 18 sqm.
Single
Attached
c. Row house 22 sqm. 18 sqm.
Mandatory provision of firewall for duplexes/single-attached units and at

every unit for row houses (See Fig. 10)
The number of row houses shall not exceed 20 units per

block/cluster but in no case shall this be more than 100 meters in
length.
21
14.2 Minimum Level

of Completion
a. Single Complete house Shell house

Detached (Based on the submitted (with doors and windows to
specifications) enclose the unit)
b. Duplex/ same same
Single
Attached
c. Row houses same same
15. Setback/Yard
a. Front setback 1.5 m
b. Side yard 1.5 m (from the building line)
c. Rear yard 2.0 m
d. Abutments May be allowed per requirement of the National Building Code of the
Philippines
Section 6. Building Design Standards and Guidelines
Projects incorporating housing components shall comply with the following design
standards and guidelines.
A. Single-Family Dwelling (Applicable for both Economic and Socialized

Housing)
1. Lot Planning
a. Access to the Property
Direct access to the single-family dwelling shall be provided by means of an

abutting public street or pathwalk. However, pathwalk shall only be allowed
as pedestrian access to property for Socialized Housing projects.
b. Access to the Dwelling Unit
An independent means of access to the dwelling unit shall be provided

without trespassing adjoining properties. Acceptable means of access to
the rear yard of the dwelling unit shall be provided without passing through
any other dwelling unit or any other yard.
c. Open Space Requirements
Open spaces shall be located totally or distributed anywhere within the lot in
such a manner as to provide maximum light and ventilation into the building.
22
d. Sizes and Dimensions of Courts or Yards
The minimum horizontal dimension of courts and yards shall not be less
than 2.0 meters. All inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard,
either by a passageway with a minimum width of 1.20 meters or by a door
through a room or rooms.
Every court shall have a width of not less than 2.0 meters for one and two
storey buildings. However, this may be reduced to not less than 1.50
meters in cluster living units such as quadruplexes, row houses and the like,
one or two stories in height with adjacent courts with an area of not less
than 3 square meters. Provided, further, that the separation walls or fences,
if any, shall not be higher than 2.0 meters. Irregularly shaped lots such as
triangular lots and the like whose courts may also be triangular in shape
may be exempted from having a minimum width of 2.0 meters, provided that
no side thereof shall be less than 3.0 meters.
e. Abutments
Abutments on the side and rear property lines may be allowed provided the
following requirements shall be complied with:
1) Open space as prescribed in the table below:
Table 10: Private Open Space Requirements
Percent of Open Space

Type of Lot
Residential All Others
a. Interior lot (lot located in the interior
of a block made accessible from a 50% 25%
public street or alley by means of a
private access road)
b. Inside lot (non-corner or single

frontage lot) 20% 15%
c. Corner and/or through lot

10% 15%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public
open spaces such as streets, easement of 5% 5%
seashores, rivers, esteros, etc.
2) Window opening as prescribed in number 2.C.2 below.
3) Firewall shall have a minimum of one-hour fire resistive rating.
2. Building Design Standards (Applicable for both Economic and Socialized

Housing)
a. Space Standards
Spaces within the dwelling structures shall be distributed in an economical,

efficient and practical manner so as to afford the maximum living comfort
23
and convenience and to insure health and safety among the occupants. It
shall provide complete living facilities for one family including provisions for
living, sleeping, laundry, cooking, eating, bathing and toilet facilities.
b. Ceiling Heights
1) Minimum ceiling height for habitable rooms shall be measured from

the finished floor line to the ceiling line. Where ceilings are not
provided, a minimum headroom clearance of 2.0 meters shall be
provided. (See Fig. 5: Minimum Ceiling Heights)
Fig. 5: Minimum Ceiling Heights
2) Mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height of not less than
1.80 meters above and below it, provided that it shall not cover 50%
of the floor area below it. (See Fig. 6: Mezzanine Floor)
Figure 6 : Mezzanine Floor
24
c. Openings
1) Doors
a) A minimum of one entrance/exit shall be provided where the

number of occupants is not more than 10 and 2 entrances/exits
where the number of occupants is greater than 10.
b) Doors shall have a minimum clear height of 2.0 meters. Except for
bathroom and mezzanine doors which shall have a minimum clear
height of 1.80 meters.
c) Minimum clear widths of doors shall be as follows:
Main Door 0.80 m.

Service/Bedroom Doors 0.70 m.
Bathroom Door 0.60 m.
(See Fig. 7: Door Openings)
Fig. 7 : Door Openings
2) Windows
a) Rooms for habitable use shall be provided with windows with a

total free area of openings equal to at least 10% of the floor area
of the room.
b) Bathrooms shall be provided with window/s with an area not less

than 1/20 of its floor area.
c) Required windows may open into a roofed porch where the porch:
c.1 abuts court, yard, public street or alley, or open water course
and other public open spaces;
c.2 has a ceiling height of not less than 2.0 meters.
25
3) Interior Stairs
The stairs shall ensure structural safety for ascent and descent, even
in extreme cases of emergency. It shall afford adequate headroom
and space for the passage of furniture.
a) Width. Stairways shall have a minimum clear width of 0.60 meter.
b) Riser and Run. Stairs shall have a maximum riser height of 0.25
meter and a minimum tread width of 0.20 meter. Stair treads
shall be exclusive of nosing and/or other projections.
c) Headroom Clearance. Stairs shall have a minimum headroom

clearance of 2.0 meters. Such clearance shall be established by
measuring vertically from a place parallel and tangent to the
stairway tread moving to the soffit above all points.
d) Landings. Every landing shall have a dimension measured in the

direction of travel equal to the width of the stairway. Maximum
height between landing shall be 3.60 meters.
e) Handrails. Stairways shall have at least one handrail on one side

provided there is a guard or wall on the other side. However,
stairways with less than 4 risers need not have handrails, and
stairs with either a guard or wall on one end need not be provided
with a handrail on that end.
f) Guard and Handrail Details. The design of guards and handrails

and hardware for attaching handrails to guards, balusters of
masonry walls shall be such that these are made safe and
convenient.
f.1 Handrails on stairs shall not be less than 0.80 meter or more
than 1.20 meters above the upper surface of the tread,
measured vertically to the top of the rail from the leading edge
of the tread. (See Fig. 8: Stairway Design)
f.2 Handrails shall be so designed as to permit continuous sliding

of hands on them and shall be provided with a minimum
clearance of 38 millimeters from the wall to which they are
fastened. (See Fig. 8: Stairway Design).
f.3 The height of guards shall be measured vertically to the top

guard from the leading edge of the tread or from the floor of
landings. It shall not be less than 0.80 meter and no more
than 1.20 meters. Masonry walls may be used for any portion
of the guard.
26
Fig. 8: Stairway Design
g) Winding and Circular Stairways. Winding and circular stairways

may be used if the required width of run is provided at a point not
more than 300 millimeters from the side of the stairway where the
treads are narrower but in no case shall any width of run be less
than 150 milimeters at any point. The maximum variation in the
height of risers and the width of treads in any one flight shall be 5
milimeters. (See Fig. 9: Winding and Circular Stairways)
Fig. 9 : Winding and Circular Stairways
h) Ladders. The use of ladders may be allowed provided that the

maximum distance between landings shall be 1.80 meters.
27
d. Roofing
Roofing material that is impervious to water shall be provided.
e. Electrical Requirements
There shall be provided at least one light outlet and one convenience
outlet per activity area.
f. Firewall(Amended per Board Res. No. 824, Series of 2008)
Whenever a dwelling abuts on a property line, a firewall shall be required.

The firewall shall be of masonry construction, at least 150 millimeters or
6 inches thick and extend vertically from the lowest portion of the wall
adjoining the living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meter above the
highest point of the roof attached to it. The firewall shall also extend
horizontally up to a minimum distance of 0.30 meter beyond the
outermost edge of the abutting living units.
A firewall shall be provided for duplex/single-attached units and at every

unit for row houses. No openings whatsoever shall be allowed except
when the two abutting spaces of 2 adjacent living units are unenclosed or
partially open, e.g. carports, terraces, patios, etc.; instead, a separation
wall shall be required. (See Fig. 10: Firewall for Dwelling Units on
Property Line).
Ceiling should be compartmentalized and should not be continuous

from one living unit to another.
Fig. 10: Firewall for Dwelling Units on Property Line
28
B. Multi-Family Dwellings and Condominiums (Applicable for both Economic
and Socialized Housing)
1. Lot Planning
a. Access to the property. Direct vehicular access to the property shall be

provided by means of an abutting improved public street.
b. Access to the dwelling. An independent means of access shall be

provided to each dwelling, or group of dwellings in a single plot, without
trespassing adjoining properties. Each dwelling must be capable of
maintenance without trespassing adjoining units. Utilities and service
facilities must be independent for each dwelling unit.
Each dwelling unit shall be provided with a sanitary means for the
removal of garbage and trash.
c. Access to living units. An independent means of access to each living

units shall be provided without passing through any yard of a living unit
or any other yard.
d. Non-residential use. Portions of the property may be designed for non-

residential use provided the type of non-residential use is harmonious or
compatible with the residential character of the property. Some
examples of allowable non-residential uses are private clinic/office,
garages, and carports.
The computation of the non-residential area shall include hallways,

corridors or similar spaces which serve both residential and non-
residential areas. (See Fig. 11: Non-Residential Use)
Fig. 11: Non - Residential Use
NON-RESIDENTIAL AREAS >

25% OF TOTAL AREA
e. Cooperative store, and structures for the homeowners’ association.
Any non-residential use of any portion of the property shall be

subordinate to the residential use and character of the property. The
floor area authorized for non-residential use, whether in the principal
dwelling structure or in any accessory building, shall not exceed 25% of
the total residential area.
29
f. Open Space Requirements. Portions of the property shall be devoted to
open space to provide adequate light, ventilation and fire safety.
1) Setbacks from the property line shall be maintained, the minimum of

which shall be the following:
Table 11: Minimum Setbacks per Storey
Minimum Setback Requirement Per Storey

Kinds of Lot
1&2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Interior
Inside
Corner/Through 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.4 4.7 5.0
Lot abutting 3 or
more streets, alleys,
rivers, esteros, etc.
2) Distance between buildings shall also be adequately maintained to

ensure light and ventilation.
In general, the minimum distance between 2 buildings in which the

taller buildings does not exceed 2 storeys shall be 4.0 meters. And
the minimum horizontal clearance between the two roof eaves shall
be 1.50 meters. (See Fig. 12: Distance Between 2-Storey
Buildings).
Fig. 12: Distance Between 2-Storey Buildings
The minimum distance between two buildings wherein the taller

building has 3 or 4 storeys, shall be 6.0 meters. And the minimum
horizontal clearance between the two roof eaves shall be 2.0
meters. (See Fig. 13: Distance Between 3-Storey Buildings)
30
Fig. 13: Distance Between 3 - Storey Buildings
The minimum distance between buildings with more than 4 storeys

shall be 10 meters. The minimum horizontal clearance shall be 6.0
meters.
Except, however, in cases when the two sides of the buildings

facing each other are blank walls, i.e., either there are no openings
or only minimal openings for comfort rooms, the minimum distance
between the buildings shall be 2.0 meters. And the horizontal
clearance between the roof eaves shall be 1.0 meter. (See Fig. 14:
Distance Between Blank Walls of Two Buildings)
Fig. 14: Distance Between Blank Walls of Two Buildings
In the measurement of distance between two buildings,

measurement shall be made where the distance between the two
buildings is shortest. (See Fig. 15: Measurement of Distance
Between Buildings).
31
Fig. 15: Measurement of Distance Between Buildings
MEASURE THIS
SHORTEST DISTANCE
g. Parking Requirements. (Amended per Board Res. No. 824, Series of 2008)
For multi-family dwellings and condominiums, the parking requirement

shall be one (1) parking slot per eight (8) living units. The size of an
average automobile (car) parking slot must be computed at 2.5
meters by 5.0 meters for perpendicular or diagonal parking and at
2.15 meters by 6.0 meters for parallel parking.
The driveway may be used as parking area provided that the

minimum right-of-way shall be maintained. (See figure 16: Parking
Layout).
Fig. 16: Parking Layout
32
33
Off-site parking may be allowed in addition to on-site parking provided that
designated parking area is part of the project and provided further that it
shall not be 100 meters away from the condominium project.
Mandatory compliance with additional parking space required by local

ordinances.
34
2. Building Design Standards
a. Living Units
In general, all building design standards for the single-family dwelling shall
apply to all living units of multi-family dwellings, except that, the minimum
floor area of a living unit in multi-family dwellings shall be 22 square meters
for economic housing and 18 square meters for socialized housing. For BP
220 condominium projects, the minimum floor area shall be 18 square
meters.
b. Exits, Corridors, Exterior Exit Balconies and Common Stairways
Standards for exits, corridors, exterior balconies and common stairways

shall conform with the provisions of the National Building Code of the
Philippines and its Implementing Rules and Regulations as well as Section
3.1007 of the Implementing Rules and Regulations of the Fire Code of
the Philippines (Annex 1).
Automatic fire alarm suppression system should be provided for

structure more than 15 meters in height.
c. Utilities and Services
To ensure healthful and livable conditions in the project, basic utilities and
services shall be provided, the minimum requirements of which shall be:
1) Water Supply
Water supply shall be potable and adequate in amount; a main service

connection and a piping system with communal faucets to serve the
common areas like the garden, driveways, etc. shall be provided. Pipes
branching out from the main water line shall service the individual units
which shall be provided with individual water meters.
2) Power Supply/Electrical Service
If available in the vicinity, a main power service shall be provided with a

main circuit to service common lighting as well as common power needs
of the dwellings. Like the water system, however, branch circuits with
separate meters shall service the individual living units.
3) Drainage System
Surface run-offs shall be channeled to appropriate repositories.
4) Sewage Disposal System
Sewage disposal may be accomplished by any of the following means:
a) discharge to an existing public sewerage system
35
b) treatment in a community disposal plant or communal septic tank
c) treatment in individual septic tanks with disposal by absorption

field or leaching pit
5) Garbage Disposal System
Adequate services for the regular collection and disposal of garbage and
rubbish shall be in compliance with applicable local ordinances.
6) Elevator Requirements (If Applicable) (Amended per Board Res. No. 824, Series
of 2008)
Provision of elevators shall be required for buildings 6 storeys and

beyond. The same shall conform with the plans and specifications of
the duly licensed design architect/engineer who shall determine the
requirement for elevators including the number of cars, capacity, safety
features and standards, elevator type, speed and location in relation to
the over all design and use of the building. The design architect/engineer
shall certify under oath that all components thereof are in accordance
with the National Building Code of the Philippines, Accessibility Law,
National Industry Standards and other pertinent laws.
Compliance to the provisions of the Fire Code of the Philippines shall be

mandatory.
3. General Construction Requirements
a. Structural Requirements
All construction shall conform with the provisions of the latest edition of the
Philippine Structural Code.
b. Electrical Requirements
All electric systems, equipment and installation shall conform with the
provisions of the latest edition of the Philippine Electrical Code and the
requirements of the electric utility that serves the locality.
c. Sanitary Requirements
All sanitary systems, equipment and installation shall conform with the
provisions of the latest edition of Sanitation Code of the Philippines and its
Implementing Rules and Regulations and National Plumbing Code.
d. Construction Materials
The use of indigenous materials for site development and construction of

dwellings shall be encouraged, as long as these are in conformity with the
requirements of these Rules and ensures a building life span of at least 25
years, or in correspondence to loan terms payment.
36
Section 7. Variances/Exemptions
Variances from these standards and requirements may be granted pursuant to the
conditions stipulated in Board Resolution No. R-97, series of 1982 (Annex 2) under
strict observance hereof will cause unnecessary hardship to the case of regional
considerations/characteristics, peculiarities of the location and other relevant
factors.
RULE III
APPROVAL OF SUBDIVISION
PLANS AND BUILDING DESIGNS
Section 8. Approval Required

No development of economic and socialized housing projects shall be allowed
without having complied with the standards and approval procedures set forth in
these Rules.
An approved socialized housing project shall not be upgraded to any other type of
housing project.
Section 9. Approval of Proposed Residential Houses of Average

and Low-Income Earners
Individual lot owners who are average and low-income earners as defined under
BP 220 may construct their individual residential houses in the manner provided by
these Rules, provided that:
1. The development approval is secured from Local Government Unit thru

Sangguniang Bayan or Sangguniang Panglunsod prior to their construction
and;
2. The proposed building plans are submitted to the city/municipal engineer for
approval.
Section 10. Application for Approval of Subdivision Development

Plan
Every registered owner or developer of a parcel of land who wishes to convert the
same into a subdivision project shall apply with the Housing and Land Use
Regulatory Board or Local Government Unit concerned for approval of the
subdivision development plan by filing the following:
A. For Optional Application for Preliminary Subdivision Development Plan
1. At least 2 sets of site development plan (schematic plan) at a scale ranging

from 1:200 to 1:2,000 showing the proposed layout of streets, lots, parks
and playgrounds and other features in relation to existing conditions in the
area, prepared, signed and sealed by any licensed and registered
37
architect, environmental planner, civil engineer, or geodetic engineer.
(Amended per Board Res. No. 794, Series of 2006)
2. A set of the following documents duly signed and sealed by a licensed

geodetic engineer:
a. Vicinity map indicating the adjoining land uses, access, as well as

existing facilities and utilities at least within 500 meters from the property
boundaries of the project, drawn to any convenient scale.
b. Topographic plan to include existing conditions as follows:
1) Boundary lines: bearings and distances or geographic coordinates of

the reference or tie point (referred to as the BLLM #);
2) Streets, easements, width and elevation of right-of-way within the

project and adjacent subdivisions/areas;
3) Utilities within and adjacent to the proposed subdivision project,

location, sizes and invert elevations of sanitary and storm or
combined sewers; location of gas lines, fire hydrants, electric and
telephone poles and street lights. If water mains and sewers are not
within/adjacent to the subdivision, indicate the direction and distance
to and size of nearest one, showing invert elevations of sewers, if
applicable;
4) Ground elevation of the subdivision: for ground that slopes less than
2%, indicate spot elevations at all breaks in grade, along all
drainage channels and at selected points not more than 25 meters
apart in all directions: for ground that slopes more than 2%, either
indicate contours with an interval of not more than 0.50 meter if
necessary due to irregular land or need for more detailed
preparation of plans and construction drawings.
5) Watercourses, marshes, rock and wooded areas, presence of all

preservable trees in caliper diameter of 200 milimeters, houses,
barns, shacks, and other significant features.
6) Proposed public improvements: highways or other major

improvements planned by public authorities for future construction
within/adjacent to the subdivision.
c. Survey plan of the lot(s) as described in TCT(s).
3. At least 2 copies of certified true copy of title(s) and current tax receipts
4. Right to use or deed of sale of right-of-way for access road and other
utilities when applicable, subject to just compensation for private land.
Approval of the Preliminary Subdivision Development Plan will be valid only for a
period of 180 days from date of approval.
38
B. For application for Subdivision Development Permit
1. All requirements for application for preliminary Subdivision

Development Plan as specified on Section 10.A of this Rule.
2. Subdivision Development Plan consisting of the site development plan

at any of the following scales: 1:200; 1:1,000; or any scale not
exceeding 1:2,000; showing all proposals including the following:
a. Roads, easements or right-of-way and roadway width, alignment,

gradient, and similar data for alleys, if any.
b. Lot numbers, lines and areas and block numbers.
c. Site data such as number of residential and saleable lots, typical lot size,
parks and playgrounds and open spaces.
The Subdivision Development Plan shall be prepared, signed and sealed

by any licensed and registered architect, environmental planner, civil
engineer or geodetic engineer. (Amended per Board Res. No. 794, Series of 2006)
3. Civil and Sanitary Works Design
Engineering plans/construction drawings based on applicable engineering

code and design criteria to include the following:
a. At least 2 copies of road (geometric and structural) design/plan duly

signed and sealed by a licensed civil engineer.
1) Profile derived from existing topographic map signed and sealed by a

licensed geodetic engineer showing the vertical control, designed
grade, curve elements and all information needed for construction.
2) Typical roadway sections showing relative dimensions of pavement,

sub-base and base preparation, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, shoulders,
benching and others.
3) Details of roadway and miscellaneous structure such as curb and

gutter (barrier, mountable and drop), slope protection wall and
retaining wall.
b. At least 2 copies of storm drainage and sanitary sewer system duly

signed and sealed by a licensed sanitary engineer or civil engineer.
1) Profile showing the hydraulic gradients and properties of sanitary and

storm drainage lines including structures in relation with the road
grade line.
2) Details of sanitary and storm drainage lines and miscellaneous

structures such as various types of manholes, catch basins, inlets
(curb, gutter, and drop), culverts and channel linings.
39
c. At least 2 copies of site grading plan with finished contour lines
superimposed on the existing ground the limits of earth work
embankment slopes, cut slopes, surface drainage, drainage outfalls and
others, duly signed and sealed by a licensed civil engineer.
4. At least two 2 copies of water system layout and details duly signed and
sealed by a licensed sanitary engineer or civil engineer. Should a pump
motor has a horsepower (hp) rating of 50 hp or more, its pump rating and
specifications shall be signed and sealed by a professional mechanical
engineer.
5. Certified true copy of tax declaration covering the property(ies) subject of

the application for the year immediately preceding;
6. Zoning Certification from HLURB Regional Office.
7. Certified true copy of DAR Conversion Order.
8. Certified true copy of Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) or

Certificate Of Non-Coverage (CNC), whichever is applicable, duly issued by
the DENR;
9. At least 2 copies of project description for projects having areas of 1 hectare

and above to include the following:
a. Project profile indicating the cost of raw land and its development (total
project cost), amortization schedule, sources of financing, cash flow,
architectural scheme, if any, and work program;
b. Audited financial statement for the last 3 preceding years;
c. Income Tax Return for the last three 3 preceding years;
d. Certificate of registration with Securities and Exchange Commission

(SEC);
e. Articles of incorporation or partnership;
f. Corporation by-laws and all implementing amendments, and
g. For new corporations (3 years and below) statement of capitalization and

10. Plans specifications, bill of materials and cost estimates duly signed and
sealed by the appropriate licensed professionals.
11. Application for permit to drill from the National Water Resources Board
(NWRB).
12. Traffic impact assessment for projects 30 hectares and above.
40
13. List of names of duly licensed professionals who signed the plans and other
similar documents in connection with application filed indicating the
following information:
a. Surname;
b. First name;
c. Middle name;
d. Maiden name, in case of married women professional;
e. Professional license number, date of issue and expiration of its validity;
and
f. Professional tax receipt and date of issue
g. Taxpayer’s identification number (TIN)
If the establishment of the subdivision project is physically feasible and does not
run counter to the approved Comprehensive Land Use Plan and Zoning
Ordinance of the City or Municipality and the plan complies with these Rules, the
same shall be approved and a Development Permit shall be issued upon
payment of the prescribed processing fee.
A Development Permit shall only be valid for a period of 3 years from date of
issue if no physical development is introduced.
The owner or developer shall cause the necessary surveys of the project and
prepare the survey returns with technical description and computations duly
signed and sealed by a licensed geodetic engineer to be submitted together and
in accordance with the approved subdivision plan, to the Land Management
Sector (LMS) for verification and approval; pursuant to Section 50 of PD 1529
(Property Registration Decree) and subject to the provisions of R.A. 8560 and its
Implementing Rules and Regulations.
Section 11. Evaluation of Land Development and Structural

Design Components of Project
Should the project be found locationally viable, the Board shall proceed to
determine whether the land development scheme and building design are in
accordance with the standards set forth in these Rules. If the design is not in
compliance with the standards set forth in these Rules, the developer shall be
required to revise the same.
Section 12. Survey and Approval of Subdivision Plan

Upon the approval of the subdivision development plan for economic and
socialized housing projects, the developer shall submit the subdivision plan
together with the parcellary map to the Land Management Sector for the conduct
of verification survey and approval of the subdivision scheme.
41
RULE IV
REGISTRATION AND LICENSING OF
ECONOMIC AND SOCIALIZED HOUSING PROJECTS
Section 13. Application for Registration
A. Common Requirements
No subdivision or condominium intended for economic and socialized housing shall

be sold unless it has been registered and issued a License to Sell in accordance
with these Rules.
Upon receipt of Verified Survey Returns of subdivision plan from the Land
Management Sector, the developer shall cause the registration of the project with
the Board by submitting the following documents:
1. Sworn registration statement using either:
a. HLURB form 001 for corporation (See Annex 3)

b. HLURB form 003 for single proprietorship (See Annex 4)
2. Certified true copy of Transfer Certificate of Title (TCT) or Original Certificate

of Title (OCT) duly stamped with original marking “Certified True Copy” by
the proper Register of Deeds and bearing its seal or security marker.
a. When project covers more than 20 individual titles without the required
marks described above, the following shall be submitted:
1) Photocopy of TCTs
2) Certification from the Register of Deeds concerned with its seal or

security mark giving the following information:
a) TCT or OCT numbers;
b) Name of all registered owner(s) and their sharing, if any;
c) Area covered by each title;
d) Number of OCT or TCT from which the title is derived;
e) Statement of all uncancelled liens and encumbrances, if any;
f) Lot and block numbers as well as PSD, PSU, PCS, or other

relevant numbers
b. When certified copy of the TCT was issued more than one month prior to
application for Certificate of Registration (CR), affidavit of the owner that
the property is free from liens and encumbrances. When the applicant is
not the owner, deed from the registered owner showing clearly the
authority of the applicant to the property, its development and sale of
42
individual lots or units; to sign and receive documents; and other
relevant authority. Provided, however, that in case the subdivision
project or portion thereof is mortgaged, affidavit of undertaking to submit
title; certification from the mortgagee regarding outstanding balance of
loan and amortization schedule; mortgage of contract; and affidavit of
undertaking of mortgagor.
3. Duly audited balanced sheet (certified copy of the original) issued and
signed by the authorized official of the applicant and under the latter’s
authority.
a. When individual person involved and no balance sheet can be

submitted, income tax returns for the preceding year duly received by
BIR office and tax receipts evidencing payment.
b. When applicant is a new corporation, partnership, or single

proprietorship, i.e., no financial statement or Income Tax Return has
been prepared yet, sworn statement declaring:
1) Other assets or sources of funds and other resources;
2) The nature of control or ownership over such assets, funds or

resources;
3) Commitment to the effect that, if necessary, the same shall be used

to complete the project.
4. Articles of incorporation (or of partnership or association), amendments

thereof and existing by-laws (or its equivalent) clearly indicating the
authority of the applicant to engage in real estate trade particularly in the
development and selling of lots or units. When an applicant deviates from
the intended line of business stipulated in its articles of incorporation (or
partnership or association), authorization from the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) and/or the appropriate government agency to engage in
the development and selling of the subject project.
5. A copy of any circular, prospectus, brochure, advertisement, or

communication used/to be used for public offering of subject project and for
circulation upon approval by this Board.
6. Sample copy of contract to sell to be used in the public offering of lots, units
or lots and units. When amendments shall be effected on the form contract
submitted for notification/approval by HLURB, pro-forma affidavit signifying
willingness to change project name.
7. Certified true copy of Environmental Compliance Certificate

(ECC)/Certificate Of Non-Coverage (CNC), whichever is applicable, duly
issued by the Department Of Environmental And Natural Resources
(DENR).
43
8. Zoning Certification from HLURB Regional Office.
9. Certified true copy of DAR Conversion Order.

(In cases where the property involved is located in an area already
classified as residential, commercial, industrial or other similar
development purposes as provided in CLUPs approved pursuant to
EO 72, Series of 1993, a DAR Conversion Order shall no longer be
required as a precondition for issuance of Certificate of Registration
and License to Sell). (Amended per Board Res. No. 748, Series of 2003)
10. Electrical plan and specifications duly signed and sealed by a licensed
professional electrical engineer and duly approved by the local franchise
holder as appropriate.
11. Permit to operate a deepwell and subsequent submission of confirmed water

resistivity test from the National Water Resources Board (NWRB). Water
potability test results from concerned government agencies.
B. Additional Requirements
1. For condominium projects, master deeds with declaration of registration and

declaration of restrictions evidenced by the proper annotations thereof in the
title(s) of the property and the certified true copy of such title(s) from the
Register Of Deeds.
2. For subdivision projects:
a. Two copies of Verified Survey Returns with label for all non-saleable
areas including but not limited to parks and playgrounds, community
facilities and roads and easements;
b. Copy of the following documents in case the Development Permit was

issued by the Local Government Unit (LGU) pursuant to the 1991 Local
Government Code and related issuances:
1) Sangguniang Resolution/Ordinance granting of Development

Permit/Subdivision Development Plan containing the following
information:
a) Full name of the grantee or permittee and his address;

b) Complete project name and its location;
c) Date of the resolution or ordinance;
d) Project area;
e) Full listing of title(s) covering the project;
f) Legal basis of the approval (PD 957, BP 220, EO 648 and other
related laws)
2) Certified true copy of resolution conferring authority to the mayor or

other local government official to issue development permit in
cases where the same was not granted by the Sangguniang
Pambayan/Panglunsod.
44
Evidences of approval by the local government of the subdivision
scheme must be any original copy or one certified as true copy
thereof by the authorized local government official, indicating
clearly his full name and position and the date of approval. It must
contain the same data as above described. Most important of all, it
must bear an indication of Sanggunian approval such as but not
limited to words like: “approved by authority of the Sanggunian” or
others of similar import, it being understood that the Sangguniang
Bayan/Panglungsod has properly issued such authority.
3) Proof of compliance to Section 18 of RA 7279 (for BP 220 project

whose selling price is above the maximum selling price of
socialized housing project) in any of the following manner:
a) Development Permit of socialized housing projects within the

main subdivision.
b) License to Sell of socialized housing project offered as
compliance if location of compliance is not within the main
subdivision project.
c) Joint venture agreement with LGU or other housing agencies.
d) Certified true copy of bond issued by the LGU where the main
project is located or by any of the housing agencies.
4) Topographic Plan
c. Project study
d. Copy of brochures and other form of advertisements.
Section 14. Application for License to Sell

The owner or the real estate dealer interested in the sale of lots or units in a
subdivision or condominium project shall apply with the Board for a License To Sell
by submitting the following:
1. Program of development (bar chart with S-curve, Gantt chart/PERT-CPM, etc.)

signed and sealed by a licensed engineer or architect indicating work activities,
duration and costing.
2. Affidavit of undertaking to perform the following:
a. Segregation of the individual titles for all lots or units within the project;
b. Submission of proof that titles to the saleable lots or units have been issued,
which proof may include a certification from concerned Register of Deeds
indicating the lots/blocks or units or data similar to those required under the
requirement for Certificate of Registration only when required by the Board.
c. Submission of a certified true copy of title of the common areas/open space,

which title shall expressly indicate the kind of common use approved
45
therefor, on or before a definite date (to be specified by applicant subject to
approval by the Board).
3. Duly accomplished and notarized fact sheet
4. Proof showing the required minimum level of development before the

issuance of license sell: (Per Board Res. No. R-830, Series of 2008)
a. For subdivision projects – land clearing and grubbing, road tracing,

earthworks, sub-base and base preparation activities, and entrance
gate if included in the brochure, advertisement or development plan.
b. For condominium projects – civil and structural works of foundation to

include excavation, pile driving, concreting, steel reinforcement and
formworks.
Section 15. Notice of Publication (Per Board Res. No. R-764,Series of 2004)
Upon evaluation of the completeness and veracity of the documents submitted, the
Board shall cause the publication at the expense of the applicant, of a notice on
application for Certificate of Registration in one newspaper of general circulation, in
English or in Pilipino, reciting therein that an application for registration statement
for the sale of subdivision lots and condominium units has been filed with the
Board; and that the aforesaid application, as well as documents attached thereto,
are open to inspection during business hours by interested parties. In addition, a 3’
x 6’ billboard notice of the project shall be posted on the project site until the
issuance of the license to sell.
Failure to publish the notice of filing of registration statement within two (2)
weeks from receipt of notice to publish issued by the Board, the owner/
developer shall be required to re-file the application for Certificate of
Registration.
Section 16. Certificate of Registration (Per Board Res. No. R-764,Series of 2004)
After five (5) days(Per Board Res. No. 812, Series of 2007) from the completion of the
publication as provided for in Section 15 and upon submission of the
affidavit of publications, executed by the publisher, the Board shall, in the
absence of an opposition to the Registration of the project, issue a
Certificate of Registration “upon payment of the prescribed fees.” (Per Board Res.
No. 812, Series of 2007)
Section 17. License to Sell (Per Board Res. No. R-764,Series of 2004)
No owner or developer shall sell any disposable subdivision lot or condominium
unit in a registered property without a license to sell issued by the Board within 2
weeks from registration of such project.
Upon proper application therefore, submission of the required work program,

performance bond and payment of the prescribed license fee by the owner or
developer, the Board shall issue a license to sell the lot or unit in the project or
46
portion thereof covered by the performance bond, provided that submitted
registration statement and other pertinent documentary requirements can establish
that the proposed sale of the subdivision lot or condominium unit to the public is
not fraudulent.
The Performance Bond required may be in any of the following forms or a

combination thereof:
A. A surety bond callable upon demand amounting to 10% of the

development cost of the unfinished portion of the approved plan issued
by a duly accredited bonding company (whether private or government)
and acceptable to the Board; or
B. Real estate mortgage to be executed by the applicant as mortgagor in

favor of the Republic of the Philippines as mortgagee, the latter as
represented by and acting through the HLURB, over a property other
than that subject of the application, free from any liens and
encumbrance and provided, that the value of the property, computed on
the basis of the zonal valuation schedule of the Bureau of Internal
Revenue, shall be at least 10% of the total development cost; or
C. Other forms of security equivalent to 5% of the development cost of the

unfinished portion of the approved plan which may be in the form of the
following:
1. Cash Bond;
2. Fiduciary deposit made with the cashier and/or disbursing officer of

the Board;
3. A certificate of guaranty deposit issued by any bank or financing

institution of good standing in favor of the Board for the total
development cost;
4. A letter from any bank of recognized standing certifying that so much

has been set aside from the bank account of the applicant in favor of
the Board which amount may be withdrawn by the Chief Executive
Officer of the Board or by his duly authorized representative, at any
time the principal fails or refuses to comply with his duties and
obligations under the bond contract;
5. Any irrevocable credit line to be utilized in the development of the

project from any bank of recognized standing and a refinancing re-
structuring program indicating sources of funding from duly
accredited funding institutions.
47
Section 18. Monitoring of Project
The Board shall have the power to monitor projects granted Development
Approval and License to Sell under these Rules to ensure faithful compliance with
the terms, standards and conditions thereof. It may exercise visitorial powers and
in case of violation or non-compliance of the terms, standards and conditions set
forth in the approval and the license issued, it may institute revocation proceedings
and impose appropriate fines and penalties.
48
RULE V
Section 19. Definition of terms

As used in this rules, the following words and phrases are defined and understood
to have the meaning correspondingly indicated therein.
1. Alley – a public way with a width of 2.0 meters intended to break a block and to
serve both pedestrian and for emergency vehicles, both ends connecting to
streets. It shall not be used as access to property.
2. Block - A parcel of land bounded on the sides by streets occupied by or

intended for buildings.
3. Board or HLURB - shall mean the Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board.
4. Cluster Housing - single-family detached dwelling unit containing three or

more separate living units grouped closely together to form relatively compact
structures.
5. Community Facilities - facilities or structures intended to serve common

needs and for the benefit of the community, such as neighborhood/multi-
purpose center, drugstore, school, livelihood center, and the like.
6. Dwelling - a building designed or used as residence for one or more families.
a. Dwelling Types
Single Detached - a dwelling for 1 family which is completely surrounded

by permanent open spaces, with independent access, services, and use of
land.
Duplex/Single Attached - a dwelling containing 2 or more separate living

units each of which is separated from another by party or lot lines walls and
provided with independent access, services, and use of land. Such dwelling
shall include duplexes, quadruplex or terraces, and cluster housing.
Row house - a single-attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate

living units designed in such a way that they abut each other at the sides, as
in a row, and are separated from each other by party walls; provided with
independent access, and use of land. There shall be a maximum of 20
units per block or cluster but in no case shall this be beyond 100 meters in
length.
Single-family dwelling – shall mean single family per lot.
Multi Family Dwelling – a dwelling on 1 lot containing separate living units

for 3 or more families, usually provided with common access, services and
use of land.
49
b. Level of Completion
Shell house - a habitable dwelling unit which meets the minimum

requirements for a housing core with the following additional components
being included as part thereof:
1) All exterior walls to enclose the unit

2) Openings for doors and windows
3) Plumbing fixtures
4) Electrical wiring within the unit
5) Floor
Complete House - a habitable dwelling unit which meets the minimum

requirements for a shell house with the following additional components
being included as part thereof: all windows and doors and partition walls for
separating functional areas.
7. Economic Housing - a type of housing project provided to average income

families.
8. Fire Resistive Time Period Rating - fire resistive time period is the length of
time a material can withstand being burned which may be 1 hour, 2 hours, 3
hours, 4 hours or more.
9. Firewall - any wall which separates 2 abutting living units and extends
vertically from the lowest portion of the wall which adjoins the 2 living
units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meter above the highest portion of
the roof attached to it; the firewall shall also extend horizontally up to a
minimum distance beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units.
(Amended per Board Res. No. 824, Series of 2008)
10. Frontage - that part or end of a lot which abuts a street.
11. Living Unit - a dwelling, or portion thereof, providing complete living facilities
for 1 family, including provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, bathing
and toilet facilities and laundry facilities, the same as a single-family dwelling.
12. Lot - a portion of a subdivision or any parcel of land intended as a unit for
transfer of ownership or for building development.
13. Lot Line Wall - a wall used only by the party upon whose lot the wall is located,
erected at a line separating two parcels of land each of which is a separate real
estate entity.
14. Multi Family Dwelling – a dwelling on one lot containing separate living units
for 3 or more families, usually provided with common access, services and use
of land.
15. Occupancy – the purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used.
The term shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of
occupancy is not intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.
50
16. Open Space - shall refer to areas allocated for the following purposes:
a. Circulation
b. Community facilities
c. Park/playground
d. Easements
e. Courts
17. Party Wall - a wall used jointly by two parties under easement agreement,
erected upon a line separating 2 parcels of land each of which is a separate
real estate.
18. Pathwalk – a public way intended to be used only as pedestrian access to

property for socialized housing projects. It shall have a width of 3.0 meters and
a maximum length of 60 meters.
19. Parks/Playgrounds - that portion of the subdivision which is generally not built
on and intended for passive or active recreation.
20. Socialized Housing - refers to housing programs and projects covering houses
and lots and homelots only undertaken by the government or the private sector
for the underprivileged and homeless citizens which shall include sites and
services development, long term financing, liberalized terms on interest
payments, and such other benefits in accordance with the provisions of R.A.
7279 or the urban development and housing act of 1992.
Section 20. Conformance to the Requirements of Other Pertinent

Laws, Rules and Regulations
Unless otherwise amended or expressly provided, the provisions of Presidential

Decree No. 957 and its Implementing Rules on the following Sections are hereby
adopted in these Rules:
1. Application for approval of condominium projects

2. Registration of real estate dealers, brokers and salesmen
3. Submission of Semestral Reports on Operations
4. Display of Certificate of Registration and License to Sell
5. Lost or Destroyed Certificate of Registration or License to Sell
6. Advertisement
7. Time of Completion
8. Transfer of ownership or change of name
9. Alteration of Plans
10. Non-Forfeiture of Payments
11. Registration of Conveyance
12. Mortgages
13. Complaints against owners, developers, dealers, brokers, salesmen
14. Administrative fines
15. Criminal penalties
16. Take-over Development
17. Fees
18. Identification of lot subject of sale
51
19. Broker/salesmen as witness to sales
20. Phases of Subdivision
21. Realty Tax and Other Charges
22. Conversion of existing structures
Section 21. Non-Development

Failure on the part of the owner or developer to develop the project in accordance
with the approved project plans and within the time herein specified shall subject
the owner/developer to administrative sanctions and penalties.
Section 22. Organization and Registration of Homeowners

The owner or developer of a socialized and economic housing project shall initiate
the organization of a homeowners association among the buyers and residents of
the project for the purpose of promoting and protecting their mutual interest. Said
homeowners association shall register with the Board and the latter is hereby
authorized to accredit and determine the legitimate homeowners association of the
housing project for purposes of applying the pertinent provisions of these Rules.
Section 23. Donation of Roads, Open Spaces and Water Supply

The owner or project developer shall donate the roads and open spaces found in
the project to the local government of the area after their completion had been
certified to by the Board and it shall be mandatory for the said local government to
accept such donations. Parks and playgrounds maybe donated to the duly
accredited Homeowners Association of the project with the consent of the city or
municipality concerned under PD 1216.
The water supply system of the project may likewise be donated to the duly
accredited homeowners association after certification by the Board of its
completion and of its being operational. Should the homeowners not accept the
donation, the owner or developer of the project shall collect reasonable rates to be
determined by the Board in consultation with the National Water Resources Board
or the Local Water Works and Utilities Administration. The proceeds thereof shall
be used exclusively for the maintenance and operation of the water system by the
developer.
Section 24. Separability Clause

The provisions of these Rules are hereby declared separable, and in the event any
of such provisions are declared null and void, the validity of all other provisions
shall not be affected thereby.
Section 25. Effectivity

These Rules shall take effect thirty days after its publication in a newspaper of
general circulation in the Philippines.
52
ANNEX 1
SECTION 3.1007 DETACHED SINGLE AND TWO FAMILY DWELLINGS
OF THE RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING
THE FIRE CODE OF THE PHILIPPINES (PD NO. 1185)
A. General – This rule covers detached single and two dwellings. Where the
occupancy is so limited, the only requirements applicable are those in
this Section.
B. Exit Details
(1) Number, type and access to exits
a. In any dwelling of more than 2 rooms, every room used for sleeping,
living or dining purposes shall have at least two (2) means of
egress, at least one (1) of which shall be a door or stairway
providing a means of unobstructed travel to the outside of the
building at street ground level. No room or a space shall be
occupied for living or sleeping purposes which is accessible only
by a ladder, folding stairs or through a trap door.
b. Every sleeping room shall have at least one (1) outside window.
Such window could be opened from the inside, without the use of
tools, to provide a clear opening of not less than fifty six (56)
centimeters in least dimension and forty five-hundredths (0.45)
square meter in area. The bottom of the opening shall be not more
than one hundred twenty two (122) centimeters above the floor,
except if the room has two (2) doors providing separate ways of
escape or has a door leading directly outside of the building.
c. No required path of travel to the outside from any room shall be

through another room or apartment not under the immediate
control of the occupant of the first room or his family, not through a
bathroom or other space subject of locking.
d. No exit access from sleeping rooms to outside shall be less than

ninety (90) centimeters wide.
e. No interior door providing means of exit shall be less than sixty (60)
centimeters wide.
f. Every closet door latch shall be such that children can open the
door from inside the closet.
g. Every bathroom door lock shall be designed to permit the opening

of the locked door from the outside in an emergency.
h. Stairs – the width, risers and treads of every stair shall comply at
least with the minimum requirements for Class B stairs.
53
C. Interior Finish – interior finish of occupied spaces of new buildings shall
be Class A, B or C as defined in Section 3.504 and existing buildings, the
interior finish shall be Class A, B, C or D.
D. Building Service Equipment – no heating equipment such as stove or

combustion heater shall be so located as to block escape in case of fire
arising from malfunctioning of the stove or heater.
54
ANNEX 2
RESOLUTION NO. R-532

Series of 1993
APPROVING THE RULES AND REGULATIONS IMPLEMENTING

P.D. 953 WHICH REQUIRES AMONG OTHERS EVERY OWNER
OF AN EXISTING SUBDIVISION TO PLANT TREES IN
DESIGNATED AREAS
WHEREAS, Presidential Decree No. 953 requires the planting of trees in

certain places and penalizes unauthorized cutting, destruction, damaging and
injuring of certain plants and vegetation;
WHEREAS, the Board takes cognizance of the need and growing concern
for the environment and preservation of ecological balance and the public clamor
for the greening of urban areas such as residential subdivision projects;
WHEREFORE, be it RESOLVED that the “Rules Implementing P.D. 953

Which Requires Among Others Every Owner of an Existing Subdivision to Plant
Trees in Designated Areas”, hereto attached as Annex “A” and made an integral
part hereof; be APPROVED as it is hereby APPROVED.
APPROVED, Quezon City, 12 July 1993.
(SGD.) DIONISIO C. DELA SERNA

Chairman, HUDCC
Ex-Officio Chairman, HLRB
(SGD.) JOEL L. ALTEA (SGD.) ERNESTO C. MENDIOLA

Asst. Secretary, DPWH Commissioner and
Ex-Officio Commissioner Chief Executive Officer
(SGD.) RAMON S. ESGUERRA (SGD.) ROMULO Q. FABUL

Undersecretary, DOJ Commissioner
(SGD.) VICTOR R. SUMULONG (SGD.) LUIS T. TUNGPALAN

Commissioner, DILG Commissioner
(SGD.) ANICETO M. SOBREPENA

Deputy Director-General, NEDA
Ex-Officio Commissioner
Attested By:
(SGD.) FRANCISCO L. DAGNALAN

Board Secretary
55
Annex 2.A
RULES IMPLEMENTING P.D. 953 REQUIRING THE

PLANTING OF TREES IN CERTAIN PLACES AND PENALIZING
UNAUTHORIZED CUTTING, DESTRUCTION, DAMAGING AND
INJURING OF CERTAIN TREES, PLANTS AND VEGETATION
Pursuant to Article IV Section 5 I of Executive Order No. 648 the

following rules are promulgated to implement Presidential Decree
953.
RULE I
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1. TITLE – this Rules and Regulations shall be known as the Rules and
Regulations implementing PD 953 which Requires among others
Every Owner of an Existing Subdivision to Plant Trees in Designated
Areas.
Section 2. DECLARATION OF POLICIES – It is the policy of the government to

create and maintain a healthful environment by requiring the planting
of trees in areas reserved as parks and playgrounds and along all
roads and service streets.
Section 3. SCOPE OF APPLICATION – These rules shall apply to all existing

subdivisions approved as of the effectivity of the law on July 6, 1976.
RULE II
Section 4. DEFITION OF TERMS:
1. Existing It shall refer to subdivision projects whose plans have been

Subdivision approved after July 6, 1976 by the government authorities
concerned, provided that the road lots and open spaces
therein have not yet been issued certificate of completion by
the Board and donated to the local government unit concerned
or to the Homeowners Association in the case of parks and
playground. It shall include those projects approved prior to
July 1976 if the same were registered and issued license to
sell after July 6, 1976.
2. Subdivision it shall refer to a subdivision as defined under PD 957 and

which have designated open spaces and delineated road
lots/service streets in the approved plans.
3. Open spaces shall mean an area reserved exclusively for parks,

playgrounds, recreational uses and other similar facilities and
amenities.
56
4. Road Lots shall include roads, sidewalks, alleys and planting strips and
its gutters drainage and sewerage.
5. Application refers to applications for development permit, alteration,

license to sell, requests for extension of time, advertisement,
mortgage clearance and other similar permits pursuant to PD
957 and other related laws and its implementing rules and
regulations.
6. Deputees refers to the heads of regional field offices of the Board or the
local government official deputized pursuant to the rules
implementing EO 71 Series of 1993.
RULE III
HLRB ACTION
Section 5. APPROVAL OF SUBDIVISION PLANS - No subdivision

plan shall be approved without the submission of an
undertaking from owner/developer to plant trees as indicated
therein within one year from the issuance of its License to Sell
or such period as may be approved by the Board.
Section 6. LICENSE TO SELL – No License to Sell shall be issued

without the submission of plans duly approved by the Housing
and Land Use Regulatory Board (HLRB) based on the
manuals/guidelines of the BFD indicating the location and type
of trees to be planted in its parks and playground (open space)
and along roads and service streets.
Section 7. MONITORING OF COMPLIANCE – Monitoring of compliance

to these rules shall form part of the regular monitoring
activities of the Board. The HLRB or its deputees shall
monitor compliance to this requirements by accomplishing the
prescribed inspection report (Annex A of this Rules). The
report as prescribed per Annex A shall be accomplished for
every inspection conducted after the issuance of the license to
sell and shall be an integral part of the report form prescribed
under Office circular 11, Series of 1990. Non compliance to
the tree planting requirements shall be a cause for
cancellation of License to Sell.
Section 8. ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION – No

Certificate of Completion (COC) shall be issued by the HLRB
unless the subdivision owner/developer complies with the
provisions of these Rules and Regulations.
RULE IV
OBLIGATIONS OF THE OWNER/DEVELOPER OF SUBDIVISION
Section 9. MAINTENANCE – It shall be the continuing obligation of the

owner/developer to take good care of the trees planted and
from time to time remove any tree planted by them in their
57
respective areas which has grown very old, is deceased or in
defective and replant with trees their respective areas
whenever necessary. The developer shall be relieved of the
obligation to maintain the trees planted only upon the issuance
of a certificate of completion by the HLRB and upon receipt by
the local government unit concerned of the Deed of Donation
for the Road Lots and open spaces duly executed in their
favor on the Homeowners Association in the case of parks and
playground with the consent of the local government.
RULE V
SANCTIONS
Section 10. APPLICATION OF THE RULES AND REGULATIONS

IMPLEMENTING THE CRITERION ON GOOD REPUTE . . . .
. – No new applications of developers who have not complied
with the tree planting requirements in his previous
application(s) shall be acted upon unless he issues proof of
compliance with his previous project(s).
RULE VI
Section 11. SUPPLEMENTAL RULES – The chief Executive shall issue

supplemental rules as may be necessary in implementing and
interpreting these guidelines consistent with the provisions
thereof.
Section 12. SEPARABILITY CLAUSE – In case these rules or any part

thereof are found to be unconstitutional or invalid for any
reasons the remainder thereof shall not be affected by the
declaration of invalidity and shall remain in full force and
effect.
Section 13. EFFECTIVITY – These Rules shall take effect fifteen (15)
days after publication in a newspaper of general circulation.
APPROVED THIS 12th day of July, 1993 at Quezon City.
58
CERTIFICATION
This is to certify that the foregoing Rules and Regulations constitute the
attachment referred to in HLRB Board Resolution NO. R-532, Series of 1993 as
Annex 2.A thereof, and that the same was deliberated and passed upon as an
integral part of the said Resolution during the Board’s 255th Regular Board Meeting
held last July 12, 1993.
Witness my hand and the seal of this Board, this 12th day of July 1993.
(SGD.) ATTY. FRANCISCO L. DAGNALAN

Board Secretary, HLRB
59
HOUSING AND LAND USE REGULATORY BOARD
Fact Sheet and Ocular Inspection/Project Evaluation Report Form
D
ate
Project Name:_______________________________Project No.: ____________ Date of Inspection : ___________

Location:______________________________________Total Saleable Lots/Units Occupied:__________________
Owner:_______________________________________________No. of Lots/Units Fully
Paid:_______________________
Address:_____________________________________Tel. No. _______ No. of Lots/Units Not Fully Paid _______
Developer:____________________________________________Account Receivables:______________________
Address:__________________________________ Tel. No. __________ Date Development Started:___________
Land Area:_________ Total Saleable Lots/Units:___________Date Permit Issued:___________Issued
by:_____________
Project Type: PD 957 [ ] BP [ ] (Others) Specify [ ] ________ Date License Issued _______Issued
by:__________
Latest Date of Inspection:____ Conducted by:_____Date Registered:_______ Reg.
by:___________
Last Reported Status of Dev’t:____________L.S. No.______________ Reg. by:___________
Purpose of Inspection:_____________________________Inspected Conducted by:_______
No. of Trees to be Status of Tress Planted

Planted per Approved Numbers of Tress
Road Lot/Alley Defective
Plan Planted & Alive Deceased
No./TCT Remarks
Right-Side Left-Side Left- Left – Left-
Right-Side Right-Side Right-Side
of Road of Road Side Side Side
Parks and
Playground
No./TCT
This Form shall be notarized if accomplished by Project Owner/Developer/Engineer.
VERIFICATION
_________________________________ of legal age, after having duly sworn, depose and say that I have sealed and
accomplished this form and the events hereof are true & correct.
_________________________
60
ANNEX “2.B”
MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NO. 29

Series of 2005 (19 July)
TO : ALL CONCERNED
FROM : THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
SUBJECT : AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM CIRCULAR NO. 06,

DATED 21 JANUARY 2005, ENTITLED “SUPPLEMENTAL
RULES AND REGULATIONS TO IMPLEMENT PD 953,
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER NO. 2, SERIES OF 1994”
----------------------------------------------------------------
In view of the issuance of Board Res. No. 775, Series of 2004, Approving the Deletion of
Item 4 of Board Res. No. 725, Series of 2002, entitled “Amending the Revised
Implementing Rules and Regulations for PD 957 and BP 220”, the above subject is hereby
issued for consistency and compliance.
A. Definition of Terms
1. Shade trees - usually large trees with profused branches and extended laterally at
least four meters in height
2. Ornamental tree - medium-sized trees with less profused primarily branches and
attain a maximum height of three meters
3. Garden plants – single woody stem plants which do not have primary branches
B. Designated Areas for Planting Trees
The planting of trees shall be required in areas reserved for parks and playgrounds
and along planting strips of subdivision projects.
C. General Guidelines in Planting of Trees along Planting Strips of Subdivision

Projects
1. All shade trees shall be planted along the side of the road opposite the electrical
power distribution lines. The recommended distance between shade trees shall be
five (5) meters. Refer to Figure 1.
2. Ornamental trees shall be planted on the planting strip along the side of the
electrical power distribution lines. The recommended distance between ornamental
trees shall be three (3) meters. Refer to Figure 1
3. The vertical clearance from the topmost part of the ornamental trees to the primary
electrical power distribution lines shall be three (3) meters. Refer to Figure 2.
4. Coconut and other high growing plants shall not be allowed in all designated
planting strips.
5. Recommended potted planting materials is at least 1 meter in height for higher
plant survival.
6. THE NUMBER OF TREES TO BE PLANTED SHALL BE AT THE RATIO OF ONE
(1) TREE PER SALEABLE LOT.
Please be guided accordingly.
(SIGNED) ROMULO Q. FABUL
61
ANNEX 3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
HLURB Form No. 001

(For Corporation)
I, ___________________________, Filipino of legal age, single/married,

with postal address and residence at _____________________________, after
being sworn to in accordance with the law do hereby depose and state the
following:
1. That I am the ________________ of ___________________________

(Position) (Name of Corporation)
with office address at _______________________________________.
2. That the names and address of the Directors, Officer of ____________

___________________________________ are as follows:
(Corporation)
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
3. That the general character of the business being conducted by

______________________ is ______________________ with a
(Corporation)
capitalization of _________________ (P ________) broken down
as follows:
Authorized _________________(P_______________)
Subscribed_________________(P_______________)
Paid up _________________(P_______________)
4a. That the corporation is the developer of certain parcel(s) of land

hereinafter called _________________________________
situated at ______________________________________ and
covered by TCT No.(s) _______________________ comprising
an aggregate area of ______________ sqm; or
b. That the said corporation is the developer of certain parcel(s) of

land hereinafter called __________________________ situated
at __________________ and covered by TCT No.(s)
______________________________ comprising an aggregate
area of ____________________________;
(Delete which is not applicable)
5. That our authorized broker(s) shall be

_________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
6. That the said property is untenanted and is not covered by PD

27 and other related laws;
62
7. That is our capacity as owner and/or developer, we bind
ourselves to comply with all the rules and regulations pertaining
to this project and shall be held responsible for all the facilities,
improvements infrastructures and similar forms of development
thereon.
___________________, __________________________
(Date) (Place)
________________________________
AFFIANT
Conforme:
____________________________
Owner
(If No. 4b applies)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ______ day of _______________,

Affiant exhibiting before me his/her Community Tax Certificate No.
______________ issued at ____________________________ on
_____________________.
Notary Public
Doc. No._____
Page No._____
Book No._____
Series of _____
63
ANNEX 4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
HLURB FORM 003

(For Single Proprietorship)
I, ____________________________________________, Filipino, of legal age,

single/married to _______________________________, with residence address at
________________________________, after being sworn to in accordance with the law do hereby
depose and state the following:
1. That I am engaged in the business of ______________________________________,

with capitalization of __________________________________.
2. That I am the owner of certain parcel of land situated at ____________________

covered by TCT No. (s) ____________ comprising an aggregate area of
_______________ sq.m.
3. That I am developing said parcel(s) of land into a __________________________ to be

(Classification of Project)
hereinafter called ______________________________and sell the same to the public.
(Name of Project)
4. That for this purpose, I am engaging the services of

_____________________________, as developer for project for project;
(Name of Developer)
5. That I, as owner, and _____________________________ as Developer , undertake

(Name of Developer)
to establish and develop said project in accordance with the plans as by the
___________________________________,
(Approving Institution)
6. That my authorized broker/s shall be _______________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. That I bind myself to comply with all the rules and regulations pertaining to this project
and shall be held liable for all the facilities, improvements, infrastructures and similar
forms of development.
______________________
Affiant
Republic of the Philippines )
______________________) S.S.
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this ___ day of ____________________ 20_____ in the
City/Province of ______________________________, affiant exhibited to me his/her Residence
Certificate No. _______________ issued at ________________ on _______________ 20___.
Doc. No. _______

Page No._______
Book No._______ ___________________
Series of _______ Notary Public
64
ANNEX 5
COMMISSION PROPER
RESOLUTION No. R - 97
Series of 1982
RATIFYING RESOLUTION NO. 55, S.1982 OF THE

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, INTERPRETING THE TERMS
IN SECTION 9 OF BP 220 FOR PURPOSES OF
EVALUATION OF APPLICATIONS FOR THE
INTEGRATED PERMIT BY HSRC PERSONNEL.
RESOLVED, as it hereby resolved that Resolution No. 55, Series of 1982,

of the Executive Committee, Interpreting the Terms in Section 9 of Batas
Pambansa Blg. 220 for Purposes of Evaluation of Applications for the Integrated
Permit by HSRC Personnel, where the terms are interpreted in the same context
hereunder stated, be ratified as the same is hereby ratified.
VARIANCE - refers to a permit to undertake/develop a low-cost housing project

notwithstanding the fact that the minimum standards set forth in the rules
cannot be complied with, on the ground that there is an urgent need for the
project, that compliance with the standards would be impractical, and that
the deviation therefrom will not cause undue adverse effect or defeat the
purpose and objectives of such standards.
- also refers to minimum possible deviation from standards which is permitted

so as to make feasible a highly beneficial housing project.
EXEMPTION - or exception, refers to the privilege granted to a certain

person/project with unique characteristics, of being relieved from
compliance with, and of being not subject to general standards and
regulations, on the ground of practicality, beneficiality, and necessity.
- also refers to the exclusion from the applicability/effectivity of guidelines and

standards, of certain person/project with unique characteristics, whose
exclusion is the most practical and beneficial course of action and would not
cause undue adverse effects.
UNNECESSARY HARDSHIP - refers to hardship that is beyond that foreseeable

and bearable condition by reasonable and prudent men in the ordinary
conduct of their business or personal affairs, and which would substantially
impair or prejudice their rights to property and reasonable profits, or impair
viable endeavors on their part, without corresponding tangible compelling
benefit to general welfare or social justice.
PREJUDICE INTENDED BENEFICIARIES - refers to the imminent possibility of

impairing the intended accomplishment of a project whose beneficiaries are
those defined in Sec. 2 of B.P. 220.
65
- also refers to a judgment of action by either the implementing or regulating
party that would be detrimental or cause damage to the intention of the
regulation or standard.
APPROVED, this 03 November 1982 at Makati, Metro Manila.
ARTURO C. CORONA (SGD.) JESUS N. BORROMEO

(SGD.) RAYMUNDO R. DIZON, JR. (SGD.) ABER P. CANLAS

(SGD) CEASR O. MARQUES (SGD.) RAMOS B. CARDENAS

ERNESTO C. MENDIOLA (SGD.) SALVADOR P. SOCRATES

Commissioner and Commissioner
Chief Executive Officer
Attested:
(SGD.) EUFEMIO P. DACANAY

Acting Commission Secretary
66
ANNEX 6
REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

BATASANG PAMBANSA P.B. No. 1880
Fourth Regular Session
BATAS PAMBANSA BLG. 220
AN ACT AUTHORIZING THE MINISTRY OF HUMAN

SETTLEMENTS TO ESTABLISH AND PROMULGATE
DIFFERENT LEVELS OF STANDARDS AND
TENCHINCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ECONOMIC AND
SOCIALIZED HOUSING PROJECTS IN URBAN AND
RURAL AREAS FROM THOSE PROVIDED UNDER
PRESIDENTIAL DECREES NUMBERED NINE HUNDRED
FIFTY SEVEN, TWELVE HUNDRED SISTEEN, TEN
HUNDRED NINETY-SIX AND ELEVEN HUNDRED
EIGHTY-FIVE
BE IT ENACTED BY THE BATASANG PAMBANSE IN SESSION ASSEMBLED:
SECTION 1. It is hereby declared a policy of the government to promote

and encourage the development of economic and socialized housing projects,
primarily by the private sector, in order to make available adequate economic and
socialized housing units for average and low-income earners in urban and rural
areas.
SECTION 2. As used in this Act, economic and socialized housing refers to

housing units which are within the affordability level of the average and low-income
earners which is thirty percent (30%) of the gross family income as determined by
the National Economic and Development Authority from time to time. It shall also
refer to the government-initiated sites and services development and construction
of economic and socialized housing projects in depressed areas.
SECTION 3. To carry out the foregoing policy, the Ministry of Human

Settlements is authorized to establish and promulgate different levels of standards
and technical requirements for the development of economic and socialized
housing projects and economic and socialized housing units in urban and rural
areas from those provided in Presidential Decree Numbered Nine hundred fifty-
seven otherwise known as the “Subdivision and Condominium Buyers Protective
Decree”, presidential Decree Numbered Twelve hundred and sixteen, “Defining
Open Space in Residential Subdivision”; Presidential Decree Numbered Ten
hundred and ninety-six, otherwise know as the “National Building Code of the
Philippines”; and Presidential Decree Numbered Eleven hundred and eighty-five,
otherwise know as the “Fire Code of the Philippines” and the rules and regulations
promulgated hereunder, in consultation with the Ministry of Public Works and
Highways, the Integrated National Police, and the other appropriate government
units and instrumentalities and private associations.
67
SECTION 4. The standards and technical requirements to be established
under Section three hereof shall provide for environmental ecology, hygiene, and
cleanliness, physical, cultural and spiritual development and public safety and may
vary in each region, province or city depending on the availability if indigenous
materials for building construction and other relevant factors.
SECTION 5. The different levels of standards and technical requirements

that shall be established and promulgated by the Ministry of Human Settlements
only after hearing shall be published in two newspapers of general circulation in
the Philippines for at least once a week for two consecutive weeks and shall take
effect thirty days after the last publication.
SECTION 6. This Act shall take effect upon its approval.
Approved, March 25, 1982.

PRS-032-0022
68

PROPRACBIBLE

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROPRACBIBLE

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Republic of the Philippines

Professional Regulation Commission

THE IMPLEMENTING RULES AND REGULATIONS (IRR) OF REPUBLIC ACT NO.

SECTION 2. Statement of Policy.

SECTION 3. Definition of Terms.

(1) “Architecture” is the art, science or profession of planning, designing and

(b) “Architect-in-charge of construction” means an architect registered and licensed

(4) “Scope of the Practice of Architecture” encompasses the provision of professional

(a) planning, architectural designing and structural conceptualization;

(e) preparation of architectural plans, specifications, bill of materials, cost estimates,

(f) construction and project management, giving general management, administration,

(h) building programming, building administration, construction arbitration and

(5) “Structural Conceptualization” means the act of conceiving, choosing and

(6) “Architectural Firm” means a sole proprietorship, a partnership or a corporation

(7) “Authorship” refers to the author or authors of a set of architectural plans or

(8) “Board” refers to the Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture;

(9) “Commission” means the Professional Regulation Commission;

(12) “Continuing Professional Development” refers to a sustaining and progressive

(13) “DTI” shall mean the Department of Trade and Industry;

(14) “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission;

(17) “Architecture Corporation” means a group of professionals in architecture and

(18) “Architectural Documents” means an architectural drawings, specifications, and

(19) “Architectural Interiors” means a detailed planning and design of the

(20) “Architectural Partnership” means a group of two or more Architects duly

(21) “Architectural Plans” means a two (2)-dimensional representations reflecting a

(23) “Certificate of Registration” means a certificate bearing a registration number,

a) Special Provisions or conditions

(29) “Diversified Architectural Experience” a post-baccalaureate, pre-licensure

(33) “Planning” refers to physical planning at site, community or urban level by an

(36) “Professional” refers to a person whose name and registration/professional license

(37) “Professional Identification Card” a document bearing the registration number,

(39) “Standards of Professional Practice” means a document embodied in the Architects

(40) “Sole Proprietorship” means an individual Architect practicing and delivering

(41) “Specialization” an expertise and special knowledge in the field of architecture

(43) “Technology Transfer” refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of

(44) “Urban Design” physical and systemic design undertaken by an Architect on a

(45) Acronyms and Laws:

(a) ARCHITECTURE ACT OF 2004 – R.A. No. 9266

SECTION 4. Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board

There is hereby created a Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture, hereinafter

SECTION 5. Qualifications of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board

(a) be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines;

(b) be a holder of a degree in Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a

(c) be an architect with a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional

(f) not be an elective officer of the Integrated and Accredited Professional

SECTION 6. Term of Office

SECTION 4. Creation and Composition of the Professional Regulatory Board

There is hereby created a Professional Regulatory Board of Architecture, hereinafter

SECTION 5. Qualifications of Members of the Professional Regulatory Board

(a) be a citizen and a resident of the Philippines;

(b) be a holder of a degree in Bachelor of Science in Architecture conferred by a

(c) be an architect with a valid Certificate of Registration and Professional

(f) not be an elective officer of the Integrated and Accredited Professional

SECTION 6. Term of Office

SECTION 7. Powers and Functions of the Board

(b) Supervise the registration, licensure and practice of architects;

(e) Adopt an official seal of the Board;

SECTION 8. Administrative Supervision of the Board, Custodian of its Records,

SECTION 9. Grounds for Suspension or Removal of Members of the Board

(a) Neglect of duty or incompetence;

(c) Final judgment of crimes involving moral turpitude; and

(d) Manipulation or rigging of the architecture licensure examination results, disclosure

SECTION 10. Compensation and Allowances of the Board

SECTION 12. Examination Required